Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Dictionary reference list used at http://bhagavata.org to the file that was loaded from: sacred-
texts.com and has been extended with definitions of the Monier-Williams dictionary (indicated
with an *=) and the ISKCON Vedabase (marked*V) and (partly) adapted to the transliteration
used at srimadbhagavatam.org (see also http://www.uni-koeln.de/phil-
fak/indologie/tamil/mwreport.html mwreport.html or the html-version).
Transliteration functions:
a = not
aa *= from all sides, up to, even, until, up to the limit, not, all over,
aa+ghraa = to smell
aa+char.h = to practice
aa+yaa = to come
aa+ruh.h = to climb
aaH = to sit
aabda = year
aabhaa* =1 P. {-bhAti} (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-bhAhi} RV.; pf. {-babhau}) to shine or blaze towards RV.
AV.; to irradiate, outshine, illumine RV. AV. TB. BhP.; to appear, become visible or apparent BhP.
MBh. Hariv. Râjat. &c.; to look like Kathâs. MBh. &c.
aa-bhaa* =2 f. splendour, light; a flash; colour, appearance, beauty MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; a
reflected image, outline; likeness, resemblance MBh. R.; (mfn.) ifc. like, resembling, appearing R.
Kâvya7d. S'is'. &c. (e.g. {hemA7bha}, shining like gold); [cf. Hib. {avibh}, `" likeness, similitude "';
{avibe}, `" neatness, elegance "'; {avibhcal}, `" a spark of fire "' ?] [145,2]
aabhri * = P. {-bha4rati} (pf. {A4-jabhAra} RV.; aor. P. sg. {A74bhArSam} RV. &c.) to bring
towards or near; to carry or fetch; to effect, produce RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; to fill up, fill, attract
(one's attention) BhP
aabharaNaM = ornaments
aabhaa = color
aabhaasaM = the original source * = m. splendour, light R. Veda1ntas. 195 ; colour, appearance R.
Sus3r. Bhag. ; semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination ; mere appearance, fallacious
appearance Veda1ntas. S3a1n3khS3r. ; reflection ; intention, purpose ; (in log.) fallacy, semblance
of a reason, sophism, an erroneous though plausible argument (regarded by logicians as of
various kind) ; ifc. looking like, having the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sa1h. &c.
aabhaashya * = 1 mfn. to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to or conversed with MBh. Ragh.
\\2 ind. p. having addressed, having spoken to.
aabhaasvara* = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 175) shining, bright L.; m. N. of a class of deities, sixtyfour in
number; N. of a particular set of twelve subjects ({AtmA jJAtA damo dAntaH zAntir jJAnaM
zamas tapaH kAmaH krodho mado moho dvAdazA7bhAsvarA ime} T.)
abhi* = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) to, towards, into, over, upon. (As a prefix to
verbs of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards, approaching, &c. (As a prefix to nouns
not derived from verbs) it expresses superiority, intensity, &c.; e.g. {abhi-tAmra}, {abhi-nava} q.v.
(As a separate adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to, towards, in the direction of,
against; into S'Br. and KâtyS'r.; for, for the sake of; on account of; on, upon, with regard to, by,
before, in front of; over. It may even express one after the other, severally Pân. 1-4, 91 e.g.
{vRkSaM vRkSam abhi}, tree after tree [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1] {aibi}, {aiwi};
Goth. {bi}; Old High Germ. {bî}].
abhii* = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\* = 2 ( {i}), {abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg. {abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl.
{-Ayan}, 3. sg. Â. {-Ayata}; ind. p. {abhI74tya}) to come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.)
RV. &c.; (with {sakAzam} or {samIpam} or {pArzve}) id. Pañcat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV.
&c.; to enter, join, go over to Mn. Bhathth.; (with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl. {abhI7yu4H})
S'Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c.; to come to, fall to one's share
(with acc.) Bhathth.; (said of the sun) to rise (as if he came nearer; also with {abhitarAm} [q. v.]
instead of {abhi}) AitBr., (with {astam}) to set MBh. i, 1797 (cf. {abhy-aya}): Pass. {abhI7yate}, to
be perceived, known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. {-Imahe}) to ask, request RV. i, 24, 3.
aabhiikshNa * = mfn. (fr. {abhIkSNa}), repeated, frequent L.; ({am}) n. continued repetition.
aacar* = {-carati}, to come near to (acc.), approach RV.; to lead hither (as a path) TS. ii [131,3]; to
address, apply to (acc.) Pañcat.; to proceed, manage, behave one's self. RPrât. Mn. ii, 110, &c.; to
use, apply Âp. RPrât.; to examine (a witness) Mn. viii, 102, &c.; (with or without {saha}) to have
intercourse with ChUp. Mn. xi, 180; to act, undertake, do, exercise, practise, perform MundUp.
Mn. (v, 22 impf. {A7carat}, `" has done it "') MBh. &c.; to throw into the fire KâtyS'r.
aacaara * = m. (ifc. f. {A} Yâjñ. i, 87, &c.) conduct, manner of action, behaviour, good behaviour,
good conduct Mn. MBh. &c.; custom, practice, usage, traditional or immemorial usage (as the
foundation of law) ib.; an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept; a rule or line
MBh. iii, 166; = {AcArika} below Sus'r.; (with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the
teacher Sarvad.; ({I}) f. the plant Hingtsha Repens L.
acarama * mfn. not last, not least; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.
aacaraNa * = n. approaching, arrival (as of the dawn) RV. i, 48, 3; undertaking, practising,
performing Kâd. Sâh.; conduct, behaviour Vedântas., (cf. {sv-Ac-}); a cart, carriage ChUp. (m.
Comm.)
aacarataH = acting
aacarati = he does
aacaraan.h = performing
aacaaraH = behavior
aacaarya = a religious teacher
aacaaryaaH = teachers
aacaaryaan.h = teachers
aacit* =1 (Impv. 2. sg. {-cikiddhi}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}) to attend to, keep in mind RV.; (Subj. 1.
sg. {-ciketam}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}, p. m. nom. {-cikitvA4n}) to comprehend, understand, know
RV. AV. v, 1, 2; to invent RV. viii, 9, 7; (Subj. {-cetat} or {-ci4ketat}; perf. Â. 3. pl. {-cikitre} or
{-cikitrire}) to appear, become visible, distinguish one's self RV.: Desid. (1. pl. {-cikitsAmas}) to
wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk RV. viii, 91, 3. \\ =2 {t} f. attention to (gen.) RV. vii, 65, 1
aadaana = taking
aadadi * = mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6; ii, 24, 13.
aadara * = respect, regard, notice; care, trouble Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c.; {AdaraM-} 1. {kR}, to
exert or interest one's self for; {AdareNa} and {AdarAt} adv. respectfully; carefully, zealously.
aadatte = accepts
aadhara- * = of the lower position of something, of its foundation mfn. * = ifc. supportable,
tenable (cf. %{dur-}); see also adhara
aadhaara- m. support, prop, stay, substratum; the power of sustaining, or the support given, aid,
patronage AV. xii, 3, 48 MBh. Sus3r. Veda1ntas. &c.; that which contains (a fluid &c.), a vessel,
receptacle Ya1jn5. Sus3r. Pan5cat. &c.; a dike, dam Ragh.; a basin round the foot of a tree L.; a
reservoir, pond L.; (in phil. and Gr.) comprehension, location, the sense of the locative case; ifc.
belonging or relating to; the subject in a sentence (of which qualities &c. are affirmed); N. of a
lake; of an author.
aaditya* = (Pân. 4-1, 85) mfn. belonging to or coming from Aditi TS. ii, 2, 6, 1 S'Br. &c. [137,2]; m.
`" son of Aditi "'; ({As}) m. plN. of seven deities of the heavenly sphere RV. ix, 114, 3, &c. S'Br. iii,
1, 3, 3 (the chief is Varuna, to whom the N. Âditya is especially applicable; the succeeding five are
Mitra, Aryaman, Bhaga, Daksha, Ans'a; that of the seventh is probably Sûrya or Savitrii; as a class
of deities they are distinct from the {vizve devAH} ChUp.; sometimes their number is supposed to
be eight TS. Sây.; and in the period of the Brâhmanas twelve, as representing the sun in the twelve
months of the year S'Br. iv, 5, 7, 2, &c.); N. of a god in general, especially of Sûrya (the sun) RV.
AV. AitBr. S'Br. S'is'. &c.; N. of Vishnu in his Vâmana or dwarf {avatAra} (as son of Kas'yapa and
Aditi) ChUp.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea L.; ({au}) m. du.N. of a constellation, the seventh
lunar mansion L.; ({A}) f. (?) the sun VS. iv, 21; ({am}) n. = {au} (cf. {punar-vasu}); N. of a Sâman
ChUp.
aaDhyaH = wealthy
aadhi * =1 m. (for 2. see p. 139, col. 2) a receptacle BhP. xi, 13, 33; place, situation L.; foundation
Nyâyam.; a pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage RV. Mn. Yâjñ. [138, 3]; hire, rent Âp.; an attribute,
title, epithet (cf. {upA7dhi}) L.
aadhi * =2 m. thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain TS. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.;
reflection on religion or duty L.; hope, expectation L.; misfortune L.; a man solicitous for his
family's livelihood L.
aadhii * =1 (cf. {A-dhyai}; according to Dhâtup. xxiv, 68 Pân. 6-1, 6, &c., {-dIdhI}), P. (Subj. 3. pl.
{A4-dIdhayan}) to mind, care for RV. vii, 7, 6: Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {A4-dIdhIthAs}) to meditate on,
think about, care for, wish for AV. viii, 1, 8, &c.; (p. aor. {-dhI4SamANa} mfn. RV. x, 26, 6) to wish
for, long for.
aadhii * =2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aadhii4 *= 2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c.
aadi*= 1 m. beginning, commencement; a firstling, first-fruits; ifc. beginning with, et caetera, and
so on (e.g. %{indrA7dayaH@surAH}, the gods beginning with Indra i.e. Indra &c.;
%{gRhA7diyukta}, possessed of houses &c.; %{evamAdIni@vastUni}, such things and others of
the same kind: %{zayyA@khaTvA7dih} [Comm. on Pa1n2. 3-3, 99], S3ayya1 means a bed &c.;
often with %{-ka} at the end e.g. %{dAnadharmA7dikam} [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.); %{Adau}
ind. in the beginning, at first.\\= 2 mfn. beginning with %{A} Ra1matUp.
aadii*= 2. (3. sg. impf. %{A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. %{A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine
upon, enlighten.
aadii* = 2. (3. sg. impf. {A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. {A4-dIdayat} RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine
upon, enlighten.
aadI7s'vara * = m. N. of a prince.
aa-dis'ya * = ind. p. aiming at MBh.; announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68; having said L.
aa-dis' * = 1 P. {-dide4STi} [Subj. 3. sg. {-didezati} AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.], {-diza4ti} [3. pl. {-dizanti}
Impv. 2. sg. {-diza} impf. 1. sg. {A7dizam}, &c.], rarely {-dizate} [BhP. viii, 24, 51] inf. {-di4ze}
[RV. ix, 21, 5] and {-deSTum} (aor. 3. sg. {A7dikSat} [Bhathth. iii, 3 see Pân. 3-1, 45] fut. 1. pl.
{-dekSyAmaH}, perf. {-dideza}) to aim at, have in view; to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV. [137, 3];
to hit RV. ix, 56, 1; to assign RV. ii, 41, 17, &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh. &c.; to point out, indicate; to
report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1 BhP. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; to determine, specify,
denominate S'Br. iii, 5, 8 S'ânkhS'r. Lâthy. BhP. AitBr. &c.; to declare, foretell, Ratnâv. Mâlav.
&c.; to order, direct, command Gobh. Âs'vGri. Mn. MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; to refer any one to
(loc.); to banish MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; to undertake, try MBh.; to profess as one's aim or duty
RV. Yâjñ.: Caus. {-dezayati}, to show, indicate, announce, Ratnâv. MBh. S'ak. Mriicch.: Intens. (p.
{-de4dizAna}) to have in view, aim at (acc.) RV. ix, 70, 5.
aa-di4s'* = 2 {k} f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c.; N. of a particular direction or
point of the compass (enumerated with {diz}, {pra-}, {vi-}, and {ud-}) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. {A-di4ze}
= dat.)
aadibhiH = by those
aadishhTa = ordered
aado* = P. {-dA4ti}, {-dya4ti} (Subj. 1. pl. {A4-dyAmasi}, &c.) to reduce to small pieces, to crush
AV.
xaadya = earliest
aadyaM = original
aadhatsva = fix
aadhaaya = resigning
aagama = arrival: * = mf({A})n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2; xix, 35, 3; m. (ifc. f. {A})
arrival, coming, approach R. &c.; origin Mn. viii, 401 R. &c.; appearance or reappearance MBh. ii,
547; course (of a fluid), issue (e.g. of blood) Mn. viii, 252 Sus'r.; income, lawful acquisition (of
property, {artha}, {dhana}, {vitta}, {draviNa}) Mn. MBh. &c.; reading, studying Pat.; acquisition
of knowledge, science MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; a traditional doctrine or precept, collection of such
doctrines, sacred work, Brâhmana Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c.; anything handed down and fixed by
tradition (as the reading of a text or a record, title-deed, &c.); addition Nir. i, 4; a grammatical
augment, a meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any part of the radical word Prât. Pân.
Comm.; N. of a rhetorical figure; ({am}) n. a Tantra or work inculcating the mystical worship of
S'iva and S'akti.
aagamana = coming
aagame = on the arrivalaajaanubaahuM = the one whose arms extend upto his knees
aagata * = mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c. ; come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113, &c.] or loc.
[Pan5cat. Das3. &c.] or in comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.]) ; come from (in comp.) Ya1jn5. ii,
154 ; come into existence, born R. ii, 85, 19 ; coming from (abl.) Pa1n2. 4-3, 74 ; returned S3Br. ;
(with %{punar}) Mn. xi, 195 and Hit. ; meeting with an obstacle, pushed against (in comp.) Mn.
viii, 291 ; occurred, happened, risen Mn. ii, 152 MBh. &c. ; entered (into any state or condition of
mind) MBh. R. Katha1s. ; resulting (from calculation) Su1ryas. ; walked through (as a path) S3Br.
vi ; m. a new comer, guest S3Br. iii ; (%{am}) n. anything that has taken place or has fallen to
one's share (opposed to %{AzA4}, `" anything still expected or hoped for "') S3Br. ii (cf. %{a4n-
Agata} and %{sv-Agata}.)
aagataH = having attained
aagataaH = attained
aagraha * = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.;
(= {grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately
Kathâs.
aagrahAyaNaka* = mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the month Agrahâyana
Pân. 4-3, 50.
aagrahAyaNika* = mfn. id. Pân. 4-3, 50; containing a full moon of Agrahâyana (as a month or half
a month or a year) Pân. 4-2, 22.
aagrahAyaNa* = {as}, m.= {agra-hAyaNa} (q.v.) Pân. 5-4, 36 Comm.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} q.v.;
scil. {paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in the month Agrahâyana S'ânkhS'r. &c.; (ifc. ind. {-Ni}
or {-Nam} Pân. 5-4, 110); a kind of Pâka-yajña Gaut. BhavP. i, &c.; N. of the constellation Mriiga-
s'iras L.
aagraha* = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathâs. S'ârng.;
(= {grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L., ({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately
Kathâs.
aaha = said
aaha* =1 ind. an interjection; a particle implying reproof; severity; command; casting; sending L.
* =2 perf. 3. sg. of the defect. 1. {ah} q.v.
aahaaramf(%{I})n. ifc. bringing near, procuring ; being about to fetch, going to fetch MBh. ;
(%{as}) m. taking [163,1] ; fetching, bringing near Ka1tyS3r. R. ; employing, use Ka1tyS3r. ; taking
food ; food [e.g. %{A-hAraM} 1. %{kR}, to take food, eat MBh. &c.] ; livelihood Hit. Pan5cat. R.
Mn. Sus3r. &c.
aahara *= 1 mfn. ifc. bringing, fetching Ragh. ; m. taking, seizing ; accomplishing, offering (a
sacrifice) MBh. Ka1d. ; drawing in breath, inhaling ; inhaled air ; breath inspired, inspiration
L.//2 (2. sg. Impv. forming irregular Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):
aahati = striking, hitting; * mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum. Kathâs. VarBri. &c.;
fastened, fixed RV. AV.; beaten, caused to sound (as a drum &c.) MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c.; crushed,
rubbed S'is'.; rendered null, destroyed, frustrated BhP. VarBriS.; multiplied VarBriS. [162, 2]; hit,
blunted (said of a Visarga, when changed to {o}) Sâh.; uttered falsely L.; known, understood L.;
repeated, mentioned L.; m. a drum L.; ({am}) n. old cloth or raiment L.; new cloth or clothes L.;
assertion of an impossibility L.
aahave = in the fight
aaha4nana * = n. the act of striking at, beating KâtyS'r.; killing (an animal) AV.; a stick for beating
a drum AV. xx, 133, 1.
aahananyA7 * = mfn. (fr. {A-hanana}), being in the act of beating (a drum &c.) VS. xvi, 35.
aahana4s * = mfn. to be beaten or pressed out (as Soma); to be skimmed (as milk) RV.; to be
beaten (as an unchaste woman); unchaste, wanton; obscene, lascivious, profligate RV. v, 42, 13; x,
10, 6. 8.
aahan * = P. {-hanti} (Impv. {A4-jahi} AV. &c.; pf. {A4-jaghAna} RV. &c.) Â. {-hate} (only if no
object follows Pân. 1-3, 28, or if the object is a part of one's own body Kâty.; Pot. 1. sg. {-ghnIya}
Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 62 Das'.) to strike at, hit, beat; to attack, assault RV. TS. Âs'vGri. MBh. Kathâs.
&c.: (Â.) to strike one's self (or any part of one's body) BhP. Pân. and Comm. Bhathth.; to make
away with one's self Das'. 91, 15; to fasten AV. S'Br.; to beat or cause to sound (a drum &c.) TS.
S'Br. Kathâs. Bhathth. &c.: Intens. {A4-jaGghanti} RV. vi, 75, 13, to strike at or beat violently.
aahaara = Diet
aahaaraH = eating
aahaaraaH = eating
aahrita * m= mfn. brought near, fetched, procured Mn. Ragh. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP. &c.; taken, seized,
captivated Katha1s. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; taken (as food), eaten R. &c.; uttered, spoken R. BhP. &c.
aahu* = P. Â. {-juhoti}, {-juhute} (p. {-ju4hvAna}) to sacrifice, offer an oblation; to sprinkle (with
butter) RV. AV. TS. Hariv.
aahuta* = mfn. offered as an oblation, sacrificed RV. AV. S'ânkhS'r.; laid in the fire (as a corpse)
RV. x, 16, 5; offering made to men, hospitality (= {manuSya-yajJa} q.v.) L.; nourishment of all
created beings (considered as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindûs; cf. {bhUta-yajJa})
L.
aaho = or else
aaja* = mfn. (fr. 1. {aja4}), coming from or belonging to goats, produced by goats Âs'vGri. R.
Sus'r.; m. a vulture L.; a descendant of Aja; ({A4}) f. (only used for the etym. of {ajA4}) = {ajA4}, a
shegoat S'Br. iii; ({am}) n. the lunar mansion PûrvaBhâdrapadâ (presided over by Aja Ekapâd)
VarBriS.; clarified butter L.
aajaa4na* = n. birth, descent VS. S'Br. iii; birth-place Comm. on VS. xxxiii, 72; ({A}) f. place of
conception (as a mother) AitÂr.
aajIvya * affording a livelihood Yâjñ. i, 320 MBh. xiv, 1330; ({am}) n. means of living MBh. iii,
8452 BhP. (cf. {sv-Aj-}.)
aakarshha = attracted
aakarshhaNa = attraction
aakaasha = ether
aakasha* = m. ( {kaS}, `" to rub "'), a touchstone L.; (v.l. for {AkarSa} Pân. 4-4, 9 Siddh. and v, 2,
64 Siddh.)
aakaas'a * = m. (Ved.) or (later) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a free or open space, vacuity AitBr. S'Br. MBh. &c.
[127,1]; the ether, sky or atmosphere Naigh. S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}) n. (in philos.) the subtle and
ethereal fluid (supposed to fill and pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and
of sound) Vedântas. &c.; Brahma (as identical with ether) L.; = {AkAza-bhASita} below Comm. on
S'ak.; ({e}) loc. ind. in the air (a stage direction implying something said by or to a person out of
sight) Mriicch. S'ak. &c.
aakhu = mouse
aakhyaa (f) name* = 1 P. (impf. {-akhyat}) to behold RV. iv, 2, 18; (fut. p. {-khyAsya4t}; perf. 3. pl.
{-cakhyuH}) to tell, communicate, inform, declare, announce S'Br. xiii, xiv Mn. MBh. &c.; to call
(with two acc.) Ragh. x, 22: Pass. {-khyAyate}, to be named or enumerated S'Br.; to be called S'Br.
x, xiv: Caus. P. (2. sg. {-khyApayasi}) to make known, declare MBh. i, 7485: Â. (Pot.
{-khyApayeta}) to cause to tell AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. \\ 2 f. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs. Sânkhyak.) appellation,
name Prât. Pân. Mn. vii, 157, &c.; (= {-saMkhyA}) total amount Mn. ii, 134 MBh. iii, 12831 (cf.
Hariv. 515) and xv, 671; appearance, aspect R. vii, 60, 12 [129,2]; ({ayA}) instr. ind. `" with the
name "', named Kathâs.
aakhya = named
aakhyaataM = described
aakritiini = forms
aakrita * = mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1; done (as evil or good) to any one
VarBriS.
aakram.h = to attack
aaksha* = mfn. (fr. 1. {a4kSa}) belonging or referring to terrestrial latitude Comm. on Sûryas.;
({am}) n. (fr. 2. {akSa4}) = {AkSakI} L.
aakshi * = cl. 2. %{-kSeti} (3. pl. %{-kSiya4nti} and impf. %{A74kSiyan} ; Pot. 1.
pl. %{-kSiyema}) to abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit RV. AV. ; %{-kSeti}, to possess,
take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6. %{-kSiya4ti}, to exist AV. x, 5, 45.
aakSipta* =mfn. cast, thrown down; thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pañcat.; caught, seized,
overcome (as the mind, {citta}, {cetas} or {-hridaya}) by beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed,
transported BhP. Kâd. Kathâs. &c.; hung out or exposed to view (as flags &c.); put into (loc.) MBh.
iii, 3094; pointed or referred to, indicated Sâh. &c.; refused, left (as the right path) Kâm.;
insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called to a dispute (dat.) Kathâs.; caused, effected, produced
Kathâs. Comm. on Bâd.; ({am}) n. `" absence of mind "' see {sA7kSiptam}
aakula = full of
aakuuta * = n. intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and {sA7kUta});
incitement to activity, Sânkhyak.
aakula =* confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c.; confused (in order), disordered ib.;
filled, full, overburdened with (instr. or generally in comp.), eagerly occupied ib.; ({am}) n. a place
crowded with people R. iii, 43, 34; `" confusion
aalabdha A: embarrassed *= mfn. touched MBh.; killed, sacrificed; gained, conciliated BhP.
aalamba = support
aalambate = to recline
aalaya = house* = see %{A-lI}.\\m. and n. a house, dwelling; a receptacle, asylum R. Ya1jn5.
Katha1s. &c.; (often ifc. e.g. %{himA7laya}, `" the abode of snow. "')
aanuupa* = mfn. (fr. {anUpa} g. {kacchA7di} [Pân. 4-2, 133]), belonging to a watery place; wet,
watery, marshy Sus'r.; m. any animal frequenting watery or marshy places, as fishes, buffaloes,
&c. (cf. {anUpa}) ib.; a descendant of Anûpa; ({am}) n. N. of a Sâman Lâthy. iv, 6, 1.
aalasya = idleness
aali = maid
aalingati = to embrace
aalIna * = having come close to Kathâs. Hariv. Ragh.; dwelling or abiding in Kathâs.; crouched,
stooped MBh. R.
aam= yes * =; ind. an interjection of assent or recollection Mriicch. S'ak. Vikr. &c.; (a vocative
following this particle is anudâtta Pân. 8-1, 55.)
aamarsha* = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath
L.
aamana * 2 n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2 MaitrS.; (for 1.
{Amana} see under 2. {Ama}.)
aamarsha * = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath
L.
aamaya = disease
aamisha * = food, meat, prey, an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful object, coveting,
longing for, lust, desire; a gift, boon
aamnaa* = P. {-manati}, to utter, mention, allege; to cite, quote; to commit to memory, hand
down in sacred texts; to celebrate KâtyS'r. Lâthy. BhP. Mâlav. Kum. &c.
aamnaaya* = m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition; that which is to be
remembered or studied or learnt by heart; a Veda or the Vedas in the aggregate; received doctrine
VPrât. Mn. MBh. &c.; traditional usage, family or national customs; advice, instruction in past
and present usage; a Tantra; a family, series of families L.
aana* = m. (fr. {an}), face [NBD.]; mouth; nose [Sây.] RV. i, 52, 15; exhaling the breath through
the nose T.; inhalation, breath inspired, breathing, blowing L.
aananaM = face
aananda = happiness
aanandana = happiness
aanati* = f. bending, bowing, stooping VS. Katha1s. ; submission, obedience, inferiority Comm. on
Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; contentedness T. ; saluting L.
aangla = English
aaNiH = nail
aanila * = mf({I})n. (fr. {anila}), proceeding from or produced by wind, windy L.; belonging to
Vâyu or Anila T.; m. N. of Hanumat; of Bhîma L.; ({I}) f. and ({am}) n. N. of the constellation
Svâti.
aaniila * = mf({A})n. darkish Ragh. Vikr.; slightly dark or blue; m. a black horse L.; ({I}) f. a black
mare T.; tin L.
aanrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {an-Rta} g. {chattrA7di} Pân. 4-4, 62), untruthful, lying, false.
aanupuurva* = n. and {I} f. (fr. {anu-pUrva}), order, series, succession MBh. R. &c.; (in law)
direct order of the castes Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally only instr. {-eNa} and {-yA}, one after the
other, in due order.)
aanupuurvya* = n. order, succession KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally abl. {-At}, in due order.)
aa pa* = 2 m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.; (%{I}) f. N. of a
constellation L.
aa pa* = 3 n. (fr. 2. %{ap} Pa1n2. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallina1tha on S3is3. iii, 72.
aapaa* = 1. P. %{-pibati}, (Impv. 2. du. %{A4pibatam} RV. ii, 36, 6; pf. %{-papau}: Pass. %{-
pIyate}, &c.) to drink in, suck in or up; to sip RV. MBh. Ragh.; to drink in with ears or eyes i.e. to
hear or see with attention, hang on BhP. Ragh.; to absorb, take away: Caus. %{-pAyayati}, to
cause to drink or suck in BhP.
aap.h = to obtain
aapaada* = 1 m. reward, remuneration ChUp.; arriving at L.; (for 2. {A-pAda} see below.)
aapaH = water
aapaana * = 1 mfn. one who has reached; (for 2. see %{A-} 1. %{pA}.)
aapad.h = calamity
aapadaaM = dangers
aapannaM = achieved
aapannaaH = gaining
aapah = water
aapanna * = mfn. entered, got in S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate S'ak. Kathâs. &c.;
gained, obtained, acquired; having gained or obtained or acquired.
aapaaDa* = m. (ifc. mf({A})n. L.) compressing, squeezing Sus'r.; giving pain, hurting L.; a chaplet
tied on the crown of the head MBh. R. Ragh.; N. of a metre.
aapta * = mfn. reached, overtaken, met S'Br.; received, got, gained, obtained S'Br. Mn. Hit.
Kathâs.; filled up, taken S'Br.; come to Naish.; reaching to, extending; abundant, full, complete;
apt, fit, true, exact, clever, trusted, trustworthy, confidential Mn. R. Ragh. &c.; respected;
intimate, related, acquainted MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; appointed; divided Sûryas.; connected L.;
accused, prosecuted L.; m. a fit person, a credible or authoritative person, warranter, guarantee; a
friend; an Arhat Jain.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; ({A}) f. = {jaTA} q.v. L.; ({am}) n. a quotient; equation
of a degree L.
aapuurya = covering
ApratI * = (%{A-prati-i}) P. (Impv. 2. pl. %{-e4tana} RV. vi, 42, 2) to go towards any one to meet
him. iishaM = Lord S'iva
aapnuvanti = attain
aapnoti = achieves
aaplutaa = immersed
aapya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 2. {ap}), belonging or relating to water, watery, liquid Sus'r.; consisting of
water; living in water; m. N. of several asterisms VarBri.; N. of a Vasu; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a class of
deities BhP. Hariv.; ({am}) n. N. of a constellation; (for 1. {Apya} see under {Ap}.)
aa-pyAyana * =mfn. causing fulness or stoutness Sus'r.; increasing welfare, gladdening L.; ({I}) f.
an umbilical vein MârkP.; ({am}) n. the act of making full or fat Sus'r.; satiating; satisfying,
refreshing, pleasing Mn.; increasing, causing to thrive MBh.; causing to swell (the Soma) S'Br.
&c.; satiety, satisfaction; advancing; anything which causes corpulency or good condition;
strengthening medicine Sus'r.; corpulency, growing or being fat or stout; gladness L.
aaraadhita * =mfn. propitiated, pleased, solicited for a boon; worshipped, honoured, revered;
accomplished, effected.
aaraadhya = pleasable
aaraa4t * = ind. (abl. of an ideal base {Ara} fr. {A-R}; cf. {Are4}) from a distant place; distant; to a
distant place; far from (with abl.) RV. AV. Âp. MBh. Kathâs.; near Gaut. Ragh.; directly,
immediately Prab. Kathâs. S'ak. 131 a; ({t}) m. N. of a village L.
aarabdhat.h = started
aarabdham.h = started
aarabhate = begins
aarabhyate = is begun
aarambha = beginning *= m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pan5cat. Megh. &c.; a thing begun;
beginning, origin, commencement S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Megh. &c.; (in dram.) the commencement of
the action which awakens an interest in the progress of the principal plot Sa1h. 324 and 325;
haste, speed; effort, exertion; pride; killing, slaughter (erroneous for %{Alambha} see Zachariae,
Beitr„ge, p. 20, l. 9)
aarambhaH = endeavor
aarambhikaaH = beginners
aaraNya*= mf({A})n. (fr. {araNya}), being in or relating to a forest, forest-born, wild RV. AV.
KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; m. a wild animal ChUp.
aaraNyaka*= mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a forest or a forest
animal, (the {AraNyakam parva} of the Mahâ-bhârata is either the whole third book or only the
first section of it); m. a forester, an inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({am}) n. N. of a
class of religious and philosophical writings closely connected with the Brâhmanas and called
Âranyakas because either composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are considered to
be attached to them.)
aarda * = mf({I} [gana {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41])n. ({Rd}), pressing hard, tormenting exceedingly
T
aardra = wet * mf({A})n. ({ard} Un. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp RV. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. Sus'r. Megh.
&c.; fresh, not dry, succulent, green (as a plant), living AV. S'Br. R. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; fresh, new
Kathâs.; soft, tender, full of feeling, warm; loose, flaccid Kathâs. Megh. Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of a
grandson of Priithu Hariv. VP.; ({A}) f. the fourth or sixth Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh.
VarBriS.; ({am}) n. fresh ginger Vishnus.; dampness, moisture Hariv.
aarghya * = mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Sus'r.; ({am}) n. its honey L.
aarhaaH = deserving
aarii * = P. ({A4-riNanti} RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: Â. {A4-rIyate}, to trickle or flow upon; to
flow over RV.
aarjavaM = simplicity
aarjava* = mfn. (fr. {Rju} g. {pRthvAdi} Pân. 5-1, 122), straight; honest, sincere Kathâs.; m. N. of
a teacher VP.; ({am}) n. straightness, straight direction Sâh.; rectitude, propriety of act or
observance; honesty, frankness, sincerity ChUp. Âp. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c.
arjavaka* = mfn. straight, direct; m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh. xii, 11566.
aarka * = mfn. (fr. {arka}), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.; coming from the plant
Calotropis Gigantea VarBriS.
aarogya = health
aaropayati = to plant
aaropita*= mfn. raised, elevated Kum.; fixed, placed Kâd.; made; charged with; strung (as a bow);
deposited, intrusted; interposed, supplied; accidental, adventitious L.
aarohaNa = climbing
aarta * = mfn. (optionally also written {Artta}, whence erroneously derived fr. {Rt} or even
regarded as irreg. formation fr. {ard}; see also Weber in S'Br. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into
(misfortune), struck by calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed; injured; oppressed, suffering, sick,
unhappy S'Br. TS. Mn. R. S'ak. Ragh. &c.
aartha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {artha}), relating to a thing or object; material, significant (opposed to
{zAbda} q.v.) Sâh.; resulting from or based on the possession of a thing Pat.
aaru* = 1 1. P. {-rauti} or {-ravIti} (Impv. {A4-ruva} RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or cry towards; to cry
out VarBriS. R. Bhathth.; to praise L.: Intens. {-roravIti}, to roar towards or against RV. \\* = 2
m. a hog; a crab; the tree Lagerstroemia Regina L.; ({us}) f. a pitcher L.
aaruDha = The sign which is as distant from the lord as the lord is from the house concerned
aaruuDha * = mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; risen; raised up,
elevated on high VarBriS. Pañcat. Hit. Kathâs. &c.; undertaken; reached, brought to (often used in
compounds e.g. {indriyA7rUDha}, brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.;
having reached or attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. the
mounting, arising.
aaruu* = mfn. ({R} [Un. i, 87]), tawny; ({Us}) m. tawny (the colour) L
aaruudha = house
aasaat * = ind. (fr. an ideal base {Asa}), from or in the proximity, near RV.
aasaM = exist
aasakta = attached\\* = mfn. fixed or fastened to; attached to, lying on or upon S'Br. Kum. R.
Kathâs. &c.; attached strongly to, intent on; zealously following or pursuing MBh. VarBri. Kathâs.
Pañcat. &c.; wound round, encircled; accompanied or furnished with; following directly,
immediately proceeding from (acc.) MBh.
aasana = seat
aasanaM = seat
aasaadya = attaining
aas'aya * = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat.
Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle
of blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.;
the seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "'
or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of
mental deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into
rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue;
vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aashaa = desire
aasha*= (1. {az}), reaching, obtaining (cf. {dur-} Aza m. food; eating S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c. (cf.
{prAtar-Aza}, {sAyam-Aza}, &c.; {hutA7za}, {AzrayA7za}, &c.)
aashaa4 *=, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV. S'Br. ChUp. R. S'ak. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.;
Hope personified as the wife of a Vasu Hariv.; as the daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.; (for 2.
{A4zA} see s.v.)
aa4shaa*. (1. {az}; for 1. {AzA4} see {A-zaMs}), space, region, quarter of the heavens RV. AV. TS.
R. MBh. Ragh. &c.
aa-s'i * =2 P. (Impv. {A4-zizIhi}) to sharpen [Sây.] i.e. to make zealous RV. vii, 16, 6; viii, 21, 8 [to
bestow, let partake BRD.]; (for 1. {Azi} see 2. {Aza}.)
aas'ii * =2 f. = 2. {Azis} L.
aa-s'ii * =3 Â. (irr. {-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. {A-zayAm} AV. v, 25, 9; 3. pl. {-zerate}
Vikr.) to lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl. {A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this
form is rather a Nom. from 1. {AzA}?]: Caus. (impf. {A74zIzayat}) to lay or put upon R.
aashu = fast
aashcharyaM = surprise
aashcharyamayaM = wonderful
aashrayaa = sheltor
aashritaM = assuming
aashritaaH = accepting
aashleshha = embrace
aashvaasayaamaasa = encouraged
aas'u * = mfn. (1. {az} Un. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. Ved. the
quick one, a horse RV. AV.; ({us}, or {u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S'Br.
KâtyS'r. L.; ({u}) n. N. of a Sâman; ({u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus'r. Megh.
Pañcat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157, 3] {o7cissimus}: of the same
origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'aya* = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag.
&c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of
blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the
seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga phil.) `" stock "'
or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of
mental deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into
rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure; virtue;
vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas.h = to sit
aasita* = mfn. seated, being at rest; one who has sat down, one who is seated or dwells Kathâs. R.
&c.; ({am}) n. sitting, sitting down Sâh. MBh.; a seat; a place where one has lived, an abode R.;
way or manner of sitting (cf. {dur--}); N. of several Sâmans.
aasit.h = was/existed
aasina = by the weapon
aasinaM = situated
aasinaH = eaters
aasiit.h = was
aasiinaH = situated
aaspada* = n. (ifc. mf[{A}]n. fr. {pada} with {A} prefixed, {s} being inserted), place, seat, abode
S'ak. Kathâs. Mriicch. Bhartri. Das'. &c.; the tenth lunar mansion VarBri.; business, affair; dignity,
authority; power L.
aasphuT * = Caus. {-sphoTayati}, to split open, crush, grind Kathâs.; to move, agitate quickly; to
shake MBh. Mn. BhP. &c.
aas'raya* = m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is closely connected or
on which anything depends or rests Pân. R. Ragh. Sus'r.; a recipient, the person or thing in which
any quality or article is inherent or retained or received; seat, resting-place R. Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.;
dwelling, asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. S'is'. &c.; depending on, having recourse to; help,
assistance, protection Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; authority, sanction, warrant; a plea, excuse L.; the being
inclined or addicted to, following, practising; attaching to, choosing, taking; joining, union,
attachment; dependance, contiguity, vicinity RPrât. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; relation; connection;
appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the agent; (in Gr.) the subject, that to
which the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists) the five organs of sense with {manas} or mind
(the six together being the recipients of the {Azrita} or objects which enter them by way of their
{Alambana} or qualities); source, origin; ifc. depending on, resting on, endowed or furnished with
(e.g. {aSTa-guNA7zraya} see under {aSTa}).
aasrij *V-S evolved. send forth *= = P. (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-sRja}) Â. (pf. 3. pl. {A4-sasRjire}) to pour
out upon, pour in RV.; to admit (a stallion to a mare) RV. ix, 97, 18; to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52,
6; to carry near; to procure KâtyS'r. aastikyaM = religiousness
aas'ru * = P. {-zRNoti} Â. {-zRNute}, to listen to; to hear; to perceive (with the ear) RV. AV. TS.
S'Br. BhP. &c.; to accept, promise Pân. 1-4, 40 R. Yâjñ. L.: Caus. {-zrAvayati} [but {A4-
zravayatam} RV. vii, 62, 5; aor. {-azuzravus} RV. x, 94, 12], to cause to hear; to announce, make
known, tell RV. Âs'vS'r. MBh.; to address, speak to, call to (especially at particular rites) RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. ChUp. TUp. KâtyS'r. &c.: Desid. {-zuzrUSati} [only P. Pân. 1-3, 59], to wish to hear; to
listen.
aas'ruta * = mfn. listened to , heard ; audible TS. ; promised , agreed Ya1jn5. ; (%{am}) n. a calling
(at rites see %{A-zrAvaNa}) Ka1tyS3r. TS.
aaste = remains
aasthaaya = following
aastikya* = n. (fr. {Astika}), belief in God, piety, faithfulness; a believing nature or disposition
MBh. Bhag. BhP.
aa-su * = 3. P. {-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. {-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and {A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to
press out (Soma juice); to distil RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp.
aa-suu * = P. {A4-suvati} 1. (p. {-suvAna4}) to excite towards [161, 1]; to throw to, send off
towards; to assign to, bring quickly, procure; to yield, grant RV. AV. S'Br.
aasuraM = demonic *
aasura = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {asura}), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.; belonging or devoted to evil
spirits; belonging or relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS. KâtyS'r. Prab. Das'. &c.; infernal,
demoniacal; m. an Asura or demon AV. AitBr. Pân.; a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom
purchases the bride from her father and paternal kinsmen) Âs'vGri. i, 6, 6 Mn. iii, 31 (cf.
{vivAha}); ({As}) m. pl. the stars of the southern hemisphere Sûryas. &c.; a prince of the warrior-
tribe Asura Pân.; ({I}) f. a female demon; a division of medicine (surgery, curing by cutting with
instruments, applying the actual cautery); N. of the plant Sinapis Ramosa L.; the urethra BhP.;
({am}) n. blood; black salt L.
aasuraH = demoniac
aasuranishchayaan.h = demons
aasuriiM = atheistic
aasuriishhu = demoniac
aas'u* = mfn. (1. %{az} Un2. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; (%{us}) m. Ved. the
quick one, a horse RV. AV.; (%{us}, or %{u}) m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r. L.; (%{u}) n. N. of a Sa1man; (%{u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus3r.
Megh. Pan5cat. &c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157,3] {o7cissimus}: of the
same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'vaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up,
consolation; relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.
aazvaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus3r.; cheering up,
consolation; relying on Katha1s.; a chapter or section of a book Sa1h.
aatataayinaH = aggressors
aatapa = heat
aatapatraM = sunshade* = n. `" heatprotector "' (ifc. f. {A} Megh. Kathâs.), a large umbrella (of
silk or leaves) MBh. &c.; {AtapatrAyita} mfn. forming an umbrella (as the branches of a tree) BhP.
aatishhTha = be situated
aatura = anxious
aatta = ready
aatmaa = soul
aatmanaa* = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the
Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmaasambhavitaaH = self-complacent
aatma = of the self * = (in comp. for {Atma4n}; also rarely ifc. e.g. {adhy-Atma}, {adhy-
Atma4m}).
aatmaka* mf({ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or
consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. {saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or
composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {paJcA7tmaka} &c.)
aatman * = {A} m. (variously derived fr. {an}, to breathe; {at}, to move; {vA}, to blow; cf.
{tma4n}) the breath RV.; the soul, principle of life and sensation RV. AV. &c.; the individual soul,
self, abstract individual [e.g. {Atma4n}] (Ved. loc.) {dhatte}, or {karoti}, `" he places in himself "',
makes his own TS. v S'Br.; {AtmanA akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Kâd.; {AtmanA vi-yuj}, `" to
lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46; {Atman} in the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons
and all three genders e.g. {AtmAnaM sA hanti}, `" she strikes herself "'; {putram AtmanaH
spRSTvA nipetatuH}, `" they two having touched their son fell down "' R. ii, 64, 28; the prayers of
transcendental activity [with for each of the four a type of priest or below s.v. {AtmanA}]; essence,
nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g. {karmA7tman}, &c.) RV. x, 97, 11, &c.; the person or
whole body considered as one and opposed to the separate members of the body VS. S'Br.; the
body Ragh. i, 14 RâmatUp.; (ifc.) `" the understanding, intellect, mind "' see {naSTA7tman},
{mandA7-}; the highest personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. {paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS.
xxxii, 11 S'Br. xiv, &c.; effort L.; (= {dhRti}) firmness L.; the sun L.; fire L.; a son L.; [Old Germ.
{âtum}; Angl. Sax. {oedhm}; Mod. Germ. {Athem}, {Odem}; Gk. $, $ (?).] &42279[135, 1]
aatma-krita * = ({Atma4-}) mfn. done or committed against one's self VS. viii, 13; done of one's
self, self-executed R. ii, 46, 23.
aatmaghosha * = m. `" uttering one's own name "', a crow L.; a cock L.
aatmaja * = mfn. self-originated MBh. xii, 12449; m. (ifc. f. {A} R.) `" born from or begotten by
one's self "', a son Nir. Mn. &c.; N. of the fifth lunar mansion VarYogay.; ({A}) f. a daughter MBh.
R. &c.; `" originating from intellect "', the reasoning faculty L.
aatmajJa * = mfn. knowing one's self MBh. xii, 12440; knowing the supreme spirit Vedântas.
aatmajJAna * = n. self-knowledge MBh. v, 990 and 1167; knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit
Mn. xii, 85 and 92 MBh. Vedântas.
aatma-tattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva})
{-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.
aatmakaM = consisting of
aatmaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926; having or
consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. %{saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or
composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{paJcA7tmaka} &c.)
aatmaja = son
aatmajaH = son
aatmajaa = daughter
aatmatriptaH = self-illuminated
aatman.h = Soul
aatmani = in himself
aatmabhuutaatmaa = compassionate
aatmavinigrahaH = self-control
aatmatattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva})
{-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines L.
aatma-tantra * =n. the basis of self MBh. xiii, 4399; (mfn.) depending only on one's self,
independent BhP. (cf. {sva-tantra}.)
aatura * = mf({A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2, &c.; diseased or
pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of (Inf.) (cf. {an-Atura4}.)
aatyantikaM = supreme
aavaha * =mf({A})n. bringing, bringing to pass, producing; what bears or conveys Mn. Bhag. R.
Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air (that which is usually assigned to the
{bhuvar-loka} or atmospheric region between the {bhUr-loka} and {svar-loka}) Hariv.; one of the
seven tongues of fire. [155, 2]
aavali * = %{is} and %{I} f. (%{val} T.), a row, range; a continuous line; a series; dynasty, lineage
Vikr. BhP. Prab. Hit. &c.
aavaraNa = a veil
aavartinaH = returning
aavasatha4 * = m. (Un. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 S'Br.
ChUp. Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c.; a dwelling for pupils and ascetics; a village; a particular religious
observance L.; a treatise on Âryâ metres T.
aavayoH = of ours
aaveza *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak.
Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object
BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.;
indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.
aavi* = {is} and {I4} f. (perhaps {vI}), pain, suffering Sus'r. TS.; ({yas}) f. pl. pangs of childbirth
Sus'r.
aavii* = P. {-ve4ti} (but also {-va4yati} Nigh. ii, 8; pf. {-vivAya}, &c.) to undertake; to hasten near,
approach RV.; to grasp, seize AitUp.; to drive on or near RV.: Intens. (Pot. 3. pl. {A4-vavIran} TS.
iii, 2, 9, 5) to tremble, be agitated; (for the noun {AvI} see {Avi}, and for {AvI} f. see {Avya}.)
aavishya = entering
aavis'* =* = P. Â. {-vizati}, {-te} (inf. {A-vi4zam} RV. ii, 24, 6) to go or drive in or towards; to
approach, enter; to take possession of RV. AV. VS. S'Br. MBh. BhP. R. Mn. &c.; to sit down, settle
MBh.; to get or fall into; to reach, obtain; to become RV. MBh. R. BhP. &c.: Caus. {-vezayati}, to
cause to enter or approach; to cause to reach or obtain; to deliver, offer, present; to make known
RV. AV. AitBr. MBh. BhP. Ragh. Bhag. &c.
aavishh.h = to be possesed by
aavishhTaM = overwhelmed
aavishhTaH = overwhelmed
aavrij * =Â. {-vRGkte} (Subj. {-va4rjate} RV. i, 33, 1; aor. {A74vRkta} RV. viii, 90, 16; also P. aor.
1. sg. {A74vRkSam} RV. x, 159, 5) to turn or bring into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give
RV.; to turn or bring into one's own possession; to appropriate RV. S'Br. BhP.; to be propitiated,
favour BhP.: Caus. P. {-varjayati}, to turn over, incline, bend Hariv. S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. Megh. &c.;
to pour out Ragh. Kum.; to deliver BhP. Ragh. &c.; to cause to yield, overcome; to gain one's
favour, propitiate, attract Kathâs. Das'. &c.
aavri * =1 1. P. {-vRNoti}, to cover, hide, conceal; to surround, enclose, shut, comprehend, hem in;
to keep off MBh. R. BhP. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-vArayati}, to cover, enclose; to ward off, keep
off MBh. R. BhP. VarBriS.
aavrita = encircled
aavritaM = is covered
aavritaH = is covered
aavritaa = covered
aavritaaH = covered
aavrittiM = return
aavritya = covering
aaveshita = fixed
aaveshya = establishing
aavriyate = is covered
aavhayati = to call
aayaata * = mfn. come, arrived, attained MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. abundance,
superabundance, Kirâ
aayana *= 1 n. coming, approaching RV. AV. VS.; (for 2. {Ayana} see s.v
aayaana * =n. coming, arrival RV. viii, 22, 18 MBh. &c.; the natural temperament or disposition L.
(cf. {ayAna}.)
aayata * = mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow); stretching, extending, extended,
spread over; directed towards, aiming at; extended, long, future MBh. R. Sus'r. Ragh. S'is'. Kir.
&c.; m. an oblong figure (in geometry); ({A}) f. a particular interval (in music); ({am}), and
({ayA}) ind. without delay, on the spot, quickly S'Br.
aayu* = 1 2. A1. (%{A4-yuvate} RV. ix, 77, 2 ; pf. %{-yuyuve4} RV. i, 138, 1 ; p. %{-yuva4mAna}
RV. i, 582, and %{-yuvAna} S3Br. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull towards one's self ; to seize, take
possession of RV. TBr. S3Br. ; to procure, provide, produce TS. ; to stir up, agitate, mingle
Ma1nS3r. and Gr2.: Intens. (p. %{-yo4yuvAna} RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle with.// 2 mfn. (fr. %{i}
Un2. i, 2), living, movable RV. VS. ; (%{us}) m. a living being, man ; living beings collectively,
mankind RV. ; son, descendant, offspring ; family, lineage RV. ; a divine personification presiding
over life RV. x, 17, 4 ; N. of fire (as the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf.
%{Ayus}) ; N. of a man persecuted by Indra RV. ; N. of several other men MBh. Hariv. &c. ; N. of a
king of frogs MBh. ; (%{u}) n. [and (%{us}) m. L.] life, duration of life RV. iii, 3, 7 ; ix, 100, 1.
aayus * = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S3Br. Mn. MBh.
Pan5cat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sa1y.] RV. ii, 38, 5
and vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony (= %{AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sa1man; of the eighth
lunar mansion; food L.; (%{us}) m. the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1 (cf. %{Ayu}) MBh. Vikr.
VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayudhaM = weapons
aayudhadharmiNI* = f. the plant Sesbania AEgyptiaca (commonly called Jayantî) L.
aayudha* = n. a weapon RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; implement AV. x, 10, 18 AitBr.
Kaus'.; gold used for ornaments L.; ({Ani}) n. pl. water L.
aayus* = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV. AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. MBh.
Pañcat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality of living beings [food Sây.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and
vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular ceremony (= {AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sâman; of the eighth lunar
mansion; food L.; ({us}) m. the son of Purûravas and Urvas'î (cf. {Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor.
$; perhaps also $.]
aayuta * = mfn. melted, mixed, mingled; ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.; ({A4-yutam}) n.
halfmelted butter MaitrS. AitBr.
abodha = Ignorance
abdhi = sea
abhavat.h = became
abraviit.h = spoke
abhaya = freedom from fear *mf({A})n. unfearful, not dangerous, secure; ({a-bha4ya}) mfn.
fearless, undaunted S'Br. xiv; m. N. of S'iva; of a natural son of Bimbisâra; of a son of Idhmajihva
BhP.; of a river in Krauñcadvîpa BhP.; ({A}) f. the plant Terminalia Chebula; ({a4-bhayam}) n.
(ifc. f. {A}) absence or removal of fear, peace, safety, security RV. &c. (cf. {a4bhaya-tama} below);
`" safety "', (applied as proper name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in Plakshadvîpa BhP.; a
kind of symbol procuring security Hcat.; a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal security
Kaus'.; the root of a fragrant grass, Andropogon Muricatum.
abhayaM = fearlessness
abhi = preposition
abhi+taD.h = to strike
abhibhavati = transforms
abhibhuuya = surpassing
abhidhaasyati = explains
abhidhiiyate = is called
abhidhii* = (perf. 1. sg. {-dIdhaya-}; p. Â. {-dI4dhyAna} RV. iv, 33, 9) to reflect upon, consider
RV. iii, 38, 1 and x, 32, 4.
abhigraha * = m. seizing taking hold of; attack, onset L.; defiance, challenge L.; robbing,
plundering L.; authority L.; a vow Jain
abhihitaa = described* = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br.; named,
called Mn. iii, 141, &c.; held forth, said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m.
N. of a chief L.; (%{am}) n. a name, expression, word.
abhiipsita = desired
abhijaataH = born of
abhijita = A nakshatra between uttaraashhDhaa and shravaNa mainly centred on the star Vega.
For some reason it is not usually included in the 27 nakshatras although it would make 28 if it
was. adhipatii - Lord
abhijit * = mfn. victorious VS. xv, 7; born under the constellation Abhijit Pân. 4-3, 36, (cf.
{Abhijita}); ({t}) m. N. of a Soma sacrifice (part of the great sacrifice Gavâm-ayana) AV. S'Br. &c.;
N. of a son [Hariv.] or of the father [VP.] of Punarvasu; of Vishnu L.; N. of a star (a Lyrae) L.; of
the 20th (or 22nd) Nakshatra AV. &c.; the eighth Muhûrta of the day (about midday) Kaus'. &c.
abhikrama = in endeavoring
abhiikshNa * = mfn. (contr. of {abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual L.; in comp. for
{abhIkSNam} q.v.; ({am}) ind. repeatedly, again and again, perpetually, constantly; presently, at
once; very, exceedingly (in comp. {abhIkSNa-}) Râjat.
abhimanaH = conceit
abhimata * mfn. longed for, wished, desired; loved, dear; allowed Âs'vGri.; supposed, imagined;
({am}) n. desire, wish.
abhimukhaaH = towards
abhinandatii = praises
abhinaya = acting
abhinivesha = possessiveness
abhirataH = following
abhishhekaM = ablution
abhisandhaaya = desiring
abhitaH = everywhere
abhukta * = mfn. uneaten; unenjoyed, unused, unexpended; one who has not eaten, enjoyed or
expended.
abhyaakarsha 8 = m. ( {kRS}), a striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast in defiance (a
practice common to wrestlers and pugilists) MBh. i, 7109.
abhyadhikaH = greater
abhyanunaadayan.h = resounding
abhyarchya = by worshiping
abhyaasa* = reaching to, pervading Yâjñ. iii, 114; (with {yad} and Pot.) prospect, any expected
result or consequence ChUp.; proximity (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; (mfn.) near Kum. vi, 2; ({am})
ind. near, at hand AitBr. PBr.; ({e}) loc. ind. near (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; ({At}) abl. in comp.
with (a perf. Pass. p., as) {Agata}, &c., arrived from near at hand, &c. Pân. 2-1, 39 Sch. & vi, 3, 2
Sch.
abhyaasa* = 2 m. the act of adding anything, S'ulb.; (in Gr.) `" what is prefixed "', the first syllable
of a reduplicated radical Pân.; reduplication Nir.; repetition Mn. xii, 74, &c.; (in poetry) repetition
of the last verse of a stanza [Nir.] or of the last word of a chapter [Comm. on AitBr.]; (in arithm.)
multiplication; repeated or permanent exercise, discipline, use, habit, custom [77, 1]; repeated
reading, study; military practice L.; (in later Vedânta phil.) inculcation of a truth conveyed in
sacred writings by means of repeating the same word or the same passage; (in Yoga phil.) the
effort of the mind to remain in its unmodified condition of purity (sattva).
abhyasanaM = practice
abhyasuuyakaaH = envious
abhyasuuyati = is envious
abhyaasha = outskirts
abhyaasa = study
abhyaasayoga = by practice
abhyaase = in practice
abhyaasena = by practice
abhyutthaanaM = predominance
abhyupeta* = mfn. approached, arrived at (acc.) MBh. i, 3592 Ragh. v, 14; (with %{gRham})
staying in a house VarBr2S.; furnished with (in comp. [VarBr2S.] or instr.); agreed upon, assented
to Das3.; promised Megh.
abhraM = cloud
acalaM = unmoving
acalaH = immovable
acalaa = unflinching
acaapalaM = determination
acetana* = mfn. without consciousness, inanimate; unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting,
&c.
acintya = inconceivable
acintyaH = inconceivable
acchedyaH = unbreakable
acit* = mfn. without understanding RV.; irreligious, bad RV.; (the NBD. suggests to take {a-ci4t}
as a f. `" not-knowledge "' Sây. sometimes explains by {ci}, `" neglecting the Agnicayana,
irreligious); {a-cit} f. not-spirit, matter Sarvad.
aH = (v) to be
ad.h = to eat
adatta * = mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given nothing AV.;
(%{A}) f. an unmarried girl; (%{am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Ya1jn5.
acala * = mf(%{A})n. not moving, immovable ; m. a mountain, rock ; a bolt or pin ; the number
seven ; N. of S3iva and of the first of the nine deified persons, called `" white Balas "' among the
Jainas ; of a Devarshi VP. ; (%{A}) f. the earth ; one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by
a Bodhisattva before becoming a Buddha.
adambhitvaM = pridelessness
adarshaH = mirror
adatta V* assume, * n= mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has given
nothing AV.; ({A}) f. an unmarried girl; ({am}) n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on
Yâjñ.
abhicaksh * =%{-caSTe} (2. sg. %{-cakSase} RV. v, 3, 9; Ved. Inf. %{-cakSase} RV.) to look at,
view, perceive RV. BhP.; to cast a kind or gracious look upon any one RV.; to address BhP.; to
assail with harsh language RV. vii, 104, 8; to call BhP.
abhicakshaNa* =n. conjuring, incantation AV. vi, 127, 2; (%{A}) f. (in augury or astron.)
observation (of the sky) AV. ix, 2, 21.
abhivicaksh * =%{-caSTe}, to look towards RV. iii, 55, 9 AV. ii, 10, 4.
adbhuta = the sentiment of marvel* =mfn. extraordinary; see s.v. \\ [once {adbhuta4} RV. i, 120,
4] mfn. (see 1. {at}), supernatural, wonderful, marvellous m. the marvellous (in style), surprise; N.
of the Indra of the ninth Manvantara, ({am}) n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.
adbhutaM = wonderful
adbhuutaM = wonderfull
adhama = inferior* = mfn. (see {a4dhara}), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or vile or bad (often ifc.,
as in {narA7dhama}, the vilest or worst of men); m. an unblushing paramour, ({A}) f. a low or bad
mistress [cf. Lat. {infimus}].
adhamaaM = condemned
adhara = Lip
adharaM = lips
adhara- * = o the lower position of something *= mfn. (connected with %{adha4s}), lower,
inferior, tending downwards; low, vile; worsted, silenced; m. the lower lip, the lip, (%{A4t}) abl.
ind. see s.v. below; (%{asmAt}) abl. ind. below L.; (%{A}) f. the lower region, nadir; (%{am}) n.
the lower part, a reply, pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. {inferus}]
adharmaM = irreligion
adharmaH = irreligion
adharmasya = of irreligion
adhi * = 1 m. (better {Adhi} q.v.), anxiety, ({is}) f. a woman in her courses (= {avi} q.v.) L.
a4dhi *=, as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides. As a separable
adverb or preposition; (with abl.) Ved. over; from above, from; from the presence of; after AitUp.;
for; instead of RV. i, 140, 11, (with loc.) Ved. over; on; at; in comparision with; (with acc.) over,
upon, concerning.
adhii * =, or {a4dhy-eti} (exceptionally {adhI7yati} RV. x, 32, 3), to turn the mind towards,
observe, understand RV. and AV.; chiefly Ved. (with gen. [cf. Pân. 2-3, 72] or acc.) to mind,
remember, care for, long for RV. &c.; to know, know by heart TS. S'Br. Up. &c.; to go over, study
MBh. iii, 13689; to learn from (a teacher's mouth abl.) MBh. iii, 10713; to declare, teach S'Br. x
Up.: Â. {adhI7te4} or (more rarely) {adhI7yate} (Mn. iv, 125; Pot. 3. pl. {adhI7yIran} Kaus'. Mn. x,
1) to study, learn by heart, read, recite: Caus. {adhy-Apayati} (aor. {-Apipat} Pân. 2-4, 51) to cause
to read or study, teach, instruct: Caus. Desid. {adhy-Apipa-yiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pân.
2-4, 51: Desid. {adhI7SiSati}, to be desirous of studying Pân. 8-3, 61 Sch.
adhIra * = mfn. imprudent RV. i, 179, 4 AV.; not fixed, movable; confused; deficient in calm self-
command; excitable; capricious; querulous; weak-minded, foolish; (%{A}) f. lightning; a
capricious or bellicose mistress.
adhigaa * = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. %{-gAta}, or %{-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV.
and AV.; P. or generally A1. (%{-jage}, %{-agISTa}, %{-agISyata} Pa1n2.) to go over, learn, read,
study; to attempt, resolve: Caus. P. %{-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. %{-
jigApayiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pa1n2. 2-4, 51.
adhigachchhati = attains
adhigam* = to go up to, approach, overtake, to approach for sexual intercourse, to fall in with, to
meet, find, discover, obtain; to accomplish; to study, read: Desid. P. {adhi-jigamiSati}, to seek; Â.
{adhi-jigAMsate}, to be desirous of studying or reading.
adhigantri* = {tA} m. one who attains or acquires. acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge [21,
1]; mercantile return, profit, &c.
adhigaa* = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-gAta}, or {-gAtana}) to remember, notice RV. and
AV.; P. or generally Â. ({-jage}, {-agISTa}, {-agISyata} Pân.) to go over, learn, read, study; to
attempt, resolve: Caus. P. {-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. {-jigApayiSati},
to be desirous of teaching Pân. 2-4, 51.
adhiikaara* = (= {adhi-kAra}) m. superintendence over (loc.) Mn. xi, 63; authorization, capability
MBh.
adhika = additional* =mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number or quantity or
quality), superior, more numerous; abundant; excellent; supernumerary, redundant; secondary,
inferior; intercalated; ({am}) n. surplus, abundance, redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too
much; more.
adhikaM = more
adhikaH = greater
adhikaaraH = right
adhimaatra = superior
adhipati = lord
adhivaasa = dwelling
adhiishtha* = mfn. (3. {iS}), solicited, asked for instruction (as a teacher) Pân.; ({as}? or {am}) m.
n. instruction given by a teacher solicited for it Pân. Sch.
adhishThaana * = n. standing by, being at hand, approach; standing or resting upon; a basis,
base; the standing-place of the warrior upon the car Sa1mavBr.; a position, site, residence, abode,
seat; a settlement, town, standing over; government, authority, power; a precedent, rule; a
benediction Buddh.
adhiita = studied
adhiitaa = studied
adhiiyaanaH = studied
adhunaa = recently
adhvan * = %{A} m. a road, way, orbit ; a journey, course ; distance ; time Buddh. and Jain. ;
means, method, resource ; the zodiac (?), sky, air L. ; a place ; a recension of the Vedas and the
school upholding it ; assault (?) ; ifc. %{adhva}, %{as}. [24,1]
adhyayana = study
adhyaksheNa = by superintendence
adhyaatma = the principle of self * = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self;
({a4m}) ind. concerning self or individual personali
adhyAtma* = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self; (%{a4m}) ind. concerning self
or individual personality.
adhibhUta* = n. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects; the all penetrating
influence of the Supreme Spirit [21,3]; the Supreme Spirit itself; nature; (a4m) ind. on material
objects (treated of in the Upanishads) S3Br. xiv TUp.
adhidaiva* = or %{-daivata} n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent
operating in material objects; (%{am}) ind. on the subject of the deity or the divine agent.
adhyaatmaM = transcendental
adhyaasa = a case of mistaken identity * = m. (2. {as}), imposing (as of a foot) Yâjñ.; (in phil.) =
{adhy-Aropa}; an appendage RPrât
adhyeshhyate = will study
adhyopatya = Lordship
adhruvaM = temporary
adhvan.h = road
adrishhTa = Unseen, fortune, luck * = or mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced,
unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned\\2[S3Br.] mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not
experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned ; m. N. of a particular venomous substance or
of a species of vermin AV., (%{am}) n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the
reach of observation or consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's
conduct in one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is
visited in another) ; destiny, fate: luck, bad luck.
adya = today
adri *= a stone, a rock, a mountain; a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding it on
adveshhTaa = nonenvious
agaadha *: not shallow, deep, unfathomable m. a hole, chasm L.; N. of one of the five fires at the
Svadhâkâra Hariv.
agni = fire
agniH = fire
agnitraya: n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Gârhapatya, Âhavanîya, and Dakshina
agra* = mfn. (fr. {aGg} Un.), foremost, anterior, first, prominent, projecting, chief, best L.;
supernumerary L.; ({A}) f. [scil. {rekhA}] measure of amplitude (i.e. the distance from the
extremity of the gnomon-shadow to the line of the equinoctial shadow) Sûryas.; ({am}) n.
foremost point or part; tip; front; uppermost part, top, summit, surface; point; and hence,
figuratively, sharpness; the nearest end, the beginning; the climax or best part; goal, aim;
multitude L.; a weight, equal to a pala L.; a measure of food given as alms L.; (in astron.) the suñs
amplitude; ({am}) ind. in front, before, ahead of; ({a4greNa}) ind. in front, before (without or
with acc.) S'Br.; (a4gre) ind. in front, ahead of, in the beginning, first; further on, subsequently,
below (in a book); from - up to ({A}) S'Br., before (in time) AitUp. &c. [cf. Gk. $].
agraga* = m. a leader.
agrahAra* = m. royal donation of land to Brâhmans; land or village thus given MBh.
agraha* = mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying
the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class
L.
agrajAti* = m. a Brahman L.
agrakara* = m. the fore &1592[6, 2] part of the hand, finger; first ray S'is'.
agraha* =mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha}, destroying
the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a Brâhman of the third class
L.
agrajaH = elder
agrya * = mf({A}) n. foremost, topmost, principal, best; proficient, well versed in (with loc.);
intent closely attentive m. an elder or eldest brother L.; ({A}) f. = {tri-phalA} q.v.; ({am}) n. roof
L.
aGYataa = ignorance
aGYaana = ignorance
aGYaanaM = nescience
aGYaanena = by ignorance
aha = said
aha* = 1 ind. (as a particle implying ascertainment, affirmation, certainty, &c.) surely, certainly
RV. AV. S'Br.; (as explaining, defining) namely S'Br.; (as admitting, limiting, &c.) it is true, I
grant, granted, indeed, at least S'Br. [For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the
particle {a4ha} cf. Pân. 8-1, 24 seqq.] \\ =2 n. (only Ved.; nom. pl. {a4hA} RV. AV.; gen. pl.
{a4hAnAm} RV. viii, 22, 13) = {a4Har} q.v., a day; often ifc. {aha4} m. (e.g. {dvAdazA7ha4}, {try-
aha4}, {SaD-aha4}, &c.) or n. (e.g. {puNyA7ha4}, {bhadrA7ha4}, and {sudinA7ha}); see also
{ahna} s.v.
ahaM = (pron) I * = nom. sg., `" I "' RV. &c.; = {ahaMkaraNa} q.v., (hence declinable gen.
{ahamas}, &c.) BhP. [Zd. {azem}; Gk. $; Goth. {ik}; Mod. Germ. {ich}; Lith. &38735[124,2] {asz};
Slav. {az}].
ahaH = of daytime
ahata * = mfn. unhurt, uninjured AV. xii, 1, 11 VS.; not beaten (as a drum) AdbhBr.; unbeaten (as
clothes in washing), unwashed, new S'Br. &c.; unblemished, unsoiled BhP.; ({am}) n. unwashed
or new clothes "'
Ahavaniya: the fire prepared for receiving oblations; especially the eastern of the three fires
burning at a sacrifice
ahi = on earth
ahimsaa = non-violence* = f. not injuring anything, harmlessness (one of the cardinal virtues of
most Hindû sects, but particularly of the Buddhists and Jains; also personified as the wife of
Dharma VâmP.) ChUp. Nir. Mn. &c.; security, safeness S'Br. AitBr.
ah(a)na* = only (like {aha4}) ifc. for {a4han} (or {a4har}), q.v. e.g. {aty-ahna}, {aparA7hNa4},
{pUrvA7hNa4} &c., qq. vv.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. formerly Naigh.; instantly, speedily MBh. Kum.
Ragh.
ahanti * = f. id. VS. xvi, 18 [vv.ll. {a4-hantva} mfn. `" indestructible "' TS. iv, and {a4-hantva} mfn.
id. MaitrS. Kâthh.]
ahanA4 * = instr. with an earlier form of accentuation for {a4hnA}. see before.
a4han * = the base of the weak and some other cases of {a4har}, q.v. e.g. instr. {a4hnA} [once
{ahanA4} RV. i, 123, 4]; dat. {a4hne}; loc. {a4han} (Ved.) or {a4hani}, or {ahni}, &c.; nom. du.
{a4hanI} (see also s.v. {a4har}) and pl. {a4hAni}; only Ved. are the middle cases of the pl.
{a4habhyas} [RV.], {a4habhis} [RV., nine times], and {a4hasu} [RV. i, 124, 9], while the later
language forms them fr. the base {a4has} q.v.
ahitaaH = enemies
ahuta* = mfn. unoffered, not yet offered (as a sacrificial oblation) AV. xii, 4, 53 S'Br. Mn. xii, 68;
one who has not received any sacrifice AV. vii, 97, 7; (the fire) through or in which no sacrificial
oblation has been offered Âp.; not obtained by sacrifice AV. vi, 71, 2; m. religious meditation,
prayer (considered as one of the five great sacraments, otherwise called Brahma-yajña) Mn. iii, 73
seq.
ahRta * = mfn. not captivated or carried away by (instr.) Ragh. viii, 68.
aikaantikasya = ultimate
aikya = unity
aila * =a descendant of IlâN. of Purûravas (cf. 1. {aiDa4}) Hariv. MBh.; N. of the planet Mars T.;
({As}) m. pl. the descendants or family of Purûravas MBh. xiii; ({A}) f. N. of a river (v.l. {elA})
Hariv.; ({am}) n. plenty or abundance of food or refreshment; a particular number (Buddh.)
aichchhat.h = desired
airaavata* = m. (fr. {irA-vat}), a descendant of Irâ-vat; N. of a Nâga or mythical serpent AV. viii,
10, 29 TândyaBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; `" produced from the ocean "'N. of Indra's elephant
(considered as the prototype of the elephant race and the supporter of the east quarter; cf. {nAga},
which means also elephant and serpent) MBh. Ragh. Megh. &c. [234, 3]; a species of elephant R.
ii, 70, 23; the tree Artocarpus Lacucha; the orange tree L.; N. of a particular portion of the mooñs
path; of a form of the sun VP. MBh.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a kind of rainbow MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({I}) f.
the female of Indra's elephant; N. of a river MBh.; lightning L.; a species of fern Sus'r.; ({I}, {A}) f.
a particular portion of the mooñs path (including the lunar mansions Punarvasu, Pushya, and
Âs'lesha) VarBriS.; ({am}) n. the fruit of Artocarpus Lacucha Sus'r.; N. of a Varsha MBh.
aishvaraM = divine
ais'varya = desire for power; opulence {Sad-ais'varya-puurnam. The Lord is full in six opulences]
* = n. the state of being a mighty lord, sovereignty, supremacy, power, sway S'Br. xiii MBh. Mn.
&c.; dominion Kathâs.; superhuman power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to
some, of the following eight: {aNiman}, {laghiman}, {mahiman}, {prApti}, {prAkAmya},
{vazitva}, {Izitva}, and {kAmA7vasAyitva}, qq.v.; or, according to others, of such powers as vision,
audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience; and of active powers such as swiftness of
thought, power of assuming forms at will, and faculty of expatiation Sarvad. &c.)
ajaanat.h = knew
aja4 * = 2 mfn. not born, existing from all eternity; ({a4s}) m. N. of the, first uncreated being RV.
AV.; Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva, Kâma; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, Mâyâ or Illusion (see also 1. {aja4} and
1. {ajana}).
ajaM = unborn
ajaH = unborn
ajana* =1 m. ( {aj}), `" the instigator "', Brahmâ; ({am}) n. act of instigating or moving, [10,1]
ajapa* = 1 m. ( {jap}), one who does not repeat prayers; a reciter of heterodox works L.; ({A}) f.
the mantra or formula called hansa (which consists only of a number of inhalations and
exhalations).
a4-jIta * = mfn. ( {jyA}, usually {jina}), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c.
ajina* = n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, {aja}); the hairy skin of an antelope, especially a
black antelope (which serves the religious student for a couch seat, covering &c.); the hairy skin of
a tiger, &c. m. N. of a descendant of Priithu VP.
ajñaanatA* = f. or ignorance.
akaanda * = without a trunk T.; causeless, unexpected; ({e}) ind. causelessly, unexpectedly.
akarma = inaction
akarman * = mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8; inefficient; (in
Gr.) intransitive; ({a}) n. absence of work; observances; improper work, crime.
akasmaat.h = by chance
akaarya = and forbidden activities* = mfn. not to be done, improper; ({am}) n. a criminal action
akhila = entire
akhilaM = whole
akhilaguru = preceptor for all, also all types of long syllable letters
akiirti = infamy
akiirtiM = infamy
akka = mother
akledyaH = insoluble
akrita * = mf({A}) n. undone, not committed; not made, uncreated; unprepared, incomplete; one
who has done no works, ({am}) n. an act never before committed AitBr.; ({A}) f. a daughter who
has not been made {putrikA}, or a sharer in the privileges of a son Pân.
aksh* = (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of 1. {az}) cl. 1. 5. {akSati}, {akSNoti} (Pân. 3-1, 75; fut.
{akSiSyati} or {akSyati} L.; aor. {AkSIt}, 3. du. {AkSiSTAm} or {ASTAm} L.; perf. {AnakSa} [Pân.
7-4, 60 Comm.], but Â. p. [with the Vedic weak stem {AkS} cf. perf. {Az-uH} 3. pl. &c. fr. 1. {az}]
{AkSANa4}),; to reach RV. x, 22, 11; to pass through, penetrate, pervade, embrace L.; to
accumulate (to from the cube?) L.: Caus. {akSayati}, {AcikSat}, to cause to pervade L.: Desid.
{acikSi}, {Sati} or {acikSati} L.
aksha* = 1 m. an axle, axis (in this sense also n. L.); a wheel, car, cart; the beam of a balance or
string which holds the pivot of the beam; a snake L.; terrestrial latitude (cf. {-karNa}, {-bhA},
{-bhAga}); the collar-bone S'Br.; the temporal bone Yâjñ.; N. of a measure (= 104 angula); [cf.
Lat. {axis}; Gk. $; Old Germ. {ahsa}; &634[3, 1] Mod. Germ. {Achse}; Lith. {assis}.]
aksha* = 2 m. ( 1. {az} Un.) a die for gambling; a cube; a seed of which rosaries are made (cf.
{indrA7kSa}, {rudrA7kSa}); the Eleocarpus Ganitrus, producing that seed; a weight called
{karSa}, equal to 16 mâshas; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as
a die; a N. of the number 5; ({am}) n. sochal salt; blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals) L.
aksha* = 3 n. an organ of sense; sensual perception L.; m. the soul L.; knowledge, religious
knowledge L.; a lawsuit L.; a person born blind L.; N. of Garuda L.; of a son of Râvana; of a son of
Nara, &c.
akshama = (adj) incapable* = mf({A})n. unable to endure, impatient; incompetent (with Loc., Inf.
or ifc.), envious; ({A}) f. or {-tA} f. impatience, envy; incompetence, inability (with Inf.)
akSauhiNI* = f. an army consisting of ten anikinis, or 21, 870 elephants, 21, 870 chariots, 65, 610
horse, and 109, 350 foot. (Since an anikini consists of 27 vâhinis, and 27 is the cube of 3,
{akSauhiNI} may be a compound of 2. {akSa} and {vAhini}; or it may possibly be connected with
1. {akSa}, axle, car.)
akshayaM = unlimited
akshayaH = eternal
akshara = Letter
aksharaM = indestructible
aksharaH = infallible
aksharaaNaaM = of letters
akshepa * =m. drawing together, convulsion, palpitation Sus'r. Kum. vii, 95 Kâd.; applying, laying
(as a colour) Kum. vii, 17; throwing away, giving up, removing Kum. i, 14, &c.; `" shaking about
the hands "' or `" turning the hand "' (in pronouncing the Svarita) RPrât.; charming, transporting
Kâd. &c.; (in rhetoric) pointing to (in comp.), hinting Sâh. Das'ar. &c.; (see also {AkSepo7pamA}
below); reviling, abuse, harsh speech BhP. &c. (cf. {sA7kSepam}); objection (especially to rectify a
statement of one's own) Sus'r. Kâvya7d. Sâh. &c.; challenge Kathâs.; N. of a man VP
akshi = (n) eye * = n. (1. %{az} Un2.) [instr. %{akSNA} dat. %{akSNe}, &c., fr. %{akSan},
substituted for %{akSi} in the weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl. gen. %{akSNa4s} ; loc.
%{akSa4n} (once %{akSiNi}!) ; du. nom acc. %{akSI4} RV., %{a4kSiNI}, %{a4kSyau}, and
%{akSya4u} AV. S3Br. and AitBr. ; instr. %{akSI4bhyAm} ; gen. %{akSyo4s} VS., %{akSyo4s} and
%{akSo4s} (!) AV. ; pl. nom. acc. %{a4kSINi} AV., %{akSANi} RV. ; ifc. %{akSa} is substituted see
4. %{ahSa}], the eye ; the number two ; %{I4}) n. du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10 ; [cf. Gk. $, $
; Lat. &842[3,3] {oculos} ; A.S. {aegh} ; Goth. {augo} ; Germ. {Auge} ; Russ. {oko} ; Lith. {aki-s}.]
akuNTha * mfn. not blunted, not worn out; vigorous, fixed; ever fresh, eternal
akurvat.h = did
akuutha* = mf({A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of
arms) Yâjñ.; not false (said of coins) Yâjñ. n.
akushalaM = inauspicious
alaM = especially
alabhya = Difficult
alasaH = lazy
alasya = indolence
alaya* = m. ( {lI}), non-dissolution, permanence R. iii, 71, 10 (v.l. {an-aya}); (mfn.) restless S'is'.
iv, 57.
alpaka * mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl.
ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpaM = a few, little, inadequate
alpaka* = mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl.
ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
a-laukika * = mf({I})n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially said of words);
not relating to this world, supernatural.
a-laukika antika :* = (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. {nedIyas}, superl.
{nediSTha}); ({am}) n. vicinity, proximity, near e.g. {antikastha}, remaining near; ({a4m}) ind.
(with gen. or ifc.) until, near to, into the presence of; ({A4t}) ind. from the proximity; near, close
by; within the presence of; ({e4}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in the proximity or
presence of; ({ena}) ind. (with gen.) near.
antika * = (fr. {anta}), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. {nAsA7ntika}, reaching to
the nose), lasting till, until.
am* = 1 ind. quickly, a little, (g. {cA7di} q.v.) \\2 the termination {am} in the comparative and
other forms used as ind. e.g. {pratara4m}, &c., (g. {svar-Adi} q.v.) \\3 {amati}, to go L.; to go to or
towards L.; to serve or honour L.; to sound L.; (Imper. Â. 2. sg. {amISva}; aor. {AmIt}; cf. {abhy-
am}) to fix, render firm TS.; (perf. p. acc. sg. {emuSa4m} for {emivA4Msam}) to be pernicious or
dangerous RV. viii, 77, 10: Caus. {Ama4yati} (impf. {A4mayat}; aor. Subj. {Amamat}) to be
afflicted or sick RV. AV. VS. (cf. {a4n-Amayat}).
am* = n. the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, &c., commonly called Kaskas,
Andropogon Muricatus).
amanyata = believed
amalaM = clean
amalaan.h = pure
amarsha * = m. ( {mRS}), non-endurance Pân. 3-3, 145; impatience, indignation, anger, passion
MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a prince VP.
amata * = 1 m. sickness, disease Un.; death L.; time L.; dust Comm. on Un.
a4-mata * = 2 mfn. ( {man}), not felt, not perceptible by the mind S'Br. xiv; not approved of,
unacceptable.
a-maatA putra * = mfn. (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.) `" having neither mother nor son "', only in comp.
e.g. {amAtAputrA7dhyApaka} m. a teacher who cares for neither mother nor son (on account of
being entirely absorbed in his work) Pân. 8-1, 67, Kâls'.
amaatya * = (4) m. (fr. 1. {amA4} cf. Pân. 4-2, 104 Sch.) inmate of the same house, belonging to
the same house or family RV. vii, 15, 3 VS. As'vGri. KâtyS'r.; `" a companion (of a king) "',
minister MBh. Mn. &c.
amaara *: non-destruction
amaanitvaM = humility
ama*=1 m. impetuosity, violence, strength, power RV. VS. AV.; depriving of sensation, fright,
terror RV.; disease L.\\=2 mfn. (pron.; cf. {amu}) this AV. xiv, 2, 71 (quoted in S'Br. xiv and
Âs'vGri.) [The word is also explained by {prA7Na}, `" soul "' cf. Comm. on ChUp. v, 2, 6.]
amaa*=1 ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2. {a4ma} q.v.) (chiefly Ved.) at home, in the house, in the house of
(gen.), with RV. &c.; together Pân. 3-1, 122; ({A}) f. = {amA-vAsyA4} q.v. Comm. on Ragh. xiv, 80
(in a verse quoted from Vyâsa) Comm. on Sûryas; also {amA7nta} m. the end, of the {amA}
({-vAsyA4}) night ib.\\2 (3. {mA}) f. (= {a-pramANa}) not an authority, not a standard of action
Nyâyam.
amala* = mf({A})n. spotless, stainless, clean, pure, shining; ({as}) m. crystal (cf. {amara-ratna})
BhP.; N. of a poet; of Nârâyana L.; ({A}) f. N. of the goddess Lakshmî L.; ( {amarA} q.v.) the
umbilical cord L.; the tree Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. L.; the plant Saptalâ L.; ({am}) n. talc L.
amani* = f. road, way Un.
amaayaya* straight, straigh forward, unduplicious, well mannered sincere * =. not cunning, not
sagacious S'Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless Bhathth.; ({A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or
guile, ({ayA}), instr. ind. guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
ambara = aakaasha
ambaa = mother ambaa * f. (Ved. voc. {a4mbe} [VS.]or {amba} [RV.], in later Sanskrit {amba}
only, sometimes a mere interjection Âs'vS'r.), a mother, good woman (as a title of respect); N. of a
plant; N. of Durgâ (the wife of S'iva); N. of an Apsaras L.; N. of a daughter of a king of Kâsi MBh.;
N. of one of the seven Krittikâs TS. Kâthh. TBr.; a term in astrol. (to denote the fourth condition
which results from the conjunction of planets?). In the South Indian languages, {ambA} is
corrupted into {ammA}, and is often affixed to the names of goddesses, and females in general
[Germ. {Amme}, a nurse; Old Germ. {amma}, Them. {ammo7n}, {ammU7n}
aMbaa = mother
ambu = water
ambudhi = sea
ambhuruhaM = lotus
amedhyaM = untouchable *: mfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure,
unholy, nefarious, foul S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}), n. faeces, excrement KâtyS'r. Mn. ix, 282 Yâjñ. &c.
aMhas* =n. anxiety, trouble RV. &c. ; sin L. ; [cf. %{agha4}, %{A4gas} ; Gk. $, $, $, $.]
aMhati* = f. anxiety, distress, trouble RV. ; illness L. ; [cf. Lat. {ango}] ; a gift (also %{aMhatI} f.)
L
amita * = unmeasured, boundless, infinite RV. &c.; without a certain measure S'Br. Sus'r. &c.;
({a4-mitam}) ind. immensely RV. iv, 16, 5.
amogha * = mf({A}) n. unerring, unfailing, not vain, efficacious, succeeding, hitting the mark,
productive, fruitful; ({a4-mogha}, ) {as} m. the not erring, the not failing S'Br.; N. of S'iva; of
Vishnu MBh. xiii; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14632; of a minister of an Asura king at war with Karttikeya
SkandaP.; of a river L.; ({A}) f. trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens, Roxb.; a plant of which the
seed is used as a vermifuge, Erycibe Paniculata Roxb.; Terminalia Citrina Roxb.; N. of a spear
MBh. iii, 16990 and R. i, 29, 12; (with or without {rAtri}) `" the unfalling one "' a poetical N. of the
night MBh.; a mystical N. of the letter {kS} (being the last one of the alphabet); N. of Durgâ L.; of
the wife of Sântanu; of one of the mothers in Kanda's suite MBh. ix, 2639.
a4Msa*= *V: expansion, part of, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade; corner of a quadrangle; N. of a
king; ({au}) m. du. the two shoulders or angles of an altar; a share (for {aMza}); [cf. Goth. {amsa};
Gk. $, $; Lat. {humerus}, &124[1, 2] {ansa}.]
aMs'aka* = 1 mf({ikA})n. (ifc.) forming part. \\2 m. a share; degree of latitude or longitude; a co-
heir L.; ({am}) n. a day L.
amuurta * = mfn. formless, shapeless, unembodied S3Br. xiv Up. &c.; not forming one body,
consisting of different parts Su1ryas.; m. N. of Siva.
amuuDhaaH = unbewildered
aanga* = mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. ({aGga}) of a word Pân. 1-1, 63 Comm.; m. a prince of
the country Anga, (g. {pailA7di} q.v.); ({I}) f. a princess of that country MBh. i, 3772; ({am}) n. a
soft delicate form or body L.
ananubhUta* mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown. (see also the affirmative anubhUta)
antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.) //2 Nom. P. {-ayati} see
{antar-i}.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; (%{am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.
anaa* = ind. (fr. pronom. base {a}), hereby, thus, indeed RV.
anaaditva = non-beginning
anaarambhaat.h = by nonperformance
anaatman * = not self, another; something different from spirit or soul; ({an-Atma4n}) mfn. not
spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind S'Br.
anaavrittiM = no return
anaahata = unbeaten
anala = fire
analaH = fire
anamiiva * = mf({A4})n., Ved. free from disease, well, comfortable; salubrious, salutary; ({a4m})
n. good health, happy stat
anañga * mf({A}) n. bodiless, incorporeal; m. N. of Kâma (god of love, so called because he was
made bodiless by a flash from the eye of S'iva, for having attempted to disturb his life of austerity
by filling him with love for Pârvatî); ({am}) n. the ether, air, sky L.; the mind L.; that which is not
the anga.
anantaM = unlimited
anantaH = Ananta
anantaraM = after
anantaaH = unlimited
ananya * = mf({A})n. no other, not another, not different, identical; self; not having a second,
unique; not more than one, sole; having no other (object), undistracted; not attached or devoted
to any one else
anapaayin* = mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state; invariable.
anapeksha H = neutral
anasUya. * = not spiteful, not envious; ({A}) f. freedom from spite; absence of ill-will or envy; N.
of a daughter of Daksha; of one of S'akuntalâ's friends.
anasuuyantaH = without envy
anata * = mfn. not bent, not bowed down; not changed into a lingual consonant RPra1t.; erect;
stiff; haughty.
anati *= not very -, not too -, not past -. (Words commencing with %{an-ati} are so easily analysed
by referring to %{ati}, &c., that few need be enumerated.)=
anatmasa* A= inessential
anavaaptaM = wanted
an-aya * = 2 m. evil course, ill luck; misfortune, adversity (cf. {ayA7naya} s.v. {aya}.)
anayoH = of them
andha = blind
andhakaara = darkness
anena* = V* by this, with Him by these; 1 mfn. without stags RV. vi, 66, 7 (cf. {enI4})
angaM = body
aneka = Many
anekavachanaM = plural
anekaani = many
a.ngasa.nginau = with
anga* = 1 ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience, it may be
rendered, by well; indeed, true, please, rather quick; {kim aGga}, how much rather!
a4nga* = 2 n. ( {am} Un.), a limb of the body; a limb, member; the body; a subordinate division or
department, especially of a science, as the six Vedângas; hence the number six; N. of the chief
sacred texts of the Jainas; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. 1.
{karmaNAm Arambho7pAyaH}, means of commencing operations; 2. {puruSa-dravya-sampad},
providing men and materials; 3. {deza-kAla-vibhAga}, distribution of place and time; 4. {vipatti-
pratIkAra}, counter-action of disaster; 5. {kArya-siddhi}, successful accomplishment; whence
{mantra} is said to be {paJcA7Gga}); any subdivision, a supplement; (in Gr.) the base of a word,
but in the strong cases only Pân. 1-4, 13 seqq.; anything inferior or secondary, anything
immaterial or unessential, see {aGga-tA}; (in rhetoric) an illustration; (in the drama) the whole of
the subordinate characters; an expedient; a mental organ, the mind L.; m. sg. or ({As}) m. pl.N. of
Bengal proper or its inhabitants; (sg.)N. of a king of Anga; (mfn.), having members or divisions
L.; contiguous L.
angaM = limb(s)
angaani = limbs
anghri (aGghri) * = m. a foot; foot of a seat; the root of a tree [cf. %{aMhri}].
a4ngira* = m. = {a4Ggiras} RV. i, 83, 4 and iv, 51, 4 MBh. Yâjñ. (cf. Gk. $ and $.) &2164[8,1] [8,2]
a4ngiras =, {As} m. N. of a Riishi, author of the hymns of RV. ix, of a code of laws, and of a
treatise on astronomy (he is said by some to have been born from Brahmâ's mouth, and to have
been the husband of Smriiti, of S'raddhâ, of two daughters of Maitreya, of several daughters of
Daksha, &c.; he is considered as one of the seven Riishis of the first Manvantara, as a Prajâpati, as
a teacher of the Brahmavidyâ, which he had learnt from Satyavâha, a descendant of Bharadvâja,
&c. Among his sons, the chief is Agni, others are Sanvarta, Utathya, and Briihaspati; among his
daughters are mentioned Sinivâlî, Kuhû, Râkâ, Anumati, and Akûpârâ; but the Riicas or Vedic
hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and mankind itself are styled his offspring. In astronomy he is
the planet Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major); N. of Agni MBh.; ({asas}) m. pl. descendants of
Angiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of luminous objects); the hymns of the Atharva-veda
TS.; priests who by using the magical formulas of those hymns protect the sacrifice against the
effects of inauspicious accidents.
angirastama = ({a4Ggiras-}) mfn. having the luminous quality of the Angirasas in the highest
degree, said of Agni and of Ushas RV.
angirasvat = ind. like Angiras RV. VS.? ({a4Ggiras-vat}) mfn. connected with or accompanied by
the Angirasas RV. VS.
angula = a finger
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishat * =n. not winking, vigil mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as
eyes or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
anila* = m. ( {an} cf. Trish {anal}), air or wind; the god of wind; one of the fortynine Anilas or
winds; one of the eight demi-gods, called Vasus; wind as one of the humors or {rasas} of the body;
rheumatism, paralysis, or any affection referred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Riishi and other
persons; the letter {y}; the number forty-nine.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not
winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
anityaM = temporary
anityaH = nonpermanent
anirdeshyaM = indefinite
aniruddha * = mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed; m. a spy, a secret emissary (?); the
son of Pradyumna (a form of Kâma, and husband of Ushâ); S'iva; N. of an Arhat (contemporary of
S'âkyamuni); of a descendant of Vriishni; ({am}) n. the rope for fastening cattle L.
a.njana = anointment
añjanii* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two
medicinaI plants.
añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to
receive food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation,
benediction; a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure
of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjanaka* = m. portion of a text containing the word {aJjana}, (g. {goSad-Adi} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of
a medicinal plant.
añjanI* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L.; N. of two
medicinaI plants.
añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to
receive food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation,
benediction; a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure
of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjalika* = as, {am} m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh.; ({A}) f. a young mouse L.
a.nshumaan.h = radiant
a.nshena = part
anrita = false
anta = end
antaM = or end
antaHkaraNa = Mind
antaHsthaani = within
antaka* = 1 m. border, boundary S3Br.\\2 mfn. making an end, causing death; m. death; Yama,
king or lord of death AV. &c.; N. of a man favoured by the As3vins RV. i, 112, 6N. of a king.
antara * =mf({A}) n. being in the interior, interior; near, proximate, related, intimate; lying
adjacent to; distant; different from; exterior; ({am}) n. the interior; a hole, opening; the interior
part of a thing, the contents; soul, heart, supreme soul; interval, intermediate space or time;
period; term; opportunity, occasion; place; distance, absence; difference, remainder; property,
peculiarity; weakness, weak side; representation; surety, guaranty; respect, regard; (ifc.),
different, other, another e.g. {dezA7ntaram}, another country; ({am}), or {-ta4s} ind. in the
interior, within [cf. Goth. {anthar}, Theme {anthara}; Lith. {antra-s}, `" the second "'; Lat.
{alter}].
antaraM = between
antare = between
antareNa = without
antavat.h = perishable
antavantaH = perishable
antike = near
ante = after
aNiiyaa.nsaM = smaller
aNIyas = {an}, {as},, as (fr. {aNu} q.v.), or mfn. more minute than usual.
aniyata * mfn. not regulated, uncontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted, irreguIar, casual;
not unaccentuated RPra1t.
aNoH = than the atom
anu = following
anubandhiini = bound
anubhaava * = m. sign or indication of a feeling ({bhAva}) by look or gesture Kpr. &c.; dignity,
authority, consequence; firm opinion, ascertainment, good resolution, belief.
anubhuu * = to enclose, embrace ChUp.; to be after, attain, equal RV. &c.; to be useful, to help
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; to turn or incline to RV. x, 147, 1 [36,3]; to notice, perceive, understand; to
experience, to attempt.
anubhUti *= f. perception; knowledge from any source but memory; (in phil.) knowledge gained
by means of the four Pramânas (perception by the senses, inference, comparison, and verbal
authority); dignity, consequence.
anudinaM = daily
anugiitaa* = f. `" an after-song "'N. of part of the fourteenth book of the Mahâbhârata (chaps. 16-
92).
anuja * mfn. born after, later, younger; m. a younger brother, a cadet; the plant Trâyamâna;
({am}) n. the plant Prapaundarika; ({A}) f. a younger sister TS.
anujñaa* = 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to
depart, dismiss, bid farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask
permission, ask for leave to depart, to take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow
or permit Pa1n2. 1-3, 58.//2 f. assent, assenting, permission; leave to depart; allowance made for
faults; an order or command.
anujan * = cl. 4. Â. {-jAyate}, to follow in being born or produced or arising; to take after (one's
parents) Ragh.
anukampaka * = m. `" sympathizer "'N. of a king; (mfn.) ifc. sympathizing with, compassionating.
anukaari = like
anukûla * = mf(%{A})n. following the bank (%{kUla}) or slope or declivity; according to the
current AV.; favourable, agreeable; conformable to; friendly, kind, well-disposed; m. a faithful or
kind and obliging husband; (%{A}) f. Croton Polyandrum; N. of a metre; (%{am}) n. (in poetry)
narrative of calamity leading finally to happiness.
anulipta = smeared
anuloma = with the grain, naturally* = mf({A})n. `" with the hair or grain "' (opposed to {prati-
loma} q.v.), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive; conformable; ({A}) f. a woman of
a lower caste than that of the mañs with whom she is connected Yâjñ.; ({As}) m. `" descendants of
an anulomâ "', mixed castes, (g. {upakA7di} q.v.); ({a4m}) ind. in regular order S'Br. &c.
anumati = (f) permission * = f. assent, permission, approbation ; personified as a goddess RV. AV.
&c. ; the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods
or manes receive oblations with favour) ; also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this
goddess.
anumata* = mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant; loved, beloved;
concurred with, being of one opinion; ({am}) n. consent, permission, approbation; ({e}) loc. ind.
with consent of.
anumantaa = permitter
anumati* = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the fifteenth
day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive
oblations with favour); also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess.
anumaatuM = to guess
anumaana = an inference
anumRtA * f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress.
anumRj * = to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. S'Br. &c. Intens. part.
{-ma4rmRjAna}, stretching (the arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5.
anumRz * =to grasp, seize RV. &c.; to consider, think of, reflect: Caus. {-marzayati}, to touch or
take hold of for the sake of examining Kâthh.
anvi * = to go after or alongside, to follow; to seek; to be guided by; to fall to one's share RV. iv, 4,
11; Ved. Inf. %{a4nv-etave} to reach or join [BR.], to imitate [Gmn.] RV. vii, 33, 8; %{a4nv-
etavai4}, to go along (with acc.) RV. i, 24, 8; vii, 44, 5.
anvish* = 3. cl. 1. P. %{-icchati}, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at AV. &c.: cl. 4. P. %{-
iSyati} id. R. &c., Caus. %{-eSayati} id. Mr2icch. &c.
anvita * = mfn. gone along with; joined, attended, accompanied by, connected with, linked to;
having as an essential or inherent part, endowed with, possessed of, possessing; acquired;
reached by the mind, understood; following; connected as in grammar or construction.
anupaa* = 1 1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at; Caus. (Pot. {-pAya4yet})
to cause to drink afterwards S'Br. [35, 2] \\* = 2 2. Caus. P. Â. {-pAlayati}, {-te}, to preserve, keep,
cherish; to wait for, expect.
anuupa* = mfn. (fr. 2. {a4p} q.v., with {anu}), situated near the water, watery L.; ({a4s}) m. a
watery country Mn. &c.; pond RV.; bank of a river; a buffalo (cf. {AnUpa}) L.; N. of a Riishi,
teacher of the Sâma-veda.
anupashyaami = do I foresee
anuprapannaaH = following
anupUrva* = mf({A})n. regular, orderly, in successive order from the preceding; ({a4m}) ind. in
regular order, from the first RV. &c.; ({eNa}) ind. in regular order or succession, from the first,
from the beginning, from above downwards.
anurUpa * = mfn. following the form, conformable, corresponding, like, fit, suitable ; adapted to,
according to ; m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre as the Stotriya or Strophe ; the
second of three verses recited together ; (%{am}) n. conformity, suitability ; (%{am}, %{eNa}) ind.
ifc. conformably, according.
anuzaMs* = to recite or praise after another TS. &c.; (Ved. Inf. (dat.) %{anu-za4se}) to join in
praising RV. v, 50, 2.
anushochanti = lament
anushochituM = to lament
anusantataani = extended
anusaraNa* = n. following, going after; tracking, conformity to, consequence of; custom, habit,
usage.
anus'aya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any object; (in phil.) the
consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the
temporary freedom from transmigration to enter other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred;
ancient or intense enmity; ({I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part; a boil
on the head.
anusmara = go on remembering
anusmaran.h = remembering
anusvaaraH = the accompanying sound or letter ( the letter form `.n' `M'?)
anusvaara* = m. ( {svR}), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line,
and which always belongs to a preceding vowel.
anuvartman* =mfn. following attending AV. &c.; ({a}) n. a path previously walked by another
BhP.
anuvartayati = adopt
anuvaadaM = translation
anuvRtta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; ({am}) n. obedience, conformity,
compliance.
anuvRtti * = f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of
continuance; (in Pânini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows;
reverting to; imitating, doing or acting in like manner.
anuvRt * = Â. to go after; to follow, pursue; to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a
previous sentence; to attend; to obey, respect, imitate; to resemble; to assent; to expect; Caus. P.
{-vartayati}, to roll after or forward; to follow up, carry out; to supply.
anuyaayinaH = followers
anuuchaanaM = (teacher?)
aNva * = n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV
anvaya = Family
anvayavat * mfn. having a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing with; belonging to
race or family; ({vat}) ind. in connection with, in the sight of Mn. viii, 332.
anvayavyatireka * n. agreement and contrariety; a positive and negative proposition; species and
difference; rule and exception; logical connection and disconnection.
anviiksh* = to follow with one's looks, to keep looking or gazing AV. &c.; to keep in view S'Br.
anviikshaa* = f. exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.
aanviikshikI* = f. (fr. {anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c
anya = other person * = 1 (3) n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV. xii, 1, 4 (cf.
%{a4nyA}.).// 2 %{as}, %{A}, %{at}, other, different ; other than, different from, opposed to (abl.
or in comp.) ; another ; another person ; one of a number ; %{anya@anya} or %{eka@anya}, the
one, the other ; %{anyac@ca}, and another, besides, moreover [cf. Zd. {anya} ; Armen. {ail} ; Lat.
{alius} ; Goth. {aljis}, Theme {alja} ; Gk. $ &13802[45,2] for $ ; cf. also $].
anyaM = other
anyaH = another
anyat.h = other
anyathaa = other *= ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with %{atas}, %{itas}, or %{tatas} = in
a manner different from this; %{anyathA@anyathA}, in one way, in another way); inaccurately,
untruly, falsely, erroneously; from another motive; in the contrary case, otherwise [cf. Lat.
{aliuta}].
anyaaM = another
anyaan.h = others
anyaani = different
anyaayena = illegally
anye = others
anyena = by another
anyaiH = by others
anyonya = mutual
apa* = ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed to %{u4pa},
%{a4nu}, %{sam}, %{pra}); down (opposed to %{ud}).
apaana = one of the vital airs, controls the elimination of bodily wastes* = m. (opposed to
%{prA7Na4}), that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus; the anus MBh.
(in this sense also (%{am}) n. L.); N. of a Sa1man PBr.; ventris crepitus L.
apaara* = mfn. not having an opposite shore TS.; not having a shore, unbounded, boundless
(applied to the earth, or to heaven and earth, [{ro4dasI}], &c.) RV. &c.; m. `" not the opposite
bank "', the bank on this side (of a river) MBh. viii, 2381; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" a bad
shore "', `" the reverse of {pAra} "', a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence; the reverse of
mental acquiescence L.; the boundless sea.
apaartha* = mfn. without any object, useless; unmeaning BhP. &c.; ({am}) n. incoherent
argument
apaavrita* = mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c.; covered L.; unrestrained, self willed
apaaya* = m. going away, departure ; destruction, death, annihilation ; injury, loss ; misfortune,
evil, calamity.
apaayaya *V = to (breast)-feed
apaayinaH = disappearing
apachii = to decrease
apada* = n. no place, no abode AV.; the wrong place or time Kathâs. &c.; (mfn.), footless Pañcat.
apades'a *= m. assigning, pointing out Ka1tyS3r.; pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance;
the second step in a syllogism (i.e. statement of the reason); a butt or mark L.; place, quarter L.
apaharaNa = stealing
apahrita = stolen
apakri = to harm
apa-karsha-sama * = {as}, {A} mf. a sophism in the Nyâya (e.g. `" sound has not the quality of
shape as a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities in common "').
apamaa = comparison
apanaya* = m. leading away, taking away; bad policy, bad or wicked conduct.
apara = other* = 1 mfn. having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or superior.* =2
mf({A})n. (fr. {a4pa}), posterior, later, latter (opposed to {pU4rva}; often in comp.); following;
western; inferior, lower (opposed to {pa4ra}); other, another (opposed to {sva4}); different (with
abl.); being in the west of; distant, opposite. Sometimes {apara} is used as a conjunction to
connect words or sentences e.g. {aparaM-ca}, moreover; m. the hind foot of an elephant S'is'.;
({A}) f. the west L.; the hind quarter of an elephant L.; the womb L.; ({I4}) f. (used in the pl.) or
({a4m}) [RV. vi, 33, 5] n. the future RV. S'Br.; ({a4param} [AV.] or {apara4m} [RV.]) ind. in
future, for the future; ({aparam}) ind. again, moreover PârGri. Pañcat.; in the west of (abl.)
KâtyS'r.; ({eNa}) ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of KâtyS'r. [cf. Goth. and Old Germ.
{afar}, and the Mod. Germ. {aber}, in such words as {Aber-mal}, {Aber-witz}].
aparaM = junior
aparaa = lower
aparatra* = ind. in another place; ({eka-tra}, {aparatra}, in one place, in the other place Pân. 6-1,
194 Sch.)
aparaajiita = Unconquered
aparaajita:* = mf({A})n. unconquered, unsurpassed RV. &c.; m. a poisonous insect Sus'r.; Vishnu;
S'iva; one of the eleven Rudras Hariv.; a class of divinities (constituting one portion of the so-
called Anuttara divinities of the Jainas); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.;
of a mythical sword Kathâs.; ({A}) f. (with {diz}) the northeast quarter AitBr. &c.; Durgâ; several
plants, Clitoria Ternatea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania AEgyptiaca; a species of the S'arkari
metre (of four lines, each containing fourteen syllables).
aparaaNi = others
aparaan.h = others
apare = others
aparimeyaM = immeasurable
aparyaaptaM = immeasurable
apasada * = m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brâhman with the women of the
three lower classes, of a Kshatriya with women of the two lower, and of a Vais'ya with one of the
S'ûdra Mn. x, 10 seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620 seqq. and {apadhvaMsa-ja}), an outcast (often ifc.;
see {brAhmaNA7pasada}).
apâs'raya * = 2 m. the upper portion of a bed or couch on which the head rests Das3.; refuge,
recourse, the person or thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an awning spread over a court or
yard R. v, 11, 19.
apatya = Progeny
apathham.h = read
a-patnika * = mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KâtyS'r.; where the wife is not present KâtyS'r.
apa-tras * = (impf. 3. pl. {-atrasan}) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh.
apa-trasta * = mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror Pân. 2-1, 38.
apavaada = exceptional
apayaa* = to go away, depart, retire from (abl.). ; to fall off: Caus. %{-yApayati}, to carry away by
violence BhP.
apeksh.h = to expect
apekshaa = (f) expectation, hope * = f. looking round or about, consideration of, reference, regard
to (in comp.; rarely loc.); dependence on, connection of cause with effect or of individual with
species; looking for, expectation, hope, need, requirement; ({ayA}) ind. with regard to (in comp.)
apeta* = *V bereft of *= mfn. escaped, departed, gone, having retired from, free from (abl. or in
comp.)
api = also, * = Meaning is often used to express emphasis, in the sense of even, also, very; e.g.
{anyad api}, also another, something more; {adyA7pi}, this very day, even now; {tathA7pi}, even
thus, notwithstanding; {yady api}, even if, although; {yadyapi tathA7pi}, although, nevertheless;
{na kadAcid api}, never at any time: sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least e.g. {muhUrtam
api}, only a moment.\\* = Meaning may be affixed to an interrogative to make it indefinite, e.g.
{ko 'pi}, any one; {kutrA7pi}, anywhere.\\Meaning imparts to numerals the notion of totality e.g.
{caturNam api varNAnAm}, of all the four castes.\\Meaning may be interrogative at the
beginning of a sentence.\\Meaning may strengthen the original force of the Potential, or may
soften the Imperative, like the English `" be pleased to "'; sometimes it is a mere
expletive.\\Meaning `" even then "', nevertheless, notwithstanding S'ak. (v.l.) Bhartri. Prab.
Sinha7s.
a4pI * = Meaning 2 ( {i}), (Ved.) {a4py-eti}, to go in or near; to enter into or upon; to come near,
approach (also in copulation RV. ii, 43, 2 ind. p. {apI74tyA}); to partake, have a share in; to join to
pour out (as a river).
apohanaM = forgetfulness
aprakaashaH = darkness
apratigha * = mfn. ( %{han}), not to be kept off, not to be vanquished Mn. xii, 28, &c
apramaaNa * =n. a rule which is no standard of action MBh. S'âk. &c.; (in discussion) a statement
of no importance or authority.
apramatta* =m mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant S'Br. &c.
aprameyaM = immeasurable
aprameyasya = immeasurable
apratarkya * = mfn. not to be discussed L.; incomprehensible by reason, undefinable Mn. i, 5 &
xii, 29 BhP. &c. [57,3]
aprati* = mfn. without opponents, irresistible RV. BhP.; (%{I}) n. irresistibly RV. vii, 83, 4 and
99, 5 AV.; (%{A4}) ind. see s.v. above. -1.
apravrittiH = inactivity
apraamaamaaNya = Unjustified
apsaras* =m {As} [RV. AV.&c.], or {ap-sarA4} [AV. &c.], f. (fr. 2. {a4p} + {sR}), `" going in the
waters or between the waters of the clouds "', a class of female divinities (sometimes called `"
nymphs "'; they inhabit the sky, but often visit the earth; they are the wives of the Gandharvas
(q.v.) and have the faculty of changing their shapes at will; they are fond of the water; one of their
number, Rambhâ, is said to have been produced at the churning of the ocean).
apsu = in water
apuNya = vice
apunaraavrittiM = to liberation
apya* = (2, 3) mf({a4pyA}; once {a4pI} RV. vi, 67, 9)n. being in water, coming from water,
connected with water RV. (cf. 3. {A4pya}).
apyayau = disappearance
apyayana * = n. union, copulating L.
araNya* = n. (fr. 1. {a4raNa}; fr. {R} Un.), a foreign or distant land RV. i, 163, 11 and vi, 24, 10; a
wilderness, desert, forest AV. VS. &c.; m. the tree also called Kathphala L.; N. of a son of the Manu
Raivata Hariv. 434; of a Sâdhya ib. 11536; of a teacher (disciple of Priithvidhara).
arbha*: little, small, unimportant; child, boy // ruins, rubbish, often ifc. in names of old villages
half or entirely gone to ruin
arbhaka = small
archituM = to worship
arcita * = mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, saluted MBh. Mn. &c.; offered with reverence,
Mn iv, 213 ({an-} neg.) & 235 Yâjñ. i, 167
ardana * = mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. ({janA7rdana}) disturbing, distressing,
tormenting R. BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf. {mahISA7rdana}); ({as}) m. a N. of
S'iva MBh. xiii, 1147; ({A}) f. request L.; ({am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus'r.
ardha = half* = 1 m. Ved. side, part; place, region, country (cf. {a4py-ardham}, {abhy-ardha4},
{parA7rdha4}); [Lat. {ordo}; Germ. {ort}.] \\2 mfn. (m. pl. {ardhe} or {ardhas} Pân. 1-1, 33) half.
halved, forming a half [cf. Osset. {ardag}]; {ardha4}.. {ardha4} (or {ni4ma}.. {ardha4} RV. x, 27 "'
18), one part, the other part; ({a4s}, {a4m}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the half. RV. vi, 30, 1, &c.; ({a4m}) n.
`" one part of two "', with 1. {kR}, to give or leave to anybody (acc.) an equal share of (gen.) RV. ii,
30, 5 and vi, 44, 18; a part, party RV. iv, 32, 1 and vii, 18, 16; ({e}) loc. ind. in the middle, Sâk.
({ardha}) in comp. with a subst. means `" the half part of anything "' [cf. Pân. 2-2, 2], with an adj.
or past Pass. p. [cf. Pân. 5-4, 5] `" half "'; also with an adj. indicating measure [cf. Pân. vii, 3, 26
and 27]; a peculiar kind of compound is formed with ordinals [cf. Pân. 1-1, 23 Comm.] e.g.
{ardha-tRtIya}, containing a half for its third, i.e. two and a half; {ardha-caturtha}, having a half
for its fourth, three and a half.)
ardita * = asked, requested, begged L.; injured, pained, afflicted, tormented, wounded; killed,
destroyed ib.; ({am}) n. N. of a disease
argha = value
arghya * = mfn. `" valuable "' see {an-arghya}, (g. {daNDA7di} q.v., `" {argham-arhati} "')
deserving a respectful reception (as a guest) PârGri. Yâjñ. &c.; belonging to or used at the
respectful reception of a guest Gobh. Yâjñ. &c.; ({am}) n. (Pân. 5-4, 25) water offered at the
respectful reception of a guest Âs'vGri. &c., (probably for {Arghya} q.v.) a kind of honey L.
arhaNa* = mfn. having a claim to, being entitled to (in comp.) BhP.; ({am}) n. deserving, meriting
Pân. 3-3, 111, worship, honour, treating any one (gen.) with respect Mn. iii, 54 BhP.; a present of
honour MBh. i, 130 BhP.; ({A}) f. worship, honourN. Ragh. &c., ({arha4Na}), Ved. instr. ind.
according to what is due RV. i, 127, 6, x, 63, 4 and 92, 7.
arhasi = deserve
ari * =1 mfn. ( {R}), attached to faithful RV.; ({is}) m. a faithful or devoted or pious man RV.\\=2
mfn. ( {rA}; = 1. {ari4}, assiduous, &c., Gnm.), not liberal, envious, hostile RV. ({i4s}) m. an
enemy RV. MBh. &c.; ({a4ris}), m.id. AV. vii, 88, 1 and xiii, 1, 29, (in astron.) a hostile planet
VarBriS.; N. of the sixth astrological mansion ib. (in arithm.)the number six (cf. {arAti}); a species
of Khadira or Mimosa L.
aritaa * = f. or enmity
arishhu = on enemies
arishtha* = mf({A}) n. unhurt RV. &c.; proof against injury or damage RV.; secure, safe RV.;
boding misfortune (as birds of ill omen, &c.), Adbh Br. Hariv.; fatal, disastrous (as a house) R. ii,
42, 22; m. a heron L.; a crow L.; the soapberry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb. (the fruits of which
are used in washing Yâjñ. i 186); cf. {arI STaka}; Azadirachta Indica R. ii, 94, 9; garlic L.; a
distilled mixture, a kind of liquor Sus'r.; N. of an Asura (with the shape of an ox, son of Bali, slain
by Kriishna or Vishnu) Hariv. BhP.; of a son of Manu Vaivasvata VP. (v.l. for {deSTa}); ill-luck,
misfortune (see {ariSTa} n.) MBh. xii, 6573, ({A}), f. a bandage Sus'r.; a medical plant L.; N. of
Durgâ SkandaP.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kas'yapa Hariv.; ({am}) n.
bad or ill-luck. misfortune; a natural phenomenon boding approaching death; good fortune,
happiness MBh. iv, 2126, buttermilk L.; vinous spirit L.; a womañs apartment, the lying-in
chamber (cf. {ariSTagriha} and {-zayyA} below) L.
arjuna * = mfn. (cf. {Rjra4} and {raj}) white, clear (the colour of the day RV. vi, 9, 1; of the dawn
RV. i, 49, 3; of the lightning; of the milk; of silver, &c.); made of silver AV. iv, 37, 4; m. the white
colour "' L.; a peacock L.; cutaneous disease Sây. on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia Arjuna W.
and A.; N. of a man RV. i, 122, 5; of Indra VS. S'Br., of the third of the Pindava princes (who was a
son of Kriitavîrya who was slain by Paras'urâma) ib.; of a S'âskya (known as a mathematician); of
different other persons; the only son of his mother L.; ({I}) f. a cow MBh. xiii, 3596; a kind of
serpent, (voc. {a4ijuni}) "' AV. ii, 24, 7; a procuress, bawd L.; N. of Ushâ (wife of Aniruddha) L.; of
the river Bâhudâ or Karatoys L.; ({-nyau}, or {-nyas}) f. du. or Pl.N. of the constellation Phalgunî
RV. x, 85, 13 S'Br.; ({am}) n. silver AV. v, 28, 5 and 9; gold L.; slight inflammation of the
conjunctiva or white of the eye Sus'r.; a particular grass (used as a substitute for the Soma plant)
PBr. &c.; (= {rUpa}) shape Naigh.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants of Arjuna Pân. 2-4, 66 Sch.
arjunaH = Arjuna
arjunayoH = and Arjuna
arka = essence, a name of Sun * = m. ( {arc}), Ved. a ray, flash of lightning RV. &c.; the sun RV.
&c.; (hence) the number, twelve "' Sûryas.; Sunday; fire RV. ix, 50, 4 S'Br. BriÂrUp.; crystal R. ii,
94, 6; membrum viriIe AV. vi, 72, 1; copper L.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are
used for sacrificial ceremonies; cf. {arka-kozI}, {-parNa4}, {palaza4}, &c. below) S'Br. &c., a
religious ceremony S'Br. BriÂrUp. (cf. {arkA7zvamedha} below); praise hymn, song (also said of
the roaring of the Maruts and of Indra's thunder) RV. and AV.; one who praises, a singer RV.; N.
of Indra L.; a learned man (cf. RV. viii, 63, 6) L. [89, 2]; an elder brother L.; N. of a physician
BrahmaP. (cf. {arka-cikitsA} below); ({as}, {am}) m. n. (with {agneH}, {indrasya}, {gautamasaH},
&c.) N. of different Sâmans; food Naigh. and Nir. (cf. RV. vii, 9, 2).
arogita = diseaselessness
arpaNa = Offer
arpaNaM = contribution
arpita = surrendering * = [eight times in RV.; cf. Pân. 6-1, 209 seq.] or\\* = [RV. i, 164, 48, &c.]
mfn. inserted, fixed RV. VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes or the mind); thrown, cast into (loc.; said
of an arrow) Ragh. viii, 87; placed in or upon Ragh. ix, 78, &c.; (said of a document or of a sketch)
transferred to (a plate or portrait i.e., `" engraved "' or, painted "') Ragh. xvii, 79 S'âk. Kum. iii,
42; offered, delivered, entrusted Yâjñ. ii, 164, &c.; given back Ragh. xix, 10, &c.
artha = money *= {as}, {am} m. n. [in RV. i-ix only n. [90, 3]; in RV. x six times n. and thrice m.;
in later Sanskriit only m.] aim, purpose (very often {artham}, {arthena}, {arthAya}, and {arthe}
ifc. or with gen., for the sake of. on account of. in behalf of. for "'); cause, motive, reason Mn. ii,
213, &c.; advantage, use, utility (generally named with kâma and dharma see {tri-varga}; used in
wishing well to another dat. or gen. Pân. 2-3, 73); thing, object (said of the membrum virile S'Br.
xiv); object of the senses VarBriS.; (hence) the number, five "', Seiryas.; substance, wealth,
property, opulence, money; (hence in astron.) N. of the second mansion, the mansion of wealth
(cf, {dhana}) VarBriS.; personified as the son of Dharma arid Buddhi BhP.; affair, concern (Ved.
often acc. a4rtham with {i}, or gam, to go to one's business, take up one's work RV. &c.); (in law)
lawsuit, action; having to do with (instr.), wanting, needing anything (instr.), SBr, &c.; {sense},
meaning, notion (cf. {artha-zabdau} and {arthAt} s.v. below and {vedatattvA7rtha-vid}); manner,
kind L., prohibition, prevention L.; price (for {argha} q.v.) L.; ({At}) abl. ind. see s.v. below; ({e})
loc. ind. with 1. {kR} (g. {sakSAd-Adi} q.v.)
arthaM = wealth
arthaH = is meant
arthin * = mfn. active, industrious RV. ; (cf %{arthe74t} above) ; one who wants or desires
anything (instr. or in comp. ; cf. %{putrA7rthin}, %{balA7rthin}) ; supplicating or entreating any
one (gen.) ; longing for, libidinous R. i, 48, 18 ; (%{I}) m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a
wooer Ya1jn5. i, 60 Katha1s. ; a beggar, petitioner, suitor Mn. xi, 1, &c. ; one who supplicates with
prayers VarBr2S. ; a plaintiff, prosecutor Mn. viii, 62 and 79 Ya1jn5. ii, 6 ; a servant L. ; a follower,
companion L.
arthiyaM = meant
arthe = in meaning
aru* = m. the sun L.; the redblossomed Khadira tree L.; for {arus} n. only in comp. with {-M-
tuda} mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-2, 35 and vi, 3, 67) `" beating or hurting a wound "', causing torments,
painful Mn. ii, 161, &c.
aruupaka * = mfn. shapeless, immaterial MBh. iii, 12984 ; (in rhetoric) without figure or
metaphor, literal.
aryamaa = Aryama
arya* = 1 (2, once 3 RV. iv, 1, 7) mfn. ( %{R}) kind, favourable RV.; attached to, true, devoted,
dear RV.; excellent L.; (%{a4s}) m. a master, lord Naigh. Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (cf. 3.
%{a4rya}.)\\mf(%{A})n. ( = 1. %{arya4}) kind, favourable RV. i, 123, 1.\\ 3 m. (= 1. %{aiya4}) `"
master, lord "', a Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (a1) f. a woman of the third caste, the wife of a
Vais3ya VS. &c. Pa1n2. 4-1, 49 Comm., (%{I}) f. the wife of any particular Vais3ya Pa1n2. 4-1, 49
Siddh. (cf. %{aryANI}.)
asa*= not he
asadrishhii = unfit
asaadhu * = mfn. (Pân. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S'Br. MBh. &c.; wrong Comm. on TPrât.;
({u4s}) m. not an honest man, a wicked man S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({u4}) n. anything bad, evil S'Br.
({sAdhvasAdhu4nI}, `" good and evil "') MBh. &c.; disfavour, disgrace, only {-u4nA} instr. ind.
disfavourably S'Br. ii ChUp. (cf. 3. {a-sAman}); ({u}) ind. (used as an interjection of disapproval)
bad! shame! Râjat. &c.
asakta = unattached\\* = mfn. not stopped or intercepted by os at (loc.; said of arrows and of a
sword) MBh. iii, 1602; xiv, 2189; (in the same sense {a-saGga} Ragh. iii, 63); free from ties,
independent, Sânkhyak.; detached from worldly feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to
(loc.) Mn. ii, 13 Ragh. &c.; ({am}) ind. without obstacle or resistance Hariv. 9741 R. iii, 75, 6;
uninterruptedly Kir. iv, 31 Kâm.; immediately, at once Das'.
asamarthaH = unable
asameta * = mfn. `" not arrived, absent "', missing Ragh. ix, 70.
asaMbhava * = m. `" non-existence "', destruction VS. xl, 10; non-happening, cessation,
interruption Mn. xi, 27; absence of. want Mn. MBh. &c.; impropriety, inconsistence, impossibility
KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (mfn.) `" non-happening "', inconsistent, impossible.
asammuuDhaH = undeluded
asammuuDhaaH = unbewildered
asaMskRta* = mfn. not prepared S'ânkhGri.; not consecrated Mn. Yâjñ.; unadorned Pañcat.;
unpolished, rude (as speech).
asa.nyataa = unbridled
asa.nshayaM = undoubtedly
asat.h = matter
asatkaarya* = n. bad or illicit occupation Mn. xii, 32; ({asatkArya}) {-vAdin} m. one who (like a
Naiyâyika) holds that an effect is nonexistent in its cause before production.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asatpatha* = m. a bad road L.; (mfn.) not being on the right path BhP.
asat* = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with lengthening of the
accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii, 134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue,
wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence,
nonentity RV. AV. &c.; untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or
contemptible men MBh. &c.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib. 2981. - 1.
asattaa* = f. non-existence L. - 1.
asatya* = mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5 MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. untruth, falsehood Mn. &c.
asatkritaH = dishonored
asattva * = n. id. NriisUp.; non-presence, absence Nyâyam \\2 mfn. strengthless, without energy
asatyaM = unreal
as'esha* = mf(%{A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all ; m. non-remainder Ka1tyS3r. ;
(%{am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82 ; (%{eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.
as'aaya: * to reach
ashaashvataM = temporary
asha.nka = undaunted
ashakta = weak
ashaktaH = unable
ashamaH = uncontrollable
ashatara* n= mfn. (compar. fr., `" {aSa} "' fr. 1. {az}?) more acceptable RV. i, 173, 4.
as'ishya * = mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being
instructed MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to
teach Pân. 1-2, 53.
as'izu * = mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without
young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
as'ishthataa * = f. or rudeness
as'ishthatva * = n. rudeness
as'eshha = total, mf({A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all; m. non-remainder KâtyS'r.;
({am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82; ({eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.
asheshhataH = completely
asheshhaaNi = all
asheshheNa = in detail
ashubhaan.h = inauspicious
ashuchiH = unclean
ashuchau = unclean
ashubhaM = evil
ashaaDha * (or in RV. {a4-SAlha}) mfn. not to be overcome, invincible RV. VS.; born under the
Nakshatra Ashâdhâ Pân. 4-3, 34; m. the month (generally called) Âshâdha L.; a staff made of
Palâs'a wood (carried by the student during the performance of certain vows) L.; N. of a teacher
Kâthh. S'Br. i (cf. {ASADhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a brick (used for the sacrificial altar) S'Br.; ({A4 or
A4s}) f. sg. or pl.N. of two lunar mansions (distinguished as {pinvA and uttara}, `" the former "'
and the latter "', and reckoned either as the eighteenth and nineteenth [TBr.] or as the twentieth
and twenty-first [VP.&c.]) AV. xix, 7, 4, &c. [116, 2]
aashaaDha * m. (fr. {a-SADhA})N. of a month (corresponding to part of June and July) in which
the full moon is near the constellation Ashâdhâ Sus'r. VarBriS. Megh. Kathâs. &c.; a staff of the
wood of the Palâs'a (carried by an ascetic during certain religious observances in the month
Âshâdha) Pân. 5-1, 110 Kum. &c.; N. of a prince MBh.; the Malaya mountain L.; a festival (of
Indra) Âp. i, 11, 20; ({A}) f. (for {a-SADhA} q.v.) the twenty-first and twenty-second lunar
mansions (commonly compounded with {pUrva} and {uttara}) L.; ({I}) f. the day of full moon in
the month Âshâdha KâtyS'r. Vait.; (mfn.) belonging to the month Âshâdha VarBriS.
ashnan.h = eating
ashnanti = enjoy
ashnaami = accept
ashnute = achieves
ashma = stone
as'ru * = n. ({us} m. only once S'Br. vi and once R.) a tear RV. x, 95, 12 and 13 AV. &c. with {muc},
or {kR} [MBh. xii, 12491] or {vRt}, Caus. [R.] to shed tears [supposed to stand for {dazru} fr.
{daMz}: cf. Gk. $; Lat. {lacryma} for {dacryma}; &35742[114, 3] Goth. {tagrs}; Eng. {tear}; Mod.
Germ. {Z„hre}].
ashva = a horse
ashvatthaamaa = Asvatthama
aas'vaasita * mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das'. BhP. Pañcat. &c.
//reanimated, revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R
aas'vaasa * m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.; cheering up, consolation;
relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book Sâh.
ashtha* = 1 mfn. ( {akS}; cf. {nir-akS}) `" marked, branded "', only in comp. with 1.\\2 fr. 1. {az}.
see {a4-samaSTa-k-}. \\=3 (in comp. for {aSTan}).\\^ (in comp for {aSTan}) mfn.\\ =4 or with
the final {A8} blended in comp.
ashthadhaa = eightfold
ashthaadasha = eighteen
ashthottarii-dashaa = A lunar based Dasha system uses 108 yr cycle and one chooses it according
to certain criteria
ashhtakavarga = A predictive method of Astrology that uses a system of points based upon
planetary positions
asi = you are * = m. (2. %{as}), a sword, scimitar, knife (used for killing animals) RV. AV. &c.;
(%{is}) f. N. of a river (near Benar2es) Va1mP. (cf. %{asI}); [Lat. {ensi-s}.]
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as
thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful
deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
a4-s'iva *=mf({A}) n. unkind, envious, pernicious, dangerous RV. AV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a demon
causing disease Hariv. 9560; ({am}) n. ill-luck RV. i, 116, 24; x, 23, 5 MBh. &c.
a4-s'is'u *=mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n. childless, without
young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
a-s'iSya *=mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable of being instructed
MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-
2, 53.
asitaH = Asita
asita * = mfn. unbound TS. vii S'Br. xiv. \\ 2 mf({A}; Ved. {a4siknI})n. ({sita}, `" white "', appears
to have been formed from this word, which is probably original, and not a compound of {a} and
{sita}; cf. {asura} and {sura}), dark-coloured, black RV. &c.; m. the planet Saturn VarBriS.; a
poisonous animal (said to be a kind of mouse) L.; N. of the lord of darkness and magic AV. S'Br.
Âs'vS'r.; of a descendant of Kas'yapa (composer of RV. ix, 5-24), named also Devala [RAnukr.] or
Asita Devala [MBh. Hariv.]; N. of a man (with the patron. Vârshagana) S'Br. xiv; of a son of
Bharata R.; of a Riishi Buddh.; of a mountain MBh. iii, 8364 Kathâs.; ({a4s}) m. a black snake
AV.; a Mantra (saving from snakes) MBh. i, 2188; ({A}) f. a girl attending in the womeñs
apartments (whose hair is not whitened by age) L.; the indigo plant L.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. i,
4819 Hariv. 12472; ({a4siknI}) f. `" the dark one "', the night RV. iv, 17, 15; x, 3, 1; a girl attending
in the womeñs apartments L.; N. of a wife of Daksha Hariv.; N. of the river Akesines (afterwards
called Candra-bhâgâ) in the Pañjâb RV. viii, 20, 25 and ({asiknI4}) x, 75, 5.
asiddhau = failure
asmad.h = I, me
asmadiiyaiH = our
asmaakaM = us
asmaat.h = these
asmaan.h = us
asmaabhiH = by us
asmimaana* = m. self-conceit L.
asmin.h = in this
asphutha * = mf({A})n. indistinct BhP. Kathâs. &c.; not quite correct, approximate (as a number)
Sûryas.; ({am}) n. (in rhetoric) indistinct speech.
asrij * = {k}, (once {d} TS. vii) n. (m. or f. only Hariv. 9296) blood RV. i, 164, 4 AV. &c. [for the
weak cases see {asa4n}; besides, in later language, forms like instr. {asRjA} (R. iii, 8, 4) and gen.
{asRjas} (Sus'r.) are found]; saffron L.; ({k}) m. the planet Mars; a kind of religious abstraction L.
as'ruta * = mfn. unheard S3Br. xiv , &c. ; not heard from the teacher , not taught Jaim. ; (hence)
contrary to the Vedas L. ; untaught , not learned MBh. v , 1000 and 1369 ; m. N. of a son of
Kr2ishn2a , Kr2ishn2s Hariv. 6190 ; of a son of Dyutimat VP. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of An3giras
Katha1s.
asta = fall (set)1 mfn. (perf. Pass. p. 2. {as}), thrown, cast Ragh. xii, 91; ({a4n-} neg.) S'Br. iii;
(only in comp.) thrown off, left off, set aside, given up (as grief. anger, a vow, &c.) VP. Kathâs. &c.;
({A4}) f. a missile, an arrow AV. \\ = 2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of
luminaries) VarBriS. Sûryas.; `" end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain
(behind which the sun is supposed to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion
VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home, home RV. &c., especially used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i}
[{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.; fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see
below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in
reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go down, set
RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita} below), or {prA7p}
[Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI}
[{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV.
[122, 2]
a4sta* =2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries) VarBriS. Sûryas.; `"
end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed
to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home,
home RV. &c., especially used with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV.
S'Br.; fut. p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam} [{a4stam
ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in reversed order {gata astaM} R. i, 33,
21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam}
(also Caus. see {astaM-gamita} below), or {prA7p} [Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease,
vanish, perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI} [{-nayati}], to lead to setting, cause to set MBh.
iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV. [122, 2]
asti = (v) he is
astu = there should be* (3. sg. Imper.), let it be, be it so; there must be or should be (implying an
order)
astra = Weapon
asthi = Bone
asthiraM = unsteady
asvatantra * = not self-willed, dependant, subject Mn. ix, 2 Gaut. BhP.; ({asvatantra}) {-tA} f. the
not being master of one's feelings or passions Kâd.
asya = of it
asyaaM = in this
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as
thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful
deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &
asu * = m. (1. {as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV.
x, 15, 1; (in astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.;
= {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body,
animal life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
a-suu4 * = mfn. (3. {sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f. {a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f.
{asU4m}). [121, 3]
asu: * Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in
astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA}
Naigh.; (in later language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life
AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
asura = devil* =mfn. (2. {as} Un.), spiritual, incorporeal, divine RV. AV. VS.; m. a spirit, good
spirit, supreme spirit (said of Varuna) RV. VS.; the chief of the evil spirits RV. ii, 30, 4 and vii, 99,
5; an evil spirit, demon, ghost, opponent of the gods RV. viii, 96, 9; x AV. &c. [these Asuras are
often regarded as the children of Diti by Kas'yapa see {Daitya}; as such they are demons of the
first order in perpetual hostility with the gods, and must not be confounded with the Râkshasas or
imps who animate dead bodies and disturb sacrifices]; a N. of Râhu VarBriS. &c.; the sun L.; a
cloud Naigh. (cf. RV. v, 83, 6); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe, (g. {parzv-Adi}, q.v.); of a Vedic
school; ({A}) f. night L.; a zodiacal sign L.; ({I}) f. a female demon, the wife of an Asura, KaushBr.
(cf. {AsurI} and {mahA7surI}); the plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. L. [In later Sanskriit {sura} has
been formed from {asura}, as {sita} from {asita} q.v.]
asUra * =`" absence of sunlight "', only ({e4}) loc. ind. in the night RV. viii, 10, 4.
asuraaNaaM = of demons
asuraan.h = demons
asuuya = jelousy * 1 Nom. P. {-yati}, rarely Â. {-yate} (pr. p. {-ya4t} RV. x, 135, 2 S'Br.; aor.
{AsUyIt} S'Br. iii; 3. pl. {asUyiSuH} Râjat.) to murmur at, be displeased or discontented with (dat.
[S'Br. Pân. 1-4, 37, &c.] or acc. [MBh. R. &c.]): Caus. (ind. p. {asUyayitvA}) to cause to be
displeased, irritate MBh. iii, 2624 (N.)
asuuya * 2 grumbling at, displeased with (loc.) MBh. xiii, 513; ({A}) f. displeasure, indignation
(especially at the merits or the happiness of another), envy, jealousy Nir. Âp. Mn. &c.
asuuyaka * = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 146) discontented, displeased, envious, calumnious Nir. Mn. &c.
asuuyitR * = mfn. displeased, envious MBh. ii, 2545; ({an-} neg.) i, 5611.
asvastha* = mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226 MBh. &c. ; not being
firm in itself. MBh. xii, 276 (Hit.) ; (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f. illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it
{assatthadA}) ; %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.//see %{a-sva}
ataH = hence
atha = thereupon * =(or Ved. {a4thA}) ind. (probably fr. pronom. base {a}), an auspicious and
inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English), now; then; moreover; rather; certainly; but;
else; what? how else? &c. \\" but if. "' MBh. v, 2775 Bhag. ii, 33; xviii, 58
atha-shabda = the word atha (prayers are started with words atha or AUM)
atharvashiirshha = atharva(?)
atharvashiirshhaM = 'atharva' heading or head
athavaa = or
ati = extremely
atitaranti = transcend
ativartate = transcends
atishaya = wonderful
atishayokti = exaggeration
atiitaH = surpassed
atiitya = transcending
atiindriyaM = transcendental
atiiva = very much * = ind. exceedingly, very; excessively, too; quite; surpassing (with acc.):
Compar. {atI7va-tarAm} ind. exceedingly, excessively S'is'. iv. 25.
atikrama * = m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming, surpassing, conquering;
excess, imposition, transgression, violation; neglect; determined onset
ativartin* = mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing; guilty of a pardonable offence.
atra * = 1 (or Ved. %{a4-trA}) ind. (fr. pronominal base %{a}; often used in sense of loc. case
%{asmin}), in this matter, in this respect; in this place, here at this time, there, then.\\2 mfn.
( %{tras}), (only for the etym. of %{kSattra}), `" not enjoying or affording protection "'
Br2A1rUp.\\3 m. (for %{at@tra}, fr. %{ad}), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a Ra1kshasa.\\ atra 4 n.
(for %{at-tra}), food RV. x, 79, 2.
atrasat: V* getting frightened A* unsettled, daunted, put off, intimidated, shaken, overcome,
dismayed.
atulaniiya = uncomparable.
atuulyaM = uncomparable.
atyarthaM = highly
atyaani = surpassing
atyaya* = m. (fr. {i} with {ati} see {atI7}), passing, lapse, passage; passing away, perishing, death;
danger, risk, evil, suffering; transgression, guilt, vice; getting at, attacking Yâjñ. ii, 1 2;
overcoming, mastering (mentally); a class ChUp.
atyaaya* = m. ( {i}), the act of going beyond, transgression, excess Pân. 3-1, 141, ({am}, 4) ind.
going beyond RV. viii, 101, 14.
atyeti = surpasses
aum (AUM) *= ind. the sacred syllable of the S3u1dras (see 3. %{au}) (see also under pranava,
omkaara and om)
aupamyena = by comparison
aushadha = medicine
aushhadha = medicine
aushhadhaM = medicine
aushhadhiiH = vegetables
aushadha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {oSadhi}), consisting of herbs S'Br. vii; ({I}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî
MatsyaP.; ({am}) n. herbs collectively, a herb S'Br. AitBr. KâtyS'r. &c.; herbs used in medicine,
simples, a medicament, drug, medicine in general Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; a mineral W.; a vessel for
herbs.
autpattika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {ut-patti}), relating to origin, inborn, original, natural Lâthy. BhP.
&c.; {a4 priori}; inherent, eternal Jaim. i, 1, 5.
autsukya* = n. (fr. {ut-suka}), anxiety, desire, longing for, regret MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; eagerness,
zeal, fervour, officiousness Pañcat. Kathâs.; impatience Sâh. Pratâpar.
av* = cl. I.P. {a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. {ava} sg. {tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3, p. {a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1.
{A4vaH} [for 2. {A4vaH} see {vR}]; perf. 3. sg. {Ava}, 2. pl. {Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. {A4vitha};
aor. {a4vit}, 2. sg. {AvIs}, {avIs} and {aviSas}, Imper. {aviSTu}, 2. sg. {aviDDhi4} [once RV. ii, 17,
8] or {aviDDh} [six times in RV.], 2. du. {aviSTam}, 3. du., 2. pl. {aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec.
3. sg. {avyAs}, Inf. {a4vitave} RV. vii, 33, 1; Ved. ind. p. {AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel,
animate (as a car or horse) RV.; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer
(as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6; to lead or bring to (dat.: {Uta4ye}, {vA4ja-sAtaye},
{kSatrA4ya}, {svasta4ye}) RV.; (said of the gods) to be pleased with, like, accept favourably (as
sacrifices, prayers or hymns) RV., (chiefly said of kings or princes) to guard, defend, protect,
govern BhP. Ragh. ix, 1 VarBriS. &c.: Caus. (only impf. {avayat}, 2. sg. {Avayas}) to consume,
devour RV. AV. VS. S'Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?]. &29765[96,1]
ava = protect
avaachya = unkind
avaaptavyaM = to be gained
avaapta* = mfn. one who has attained or reached KathhUp.; obtained, got, ({am}) n. `" got by
division, a quotient Comm. on VarBri.
avaapita* = mfn. ( {vap}), not sown (as grain, {dhAnya}) but planted L.
avaap* = ( {Ap}), {-Apnoti} (Imper. 2. sg. {Apnuhi}) to reach, attain, obtain, gain, get Up. Mn.
MBh. &c.; to get by division (as a quotient) Sûryas.; to suffer (e.g. blame or unpleasantness or
pain) Mn. Ragh. xviii, 34 Pañcat.: Caus. to cause to obtain anything (acc.) Naish. viii, 89.
avaaptuM = to achieve
avaapnoti = gets
avaapya = achieving
avaapyate = is achieved
avabhaasa * = m. splendour, lustre, light; appearance (especially ifc. with words expressing a
colour) Jain. Sus'r.; (in Vedânta phil.) manifestation; reach, compass, see, {zravaNA7vabh-}.
ava-bhaasana * =n. shining Bhpr.; becoming manifest Sâh.; (in Ved. phil.) illuminating.
avabodha * = m. waking, being awake Bhag. vi, 17 Kum. ii, 8; perception, knowledge Ragh. vii, 38,
&c., faculty of being resolute in judgment or action [Comm.] BhP., teaching L.
avabhritha* = (once %{-bhRtha} AV. ix, 6, 63) m. `" carrying off, removing "', purification or
ablution of the sacrificer and sacrificial vessels after a sacrifice RV. viis, 73, 23, &c.; a
supplementary sacrifice (see below) cf. %{jIvitA7vabh-}.
avachinoti = to pluck
avachyaH = unblamable
avadhaana * = n. attention, attentiveness, intentness Kum.iv, 2 S3is3. ix, 11, &c., (cf.
%{sA7vadhana}.)
avadhuuta* = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avadhuutavesha* = mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is
rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadya * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior RV. iv, 18, 5 and vi,
15, 12 BhP.; disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable, want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame,
censure ib.; shame, disgrace RV. AV.
ava-dhUta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
ava-dhUta-veSa * =mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes of one who is
rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhuuta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away BhP. &c.;
discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected, rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi,
82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon
which anything unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and obligation, a philosopher
({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh.
iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avaGYaa = contempt
avagamaM = understood
avajaananti = deride
avajaghnat* = mfn. (irreg. p. in Pass. sense; {-hanyamAna} Comm.) being beaten or struck by
(instr.) MBh. i, 1424.
avaji* = (impf. {avA7jayat}; ind. p. -jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive of by conquest), win MBh. Mn. xi
80 &c.; to ward off MBh. xiii, 124, to conquer MBh..: Desid. (p. {-jigISat}) to wish to win or
recover S'ânkhS'r.
avajñaata* = mfn. despised, disrespected; given (as alms) with contempt. Bhag. xvii, 22.
avajyut* = Caus. {-jyotayati}, to light up or cause a light to shine upon, illumine S'Br.
avajñA* =1 {-jAnAti} (ind. p. {-jJaya}; perf. Pass. {-jajJle} Bhathth.) to disesteem, have a low
opinion of, despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c.; to excel Kâvya7d.
avajñA* =2 f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.); ({ayA}) instr. ind. with
disregard, indifferently Kathâs. (cf. {sA7vAjJam}.)
avakaranikara = dust, garbage
avakalana = differentiation
avalepa * = m. glutinousness (as of the mouth) Sus'r. [103, 3]; ointment L.; ornament L.; pride,
haughtiness BhP. Ragh. &c. (cf. {an-} neg.)
avaman * = 1. (Pot. {-manyeta} aor. Subj. 2. sg. {maMsthAH}, 2.pl. {-madhvam} Bhathth.; ep.
also P. {-manyati} fut. {-maMsyati} MBh. iv, 444) to despise, treat, contemptuously MBh. &c.; to
repudiate refuse ib.: Pass. {-manyate} to be treated contemptuously: Caus. (Pot. {-mAnayet}) to
despise, treat contemptuous) y Mn. ii, 50.
avamaana * m. (ifc. f. â Kathâs.) disrespect contempt Mn. ii, 162, &c.; dishonour, ignominy MBh.
iii, 226, &c.
avana = protection* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (=
{tarpaNa}) satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed
L.; 1. ({I}) f. the plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avani* = f. course, bed of a river RV.; stream, river RV., the earth Naigh. R. Pañcat. &c.; the soil,
ground Megh.; any place on the ground Sûryas.; ({ayas}) f. pl. the fingers Naigh.
avanii* = 2 (fut. 2. sg. {-neSyasi}) to lead or bring down into (water) S'Br.; to put into (loc.) Gobh.;
{-nayati}, Ved. to pour down or over AV. VS. &c.
avana* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (= {tarpaNa})
satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f.
the plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avanejana * = mf({I})n. washing, serving for washing (the feet) BhP.; ({am}) n. ablution (of hands
[SBr.] or feet [Mn. ii, 209 BhP.]); water for washing (hands [AV. xi, 3, 13] or feet cf.
{pAdA7van-}).
avaniM = earth
avapaata* = m. falling down Mriicch.; ({an-} neg.) AitBr. (cf. {zastrA7vap-}); descent, descending
upon; flying down Hit.; a hole or pit for catching game in Ragh. xvi, 78 [101,1]; ({am}) ind. with
{ava-patya} (ind. p.), falling or flying down like (in comp.)
avapad* = {-padyate} (Subj. P. {-padAti} RV. ix, 73, 9; Prec. Â. 3. sg. {-padISTa} RV. vii, 104, 17;
aor. Subj. Â. 3. sg. {-pAdi} RV. i, 105, 3; Ved. Inf. (abl.) {-pa4das} RV. ii, 29, 6) Ved. to fall down,
glide down into (acc.) RV. &c.; (Imper. Â. 3. pl. {-padyantAm}; Subj. P. 2. sg. {-patsi}; Pot. P. 1. sg.
{-padyeyam}) to drop from (abl.), be deprived of (abl.) AV. AitBr. PBr.; (Subj. Â. 1. sg. {-padyai})
to fall, meet with an accident AitBr.; (fut. 3. pl. {-patsyanti}) to throw down Kâthh.: Caus. (Imper.
2. sg. {-pAdaya}; ind. p. {-pAdya}) to cause to glide or go down AV. Sus'r.
avapas'* = P. {-pazyati} (2. pl. {-pazyata}; p. {-pa4zyat}) to look down upon (acc.) RV. AV. xviii, 4,
37: Â. {-pazyate}, to look upon AV. ix 4,19.
avapaT* = (ind. p. {-pATya}) to split, tear into pieces Sus'r. Kâd. Pass. {-pAtyate}, to crack, flaw,
split Sus'r.
avapat* = (p. {-patat} RV. x, 97, 17 ind. p. {-patya} see {ava-pAta}; impf. {avA7patat} MBh. &c.) to
fly down, jump down, fall down: Caus. (p. {-pAtayat}) to throw down Kathâs.
avaraM = abominable
avaruuNaddhi = to obstruct
avarohati = to descend
avaruddha * = hindered, checked, stopped, kept back S'ak. Sâh.; shut in, enclosed Mn. viii, 236
&c.; imprisoned secluded (as in the inner apartments) Yâjñ. ii, 290, &c.; expelled MBh. iv, 2011,
&c.; wrapped up, covered VarBriS.; disguised Das'.; Ved. obtained, gained S'Br. &c.
avarudh* = P. (aor. {-rudhat}) to obstruct, enclose, contain RV. x, 105, 1, (Inf. {-roddhum}) to
check, keep back, restrain R. iii, 1, 33, to expel Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r. R. ii, 30, 9; {-ruNaddhi}, to
seclude, put aside, remove S'Br. KaushBr. ShadvBr.; to shut in, (aor. Â. {avA7ruddha} and Pass.
{avA7rodh}) Pân. 3-1, 64 Sch.; to keep anything (acc., as one's grief) locked up (in one's bosom
acc.) Bhathth.; (ind. p. {-rudhya}) to keep one's self ({AtmAnam}) wrapped up in one's self
({Atmani}) BhP.; (impf. {avA7ruNat}) to confine within, besiege Das'.: Â. {-rundhe} (for {-nddhe}
AV.; impf. {avA7rundha} TS.; ind. p. {-ru4dhya} ib.; Ved. Inf. {-ru4dham} ib. and {-rudham}
MaitrS.) chiefly Ved. to reach, obtain, gain: P. (p.f. {-rundhatI}; cf. {anurudh}) to be attached to,
like BhP.: Desid.A. {-rurutsate}, Ved.to wish to obtain or gain TS. &c.: Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg.
{-rorudhas}) to expel from "' (the domimon) R. si, 58, 20.
avashaH = helplessly
avas'eshita* = mfn. left as a remnant, remaining MBh. i, 5129, &c. (cf. %{kathA-mAtrA7v-} and
%{nAmamAtrA7v-}.)
avashishhyate = remains
avasaM = automatically
avasannaaH = inadequate
avasatha * = m. (for {A-vasatha} q.v.) habitation Hcat.; a village L.; a college, school L.; ({am}) n.
a house, dwelling L.
avasthaa = a state of the mind* = P. {-tiSThati} (impf. {-atiSThat}; aor. Subj. {-sthAt}; perf. Â. 3.
sg. {-tasthe}; perf. p. P. {-tasthiva4s}) `" to go down into (acc.), reach down to (acc.) RV. S'Br.;
(aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-sthAta}), to go away from (abl.) RV. v, 53, 8; (aor. Subj. 1. sg. {-stkam}) to be
separated from or deprived of (abl.) RV. ii, 27, 17: Â. (Pân. 1-3, 22; rarely P. e.g. Bhag. xiv, 23 BhP.
&c.) to take one's stand, remain standing Âs'vGri. &c.; to stay, abide, stop at any place (loc.) MBh.
&c.; to abide in a state or condition (instr.) MBh. i, 5080 BhP. &c.; (with ind. p.) to remain or
continue (doing anything) MBh. i, 5770; iii, 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to be found, exist, be present
MBh. Yâjñ. i, 272, &c.; (perf. 1 sg. {-tasthe}) to fall to, fall into the possession of (dat.) RV. x, 48, 5;
to enter, be absorbed in in (loc.) Mn. vi, 81 [106,1]; to penetrate (as sound or as fame) MBh. xiii, 1
845: Pass. {-sthIyate}, to be settled or fixed or chosen S'ak.: Caus. (generally ind. p. {-sthApya}) to
cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), let behind MBh. &c.; to place upon (loc.), fix,
set, array Âs'vGri. &c.; to cause to enter or be absorbed in (loc.) MBh. iii, 12502; to render solid or
firm R. v, 35, 36; to establish (by arguments) Comm. on Nyâyad.: Pass. Caus. {-sthApyate}, to be
kept firm [`" to be separated "' BR.] BhP.
avasthaatuM = to stay
avasthitaM = situated
avasthitaH = situated
avasthitaaH = situated
avastu*n = n. a worthless thing Kum. v, 66, insubstantiality, the unreality of matter Kap.
Vedântas.
avasyandita* = n. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant Sâh.
Das'ar. &c.
avasya* = Nom P. (p. dat. sg. m. {avasyate}) to seek favour or assistance RV. i, 116, 23.
avataara = a divine incarnation particularly of Vishnu, e.g. Buddha* = m. (Pân. 3-3, 120) descent
(especially of a deity from heaven), appearance of any deity upon earth (but more particularly the
incarnations of Vishnu in ten principal forms, viz. the fish tortoise, boar, man lion, dwarf, the two
Râmas, Kriishna, Buddha, and Kalki MBh. xii, 12941 seqq.); any new and unexpected appearance
Ragh. iii, 36 & v, 24, &c., (any distinguished person in the language of respect is called an Avatâra
or incarnation of a deity); opportunity of catching any one Buddh.; a Tirtha or sacred place L.;
translation L.
avataarita* = mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (abl.); taken down, laid down or aside;
removed; set a-going, rendered current, accomplished Râjat.
avataarin* = mfn. making one's appeance see {raGgA7vat-}; making a descent in the incarnation
of (in comp.) RâmatUp.; ifc. appearing Mâlatîm.
avatishhThati = remains
avayavaH = A Limb (of the body), A part, a portion, a component, a constitunt, an ingredient
avayava * =m. (ifc. f. {A}) a limb, member, part, portion Pân. &c.; a member or component part of
a logical argument or syllogism Nyâyid. &c.
aaves'a *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. S3ak.
Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object
BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.;
indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.
avi* = mfn. ( {av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, ({is}) mf. a sheep RV. (mentioned with
reference to its wool being used for the Soma strainer) AV. &c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.;
({is}) m. a protector, lord L.; the sun L.; air, wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover
made of the skin of mice L., ({is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-vî q.v.; cf. also {adhi}) a woman in
her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s; Goth. {avistr}].
avidya = lack of education, ignorance * = mfn. unlearned, unwise Mn. ix, 205, &c.; ({avidyA}) f.
ignorance, spiritual ignorance AV. xi, 8, 23 VS. xl, 12-14 S'Br.xiv; (in Vedânta phil.) illusion
(personified as Mâyâ), ignorance together with non-existence Buddh.
avidyAmaya* = mfn. consisting of ignorance.
avidyamAna* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c.
{-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidyamAnavat* = ind. as if not being present Pân. 3-1, 3 Comm.; viii, 1, 72.
avidyamaana* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn.
&c. {-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
aviGYeyaM = unknowable
avikaaryaH = unchangeable
avinaashi = imperishable
avinaashinaM = indestructible
avirati = sensuality
avirodha = no opposition
avis'aGka* = mfn. having no doubts, not hesitating MBh. iii, 2171 and xiii, 2747; ({A}) f. `" no
hesitation "', ({ayA}) instr. ind. undoubtingly without hesitation MBh. Hariv. &c.
avis'aGkita* = mfn. unapprehensive, not having doubts, not hesitating MBh. v, 490 BhP. &c.;
({am}) ind. without hesitation R. v, 90, 13 Sus'r.
avis'astR* = {tA4} m. an unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals) RV. i, 162, 20.
avis'eSa* = m. non-distinction, non-difference, uniformity Kap.; (mfn.)without difference,
uniform BhP. Kap. &c.; ({ANi}) n. pl. (in Sinkhya phil.) N. of the (five) elementary substances (cf.
{tan-mAtra}); ({At}) ind. or in comp. {avizSa-} [e.g. {avizeSa-zruteS}, {aviseSo7padezAt} KâtyS'r.]
without a special distinction or difference KâtyS'r.] Jaim. Gaut. S'ulb.; not differently, equally
Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({eNa}) ind. without a special distinction or difference Âp. Comm. on Yâjñ.
&c. =
avis'eSavat* = mfn. not making a difference between (loc.) Yâjñ. iii, 154.
avis'vasta* = mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted L.; = {a-vizvasa4t} R. iii, 1, 25, &c.
avekshya = considering
avya * = mfn. (said of the woollen Soma strainer) coming from sheep ({a4vi} q.v.) RV.; ({as},
{am}) m. n. the woollen Soma strainer RV.
avyaakrita* = mfn. undeveloped, unexpounded S'Br. xiv BhP.; ({am}) n. elementary substance
from which all things were created, considered as one with the substance of Brahma L.
avyaktaM = nonmanifested
avyaktaH = invisible
avyaliika * = mfn. having no uneasiness or unpleasantness; well off MBh. v, 698; not false, true,
veracious BhP. Das'ar.; ({am}) ind. truly BhP.
avyaya = without deterioration: 1 or rarely {a4vyaya} [only RV. viii, 97, 2 and ix, 86, 34] mfn.
({a4vi}) made of sheep's skin (as the woollen Soma strainer) RV.; belonging to or consisting of
sheep RV. viii, 97, 2. \\2 mf({A})n. not liable to change, imperishable, undecaying Up. Mn. &c.; `"
not spending "', parsimonious; m. N. of Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv. 433; of
a Nâga demon MBh. i, 2157 (ed. Bomb.); the non-spending, parsimony; ({am}) n. [or m. L.] an
indeclinable word, particle Pân. APrât. &c.; (in Vedânta) a member or corporeal part of an
organized body L.
avyayaH = inexhaustible
ayaasya * (4) mfn. (= $ Windisch; cf. {ayA4s} and {ai0A4s} before), agile, dexterous, valiant RV.;
m. N. of an Angiras (composer of the hymns RV. ix, 44-66 and x, 67 and 68) RV. x, 67, 1 and 108,
8 S'Br. xiv.
ayathaavat.h = imperfectly
ayana*=mfn. going VS. xxii, 7 Nir.; ({am}) n. walking a road a path RV. iii 33, 7 &c. (often ifc. cf.
{naimiSA7yana}, {puruSA7yana}, {prasamA7yana}, {samudrA7yaNa}, {svedA7yana}), (in astron)
advancing, precession Sûryas.; (with gen [e.g. {a4ngirasAm}, {AdityA4nam}, {gavAm}, &c.] or
ifc.) `" course, circulation "'N. of various periodical sacrificial rites AV. S'Br. &c. the suñs road
north and south of the equator, the half year Mn. &c., the equinoctial and solstitial points
VarBriS. &c.; way, progress, manner S'Br.; place of refuge Mn. i, 10; a treatise ({zAstra} cf.
{jyotiSAm-ayana}) L.
ayaana* =n. not moving "', halting, stopping L.; (= {sva.bhAva}), natural disposition or
temperament "' L
ayashaH = infamy
ayase = (v) to go
ayuta * = 1 mfn. (1. {yu}), unimpeded AV. xix, 51, 1; N. of a son of Râdhika BhP.
ayu4ta * = 2 n. [{as} m. only MBh. iii, 801], `" unjoined, unbounded "', ten thousand, a myriad
RV. AV. &c.; in comp. a term of praise (see {ayutA7dhyApaka}), (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.)
ba * the third letter of the labial class (often confounded with {va}).
baadaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. %{badara}; cf. g. %{naDA7di}) N. of sev. teachers and authors
(esp. of a sage identified with Vya1sa, said to be the author of the Veda7nta-su1tras; of an
astronomer; of the author of a Dharma-s3a1stra &c. ) IW. 106 &c.; mfn. written or composed by
Ba1dñBa1dara1yan2a Cat.
baadhita4 * = * = mfn. pressed, oppressed &c. RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) set aside, annulled; (in
logic) contradictory, absurd, false, incompatible (cf. {a-bAdhita})
baahu = arm
baahuM = arms
baahulya = plentitude
baahyaan.h = unnecessary
baala = child
baalakaH = boy
baalaa = Girl
baalikaaH = girl
baandhava = brother* = a kinsman, relation (esp. maternal rñrelation), friend (ifc. f. â) Mn. MBh.
&c.; a brother A.; ({I}) f. a female relative Kathâs.
baaNa = Arrow
baaNa* = or {vANa4} (RV.), {bA4Na} (AV.; later more usually {vANa} q.v.) m. a reed-shaft, shaft
made of a reed, an arrow RV. &c. &c.; N. of the number five (from the 5 arrows of Kâma-deva; cf.
{paJca-b-}) Sûryas. Sâh.; the versed sine of an arc Ganit.; a mark for arrows, aim BhP.; a partic.
part of an arrow L.; Saccharum Sara or a similar species of reed Bhpr.; the udder of a cow
({vANa4} RV. iv, 24, 9) L.; music (for {vANa4}) AV. x, 2, 17 = {kevala},; N. of an Asura (a, son of
Bali, an enemy of Vishnu and favourite of S'iva) MBh. Pur.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.;
of a king Hariv.; (also {-bhaTTa}) of a poet (the author of the Kâdambarî, of the Harsha-carita,
and perhaps of the Ratna7valî) Cat.; of a man of low origin Râjat.; m. (S'is') or ({A}) f. (L.) a blue-
flowering Barleria; ({A}) f. the hind part or feathered end of an arrow L.; n. the flower of Barleria
Kir. S'is'.; the body Pras'nUp.
baashpa * m. (also written {vASpa} cf. Un. iii, 28) a tear, tears MBh. Kâv. &c.; steam, vapour R.
Ragh. Pañcat.; a kind of pot-herb Vâgbh.; iron L.; N. of a disciple of Gautama Buda7ha; ({I}) f. a
kind of plant (= {hiGgu-pattrI}) L.
bahiH = outside
bahu = a lot
bahunaa = many
bahulaaM = various
bahuvachanaM = plural
bahuun.h = many
bahuunaaM = many
bahuuni = many
badara * = m. the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujuba L.; another tree (= {deva-sarSapa}) L.; the kernel
of the fruit of the cotton plant L.; dried ginger L.; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; ({A}) f. the cotton
shrub L.; a species of Dioscorea L.; Mimosa Octandra L.; Clitoria Ternatea L.; ({I}) f. see below;
({ba4d-}) n. the edible fruit of the jujube (also used as a weight) VS. &c. &c.; the berry or fruit of
the cotton shrub L.
baddha = caught * =mfn. bound, tied, fixed, fastened, chained, fettered RV. &c. &c.; captured,
imprisoned, caught, confined ib. ({zatAt}, `" for a debt of a hundred "' Pân. 2-3, 24 Sch.); bound
by the fetters of existence or evil Kap.; hanged, hung R.; tied up (as a braid of hair) Megh.; (ifc.)
stopped, checked, obstructed, impeded, restrained, suppressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; girt with
S'ânkhS'r.; (with instr. or ifc.) inlaid or studded with, set in MBh. Kâv. &c.; attached to, riveted or
fixed on (loc.) ib.; joined, united, combined, formed, produced ib.; composed (as verses) R.; (esp.
ibc.; cf. below) conceived, formed, entertained, manifested, shown, betrayed, visible, apparent (cf.
{jAta} ibc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; clenched (as the fist) Hariv. R.; folded (as the hands) Mriicch.;
contracted (as friendship or enmity) R. S'ak.; taken up (as an abode) Râjat.; built, constructed (as
a bridge) R. Ragh.; embanked (as a river) Râjat.; congealed, clotted (as blood; opp. to {drava})
Sus'r.; alloyed (as quicksilver) L.; m. or n. ? (with Jainas) that which binds or fetters the embodied
spirit (viz. the connection of the soul with deeds) MW.
badh = to tie up
badhyatas* = ind. (freedom) from the crowd AV. xii, 1, 2 (v.l. {madhya-ta4s}).
badva * n. (once m.) a large number, multitude (Sây., `" 100 Kothis "'; others `" 10, 000 millions
"' BhP. Sch. `" the number 13, 084 "') Br. MBh. BhP.
bahudhaa* = ind. in many ways or parts or forms or directions, variously, manifoldly, much,
repeatedly RV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to make manifold, multiply MBh.; to make public, divulge ib.)
bakabaka = stork * = crane, Ardea Nivea (often fig. = a hypocrite, cheat, rogue, the crane being
regarded as a bird of great cunning and deceit as well as circumspection)
bakulaa = (f)pr.n
bali* = m. (perhaps fr. {bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR})
RV. &c. &c.; tax, impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation
(esp. an offering of portions of food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings,
household divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless
objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing
them into the air outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was
one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69,
71) MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering);
fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the
handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his
empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form
of a Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and obtained from
him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding
himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or
the lower regions) MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni
MBh.; of a king ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bandha = (a form of poetry)//* binding, tying, a bond, tie, chain, fetter RV. &c. &c.; a ligature,
bandage Sus'r.; damming up (a river) MârkP.; capture, arrest, imprisonment, custody Mn. MBh.
&c.; connection or intercourse with (comp.) Pañcat. BhP. (ifc. = connected with, conducive to
MBh.); putting together, uniting, contracting, combining, forming, producing MBh. Kâv. &c.;
joining (the hollowed hands) Ragh.; anything deposited ({-dhe-sthA} = to remain deposited)
Campak.; a deposit, pledge Râjat.; any configuration or position of the body (esp. of the hands
and feet) Ragh. Kum.; a partic. mode of sexual union (there are said to be 16, 18, 36, or even 84
L.), Caur.; constructing, building (of a bridge &c.) MBh. Râjat.; bridging over (the sea) Vcar.;
knitting (the brows) Râjat.; fixing, directing (mind, eyes, &c.) Cat.; assumption, obtainment (of a
body) Ragh.; (ifc.) conceiving, cherishing, feeling, betraying Hariv. Kâlid.; a border, framework,
inclosure, receptacle L.; a sinew, tendon L.; the body L.; (in phil.) mundane bondage, attachment
to this world S'vetUp. Bhag. &c. (opp. to {mukti}, {mokSa}, `" final emancipation "', and regarded
in the Sânkhya as threefold, viz. {prakRti-}, {vaikArika-}, and {dakSiNA-b-}); combination of
sounds (in rhet.), construction or arrangement of words Kâvya7d. Pratâp.; arrangement of a
stanza in a partic. shape Kpr.; arrangement of musical sounds, composition S'atr.; a disease which
prevents the eyelids from quite closing Sus'r.; (ifc. with numerals) a part (cf. {paJca-}
bandhaM = bondage
bandhana = restriction
bandhu = brother* = m. connection, relation, association RV. &c. &c. (ifc. with f. {U} = belonging
to, coming under the head of i.e. `" being only in name "'; cf. {kSatra-}, {dvija-b-} &c.; `"
resembling "' Bâlar. v, 56/57, `" frequented by "' ib. iii, 20, `" favourable for "' ib. iv, 87; cf. Pân. 6-
1, 14); respect, reference ({kena bandhunA} `" in what respect? "') S'Br.; kinship, kindred Mn. ii,
136; a kinsman (esp. on the mother's side), relative, kindred RV. &c. &c. (in law, a cognate
kinsman in a remote degree, one subsequent in right of inheritance to the Sa-gotra; three kinds
are enumerated, personal, paternal and maternal); a friend (opp. to {ripu}) MBh. Kâv. BhP.; a
husband Ragh.; a brother L.; Pentapetes Phoenicea L. (= {bandhUka}); N. of a metre Col.; (in
astrol.) of the fourth mansion Var.; of a Riishi with the patr. Gaupâyana or Laupâyana (author of
RV. v, 24 and x, 5660) RAnukr.; of Manmatha L.
bandhuH = friend
bandhuvargaH = relatives
bandhuun.h = relatives
bala = strength
balaM = army
balavat.h = strong
balaa = force
balaat.h = by force
balishhTha = strong
bali *V= saying calling, chanting, calling as such, stating, uttering, taking //*= asm. (perhaps fr.
{bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with {hR}) RV. &c. &c.; tax,
impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of
portions of food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities,
spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made
before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air
outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5
{mahA-yajJas}, or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71) MBh. &c.
(often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering); fragments of food at
a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the handle of a chowrie or fly-
flapper Megh.; N. of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his empire over the three
worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form of a Vâmana or dwarf.
son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and obtained from him the promise of as
much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him
of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or the lower regions) MBh.
Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni MBh.; of a king ib.
Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bali
baTaraka* = n. pl. circular lines of light which appear before the closed eye AitÂr.
baTu* = m. (also written {vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young Brâhman, but also
contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a class of priests Cat.; a form of
S'iva (so called from being represented by boys in the rites of the S'âktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica
L.
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (=
{-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good,
gracious, friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in
(loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a
beautiful lover or husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with
{vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH}, often in
familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m}
and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately, joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well
Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind
of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman});
Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of mount Meru L.; of a class of
gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of Vishnu
and one of the Tushita deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of
the 9 white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bâna Vâs.,
Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA},
{aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746, 1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd,
7th and 12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-
karaNa}); of a form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of
Dâkshâyanî in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of
Surabhi R.; of a wife of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of
Soma and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî Hariv.; of a
Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.;
of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as
rising on the northern summit of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean)
Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good
fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to him! Pân. 2-3, 73;
{bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a
verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to
grant welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta}) L.; a partic.
posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a
house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhashita * = n. barking L.
bindu = dot
binduH = (m) point, drop
bibheti = fears
bibheshhi = afraid
bibhyati = is afraid;fears
biija = seed
biijagaNita = algebra
bhaaH = light
baaDha* = or {bALha4} mfn. ( {baMh}; cf. Pân v, 63) strong, mighty (only ibc. and in {bAhe4}
ind.), loudly, strongly, mightily RV.; ({bADham} or {vADham}) ind. assuredly, certainly, indeed,
really, by all means, so be it, yes (generally used as a particle of consent, affirmation or
confirmation) MBh. Kâv. &c.
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the month Bhâdra (=
{-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
bhaadrapada* = m. (fr. {bhadra-padA}) the month Bhâdra (a rainy month corresponding to the
period from about the middle of August to the middle of September) Var. Râjat. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. du.
and pl. = {bhadra-padA}N. common to the 3rd and 4th Nakshatras (q.v.) Sûryas. VP.; ({I}) f. the
day of full moon in the month BhñBhâdra KâtyS'r. Sch.
bhaaga * = 2 Vriiddhi form of {bhaga} in com \\1 m. ( {bhoj}) a part, portion, share, allotment,
inheritance (in Ved. also = lot, esp. fortunate lot, good fortune, luck, destiny) RV. &c. &c.; a part
(as opp. to any whole; {bhAgam bhAgam} with Caus. of {klRp} or {bhAgAn} with {kR}, to divide
in parts); a fraction (often with an ordinal number e.g. {aSTamo bhAgaH}, the eighth part, or in
comp. with a cardinal e.g. {zata-bh-}; 1/100; {azIti-bh-} = 1/80) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; a quarter (see
{eka-bh-}, {tri-bh-}); part i.e. place, spot, region, side (ifc. taking the place of, representing)
Lâthy. MBh. &c. (in this sense also n.; see {bhUmi-bh-}); part of anything given as interest W.; a
half rupee L.; the numerator of a fraction Col.; a quotient MW.; a degree or 360th part of the
circumference of a great circle Sûryas.; a division of time, the 30th part of a Râs'i or zodiacal sign
W.; N. of a king (also {bhAgavata}) Pur.; of a river (one of the branches of the Candra-bhâgâ) L.;
mfn. relating to Bhaga (as a hymn) Nir.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhaagavata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {bhaga-vat}) relating to or coming from Bhagavat i.e. Vishnu or
Kriishna, holy, sacred, divine MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. a follower or worshipper of BhñBhagavati or
Vishnu ib. (cf. IW. 321, 1); N. of a king VP.; n. N. of a Purâna (cf. {bhAgavata-p-}).
bhaagadheya = fortune
bhaagya = Blessing * =1 mfn. (fr. %{bhaga}) relating to Bhaga; n. (with %{yuga}) the 12th or last
lustrum in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (scil. %{bha} or %{nakSatra}) the asterism of
Bhaga i.e. Uttara-Phalguni1 ib. [752,1]\\2 mfn. ( %{bhaj}) to be shared or divided, divisible (=
%{bhajya}) Vop.\\3 mfn. (fr. %{bhAga}) entitled to a share g. %{daNDA7di}; (with %{zata},
%{viMzati} &c.) = %{bhAgika} Pa1n2. 5-1, 42 Sch.; lucky, fortunate (compar. %{-tara}) MBh. R.;
n. sg. or pl. (ifc. f. %{A}) fate, destiny (resulting from merit or demerit in former existences),
fortune, (esp.) good fortune, luck, happiness, welfare MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{ena} ind. luckily,
fortunately Hit.); reward BhP.
bhaajayu* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) sharing with others, generous, liberal RV.
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or
participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient,
receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place
or person in which anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind.
with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br.
GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{bidA7di}.
bhaajita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) shared, divided Sûryas.; distributed, portioned W.; n. a share, portion
ib.
bhaalaM = forehead
bhaanu * = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the
sun MBh. Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an
anonymous author Cat.; N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.;
of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.; of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a
pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.)
ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv. Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a
handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and
mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of
Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaara = load
bhaara * = weight, war, battle, contest; a burden, load, weight; * = m. ( {bhR}) a burden, load,
weight RV. &c. &c.; heavy work, labour, toil, trouble, task imposed on any one (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a large quantity, mass, bulk (often in comp. with words meaning `" hair "') Hariv.
Kâv. &c.; a partic. weight (= 20 Tulâs = 2000 Palas of gold) Hariv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; = {bhAra-
yaSTi}, Kârand.; a partic. manner of beating a drum Sangît.; N. of Vishnu L.; of a prince VP.
bhaaradvaaja* = mf({I})n. coming from or relating to Bharad-vâja S'Br. &c. &c.; m. patr. fr.
{bharad-vAja} g. {bidA7di}; N. of various men (esp. of supposed authors of hymns, viz. of
Riijis'van, Garga, Nara, Pâyu, Vasu, S'âsa, S'irimbitha, S'unahotra, Sapratha, Su-hotra q.v.; but
also of others e.g. of Drona, of Agastya, of S'aunya, of Sukes'an, of Satya-vâha, of S'ûsha Vâhneya,
of one of the 7 Riishis, of a son of Briihas-pati &c., and of many writers and teachers pl. of a Vedic
school) RAnukr. MBh. Cat. IW. 146, 161 &c.; the planet Mars L.; a skylark Pañcat.; pl. N. of a
people VP.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of Bharad-vâja (with {rAtri}N. of the author of RV. x, 127;
cf. also {bhA4radvAjI-pu4tra} below); a skylark PârGri.; the wild cotton shrub L.; N. of a river
MBh. VP.; n. a bone L.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; of a place Pân. 4-2, 145 (v.l. for {bhar-}).
bhaaratii = Utterance
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf.
below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet
Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various
men (esp. supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-
agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or
mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of
Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good
bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called
{bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f. MBh. BhP.; of
Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.
bhaaryaa = wife
bhaashh.h = to speak
bhaashhaNa = speech
bhaashhase = speaking
bhaashhaa = language
bhaashhiNi = speaker
bhaashhita = speech
bhaasaH = effulgence
bhaasayate = illuminates
bhaasasya = Bhasa's
bhaasvataa = glowing
bhaashitapuMska * = mfn. = {ukta-puMska} (q.v.) Pân. 6-3, 34 &c. ({-tva} n. vii, 3, 48 Sch.)
bhaa4shitR * = mfn. speaking, a speaker, talker (with acc, or ifc.) S'Br. MBh. &c.
bhaashita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said; spoken to, addressed Mn. MBh. &c.; n. speech,
language, talk i
bhaashin* = mfn. saying, speaking, loquacious (mostly ifc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
bhaata * = mfn. shining, appearing &c.; = {prabhAta} L.; n. (impers.) appearance has been made
by (instr.) BhP.
bhaava * = m. ( {bhU}) becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance S'vetUp. KâtyS'r. &c.
[754, 2]; turning or transition into (loc. or comp.) MBh. RPrât.; continuance (opp. to cessation;
{eko7ti-bhAva}, continuity of the thread of existence through successive births Buddh., wrongly
translated under {eko7ti-bh-}) MBh.; state, condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age; {anyam
bhAvam Apadyate}, euphem. = he dies; state of being anything, esp. ifc. e.g. {bAlabhAva}, the
state of being a child, childhood = {bAlatA}, or {tva}; sometimes added pleonastically to an
abstract noun e.g. {tanutA-bhAva}, the state of thinness) Up. S'rS. MBh. &c.; true condition or
state, truth, reality (ibc. and {bhAvena} ind. really, truly) MBh. Hariv.; manner of being, nature,
temperament, character ({eko bhAvaH} or {eka-bh-}, a simple or artless nature; {bhAvo bhAvaM
nigacchati} = birds of a feather flock together) MBh. Kâv. &c.; manner of acting, conduct,
behaviour Kâv. Sâh.; any state of mind or body, way of thinking or feeling, sentiment, opinion,
disposition, intention ({yAdRzena bhAvena}, with whatever disposition of mind; {bhAvam
amaGgalaM-kR}, with loc., to be ill disposed against; {bhAvaM dRDhaM-kR}, to make a firm
resolution) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in rhet.) passion, emotion (2 kinds of Bhâvas are enumerated, the
{sthAyin} or primary, and {vyabhicArin} or subordinate; the former are 8 or 9 according as the
Rasas or sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9; the latter 33 or 34) Kâv. Sâh. Pratâp. &c.; conjecture,
supposition Mn. Pañcat.; purport, meaning, sense ({iti bhAvaH}, `" such is the sense "' = {ity
arthaH} or {ity abhiprA7yaH}, constantly used by commentators at the end of their explanations);
love, affection, attachment ({bhAvaM-kR}, with loc., to feel an affection for) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
seat of the feelings or affections, heart, soul, mind ({parituSTena bhAvena}, with a pleased mind)
S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; that which is or exists, thing or substance, being or living creature
({sarva-bhAvAH}, all earthly objects; {bhAvAH sthAvara-jaGgamAH}, plants and animals)
MundUp. MBh. &c.; (in dram.) a discreet or learned man (as a term of address = respected sir)
Mriicch. Mâlav. Mâlatîm.; (in astron.) the state or condition of a planet L.; an astrological house
or lunar mansion ib.; N. of the 27th Kalpa (s.v.) ib.; of the 8th (42nd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60
years VarBriS.; (in gram.) the fundamental notion of the verb, the sense conveyed by the abstract
noun (esp. as a term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb having neither agent nor object
expressed e.g. {pacyate}, `" there is cooking "' or `" cooking is going on "') Pân. 3-1, 66; 107 &c.;
N. of the author of the Bhâvaprâkas'a (= {mizra-bhAva}) Cat.; wanton sport, dalliance L.; birth L.;
place of birth, the womb L.; the world, universe L.; an organ of sense L.; superhuman power L.;
the Supreme Being L.; advice, instruction L.; contemplation, meditation L. (cf. {-samanvita}).
bhaava = House and is also used to indicate the chart that uses Porphyry's Cusps
bhaavaM = nature
bhaavaH = endurance
bhaavaya = deem/consider/visualise/imagine
bhaavayataa = having pleased
bhaavaaH = natures
bhaavitaaH = remembering
bhaavya4* = mfn. (fr. {bhU} or its Caus.) future, about to be or what ought to be or become RV.
&c. &c. (in later language often used as fut. tense of {bhU}; cf. {bhAvin}); to be effected or
accomplished or performed Kum. BhP.; to be apprehended or perceived Kathâs.; to be (or being)
imagined or conceived, AshthâvS. (cf. {dur-bh-}); easy to guess or understand Vâm.; to be (or
being) argued or demonstrated or admitted or approved Yâjñ. Kâv.; to be convicted Mn. viii, 60;
m. N. of a man (= {bhAvayavya} Nir.) RV. i, 126, 1 (others `" to be worshipped "', others `" future
"'); of a king (= {bhAvya-ratha} or {bhAnu-ratha}) VP.; n. (impers.) it is to be by (instr, ) Mn. v,
150; it should be understood Mriicch. Sch.
bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c. &c.; good,
gracious, friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in
(loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with {nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a
beautiful lover or husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with
{vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra}, {-dre}, {-drAH}, often in
familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m}
and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately, joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well
Hit.); m. (prob.) a sanctimonious hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind
of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock L.; a water wagtail Var. (cf. {-nAman});
Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva L.; of mount Meru L.; of a class of
gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of Vishnu
and one of the Tushita deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of
the 9 white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a friend of Bâna Vâs.,
Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA},
{aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI}, {nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746,1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd, 7th
and 12th days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2. {bhadrA-
karaNa}); of a form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of
Dâkshâyanî in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of
Surabhi R.; of a wife of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of
Soma and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî Hariv.; of a
Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.;
of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of Kriishna BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as
rising on the northern summit of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean)
Pur.; the celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare, good
fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to him! Pân. 2-3, 73;
{bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a
verse; {bhadram upalAh}, happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to
grant welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta}) L.; a partic.
posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic. mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a
house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhadraaH = goodness
bhadrapada* = n. N. of a metre Col. [746,2]; ({A}) f. N. of the 3rd and 4th lunar asterisms Var. &c.
(also n.; {-dA-yoga} m. N. of ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.)
bhadrapAda* = mfn. born under the Nakshatra Bhadra-padâ Pân. 7-3, 18 Sch.
bhaga * m. (ifc. f. {A} and {I} g. {bahv-Adi}) `" dispenser "', gracious lord, patron (applied to gods,
esp. to Savitrii) RV. AV.; N. of an Âditya (bestowing wealth and presiding over love and marriage,
brother of the Dawn, regent of the Nakshatra Uttara-Phalgunî; Yâska enumerates him among the
divinities of the highest sphere; according to a later legend his eyes were destroyed by Rudra) ib.
&c. &c. [743, 3]; the Nakshatra UñUttara-PhñPhalgunî MBh. vi, 81; the sun ib. iii, 146; the moon
L.; N. of a Rudra MBh.; good fortune, happiness, welfare, prosperity RV. AV. Br. Yâjñ. BhP.; (ifc.
f. {A}) dignity, majesty, distinction, excellence, beauty, loveliness RV. AV. Br. GriS. BhP.; (also n.
L.) love, affection, sexual passion, amorous pleasure, dalliance RV. AV. Br. KâtyS'r. BhP.; (n. L.;
ifc. f. {A}) the female organs, pudendum muliebre, vulva Mn. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. in {bhagA-
nAmnI} below; n. a partic. Muhûrta Cat.; the perinaeum of males L.; m. n. = {yatna}, {prayatna},
{kIrti}, {yazas}, {vairAgya}, {icchA}, {jJAna}, {mukti}, {mokSa}, {dharma}, s'rî L. [Cf. Zd. {bagha
= Old Pers. {baga}; Gk. $; &226046[743, 3] Slav. {bogu8}, {bogatu8}; Lith. {bago4tas}, {na-
ba4gas}.],
bhagna * =. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked, frustrated, disturbed,
disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of a comp.
e.g. {grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has broken a
limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.
bhagavat.h = God
bha4ga-vat * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see under {bha4ga}) possessing fortune, fortunate, prosperous,
happy RV. AV. GriS. BhP.; glorious, illustrious, divine, adorable, venerable AV. &c. &c.; holy
(applied to gods, demigods, and saints ae a term of address, either in voc. {bhagavan},
{bhagavas}, {bhagos} [cf. Pân. 8-3, 1 Vârtt. 2 Pat., and viii, 3, 17] f. {bhagavatI} m. pl.
{bhagavantaH}; or in nom. with 3. sg. of the verb; with Buddhists often prefixed to the titles of
their sacred writings); m. `" the divine or adorable one "'N. of Vishnu-Kriishna Bhag. BhP.; of
S'iva Kathâs.; of a Buddha or a Bodhi-sattva or a Jina Buddh. (cf. MWB. 23); ({I}) f. see below.
bhagavad.h = god's
bhagavan.h = O Supreme
bhagavaan.h = O Personality of Godhead
bhagavaana = holy
bhaginii = sister
bhagneshakaarmukaH = the man who broke the bow of Isha(shiva) i.e. rAma
bhagna * = mfn. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split, torn, defeated, checked, frustrated,
disturbed, disappointed Mn. MBh. &c. (sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of
a comp. e.g. {grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has
broken a limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of a leg Sus'r.
bhaikshyaM = by begging
bhaja = worship
bhajana* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship,
adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist
monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaka = worshippers
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.) sharing or
participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.; n. `" partaker of "', a recipient,
receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup, &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place
or person in which anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing, representation ({ena} ind.
with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative, deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br.
GriS.; a partic. measure (= an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{bidA7di}.
bhaaJanaloka* = m. (with Buddhists) the world of inanimate things (opp. to {sattva-l-} q.v.).
Dharmas. 89.
bhaajanIbhUta* = mfn. (ifc.) one who has become a vessel for or who has obtained Kathâs. Lalit.
bhajana = a hymn* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.; (ifc.)
reverence, worship, adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic.
official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaami = reward
bhaje = I worship
bhakataH = devotee
bhakta = devotee
bhaktaH = devotee
bhaktaaH = devotees
bhaktimaan.h = devotee
bhaksha = Food
bhakshaNa* = mfn. eating, one who eats (cf. {dADima-}, {pApa-bh-}); n. the act of eating,
drinking, feeding S'rS. Nir. MBh. &c.; eating what excites thirst L.; chewing L.; the being eaten by
(instr.) Mn. R.; ({bha4-}) a drinking vessel RV.
bhaksha* = m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f.
{A}, having anything for food or beverage, eating, drinking, living upon); {-kAra} m. `" food-
maker "', a cook, baker L.; {-M-kAra4} mfn. furnishing food MaitrS. (cf. Pân. 6-3, 72 Vârtt. 2
Pat.); {-MkRta} ({-kSa4M-}) mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed TS. Âs'vS'r.; {-japa} m. the prayer
muttered while drinking Soma Âs'vS'r.; {-pattrI} f. betel-pepper (the leaf of which serves for food)
L.; {-bIja} w.r. for {bhakSya-b-}; {-mantra} m. a verse spoken while drinking Soma S'ânkhS'r.
bhalla * = mfn. auspicious, favourable (= {bhadra} or {ziva}) L.; m. a bear Hit. (cf. {accha-bhalla},
{bhalluka}, {bhallUka}); a term used in addressing the Sun (only dat.; cf. 2. {bhala}) MantraBr.
Gobh.; (pl.) N. of a people Pân. 5-3, 114. Sch. (v.l. {malla}); N. of S'iva (cf. above); a kind of arrow
or missile with a point of a partic. shape MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {I} f. and n.); a partic. part of an
arrow MBh.; ({I}) f. Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr.; n. an arrow-head of a partic. shape S'ârngP.
bhaNóDu* = g. {suvAstv-Adi}.
bhaanava* = mfn. peculiar to the sun L.; ({I}) f. a kind of pace Sangît.
bhaanu4* = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour RV. &c. &c.; the
sun MBh. Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the chapters of the dictionary of an
anonymous author Cat.; N. of S'iva L.; of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.;
of a prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.; of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a
pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.)
ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of Bhânu) Hariv. Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a
handsome wife (= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and
mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of Devarshabha BhP.; of a daughter of
Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.; belonging to S'ukra (cf.
below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4, 65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet
Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R. Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various
men (esp. supposed authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-
agni, Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other writers or
mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of
Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh. (Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good
bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called
{bhRgavaH}; cf. above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f. MBh. BhP.; of
Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species L.; n. N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.
bharadvaaja* = ({bhara4d-}) m. `" bearing "' speed or strength (of flight) "', a skylark R.; N. of a
Riishi (with the patr. Bârhaspatya, supposed author of RV. vi, 1-30; 37-43; 53-74; ix, 67. 1-3; x,
137, 1, and Purohita of Diva-dâsa, with whom he is perhaps identical; BhñBharad is also
considered as one of the 7 sages and the author of a law-book) RV. &c. &c. ({-jasya a-dAra-sRt}
and {a-dAra-sRtau}, {arkau}, {upahavau}, {gAdham}, {nakAni}, {prizninI}, {prAsAham},
{bRhat}, {maukSe}, {yajJA7yajJIyam}, {lomanI}, {vAja-karmIyam}, {vAja-bhRt}, {viSamANi},
{vratam}, {sundhyuH} and {saindhukSitAni}N. of Sâmans ArshBr.); of an Arhat Buddh.; of a
district Pân. 4-2, 145; of an Agni MBh.; of various authors Cat.; pl. the race or family of Bharad-
vâja RV.; {-gArga-pariNaya-pratiSedha-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-dhanvantari} m. N. of a divine
being S'ânkhGri.; {-pravraska} n. N. of AV. ii, 12; {-prAdur-bhAva} m. N. of ch. of Bhpr.; {-zikSA}
f. {-saMhitA} f. {-sUtra} n. {-smRti} f. N. of wks.
bharaNi = jewel
bharata = Bharat
bharjanaM = nourisher?
bharjayati = to fry
bhartaa = sustainer
bhartR * =m. (once in S'Br. {bha4rtR}) a bearer [cf. Lat. {fertor}], one who bears or carries or
maintains (with gen. or ifc.) RV. S'Br. MBh.; a preserver, protector, maintainer, chief, lord, master
RV. &c. &c. ({trI4} f. a female supporter or nourisher, a mother AV. Kaus'. TBr.); ({bha4rtR}) m. a
husband RV. v, 58, 7 Mn. MBh. &c.
bhartR4-tva * =n. (MBh. &c.) masterhood, husbandship; {-tAMgata} mfn. subject, married W.
bhartRka * =ifc. (f. {A}) = {bhartR}, a husband (cf. {pro7Sita-}, {mRta-}, {svA7dhIna-bh-}).
bhasha* = mf({I})n. barking, yelping, chiding VS. (cf. g. {pacA7di}); m. a dog L.; ({A}) f. a species
of plant L.; ({I}) f. a bitch L.
bhaashaa* = f. speech, language (esp. common or vernacular speech, as opp. to Vedic or in later
times to Sanskriit) Nir. Pân. Mn. MBh.; any Prâkriit dialect or a partic. group of 5 of them (viz.
Mâhârâshthri, S'auraseni, Mâgadhi, Prâcyâ, and Avanti, also called Pañca-vidhâ Bhâshâ; cf. under
{prAkRta}, p. 703) Cat.; description, definition Bhag.; (in law) accusation, charge, complaint,
plaint Dhûrtas. Yâjñ. Sch.; N. of Sarasvati L.; (in music) of a Râgini.
bhaasa* = m. light, lustre, brightness (often ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs.; impression made on the
mind, fancy MW.; a bird of prey, vulture (L. = {zakunta}, {kukkuTa}, {gRdhra} &c.) AdbhBr.
Âpast. MBh. Hariv. &c. (w.r. {bhASa}); a cow-shed L.; N. of a man Râjat.; of a dramatic poet (also
called Bhâsaka) Mâlav. Hcar. &c.; of a son of a minister of king Candra-prabha Kathâs.; of a
Dânava ib.; of a mountain MBh.; ({I}) f. N. of the mother of the vultures (a daughter of Tâmrâ)
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Prâdhâ MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a Sâman Br. S'rS.
bhashhati = to bark
bhasma = ash
bhasmaM = ashes
bhasmaavasheshhaM = ashes+remains
bhaTTakavaara = Sunday
bhatha * = m. (fr. {bhRta}) a mercenary, hired soldier, warrior, combatant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
servant, slave Kâvya7d. VP.; a humpback Gal.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; = {arya-bhaTa} (cf.
below); pl. N. of a degraded tribe L. (cf. {bhaTTa}, {bhaDa}, {bhaNDa}; according to some `" a
person whose father is a Brâhman and whose mother is a Nathî "'); ({A}) f. coloquintida.
bhauma* = mf({I})n. relating or dedicated to the earth, produced or coming from the earth,
earthly, terrestrial VS. &c. &c. (with {naraka} m. = hell on earth MBh.; with {brahman} n. = the
Veda ib.); consisting or made of earth, earthy PañcavBr. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; coming from the land
(as revenue &c.) L.; (fr. {bhauma}, the planet Mars) relating to the plñplanet Mars or to his day,
falling on Tuesday Vet.; m. a red-flowering Punar-navâ L.; = {ambara} L.; N. of the 27th Muhûrta
L.; metron. of a partic. earth-deity GriS.; of Atri RAnukr.; of the Daitya Naraka MBh.; of the
planet Mars (whose day is Tuesday) ib. Var. Pur. &c.; m. or n. N. of AV. xii, 1; ({I}) f. `" produced
from the earth "'N. of Sitâ L.; n. dust of the earth (pl.) MBh.; corn, grain Âpast.; (only ifc.) floor,
story MBh. R.
bhaumacAra* = m. `" the course of the planet Mars "', N. of a ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on
VarBriS.
bhav.h = to be
bhava * = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with
f. {A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning
into (comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf.
{bhavA7ntara}); worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with
Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42
(MWB. 102); well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining,
acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on
Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra,
and as such of the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava
i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th Kalpa Cat.; of a
Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of
an author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaami = I become
bhavaan.h = you
bhavaH = birth
bhava* = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f.
{A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into
(comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara});
worldly existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of
becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB. 102); well-being,
prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti},
{prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently
connected with S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the
number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and his wife
Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th Kalpa Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king
MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the
fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavantaM = You
bhavantaH = you
bhavanti = grow
bhavat * = mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI}; voc.
%{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship
or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used
respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd
pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in pl. to express
greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c.;
(%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bhavataH = Thy
bhavati = becomes
bhavatii = you
bhavi = future
bhavishhya = future
bhavishhyanti = will be
bhavishhyaaNi = future
bhavet.h = would be
bhavya* = mfn. being, existing, present RV. &c. &c.; to be about to be or become, future (=
{bhAvin}) MârkP. Pañcar. (also for the future tense of {bhU} MBh. iv, 928 v.l. {bhAvya}); likely to
be, on the point of becoming (see {dhenu-} and {dhenumbhavyA}); what ought to be, suitable, fit,
proper, right, good, excellent Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; handsome, beautiful, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.;
gracious, favourable (= {prasanna}) R.; auspicious, fortunate Ragh. BhP.; righteous, pious Vcar.;
true L.; m. Averrhoa Carambola MBh. &c.; N. of a Riishi in the 9th Manv-antara VP.; of a son of
Dhruva (the polar star) Hariv.; of a son of Priyavrata Pur.; of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Cat.; (pl.)
a partic. class of gods under Manu Câkshusha Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of Umâ (Pârvatî) L.; Piper Chaba
(prob. w.r. for {cavyA}); n. that which is or exists (= {yad bhavati}) RV. &c. &c.; being, existing,
the being present AV. &c. &c.; future time (see {bhavad-bhUta-bhavya}); fruit, result, reward,
(esp.) good result, prosperity Ragh. Dhûrtan.; a bone L.; the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola or of
Dillenia Indica L.; m. or n. one division of the poetical Rasas or sentiments W.
bhaya = fear* = n. ( {bhI}) fear, alarm dread apprehension; fear of (abl. gen. or comp.) or for
(comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhayAt} ind. `" from fear "'; {bhayaM-kR} with abl. `" to have fear of "';
{bhayaM-dA}, `" to cause fear, terrify "'); sg. and pl. terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress; danger
from (abl. or comp.) or to, (comp.) ib.; the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa L.; m. sickness, disease L.;
Fear personifled (as a Vasu, a son of Nir-riiti or Ni-kriiti, a prince of the Yavanas and husband of
the daughter of Time) Pur. (also n.; and {A} f. as a daughter of Kâla or Vaivasvata, and wife of the
Râkshasa Heti).
bhayaM = fear
bhayaavahaH = dangerous
bhautika = material
bhavat *= mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c. ; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn}, %{-vatI} ; voc.
%{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v. ; f. %{-vati} ; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your honour, your worship, your lordship
or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or lady present "' ; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-} ; used
respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd
pers. of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "' ; sometimes in pl. to express
greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an authority "') S3Br. &c. ;
(%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat. ; (%{atI}) f. a partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bheka = a frog
bheDa* = m. a ram L. (cf. {eDa}, {bheDra} and {bheNDa}); a raft, float L. (cf. {bhela}); N. of a
lexicographer and a physician Cat.; of a Riishi L.; ({I}) f. a ewe L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis
attending on Skanda MBh.
bheda4 = break, pierce, also difference * = m. ( {bhid}) breaking, splitting, cleaving, rending,
tearing, piercing (also pass. the being broken &c.) KâtyS'r. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; breaking open,
disclosing, divulging, betrayal (of a secret cf. {rahasya-bh-}); bursting asunder, opening, gaping,
parting asunder BhP. Sus'r.; bursting forth or out, expanding, blossoming, shooting out,
sprouting Kâlid. Bâlar.; a cleft, fissure, chasm (cf. {zilA-bh-}; du. pudendum muliebre) RV.;
rupture, breach, hurt, injury, seduction Kâm. MBh. Kathâs.; shooting pain (in the limbs),
paralysis (cf. {ardhabh-}) Sus'r.; separation, division, partition, part, portion Kâv. Pur.;
distinction, difference, kind, sort, species, variety S'rS. Up. MBh. &c.; disturbance, interruption,
violation, dissolution RPrât. KâtyS'r. Sâh.; disuniting, winning over to one's side by sowing
dissension (cf. {upA7ya}) Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm.; disunion, schism, dissension between (instr.) or in
(comp.) MBh. Var. Râjat.; change, alteration, modification MBh. S'ak.; contraction (cf.
{bhrUbh-}) [766,2]; evacuation (of the bowels) S'ârngS.; (in astron.) a partic. crossing or
conjunction of the planets; one of the ways in which an eclipse ends (cf. {kukSi-bh-}); (in math.)
the hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle; (in dram.) = {saMhati-bhedana}, or = {pro7tsAhana},
Sâh; (in phil.) dualism, duality (cf. comp.); N. of a man AV.; pl. N. of a people RV.
bhedaaGYaanaM = difference/otherness/duality
bheruNDa = terrible
bheruNDaasana = the formidable posture
bheshaja = medicine, antidote, cure* = mf({I})n. (fr. 1. {bhiSaj}) curing, healing, sanative RV. AV.
AitBr.; n. a remedy, medicine, medicament, drug, remedy against (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; a
spell or charm (for curative purposes (generally from Atharva-veda) S'rS.; water Naigh. i, 12;
Nigella Indica W.
bibharshi * V: manifest, assume, bear, accept, carry\\ S.G: assume, maintain (and perpetuate)
bhid.h = to break
bhidA* = f. splitting, bursting, destroying, destruction Ka1v. (cf. %{dur-bhida}); separation (see
%{-bhRt}); distinction, difference Ka1v. BhP.; a kind or species. Sa1h.; coriander L.
bhinnaa = separated
bhilla = tribal
bhiiru * = mf({U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; (with
{paratra}) dreading the beyond or the hereafter Yâjñ. Sch. (ifc. expressive of blame Ganar. on
Pân. 2-1, 53); m. a jackal L. (cf. {pheru}); a tiger L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind
of sugarcane L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman (esp. voc. `" {bhIru} "', `" O timid
one! "') Kâv.; a shadow L.; a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of plant L. [758, 3];
silver L
bhiitaM = fearful
bhiitabhiitaH = fearful
bhiiti = fear
bhiitiM = fear
bhiitiH = fear
bhiima = terrible* = mf({A})n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable, tremendous RV. &c. &c.
(ibc., fearfully &c.); m. Rumex Vesicarius L.; N. of Rudra-S'iva Âs'vGri. Un. Sch.; of one of the 8
forms of S'iva Pur.; of one of the 11 Rudras Pur.; of a Devagandharva MBh.; of one of the Devas
called Vajñamush ib.; of a Dânava ib. Kathâs.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of the Râkshasa
Kumbhakarna Cat.; of the second son of Pându (also called) Bhima-sena and Vriiko7dara; he was
only the reputed son of PñPându, being really the son of his wife Priithâ or Kuntî by the wind-god
Vâyu, and was noted for his size, strength and appetite) MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; of sev. other men
AitBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; pl. the race of Bhima MBh.; ({A}) f. a whip L.; a bullock's gall-stone L.; N.
of a form of Durgâ Hariv.; of an Apsaras R.; of sev. rivers MBh.; of a district Râjat.; of a town
Buddh.
bhikshusUtra* = n. a collection of rules or precepts for mendicants Pân. 4-3, 110; {-bhASya-
vArttika} n. N. of a Comm. on prec.
bhikshuka* = m. a beggar, mendicant, a Brâhman of the mñmendicant order (cf. {bhikSu}) GriS.
Mn. MBh. &c. (RTL. 386); ({I}) f. see below.
bho-bhoh * = see bhos* n (fr. {bhavas} voc. of {bhavat} q.v.; before vowels and soft consonants
{bho}; before hard consonants {bhos} and {bhoH}; the latter form also in pause cf. Pân. 8-3, 17
&c.; but there is occasional confusion of these forms, esp. in later literature; often also
{bhobhoH}.), an interjection or voc. particle commonly used in addressing another person or
several persons = O! Ho! Hallo l, in soliloquies = alas! S'Br. &c. &c. (according to L. a particle of
sorrow and of interrogation).
bhoutikashaastram.h = physics
bhoktR* = m. ({trI} f.) one who enjoys or eats, enjoyer, eater, experiencer, feeler, sufferer
MaitrUp. MBh. &c. (also as fut. of 3. {bhuj} R.); a possessor, ruler of a land, king, prince Inscr.; a
husband, lover L.
bhogadA* = f. `" granting enjñenjoyments "'N. of the goddess of the Pingalas Cat. [767,3
bhoktritve = in enjoyment
bhoga = enjoyment
bhoga* = 1 m. (1. {bhuj}) any winding or curve, coil (of a serpent) RV. &c. &c.; the expanded hood
of a snake Hariv. Kâm. Pañcat.; a partic. kind of military array Kâm.; a snake Suparn.; the body
L.\\2 m. (3. {bhuj}) enjoyment, eating, feeding on RV. &c. &c. (with Jainas `" enjoying once "', as
opp. to {upa-bhoga}, q.v.); use, application S'Br. GriS'rS. &c.; fruition, usufruct, use of a deposit
&c. Mn. Yâjñ.; sexual enjoyment Mn. MBh. &c.; enjñenjoyment of the earth or of a country i.e.
rule, sway MârkP.; experiencing, feeling, perception (of pleasure or pain) Mn. MBh. &c.; profit,
utility, advantage, pleasure, delight RV. &c. &c.; any object of enjoyment (as food, a festival &c.)
MBh. R.; possession, property, wealth, revenue Mn. MBh. &c.; hire, wages (esp. of prostitution)
L.; (in astron.) the passing through a constellation VarBriS.; the part of the ecliptic occupied by
each of the 27 lunar mansions Sûryas.; (in arithm.) the numerator of a fraction (?) W.; N. of a
teacher Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; n. w.r. for {bhogya} or {bhAgya}.
bhogaiH = enjoyment
bhogin* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings, curved, ringed (as a
serpent) R. BhP. &c.; m. a serpent or sñserpent-demon MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of shrub L.; ({inI})
f. a serpent nymph R. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 2) enjoying, eating MârkP. Prasang.; having or
offering enjoyments, devoted to enjñenjoyments, wealthy, opulent MBh. Yâjñ. Var. &c.; suffering,
experiencing, undergoing Kap.; using, possessing MW.; m. a voluptuary MW.; a king L.; the head
man of a village L.; a barber L.; = {vaiyAvRtti-kara} (?) L.; a person who accumulates money for a
partic. expenditure W.; N. of a prince VP.; ({inI}) f. a kind of heroine Bhar.; the concubine of a
king or a wife not regularly consecrated with him L.
bhojanaM = eating
bhrama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.;
moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} =
to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain,
watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc.
mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.
bhraamaka * = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) causing error, deceitful, false R. Sch.; m. n. `" causing (scil.
iron) to turn round "', a magnet (also {-kA7dri}, m.) L.; m. `" turning round (scil. towards the
sun?) "', a sunflower, heliotrope L.; a deceiver, cheat L.; ({akA}) f. a species of plant L.
bhraamarin vmfn. (fr. prec.) affected with vertigo or epilepsy Mn. iii, 161; whirling round,
revolving W.; made of honey. ib.
bhrashtha* = mfn. fallen, dropped, fallen down or from or off (abl. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; (with or
scil. {divaH}), fallen from the sky i.e. banished to the earth Kathâs. S'ukas.; broken down,
decayed, ruined, disappeared, lost, gone MBh. Kâv. &c.; fled or escaped from, rid of (abl.) Kathâs.;
strayed or separated from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; depraved, vicious, a
backslider W.; ({A}) f. a fallen or unchaste woman MW.
bhras'ishtha* = mfn. (superl.) most (very) powerful or strong or vehement Pat. on Pân. 6-4, 161.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân. 3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.;
pf. {babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut. {bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to
shine, glitter Dhâtup. xix, 76: Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid.
{bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.
bhraatri * = m. (connection with {bhR} doubtful) a brother (often used to designate a near
relative or an intimate friend, esp. as a term of friendly address) RV. &c. &c.; du. brother and
sister Pân. 1-2, 68. [Cf. Zd. {brâtar}; Gk. $ &c.; Lat. &234074[770, 2] {frater}; Lith. {broter-e7lis};
Slav. {bratru7}; Goth. {brothar}; Germ. {bruoder}, {Bruder}; Eng. {brother}.]
bhraatrika * = (ifc., with f. {A}) = {bhrAtR}, a brother Kâlid. (cf. {a-} and {sa-bh-}); mf({I})n.
coming from or belonging to a brother, brotherly, fraternal Pân. 4-3, 78 Sch.
bhraa4trivya * = m. a father's brother's son, cousin AV. Râjat.; (mostly with {a4-priya}, {dviSa4t}
&c.) a hostile cousin, rival, adversary, enemy AV. VS. Br. R. BhP.; n. (with {indrasya}) N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhraatrIya * = m. a (father's) brother's son, nephew Pân. 4-1, 144; mfn. fraternal, belonging or
relating to a brother W.
bhraatreya * = m. = prec. m. Bh
bhraataa = brother
bhraatri = brother
bhraatrin.h = brothers
bhraanta = lost
bhraanti = confusion
bhraantidarshana = a delusion
bhrama*=m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through (comp.) Kathâs.;
moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round, revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} =
to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain,
watercourse L.; a potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity, error, mistake (ifc.
mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind. by an error or mistake Gît.
bhramaraka * = m. n. a curl on the forehead L. (cf. {bhramarA7laka}); m. a bee L.; a ball for
playing with L.; a whirlpool L.; ({ikA}) f. wandering in all directions ({-dRSTi} f. a wñwandering
glance BhP.); n. a humming-top ({-bhrAmam} with Caus. of {bhram}, to cause to spin like a
humming-top Bâlar.); honey of the large black bee L.
bhraanta* = mfn. wandering or roaming about MBh. Kâv. &c.; having wandered about or through
(with acc.) Kathâs.; wandered about or through (n. impers. with instr., `" it has been wandering
about by "') S'ârngP. Kathâs.; moving about unsteadily, rolling, reeling, whirling MBh. Kâv.;
perplexed, confused, being in doubt or error ib.; m. an elephant in rut L.; a species of thorn-apple
L.; n. roaming about, moving to and fro Kâv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv.;
error, mistake Cân.
bhraanta* = bhrikuTi = upper part of the eye-lashes and lower part of the forehead
BhriguH = Bhrigu
bhrijjati = to bake
bhrit * = mfn. bearing, carrying, bringing, procuring, possessing, wearing, having, nourishing,
supporting, maintaining (only ifc.; cf. {iSu-}, {kSiti-}, {dharma-}, {vaMza-bhRt} &c.)
bhritaka* = mfn. brought, fetched (see {drAg-bh-}); mfn. hired, receiving wages; m. a hired
labourer, servant Mn. MBh. &c.; ({ikA}) f. hire, wages DivyA7v.
bhrita* = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.;
hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board
and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhritya = servant
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of
continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam},
{upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity
Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from
chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried religious studentship MBh.
bhramiH = a screw
bhrita * = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.) filled, full of. ib.;
hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board
and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhris'a* = mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf. {bhraz}) strong,
vehement, mighty, powerful, frequent, abundant (often ibc. cf. below; rarely as an independent
word; cf. {subhRta}) Mn. MBh. &c.; ibc and({am}) ind. strongly, violently, vehemently,
excessively, greatly, very much Mn. MBh. &c.; harshly, severely ChUp.; quickly, without hesitation
MBh.; often, frequently R.; eminently, in a superior manner L.; m. a partic. tutelary deity VarBri.
bhruuH = brow
bhuu *= 1 cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. i, 1) %{bha4vati} (rarely A1. %{-te}; pf. %{babhU4va}, 2. pers. %{-
U4tha} or %{-Uvitha} cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 64; %{babhUyAs}, %{-yA4r}, %{babhUtu} RV.; A1.
%{babhUve} or %{bubhUve} Vop.; cf. below; aor. %{a4bhUt}, %{-Uvan}; Impv. %{bodhi4} [cf.
%{budh}], %{bhUtu} RV.; aor. or impf. %{a4bhuvat}, %{bhu4vat}, %{bhuvAni} ib.; Prec.
%{bhUyAsam}, 2. 3. sg. %{-yAs} ib. [760,2]; %{bhUyAt} AV.; %{bhUyiSThAs} BhP.; %{bhaviSAt}
[?] AitBr.; %{abhaviSta}, %{bhaviSISta}. Gr.; fut. %{bhaviSya4ti}, ep. also %{-te} and 2. pl. %{-
Syadhvam}; %{bhavitA} Br. &c.; inf. %{bhuve4}, %{-bhve4}, %{bhUSa4Ni} RV.; %{bhavitum},
%{-tos} Br.; ind. p. %{bhUtvA4}; %{bhUtvI4} RV.; %{-bhU4ya} RV. &c.; %{-bhU4yam}, %{-
bha4vam} Br.), to become, be (with nom, or adv. or indecl. words ending in %{I} or %{U} cf.
%{kRSNI-bhU} &c.), arise, come into being, exist, be found, live, stay, abide, happen, occur RV.
&c. &c. (often used with participles and other verbal nouns to make periphrastical verbal forms;
with a fut. p. = to be going or about to e.g. %{anuvakSyan@bhavati}, he is going to recite S3Br.;
the fut. of %{bhU} with a pf. p. = a fut. pf. e.g. %{kRtavAn@bhaviSyasi}, you will have done MBh.;
the pf. P. %{babhUva} after the syllable %{Am} is put for the pf. of verbs of the 10. cl. &c. [cf. 1.
%{as} and 1. %{kR}]; the A1. appears in this meaning S3is3. ix, 84 Kum. xiv. 46; observe also
%{bhavati} with a fut. tense, it is possible that, e.g. %{bhavati@bhavAn@yAjayiSyati}, it is
possible that you will cause a sacrifice to be performed Pa1n2. 3-3, 146 Sch.; %{bhavet}, may be,
granted, admitted Ka1s3. on P. iii, 2. 114; %{bhavatu} id., well, good, enough of this Ka1v. Hit.;
%{iticed@bhavet}, if this question should be asked Mn. x, 66; %{kva@tad@bhavati}, what is to
become of this, it is quite useless TBr.; with %{na} = to cease to exist, perish, die MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
with %{iha@na}, not to be born on earth MBh.; with %{zata-dhA}, to fall into a hundred pieces
MBh.; with %{dUrataH}, to keep aloof. S3a1rn3gP.; with %{manasi} or %{cetasi} and gen., to
occur to the mind of any one Ka1d.; id. with gen. alone Lalit.); to fall to the share or become the
property of, belong to (cf. `" esse alicujus; `" with gen., rarely dat. or loc. accord. to Vop. also with
%{pari} or %{prati} and preceding acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to be on the side of, assist (with gen. or %{-
tas}) MBh. 1301 (cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 48 Sch.); to serve for, tend or conduce to (with dat. of thing) RV.
&c. &c. (with %{phalAya}. to bear fruit Ka1m.); to be occupied with or engaged in, devote one's
self to (with loc.) MBh. Ka1v.; to thrive or prosper in (instr.), turn out well, succeed RV. TS. Br.; to
be of consequence or useful Mn. iii, 181; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to fall, or get into, attain to,
obtain Br. MBh.; (with %{ida4m}) to obtain it i.e. be successful or fortunate TS.: Pass.
%{bhUyate} (or %{-ti} Up.; aor. %{abhAvi}) sometimes used impers. e.g. %{yair@bhaviSyate}, by
whom it will be existed i.e. who will be Ra1jat.: Caus. %{bhAvayati} (rarely %{-te}; aor.
%{abIbhavat} Gr.; inf. %{bhAvitum} R.; Pass. %{bhAvyate} &c. MBh.), to cause to be or become,
call into existence or life, originate, produce, cause, create Pur. Sa1h.; to cherish, foster, animate,
enliven, refresh, encourage, promote, further AitUp. MBh. &c.; to addict or devote one's self to,
practise (acc.) MBh. HYog.; to subdue, control R.; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to obtain Jaim.
Sch.; to manifest, exhibit, show, betray MBh. Ka1m. Das3.; to purify BhP.; to present to the mind,
think about, consider, know, recognize as or take for (two acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to mingle, mix,
saturate, soak, perfume Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhAvita}, p. 755, col. 1): Desid, of Caus.
%{bibhAvayiSati} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 80 Sch.), to wish to cause to be &c. Br.: Desid. %{bu4bhUSati}
(%{-te}), to wish or strive to become or be RV. &c. &c.; (with %{kSipram}), to strive to be quickly
possessed MBh.; to want to get on, strive to prosper or succeed TS. Br. MBh.; to want to have,
care for, strive after, esteem, honour MBh. Hariv.; to want to take revenge BhP.: Intens,
%{bo4bhavIti}, %{bobhavati}, %{bobhoti}, %{bibhUyate}, to be frequently, to be in the habit of
BhP. Bhat2t2.; to be transformed into (acc.) RV. AV.; (with %{tiraH}), to keep anything (instr.)
secret S3Br. [Cf. Zd. {bu1}; Gk. $, $; Lat. {fuit}, {fuat} &c.; Slav. {byti}; Lith. &231127[760,2]
{bu4ti}; Germ. {bim}, {bim}; Angl. Sax. {beo4}; Eng. {be}.]
bhU
2 mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing, arising (ifc.; cf. %{akSi-}, %{giri-}, %{citta-},
%{padmabhU} &c.); m. N. of Vishn2u MBh. xii, 1509 (Ni1lak.); of an Eka7ha S3rS.; f. the act of
becoming or arising Pa1n2. 1-4, 31; the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.) RV. AV.
[761,1]; the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a symbolical N. for the
number `" one "') Mn. MBh. &c.; one of the three Vya1hr2itis (see %{bhu4vas}, %{bhUr}, pp. 760
and 763); earth (as a substance), ground, soil, land, lauded property ib.; floor, pavement Megh.; a
place, spot, piece of ground RV. &c. &c.; the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh.; object,
matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}); a term for the letter %{l} Ra1matUp.; a sacrificial fire L.
bhuja * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast Bhartri.; cf.
{bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a branch, bough
BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure
KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the supplement of 2 or 4
right angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.
bhujaa * =f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the
side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhukta * = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; one who has eaten a
meal (= {bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus'. Sus'r. (cf. {bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing
eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pañcat.); the place where any person has
eaten R. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 13 Sch.)
bhuja = arm or shoulder * m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast
Bhartri.; cf. {bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a
branch, bough BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any
geometrical figure KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the
supplement of 2 or 4 right angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.
bhujaa*= f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand. (cf. comp.); the
side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhuja.nga = snake
bhujanga = snake
bhukta* = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has eaten a
meal (= %{bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf. %{bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the
thing eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or living on Pan5cat.); the place where any person
has eaten R. (cf. Pa1n2. 2-2, 13 Sch.)
bhukti = The Sub-period in a Dasha. Also known as the Antara * = f. enjoyment, eating,
consuming, A1s3Gr2. Pan5cat.; fruition, possession, usufruct Mn. Ya1jn5. Ka1v.; food, victuals
Ka1v. Ra1jat.; (in astron.) the daily motion of a planet Su1ryas. (cf. %{pakSa-bh-}); a limit MW.
bhuktvaa = enjoying
bhunkte = enjoys
bhunkshva = enjoy
bhuj.h = to eat
bhuJNjate = enjoy
bhuJNjaanaM = enjoying
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhâtup.), P.Â. {bhura4ti}, {-te}, to move rapidly
or convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p.
{ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as fire) ib. (Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhuva* = {-vat}, {-vana} &c. see cols. 2. 3. * = bhuva* = m. N. of Agni VS. (Mahîdh.) Kaus'.; of a
son of Pratihartrii VP.; a mushroom L.; (prob. n.) = {bhuvas}, the atmosphere.
bhûr* = ind. (orig. = {bhUs} nom. voc. of 2. {bhU}) one of the 3 Vyâhriitis (q.v.), `" the earth "'
(the first of the 7 upper worlds; cf. {bhu4vas}) VS. &c. &c.; hell L.; = next Hariv.
bhuvana = home
bhuud.h = was
bhuuH = become
bhuuri* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important, strong, mighty RV.
&c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times,
repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of
the Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuuta = happened, the spirits, the dead, attendants of S'iva* = mf({A})n. become, been, gone,
past (n. the past) RV. &c. &c.; actually happened, true, real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter
of fact, reality) Yâjñ. R. &c.; existing, present Kan.; (ifc.) being or being like anything, consisting
of, mixed or joined with Prât. Up. Mn. &c. (also to form adj. out of adv., e.g. {ittham-}, {evam-},
{tathA-bh-}); purified L.; obtained L.; fit, proper L.; often w.r. for {bhRta}; m. a son, child L.; a
great devotee or ascetic L.; (pl.) N. of an heretical sect (with Jainas, a class of the Vyantaras) L.; N.
of S'iva L.; of a priest of the gods L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravî BhP.; of a son-in-law of
Daksha and father of numerous Rudras ib.; of a Yaksha Cat.; ({A} f.) the 14th day of the dark half
of the lunar month SkandaP. (L. also m.); N. of a woman HParis'.; n. (cf. above) that which is or
exists, any living being (divine, human, animal, and even vegetable), the world (in these senses
also m.) RV. &c. &c.; a spirit (good or evil), the ghost of a deceased person, a demon, imp, goblin
(also m.) GriS. Up. Mn. &c. (cf. RTL. 241); an element, one of the 5 elements (esp. a gross
elñelement = {mahA-bh-} q.v.; but also a subtle elñelement = {tan-mAtra} q.v.; with Buddhists
there are only 4 elñelement) Up. Sânkhyak. Veda7ntas. &c.; N. of the number `" five "' (cf. {mahA-
bh-} and {pAJcabhautika}); well-being, welfare, prosperity VS. TS. AitBr.
bhuutagaNaan.h = ghosts
bhuutasya = of forms
bhuupa = king
bhuubhrit.h = mountain
bhUman * = n. the earth, world RV. AV.; a territory, country, district Âs'vGri.; a being (pl) the
aggregate of all existing things RV.; ({bhUma4n}) m. abundance, plenty, wealth, opulence,
multitude, majority RV. &c. &c. (ifc. filled with Mcar.; {bhUmnA} ind. generally, usually Kâv.
Râjat.; {bhUnA4} ind. plentifully, abundantly RV.); the pl. number ({bhUmni}, in the plural) L.;
N. of Kriishna BhP.; f. a collection, assembly S'ânkhBr.
bhUmaNDala* = n. `" earth-circle "', orbis terrarum, the terrestrial globe Cân. Pur. Kathâs. &c.;
the circumference or circuit of the earth Sûryas.
bhuumiH = earth* f. (Ved. also nom. {bhU4mI} gen. abl. {-myAs} loc. {-myAm}) the earth, soil,
ground RV. &c. &c.; (pl. divisions of the world; cf. {bhUmi-traya}); a territory. country, district
ib.; a place, situation S'Br. &c. &c.; position, posture, attitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; the part or
personification (played by an actor) Kathâs.; the, floor of a house, story Megh. Kathâs.; the area
S'ulbas.; the base of any geometrical figure Col.; (metaph.) a step, degree, stage Yogas. (with
Buddhists there are 10 or 13 stages of existence or perfection Dharmas. 45; 46); extent, limit Kir.;
(ifc.) a matter, subject, object, receptacle i.e. fit object or person for (cf. {vizvAsa-}, {sneha-bh-}
&c., and {pAtra}, {bhAjana}); the tongue L.; m. N. of a son or grandson of Yuyudhâna and father
of Yugandhara Hariv. VP.
bhuumiti = geometry
bhuuyaH = repeatedly
bhuuyo = again
bhuuri = much, great* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important,
strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri
kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of
Soma-datta (king of the Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason,
intellect Lalit.
bhuushhaNa = ornament
bhuushhita = adorned
biibhatasa* = mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr.
S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.;
m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.;
N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous,
a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive
word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.
bibhrakSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhrajj}) wishing to parch or destroy Bhathth.; m. fire W.
bibhrajjiSu * = m. `" that which wishes to destroy "', fire Bhathth.; {-prakhya} mfn. resembling
fire ib. (= {agni-tulya} Sch.)
bibhakSaóyiSu * =mfn. desirous of eating MBh. MârkP.; -, {-daMSTrin} mfn. having teeth
dñdesirous of eñeating "', hungry. mouthed VarBriS.
biibhatsa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting, hideous S'ânkhBr.
S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked L.; changed or estranged in mind L.;
m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.;
N. of Arjuna L.; ({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or hideous,
a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked things (as an abusive
word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.; prab.
bindu * = m. (once n. MBh.; in later language mostly written {vindu}) a detached particle, drop,
globule, dot, spot AV. &c. &c.; (with {hiraNyaya}) a pearl AV. xix, 30, 5 (cf. {-phala}); a drop of
water taken as a measure L.; a spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant Kum.;
(ifc. also {-ka}) the dot over a letter representing the Anusvâra (supposed to be connected with
Siva and of great mystical importance) MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; a zero or cypher R. (in manuscripts
put over an erased word to show that it ought not to be erased = `" stet "' Naish.); a partic. mark
like a dot made in cauterizing Sus'r.; a mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress
L.; a coloured mark made on the forehead between the eyebrows L.; (in dram.) the sudden
development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water, expands and furnishes an
important element in the plot) Sâh. (ifc. also {-ka}); m. N. of a man g. {bidA7di}; of an Ângirasa
(author of RV. viii, 83; ix, 30) Anukr.; of the author of a Rasa-paddhati Cat.; pl. N. of a warrior
tribe g. {dAmany-Adi}.
boddhavyaM = should be understood
bodhayantaH = preaching
braahma * = mf({I})n. (fr. {brahman}, for which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to
Brahma8 or Brahmâ, holy, sacred, divine AV. &c. &c.; relating to sacred knowledge, prescribed by
the Veda, scriptural Mn. ii, 150 &c.; sacred to the Veda (with or scil. {tIrtha} n. the part of the
hand situated at the root of the thumb), ii, 59 &c.; relating or belonging to the Brâhmans or the
sacerdotal class peculiar or favourable to or consisting of Brâhmans Brahmanical Mn. MBh. &c.
(with {nidhi} m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class Mn. vii, 89); belonging to an inhabitant
of Brahmâ's world Jâtakam.; m. (with or scil. {vivAha}) N. of a form of marriage (in which the
bride is bestowed on the bridegroom without requiring anything from him) Mn. iii, 21 &c.; N. of a
man (son of Kriishna and father of Mahe7s'vara) Cat.; patr. of Nârada L.; of Kavi MBh.; of
Ûrdhva-nâbhan and Raksho-han RAnukr.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmI}; n. sacred study, study of the
Veda BhP.; (with or scil. {tIrtha}) see above.
braahmaNa = Brahmin, priest, knower of Brahma (brahmaM jaanaati iti) * = mfn. relating to or
given by a Brâhman, befitting or becoming a BrñBrâhman, Brâhmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; ({-Na4})
m. one who has divine knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Brâhman, a man belonging to
the 1st of the 3 twice-born classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindû body (generally a
priest, but often in the present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations although the
name is strictly only applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; =
{brAhmaNAcchaMsin} KâtyS'r.; a Brâhman in the second stage (between Mâtra and S'rotriya)
Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine
AV.; sacred or dñdivine power ib. Âs'vGri.; Brâhmanical explanation, explanations of sacred
knowledge or doctrine (esp. for the use of the Brâhmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the Brâhmana
portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion) and consisting of a class
of works called Brâhmanas (they contain rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at
various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old
legends; they are said by Sâyana to contain two parts: 1. {vidhi}, rules or directions for rites; 2.
{artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Brâhmana, that of the RV. is preserved
in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called Âs'valâyana, and the Kaushîtaki or S'ânkhâyana-
BrñBrâhmana; the white Yajur-veda has the S'ata-patha-BrñBrâhmana; the black Yajur-veda has
the Taittirîya-BrñBrâhmana which differs little from the text of its Sanhitâ; the SV. has 8
BrñBrâhmana, the best known of which are the Praudha or Pañca-vins'a and the Shadvins'a; the
AV. has one BrñBrâhmana called Go-patha) Nir. GriS'rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman
priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Brâhmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaaH = brâhmanas
braahmaNaan.h = Brahmins
braahmii = spiritual
bra4hma = cosmos * = 1 m. a priest (see {asura-}, {ku-}, {mahAbr-}); n. the one self-existent
Spirit, the Absolute R.
brahma * = 2 in comp. for {brahman}. - Observe that in the following derivatives the nom. n.
(Brahma8) is used for the impersonal Spirit and the nom. m. (Brahmâ) for the personal god.
brahmaaNDa* = n. `" Brahmâ's egg "', the universe, world (also pl.) Hariv. Sûryas. Pur. (also
{-kaTAha} m. Âryabh. Sch.); N. of a Purâna and an Upapurâna; {-kapAla} m. the skull or
hemisphere of the world, the inhabited earth Hcar.; {-kalpa} m. {-jJAna-mahArAja-tantra} n. and
{-tantra} n. N. of Tântric wks.; {-purANa} n. N. of one of the 18 Purânas (so called as revealed by
Brahmâ and containing an account of the egg of Brahmâ and the future Kalpas; cf. IW. 514; 521);
{-bhANDo7dara} n. the interior of the vessel-like egg of Brahmâ MW. [740,3]; {-yAmale paJcamI-
sAdhana} n. N. of wk.
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of
continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c. (acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam},
{upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf. {-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity
Hariv.; {-vat} mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n. deviating from
chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried religious studentship MBh.
brahmacharyaM = celibacy
brahmachaariNau = (2)bachelors
brahmaNi = Brahman.h;God
braviimi = I am speaking
briMhaNa* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) making big or fat or strong, nourishing Sus'r.; m. a kind of
sweetmeat W.; n. the act of making big &c. ib.; a means for making strong or firm RPrât.
briMhaNatva* = n. the quality of making fat or strong Sus'r.; the quality of making solid or firm
Hariv.
briMhaNIya* = mfn. to be fattened or nourished Pân. 8-2 Sch.; fattening, nutritious Sus'r.
briMhita* =1 mfn. (for 2. see under 4. {bRh}) strengthened, nourished, cherished, grown,
increased MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; (v.l.
{bRMhila}). \\=2 n. (for 1. see under 2. {bRh}) the roar or noise made by elephants MBh. Kâv. &c.
brihat * mf({atI4})n. (in later language usually written {vRhat}) lofty, high, tall, great, large, wide,
vast, abundant, compact, solid, massy, strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; full-grown, old RV.; extended
or bright (as a luminous body) ib.; clear, loud (said of sounds) ib.; m. N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a
prince MBh.; of a son of Su-hotra and father of Aja-midha Hariv. m. or n. (?) speech ({-tAm pati}
= {bRhaspati}) S'is'. ii, 26; ({tI}) f. see s.v.; n. height (also= heaven, sky) RV.; N. of various
Sâmans composed in the metrical form Briihatî (also with {Aneyam}, {bharad-vAjasya}.
{bhAradvAjam}, {vAmadevyam}, {sauram}) ÂrshBr. [736, 1]; N. of Brahman, Bhp.; of the Veda
ib.; ({a4t}) ind. far and wide, on high RV.; firmly, compactly ib.; brightly ib.; greatly, much ib.;
aloud ib. (also {atA4} AV.)
bri^ihaspatiM = Brhaspati
bri^ihaspatii-varshha = The Jovian or Jupiter Year. Cycle of 60 years which starts with the first
New Moon in Tropical Aries. Mundane Astrology term
bri^ihaspatiivaara = Thursday
brisii * = f. (also written {briSI}, {vRsI}, or {vRSI}) a roll of twisted grass, pad, cushion, (esp.) the
seat of a religious student or of an ascetic, S'rs. MBh. &c.
bruu = to speak * = cl. 2. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 35) %{bra4vIti}, %{brUte4} (only pr. stem; the
other forms are supplied by %{vac} cf. Pa1n2. 2-4, 53; %{brUmi} for %{bravImi} R.; Subj.
%{bra4vas}, %{-vat} RV.; Impv. %{brUhi}, ep. also %{bravIhi}, %{bruvadhvam}; %{brUtAt}
Pa1n2. 7-i, 35 Sch.; impf. %{abruvam} for %{abravam} Up. MBh.; pr.p. A1. ep. %{bruvamANa}
for %{bruvANa}; Prec. 2. pl. %{brUyAsta} Nal. xvii, 36, prob. w.r. for %{brUyAs@tat}), to speak,
say, tell (either intrans.; or with acc. of pers. or thing; or with acc. of thing and acc. dat. gen. or
loc. of person = to tell or relate anything to; with two acc. also = declare or pronounce to be, call)
RV. &c. &c.; to speak about any person or thing (acc. with or without %{prati}, or %{adhikRtya})
Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to proclaim predict Var.; to answer (either intrans. with %{punar} or trans.
with %{praznam}, `" a question "') Mn. MBh.; (with %{anyathA}) to speak or decide or judge
wrongly Mn. Pan5cat.; (A1., rarely P.) to call or profess one's self to be (nom., rarely with %{iti})
RV. Br. MBh.; (A1.) to designate for one's self, choose AitBr.; (A1.) to be told by itself tell itself (tell
its tale) Pa1n2. 3-1, 89 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [Cf. Zd. {mru1}.] [742,2]
bruuhi = tell
bubhuushu*= mfn. wishing to be or become anything (nom.) S3is3. HParis3. ; wishing to become
powerful or prevail Ka1tyS3r. MBh. BhP. ; wishing the welfare of (gen.) MBh. (see also
vibhubhusu)
bud.hdhyaa = by intelligence
bud.hdhvaa = knowing
buddha = Buddha* mfn. awakened, awake MBh.; expanded, blown SâmavBr.; conscious,
intelligent, clever, wise (opp. to {mUDha}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; learnt, known, understood Âpast.
MBh. (`" by "', usually instr., but also gen. according to Pân. 2-2, 12; 3, 67 Sch.); m. a wise or
learned man, sage W.; (with Buddhists) a fully enlightened man who has achieved perfect
knowledge of the truth and thereby is liberated from all existence and before his own attainment
of Nirvâna reveals the method of obtaining it, (esp.) the principal Buddha of the present age (born
at Kapila-vastu about the year 500 B.C. his father, S'uddhodana, of the S'âkya tribe or family,
being the Râja of that district, and his mother, Mâyâ-devî, being the daughter of Râja Su-
prabuddha MWB. 19 &c.; hence he belonged to the Kshatriya caste and his original name S'âkya-
muni or S'âkya-sinha was really his family name, while that of Gautama was taken from the race
to which his family belonged; for his other names see ib. 23; he is said to have died when he was
80 years of age, prob. about 420 B.C. ib. 49 n. 1; he was preceded by 3 mythical Buddhas of the
present Kalpa, or by 24, reckoning previous Kalpa, or according to others by 6 principal Buddhas
ib. 136; sometimes he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of Vishnu Hariv. Kâv. Var. &c.); n.
knowledge BhP. (B. {buddhi}).
buddhayaH = intelligence
buddhi = intelligence
buddhiM = intelligence
buddhiH = intellect
buddhimaan.h = is intelligent
buddhii = Intelligence
budha = wise
budhavaara = Wednesday
budhiH = mind
ca* = 1 and, likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhûrtas. Hit. iti
ca* = 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti}
refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the
Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain
customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means
that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and
placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having
so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so decided). It may often have reference merely
to what is passing in the mind e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king,
though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram.
{iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include
under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni
tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality,
penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is
sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm
brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound
with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus according to Pânini). It may also express the
act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something
additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is
used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g.
{anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-
pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim}, wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for
{iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
caakra4 * = mfn. (fr. {cakra4}) carried on (a battle) with the discus Hariv. 5648; belonging to a
wheel W.; circular W.; m. N. of a man S'Br. xii.
caapala * = n. (fr. {cap-} g. {yuvA7di}) mobility, swiftness Ragh. iii, 42 BhP. vii, 12, 20; agitation,
unsteadiness, fickleness, inconsiderateness, insolence Gaut. ix, 50 Pân. 8-1, 12 Vârtt. 5 MBh. &c.
caara * = m. ({car}) = {cara}, a spy Mn. vii, ix MBh. i, 5604 R. Mriicch. Kathâs.; going, motion,
progression, course (of asterisms VarBriS. BhP. v, 22, 12) ChUp. vii, 1, 5 R. &c.; wandering about,
travelling W.; `" proceeding "' see {kAma-}; practising MBh. v, 1410; a bond, fetter L.; a prison L.;
Buchanania latifolia Bhpr.; n. a factitious poison L. (v.l. for {vAra}); ({I}) f. a particular step (in
dancing); a trap, snare HParis'. i, 353.
caaraNa* = mfn. depending on a Vedic school ({caraNa}) Âp.; belonging to the same Vedic school
(`" reading the scripture "' W.) Gaut.; m. a wandering actor or singer Mn. xii, 44 MBh. v, 1039 and
1442 VarBriS. Pañcat. &c.; a celestial singer MBh. R. S'ak. BhP. Gît. i, 2; a spy BhP. iv, 16, 12
Bâlar.; n. ( {car}, Caus.) `" pasturing, tending "' see {go-}; a kind of process applied to mercury;
({I}) f. a female celestial singer Bâlar. ix, 21/22 ff.; Hibiscus mutabilis Npr.
caaritra* =m. (%{car} cf. %{zAmitra}) `" moving "'N. of a Marut Hariv. 11547; n. (= %{car-})
proceeding, manner of acting, conduct R. iii, iv Pan5cat. (ifc. f. %{A}); good conduct, good
character, reputation Hariv. 10204 Nal. R. &c. (`" life in accordance with the 5 great vows "'
Jain.); peculiar observance, peculiarity of customs or conditions W.; a ceremony Buddh. L.;
(%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L.
caaru* = mf({us})n. (2. {can}) agreeable, approved, esteemed, beloved, endeared, (Lat.) {carus},
dear (with dat. or loc. of the person) RV. VS. xxxv, 17 TS. iii TBr. iii, 1, 1, 9 SânkhS'r. i, 5, 9;
pleasing, lovely, beautiful, pretty RV. AV. MBh. &c.; ind. so as to please, agreeably (with dat.) RV.
ix, 72, 7 and 86, 21 AV. vii, xii, xiv; beautifully Hariv. Caurap.; m. (in music) a particular {vAsaka};
N. of Briihaspati L.; of a son of Kriishna Hariv. 6699 BhP. x, 61, 9; of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.; n.
(v.l. for {vara}) saffron L. Sch.; ({vI}) f. a beautiful woman L.; splendour L.; moonlight L.;
intelligence L.; N. of Kubera's wife L.
caitya* = 1 m. (fr. 5. {cit} or 2. {citi}) the individual soul BhP. iii, 26; 28, 28; 31, 19 Sarvad. ii, 198f.
caitya* =2 mfn. relating to a funeral pile or mound ({citA}) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Griihyâs. ii, 4; m. n. a
funeral monument or Stûpa (q.v.) or pyramidal column containing the ashes of deceased persons,
sacred tree (esp. a religious fig-tree) growing on a mound, hall or temple or place of worship (esp.
with Buddh. and Jain. and generally containing a monument), a sanctuary near a village Âs'vGri.
i, 12 Parâs'. Yâjñ. ii, 151 & 228 MBh. &c.; a Jain or Buddh. image L.; m. = {-tyaka}, ii, 814.
caitta* = mfn. belonging to thought ({citta4}), imagined Veda7ntas.; mental, mâdar. ii, 2, 18 Sch.
Prab. Sch.
caitra* = m. N. of the 2nd spring month (its full moon standing in the constellation Citrâ cf. Pân.
4-2, 23) S'ânkhBr. xix, 3 KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. vii, 182 MBh. &c.; the 6th year in the cycle of Jupiter
VarBriS. viii, 8; a Buddh. or Jain religious mendicant L.; a common N. for any man (like Deva-
datta), Gaudap. on Sânkhyak. 5 and 7 Prab. iii, 7/8 Sch. Pân. 2-3, 29 Sch. (not in Kâs'.); `" son of
Citrâ "'N. of a son of Budha and grand father of Su-ratha BrahmaP.; = {caitriyAyaNa4} Anukr. on
Kâthh. xxxix, 14; N. of two Riishis VP. iii, 1, 12 and 18; one of the seven ranges of mountains
(dividing the continent into Varshas) L.; n. = {caitya}, a sepulchre L.; a sanctuary L.; mfn. for
{citra} (B) or {jaitra} (Sch.) MBh. vii, 76; ({I}) f. (with or without {paurNamAsI}) the day of full
moon in month Caitra, sacrifice offered on that day S'ânkhS'r. iii, 13, 2 KâtyS'r.xiii Lâthy.x Pân. 4-
2, 23 MBh. xii, xiv.
cakra = Circle, wheel, psychic centre in humans* = n. (Ved. rarely m.; g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. {car}?;
1. {kR} Pân. 6-1, 12 Kâs'.) the wheel (of a carriage, of the Suñs chariot [RV.], of Time [i, 164, 2-48];
{-kra4M-car}, to drive in a carriage S'Br. vi) RV. &c.; a potter's wheel S'Br. xi Yâjñ. iii, 146 (cf.
{-bhrama} &c.); a discus or sharp circular missile weapon (esp. that of Vishnu) MBh. R. Sus'r.
Pañcat. BhP.; an oil-mill Mn. iv. 85 MBh. xii, 6481 & 7697; a circle R. BhP. &c. ({kalA7pa-}, `" the
circle of a peacock's tail "' Riitus. ii, 14); an astronomical circle (e.g. {rAzi-}, the zodiac) VarBriS.
Sûryas.; a mystical circle or diagram, Tantr.; = {-bandha} q.v. Sâh. x, 13 a/b; a cycle, cycle of years
or of seasons Hariv. 652; `" a form of military array (in a circle) "' see {-vyUha}; circular flight (of
a bird) Pañcat. ii, 57; a particular constellation in the form of a hexagon VarBriS. xx VarBri.
Laghuj.; a circle or depression of the body (for mystical or chiromantic purposes; 6 in number,
one above the other, viz. 1. {mUlA7dhAra}, the parts about the pubis; 2. {svA7dhiSThAna}, the
umbilical region; 3. {maNi-pUra}, the pit of the stomach or epigastrium; 4. {anAhata}, the root of
the nose; 5. {vizuddha}, the hollow between the frontal sinuses; 6. {AjJA7khya}, the fontenelle or
union of the coronal and sagittal sutures; various faculties and divinities are supposed to be
present in these hollows); N. of a metre (= {-pAta}); a circle or a similar instrument (used in
astron.) Laghuj. Sûryas. xiii, 20 Gol. xi, 10 ff.; (also m. L.) a troop, multitude MBh. v, ix
({-krA7valI}, q.v.) Hariv. R. &c.; the whole number of (in comp.) Sarvad. xi, 127; a troop of
soldiers, army, host MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii, 640) BhP. i, ix Cân.; a number of villages, province,
district L.; (fig.) range, department VarBriS. xxx, 33; the wheel of a monarch's chariot rolling over
his dominions, sovereignty, realm Yâjñ. i, 265 MBh. i, xiii BhP. ix, 20, 32 VP.; (pl.) the winding of
a river L.; a whirlpool L.; a crooked or fraudulent device (cf. {cakrikA}) L.; the convolutions or
spiral marks of the S'âla-grâma or ammonite W.; N. of a medicinal plant or drug Sus'r. vf.; of a
Tîrtha BhP. x, 78, 19; m. the ruddy goose or Brâhmany duck (Anas Casarca, called after its cries;
cf. {-vAka4}) MBh. ix, 443 Bâlar. viii, 58 Kathâs. lxxii, 40 S'ârngP.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. vi,
352; (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man, BriArUp. iii, 4, 1 Sch.; of another man Kathâs. lvi, 144; of a Nâga
MBh. i, 2147; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. ix, 2539 and 2542; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 15
Kathâs. liv. 16; ({A}) f. a kind of Cyperus or another plant L.; ({I4}) f. a wheel (instr. sg. {-kri4yA};
gen. du. {-kryo4s}) RV.; (du. {-kriyau}) Kâthh. xxix, 7; [cf. {a-}, {aSTA4-}, {uccA-}, {e4ka-},
{kAla-}, {kU-}, {daNDa-}, {dik-}, {dharma-}, {mahA-}, {mAtR-}, {ro4dha-}, {viSNu-}, {sa-},
{sapta4-}, {hiraNya-}; {tri-} and {sucakra4}; cf. also, $, Lat. {circus}; Angl. Sax. {hveohl}, Engl.
{wheel}.]
cakaara * m. the letter or sound {ca}. * m. the particle {ca} Pân. 2-3, 72 Kâs'
cala * = mf({A})n. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.; unsteady,
fluctuating, perishable ib.; disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation, shaking "' see {bhUmi-}; wind
L.; wind (in med.) Ashtha7ng. i, 11, 1; quicksilver L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; ({A}) f.
lightning L.; incense L.; the Goddess of Fortune Kathâs. lx, 119; a metre of 4 x 18 syllables (cf.
{a-}, {niz-}, {puMzcalI}, {cAla}.)
canda*= fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angr y
car * =. 1. {ca4rati}, rarely {-te} (Subj. {ca4rat}, 3 pl. {ca4rAn} RV.; perf. {cacA4ra} [AV. &c.], 2 sg.
{cacartha} BhP. iv, 28, 52; pl. {cerur}, &c.; {-ratur} S'Br. &c.; Â. {cere} BhP. iii, 1, 19; fut.
{cariSyati}, {-te}; aor. {acArIt} [S'Br. xiv &c.]; inf. {ca4ritum} [ii MBh. i, iii R.] or {cartum} [MBh.
iii, xiii R. iii BhP. v], Ved. {cara4dhyai} [RV. i, 61, 12], {ca4ritave} [113, 5], {cara4se} [92, 9 and v,
47, 4], {carA4yai} [vii, 77, 1], {caritos} [AitÂr. i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. {caritvA4} S'Br. xiv BhP. x, 75, 19;
{cartvA} MBh. v, 3790; {cIrtvA}, xiii, 495; p. {ca4rat}) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir,
roam about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, &c.) RV. AV. &c.; to spread, be
diffused (as fire) VarBriS. xix, 7; to move or travel through, pervade, go along, follow Mn. MBh.
&c.; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instr. or loc.) RV. AV. &c.; to be engaged in,
occupied or busy with (instr e.g. {yajJe4na c-}, `" to be engaged in a sacrifice "' S'Br.) RV. x, 71, 5
AV. vi, 117, 1 AitBr. &c.; (with [S'Br. iv ChUp. Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r.] or without [S'Br. ii, xiv]
{mithuna4m}) to have intercourse with, have to do with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p. or
adv.) to continue performing or being (e.g. {arcantaz cerur}, `" they continued worshipping "'
S'Br. i; {svAminam avajJAya caret}, `" he may go on despising his master "' Hit.) RV. AV. VS. &c.;
(in astron.) to be in any asterism or conjunction VarBriS.; to undertake, set about, under go,
observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make (e.g. {vratA4ni} `" to observe vows "' AV. &c.;
{vighnaM c-}, `" to put a hindrance "' MBh.; {bhaikSaM c-} `" to beg "' Mn. ii; {vivAdaM c-} "', to
be engaged in a lawsuit "' Mn. viii, 8; {mRgayAM c-}, to hunt "' MBh. R.; {sambandhAMz c}, `" to
enter into connections "' Mn. ii, 40; {mArgaM cacAra bANaiH}, `" he made a way with arrows "'
R. iii, 34, 4; {tapasA indriyANi c-}, to exercise one's organs with penance MBh. xiv, 544) RV. AV.
&c.; to consume, eat (with acc.), graze Yâjñ. iii, 324 Pañcat. BhP. v, x Subh. Hit.; to make or
render (with double acc. e.g. {nare4ndraM satya-sthaM carAma} "', let us make the king keep his
word "' R. ii, 107, 19: Caus. {cArayati}, to cause to move or walk about AV. xii, 4, 28 (aor.
{a4cIcarat}) S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 Lâthy.; to pasture MBh. xiv R. BhP. iii, x; to send, direct, turn, move
MBh. &c.; to cause any one (acc.) to walk through (acc.) MBh. xii R. v, 49, 14; to drive away from
(abl.) MBh. xii, 12944; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) Mn. xi, 177 and
192; to cause (any animal acc.) to eat Bâdar. ii, 2, 5 Sch.; to cause to copulate Mn. viii, 362; to
ascertain (as through a spy instr.) MBh. iii, xv R. i, vi; to doubt (cf. {vi-}) Dhâtup. xxxiii, 71: Desid.
{cicariSati}, to try to go S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 (p. {cicarSat}) [389, 2]; to wish to act or conduct one's
self S'Br. xi; to try to have intercourse with (instr.), vi: Intens. {carcarIti} Â. or rarely [MBh. iii,
12850] Pass. {caJcUryate} ({-curIti} and {-cUrti} Pân. 7-4, 87f.; ind. p. {-cUrya} R. iv, 29, 22; p.
once P. {-cUryat} Hariv. 3602) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in loc.)
AV. xx, 127, 4 MBh. &c.; to act wantonly or coquettishly Bhathth. iv, 19 (cf. Pân. 3-1, 24); [cf. $, $
&c.]
cara * = mfn. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, locomotive (as animals opposed to plants, or as the Karanas
in astrol.) VPrât. S'vetUp. iii, 18 Mn. vii, 15 MBh. &c.; (= {saMcArin}) forming the retinue of any
one BhP. iv, 29, 23; movable, shaking, unsteady W.; ifc. going, walking, wandering, being, living,
practising (e.g. {adhaz-}, {anta-}, {antarikSa-}, {ap-}, {AdAya-}, {udake-}, &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 16);
ifc. (Pân. 5-3, 53 f.; vi, 3, 35; f. {I}) having been formerly (e.g. {ADhya-}, {devadatta-}, qq. vv.; {a-
dRSTa-} or {nadRSTa-}, `" not seen before "' Kathâs. [once f. irr. {A}, lx, 58] Sarvad. iii, 16; vii, 19;
{an-Alokita-} id. Bâlar. iv, 54/55); m. a spy, secret emissary or agent Mn. vii, 122 Hariv. 10316 R.
&c.; = {caraTa} L.; the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; the wind, air BhP. x, 14, 11; the planet Mars
L.; a game played with dice (similar to backgammon) L.; a cowrie W.; `" passage "' see {a-},
{duz-}; n. (in astron.) ascensional difference Gol. vii; ({A4}) f. dat. {-rA4yai} inf. {car} q.v.; (in
music) N. of a Mûrchanâ; ({I}) f. a young woman (cf. {caraTi}) L.; = {digambaraprasiddhA} g.
{gaurA7di}; also ifc. see {anu-} and {sahacarI}.
caraTa * m. (= {cara}) a wagtail L.; ({I}) f. (= {-raNTI}, {ciraTI}, {ciraNTI}) a woman married or
single who after maturity resides in her father's house L. Sch.
caraNa* = m. n. (g. {ardharcA7di}) a foot Gobh. Mn. ix, 277 Bâdar. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv.
3914 Mâlav.); (ifc. pl.) `" the feet of "', the venerable (N. N. ) MBh. xii, 174, 24 Sch.; a pillar, supor
Hariv. 4643; the root (of a tree) L.; a Pâda or line of a stanza, S'rut.; a dactyl; a 4th part (pâda)
VarBri. Lîl.; a section, subdivision Bhpr. Sarvad. ({catuz-} q.v.); a school or branch of the Veda
Nir. i, 17 Pân. MBh. xii, xiii Pañcat. iv, 3; n. going round or about, motion, course RV. iii, 5, 5; ix,
113, 9; x, 136, 6 and 139, 6 S'Br. ii, x Sâh. [389, 3]; acting, dealing, managing, (liturgical)
performance, observance AV. vii, 106, 1 S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. VP. iii, 5, 13; behaviour, conduct
of life KâtyS'r. ChUp. v, 10; good or moral conduct Kaus'. 67 MBh. xiii, 3044 Lalit.; practising
(generally ifc. cf. {tapaz-} [{tapasaz c-} Mn. vi, 75], {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSa-}) Gobh. iii, 1, 12 Nal.;
grazing W.; consuming, eating L.; a particular high number Buddh. L. (cf. {dvi-}, {puraz-},
{ratha-}).
caritra* = n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 184; rarely m. VS. vi, 14 MaitrS. i, 2, 16) a foot, leg RV. AV. x, 2, 12
Kaus3. 44; n. going VS. xiii, 19; acting, behaving, behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures,
deeds, exploits Mn. ii, 20; ix, 7 R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Pan5cat. iv, 7, 5); nature, disposition W.;
custom, law as based on custom Na1r. i, 10 f.; xx, 24; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L. (cf. %{cAr-}).
carma: a shield
caru* = m. (g. {bhImA7di}) a kind of vessel (in which a particular oblation is prepared), saucepan,
pot RV. AV. S'Br. xiii KâtyS'r. Kaus'. Mn. Yâjñ.; a cloud (cf. RV. i, 7, 6) Naigh. i, 10; an oblation (of
rice, barley and pulse) boiled with butter and milk for presentation to the gods or manes VS. xxix.
6 TS. i S'Br. AitBr. i, 1 & 7 KâtyS'r. &c. (pl. Yâjñ. i, 298). [390, 2]
carya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 100) to be practised or performed Mn. iii, 1; m. (= {cara}) the small shell
Cypraea moneta L.; n. ifc. driving (in a carriage) MBh. viii, 4215; ({A}) f. going about, wandering,
walking or roaming about, visiting, driving (in a carriage, {ratha-} MBh. ix, xiii R. i, 19, 19) MBh.
R. BhP. ix, 16, 1; (often ifc.) proceeding, behaviour, conduct S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 1 Lâthy. viii Âs'vS'r. xii, 4
Mn. vi, 32 &c.; due observance of all rites and customs Sarvad. vi ff.; a religious mendicant's life
L.; practising, performing, occupation with, engaging in (instr. [Gaut.] or generally in comp.)
S'Br. xiv Âs'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. i, 111 MBh. &c.; deportment, usage W.; (in music) a kind of
composition; N. of Durgâ Gal. (cf. {brahma-}, {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSya-}).
caura* = mfn. ({cur}) thievish HParis'. ii, 170 (= {cora4} g. {prajJA7di}; g. {chattrA7di}) a thief.
robber Mn. iv, viii, xi (ifc.) Hariv. &c.; a dishonest or unfair dealer, usurper Pañcat. i, 8, 11/12 and
18/19 (also in comp. translatable as adj.); (ifc.e.g. {kavi-}, `" a plagiarist "') Ganar. 114; a (heart-)
captivator Hariv. 7125; 9981 and 9994; the perfume Coraka L.; `" plagiarist "'N. of a poet (cf.
{cora}) S'ârngP.; pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 7 (Kâty. and Vis'van.); ({I}) f. a female thief. (heart-)
captivator Kathâs. vc, 54; civ, 168; = {-ra-karman} L.
caurya* = n. (g. {brAhmaNA7di}) = {-ra-karman} Mn. ix, xi Yâjñ. ii, 72 Mriicch. &c.; trickery
Hariv. 15163 f.; (ifc. with {zulka}) defraudation Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1.
cha = and
ceratah *= wandering, rambling, playingamble, bat around, branch off, bum around, clamber,
climb, cruise, depart, digress, divagate, diverge, drift, excurse, extend, fork, gad, gallivant, get
sidetracked, grow, knock about, knock around, meander, perambulate, percolate, peregrinate,
promenade, range, roam, rove, saunter, sc ramble, snake, sprangle, sprawl, spread, spread-eagle,
straddle, straggle, stray, stroll, trail, traipse, travel aimlessly, turn, twist, walk
ceshtha * = m. `" moving "', a kind of fish ({tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the limbs, gesture Mn. vii,
63; behaviour, manner of life Hariv. 5939; ({al}), f, (Pân. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn.
vii f. Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh. ii, 43); action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion Âs'vS'r. i
S'vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c.; doing, performing Mn. i, 65; behaving, manner of life Mn.
vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBriS. (ifc.) &c.; cf. {a-}, {naSTa-}, {niz-}.
ceshthaka * =mfn. making effort or exertion W.; m. a kind of fish (= {-Ta}) L.; a kind of coitus.
ceshthana * = n. making effort W.; motion Mn.xii, 120 MBh. xii, 6363 R. BhP.; ifc. performing
KapS. i, 3; effort, exertion W.
cet* = Nom. (fr. {ce4tas}) {-tati} (Vop. xxi, 8; aor. 3. pl. {acetiSur}) to recover consciousness
Bhathth. xv, 109.
cetanatva* = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a
female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mr2icch. Katha1s. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sa1h.; a kind of fish A1p.i, 17, 38; (%{I})
f. a female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S3ak. "' &c.
ceTaka * = m. a servant, slave Bhartr2. i, 91 Katha1s. vi and lxxi (ifc.) Hit.; a paramour L.;
(%{ikA}) f. = %{-TI} Katha1s. iv, xii, lii.
cetana* = mf(%{I4})n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent RV. AV. ix, 4, 21; percipient,
conscious, sentient, intelligent Kat2hUp. v, 13 S3vetUp. vi, 13 Hariv. 3587 KapS. Tattvas. &c.; m.
an intelligent being, man Sarvad. ii, 221; soul, mind L.; n. conspicuousness RV. i, 13, 11 and 170,
4; iii, 3, 8; iv, 7, 2; soul, mind R. vii, 55, 17 and 20; (%{A}) f. consciousness, understanding, sense,
intelligence Ya1jn5. iii, 175 MBh. &c. (often ifc. [f. %{A}] Mn. ix, 67 MBh. &c.) (cf. %{a-}, %{niz-},
%{puru-ce4t-}, %{vi-}, %{sa-}, %{su4-}).
cetanatva* =n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* =mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sa1m2khyak. Sus3r.
ce4tana-tva * = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanA-vat * = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir. MBh. xii, xiv
Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanA7STaka * = n. N. of wk.
cetas *= n. splendour RV.; (Naigh. iii, 9) consciousness, intelligence, thinking soul, heart, mind
VS. xxxiv, 3 AV. Mn. ix, xii MBh. &c. (ifc. Kat2hUp. Mn.&c.); will AV. vi, 116, 3 TBr.iii, 1, 1, 7; cf.
%{a-ceta4s}, %{dabhra4-}, %{pra4-}, %{laghu-}, %{vi4-}, %{sa4-}, %{su-ce4tas}.
cetishthha* = mfn. (fr. {ce4ttR}) most attentive (with gen.) RV. i, 65, 9 and 128, 8; v, vii; x, 21, 7;
(fr. {citra4}) most conspicuous, viii, 46, 20 VS. xxvii, 15.
ce4ttR * = mfn. attentive, guardian, RY. x, 128, 9 (see also s.v. 4. {cit}) AV. iv and vi ({cettR4}) TS.
if.
ce4tya * = mfn. perceivable RV. vi, 1, 5; ({A4}) f. = {tu4} (?), x, 89, 14.
ceTa * = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a
female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetavya4 * = mfn. to be piled up TS. v S'Br. vi; ix, 5, 1, 64 Bhathth. ix, 13; = {cayanIya} Vop. xxvi,
3.
chaasmi = as I am
chaapi = also
chaariNau = blowing
chaataka = the ever thirsty chaataka bird that lives only on raindrops
chakraM = cycle
chakshu = eye
chakshuH = eyes
chakshus.h = eye
chal.h = to walk
chala = moving
chalaM = flickering
chalachchitra = movie
chalita = deviated; calita mfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed MBh. &c.; one who has moved on
MBh. Sûryas. iii, 11; gone, departed (e.g. {sa calitaH}, `" he started off "' Pañcat. Gît. iii, 3 Hit.);
walked Vet. iii, 1/2 (v.l.); being on the march (an army) L.; moved from one's usual course,
disturbed, disordered (the mind, senses, fortune, &c.) Hariv. 5669 R. &c.; caused to deviate,
turned off from (abl.) Yâjñ. i, 360 Bhag. vi, 37; n. unsteady motion (of eyes) Bhartri. i, 4.
chanda* =mfn. pleasing, alluring, inviting RV. i, 92, 6; viii, 7, 36; {-nda4}, praising ({cha4nda}
Naigh. iii, 16) RV. vi, 11, 3; cf. {madhu-cch-}; m. appearance, look, shape Hariv. 8359 ff.; cf.
{prati} and {vi-cch-}; pleasure, delight, appetite, liking, predilection, desire, will Yâjñ. ii, 195
MBh. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. [also with {svena}, viii, 1249 R. ii, 83, 25; or ifc. with {sva-} (Hariv.
7017) or {Atma-} MBh. v, xiii R. v, 26, 18] according to one's own wish Mn. viii, 176 Nal. xxiii, 15
R. v; according to the wish of (gen.) MBh. iii, 7096 Hariv. 7097; ({a-cch-} neg. `" against the wish
of "') 7098 and 8557; ({At}) abl. ind. according to the wish of (in comp.) MBh. viii, 3542; ({a-cch-}
neg. `" involuntarily "' R. iii, 5, 2); poison L.; N. of S'âkya-muni's charioteer ({chandaka}) Lalit. xv
DivyA7v. xxvii, 159; of a prince W.; cf. {sva-}; {indra-}, {kalA7pa-}, {deva} and {vijaya-}, various
kinds of pearl-ornaments.
cha4nda-ja * = mfn. `" originating from one's own wish "', self-produced (gods) Hariv. 12296.
chandaska * = ifc. (f. {A}) = {-das}, metre Nyâyam. ix, 2, 5 and 8 Sch.
chandasya4 * = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 71 and 4, 93, 140 Vârtt. 1) taking the form of hymns, metrical,
relating to or fit for hymns RV. ix, 113, 6 TS. i, 6, 11, 4; made or done according to one's wish Pân.
4-4, 93 Kâs'.; ({A4}) f. (with {I4STakA}) N. of a sacrificial brick S'Br. vii, 5, 2, 42; viii, 2 f.
chAndasa * = mf({I})n. having the sacred text of the Veda ({cha4ndas}) as (its) subject, peculiar
or relating or belonging to the Veda, Vedic Kaus'. Pân. 4-3, 71 Pat. Hariv. 12284 BhP.; (once
{-nda} BhavP. i); archaistic Sarvad. vi, 11; (g. {manojJA7di} Pân. 5-2, 84 Kâs'.) studying the holy
text of the Vedic hymns, familiar with it Kathâs. lxii, cxviii; (ifc. g. {khasUcy-Adi} Ganar. 114
Sch.); relating to metre RAnukr. Sch.
chandaka* = mfn. ifc. `" charming "' see {sarva-}; m. N. of S'âkya-muni's charioteer DivyA7v.
xxvii, 158 Lalit.
cha4ndas * = n. desire, longing for, will MBh. xii, 7376 Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.; intention, purport W.; a
sacred hymn (of AV.; as distinguished from those of RV. SV. and YajurV.), incantation-hymn RV.
x AV. S'Br. viii MBh. v, 1224 Ragh. i, 11; the sacred text of the Vedic hymns S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 3 Âs'vGri.
Kaus'. Gobh. VPrât. Pân. Mn. &c.; metre (in general, supposed to consist of 3 or 7 typical forms
[AV. VS. &c.] to which Virâj is added as the 8th [S'Br. viii, 3, 3, 6]; {cha4ndas} opposed to
{gAyatri4} and {triSTu4bh} RV. x, 14, 16); metrical science MundUp. i, 1, 5 MBh. i, 2887 Pañcat.
S'rut.; = {-do-grantha} Nyâyam. ix, 2, 6 Sch.; [cf. Lat. {scando}, `" to step, scan. "']
chandana = sandal
chandoga* = m. ({gai}) `" singer in metre "', chanter'of the SV., Udgâtrii priest AitBr. iii, 32 S'Br. x
S'ânkhS'r. &c.; {-paddhati} f. N. of the work Yajña-pârs'va (YajurV. Paris'. xv Caran.); {-pariziSTa}
n. Kâty.'s supplement on Gobh. Mn. ii, 44 Kull.; {-brAhmaNa} n. = {chAndogya-br-} AitBr. iv, 18
Sây.; {-mAhaki} m. N. of a teacher VBr.; {-vRSo7tsarga-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-zAkhA} f. a branch
of the SV. (quoted in a work on S'râddhas); {-zrAddha-tattva-pramANa} n. N. of wk. by Raghu-
nandana; {-zruti} f. `" tradition of the Chandogas "', the SV. Parâs'. ii, 5/111, 3, 6; {-sopAna} n. N.
of wk.; {-gA7hnika-paddhati} f. N. of wk. by Râma-kriishna.
chandra-kuNDalii = Chart where the Ascendant or lagna is the sign of the natal moon
chandra-raashi = Natal Moon sign. Used in India much like we use the Sun sign system in the
West
chandrika = moonlight
chandrodaya = moon-rise
channa* = mfn. covered, covered over MBh. iii, 800 R. i f. Megh. BhP. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 170);
obscured (the moon) MBh. i, 2699 Sûryas. iv, 10 and 22; hidden, unnoticed by (dat.), secret,
clandestine, disguised MBh. iii f. R. ii, v BhP. Kathâs. Râjat.; ({am}) ind. secretly Mn. ix, 98 and
100 Mriicch. Das'.; (in comp. {-nna-}) Râjat. v, 467; (with {gai}, to sing) privately, in a low voice
Lâthy. iii, 1, 12 ff.; ({e}) loc. ind. secretly Hariv. 8686.
chaJNchalaM = flickering
chapalaM = fickle-minded
char.h = to wander
chara = moving
charaM = moving
charaNa = foot
charita = nature
charitra = life
charchaa = discussion
chatuH = four
chaturthyaaM = during the (auspicious)4th day (from New Moon, full moon)
chaturbhujena = four-handed
chatus.h = four
chatvaaraH = four
chatvaari = four
chattragRha * = n. the room in which the parasol (or badge of royalty) is kept MBh. v, 3544.
chattra-pati * = m. the officer watching over the royal parasol, Sinha7s. xxiii, 0/1
chattra-vat * = mfn. furnished with a parasol Sus'r. i, 10, 1; ({tI}) f. N. of a town ({ahi-cchattra}
Sch.) MBh. i, 6348.
chattrin * = mfn. furnished with a parasol MBh. xiii, 739 Hariv. 14205 R. i, iii; m. a barber L.
chha.nda = Hobby
chhaatraaH = students
chhaadana = covering
chhaayaa = shade
chhittva = cutting
chhettaa = remover
chhettuM = to dispel
chhedana = cutting
chekitaanaH = Cekitana
chetas.h = mind
chetasaa = by consciousness
chetaaH = in heart
chikitsaka = remedy
chikiirshhavaH = wishing
chitta = mind
chittaM = mind
chittaH = mind
chittaa = mind
chittvara * = mfn. (Un2. iii, 1) fit for cutting off. L.; hostile L. (cf. %{chatt-}) roguish L.
chitraM = surprising
chitrarathaH = Citraratha
chint.h = to think
chintayantaH = concentrating
chintaa = worrying
chintaamaNi = the gem that gives you anything you can think about
chira = permanently
chihna = sign
chii = to increase
chuTati = to pinch
chumbati = to kiss
cintaka* = mfn. ifc. one who thinks or reflects upon, familiar with (e.g. {daiva-}, {vaMza-}, &c.,
qq. vv.) Gaut. Mn. vii, 121 MBh. Hariv. R. Pañcat.; m. an overseer DivyA7v.; N. of the 23rd Kalpa
period VâyuP. i, 21, 48 f.; cf. {kArya-}, {graha-}, {megha-}.
cintana* = n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5 MBh. Kathâs.
Râjat.v, 205 Sâh.; consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.
cintanIya* = mfn. to be thought of or investigated VarBriS. xliii, 37 Pañcat. 1, 1/2; iii BhP. viii, 11,
38.
cintayAna* = mfn. (irr. pr. p.) reflecting, considering MBh. ii, 1748; iii, 12929 Pañcat. iv, 14/15.
cintaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 105), thought, care, anxiety, anxious thought about (gen. loc., {upari}, or in
comp.) Mn. xii, 31 Yâjñ. i, 98 MBh. &c. ({-tayA} instr. `" by mere thinking of "' VP. i, 13, 50);
consideration Sarvad. xii f. [398,2]; N. of a woman Râjat. viii, 3453.
cintita * = mfn. thought, considered W.; thought of. imagined Pan5cat. Vet.; found out,
investigated Nal. xix, 4 Hit. (%{su-}); treated of. Madhus.; reflecting, considering W.; n. thought,
reflection, care, trouble VarBr2S.li, 24 Dhu1rtas.; intention R. i; (%{A}) f. see %{caintita}.
citta* = mfn. `" noticed "' see {a-ci4tta}; `" aimed at "', longed for ChUp.vii, 5, 3; `" appeared "',
visible RV. ix, 65, 12; n. attending, observing ({tira4z cittA4ni}, `" so as to remain unnoticed "'),
vii, 59, 8; thinking, reflecting, imagining, thought RV. VS. S'Br. &c.; intention, aim, wish RV. VS.
AV. TBr. &c.; (Naigh. iii, 9) the heart, mind TS. i S'vetUp. vi, 5 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Pañcat.);
memory W.; intelligence, reason KapS. i, 59 Yogas. i, 37; ii, 54 Veda7ntas.; (in astrol.) the 9th
mansion VarYogay. iv, 1; cf. {iha-}, {cala-}, {pU4rva-}, {prA4yaz-}, {laghu-}, {su-}, {sthira-}.
citra * = conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.; clear (a
sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.;
agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248
Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii,
281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi, 227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii;
({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with
different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.;
Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyâd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18
({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the
patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida king, Padma
P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in later
reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.;
N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus
communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the
grass Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants; another
of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ
(in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of
Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna
v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism
Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS.
S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or
extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or
{yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM
badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "'
Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii,
2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture, sketch, delineation MBh.
Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest
({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10;
various modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful
figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being represented in a shortened
form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the form of question and answer, facetious
conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar. Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
codapravRddha* = ({-da4-}) mfn. exalted by the inspiring (draught of Soma), i,: 174, 6.
codana* = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. {RSi-}, {eka-}, {kIri-}, {brahma-}, {radhra-co4d-});
({A}, {am}) fn. impelling, invitation, direction, rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPrât. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r.
Lâthy. Mn. ii, &c.; ({A}) f. reproof (as in Pâli) DivyA7v. i, 54; ({i}),f. N. of a plant(v.l. for {rodanI})
L. Sch.
codayanmati* = mfn. (fr. {-da4yat}, p. {cud}, Caus.) promoting devotion RV. v, 8, 6; viii, 46, 19.
codayitR* = mf({trI4})n. one who impels or animates or promotes RV. i, 3, 11; vii, 81, 6 Kum. iii,
21.
codaka* = Meaning* = mfn. impelling MBh. xiii, 71; m. direction, invitation KâtyS'r. i. 10 Nyâyam.
x; (in Gr.) = {pari-graha} q.v. RPrât. x, 10 [400,2]; xi, 14; asker, objectioner, pupil Jain.
coda* = m. an implement for driving horses, goad or whip, v, 61, 3; ({-da4}) mfn. animating,
inspiring, promoting, i, 143, 6; ii, 13, 9 and 30, 6 (cf. {radhracoda4}.)
coDa* = m. {-cU4Da}, a sort of protuberance on a brick TS. v, 3, 7, 1 (ifc.); = {-Daka} SaddhP.; pl.
N. of a people L.; sg. a prince of that people Pân. 4-1, 175 Vârtt. (v.l. {cola}); ({A}) f. N. of a plant
L.
codita * = mfn. caused to move quickly RV. ix, 72, 5; driven, impelled, incited MBh. R.; carried on
(a business), iv, 28, 21 ({a-} neg.); invited, directed, ordered MBh. Ragh. xii, 59; informed,
apprised W.; inquired after, BP. vii, 15, 13; enjoined, fixed, appointed, S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Mn. ii f.
viii MBh. xiii, 2439 R. (B) iii, 56, 16.
cumbita * m= mfn. kissed S'ak. iii Sâh. i; touched closely or softly Mâlatîm. Vcar. xiv, 7 Sarvad.
cuuDa * = mfn. stupid (?) Divya7v. xxxv, 99 f.; m. (cf. {kU4Ta}) a sort of protuberance on a
sacrificial brick S'Br. viii and KâtyS'r. (also ifc. f. {A}); m. or n. = {-DA-karaNa} Yâjñ. iii, 23; m. N.
of a man (with the patr. Bhâgavitti) S'Br. xiv, 9, 3, 17 f.; ({A}) f. (beginning a Gana of Ganar. 365:
g. {bhidA7di}) the hair on the top of the head, single lock or tuft left on the crown of the head after
tonsure Ragh.xviii, 50 (ifc.) Parâs'. [401, 1]; = {-DA-karaNa} (cf. {-Do7panayana}) Ragh. iii, 28
Smriitit. i; the crest of a cock or peacock L.; any crest, plume, diadem W.; the head L.; the top (of a
column) Hcat. i, 3; the summit Hit. i, l 01; a top-room (of a house) L.; a kind of bracelet L.; a small
well L.; N. of a metre; of a woman g. {bAhvAdi} ({-DAlA} Kâs'.); cf. {cUla}, {coDa}, {caula} {uc-},
{candra-}, {tAmra-}, {svarNa-}; {paMca-} and {mahA-cUDA}.
cyuta* = 1 mfn. moved, shaken AV. ix, 2, 15; gone away from (abl.) R. ii, 52, 27 and 72, 5; (with
abl. or ifc.) deviated from (lit. [Pañcat. v, 3, 10/11] and fig. [Mn. viii, 418; xii, 70 ff. Hariv. 11105
and 11188]); (said of arrows) failing an aim (abl.) L.; flying away from (abl. or in comp.; said of
missile weapons) MBh. xiii, 4610 Hariv. 8088 R. iii BhP. iii, 18, 5; expelled from, deprived of
(abl.) MBh. iii Bhathth. vii, 92; destitute of. free of (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 10, 26 Kathâs. lx, 178;
abandoned by (in comp.) VarBriS.li, 2; disappeared, vanished Hariv. 11173 Ragh. iii, 45; viii, 65
Bhathth. iii; come forth from, dropped from, streaming forth from (lit. and fig., as speech from
the mouth) Mn. vi, 132 MBh. xiii, 2183 R. i-iii BhP. Bhathth. ix, 71; fallen from, fallen MBh. &c.;
fallen from any divine existence for being re-born as a man Buddh. Jain.; (in astrol.) standing in
the $ Laghuj. x, 5; sunk (morally) Kum. v, 81; (in math.) divided Bijag.; cf. {a4-}, {ha4sta-}.\\ 2
mfn. ifc. id. see {ghRta-}, {madhu-}.
daa* = 3 For {do}, to cut q.v. * =4 cl. 4. P. {dya4ti} (cf. {A-} 4. {dA}), to bind, only in {dISva} VS.
xxxviii, 3 [cf. $ $]. * =5 For {de} q.v. * =6 f. ( {de}), protection, defence L. * =7 For {dai} q.v. * =8
f. ( {das}) cleansing, purifying L.
daa*1 cl. 3. {da4dAti} (pl. {-dati} RV. &c.; Â. {datte} Pañcat. i, 4, 19/20 12, 7 Subh.; 1. sg. {dadmi}
MBh. xii Hariv. R. if.; Impv. {da4dAtu} pl. {-dahu}; 2. sg. {daddhi4} RV. i f. iv, vi, viii, x; {dehi4}
[Pân. 6-4, 119] RV. iii f. viii, x AV. v, xviii f. &c. [473,3]; 2. pl. {da4dAta} RV. vii, 57, 6, {-tana} x,
36, 10, {datta4} 51, 8 VS. AV. &c.; 2. du. {-tta4m} RV. i, 34, 6 AV. &c.; Pot. {dadyA4} AV. &c.;
impf. {a4dadAt}; pl. {a4dadur} RV. vi, x AV. v, 18, 1; 2. du. {a4dattam} RV. &c.; 2. pl. {-ttana i},
139, 7, {a4dadAta} x, 64, 12; Subj. {da4dat} ii, v, vii f. x, {-das} vii f. {-dan} AV. vi, 24, 1 p. m. nom.
sg. {da4dat} pl. {-tas} RV. &c.; p. Â. {da4dAna}, v, 33, 9; {-na4}, i. 148, 2; v, 2, 3; sg. {dadati}, ii,
35, 10 MBh. iii, 13422; pl. {-danti}, xii f.; Impv. {-da}, ix MârkP.; {-data} Sinha7s.; Pot. {-det}
Parâs'. vi, 19; impf. {a4dadat} AV. xii, 4, 23 MBh. R.; Â. sg. {da4date} RV. i, 24, 7 AV. x, 8, 36; pl.
{-dante}, 35 VS. viii, 31; Impv. sg. {-datAm} RV. iii, 53, 17; {-dasva} MBh. Hariv. &c.; impf. pl.
{a4dadanta} RV. vii, 33, i i AV. xiv; p. {da4damAna} RV. i, 41, 9; iv, 26, 6; aor. {a4dAt} [Pân. 2-4,
77], {dat}, {a4dur}, {du4r} &c.; Subj. 2. du. {dAsathas} RV. viii, 40, 1 [cf. Naigh. ii, 30]; Pot. 1. pl.
{deSma} VS. ii, 32; pf. {dadau4}, {-du4r}, {-da4thur}, {-datur}, {-do4} RV. &c.; Pass {-de4}, iv, 34
& 37 AV. X, 2, 16; {dadade}, {-dAte}, {-dire} Pân. 6-4, 126 Kâs'.; p. gen. {dadu4Sas} RV. i, viii,
{-SAm} vi; nom. {-dvA4n}, x, 132, 3; {-dAvan} AV. v, 11, 1; acc. {-divA4Msam}, ix, 5, 10 [cf. Vop.
xxvi, 133]; fut. p. {dAsya4t} AV.vi, 71, 3; Â. {-syate}, {-syante}, 1. sg. {-sye} MBh. Hariv. R.
MârkP.; Prec. {deyAt} Pân. 6-4, 67; inf. {dAva4ne} RV.; {dA4tos}, vii, 4, 6; {-tave}, vii-ix AV. iii,
20, 5; {dA4tavai4} [Pân. vi, 1, 200 Siddh.] RV. iv, 21, 9; {-tum}, v AV. &c.: ind. p. {dattvA4ya}
[Pân. 7-1, 47 Kâs'.] RV. x, 85, 33; {-ttva} AV. &c.; {-dA4ya} [Pân. 6-4, 69] RV. &c.: Pass. {dIyate}
[Pân. 6-4, 62]; p. {-ya4mAna} AV. ix; aor. {adAyi} Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.; Prec. {dAsISTa}, {dAyis-},
vi, 4, 62) cl. 1. {dA4ti} (RV. iv-vii; Impv. {-tu}, 15, 11; cf. Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.; ii, 4, 76 Kâs'.) to
give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present, offer to (dat., in later language also gen. or loc.) RV.
&c.; to give (a daughter, {kanyAm}) in marriage Mn. v, ix Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to hand over Mn. viii,
186 & 234; (with {haste}) Kathâs.; to give back, 222 f. MBh. iii Pañcat. VP. Kathâs. lxxiv; to pay
({daNDam}, `" a fine "' Mn. viii f.; {RNam}, a debt "', viii Yâjñ. ii, 45); to give up, cede ({Asanam},
`" one's seat "') Mn. iv, 54; ({panthAnam} or {mArgam}, `" to give up the road, allow to pass "')
viii, 275 and R. v, 94, 8; to sell (with instr. of the price), i Nal. xiv, 21 VarBriS. xlii, 11; to sacrifice
({AtmAnam}, `" one's self. "' Kathâs. xxii, 227; {At-} {khedAya}, to give one's self up to grief "', v,
57); to offer (an oblation &c.) Mn. Yâjñ. R. &c.; to communicate, teach, utter (blessings, {AziSas}
S'ak. MârkP.), give (answer, {prati-vacas}, {-canam}, {praty-uttaram} Nal. S'ak. &c.), speak
({satyaM vacas}, the truth, yâjñ. ii, 200; {vacam}, to address a speech to [dat.] S'ak. vi, 5); to
permit, allow (with inf.) MBh. i S'ak. vi, 22; to permit sexual intercourse S'Br. xiv, 9, 4, 7; to place,
put, apply (in med.) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to add Pañcat. ii, 6, 5 Sûryas. VarBriS. Laghuj.; with
{varam} "', to grant a boon "' S'Br. xi KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; {zoham}, to cause grief "', xiii R. ii;
{avakAzam}, `" to give room or space, allow to enter Yâjñ. ii, 276 Mriicch. Ragh. &c.; {prANAn} or
{jIvitam}, `" to spare any one's life "' MBh. Kathâs. xviii, 275; {talam} or {-lAn}, to slap with the
palms of the hands MBh. iii, ix Hariv. 15741; {-la-prahAram}, to strike with the palm Pañcat. iv,.
2, 0/1 {tAlam}, to beat time with the hands MBh. i Bhathth.; {saMjJAm}, to make a sign Mriicch.;
{saMketakam}, to make an appointment Pañcat. ii, 4, 3/4 {samayam}, to propose an agreement
Kathâs. xviii, 139; {upamAm}, to compare with [gen.] Cân.; {paTaham}, to proclaim with the
drum Kathâs. lxxiii, 357; {zabdam}, to make a noise, call out Vet. iv, 2/3; {zApam}, to utter a
curse MBh. R. &c.; {gAIh}. id. Bhartri.; {anuyAtram}, to accompany Kathâs. xviii, 197;
{AliGganane}, {parirambhaNam}, to embrace, 209 Gît. iii, 8; {jhampam}, to jump Hit.;
{zrAddham}, to perform a Srâddha MBh. xiv R. ii; {vratakam}, to accomplish a vow Hariv.;
{yuddham}, {niy-}, {saMgrAmam}, to give battle, fight with MBh. Hariv. R.; {AjJAm} {Adezam},
to give an order, command, i BrahmaP. Vet.; {saMdezam}, to give information Kathâs. xvii, 161;
{prayogam}, to give a dramatic representation Mâlav. i, 12/13 {vRtim}, to fence in Mn. viii, 240
Kull.; {darzanam}, to show one's self Prab. iii,; 0/1 {dRSTim} {dRzam} {akSi} {caksus}, to fix the
eyes on (loc.) S'ak.i, 6 Kathâs. Dhûrtas. S'riingârat. Sâh.; {karNam}, to give ear, listen S'ak.
Kathâs.; {manas}, to direct the mind to (loc.) MBh. xii, 2526; {kars} {kapolam}, to rest the cheek
on the hand Kârand. xviii, 73 [474,1]; {nigaDAni} to put on or apply fetters Mriicch. vii, 6/7
{pAvakam}, to set on fire; {agnIn} to consume by fire Mn. v, 168; {zAram}, to move a chess-man
Das'. vii, 137; {argalam}, to draw a bolt, bar Kathâs. Râjat. vi, 96; {jAnu}, to kneel upon (gen.)
MBh. iii f.; {padam}, to tread upon [loc.] Bhartri. Hit. ii, 12, 25 SS'ankar. i, 38; to direct the steps
Amar. 74; {viSam}, to poison Pañcar. i, 14, 80 (with acc.!); {garam} id. VP. iv, 3, 16 (with gen.);
-Â. to carry, hold, keep, preserve RV. AV. VS.; to show SV. i, 2, 1, 4, 7 (aor. {adadiSTa}; {aded-} fr.
{diz} RV.): Caus. {dApayati} (Pân. vii, 3, 36; aor. {adIdapat}, 4, 1 and 58 Kâs'.) to cause to give or
be given, cause to bestow or present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore VS. ix, 24 AV. iii, 20, 8
Mn. &c.; to demand from (abl.) Mn. viii, 47; to cause to utter or speak Hariv. 15782 Yâjñ. ii, 6/7
{ghoSaNAm}, to cause to be made known Kathâs. lxiv, 86; to cause to place or advance, xii, 160;
to cause to perform, v, 112 to cause to be put on (loc.) MBh. i, 5724: Desid. {di4tsati} (Pân. 7-4, 54
and 58; p. {di4dAsat} RV. x, 151, 2; {di4tsat}, ii, vii-ix AV. v, 7, 6 MBh.; Pot. {-tseyam} RV. viii
MBh.; pf. 2. sg. {didAsitha} AitBr. viii, 21 S'ânkhS'r. xvi, 16; cf. S'Br. xiii, 7, 1, 15) to wish to give,
be ready to bestow RV. &c.; to wish to give in marriage MBh. &c.: Intens. {dedIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66
Kâs'.; [cf. $; Lat. {do}; &c.]
daa*2 m. a giver RV. v, 41, 1 (dat. {de4}); vi, 16, 26 (nom. {dA4s}); ifc., giving, granting "' see {an-
azva-}, {a-bhikSa-}, {azva-}, {Atma-}, &c. {-dA4}; {a4n-AzIr-}.
daaH = giving
daaDhaa* = f. (= and prob. fr. %{daMSTrA}) large tooth, tusk L.; wish, desire L.; number,
multitude
daadhaara = holds
daakshyaM = resourcefulness
daakshiNa * = nif({I})n. (fr. {da4kSiNA} f.) belonging or relating to a sacrificial fee S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; relating to the south W.; ({A}) f. the southern country i.e. the Deccan (see below,
{-ja}); n. a collection of sacrificial fees (g. {bhikSA7di}); pl. N. of a Kânda of TS.
daanta* = 1 mfn. ( {dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient Br. Mn. MBh. &c.;
liberal L.; m. a tamed ox or steer (cf. {damya}) Râjat. v, 432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or =
{damanaka} L.; N. of a son of Bhîma Nal. 1, 9; of a bull Kathâs. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.;
({A}) f. of an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\* = 2 mf({I})n. (fr. {danta}) made of ivory MBh. R.
Sus'r.\\= 3 mfn. ending in {dA}, MânGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daana* = 1 n. the act of giving RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; giving in marriage (cf. {kanyA-}); giving up (cf.
{prANa-}, {Atma-}, {zarIra-} Pañc. ii); communicating, imparting, teaching (cf. {brakma-});
paying back, restoring Mn. Yâjñ.; adding, addition (VarBriS.); donation, gift Lat. {donum}] RV.
S'Br. &c. ({-naMdA}, to offer a gñgift Mn. Yâjñ. Hit. &c.; {-nam prayam}, to bestow a gñgift Mn.
iv, 234); oblation (cf. {udaka-}, {havir-}); liberality (cf. 2. {dAna}); bribery Mn.vii, 198 (cf.
{upA7ya}).
daana* = 2 n. cutting off. splitting, dividing L.; pasture, meadow RV.; rut-fluid (which flows from
an elephant's temples) MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({dAna4}) m. (only in RV. but cf. {vasu-}) distribution of
food or of a sacrificial meal; imparting, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession;
distributor, dispenser RV. vii, 27, 4.
daana* = 3 n. purification L.
daanaiH = by charity
daanaM = charity
daanava = a demon
daaNDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g.
{zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-
Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.
daane = in charity
daanena = by charity
daanika * = mfn. relating to a gift, &c. (only ifc.; cf. %{adhyayana-}, %{udaka-}, %{vara-}).
daara* =1 Inf({I})n. ( {dRR}) tearing up, rending (cf. {bhU-}); m. rent, cleft, hole TândyaBr. xv, 3,
7 (cf. {udara-}, {karbu-}, {a-dAra-sRt}); ({I}) f. id. Sus'r.
daara* =2 m. pl. (probably not connected with s. {dAra} and {dRR}, but cf. Pân. 3-3, 20 Vârtt. 4) a
wife (wives) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({-An} {kR} or {pra-kR}, take to wife, marry MBh.; cf. {kRta-});
rarely m. sg. (Âp. i, 14, 24 Gaut. xxii, 29) f. sg. (BhP. vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pañc. i, 450).
daaraa = woman
daaridrya = poverty
daars'a* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{darza}) relating to the new moon or the nñnew mñmoon sacrifice
Kaus3. 24 ; m. (scil. %{yajJa}) the nñnew moon sñsacrifice Mn. vi, 9.
daaruNa * = mf({A}, once {I})n. hard, harsh (opp. {mRdu}) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; rough, sharp,
severe, cruel, pitiless; dreadful, frightful; intense, violent Mn. MBh. R. S'ak. Pañc. &c.; (in comp.
or {-am} before a vb. to express excellence or superiority cf. g. {kASThA7di}); m. Plumbago
Zeylanica L.; n. harshness, severity, horror MBh.; {-Naka} n. N. of a disease of the roots of the
hair Sus'r.; {-Nya} n. harshness (of sound, TPrat. ii, 10).
daasosmyaham.h = disciple+am+I
daas'a * =(written also {dAsa}) m. fisherman, ferryman, mariner VS. xxx, 16 Mriicch. viii, 408, 9
MBh. Hariv. &c.; the son of a Nishâda by a woman of the Âyogava caste Mn. x, 34; servant, slave
L.; ({I}) f. fisherwoman, female slave L. \\dAza * =3 the Vriiddhi form of 2. {daza} in comp.
Daakinii * = f. (of {-ka} Pân. 4-2, 51 Pat.) a female imp attending Kâlî (feeding on human flesh)
BhP.x BrahmaP. MârkP. Kathâs. ({DAginI}, cii, cviii f.) (cf. {zAk-}); N. of a locality S'ivaP. i, 38,
18.
daava * = conflagration, esp. a forest conflagration S'Br. MBh. &c.; fire, heat; distress L.; m. n. a
forest MBh. (always connected with fire) Ragh. ii, 8.
daaya* =1 mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 139; 141) giving, presenting (cf. {zata-}, {go-}); m. gift, present,
donation MBh. R. &c.; nuptial fee L. (cf. {su-}); gift at the ceremony of initiation W.; handing
over, delivery Mn. viii, 165; n. game, play Pañcad. \\2 m. share, portion, inheritance RV. TS. &c.
({dAyAd upA7gata}, obtained through inheritance, Mit.; {dAyam upai9ti pitus}, he obtains his
father's inheritance Br.); division, part (ifc. = fold cf. {zata4-}); dismembering, destruction L.;
irony L.; place, site L.
daayinii = giver
dadaami = I give
dadha* = mfn. (iii, i, 139) `" giving "' see %{iDA-}, %{ilA-}.\\1 mfn. (2, 171 Va1rtt. 3) `" giving "'
RV. x, 46, 1; preserving (with acc.) Vop.; n. a house L.
dadhaami = create
dadhichii = a sage who gave his bones to the gods to make a thunderbolt
dadhmuH = blew
dadhmau = blew
dagdha = burned, tormented, pained, consumed by grief or hunger, distressed; dry, insipid;
inauspicious; miserable, execrable
dah.h = to burn
dainyayoga = Combination of planets (Yoga) which give rise to poverty. Usually it is caused by the
malefic conjunctions of house lords with the lords of the 6th, 8th or 12th houses
daiva = destiny
daivaH = godly
daivii = transcendental
daiviiM = divine
dal* = (= {dRR}) cl. l. {-lati} [pf. {dadAla}] Bhathth. xiv; aor. pl. {adAliSur}, xv) to, crack, fly open,
split, open (as a bud) Sus'r. ii, 16 Sis'. ix, 15 Bhâm. i, 4 Amar. Gît. Dhûrtas.: Caus. {dAlayati}, to
cause to burst Sus'r. Bhathth.: {dal-} id., Anargh. Gît. i, 8 Sch. [471, 2]; to expel Mâlatîm. viii, 1
Kathâs. lviii, 8; cii, 58; cf. {ava-}, {ud-}, {vi-}.
da.nDaH = punishment
da.nsh.h = to bite
da.nshhTra = tooth
dakshaH = expert* = mf({A})n. able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous, industrious, intelligent
RV. &c.; strong, heightening or strengthening the intellectual faculties (Soma), ix f.; passable (the
Ganges) MBh. xiii, 1844; suitable BhP. iv, 6, 44 Bhartri. iii, 64; right (opposed to left) RâmatUp. i,
22 Phetk. i; m. ability, fitness, mental power, talent (cf. {-kratu4}), strength of will, energy,
disposition RV. AV. VS.; evil disposition RV. iv, 3, 13; x, 139, 6; a particular form of temple Hcat.
ii, 1, 390; a general lover W.; a cock Car. i, vi; N. of a plant L.; fire L.; Siva's bull L.; N. of an Âditya
(identified with Prajâ-pati TS. iii S'Br. ii; father of Kriittikâ S'ântik.) RV. if., x Nir. ii, xi; N. of one
of the Prajâ-patis (MBh. xii, 7534 Hariv. VP. i, 7, 5 and 22, 4 BhP.iii, 12, 22 MatsyaP. cvl, 15
KûrmaP. &c. S'ak. vii, 27; born from Brahmâ's right thumb MBh. i, xii Hariv. &c.; or from A-ja "',
the unborn "' BhP. iv, 1, 47; or son of Pra-cetas or of the of 10 Pra-cetasas, whence called
Prâcetasa MBh. i, xii f. Hariv. 101 VP. i, 15; father of 24 daughters by Pra-sûti VP. i, 7, 17 ff. BhP.
&c.; of 50 [or 60 MBh. xii, 61 36 R. iii, 20, 10; or 44 Hariv. 1 1521 ff.] daughters of whom 27
become the Mooñs wives, forming the lunar asterisms, and 13 [or 17 BhP.; or 8 R.] those of
Kas'yapa, becoming by this latter the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are
married to Dharma Mn. ix, 128f. MBh. i, ix; xii, 7537ff. Hariv. VP. &c.; celebrating a great sacrifice
[hence {dakSa sya4yana}, `" N. of a sacrifice "' Mn. vi, 10] to obtain a son, he omitted, with the
disapproval of Dadhîca, to invite Siva, who ordered Vira-bhadra to spoil the sacrifice Hariv. 12212
[identified with Vishnu] ff. VâyuP.i, 30, = BrahmaP. i LingaP. MatsyaP. xiii VâmP. ii-v S'ivaP. i, 8
Kâs'îKh. lxxxvii ff.; named among the Vis've-devâs Hariv. 11542 VâyuP.; Briihasp. [Hcat] &c.); N.
of a son of Garuda MBh. v, 3597; of a man with the patr. Pârvati S'Br. ii, 4, 4, 6; of a law-giver
Yâjñ. i, 5 Mn. ix, 88 Sch. &c.; of a son of Us'i-nara BhP. ix, 23, 2; of one of the 5 Kânyakubja
Brâhmans from whom the Bengal Brâhmansare said to have sprung Kshiti7s'. i, 13 and 41; ({A}) f.
the earth L.; cf. {a-tUta-}, {dina4-}, {samAna4}; {su-da4kSa}; {mArga-dakSaka}; {dAkSAya4n};
$; Lat. {dex-ter}; Goth. {taiksvs}.
dAkSa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dakSa}) relating to Daksha (Hariv.) or to Dâkshi (Pân. 4-2, 112);
southern, dwelling in the south SS'ankar.; m. or n. the south (in {-SasyA7yana} n. the suñs
progress towards sñsouth, the winter solstice and sacrifice then performed Mn. vi, 10 [v.l.
{dakS-}]); m. pl. N. of the disciples of a partic. school (see {kumArI-d-}).
dakshiNa = South * = (also {-Na4} S'Br.) mf({A})n. (declined as a pron. when denoting relative
position [`" right "' or, southern "'] KâtyS'r. As'vGri. &c.; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; but not
necessarily in abl. and loc. sg. m. n. [{-Ne} KâtyS'r. Mn. ii, 63] and nom. pl. m.; except Hariv:
12390) able, clever, dexterous Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. S'atr. (ifc.); right (not left) RV. AV. VS. &c.
({-NaM parI7}, to walk round a person with the right side towards him "' BhP. iv, 12, 25;
{-maMkR}, to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect "', i, viii); south, southern (as
being on the right side of a person looking eastward), situated to the south, turned or directed
southward AV. VS. &c.; coming from south (wind) Sus'r. Ragh. iv, 8; (with {AmnAya}) the
southern sacred text (of the Tântrikas), Kularn. iii; straightforward, candid, sincere, pleasing,
compliant MBh. iv, 167 R. S'ak.iv, 18 Sâh. iii, 35 Pratâpar. BrahmaP.; m. the right (hand or arm)
RV. i, viii, x TS. v; the horse on the, right side of the pole of a carriage, i, x VS. ix, 8; S'iva; m. or n.
the south Nal. ix, 23 R. iv; n. the righthand or higher doctrine of the S'âktas Kula7rn. ii; ({am})
ind. to the right R. ii, 92, 13; ({A}) f. (scil. {go}), able to calve and give milk "', a prolific cow, good
milch-cow RV. AV.; a fee or present to the officiating priest (consisting originally of a cow cf. Kâty
S'r. xv Lâthy. viii, 1, 2 ). RV. Rc.; Donation to the priest (personified along with brâhmanas-pati,
Indra, and Soma, i, 18, 5; x, 103, 8; authoress of x, 107 RAnukr.; wife of Sacrifice [Ragh. i, 31 BhP.
ii, 7, 21, both being children of Ruci and Akûti, iv, l, 4 f. VP. i, 7, 18 f.); reward RV. viii, 24, 2I;
(offered to the Guru) MBh. v Ragh. v, 20 Kathâs. iv, 93 f.; ({-NAm A-} {diz}, to thank "' DivyA7v.
vii, 104; Caus. to earn thanks, i); a gift, donation (cf. {abhaya-}, {prA7Na-}) Mn. iii R. ii; (scil.
{diz}) the south, Deccan L.; a figure of Durgâ having the right side prominent W.; completion of
any rite ({pra-tiSThA}) L.; ({e}) loc. ind. on the right side Hemac.; ({At}) abl. ind. from or on the
right side Pân. 5-3, 4; from the south, southward ib.; ({ena}) instr. ind. on the right or south (35),
on the right side of or southward from (acc.; ii, 3, 31) S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c. (with {kR}, to place
or leave on the right BhP. v, 21, 8); ({ais}) instr. ind. to the right Kaus'. 77; [cf. Lith. {de4szine7} f.
the right hand. "']
danta* = m. (fr. &) = {da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc., {al} [Kathâs. xxi Caurap.]
or {I} [MBh. ix Mriicch. x, 13 VarBriS. Ghath.] Pân. 4-1, 55); the number 32 Ganit.; an elephant's
tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c. [468, 3]; the point (of an arrow? {atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge
of a mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas'arm. vii, 32; an arbour S'is'. iv, 40; a pin used in playing a
lute, Haravij. i, 9; ({i}) f. = {-tikA} Sus'r. VarBriS.; (in music) N. of a composition; cf. {ibha-
dantA}; {kuDmala-} and {krUra-a-dantI} &c.
daNDa = a staff, also monetary punishment for wrong doing\\* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with
{dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV.
&c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1,
1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); =
{-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii,
2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.)
AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a
lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-
stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of
a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the
sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a
form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power
and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or
in comp.), control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22]; {tri-
daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh.
Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment,
punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal; chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine)
TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.;
Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of
an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr.
Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified
with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f.
Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr
dANDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr. {daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di});
({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.; n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi});
multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164 Sch.
daNDaM = stick(walking)
daNDii = Dandii
dala = leaf
Dam* = cl. 1. P. (p. {-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam* =1 cl.4. {dAmyati} (Pân. 7-3, 74; ind. p. {dAntvA} and {damitvA}, 2, 56; aor. Pass. {adami},
3, 34 Kâs'.; P. {-mit} Bhathth. xv, 37) to be tamed or tranquillised S'Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv.
{dA4myata}); to tame, subdue, conquer MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. {damitvA})
Bhathth.: cl. 9. irreg. (? Subj. 2. sg. {da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. {damayati} (p. {-ma4yat}; Â.
Pân. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Râjat.; Desid. see {dAn};
[cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]
dam* =2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. {damAm}); {pa4tir da4n} (gen. sg.) = {da4m-patis}, 99, 6;
105, 2; i, 149, 1; 153, 4; {pa4ti da4n} = {da4m-patI}, 120, 6; {zi4zur da4n} `" a child of the house
"', x, 61, 20; [cf. $ &c.]
dama = self-control
dambhaH = pride
daNDa* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a
stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the sacred thread S'Br.
&c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see
{dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem
(of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the
handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a
mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii;
the stick with which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of
length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii
VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa})
VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a
line (cf. {-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}),
application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.), control, restraint
(cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power,
army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the
rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal;
chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} &
{gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27
MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and
{zaunakA7di}) N. of a man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by
Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if., viii; of a Rakshas
R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni lagopodioides, Npr
dara* = (Pân. 3-3, 58) mfn. ( {dRR}) ifc., cleaving, breaking see {puraM-dara4}, {bhagaM-}; m.
(g. {ardharcA7di}, {uJchA7du}) = {-rI} R. ii, 96, 4; a conch-shell BhP. i, vf., x Kramadîp.; m. the
navel Gal.; `" stream "' see {asRg-}; fear MBh. v, 4622; n. poison (v.l. {dhara}) L.; ({I}) f. a hole in
the ground, cave MBh. R. Hariv. Kum. &c.; ({am}) ind. a little Bhartri. iii, 24.
darbha * = m. (2. {dRbh}) a tuft or bunch of grass (esp. of Kus'a grass; used for sacrificial
purposes) RV. i, 191, 3 AV. &c.; N. of a grass (different from Kus'a and Kâs'a Sus'r. i, 38;
Saccharum cylindricum W.) Lalit. xvii, 89 Sus'r.; (Pân. 4-1, 102; g. {kurv-Adi} v.l.) N. of a man
Pravar. ii, 3, 1 (Âs'vGri. Kâty. &c.); `" of a prince "' see {dambha}.
darpaM = pride
darpaH = arrogance
darpaNa = Mirror
dars'a * = mfn. ( %{dris}) ifc. `" looking at, viewing "' see %{avasAna-}, %{Adinava-}, and
%{vadhU-darza4}, %{tattva-} ; `" showing "' see %{Atma-} ; m. `" appearance "' see %{ca4dir-
darza4}, %{dur-}, %{prity-} ; (g. %{pacA7di}) the moon when just become visible, day of new
moon, halfmonthly sacrifice performed on that day AV. ; (parox.) TS. TBr. & S3Br. ix Kaus3.
A1s3vGr2. &c. (n. MBh. iii, 14206) ; (Day of) New Moon (son of Dha1tr2i BhP. vi, 18, 3 ; of
Kr2ishn2a, x, 61, 14 ; N. of a Sa1dhya Va1yuP. ii, 5, 6) ; du. = %{pUrNamAsa4} TS. Sch.
dars'ana = seeing * =darzana mf({I})n. showing. Pân. 5-2, 6; ifc. seeing, looking at (see {tulya-},
{deva-}, {sama-}.) Ragh. xi, 93; `" knowing see {dharma-}; exhibiting, teaching MBh. i, 583 BhP.
v, 4, 11; n. seeing, observing, looking, noticing, observation, perception RV. i, 116, 23 S'Br. xiv
S'ânkhGri. v, 5 MBh. &c. [471, 1]; ocular perception Sus'r. iv, 27; the eye-sight, vi, 17; inspection,
examination Yâjñ. 1, 328 Hariv. 5460; visiting Yâjñ. i, 84 Kathâs. iii, 8; audience, meeting (with
gen. Cân.; instr. with or without {saha} Vet.; in comp. Ragh. xii, 60 S'ak. v, 5/6; vii, 25/26 Râjat.
vi, 43; experiencing BhP. i, 8, 25; foreseeing Ragh. viii, 71; contemplating Mn. viii, 9 and 23;
apprehension, judgment S'ak. iii, 6/7 discernment, understanding, intellect Mn. vi, 74 Yâjñ. i, 8
Bhag. &c.; opinion Mâlav. v, 13/14 Kâm. ii, 6; intention (cf. {pApa-}) R. i, 58, 18; view, doctrine,
philosophical system (6 in number, viz. [Pûrva-] Mîmânsâ by Jaim. Uttara-Mîmânsâ by Bâdar.;
Nyâya by Gotama Vais'eshika by Kana7da Sânkhya by Kap.; Yoga by Pat.) MBh. xii, 11045 f. BhP.
&c.; the eye Sus'r. v, 8 S'ak. iv, 6 Prab. iii, 10; the becoming visible or known, presence Âs'vGri. iii,
7 Mn. ii, 101; iv Yâjñ. i, 131; ii, 170 MBh. &c.; appearance (before the judge) Mn. viii, 158 Yâjñ. ii,
53 Kâm.; the being mentioned (in any authoritative text) Kâty. S'r. i, xxvi Lâthy. vi, ix Bâdar. i, s,
25 MBh. xiv, 2700; a vision, dream Hariv. 1285 Hit. iii, 0/1; ifc. appearance, aspect, semblance
Mn. ii, 47 MBh. (Nal. ii, 3; xii, 18 and 44) R. Ragh. iii, 57; colour L.; showing (cf. {danta-}) Bhartri.
ii, 26 Dhûrtas. i, 35/11 a mirror L.; a sacrifice L.; = {dharma} L.; ({I}) f. Durgâ Hariv. 10238; N. of
an insect Npr.; cf. {a-}, {su-}.
darshaniiya = handsome
darshanena = at the sight of
darshaya = show
darshayaamaasa = showed
darshitaM = shown
darshinaH = seers
das'a = (adj) ten* =1 ifc. for {-zA} ({ajpa-}, {udag-} &c.) \\=2 ifc. ({tri-}, {dvi-}, {nir-}) and in
comp. for {-zan} ({as}) f. pl. `" Decads "'N. of 10 Jain texts ({upA7saka-}. &c.) consisting of 10 chs.
each.
das'aa * =f. ( {daMz}?) the fringe of a garment, loose ends of any piece of cloth, skirt or hem
KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 17 ({UrNA}) Lâthy. viii, 6, 22 Kaus'. S'ânkhGri. ii, 12, 5 Mn. &c.; a wick Gobh. iv, 2,
32 ({kSauma-}) Kum. iv, 30 Bhartri. iii, i; state or condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood,
&c.), condition, circumstances R. Pañcat. Megh. &c.; the fate of men as depending on the position
of the planets, aspect or position of the planets (at birth &c.) VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj.; the mind
L.; cf. {vastra-}; i. {daza}.
dasharatha = dasharatha's
dashaa = Planetary period or system of directions. Also means the actual Major planetary period
itself. There are many of these the most used being vi.nshottarii or 120 year cycle system. Others
are ashhTottari (108), Chatursheetisama (84), Dwadashottari (112), Dwisaptatisama (72),
Panchottari (105), ShashhTisama (60), Shatatri.nshatsama (36), Shodashottari (116), Yogini (30).
These are lunar based. Then there are Rashi (sign) based systems: chara, sthira, kaala chakra and
kendraadi dashas etc
dashaa.nsha = One of the varga-s or harmonic divisions of a sign. This is the 10th division
dashaanana = Another name for Ravana
dashaikaM = eleven
dashhTa = bite
dasyu* = m. ( {das}) enemy of the gods (e.g. {za4mbara}, {zu4SNa}, {cu4muri}, {dhu4ni}; all
conquered by Indra, Agni, &c.), impious man (called {a-zraddha4}, {a-yajJa4}, {a4-yajyu}, {a4-
pRnat}, {a-vrata4}, {anya-vrata}, {a-karma4n}), barbarian (called {a-nA4s}, or {an-A4s} `" ugly-
faced "', {a4dhara}, inferior "', {a4-mAnuSa}, inhuman "'), robber (called {dhani4n}) RV. AV. &c.;
any outcast or Hindû who has become so by neglect of the essential rites Mn.; not accepted as a
witness, viii, 66; cf. {traso4-} ({da4syave vR4ka} m. `" wolf to the Dasyu "'N. of a man RV. viii, 51;
55 f; {da4syave sa4has} n. violence to the DñDasyu (N. of Turvîti), i, 36, 18).
dasyuhan* = m. (nom. {-hA4} instr. {-ghnA4})fn. destroying the Dasyus (Indra i, vi, viii [473,2];
Indra's gift, x, 47, 4; {manyu4}, 83, 3; {ma4nas}, iv, 16, 10); {-ha4n-tama} mfn. (superl.) most
destructive to the Dasyus, vi, 16, 15 and viii, 39, 8 (Agni); x, 170, 2 (Light) Hariv. (Buddha); cf.
Pân. 8-2, 17 Kâs'.
da *=1 the 3rd cerebral consonant (pronounced like {d} in {drum} by slightly turning the tip of
the tongue upwards [430,2]; and often in Bengal like a hard {r}).\\ *=2 m. a sound L.; a kind of
drum W.; fear L.; submarine fire L.; Siva L.; ({A}) f. a Dâkinî L.; a basket &c. carried by a sling L.
\\*=1 the 3rd and soft letter of the 4th or dental class. \\*=2 mf({A})n. (1. {dA}) ifc. (Pân. 3-2, 3)
giving, granting, offering, effecting, producing (e.g. {abhI7STa-}, `" giving any desired object "'
Pañcat. ii, 50; {gaja-vAji-vRddhi-}, `" promoting the welfare of elephants and horses "' VarBriS.
xviii, 5) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {agni-}; {a-doma-da4}; {anna-}, {artha-}, {garbha-}, {janma-} &c.); m.
n. a gift L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=3 mfn. ( {do}) ifc. see {anala-}, 2. {jIva-}; m. n. the act of cutting off
L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=4 mfn. (4. {da-}) ifc. see {Rzya-da4}. \\*=5 = {da4t} cf. {a-panna-},
{panna-}; {So-Da}. \\ *=6 m. a mountain L.; n. a wife (derived fr. {da4m-patI}) L.; ({A}) f. heat,
pain L
dat * = m. (taking the form {da4nta} in the strong cases Pân. 6-1, 63) a tooth RV. (nom. {da4n}, x,
115, 2) AV. VS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. BhP.; often ifc. (Pân. 5-4, 141-145) see {a-} &c.; {a-dat-ka}; {dac-
chada} [cf. $, Lat. {dens} &c.]
dattaM = given
daurbalyaM = weakness
daurmanasya = despair
dauraatmya* = n. badheartedness, wickedness, depravity MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-myaka} mfn. wicked,
evil (deed) R.
daur-gaha4 * = m. `" descendant of Dur-gaha "' patr. of Puru-kutsa (Naigh. `" horse "'). RV. iv,
42, 8.
daur-hRda * = n. id. MBh. v, 751; m. villain Nîlak.; morbid longing of pregnant women L.
dava * = (see also daava). (2. {du}) a wood on fire BhP. viii, 6, 13; fire L. Sch.; burning, heat Car. i,
20; fever W.; a forest L.; cf. {dAva}.
dayaa = mercy* = f. sympathy, compassion, pity for (loc. MBh. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c. [470,1]; gen.
R. Hariv. 8486; in comp. MBh. xiv Hit. i, 6, 41 ) S'Br. xiv &c. ({-yAM} {kR}, `" to fake pity on "'
[loc. MBh. Hit. i, 2, 7; gen. Vop.]); Pity (daughter of Daksha and mother of A-bhaya BhP. iv, 1, 49
f.) Hariv. 14035; cf. {a-daya4}; {nir-}, and {sadaya}.
dayita = dear
Dayate = to fly
deha = body: * = m. n. ( {dih}, to plaster, mould, fashion) the body TÂr. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (in a
triad with {manas} and {vAc}) Mn. i, 104 &c.; ({-haMdhAraya}, to support the body i.e. exist
Nal.); form, shape, mass, bulk (as of a cloud; ifc. f. {A}) Var.; per. son, individual Subh.;
appearance, manifestation ifc. having the appearance of ({saMdeha-} Bâlar. iii, 43/44); N. of a
country L.; ({I4}) f. mound, bank, rampart, surrounding wall RV.
dehatrayaH = the three forms of bodies (corporal or physical, astral and causal
dehali = doorstep
dehin.h = man
deheshhu = bodies
deva = God* = mf({i})n. (fr. 3. {div}) heavenly, divine (also said of terrestrial things of high
excellence) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. (superl. m. {deva4-tama} RV. iv, 22, 3 &c.; f. {devi-tamA}, ii, 41, 16);
m. (according to Pân. 3-3, 120 {de4va}) a deity, god RV. &c.&c.; (rarely applied to) evil demons
AV. iii, 15, 5 TS. iii, 5, 4, 1; (pl. the gods as the heavenly or shining ones; {vi4zve devA4s}, all the
gods RV. ii, 3, 4 &c., or a partic. class of deities [see under {vi4zva}], often reckoned as 33, either
11 for each of the 3 worlds RV. i, 139, 11 &c. [cf. {tri-daza}], or 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 12 Âdityas
[to which the 2 As'vins must be added] Br.; cf. also DivyA7v. 68; with Jainas 4 classes, viz.
{bhavanA7dhI7za}, {vyantara}, {jyotiSka}, and {vaimAnika}; {devA4nAm pa4tnyas}, the wives of
the gods RV. VS. Br. [cf. {deva-patnI} below]) [492,3]; N. of the number 33 (see above) Ganit.; N.
of Indra as the god of the sky and giver of rain MBh. R. &c.; a cloud L.; (with Jainas) the 22nd
Arhat of the future Ut-sarpinî; the image of a god, an idol Vishn.; a god on earth or among men,
either Brâhman, priest RV. AV. (cf. {bhU-d-}), or king, prince (as a title of honour, esp. in the voc.
`" your majesty "' or `" your honour "'; also ifc. e.g. {zrI-harSa-d-}, {vikramA7Gka-d-}, king S'rî-
hñharsha or VikrñVikrama7nka, and in names as {puruSo7ttama-d-} [lit. having Vishnu as one's
deity; cf. {atithi-d-}, {AcArya-d-}, {pitR-d-}, {mAtR-d-}]; rarely preceding the name e.g. {deva-
caNDamahAsena} Kathâs. xiii, 48) Kâv. Pañc. &c. (cf. {kSiti-}, {nara-}, &c.); a husband's brother
(cf. {devR} and {devara}) W.; a fool, dolt L.; a child L.; a man following any partic. line or
business L.; a spearman, lancer L.; emulation, wish to excel or overcome L.; sport, play L.; a
sword Gal.; N. of men VP.; of a disciple of Nâga7rjuna MWB. 192; dimin. for {devadatta} Pân. 5-3,
83 Vârtt.4 Sch.; (n. L.) an organ of sense MundUp. iii, 1, 8; 2, 7; ({A}) f. Hibiscus Mutabilis or
Marsilia Quadrifolia; ({I4}), f. see s.v. [Cf. Lat. {dîvus}, {deus}; Lit. {de14vas}; Old Pruss.
{deiwas}.]
devaaH = demigods
devaan.h = demigods
devaaya = Divine* = Nom. P., only p. {-ya4t} = {-vaya4t}, Maitr. and KapS. Kâthh.
devaM = God
devataa = goddess
devarishi* = m. `" a Riishi among the gods "'N. of Nârada, 16, 1 (cf. {-varSi}).
devarshi* = m. ({deva} + {RSi}) a Riishi, a saint of the celestial class, as Nârada, Atri &c. MBh.
(xiv, 781 {sapta saptarSayaH} for {sñsapta devarS-}) R. Pur. &c. (cf. {brahmarSi} and {rAjarSi});
N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1259; {-carita} n. the deeds of dñdivine sages MBh. xii, 7663; {-tva} n. state
or rank of a dñdivine sñsages BhP. i, 3, 8; {pitR-vallabha} m. sesamum Gal.; {-varya} m. chief of
sages MW.
devalaH = Devala
devala* = 1 m. an attendant upon an idol (who subsists on the offerings made to it; oftener {-laka}
Mn. iii, 152; 180 MBh.); a virtuous or pious man Un. i, 108 Sch.; N. of a descendant of Kas'yapa
and one of the authors of RV. ix; of Asita or a son of AñAsita MBh. Pur.; of a man mentioned with
AñAsita, Prav.; of an astronomer Var.; of a legislator (also, {-bhaTTa}) Madhus. Kull.; of a son of
Pratyûsha MBh. Hariv.; of an elder brother of Dhaumya MBh.; of the husband of Eka-parnâ
Hariv.; of the father of Sannati (the wife of Brahma-datta) ib.; of the grandfather of Pân. Col.; of a
son of Vis'vâ-mitra (pl. his descendants) Hariv.; of a son of Kriis'âs'va by Dhishanâ BhP.
devanAgarii* = f. `" divine city writing "'N. of the character in which Sanskriit is usually written
(prob. from its having originated in some city) Col. MWB. 66, 1.
devaya* = Nom. P., only p., {-ya4t}, loving or serving the gods, religious RV. (cf. {a4-}); divine or
shining (?) BhP. iii, 20, 22.
devi = Goddess
devii = Goddess * = f. (cf. {deva4}) a female deity, goddess RV. AitBr. MBh. &c. (e.g. Ushas RV.
vii, 75, 5; Sarasvatî, v, 41, 17; Sâvitrî, the wife of Brahmâ MBh.; Durgâ, the wife of S'iva MBh.
Hariv. Kâv. &c.; the 4 goddesses of Buddhists are Rocanî, Mâmaki, Pândurâ and Târâ Dharmas.
iv); N. of nymph beloved by the Sun L.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; (with Jainas) the mother of
18th Arhat of present Ava-sarpinî L.; queen, princess lady (the consecrated wife or daughter of a
king, but also any woman of high rank) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of bird (= {zyAmA}) L.; a partic.
supernatural power (= {kuNDalinI}) Cat.; worship, reverence W.; N. of plants (colocynth, a
species of cyperus, Medicago Esculenta &c.) L
deveshhu = amongst the demigodsdava *= a wood on fire B; fire; burning, heat = (water)
deyaM = is to be given
deyam.h = to be given
desha = country
deshe = land
dhaa * = 1 cl. 3. P. Â. {da4dhAti}, {dhatte4} RV. &c. &c. (P. du. {dadhva4s}, {dhattha4s},
{dhatta4s} [Pân. 8-2, 38]; pl. {dadhma4si} or {-ma4s}, {dhattha4}, {dAdhati}; impf. {a4dadhAt}
pl. {-dhur}, 2. pl. {a4dhatta} or {a4dadhAta} RV. vii, 33, 4; Subj. {da4dhat} or {-dhAt} [Pân. 7-3,
70 Kâs'.], {-dhas}, {-dhatas}, {-dhan}; Pot. {dadhyA4t}; Impv. {dAdhAtu} pl. {-dhatu}; 2. sg.
{dhehi4} [fr. {dhaddhi}; cf. Pân. 6-4, 119] or {dhattAt} RV. iii, 8, 1; 2. pl. {dhatta4}, i, 64, 15,
{dhattana}, i, 20, 7, {da4dhAta}, vii, 32, 13, or {-tana}, x, 36, 13 [cf. Pân. 7-1, 45 Sch.]; p.
{da4dhat}, {-ti} m. pl. {-tas}; Â. 1. sg. {dadhe4} [at once 3. sg. = {dhatte4} RV. i, 149, 5 &c. and=
pf.Â.], 2. sg. {dha4tse}, viii, 85, 5 or {dhatse4} AV. v, 7, 2; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}; 2. pl.
{-dhidhve4} [cf. pf.]; 3. pl. {da4dhate} RV. v, 41, 2; impf. {a4dhatta}, {-tthAs}; Subj. {da4dhase},
viii, 32, 6 [Pân. 3-4, 96 Kâs'.]; Pot. {da4dhIta} RV. i, 40, 2 or {dadhIta4}, v, 66, 1; Impv. 2. sg.
{dhatsva}, x, 87, 2 or {dadhiSva}, iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. {dhaddhvam} [Pân. 8-2, 38 Kâs'.] or
{dadhidhvam} RV. vii, 34, 10, &c.; 3. pl. {dadhatAm} AV. viii, 8, 3; p. {da4dhAna}); rarely cl. 1. P.
Â. {dadhati}, {-te} RV. MBh.; only thrice cl. 2. P. {dhA4ti} RV.; and once cl. 4. Â. Pot. {dhAyeta}
MaitrUp. (pf.P. {dadhau4}, {-dhA4tha}, {-dhatur}, {-dhimA84}, {-dhur} RV. &c.; Â. {dadhe4} [cf.
pr.], {dadhiSe4} or {dhiSe} RV. i, 56, 6; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}, 2. pl. {dadhidhve4} [cf.
pr.]; 3. pl. {dadhire4}, {dadhre}, x, 82, 5; 6, or {dhire}, i, 166, 10 &c.; p. {da4dhAna} [cf. pr.]; aor.
P. {a4dhAt}, {dhA4t}, {dhA4s}; {adhu4r}, {dhu4r} RV. &c.; Pot. {dheyAm}, {-yur}; {dhetana} RV.
TBr.; 2. sg. {dhAyIs} RV. i, 147, 5; Impv. {dhA4tu} [cf. Pân. 6-i, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.]; 2. pl. {dhA4ta} or
{-tana}, 3. pl. {dhAntu} RV.; Â. {adhita}, {-thAs}, {adhItAm}, {adhImahi}, {dhImahi}, {dhimahe},
{dhAmahe} RV.; 3. sg. {ahita}, {hita} AV. TÂr.; Subj. {dhe4the} RV. i, 158, 2, {dhaithe}, vi, 67, 7;
Impv. {dhiSvA84}, ii, 11, 18, &c.; P. {adhat} SV.; {dhat} RV.; P. {dhAsur} Subj. {-sathas} and
{-satha} RV.; Â. {adhiSi}, {-Sata} Br.; Pot. {dhiSIya} ib. [P. vii, 4, 45]; {dheSIya} MaitrS.; fut.
{dhAsyati}, {-te} or {dhAtA} Br. &c.; inf. {dhA4tum} Br. &c.; Ved. also {-tave}, {-tavai4}, {-tos};
{dhiya4dhyai} RV.; Class. also {-dhitum}; ind. P. {dhitvA4} Br.; {hitvA} [Pân. 7-4, 42], {-dhA4ya}
and {-dhA4m} AV.: Pass. {dhIya4te} RV. &c. [Pân. 6-4, 66], p. {dhIya4mAna} RV. i, 155, 2 [513,
3]; aor. {a4dhAyi}, {dhA4yi} RV. [Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.]; Prec. {dhAsISTa} or {dhAyiSISTa} [vi, 4,
62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with {daNDam}, to inflict punishment on
[with loc. MBh. v, 1075, with gen. R. v, 28, 7]; with {tat-padavyAm padam}, to put one's foot in
another's footstep i.e. imitate, equal Kâvya7d. ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.; with
{Are4}, to remove) RV. AV. S'Br.; (Â.) to direct or fix the mind or attention ({cintAm}, {manas},
{matim}, {samAdhim} &c.) upon, think of (loc. or dat.), fix or resolve upon (loc. dat. acc. with
{prati} or a sentence closed with {iti}) RV. Mn. MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to destine for, bestow on, present
or impart to (loc. dat. or gen.) RV. Br. MBh. &c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.]
lot or share RV. i, 81, 3); to appoint, establish, constitute RV. S'Br.; to render (with double acc.)
RV. vii, 31, 12 Bhartri. iii. 82; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute
RV. TBr. S'vetUp. &c. (aor. with {pUrayAm}, {mantrayAm}, {varayAm} &c. = {pUrayAm} &c.
{cakAra}); to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) RV. AV. Kâv. BhP. &c.;
(Â.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb), get, take (with {o4kas} or {ca4nas}, to take
pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.]) RV. AV. Br.; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur,
undergo RV. Hariv. Kâv. Hit.etc.: Caus. {-dhApayati} Pân. 7-3, 36 (see {antar-dhA}, {zrad-dhA}
&c.): Desid. {dhi4tsati}, {-te} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to put in or lay on (loc.) RV. AitBr. (Class.
Pass. {dhitsyate}; {dhitsya} see s.v.); {di4dhiSati}, {-te}, to wish to give or present RV.; (Â.) to
wish to gain, strive after (p. {di4dhiSANa}, x, 114, 1) ib.: with {avadya4m}, to bid defiance ib. iv,
18, 7 (cf. {didhiSA4yya}, {didhiSu4}): Intens. {dedhIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66. [Cf. Zd. {dâ}, {dadaiti};
Gk. $; &158945[513, 3] Lith. {dedu4}, {de4ti}; Slav. {dedja}, {diti}; Old Sax. {duan}, {do7n}, Angl.
Sax. {do7n}, Engl. {do}; Germ. {tuan}; {tuon}, {thun}.]
dhaanya = grain
dhaa4na * = mfn. containing, holding (cf. {uda-}); n. receptacle, case, seat (cf. {agni-}, {kSura-},
{rajju-} &c.; {-nam akto4s} prob. = womb or bosom of the night RV. iii, 7, 6); ({I}) f. = n. (cf.
{aGgAra-}, {gopAla-}, {rAja-} &c.); the site of a habitation L.; coriander L.; N. of a river L.; ({A4})
f. see s.v.
dhaanaaq4 * = f. corn, grain (originally the grains of seed from their being `" laid "' into and `"
conceived "' by the earth cf. 1. {dhA}, but usually = fried barley or rice or any grain fried and
reduced to powder) RV. &c. &c.; coriander L.; bud, shoot L.
dhaaraNaa* = f. (cf. {-Na}, col. 1) the act of holding, bearing, wearing, supporting, maintaining
MBh. R.; retaining, keeping back (also in remembrance), a good memory KathhUp. GriS. MBh.
BhP.; collection or concentration of the mind (joined with the retention of breath) Mn. MBh.
Sus'r. Kâv. Pur. &c.; cf. MWB. 239 ({-NAM-dhR}, to exercise concentration Yâjñ.; {-NAM gataH},
having composed one's self R.); understanding, intellect Yâjñ. iii, 73; firmness, steadfastness,
righteousness L.; fixed preceptor settled rule, certainty Mn. MBh.; pl. the 8th to the 11th day in
the light half of month Jyaishthha Var.
dhaataa = supporter
dhaatu = verb
dhaatu * = 1 m. layer, stratum KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; constituent part, ingredient (esp. [and in RV. only]
ifc., where often= `" fold "' e.g. {tri-dhA4tu}, threefold &c.; cf. {triviSTi-}, {sapta-}, {su-}) RV. TS.
S'Br. &c.; element, primitive matter (= {mahA-bhUta} L.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (usually reckoned as 5,
viz. {kha} or {AkAza}, {anila}, {tejas}, {jala}, {bhU}; to which is added {brahma} Yâjñ. iii, 145; or
{vijJAna} Buddh.); a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5
mentioned above and conceived either as 3 humours [called also {doSa}] phlegm, wind and bile
BhP. [cf. {purISa}, {mAMsa}, {manas}, ChândUp. vi, 5, 1]; or as the 5 organs of sense,
{indriyANi}.[cf. s.v. and MBh. xii, 6842, where {zrotra}, {ghrANa}, {Asya}, {hRdaya} and
{koSTha} are mentioned as the 5 dhñdhâtu of the human body born from the either] and the 5
properties of the elements perceived by them, {gandha}, {rasa}, {rUpa}, {sparza} and {zabda} L.;
or the 7 fluids or secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen Sus'r. [L. {rasA7di} or
{rasa-raktA7di}, of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin, sinews BhP.]);
primary element of the earth i.e. metal, mineral, are (esp. a mineral of a red colour) Mn. MBh. &c.
element of words i.e. grammatical or verbal root or stem Nir. Prât. MBh. &c. (with the southern
Buddhists {dhAtu} means either the 6 elements [see above] Dharmas. xxv; or the 18 elementary
spheres [{dhAtu-loka}] ib. lviii; or the ashes of the body, relics L. [cf. {-garbha}]). \\2 mfn.
( {dhe}) to be sucked in or drunk ({havis}) RV. v, 44, 3 f. = {dhenu}, milch cow Lâthy. vii, 5, 9. \\3
n. (with {rauhiNa}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
dhaaraNaa = concentration
dhaarayan.h = considering
dhaarayaami = sustain
dhaariNi = wearer
dhaarmika* = mf({I})n. righteous, virtuous, pious, just Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; resting on right,
conformable to justice (mind, words &c.) R.; m. judge L.; a bigot Kâd.; juggler Ratn.; a Bodhi-
sattva L.
dhaava* = mfn. washing, cleansing (ifc.; cf. {asi-}, {caila-}); m. see {danta-}.
dhaav.h = to run
dhairya = courage
dhamana *V = dispeller, subduer * dhamana blowing with a bellows L.; blowing i. e. scaring away
(cf. {mAyA-}); cruel L.; m. reed Bhpr. [510, 1]; Azadirachta Indica L.; m. or n. a partic. high
number Buddh.; n. melting (of ore).
dhanaM = wealth
dhanayoga = The 2nd, 5th, 9th and 11th are Wealth producing houses. Any inter-relation of their
lords, by way of position aspect or conjunction, will produce money. The more strongly they are
inter-related, the more wealth is promised in the birth chart, which the native will get eventually
in the related major or sub-periods
dhanaani = wealth
dhanushhaM = bow
dhanushhaa = thro'bow
dhanvan * n. a bow RV. &c. (esp. ifc.; cf. {asthi-}, {ugra-}, {kSipra-} &c., and Pân. 5-4, 132 &c.
Vâm. v, 2, 67); rain-bow MânGri. i, 4; the sign of the zodiac Sagittarius Jyot.; (also m.) dry soil,
shore ({samudasya}; cf. {dhanu}); a desert, a waste RV. &c. &c.; m. Alhagi Maurorum L.; N. of a
country. BhP. (Cf. {dhanu}, {-nus}.)
daambhika * = mf(%{I})n. id. ; m. a cheat, hypocrite Mn. MBh. Hariv. ; Ardea Nivea L. (cf.
%{baka}).
dhaara* = 1 mf({I})n. ( {dhR}) holding, supporting, containing (ifc.; cf. {karNa-}, {chattra-},
{tulA-} &c.); m. N. of Vishnu L.; debt L.
dhaara* = 2 m. or n. (1. {dhAv}) stream, gush (cf. {taila-} [add.] and {toya-}); mfn. coming down
in a stream or as rain Sus'r. Bhpr.
dhaa4raa* = 1 f. stream or current of water; (cf. {tri-}, {dvi-}, {zata-}, {sahasra-}), flood, gush, jet,
drop (of any liquid), shower, rain (also fig. of arrows, flowers, &c.; {va4sor dh-}, `" source of
goodN. of a partic. libation to Agni AV. S'Br. MBh.; of a sacred bathing-place MBh.; of Agni's wife
BhP.); a leak or hole in a pitcher &c. L.; the pace of horse S'is'. v, 60 (5 enumerated, viz. {dhorita},
{valgita}, {pluta}, {ut-tejita}, {ut-te7rita}, or {A-skandita}, {recita} for the two latter L.; with
{paramA}, the quickest pace Kathâs. xxxi, 39); uniformity, sameness (as of flowing water?) L.;
custom, usage W.; continuous line or series (cf. {vana-}); fig. line of a family L.; N. of a sacred
bathing-place (also with {mAhezvarI} cf. above) MBh.; of a town (the residence of Bhoja) Cat.
dhaara* = 3 m. a sort of stone L.; edge. boundary L. (cf. 2. {dhArA}); deep place, depth W. (to 1.
{dhAra}?).
dhaa4raa* = 2 f. (2. {dhAv}) margin, sharp edge, rim, blade (esp. of a sword, knife, &c.; fig.
applied to the flame of fire) RV. S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the edge of a mountain L.; the rim of a wheel
Ragh. xiii, 15; the fence or hedge of a garden L.; the van of an army L.; the tip of the ear L.; highest
point, summit (cf. {-rA7dhirUDha}) glory, excellence L.; night L.; turmeric L.
dhara = earth
dharaM = wearing
dharaNa* = mf({I})n. bearing, supporting VS. TÂr.; m. a dike or bank L.; the world L.; the sun L.;
the female breast L.; rice-corn L.; N. of a king of the Nâgas S'atr.; m. or n. a sort of weight
variously reckoned as= 10 Palas, = 16 silver Mâshakas, = 1 silver Purâna, = 1/10 S'atamâna, = 19
Nishpâva, = 2/5 Karsha, = 1/10 Pala, = 24Raktikâ Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. Var. &c.; n. the act of bearing,
holding, &c. Kâv.; bringing, procuring (cf. {kAma-}); support, prop, stay (cf. {pRtkivI-},
{savana}.); a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. {dhamana}, {dhamara}); ({I}) f. see s.v.
dharaNi = earth
dharati = to wear
dharayet.h = bears
dharitri = earth
dharmaM = doctrines
dharmapatnii = respectable address for wife, wife from prescribed vedic rituals
dharmaatmaa = righteous
dharme = religion
dharmin* = mfn. knowing or obeying the law, faithful to duty, virtuous, pious, just Gaut. MBh. R.;
endowed with any characteristic mark or peculiar property Hariv. Kâvya7d. (cf. below) Sâh.; (ifc.)
following the laws or duties of, having the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything
as a characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition Mn. MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. the bearer
of any characteristic mark or attribute, object, thing Kap.; N. of the 14th Vyâsa, DevîbhP.; of a
king VP.; (inî) f. a kind of perfume L.; N. of a woman (cf. {dhArmiNeya}).
dharmitA* = f. the being endowed with any chñcharacteristic mñmark or añattribute (ifc.)
Sarvad.; {-tA7va-} {ccheda} m. {-tA7vacchedakatA-vAda} and {-vAdA7rtha}, m. {-tA7vacchedaka-
pratyAsatti} f. {-tti-nirUpaNa} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-rahasya} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-vAda} m. N. of
wks. [513, 1]
dharmitva* = n. virtuousness, justice, faithfulness to duty Kâm.; (ifc.) the being obliged to Gaut.;
the being endowed with or obnoxious to Sus'r. Kâv. Pur.
dharmiSTha* = mfn. (superl.) very virtuous or righteous, completely lawful or legal Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.
dharmIyas* = mfn. (compar.) more virtuous &c.; very pious or moral &c. W.
dharmya * = mfn. legal, legitimate ; usual, customary Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; just, virtuous,
righteous Mr2icch. ix, 5 ; endowed with qualities or properties, `" propertied "' Kat2hUp. ii, 13 (cf.
%{tad-}) ; suitable to (gen.) Pa1n2. 4-4, 47 ; N. of a man(cf %{-dhArmyAyaNa}) ; n. a customary
donation, vi, 2, 65.
dharsha* n= m. ( {dhRS}) boldness, insolence, arrogance MBh. i, 7040 (cf. {dur-}); impatience
W.; paralysing, rendering weak or impotent ib.; violation (of a woman) ib.; injury, wrong, insult;
restraint ib.; a eunuch ib. (cf. below).
dharshita* = mfn. overpowered, violated, illtreated MBh. Hariv. Pur.; n. contumely, insolence W.;
copulation ib.; ({A}) f. an unchaste woman L.
dhaTa * = m. (prob. fr. {dhri} like {bhaTa} fr. {bhR}) a balance or the scale of a bñbalance Hcat.
(cf. {tulA-}); ordeal by the bñbalance Mit.; the sign of the zodiac Libra Jyot.; ({I}) f. old cloth or
raiment; a piece of cloth worn over the privities L.
dhatu = element
dhauta = white* = mfn. (2. {dhAv}) washed, cleansed, purified TândBr. Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; washed
off, removed, destroyed Kâlid. S'is'. Bhathth. (cf. {dhUta4}) [520, 3]; polished, bright, white,
shining MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({I}) f. washing Sinha7s.; n. id. Cân.; silver L.
dhavala = white
dhava* = 1 m. Grislea Tomentosa or Anogeissus Latifolia AV. MBh. &c. Sus'r. Bhpr. \\2 m.
(accent. only Naigh.; said by some to be fr. {dhU}, but more probably a secondary formation fr.
{vi-dha4vA} q.v.) a man Naigh. ii, 3 Pañc. ii, 109; a husband BhP. i, 16, 20; lord, possessor Hariv.
14952; rogue, cheat L.; N. of a Vasu (w.r. for {dhara}?) VP.
dhenu = a cow
dhenuunaaM = of cows
dhii * = 1 cl. 3. Â. {dIdhIte}, &c. RV. (cf. {dIdhI}; the forms {dhImahi} and {a4dhAyi} belong
rather to 1. {dhA}; pf. {dIdhaya}, {-dhima}, {-dhiyur} or {-dhyur}, {-dhire} RV. AV. Br.) to
perceive, think, reflect; wish, desire: Intens. {dedhyat} TS. \\ 3 cl.4. Â. {dhIyate}, to contain, bold
(Pass. of 1. {dhA}?); to slight, disregard; to propitiate (?) Dhâtup. xxvi, 37.
dhii * 4 = 2 f. thought, (esp.) religious thought, reflection, meditation, devotion, prayer (pl. Holy
Thoughts personified) RV.; understanding, intelligence, wisdom (personified as the wife of
Rudra-Manyu BhP.), knowledge, science, art; mind, disposition, intention, design (ifc. intent
upon Kâv.); notion, opinion, the taking for (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({ya4thA dhiyA4} or {dhiyA4
na4}, according to thy wisdom or will; {itthA4 dhiyA4} or {dhi4yaH}, willingly lit. such is thy will
RV.); N. of the 5th house from the Lagna Var. \\ 4 f. for {dI}, splendour RV. iii, 34, 5; vi, 3, 3.
dhiira* = 1 mf({I4} or {A})n. intelligent, wise, skilful, clever, familiar with, versed in (loc.) RV. &c.
&c. (compar. {dhI4ra-tara} AV. R.); m. N. of a Buddha L.; of sev. men with the patr. S'ataparneya
S'Br. -1.
dhiira* = 2 mf({A})n. ( {dhR} or {dhA}? cf. Un. ii, 24) steady, constant, firm, resolute, brave,
energetic, courageous, self-possessed, composed, calm, grave Hariv. Kâv. Pur.; deep, low, dull (as
sound) Kâlid. Amar. &c.; gentle, soft L.; well-conducted, well-bred L.; ({am}) ind. steadily, firmly
&c.; m. the ocean, sea (as an image of constancy?); N. of Bali L.; of other men Râjat.; f. N. of sev.
medic. plants ({kAkolI}, {kSIra-kAk-}, {mahA-jyotiSmatI}, {medA}, {zveta-vacA}, Rosa
Glandulifera) Bhpr. L.; an intoxicating beverage L.; a woman who keeps down all expression of
resentment or jealousy Sâh.; N. of a woman Cat.; n. saffron L. (not always, esp. in comp.,
separable from 1. {dhIra}).
dhiiraM = patient
dhiirataa = courage
dhi * =1 cl. 6. P. {dhiyati} ({didhAya}, {dheSyati} &c.) to hold (Dhâtup. xxviii, 113). Prob.
abstracted fr. 1. {dhA}, of which it is the weak form. \\ 2 m. receptacle (only ifc.; cf. {ambu-},
{iSu-} &c.) \\ 3 or {dhinv} cl. 5. P. {dhinoti} (aor. {adhinvIt} Br.; pf. {didhinva}; fut.
{dhinviSyati}, {dhinvitA} Gr.) to nourish, satiate, satisfy Br.; to delight, please Kâv.
dhik * = ind., used as a prefix or as an interj. of reproach, menace or displeasure = fie! shame! out
upon! what a pity! &c. (with acc., rarely gen. voc. or nom.) Up. Lâthy. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhig
dhik}, {aho dhik}, {hA dhik}, {hA dhik kaSTam}, {hA8 hA dhik} &c.; {dhik tvAm}, or {tava} [also
with {astu}] shame upon you!)
dhik.h = to be condemned
dhishnya * = mfn. mindful, attentive, benevolent, liberal (As'vins) RV. i, 3, 2; 89, 4 &c.; devout,
pious (voice, hymn), x, 114, 9; m. (f. {A} only RV. iv, 3, 6; n. MBh. i, 7944) a sort of subordinate or
side-altar (generally a heap of earth covered with sand on which the fire is placed, and of which 8
are enumerated, viz. besides the {AgnIdhrIya} [in the Âgnîdhra] those in the Sadas [see s.v.]
belonging to the {hotR}, the {maitrA-varuNa} or {pra-zastR}, the {brAhmaNAcchaMsin}, the
{potR}, {neSTR} and {acchA-vAka}; and the {mArjAlIya}) Br. S'rS. &c. (cf. {klRpta-}) &c.; N. of
Us'anas i.e. the planet Venus L. (cf. {dhiSaNa}); ({A}) f. a meteor Var. (n. only MBh. v, 7272); n.
site, place, abode, region, house MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; the seat of a god i.e. a quarter of the sky VP.;
star, asterism (looking like the fire on the side altars) Var.; the orb of an asterism (on which its
light seems to centre) MBh. VP.; power, strength L.; mfn. placed upon a mound of earth serving
as an altar AV. Br. &c.; m. (with or scil. {agni}) a fire so placed VS. TS.&c.
dhruva*= mf(%{A4})n. (prob. fr. %{dhR}, but cf. %{dhru} and %{dhruv}) fixed, firm, immovable,
unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a
pillar, a vow &c.; with %{svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pa1n2. 6-2, 177; with
%{dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with %{diz} f. the point of the
heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. %{diz}] AV. Br.
[521,3]; with %{smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under %{karaNa}
and %{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; ifc.
= %{pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son of Utta1na-pa1da and grandson of Manu)
Gr2S. MBh. &c.; celestial pole Su1ryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc
ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose (?) L.; a partic.
water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the morning is
not offered till evening S3Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind
of burthen) or a partic. time or measure (%{tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of
dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om Ra1matUp.; of Brahma1 L.; of
Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth Gr2S. TA1r.; of a Vasu MBh.
Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin2i1 BhP.; of an A1n3girasa (supposed author of RV. x,
173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pa1n2d2us ib.; of a son of Ranti-na1ra
(or Ranti-bha1ra) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with
%{juhU} & %{upabhRt}) VS. S3Br. &c.; (scil. %{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil.
%{strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the
introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from which a departure takes place) Pa1n2. 1-4,
24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the Abhinidha1na) RPra1t.; air, atmosphere
L.; a kind of house Gal.; (%{am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; (%{Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhri = to bear
dhriti* = f. holding, seizing, keeping, supporting (cf. {carSaNI-}, {vi-}), firmness, constancy,
resolution, will, command RV. &c. &c. [519, 3]; satisfaction, content, joy MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tiM-
kR}, to keep ground or stand still MBh. vii, 4540; to find pleasure or satisfaction Ratn. iv, 4/5;
{-tim-bandh}, to show firmness Amar. 67; to fix the mind on Mn. v, 47); Resolution or
Satisfaction personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma (MBh. Hariv. Pur.) or as a
S'akti (Hcat. &c.); N. of partic. evening oblations at the as'vamedha S'Br.; any offering or sacrifice
W.; of sev. kinds of metre and of a class of metres consisting of 4 X 18 syllables Col.; of the
numeral 18 Var. Ganit.; of one of the astrol. Yogas. L.; of a mythical garden Gol.; of one of the 16
Kalâs of the moon Pur.; of a goddess (daughter of a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wife of Kapila) ib.; of the
wife of Rudra-Manu ib.; of the 13th of the 16 Mâtriikâs L.; m. wish {kSatrasya} = {kSatra-dh-}
Lâthy.; N. of one of the Vis've Devâs MBh.; of a preceptor Cat.; of the son of Vijaya and father of
Dhriita-vrata Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vîta-havya and father of Bahula7s'va Pur.; of a son of Babhru
L.; of a Varsha in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.
dhrita = ghee *
dhrita * = mfn. held, borne, maintained, supported kept, possessed; used, practised, observed RV.
&c. &c.; measured, weighed (with or scil. {tulayA}) MBh.; worn (as clothes, shoes, beard, &c.) Mn.
MBh. Kâv.; kept back, detained ({kare}, by the hand) Hit.; drawn tight (reins) S'ak.; turned
towards or fixed upon, ready or prepared for, resolved on (loc. or dat.) MBh. R.; continuing,
existing, being ib.; prolonged (in pronunciation) Prât. ({am} ind. solemnly, slowly Pañc. iii,
72/73); (with {antare}) deposited as surety, pledged ib. iv, 31/32; quoted, cited by (comp.) L.; m.
N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. (v.l. {bhRtha}); of a descendant of Druhyu and son of Dharma
Pur. (cf. {dhArteya}); n. a partic. manner of fighting Hariv.
dhritaraashhTrasya = of Dhritarashtra
dhritiM = steadiness
dhritiH = firmness
dhriteH = of steadiness
dhritya = by determination
dhrityaa = determination
drishtha4 * = mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; visible,
apparent AV. VS.; considered, regarded, treated, used S'ak. iii, 7 Pañc. i, 401/402; appeared,
manifested, occurring, existing, found, real Kâv. Pañc. Hit.; experienced, learnt, known,
understood MBh. Kâv. &c.; seen in the mind, devised, imagined MBh. R.; allotted, destined ib.;
settled, decided, fixed, acknowledged, valid Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation
Sânkhyak. Tattvas.; (scil. {bhaya}) a real or obvious danger.
drishtha * = mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= {pra-khyAta} Sch.);
{-TAnta} see p. 662, col. 1.
dhrishhTaketuH = Dhrishtaketu
dhruvaM = certainly * = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. {dhR}, but cf. {dhru} and {dhruv}) fixed, firm,
immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a
mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with {svA7Gga} n. an inseparable member of the body Pân. 6-2, 177;
with {dhenu} f. a cow which stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with {diz} f. the point of the
heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. {diz}] AV. Br. [521,
3]; with {smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2; cf. also under {karaNa} and
{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12; settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. =
{pApa} L.; m. the polar star (personified as son of Uttâna-pâda and grandson of Manu) GriS.
MBh. &c.; celestial pole Sûryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant arc ib.; a
knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird
ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha which having been drawn in the morning is not offered
till evening S'Br. Vait.; (in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of burthen)
or a partic. time or measure ({tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of dates is referred
W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om RâmatUp.; of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva
S'ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth GriS. TÂr.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-
deva and Rohinî BhP.; of an Ângirasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha
MBh.; of a follower of the Pândus ib.; of a son of Ranti-nâra (or Ranti-bhâra) Pur.; ({A}) f. the
largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with {juhU} & {upabhRt}) VS. S'Br. &c.; (scil.
{vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.; (scil. {strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum
L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point (from
which a departure takes place) Pân. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the
Abhinidhâna) RPrât.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; ({am}) ind. firmly, constantly,
certainly, surely Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhruvaH = a fact
dhruvaa = certain
dhuka* = m. a kind of plant (commonly Bhuyabora or Rânabora). L.; ({A}) f. id. ib.
dhumaH = smoke
dhuriNa = awakened/aroused?
dhuuka* = m. wind L.; rogue L.; time L.; Mimusops Elengi Car.
dhuuma = smoke
dhuumapaana = smoking
dhuumena = by smoke
dhuusaraH = grey
dhUr-jaTi * = m. `" having matted locks like a burden "', N. of Rudra-S'iva MBh. Kathâs. Hit. &c.
({-Tin} MBh. xiii, 7510); N. of a poet (also {-rAja}) Cat.
dhvajaH = (m) flag * = m. (n. only Hariv. 9245 and g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. 2. {dhvaj}) a banner, flag,
standard (ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; a flag-staff W.; mark, emblem, ensign, characteristic, sign MBh.
Hariv.; attribute of a deity (cf. {makara-}, {vRSabha-} &c.); the sign of any trade (esp. of a
distillery or tavern) and the business there carried on Mn. iv, 85; a distiller or vendor of spirituous
liquors L.; (ifc.) the ornament of (e.g. {kula-dhvaja}) L.; the organ of generation (of any animal,
male or female) Sus'r. L. (cf. {puM-}, {strI-}); a skull carried on a staff (as a penance for the
murder of a Brâhman W.; as a mark of ascetics and Yogis MW.); N. of a tree (= {-vRkSa}) Cat.; a
place prepared in a peculiar way for building L. (in pros.) an iambic; (in Gr.) a partic. kind of
Krama-pâthha: (in astrol.) N. of a Yoga; pride, arrogance, hypocrisy L.; N. of a Grâma Pân. 4-2,
109 Sch.
dhvaMsana * = mfn. = {-saka} MBh. (cf. {dakSA7dhvara-}); spluttering Nir. ii, 9; n. destruction,
ruin R. BhP.
dhvani = sound
dhvanii = sound
dhvasta* = mfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost Br. &c. &c.; eclipsed, obscured Var.; scattered or
covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
dhyaanam.h = meditation
dhyaanena = by meditation
dhyaayati = meditates
dhyaayantaH = meditating
dhyeyaM = is to be meditated
diina* = mfn. (fr. 3. %{di}?) scarce, scanty RV. ; depressed, afflicted, timid, sad ; miserable,
wretched Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{am}) ind. sadly, miserably S3iksh. 35 ; n. distress,
wretchedness Hariv. Pan5c. ; Tabernamontana Coronaria L. ; (%{A}) f. the female of a mouse or
shrew L.
diipa = light
diipaH = lamp
diipaka = Lamp
diipta = blazing
diiptaM = glowing
diipti = light
diiptimantaM = glowing
diiptaiH = shining
diiyate = is given
diirgha = Long
dina = Day
dinakara * = mf({I})n. making day or light; m. the sun Kâv. &c.; N. of an Âditya RâmatUp.; of the
author of the wk. Candra7rkî; of a Sch. on S'is'. ({mizra-d-}); of other men; ({I}) f. (scil. {TIkA}) N.
of Comm. on the Bhâshsp. and Siddha7nta-mukta7valî; {-ra-TppanI} f. N. of a Comm.; {-ra-
tanaya} m. `" son of the sun "', the planet Saturn Var.; {-ra-deva} m. N. of a poet; {-ra-bhaTTa} m.
N. of an author; {-TIya} n. his wk.; {-rA7tmaja} m. `" daughter of the sun "' patr. of the Yamunâ;
{-rIya} n. {-ro4ddyota} m. N. of wks.
di4na-pati * = m. id. Ganit.; `" day-lord "', the sun Bhartri. Râjat.
dis' * = 1 cl. 3. P. {di4deSTi} (Imper. {di4deSTu} RV.; cl. 6. {diza4ti}, {-te} [later the only Pres.
stem]; pf. {dide4za}, {didize4}; fut. {dekSyati}, {-te} [{deSTA} Siddh.]; aor. {adikSat} S'Br. &c.;
{adikSi}, {a4diSTa} RV.; inf. {deSTum} MBh. etc.; {di4ze} RV.) to point out, show, exhibit RV.viii,
82, 15; to produce, bring forward (as a witness in a court of justice) Mn. viii; to promote, effect,
accomplish Kir., i, 18; to assign, grant, bestow upon (dat. RV. ii, 41, 17 AV. xiv, 2, 13; gen. MBh. iii,
14278; xiii, 1843; loc. R. i, 2, 28); to pay (tribute) Hariv. 16061; to order, command, bid (inf.) Kir.
v, 28: Pass. {dizyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {dezayati}, {-te}; aor. {adIdizat}, to show, point out, assign
MBh. R.; to direct, order, command ib.; teach, communicate, tell, inform confess Buddh.: Desid.
{didikSati}, {-te}, to wish to show &c.: Intens. {de4diSTe}, 3. pl. {-zate}, (p. f. pl. {-zatIs}) to show,
exhibit, manifest RV.; to order, command ib.: Pass. {dedizyate}, to show or approve one's self. AV.
VS. [Cf. Z. {dis}; Gk. $; Lat. {dîco}, &149116[479, 3] {in-dricare} &c.; Goth. {teihan}; O. E. {te4on}
(fr. {ti4han}).]
dis' * = 2 f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (four in
number, viz. {prAcI}, east; {dakSiNA}, south; {pratici}, west; and {udIcI}, north AV. xv, 2, 1
Âs'vGri. iv, 8 &c.; Sometimes a 5th, {dhruvA} AV. iii, 9, 15 S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 10; and a 6th, {UrdhvA}
AV. iii, 27, 1 S'Br. xiv, 6, 11, 5; and a 7th, {vy-adhvA} AV. iv, 40, l S'Br. ix, 5, 2, 8; but oftener 8 are
given i.e. the 4 cardinal and the 4 intermediate quarters, S.E., S.W.N. W., and N. E. Mn. i, 13 [cf.
{upa-}]; and even a 9th, and 10th, {tiryak} or {adhas} and {Urdhvam} S'Br. vi, 2, 2, 34 MBh. i,
729; {dizAm pati} [cf. {dik-pati}) below] = Soma RV. ix, 113, 2, or = Rudra VS.xvi, 17); quarter,
region, direction, place, part (pl., rarely eg. the whole world e.g. {dizi}, {dizi}, in all directions,
everywhere Bhartri. i, 86; {digbhyas}, from every qñquarter BhP. i, 15, 8 [480, 2]; {dizo dizas},
hither and thither Pañc. ii, 116/117; {dizo'valokya}, looking into the qñquarter of the sky i.e. into
the air Ratn. iv, 4/5 {di4so 'ntAt}, from the extremities of the world ib., Introd. 6); country, esp.
foreign country, abroad (cf. {dig-Agata} and {-lAbha}, below); space (beside {kAla}) Kap. ii, 12;
the numeral 10 (cf. above) S'rutab. Sûryas.; a hint, reference, instance, example Sus'r. Sâh. Sch.;
precept, order, manner RV. [cf. $ O. H.G. {zeiga} (see also {dizA})]; mark of a bite L.; N. of a river
MBh. vi, 327.
dishtha * = mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned ({diSTA gatis}, the appointed way "' i.e.
death R. ii, 103, 8); fixed, settled; directed, bidden RV. AV. MBh. R. &c.; m. time L.; a sort of
Curcuma L.; N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place ChUp. v, 9, 2; aim, goal TBr.
ii, 4, 2, 2 &c.; allotment, assignment, decree; fate, destiny AV. x, 3, 16 MBh.; direction, order,
command BhP. v, 1, 11 &c. Râjat. iv, 121; a description according to space and time (i.e. of a
natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishtha4-kArin * =mfn. executing an order or acting according to fate BhP. iv, 28, 1.
dishtha4-dRz * =mfn. looking at fate or at one's lot BhP. iv, 21, 22.
dishtha4-bhAva * =m. `" appointed state "' i.e. death MBh. v, 4529.
dishtha4-bhuj * =mfn. reaping the appointed results of one's works BhP. vii, 13, 39.
dishthA7nta * =m. `" appointed end "' i.e. death MBh. R. &c.
dishthi * =f. direction, prescription, TândyaBr. xxv, 18; auspicious juncture, good fortune,
happiness (esp. instr. {-TyA}, thank heaven! I congratulate you on your good luck! often with
{vardhase}, you are fortunate) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of measure of length Kaus'. Sch. on Kâty. Sr.
divaM = to heaven
divangataH = died
divasa = day
divasakritaM = day-time-done
divasasya = of days
divase = on the day
divaakara = sun
divi = in heaven
divya = divine
divyaM = transcendental
divyaaH = divine
divyaan.h = celestial
divyaani = divine
divyau = transcendenta
diSTa * =fate, destiny; direction, order, command mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned,
the appointed way "' i.e. death; fixed, settled; directed, bidden; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a son of
Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place; aim, goal; allotment, assignment, decree; BhP. v,; a
description according to space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishaa = directions
dishaaM = direction
dodhayati = to explain
dolaa = swing
doshaa * = 1^ f. darkness, night RV. AV. &c. ({A4m} & {A4} [instr.; cf. g. {svar-Adi}] ind. in the
evening, at dusk, at night); Night personified (and regarded with Prabhs as wife of Pushpa7rna
and mother of Pradosha or Evening, Nis'itha [!] or Midnight and Vyushtha or Day-break) BhP. iv,
13, 13; 14 (cf. {doSa4s}, {pazcA-doSa}, {pra-doSa}, {prati-doSam}) 1.
dosha * = 1 m. evening, darkness (only BhP., where personified as one of the, 8 Vasus and
husband of Night, vi, 6, 11; 14); ({A4}) f. see next. \\2 m. rarely n. ( {duS}) fault, vice, deficiency,
want, inconvenience, disadvantage Up. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. [498, 3]; badness, wickedness,
sinfulness Mn. R.; offence, transgression, guilt, crime (acc. with {R} or {labh}, to incur guilt), SrS.
Mn. MBh. &c.; damage, harm, bad consequence, detrimental effect ({nai9Sa doSaH}, there is no
harm; {ko'tra d-}, what does it matter?) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; accusation, reproach ({-SaMkR} or
{-SeNa-gam} with acc., to accuse) R.; alteration, affection, morbid element, disease (esp. of the 3
humours of the body, viz. {pitta}, {vAyu}, and {zleSman}, 1 [cf. {tridoSa} and {dhAtu}], applied
also to the humours themselves) Sus'r.; (also {-Saka}) a calf L.
doshaiH = by faults
doshha = Blemish
doshhaM = fault
doshhavat.h = as an evil
drAva * = m. (fr. 2. %{dru}) going quickly, speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction; heat L.
drava = liquid * = mfn. (fr. 2. %{dru}) running (as a horse) RV. iv, 40, 2; flowing, fluid, dropping,
dripping, trickling or overflowing with (comp.) Ka1t2h. Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; fused, liquefied, melted
W.; m. going, quick motion, flight Hariv.; play, sport Ja1takam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity
Bha1sha1p.; juice, essence, decoction; stream or gush of (comp.) Ka1v.; (dram.) the flying out
against one's superior Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of one of the Vis3ve Deva1s, Hcat "'
dravaNa = melting
dravanti = glide
draviNa* = n. movable property (as opp. to house and field), substance, goods (m.pl. BhP. v, 14,
12), wealth, money RV. AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; essence, substantiality, strength, power RV. AV. S'Br.
R. &c.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.; m. N. of a son of Vasu Dhara (or Dhava) MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a son
of Priithu BhP.; of a mountain ib.; pl. the inhabitants of a Varsha in Krauñca-dvîpa ib.
dravya* = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of anything
MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "'
{pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva},
{dharma}, {adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person, individual (cf.
{eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a
wager W.
dravya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or
corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
drashhTuM = to be seen
dhR * =. 1. P. Â. {dharati}, {-te} (Dhâtup. xxii, 3; Â. Pot. {dhareran} ÂpS'r.), but more commonly
in the same sense the Caus. form {dhArayati}, {-te} (perf. P. {dA8dhA4ra}, {-dha4rtha} [Impv.
{dadhartu} AV. Paipp.]; Â. {dadhre4}, 3. pl. {-dhrire4} RV. &c. &c.; aor. {adhAram} R.; {adhRta},
{dhRthAs} AV.; {a4dIdharat} RV. &c. &c. [{dIdhar}, {didhRtam}, {-ta} RV.; 3. pl. {-rata} S'Br.];
{adArSIt} Gr.; fut. {dhariSyati} MBh.; {-Sye4} AV.; {dhartA} BhP.; inf. {dhartum} Kâv., {-tavai}
Br. [{dharta4ri} see under {-Tri}]; ind. p. {dhRtvA}, {-dhRtya} Br.) to hold, bear (also bring
forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo RV. &c. &c.;
(with or scil {AtmAnam}, {jIvitam}, {prANAn}, {deham}, {zarIram} &c.) to preserve soul or body,
continue living, survive MBh. Kâv. &c. (esp. fut. {dhariSyati}; cf. Pass. below); to hold back, keep
down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.: to place or fix in, bestow or confer on
(loc.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; destine for (dat.; Â. also to be destined for or belong to) RV.; present to
(gen.) Kârand.; to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or resolve upon (loc. or dat.)
Up. Yâjñ. MBh.; Â. to be ready or prepared for S'Br.; P. Â. to owe anything (acc.) to (dat. or gen.)
MBh. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 35); to prolong (in pronunciation) AitBr. RPrât.; to quote, cite L.; (with
{garbham}) to conceive, be pregnant (older {-bham-bhR}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with {daNDam}) to
inflict punishment on (loc.) MBh. R. BhP. (also {damam}); (with {kezAn}, or {zmazru}) to let the
hair or beard grow MBh.; (with {razmIn} [ib.] or {praharAn} [S'ak.]) to draw the reins tight; (with
{dharamam}) to fulfil a duty R.; (with {vrata4m}) to observe or keep a vow RV. &c. &c.; (with
{dhAraNAm}) to practise self-control Yâjñ.; (wit. {ipas}) to perform penance BhP.; (with
{mUrdhnA} or {-dhni}, {zirasA} or {-si}) to bear on the head, honour highly Kâv.; (with or scil.
{tulayA}) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with or scil. {manasA}) to bear in
mind, recollect, remember ib.; (with {samaye}) to hold to an agreement, cause to make a compact
Pañc. i, 125/126 (B. {dRSTvA} for {dhRtvA}): Pass. {dhriya4te} (ep. also {-yati}; pf. {dadhre4} &c.
= Â.; aor. {adhAri}) to be borne &c.; so be firm, keep steady RV. &c. &c.; continue living, exist,
remain Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhAryate} R.); to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dat.; acc. or
inf.) AV. S'Br. ChUp.: Caus. {dhAra4yati}, {-te} see above: Desid. {didhIrSati} (see {-SA}),
{didhariSate} Pân. 7-2, 75; {didhArayiSati}, to wish to keep up or preserve ({AtmAnam}) Gobh.
iii, 5, 30: Intens. {da4rdharti} (RV.) and {dAdharti} (3. pl. {-dhrati} TS.; cf. Pân. 7-4, 65) to hold
fast, bear firmly, fasten. [Cf. Zd. {dar} [519, 2]; Gk. $; Lat. {fre1-tus}, &160659[519, 2] {fre1-
num}.]
driDha = unrelenting
driDhaM = strongly
driDhena = strong
dRpta* = mfn. mad, wild, proud, arrogant ({-tara}, compar.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a4-d-} and {a-
dRpita4}).
drishau = eyes
drishaH = eyes
drishhTaH = observed
drishhTavaan.h = seeing
drishhTiM = vision
drishhTii = Sight
drikshyati = see
dravya * = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or materials of
anything MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.) elementary substance (9 in the
Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu}, {AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with
Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma}, {adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or
person, individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession, wealth, goods,
money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal, brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous
liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.
dravya * = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3, 161; tree-like or
corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
drogdhavya* = mfn. to be injured S3Br. MBh.
droha *= m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.
druh: * =1 cl. 4. P. {dru4hyati} (ep. and metr "' also Â. {-te}) Br. MBh. R. &c. (pf. {dudrbha} RV.,
{-hitha} AV.; aor. {adruhat}, Gr "' Subj. 2 sg. {druhas} MBh., 3 pl. {druhan} [with {mA}] RV.; 2 sg.
adrukshas AitBr.; fut. {dhrokSyati} MaitrS., {drohiSyati} Pân. 7-2, 45; {drogdhA}, {droDhA} or
{drohitA} Gr.; inf. {drogdhavai} Kâthh.; ind. p. {drugdhvA}, {drochitvA}, {druhitvA} Gr.;
{-druhya} MaitrS.) to hurt, seek to harm, be hostile to (dat.; rarely gen. [R. ii, 99, 23 Hit. ii, 121]
loc. [BhP. iv, 2, 21] or acc "' [Mn. ii, 144]); absol. to bear malice or hatred MBh. Hit.; to be a foe or
rival Kâvya7d. ii, 61: Caus. {drohayati}: Desid. {dudrohiSati}, {dudruh-} Gr.; {dudrukSat} Kâthh.
(cf. {abhi-} and {dudhrukSu}). [Orig. {dhrugh} [502, 3]; cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {triogan}, {trûgen}.]
druh4: * 2 mfn. (nom. {dhruk} or {dhruT} Pân. 8-2, 33; wrongly {druk}; cf. {ni4drA-}.) injuring,
hurtful, hostile to (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Pur.; m.f. injurer, foe, fiend, demon RV. Kâthh.; f.
injury, harm, offence RV. AV. [Cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ. {gidrog}, {gethroc}.]
druhyu * = m. pl. N. of a people RV.; sg. N. of a son of Yayâti and brother of Yadu &c. MBh. (w.r.
{du4hyu}) Hariv. (v.l. {druhya}) Pur.
druhya* = m. N. of a man; g. {zivA7di} pl. his descendants; g. {yaskA7di} (also v.l. for the next
Hariv.)
drudha = robust
drupadaH = Drupada
druta* = mfn. quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or
asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and
{druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without
delay. Mn. MBh. &c.
dreshhkaaNa = A Varga. This is a subdivision of one third or a sign. Also known as Dreshkana
droha * = m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh. R. &c.
droNaH = Dronacarya
druma = tree
druta * = quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.; flown, run away or
asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and
{druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without
delay. Mn. MBh. &c.
duHs'Ila * = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman
Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
duHkha = sorrow * = 1 mfn. (according to grammarians properly written {duS-kha} and said to
be from {dus} and {kha} [cf. {su-kha4}]; but more probably a Prâkritized form for {duH-stha}
q.v.) uneasy, uncomfortable, unpleasant, difficult R. Hariv. (compar. {-tara} MBh. R.); n. (ifc. f.
{A}) uneasiness, pain, sorrow, trouble, difficulty S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 15 Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as
the son of Naraka and Vedanâ VP.); ({am}) ind. with difficulty, scarcely, hardly (also {at} and
{ena}) MBh. R.; impers. it is difficult to or to be (inf.with an acc. or nom. R. vii, 6, 38 Bhag. v, 6);
{duHkham} - {as}, to be sad or uneasy Ratn. iv, 19/20; - {kR}, to cause or feel pain Yâjñ. ii, 218
MBh. xii, 5298.\\2 Nom. P. {-khati}, to pain SaddhP.
duHkhaM = distress
duHkhena = by miseries
dugdha = milk
duHs'iila* = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.); ({A}) f. N. of a woman
Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
dura * = 1 = 1. {dur} only in {zata-} (q.v.) \\ * = 2 m. (perhaps {dRR}) `" one who opens or
unlocks "', giver, granter (= {dAtR} Sây.) RV. i, 53, 2; vi, 35, 5.
duratyayaa = very difficult to overcome * = mfn. {-atikrama} KathhUp. iii, 14 MBh. R. &c.;
inaccessible MBh. xiii, 4880; inscrutable, unfathomable R. iii, 71, 15 BhP.; {-yA7nukramaNa}
mfn. whose ways are past finding out (God) MW.
duraasadaM = formidable
duraas'a* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair
Râjat. Bh
duranvaya * = mfn. difficult to be passed along (road) R. ii, 92, 3; dñdifficult to be accomplished
or performed MBh. Hariv.; dñdifficult to be found out or fathomed R.; not corresponding or
suitable BhP. x, 84, 14; m. a false concord (in gram.); a consequence wrongly deduced from given
premises MW
duraapa* = mfn. didifficult to be attained or approached, inaccessible S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N.
of a Da1nava Hariv.
durdars'a * = mfn. difficult to be seen or met with KathhUp. Âpast. MBh. R. &c.; disagreeable or
painful to the sight MBh. Hariv. &c.; {-tA} f. MBh. viii, 861; {-zatAya} Nom. Â. {-yate}, to have a
bad or disgusting appearance MW.
durga = fort
durgaaNi = impediments
durita * = ({du4r-} RV. i, 125, 7) n. bad course, difficulty, danger. discomfort, evil, sin (also
personified) RV. AV. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; mfn. difficult, bad AV. xii, 2, 28; wicked, sinful L.; {-kSaya}
m. destruction of sin BhP.; N. of a man ib.; {-damanI} f. Mimosa Suma L.; {-tA7tman} mfn. evil-
minded, malicious Subh. 147; {-tA7ri} f. `" enemy of sin "'N. of a Jaina goddess; {-tA7rNava} m.
`" ocean of sins "'N. of a king Kautukar.
durbala = weak
durbuddheH = evil-minded
durbhiksha = famine
durlabha = ungettable
durlakSya* = mfn. hardly visible Das3. Ra1jat. ; n. a bad aim Ratn. iii, 2
durmada * = mad conception or illusion, foolish pride or arrogance Pur.; ({-ma4da}) mfn.
drunken, fierce, mad, infatuated by (comp.) RV. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
MBh. i; of a son of Dhriita (father of Pracetas); of a son of Bhadra-sena (father of Dhanaka); of a
son of Vasu-deva and Rohini or Pauravî Pur.; {-da-vIra-mAnin} mfn. foolishly fancying (one's
self) a hero BhP. iii, 17, 28; {-dA7ndha} mfn. `" blinded by mad illusion "', besotted, v, 12, 16;
{-din} m. drinker, drunkard Pat.
durmatiH = foolish
durmedhaa = unintelligent
durviniita * = mfn. badly educated, ill-conducted, undisciplined, mean, wicked, obstinate, restive
MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-taka} id. Kathâs. xx, 9); m. N. of a sage (associated with Durvâsas &c.) VarBriS.
xlviii, 63; of a prince.
durvisha* = m. `" dñdifficult to be pervaded or approached "'N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 104
dush*= ind. a prefix to nouns and rarely to verbs or adverbs (Pân. 2-1, 6; 2, 18 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; iii, 3,
126 &c.) implying evil, bad, difficult, hard [488, 2]; badly, hardly; slight, inferior &c. (opp. to
{su}), often = Engl. {in-} or {un-} [cf. 2. {duS}; Zd. {dush-}; Gk. $; Goth. {tuz-}; O.H.G. {zur}.]. It
becomes {dur} (q.v.) before vowels and soft consonants; {dU} (q.v.) before {r} and sometimes
before {d}, {dh}, {n}, which become {D}, {Dh}, {N}; remains unchanged before {t}, {th} (in older
language however {ST}, {STh}); becomes {duS} (q.v.), rarely {duH} before {k}, {kh}; {p}, {ph};
{duz} (q.v.) before {c}, {ch}; {duH} (q.v.), rarely {duz}, {duS}, {dus}, before {z}, {S}, {s}.
dushhkritinaH = miscreants
dushhpuuraM = insatiable
dustarka* = m. false reasoning, wrong argument BhP.; {-mUla} mfn. founded on it MW.
dushtha* = mfn. spoilt, corrupted; defective, faulty; wrong, false; bad, wicked; malignant,
offensive, inimical; guilty, culpable S'rS. Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; sinning through or defiled
with (cf. {karma} {mano-}, {yoni-}, {vAg-}); m. a villain, rogue; a kind of noxious animal Vishn.
xii, 2; ({A}) f. a bad or unchaste woman L.; u. sin, offence, crime, guilt Hariv. R. (cf. {zruti-});
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
dustara* = mfn. (cf. {S-T-}) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable, invincible MBh.
Kâv. &c.
duuta = messenger
duura = far
duura4 * = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {du}, hut see Un. ii, 21; compar. {da4vIyas}, superl. {daviSTha},
qq.vv.) distant, far, remote, long (way); n. distance, remoteness (in space and time), a long way
S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. far, far from (gen. or abl. Pân. 2-3, 34 Kâs'.), a long way off or a
long period back RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (also {dUrA4d dUra4m} AV. xii, 2, 14); far above ({ut-patati}
Hit. i, 101/102) or below ({ambhasi} Kathâs. x, 29); far i.e. much in a high degree ({dUram un-
mani-kRta} Prab. iii, 21/22; {dUraM-kR}, to surpass, exceed Ragh. xvii, 18; {-M-karaNa}
mf({i})n. making far or distant, removing Vop. (v. l.); {-M-gata} mfn. = {-ra-g-} Sank.; {-M-
gama4} mfn. going far away VS. xxxiv, 1; ({A}) f. (scil. {bhUmi}) one of the 10 stages in the life of
a S'râvaka L.; ({eNa}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 35) far, from afar, by far MBh. Kâv. &c.; compar. {-ra-
tareNa} VP. iii, 7, 26, 33; ({At}) ind. (Pân. ib.) from a distance, from afar RV. AV. MBh. &c.; far
from (abl.) Mn. iv, 151; a long way back or from a remote period, iii, 130; in comp. with a pp. e.g.
{dUrAd-Agata}, come from afar Pân. 2-1, 39; vi, 1, 2; 2, 144 Kâs'.; ({e}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 36 Kâs'.) in
a distant place, far, far away RV. i, 24, 9; iv, 4, 3 (opp. {a4nti}) and c AV. S'Br. Ts'Up.5(opp.
{antike}) Mn. MBh. &c.; compar. {-ra-tare}, some way from (abl.) Mn. xi, 128; {dUre-kR}, to
discard Amar. 67; {dUre-bhU} or {gam}, to be far away or gone off Kathâs. Vet.; {-re tiSThatu}, let
it be far i.e. let it be unmentioned, never mind Kathâs. vi, 37.
duuradarshakam.h = (n) telescope
duuradarshana = television
duuradhvanii = telephone
durAza* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation, vain hope, despair
Râjat. BhP.
duureanta* = mfn. ending in the remote distance, boundless (heaven and earth) RV. AV.
duureartha* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose aim is far off RV. vii, 63, 4.
duuretya* = mfn. being far off, distant Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
duureheti* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose arrows fly to a distance PârGri. iii, 14; m. a partic. form of Agni
TS. Comm.
dva * =original stem of {dvi} q.v. (nom. acc. du. m. {dva4}, or {dvau4} fn. {dve4}; instr. dat. abl.
{dvA4bhyAm} gen. loc. {dva4yos}) two RV. &c. &c.; both (with {api} Ragh. xii, 93); loc. {dvayos}
in two genders (masc. and fem.) or in two numbers (sing. and pl.) Gr. L. [Cf. {dvA} and {dvi}; Zd.
{dva}; Gk. &155939[503, 2] $, $ and $= $; Lat. {duo18} and {bi} = {dvi}; Lith. {du}, {dvi}; Slav.
{du8va}; Goth. {tvai}, {tva} &c.]
dvaa * =old nom. du. of {dva}, substituted for {dvi} in comp. before other numerals
dvaapara * = m. n. that die or side of a die which is marked with two spots VS. TS. Ka1t2h. MBh.;
the Die personified Nal. vi, 1; `" the age with the number two "'N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages
of the world (comprising 2400 years; the YñYugas itself = 2000, and each twilight = 200 years; it
is also personified as a god) AitBr. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 111; 433; N. of a myth. being MBh. i, 2713;
doubt, uncertainty L.; %{-cchandas} n. pl. a partic. class of metre Nida1nas.; %{-stoma} m. pl. of
Stomas ib.
dvaaraM = door
dvandva = couple
dvayaM = twin
dvaidhaaH = duality
dve = two
dvesha = haterd
dveshha = hatred
dveshhaH = hatred
dveshhTi = envies
dveshhyaH = hateful
dvisha * = mfn. (ifc.) hostile, hating (cf. {-tA} and {-tva}) [507, 1]; hateful or unpleasant to Hariv.;
m. foe, enemy L.
dvishaa * = f. cardamoms
dviguNa = twice
dvija* = mfn. twice-born; m. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any Âryan, (esp.) a Brâhman
(re-born through investiture with the sacred thread cf. {upa-nayana}) AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; a bird or
any oviparous animal (appearing first as an egg) Mn. MBh. &c.; a tooth (as growing twice) Sus'r.
Bhartri. Var. (n. BhP. ii, 1, 31); coriander seed or Xantboxylum Alatum L.; ({A}) f. Piper
Aurantiacum Bhpr.; Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.; {pAlaGkI} L. (cf. {-jA4} and {-jati}).
dvipa = elephant\\m. elephant (lit. drinking twice, sc. with his trunk and with his mouth) Mn.
MBh. R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}); N. of the number 8 Gan2it.; Mesua Ferrea L.; %{-dAna} n. the rut-fluid
of an elephant Ragh.; %{-pati} m. `" prince of elephants "', a large eñelephants Ratn.; %{-mada}
m. = %{-dAna} L.; %{--pA7ri} m. `" foe of elephants "', a. lion BhP.; %{-pA7sya} m. having an
eñelephant's face "'N. of Gan2e7s3a L.; %{--pe7ndra} m. = %{-pa-pati} Ragh.; %{--pe7ndradAna}
n. the rut-fluid of a large eñelephants Var.; %{-pe7zvara} m. = %{-pe4udra}, Malatim.
dvishhataH = envious
dvitiiya* = mf({A})n. (fr. {dvi} Pân. 5-2, 54; decl "' i, 1, 36 Vârtt. 3 Pat. cf. vii, 3, 115) second RV.
&c. &c.; ({am}) ind. for the second time KathhUp. MBh. &c.; m. companion, fellow (friend or foe)
S'Br. MBh. &c.; ifc. doubled or accompanied by, furnished with (cf. a-, {chAyA-}, {dhanur-} &c.);
the 2nd in a family (i.e. a son L.; cf. AitBr. vii, 29); the 2nd letter of a Varga i.e. the surd aspirate
Prât. Pân. &c.; ({A}) f. female companion or friend Kâthh. xcviii, 33; wife (a second self) L.; (sc.
{vibhakti}) the 2nd case, the accusative or its terminations Pân. 2-1, 24 &c.; (sc. {tithi}) the 2nd
day of a half-month Râtn. iv, 2/3; ({dvi4tIya}) mfn. (Pân. 5-3, 49) forming the 2nd part or half of
anything, with {bhAga} m. half of (gen.) Mn. iv, 1 &c.; n. the half (at the beginning or end of a
comp.) Pân. ib., ii, 2, 3 Kâs'.
dviipaH = (m) island * = m. n. (fr. %{dvi} + %{ap} Pa1n2. 5-4, 74; vi, 3, 97) an island, peninsula,
sandbank RV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; a division of the terrestrial world (either 7 [Jambu, Plaksha or Go-
medaka, S3a1lmali1, Kus3a, Kraun5ca, S3a1ka and Pushkara MBh. vi, 604 &c. Hariv. Pur. &c.] or
4 [Bhadra7s3va, Ketu-mlla, Jambu-dvipa and Uttara1h2 Kuravah2 MBh. vi, 208 Hariv. Ka1v. &c.
cf. Dharmas. cxx] or 13 [the latter four + 9, viz. Indra-dvipa, Kaseru1-mat, Ta1mra-varn2a,
Gabhasti-mat, Na1ga-dvipa, Saumya, Ga1ndharva, Varun2a and Bha1rata, which are enumerated
VP. ii, 3, 6; 7, as forming Bha1rata-varsha] or 18 [among which the Upa-dvipas are said to be
included Naish. i, 5 Sch.]; they are situated round the mountain Meru, and separated from each
other by distinct concentric circumambient oceans; %{ayaM@dvIpaH} = %{jambu-dv-} BhP. v,
16, 5 or = %{bhArata-dv-} VP. ii, 3, 7); m. place of refuge, shelter, protection or protector MBh.
Ka1ran2d2.; a tiger's skin L.; cubebs L. (cf. %{-sambhava}).
dyaamutemaaM = sky
dyutaM = gambling
dyuti (dyoti)= gleam* = f. splendour (as a goddess Hariv. 14035), brightness, lustre, majesty,
dignity. Mn. MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude Das'ar. Sâh.; m. N. of a Riishi
under Manu Merusâvarna Hariv.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa ib.
ebhiH = by them
edha* = m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232,1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling
see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232,1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
edhaa.nsi = firewood
edhamAnadviS * = mfn. hating those who have become insolent or impious (through prosperity)
edhita * = mfn. grown, increased, enlarged, made big, made to spread, filled up
edhatu * =1 (for 2. see p. 232, col. 1), {us} mf. prosperity, happiness RV. viii, 86, 3 AV. S'Br. &c.;
({us}) m. man Un. i, 79; (mfn.) increased, grown L.
edha * =m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232, 1]; (mfn.) ifc. kindling
see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232, 1] {aodh}; O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
eka = one
ekaM = one
ekatvaM = in oneness
ekatvena = in oneness
ekamaksharaM = pranava
ekaanta *= m. a lonely or retired or secret place, (%{e} ind. in a lonely or solitary place, alone,
apart, privately) MBh. Mn. S3ak. &c.; a single part, part, portion Pat.; the only end or aim,
exclusiveness, absoluteness, necessity R. Sus3r. &c.; devotion to one object, worship of one Being,
monotheistic doctrine MBh. BhP.; (%{am}, %{ena}, %{At}) ind. solely, only, exclusively,
absolutely, necessarily, by all means, in every respect, invariably MBh. Megh. Bhartr2. Kap. &c.;
(mfn.) directed towards or devoted to only one object or person BhP. R. &c.; %{-karuNa} mfn.
wholly and solely compassionate, wholly charitable Hit.; %{-grahaNa} n. partial comprehension
Car.; %{-grAhin} mfn. comprehending partially ib.; %{-tas} ind. lonely, alone; solely, exclusively,
invariably, &c.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. exclusive worship BhP.; the state of being a part or portion
Pat.; %{-duHSamA} f. `" containing only bad years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel
of time (the sixth of the Avasarpin2i1 and the first of the Utsarpin2i1, qq.v.); %{-bhAva} m.
devotedness to only one object MBh.; %{-bhUta} mfn. one who is alone or solitary BhP.; %{-mati}
mfn. having the mind fixed on one object; %{-rahasya} n. N. of wk.; %{-rAj} m. N. of a Bodhi-
sattva; %{-vihArin} mfn. wandering alone; %{-zIla} mfn. fond of loneliness MBh.; %{-suSamA} f.
`" containing only good years "', (with Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of time (the first of
Avasarpin2i1 and the sixth of Utsarpin2i1, qq. v.); %{-sthita} mfn. staying or remaining alone or
apart.
ekayaa = by one
ekavachanaM = singular
ekasmin.h = in one
ekaaH = one
ekaakii = alone
ekaagra = one-pointed
ekaagraM = with one attention
ekaantaM = overly
eke = in one
ekena = alone
enaM = this
enas * = {as} n. ( {i} Un. iv, 197; {in} BRD.), mischief, crime, sin, offence, fault RV. AV. S'Br. Mn.
&c.; evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity RV. AV.; censure, blame L.; [cf. Zd. {aenaGh}; Gk. $.]
enasvin * = mfn. wicked, &72437[232, 1] sinful, a sinner RV. AitBr. S'Br. Mn.
enasya * = mfn. produced by sin; counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful AV. vi, 115, 2; viii, 7, 3
S'Br.
eraka * = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2154; ({A}) f. a kind of grass of emollient and diluent properties
MBh. VP. Bhpr. &c.; [cf. Gk. $]; &72471[232, 1] ({I}) f. a species of plant; N. of a river; ({am}) n. a
woollen carpet (Buddh.)
eSaNa* = 1 {am}, {A} n. f. impulse, ardent desire BhP. \\* = 2 mfn. seeking for, wishing Nir.; m.
an iron arrow L.; ({A}) f. seeking with, desire, begging, solicitation, request S'Br. Pân. Râjat. &c.;
(with Jainas) right behaviour when begging food Sarvad. 39, 9; ({I}) f. an iron or steel probe
Sus'r.; a goldsmith's scale L.; ({am}) n. the act of seeking, begging, solicitation MBh.; medical
examination, probing Sus'r.
eSa* = 1 mfn. gliding, running, hastening RV. \\* = 2 (nom. m. of {eta4d} q.v.)\\* = 3 mfn. (fr. 3.
{iS}) ifc. seeking S'Br. xiii; m. the act of seeking or going after RV. x, 48, 9; ({eSa4}), wish, option
RV. i, 180, 4, (cf. {svaI7Sa4}); ({A}) f. wish L.; [cf. Zd. {ae7sha}; O. H. G. {e1râ}.]
eshhaH = this
eshhaa = this
eshhaaM = of them
eshhyati = comes
etan.h = this
etasya = of this
etaaM = this
etaavat.h = this much * = mfn. so great, so much, so many, of such a measure or compass, of such
extent, so far, of such quality or kind RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; (often in connection with a relative
clause, the latter generally following; {etAvAn eva puruSo yaj jAyA7tmA prajA}, a man is of such
measure as [i.e. made complete by] his wife, himself, and his progeny Mn. ix, 45) R. BhP. Hit. &c.;
({at}) ind. so far, thus far, so much, in such a degree, thus RV. vii, 57, 3 S'Br. Hit. &c.
etad * = mfn. (Gr. 223 ; g. %{sarvA7di} Pa1n2. 1-1, 27) this, this here, here (especially as pointing
to what is nearest to the speaker e.g. %{eSa@bANaH}, this arrow here in my hand ;
%{eSa@yAti@panthAH}, here passes the way ; %{eSa@kAlaH}, here i.e. now, is the time ;
%{etad}, this here i.e. this world here below) ; sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal
pronouns (e.g. %{eSo'ham}, I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (e.g.
%{eSa@tvAM@svargaM@nayAmi}, I standing here will convey thee to heaven ;
%{etau@praviSTau@svaH}, we two here have entered) ; as the subject of a sentence it agrees in
gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to be supplied (e.g.
%{etad@eva@hi@me@dhanam}, for this [scil. cow] is my only wealth MBh.) ; but sometimes the
neuter sing. remains (e.g. %{etad@guruSu@vRttiH}, this is the custom among Gurus Mn. ii, 206)
; %{etad} generally refers to what precedes, esp. when connected with %{idam}, the latter then
referring to what follows (e.g. %{eSa@vai@prathamaH@kalpaH}
%{anukalpas@tv@ayaM@jJeyaH}, this before-mentioned is the principal rule, but this following
may be considered a secondary rule Mn. iii, 147) ; it refers also to that which follows, esp. when
connected with a relative clause (e.g.
%{eSa@cai9va@gurur@dharmo@yam@pravakSyAmy@ahaM@tava}, this is the important law,
which I will proclaim to you MBh.) RV. &c. &c. ; (%{a4d}) ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at
this time, now (e.g. %{na4@vA4@u@eta4n@mriyase}, thou dost not die in this manner or by
that RV. i, 162, 21) AV. VS. &c. ; [cf. Zd. {ae7ta} ; Old Pers. {aita} ; Armen. {aid} ; Osk. {eiso}.]
ete = they
etena = by this
eva * = 1 (in the Sanhitâ also {evA4}) ind. ({i} Un. i, 152; fr. pronom. base {e} BRD., probably
connected with 2. {e4va}), so, just so, exactly so (in the sense of the later {evam}) RV. AV.; indeed,
truly, really (often at the beginning of a verse in conjunction with other particles, as {id}, {hi})
RV.; (in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, {eva} must be
variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely,
immediately on, still, already, &c. (e.g. {tvam eva yantA nA7nyo 'sti pRthivyAm}, thou alone art a
charioteer, no other is on earth, i. e. thou art the best charioteer MBh. iii, 2825; {tAvatIm eva
rAtrim}, just so long as a night; {evam} {eva} or {tathai9va}, exactly so, in this manner only; in
the same manner as above; {tenai9va mantreNa}, with the same Mantra as above; {apaH
spRSTvai9va}, by merely touching water; {tAn eva}, these very persons; {na cirAd eva}, in no long
time at all; {japyenai9va}, by sole repetition; {abhuktvai9va}, even without having eaten; {iti
vadann eva}, at the very moment of saying so; {sa jIvann eva}, he while still living, &c.) RV. &c.
MBh. &c.; (sometimes, esp. in connection with other adverbs, {eva} is a mere expletive without
any exact meaning and not translatable e.g. {tv eva}, {cai9va}, {eva ca}, &c.; according to native
authorities {eva} implies emphasis, affirmation, detraction, diminution, command,
restrainment); [cf. Zd. {aeva}; Goth. {aiv}; Old Germ. {eo}, {io}; Mod. Germ. {je}.]
e4va * = 2 mfn. ({i}), going, moving, speedy, quick TBr. iii Un.; m. course, way (generally instr.
pl.) RV.; the earth, world VS. xv, 4; 5 [Mahîdh.]; a horse RV. i, 158, 3 [Sây.]; ({As}) m. pl. way or
manner of acting or proceeding, conduct, habit, usage, custom RV.; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat.
&72584[232, 2] {aevu-m}; Goth. {aivs}; O.H.G {e7wa} and Angl. Sax. {e7u}, {e7o}, `" custom "', `"
law "'; Germ. {ehe}.]
evaM = thus
evaapi = also
gaana* = n. singing, song KâtyS'r. Lâthy. i, vii Hariv. 11793 Sis'. ix, 54; a sound L. (cf. {araNya-},
{Uha-}, {Uhya-}
gaathazravas * = ({-tha4-}) mfn. famous through (epic) songs (Indra), viii, 2, 38.
gaathaka * = m. (Pân. 3-1, 146) a singer (chanter of the Purânas) Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. Râjat. vii, 934;
({ikA}) f. an epic song Yâjñ. i, 45 MBh. iii, 85, 30 Ratna7v. ii, 5/6.
gaathA-kAra * = m. author of (epic) songs or verses Pân. 3-2, 23; a singer, reciter W.
gaathA-nArAzaMsI4 * = f. du. epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes MaitrS.
i, 11, 5; f. pl. id. S'Br. xi, 5, 6, 8 (cf. {nArAzaMsI4}.)
gaathAnI * = mfn. leading a song or a choir RV. i, 190, 1 and viii, 92, 2.
gaathA7ntara * = m. N. of the fourth Kalpa or period of the world.
gaatha * = m. a song RV. i, 167, 6 and ix, 11, 4 SV.; ({gA4thA}) f. id. RV.; a verse, stanza (especially
one which is neither Riic, nor Sâman, nor Yajus, a verse not belonging to the Vedas, but to the
epic poetry of legends or Âkhyânas, such as the S'unahs'epa-Âkhyâna or the Suparn.) AV. TS. TBr.
S'Br. &c.; the metrical part of a Sûtra Buddh.; N. of the Âryâ metre; any metre not enumerated in
the regular treatises on prosody (cf. {Rg-gAthA}, {riju-gAtha}, {yajJa-gAthA}.)
gaana = singing
gabhiira* = mf({A4})n. deep (opposed to {gAdha} and {dIna}) RV. &c. [346, 3]; (Naigh. i, 11) deep
in sound, deepsounding, hollow-toned RV. v, 85, 1 Riitus.; profound, sagacious, grave, serious,
solemn, secret, mysterious RV. AV. v, 11, 3; ({gambh-} MBh. &c.) Prab. iv, 15 Sâh.; dense,
impervious BhP. viii, 3, 5; ({gambh-} R. iii); not to be penetrated or investigated or explored,
inscrutable; `" inexhaustible "', uninterrupted (time) BhP. i, 5, 8; ({gambh-}, iv, 12, 38; v, 24, 24);
m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya or of Rambha VP. iii, 2, 43 BhP. ix, 17, 10.
gachati = to go
gaccha* = m. ({gam}) a tree L.; the period (number of terms) of a progression Âryabh. ii, 20 and
Sch. on 19; family, race Jain.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people (v.l. for {kakSa}).
gachchhati = goes
gachchhan.h = going
gaDa * = m. a kind of gold-fish (the young of the Ophiocephalus Lata or another species, Cyprinus
Garra) L.; a screen, covering, fence L.; a moat, ditch L.; an impediment L.; N. of a district (part of
Malva, commonly Garha or Garha Mandala) L.; ({A}) f. (in music) a kind of Râginî (cf. {tRNa-g-},
{payo-g-}.)
gahvara: deep, impervious, impenetrable TS. v Hariv. BhP.; confused (in mind) Kathâs. lxi, 39
and 41; m. an arbour, bower L.; a cave, cavern L.; ({A}) f. the plant Embelia Ribes L.; ({I}) f. a
cave, cavern L.; the earth Gal.; ({am}) n. `" an abyss, depth "' (`" water "' Naigh. Nir.) see {-re-
STha4}; a hiding-place, thicket, wood AV. xii, 2, 53 MBh. R. &c.; an impenetrable secret, riddle
MBh. xiii, 1388; a deep sigh L.; hypocrisy L.; Abrus precatorius (?) L.
gaja = Elephant
gajaH = elephant
gala = neck
galitaM = weakened
gam * =1 Ved. cl. 1. P. {ga4mati} (Naigh.; Subj. {gamam}, {ga4mat} [{gamAtas}, {gamAtha} AV.],
{gamAma}, {gaman} RV.; Pot. {game4ma} RV.; inf. {ga4madhyai} RV. i, 154, 6): cl. 2. P. {ga4nti}
(Naigh.; Impv. 3. sg. {gantu}, [2. sg. {gadhi} see {A-}, or {gahi} see {adhi-}, {abhy-A-}, {A-},
{upA7-}], 2. pl. {ga4ntA} or {gantana} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {a4gan} [RV. AV.], 1. pl. {a4ganma}
[RV. AV.; cf. Pân. 8-2, 65], 3. pl. {a4gman} RV.; Subj. [or aor. Subj. cf. Pân. 2-4, 80 Kâs'.] 1. pl.
{ganma}, 3. pl. {gma4n} RV.; Pot. 2. sg. {gamyAs} RV. i, 187, 7; Prec. 3. sg. {gamyA4s} RV.; pr. p.
{gma4t}, x, 22, 6): cl. 3. P. {jaganti} (Naigh. ii, 14; Pot. {jagamyAm}, {-yAt} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg.
{ajagan}, 2. pl. {ajaganta} or {-tana} RV.): Ved. and Class. cl. 1. P. (also Â. MBh. &c.), with
substitution of {gacch} [= $] for {gam}, {ga4cchati} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 77; Subj. {gA7cchAti} RV. x, 16,
2; 2. sg. {gacchAs} [RV. vi, 35, 3] or {gacchAsi} [AV. v, 5, 6]; 2. pl. {gacchAta} RV. viii, 7, 30; 3. pl.
{ga4cchAn} RV. viii, 79, 5; impf. {a4gacchat}; Pot. {gacchet}; pr. p. {ga4cchat} RV. &c.; aor.
{agamat} Pân. 3-1, 55; vi, 4, 98 Kâs'.; for Â. with prepositions cf. Pân. 1-2, 13; 2nd fut. {gamiSyati}
AV. &c.; 1st fut. {ga4ntA} [Pân. 7-2, 58] RV. &c.; perf. 1. sg. {jagamA} [RV.], 3. sg. {jagAma}, 2.
du. {jagmathur}, 3. pl. {jagmu4r} RV. &c.; p. {jaganva4s} [RV. &c.] or {jagmivas} Pân. 7-2, 68 f.
{jagmu4SI} RV. &c. [347, 1]; Ved. inf. {ga4ntave}, {ga4ntavai4}; Class. inf. {gantum}: Ved. ind. p.
{gatvAya}, {gatvI4}; Class. ind. p. {gatvA4} [AV. &c.], with prepositions {-gamya} or {-gatya} Pân.
6-4, 38) to go, move, go away, set out, come RV. &c.; to go to or towards, approach (with acc. or
loc. or dat. [MBh. Ragh. ii, 15; xii, 7; cf. Pân. 2-3, 12] or {prati} [MBh. R.]) RV. &c.; to go or pass
(as time e.g. {kAle gacchati}, time going on, in the course of time) R. Ragh. Megh. Naish. Hit.; to
fall to the share of (acc.) Mn. &c.; to go against with hostile intentions, attack L.; to decease, die
Cân.; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Mn. &c.; to go to any
state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (e.g. {mitratAM gacchati},
`" he goes to friendship "' i.e. he becomes friendly) RV. AV. &c.; {jAnubhyAm avanIM-gam}, `" to
go to the earth with the knees "', kneel down MBh. xiii, 935 Pañcat. v, 1, 10/11; {dharaNIM
mUrdhnA-gam}, `" to go to the earth with the head "', make a bow R. iii, 11, 6; {ma4nasA-gam}, to
go with the mind, observe, perceive RV. iii, 38, 6 VS. Nal. R.; (without {ma4nasA}) to observe,
understand, guess MBh. iii, 2108; (especially Pass. {gamyate}, `" to be understood or meant "')
Pân. Kâs'. and L. Sch.; {doSeNa} or {doSato-gam}, to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to
a person (acc.) MBh. i, 4322 and 7455 R. iv, 21, 3: Caus. {gamayati} (Pân. 2-4, 46; Impv. 2. sg.
Ved. {gamayA} or {gAmaya} [RV. v, 5, 10], 3. sg. {gamayatAt} AitBr. ii, 6; perf. {gamayA4M
cakAra} AV. &c.) to cause to go (Pân. 8-1, 60 Kâs'.) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to
(dat. AV.), bring to a place (acc. [Pân. 1-4, 52] or loc.) RV. &c.; to cause to go to any condition,
cause to become TS. S'Br. &c.; to impart, grant MBh. xiv, 179; to send away Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.; `"
to let go "', not care about Bâlar. v, 10; to excel Prasannar. i, 14; to spend time S'ak. Megh. Ragh.
&c.; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain MBh. iii, 11290 VarBriS. L. Sch.; to
convey an idea or meaning, denote Pân. 3-2, 10 Kâs'.; (causal of the causal) to cause a person
(acc.) to go by means of {jigamiSati} another Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.: Desid. {ji4gamiSati} Pân., or
{jigAMsate} Pân. 6-4, 16 Siddh.; impf. {ajigAMsat} S'Br. x) to wish to go, be going Lâthy. MBh.
xvi, 63; to strive to obtain S'Br. x ChUp.; to wish to bring (to light, {prakA4zam}) TS. i: Intens.
{ja4Gganti} (Naigh.), {jaGgamIti} or {jaGgamyate} (Pân. 7-4, 85 Kâs'.), to visit RV. x, 41, 1 (p.
{ga4nigmat}) VS. xxiii, 7 (impf. {aganIgan}); [cf. $; Goth. {qvam}; Eng. {come}; Lat. {venio} for
{gvemio}.]
gama*= mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. {araM-}, {kAma-}, {kha-}, {tiryag-}, &c.); riding
on (in comp.) Hcat. i, 11, 718; m. going, course Pân. 5-2, 19; march, decampment VarYogay. iv, 58;
intercourse with a woman (in comp.) Mn. xi, 55 Yâjñ. ii, 293; going away from (abl.) Caurap.; (in
math.) removal (as of fractions), Bîjag.; a road L.; flightiness, superficiality L.; hasty perusal W.; a
game played with dice and men (as backgammon &c.) L.; a similar reading in two texts Jain.
gamaH = take to
gamana = Going
gamanaM = going
gaNa* = m. a flock, troop, multitude, number, tribe, series, class (of animate or inanimate
beings), body of followers or attendants RV. AV. &c.; troops or classes of inferior deities
(especially certain troops of demi-gods considered as S'iva's attendants and under the special
superintendence of the god Gane7s'a; cf. {-devatA}) Mn. Yâjñ. Lalit. &c.; a single attendant of
S'iva VarBriS. Kathâs. Râjat. iii, 270; N. of Gane7s'a W.; a company, any assemblage or
association of men formed for the attainment of the same aims Mn. Yâjñ. Hit.; the 9 assemblies of
Riishis under the Arhat Mahâ-vîra Jain.; a sect in philosophy or religion W.; a small body of
troops (= 3 Gulmas or 27 chariots and as many elephants, 81 horses, and 135 foot) MBh. i, 291; a
series or group of asterisms or lunar mansions classed under three heads (that of the gods, that of
the men, and that of the Râkshasas) W.; (in arithm.) a number L.; (in metre) a foot or four
instants (cf. {-cchandas}); (in Gr.) a series of roots or words following the same rule and called
after the first word of the series (e.g. {ad-Adi}, the g. {ad} &c. or the whole series of roots of the
2nd class; {gargA7di}, the g. {garga} &c. or the series of words commencing with {garga}); a
particular group of Sâmans Lâthy. i, 6, 5 VarYogay. viii, 7; a kind of perfume L.; = {vAc} (i.e. `" a
series of verses "') Naigh. i, 11; N. of an author; ({A}) f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's
retinue MBh. ix, 2645 (cf. {ahar-}, {maru4d-}, {vR4Sa-}, {sa4-}, {sapta4-}, {sa4rva-}; {deva-},
{mahA-}, and {vida-gaNa4}.)
gantavyaM = to be reached
gandhaH = fragrance
gaNa = Number
gaNadevatA* = {As} f. pl. troops of deities who generally appear in classes (Âdityas, Vis'vas,
Vasus, Tushitas, Âbhâsvaras, Anilas, Mahârâjikas, Sâdhyas, and Rudras)
gaNanaa = consideration
gaNapataye = to gaNapati
gaNapatiM = Ganesh
garbha = womb * = m. (%{grabh} = %{grah}, `" to conceive "'; 2. %{gRR} Un2. iii, 152) the womb
RV. AV. &c.; the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx (as of a lotus) MBh. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f.
%{A}, `" having in the interior, containing, filled with "' S3a1n3khS3r. RPra1t. MBh. &c.) [349,3];
an inner apartment, sleepingroom L.; any interior chamber, adytum or sanctuary of a temple &c.
VarBr2S. RTL. p. 445; a foetus or embryo, child, brood or offspring (of birds) RV. AV. &c.; a
woman's courses Vishn2.; `" offspring of the sky "' i.e. the fogs and vapour drawn upwards by the
rays of the sun during eight months and sent down again in the rainy season (cf. Mn. ix, 305) R.
iv, 27, 3 VarBr2S. Ba1lar. viii, 50; the bed of a river (esp. of the Ganges) when fullest i.e. on the
fourteenth day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra or in the height of the rains (the Garbha
extends to this point, after which the Ti1ra or proper bank begins, and extends for 150 cubits, this
space being holy ground); the situation in a drama when the complication of the plot has reached
its height Das3ar. i, 36 Sa1h. vi, 68 and 79; the rough coat of the Jaka fruit L.; fire L.; joining,
union L.; N. of a R2ishi (called Pra1ja1patya) Ka1t2h.; [cf. %{amRta-}, %{ardha-}, %{kRSNa-},
%{mUDha-}, %{vizva-}, %{hiraNya-}; cf. also $; Hib. {cilfin}, `" the belly "'; Angl. Sax. {hrif};
Germ. {kalb}: Engl. {calf}.]
garbhaM = pregnancy
garbhaH = embryo
garbhapiNDa = an embryo
gardabha = donkey
garhaNa* = mfn. containing a blame (as a question) Kathâs. lxxxiii; n. censuring, censure, blame,
reproach MBh. xii, 9153 R. Sarvad. iv, 1; (in rhet.) Sâh. vi, 174 and 190; ({A}) f. id. MBh. iii, 1283;
{-NAM-yA}, to meet with reproach Mn. ii, 80.
garhaNIya* = mfn. to be blamed, blamable Yâjñ. i, 86 MBh. i, 3604; iii, 3888. [350,3]
gArhapatya* = mfn. with {agnI}, or m. (Pân. 4-4, 90) the householder's fire (received from his
father and transmitted to his descendants, one of the three sacred fires, being that from which
sacrificial fires are lighted RTL. 364) AV. VS. S'Br. &c.; m. or n. = {-sthAna} S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 12
KâtyS'r. xvii, 1, 3; m. pl.N. of a class of manes MBh. ii, 462; n. the government of a family, position
of a householder, household RV. i, 15, 12; vi, 15, 19; x, 85, 27 and 36.
gArhasthya* = (sometimes wrongly spelt {-stha}) mfn. (fr. {gRha-stha}), fit for or incumbent on a
householder MBh. ix, xiii; n. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a
family Gaut. iii, 36 MBh. i, iii R. ii, &c.; household, domestic affairs MBh. xiv, 162 BhP. iii; ix, 6,
47.
garhaa* = f. censure, abuse MBh. Pân. Pañcat.; disgust exhibited in speech Sâh. iii, 180.
gariiyaH = better
gariiyaan.h = glorious
garj.h = to thunder
garuDa = eagle
garva = vanity
garvaM = arrogance/haughtiness
gata = gone; -* gata. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i,
119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn.
vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Kathâs. ii, 11; come to,
approached, arrived at, being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. {sabhAM
g-}, `" come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; {kAnyakubje g-}, gone to Kânyakubja Pañcat. v;
{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; {Adya-g-}, {turya-g-}, {antya-g-}, taking the
first, fourth, last place; {sarva-g-}, spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S'Br.
&c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in comp.
e.g. {kSayaM} or {-ye g-}, gone to destruction; {Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp.
Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. {putra-g- sneha}, love directed towards the
son R. i; {tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.;
spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning of (loc.) L.; n.
going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S'ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having
disappeared Cân.; the place where any one has gone Pân. Kâs'.; anything past or done, event W.;
diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 5.
gataH = returned
gatachintaa = thinking of
gatarasaM = tasteless
gataa = became
gati = the movement; gati* = f. going, moving, gait, deportment, motion in general RV. v, 64, 3
VS. TS. &c.; manner or power of going; going away Yâjñ. iii, 170; procession, march, passage,
procedure, progress, movement (e.g. {astra-g-}, the going or flying of missile weapons R. v;
{parAM gatiM-gam}, `" to go the last way "', to die; {daiva-g-}, the course of fate R. vi Megh. 93;
{kAvyasya g-}, the progress or course of a poem R. i, 3, 2); arriving at, obtaining (with gen. loc., or
ifc.) S'Br. ix MBh. &c.; acting accordingly, obeisance towards (loc.) Âp. i, 13 f.; path, way, course
(e.g. {anyatarAM gatiM-gam}, `" to go either way "', to recover or die Âs'vS'r.) R. Bhag. &c.; a
certain division of the mooñs path and the position of the planet in it (the diurnal motion of a
planet in its orbit?) VarBriS.; issue Bhag. iv, 29; running wound or sore Sus'r.; place of issue,
origin, reason ChUp. i, 8, 4 f. Mn. i, 110 R. Mudr.; possibility, expedient, means Yâjñ. i, 345 R. i
Mâlav. &c.; a means of success; way or art, method of acting, stratagem R. iii, vi; refuge, resource
Mn. viii, 84 R. Kathâs. Vet. iv, 20; cf. RTL. p. 260; the position (of a child at birth) Sus'r.; state,
condition, situation, proportion, mode of existence KathhUp. iii, 11 Bhag. Pañcat. &c.; a happy
issue; happiness MBh. iii, 17398; the course of the soul through numerous forms of life,
metempsychosis, condition of a person undergoing this migration Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; manner
Âs'vGri. i Sch.; the being understood or meant Pat.; (in gram.) a term for prepositions and some
other adverbial prefixes (such as {alam} &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a
verb or with verbal derivatives (cf. {karmapravacanIya}) Pân. 1-4, 60 ff.; vi, 2, 49 ff. and 139; viii,
1, 70 f.; a kind of rhetorical figure Sarasv. ii, 2; a particular high number Buddh.; `" Motion "'
(personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Pulaha) BhP. i, v, 1; m. N. of a son of Anala
Hariv. i, 3, 43.
gatiH = entrance
gatra = body
gatvaa = attaining
gaurava = glory
gata
mfn. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i, 119, 4 AV. &c.;
past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh.
&c.; come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Katha1s. ii, 11; come to, approached,
arrived at, being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{sabhAM@g-}, `"
come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; %{kAnyakubje@g-}, gone to Ka1nyakubja Pan5cat. v;
%{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; %{Adya-g-}, %{turya-g-}, %{antya-g-}, taking
the first, fourth, last place; %{sarva-g-}, spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32
S3Br. &c.; having walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in
comp. e.g. %{kSayaM} or %{-ye@g-}, gone to destruction; %{Apad-g-}, fallen into misfortune Mn.
ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with (e.g. %{putra-g-@sneha}, love
directed towards the son R. i; %{tvad-g-}, belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited
RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the
meaning of (loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S3ak. vii, 7 Vikr. &c.; the
being gone or having disappeared Ca1n2.; the place where any one has gone Pa1n2. Ka1s3.;
anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension, celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pa1n2.
1-3, 21 Va1rtt. 5.
gauravaM = respect
gautama* = mf({I})n. relating to Gotama (with {pada-stobha} m. pl.N. of a Sâman); m. patr. fr.
Gotama (N. of Kus'ri, Uddâlaka, Aruna S'Br.; of S'aradvat Hariv. Mriicch. v, 30 VP.; of
S'ata7nanda L.; of S'âkya-muni; of Nodhas and Vâma-deva RAnukr.; of a teacher of ritual Lâthy.
Âs'vS'r. Âs'vGri.; of a grammarian TPrât. Lâthy. [with the epithet {sthavira}]; of a legislator Yâjñ.
i, 5; the father of Ekata, Dvita, and Trita MBh. ix, 2073); (= {got-}) N. of the first pupil of the last
Jina (one of the three Kevalins); N. of a Nâga (also {-maka}) DivyA7v. ii; m. pl. Gautama's family
Hariv. 1788 Pravar.; a kind of poison L.; n. N. of several Sâmans ÂrshBr. Lâthy. iv, 6, 16; fat (cf.
{bhAradvAja}, `" bone "') L.; ({gau4tamI}) f. (ganas {gaurA7di} and {zArGgaravA7di}) a female
descendant of Gotama (N. of Kriipî Hariv. BhP.; of Mahâ-prajâpatî Lalit. vii, xv) MBh. xiii, 17 ff.
S'ak.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10236; of a Râkshasî L.; of a river (= {go-dAvarI}, or {go-matI}) MBh.
xiii, 7647 R. vi, 2, 27; the bile-stone of cattle ({go-rocanA}) L.; = {rAjanI} L.
geya = that which can be sung * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 97 Kâs'.) to be sung, being sung or praised in
song Lâthy. Hariv. Pân. 3-4, 68 BhP. x; singing, singer of (gen.) Pân. 3-4, 68; n. a song, singing
MBh. R. Megh. &c. (said of the flies) humming Pañcat. i, 15, 8/9); cf. {AzIr-}, {prAtar-}.
geyaM = is to be sung
gehenardin * = mfn. `" shouting defiance at home "', id. ib. Bhathth. v, 41.
ghRNa = heat, ardour, sunshine, through heat or sunshine; a warm feeling towards others,
compassion, tenderness; aversion, contempt; horror, disgust; a kind of cucumber
ghaTa = pot
ghaTaka = component
ghaTi = Hour
ghanishha = well-built
ghna * = mf({A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; {I} f. of 2. {han} q.v.)n. ifc. striking with Mn. viii,
386; killing, killer, murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii; destroying Mn. viii, 127 Yâjñ. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv;
removing Mn. vii, 218 Hariv. 9426 Sus'r.; multiplied by VarBriS. li, 39 Sûryas. (f. {I}); n. ifc. `"
killing "' see {a4hi-}, {parNaya-ghna4} (cf. {artha-}, {arzo-}, {kAsa-}, {kula-}, {kuSTha-}, {kRta-},
{kRmi-}, {gara-}, {guru-}, {go-}, {jvara-}, {puruSa-}, &c.) ghna4t * = mfn. pr. p. {han} q.v.
ghora = horrible * = mf({A4})n. (cf. {ghur}) venerable, awful, sublime (gods, the Angiras, the
Riishis) RV. AV. ii, 34, 4; terrific, frightful, terrible, dreadful, violent, vehement (as pains,
diseases, &c. ) VS. AV. TS. ii S'Br. xii &c. (in comp., g. {kASThA7di}); ({am}) ind. `" dreadfully "',
very much g. {kASTA7di}; m. `" the terrible "', S'iva L. (cf. {-ghoratara}); N. of a son of Angiras
S'ânkhBr. xxx, 6 Âs'vS'r. xii, 13, 1 ChUp. MBh. xiii, 4148; ({A}) f. the night L.; N. of a
cucurbitaceous plant L.; (scil. {gati}) N. of one of the 7 stations of the planet Mercury VarBriS. vii,
8 and 11; ({I}) f. N. of a female attendant of Durgâ W.; ({a4m}) n. venerableness VS. ii, 32;
awfulness, horror AV. S'Br. ix Kaus'. BhP. iv, 8, 36 Gobh. ii, 3 Sch.; `" horrible action "', magic
formulas or charms RV. x, 34, 14 Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. R. i, 58, 8 [379,3]; a kind of mythical weapon
MBh. v, 3491; poison L.; saffron L. (cf. {dhIra} and {gaura}).
ghore = ghastly
ghoshha = noise
ghoshthha* =m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for
cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.;
meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a
water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f.
an assembly, meeting, society, association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior
branches), partnership, fellowship MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation,
discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19;
{-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `"
born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr.
{zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders
his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a cow-pen L.;
{-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-});
{-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
ghoshhaH = vibration
ghosha * = m. indistinct noise, tumult, confused cries of a multitude, battle-cry, cries of victory,
cries of woe or distress, any cry or sound, roar of animals RV. AV. &c.; the sound of a drum, of a
conchshell, of the Soma stones, of a carriage, &c. RV. AV. &c.; the whizzing or whir of a bow-
string [TBr. ii], crackling of fire [MBh. ix, 1334], singing in the ear [S'Br. xiv]; the roaring of a
storm, of thunder, of water, &c. RV. AV. Sus'r. Megh.; the sound of the recital of prayers MBh. R.
Mriicch. x, 12; the sound of words spoken at a distance S'Br. ix; rumour, report (also personified
KâtyS'r. Sch.) RV. x, 33, 1; a proclamation SaddhP. iv; a sound (of speech) ChUp. Sus'r.; the soft
sound heard in the articulation of the sonant consonants ({g}, {gh}, {j}, {jh}, {D}, {Dh}, {d}, {dh},
{b}, {bh}, {G}, {J}, {N}, {n}, {m}, {y}, {r}, {l}, {v}, {h}), the vowels, and Anusvâra which with the
Yamas of the first 10 of the soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds (cf. {a-gh-}) RPrât. xiii,
5 f. APrât. Sch. Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.; an ornament that makes a tinkling sound BhP. x, 8, 22; a station
of herdsmen MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 85); (pl.) the inhabitants of a station of
herdsmen MBh. iv, 1152; a particular form of a temple Hcat. ii, 1, 389; a musquito L.; Luffa
foetida or a similar plant L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10386; N. of a man (Sây.) RV. i, 120, 5; of an
Asura Kâthh. xxv, 8; of a prince of the Kânva dynasty BhP. xii, 1, 16; of a son of Daksha's daughter
Lambâ Hariv. 148 and 12480; of an Arhat Buddh.; a common N. for a Kâya-stha or one of the
writer caste W.; m. pl. (g. {dhUmA7di}) N. of a people or country VarBriS. xiv, 2; m. n. brass,
bellmetal L.; ({A}) f. Anethum Sowa L.; = {karkaTazRGgI} L.; N. of a daughter of Kakshîvat RV. i,
117, 7; 122, 5 (? Impv. {ghuS}); x, 40, 5 (cf. {Atma-}, {indra-}, {uccair-}, &c.)
ghnii = destroying
gila * = swallowing
gir.h = language
giraH = words
giraaM = of vibrations
gira* = 1 ifc. = 1. {gi4r}, speech, voice VarBriS. xxxii, 5; 1. ({A}) f. (g. {ajA7di} Ganar. 41 Sch.) id. L.
giri = mountain
girijaa = paarvati
gir117s'a * =m. (= {-rI7ndra}) a high mountain; N. of the Himavat L.; `" mountain-lord "', S'iva
MBh. xiii, 6348 Kum.; one of the 11 Rudras Yâjñ. ii, 102/103, 34; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9424
(cf. {giri-zA}).
gi4riis'a * m. `" lord of &110071[355, 1] speech "'N. of Briihaspati (regent of the planet Jupiter) L
gilati = to swallow
giita = (n) song* = mfn. ( {gai}) sung, chanted, praised in songs Mn. ix, 42 MBh. &c.; n. singing,
song VS. xxx TBr. iii S'Br. iii, vi Âp. &c.; N. of four hymns addressed to Kriishna; ({A}) f. a song,
sacred song or poem, religious doctrines declared in metrical form by an inspired sage (cf.
Agastyagñgîta4. Bhagavad-gñgîta4 [often called Gîtâ Prab. vi, 9/10 &c.], Râma-gñgîta4, S'iva-
gñgîta4); N. of a metre.
giitajJa* = mfn. versed in the art of singing, acquainted with songs Yâjñ. iii, 116.
giitaka* = n. a song, hymn Yâjñ. iii, 113 BhP. viii VP. (Sâh. i, 2/3, 14) Kathâs.; a kind of metre
({narkuTaka}) VarBriS. civ, 52; melody (seven in number) MârkP. xxiii, 51 and 59 ({ikA}) f. a
short song or hymn MBh. iii, 8173 ({gAthikA} ed. Bomb.); a metre of 4 X 20 syllables; a stanza
composed in the Gîti metre Kathâs. cxvii, 109 (with reference to 65 f.) (cf. {daza-gItikA}.)
giitaM = described
glaaniH = discrepancies
go = cow / bull * = {gau4s} (acc. {gA4m} instr. {ga4vA} dat. {ga4ve}, gen. abl. {go4s} loc. {ga4vi};
du. {gA4vA} [Ved.], {gA4vau}; pl. nom. {gA4vas} acc. {gA4s} [rarely {gA4vas} TBr. iii TUp. MBh.
iv, 1506 R. ii] instr. {go4bhis} dat. abl. {go4bhyas}, gen. {ga4vAm} [once at the end of a Pâda RV.
iv, 1, 19] and [in RV. at the end of Pâdas only cf. Pân. 7-1, 57] {go4nAm} loc. {go4Su}) m. an ox f. a
cow, (pl.) cattle, kine, herd of cattle RV. &c. (in comp. before vowels [cf. Pân. 6-1, 122 ff.] {gav},
{gava}, qq. vv.; cf. also {gavAm}, {gavi}, {gAM} ss.vv.; {gavAM vrata}N. of a Sâman; {gavAM
tIrtha} see {go t-}; {go4Su-gam}, to set out for a battle [to conquer cows] RV. ii, 25, 4; v, 45, 9;
viii, 71, 5); `" anything coming from or belonging to an ox or cow "', milk (generally pl.), flesh
(only pl. RV. x, 16, 7; `" fat "' Gmn.), skin, hide, leather, strap of leather, bow-string, sinew (RV. x,
27, 22 AV. i, 2, 3) RV.; = {go4-SToma} (q.v.) AitBr. iv, 15 S'Br. xiii ( also {go-Ayu4s}); (pl.) `" the
herds of the sky "', the stars RV. i, 154, 6 and vii, 36, 1; (m. [also f. Un. Sch.]) rays of light
(regarded as the herds of the sky, for which Indra fights with Vriitra) MBh. i, iii Hariv. 2943 R.
&c.; m. the sign Taurus VarBriS. xl f. VarBri. Laghuj.; the sun (cf. {-putra}) Nir. ii, 6 and 14; the
moon L.; a kind of medicinal plant ({RSabha}) L.; a singer, praiser (fr. {gai}) Naigh. iii, 16; `" a
goer "', horse (fr. 1. {gA}) Sây. on RV. i, 121, 9 and iv, 22, 8; N. of two Riishis of the SV. (with the
patr. Ângirasa [TândyaBr. xvi] and Mâyûka); N. of a man (who with Pushkara is said to be the
{balA7dhyakSa} of the sons and grandsons of Varuna) MBh. ii, 381 (cf. R. vii, 23, 28); m. or f. (?)
the suñs ray called Sushumna Nir. ii, 6; water BhP. i, 10, 36 (also f. pl., xi, 7, 50); an organ of
sense BhP. vii, 5, 30; the eye Kuval. 70; a billion TândyaBr. xvii, 14, 2; mf. the sky Naigh. i, 4
(perhaps VS. xxiii, 48); the thunderbolt Sây. on RV. v, 30, 7; the hairs of the body L.; f. an offering
in the shape of a cow (= {dhenu} q.v.) W.; a region of the sky L.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth (as the
milk-cow of kings) Mn. iv, xii MBh. R. &c.; (hence) the number `" nine "' Jyot. Sûryas.; = {go-
vIthI} Sch. on VarBriS. ix, 1 ff.; a mother L. (cf. VarBriS. iii, 68); (Naigh. i, 11) speech, Sarasvatî
(goddess of speech) MBh. i, iii, v Ragh. ii, v Cân.; voice, note (fr. {gai}) S'is'. iv, 36; N. of Gaurî
Gal.; of the wife [or of a daughter-in-law BhP. ix, 21, 25] of S'uka (a daughter of the manes called
Sukâlas) Hariv. 986 MatsyaP.; N. of a daughter of Kakut-stha and wife of Yayâti Hariv. 1601; [cf.
$; Lat. {bos}; Old Germ. {chuo}; Mod. Germ. {Kuh}; Eng. {cow}; Lett. {gohw}; cf. also $, $; Goth.
{gavi} and Mod. Germ. {Gau}.]
gokula* = n. a herd of kine MBh. R. &c.; a cow-house or station ib.; a village or tract on the
Yamunâ (residence of Nanda and of Kriishna during his youth BhP.; [RTL. p. 113] the inhabitants
of that place) BhP. ii, 7, 31; N. of a certain sanctuary or holy place Râjat. v, 23; {-jit} m. N. of an
author of the 17th century; {-nAtha} m. N. of the author of the Padavâkya-ratna7kara; of the
author of the Rasa-maha7rnava; {-stha} m. pl.N. of a Vaishnava sect; {-lA7STaka} n. N. of a
poem; {-le7za} m. `" lord of the Gokula "'N. of Kriishna Gal.; {-lo7dbhavA} f. N. of Durgâ L.
gola = globe
goloka * = m. (n., Tantr.), `" cow-world "', a part of heaven, or (in later mythol. RTL. 118 and 291)
Kriishna's heaven MBh. xiii, 3195 (cf. 3347) Hariv. 3994 (cf. 3899) R. ii BrahmaP.; {-varNana} n.
N. of BrahmaP. iv, 4; of part of the Sadâ-siva-sanhitâ; of part of SkandaP.
gomukhaaH = horns
gosa* = m. ({so}) = {-visarga} L.; ({e}) loc. ind. (v.l. {go-ze}) at day-break L. Sch.; (in Prâkriit
Hâl.)
gosa* =2 m. myrrh L.
goshaa* = mfn. ({sA} = {san} Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 67 and viii, 3, 108 = {-Sa4Ni} RV. ix, 2, 10; 16, 2;
61, 20; x, 95, 3. [367,2]
goshthhe* = loc. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-kSveDin} mfn. `" bellowing in a cow-pen "', a boasting
coward, g. {pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}; {-paTu} mfn. `" clever in a cow-pen "', a
vain boaster ib.; {-paNDita} mfn. id. ib.; {-pragalbha} mfn. `" courageous in a cow-pen "', a
boasting coward ib.; {-vijitin} mfn. `" victorious in a cow-pen "' id. ib.; {-zaya} mfn. sleeping in a
cow-stable Yâjñ. iii, 263; {-zUra} m. a hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward g. {pAtre-samitA7di}
and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}.
goshthhya* = ({go4-}) mfn. being in a cow-stable VS. xvi, 44. 1.
gostana* = m. a cow's dug MBh. iii, 32, 4; a cluster of blossoms, nosegay W.; a pearl necklace
consisting of 4 (or of 34 W.) strings L.; a kind of fort; ({I}) f. a kind of red grape Bhpr. v, 6, 108; N.
of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2621; {-nA7kAra} mfn. shaped like cow's dug
Sus'r. ii, vi Bhpr. v; {-nI-sava} m. a kind of wine Npr.
goshthoma* = ({go4-}) m. ({sto4ma} Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) an Eka7ha ceremony forming part of the
Abhiplava which lasts 6 days (also called {go4} q.v.) TS. vii Lâthy. x (cf. AitBr. iv, 15 and
{-stoma}.) 1.
goshthhI* = f. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-pati} m. the chief person or president of an assembly W.;
{-bandha} m. meeting for conversation Kâd. v, 825; {-yAna} m. a society-carriage Mriicch. vi, 4;
{-zAlA} f. a meeting-room; {-zrAddha} n. a kind of S'râddha ceremony Kull. on Mn. iii, 254 (RTL.
p. 305).
goshthha* = m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house, cow-pen, fold for
cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.;
meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with {aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a
water-vessel AV. xi, 1, 13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f.
an assembly, meeting, society, association, family connections (esp. the dependent or junior
branches), partnership, fellowship MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation,
discourse, dialogue Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the cow-stable Kaus'. 19;
{-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.; {-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `"
born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr.
{zva4n}) `" a dog in a cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders
his neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a cow-pen L.;
{-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-});
{-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
go4shthha* =goSTha* = Nom. Â. (fr. 1. {-STha}) {-SThate}, to assemble, collect Dhâtup. viii, 4.
gosvaamin* = m. the master or possessor of a cow or of cows KâtyS'r. Mn. viii, 231 VarBriS.; a
religious mendicant (commonly {gosAin} cf. RTL. pp. 87; 135; 142; also affixed as a honorary title
to proper names e.g. {vopadeva-g-}); `" lord of cows "', Kriishna W.; {-mi-sthAna} n. N. of a
mountain peak in the middle of the Hima7laya W.
gotama* = ({go4-}) m. (superl.) N. of a Riishi belonging to the family of Angiras with the patr.
Râhû-gana (author of RV. i, 74-93) RV. AV. S'Br. i, xi, xiv ShadvBr. &c.; (for {gaut-}) N. of the
chief disciple of Mahâ-vîra; of a lawyer (cf. {gautama4}); of the founder of the Nyâya phil.; `" the
largest ox "' and `" N. of the founder of Nyâya phil. "' Naish. xvii, 75; N. of a son of Karnika
Buddh.; ? MBh. xiii, 4490 (cf. {-dama}); m. pl. (Pân. 2-4, 65) the descendants of the Riishi
Gotama RV. Âs'vS'r. xii, 10 Lâthy.; n. a kind of poison Gal.; ({I}) f. v.l. for {gaut-} in g. {gaurA7di};
{-gaura} m. = {gaura-gotama}, the white Gotama Ganar. 89 Sch.; {-pRcchA} f. `" questions of
(Mahâ-vîra's pupil) Gotama (put forth in a discussion with Pârs'va's pupil Kes'in) "'N. of a Jain
work; {-stoma} m. N. of an Eka7ha sacrifice Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. (cf. S'Br. xiii, 5, 1, 1); {-svAmin} m.
Mahâ-vîra's pupil Gotama; {-mA7nvaya} m. N. of S'âkya-muni L.; {-mI-putra} m. `" son of
Gotamî "'N. of a king (50 B.C. or A.D.) Inscr. VâyuP. MatsyaP.; {-me7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a
Tîrtha S'ivaP.
govindaM = Govinda
graaha * =(Pân. 3-1, 143) mf({I})n. ifc. seizing, holding, catching, receiving Yâjñ. ii, 51 R. iv, 41,
38; taking (a wife) Yâjñ. ii, 51 (cf. {karNa-}, {gila-}, {dhanur-}, {pANi-}, {pArSNi-}, {vandi-},
{vyAla-}, {hasta-}); m. a rapacious animal living in fresh or sea water, any large fish or marine
animal (crocodile, shark, serpent, Gangetic alligator, water elephant, or hippopotamus) Mn. vi, 78
MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}, iv, 2017; xvi R. ii); a prisoner L.; the handle (of a sword &c.) Gal.; seizure,
grasping, laying hold of Pañcat. i, 10, 1 (v.l. for {graha}); morbid affection, disease S'Br. iii;
paralysis (of the thigh, {Uru-grAha4} AV. xi, 9, 12 [{ur-} MSS.] MBh. v, 2024 and vi, 5680); `"
mentioning "' see {nAma-}; fiction, whim Bhag. xvii, 19; conception, notion of (in comp.)
Vajracch. 6 and 9; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({I}) f. a female marine animal or crocodile R. vi, 82, 73 ff.
graahaan.h = things
graahya = what is to be grasped * = mfn. to be seized or taken or held RV. x, 109, 3 Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; to be clasped or spanned Kathâs. lxxiv, 217; to be captured or imprisoned Yâjñ. ii, 267
& 283 MBh. &c.; to be overpowered Prab. ii, 8/9; ({a-} neg.) R. (B) iii, 33, 16; to be picked or
gathered R. iv, 43, 29; to be received or accepted or gained Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be taken in
marriage, xiii, 5091; to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner, xii, 6282; to be insisted
upon Kathâs. xvii, 83; to be chosen or taken account of Râjat. iv, 612; to be perceived or
recognised or understood Mn. i, 7 MBh. &c. (cf. {a-}); (in astron.) to be observed VarBriS.; to be
considered R. v, vii VarBriS. lxi, 19; to be understood in a particular sense, meant Vop. vi, 15 Pân.
Sch.; to be accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or assented to, to be attended to or
obeyed, to be admitted in evidence Mn. viii, 78 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be undertaken or followed (a
vow) Kathâs. vcii, 38; to be put (as confidence) in (loc.), lviii, 36; m. an eclipsed globe (sun or
moon) Sûryas.; n. poison (NBD.; `" a present "' BRD.) L.; the objects of sensual perception Yogas.
i, 41; ({A}) f. archery exercise Gal. (cf. {dur-}, {suhha-}, {svayaM-}.)
graahya * mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. {a-pratig-}); one from whom
anything may be received MBh. (cf. {-gRhya} and Pân. ib.); m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch.
graahyaM = accessible
graama* = m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet RV. i, x AV. VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of
a place, community, race RV. x, 146, 1 AV. &c.; any number of men associated together, multitude,
troop (esp. of soldiers) RV. i, iii, x AV. iv, 7, 5 S'Br. vi, xii; the old women of a family PârGri. i, 9, 3
Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pân. 6-2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in general) cf. {indriya-},
{guNa-}, {bhUta-}, &c.; a number of tones, scale, gamut Pañcat. v, 43 MârkP. xxiii, 52; =
{indriya-} Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village R. ii, 57, 4 Hcat. i, 7,
721/722; [cf. {ariSTa-}, {mahA-}, {zUra-}, {saM-}; cf. Hib. {gramaisg}, `" the mob "';
{gramasgar}, `" a flock. "']
graamya4* = mfn. (Pân. 4-2, 94) used or produced in a village TS. v AitBr. vii, 7, 1 Kaus'.; relating
to villages Mn. vii, 120; prepared in a village (as food) S'Br. ix, xii Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages i.e.)
among men, domesticated, tame (an animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to {vanya} or {araNya},
`" wild "') RV. x, 90, 8 AV. VS. &c.; allowed in a village, relating to the sensual pleasures of a
village MBh. xii, 4069 R. iii f. BhP. iv, vi [374, 1]; rustic, vulgar (speech) Vâm. ii, 1, 4; (see {-tA}
and {-tva}); relating to a musical scale W.; m. a villager Yâjñ. ii, 166 MBh. xiii BhP. &c.; a
domesticated animal see {-mAMsa}; = {-ma-kola} W.; n. rustic or homely speech W.; the Prâkriit
and the other dialects of India as contra-distinguished from the Sanskriit W.; food prepared in a
village MBh. i, 3637 KâtyS'r. xxii Sch.; sensual pleasure, sexual intercourse MBh. ii, 2270 BhP. iv;
({A}) f. = {-miNI} L.; = {-ma-ja-niSpAvI} L.
graha = Planet * =(Pân. 3-3, 58; g. {vRSA7di}) mfn. ifc. (iii, 2, 9 Vârtt. 1) seizing, laying hold of,
holding BhP. iii, 15, 35 (cf. {aGkuza-}, {dhanur-}, &c.); obtaining, v, viii; perceiving, recognising,
iv, 7, 31; m. `" seizer (eclipser) "', Râhu or the dragoñs head MBh. &c.; a planet (as seizing or
influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner; sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz.
Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn MBh. vi, 4566 f. R. i, 19, 2 Ragh. iii, 13 &c.; also 7 i.e.
the preceding with Râhu and Ketu MBh. vii, 5636; also 9 i.e. the sun [cf. S'Br. iv, 6, 5, 1 and 5
MBh. xiii, 913; xiv, 1175] and moon with the 7 preceding Yâjñ. i, 295 MBh. iv, 48 VarBriS.; also
the polar star is called a Graha, Garg. (Jyot. 5 Sch.); the planets are either auspicious {zubha-},
{sad-}, or inauspicious {krUra-}, {pApa-} VarBriS.; with Jainas they constitute one of the 5 classes
of the Jyotishkas); the place of a planet in the fixed zodiac W.; the number `" nine "'; N. of
particular evil demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and mind of
man (causing insanity &c.; it falls within the province of medical science to expel these demons;
those who esp. seize children and cause convulsions &c. are divided into 9 classes according to the
number of planets Sus'r.) MBh. &c.; any state which proceeds from magical influences and takes
possession of the whole man BhP. vii, ix BrahmaP. Hit. ii, 1, 20; a crocodile MBh. xvi, 142 (ifc. f.
{A}) R. iv f. BhP. viii; any ladle or vessel employed for taking up a portion of fluid (esp. of Soma)
out of a larger vessel Mn. v, 116 Yâjñ. i, 182; N. of the 8 organs of perception (viz. the 5 organs of
sense with Manas, the hands and the voice) S'Br. xiv NriisUp. i, 4, 3, 22; (= {gRha}) a house R. vii,
40, 30 (cf. {a-}, {khara-}, {-druma} and {-pati}); `" anything seized "', spoil, booty MBh. iii, 11461
(cf. {-hA7luJcana}); as much as can be taken with a ladle or spoon out of a larger vessel, ladleful,
spoonful (esp. of Soma) RV. x, 114, 5 VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the middle of a bow or that part
which is grasped when the bow is used MBh. iv, 1351 ({su-}, 1326); the beginning of any piece of
music; grasp, seizing, laying hold of (often ifc.) Kaus'. 10 MBh. &c.; keeping back, obstructing
Sus'r.; imprisoning, imprisonment ({-haM-gam}, `" to become a prisoner "' Kâm.) R. ii, 58, 2;
seizure (by demons causing diseases e.g. {aGga-}, spasm of the limbs) Sus'r.; seizure of the sun
and moon, eclipse AV. xix, 9, 7 and 10 VarBriS.; stealing, robbing Mn. ix, 277 MBh. vi, 4458;
effort Hit.; insisting upon, tenacity, perseverance in (loc. or in comp.) BhP. vii, 14, 11 Naish. ix, 12
Kathâs. Râjat. viii, 226; taking, receiving, reception Mn. viii, 180 S'riingâr.; taking up (any fluid);
choosing MBh. xii, 83, 12 Sâh. vi, 136; `" favour "' see {-nigraha}; mentioning, employing (a word)
Mn. viii, 271 Pân. 7-1, 21, Kâr. 2 Amar. Râjat.; apprehension, perception, understanding Bhâshâp.
BhP. Sarvad. Sch. on Jaim. and KapS.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. = {gRhItvA} see {grah} (cf. {guda-},
{ziro-}, {hanu-}, {hRd-}.)
grahaNa * =mfn. ifc. seizing, holding Hariv. 2734; resounding in (?) S'ak. ii, 0/1, 6; n. the hand L.;
an organ of sense Yogas. i, 41; a prisoner MBh. xiii, 2051; a word mentioned or employed (e.g.
{vacana-}, `" the word {vacana} "') Pat. and Kâs'.; seizing, holding, taking S'Br. xiv Mn. ii, 317
MBh. &c.; taking by the hand, marrying, i, 1044; catching, seizure, taking captive Mn. v, 130 MBh.
&c.; seizure (as by a demon causing diseases), demoniacal possession Hcat.; seizure of the sun or
moon, eclipse Âp. i, 11 Yâjñ. i, 218 VarBriS. &c.; gaining, obtaining, receiving, acceptance R. i, 3,
18 Pañcat. Kathâs. xci, 37; choosing Sânkhyak. Prab. Sâh. vi, 201; purchasing Pañcat.; taking or
drawing up (any fluid) S'Br. iv KâtyS'r.; the taking up of sound, echo W.; attraction Megh. Ragh.
vii, 24 Pañcat. v, 13, 5/6; putting on (clothes) MBh. ii, 840 Ragh. xvii, 21; assuming (a shape)
Yâjñ. iii, 69 MBh. xiv Devîm.; undertaking, devoting one's self to (in comp.) R. v, 76, 22 Pañcat.
[372, 3]; service BhP. iii, 1, 44; including Pân. Kâs'.; mentioning, employing (a word or
expression) KâtyS'r. Lâthy. VPrât. Pân. Vârtt. Pat. and Kâs'. Sâh. vi, 205; mentioning with praise,
acknowledgment Sus'r.; assent, agreement W.; perceiving, understanding, comprehension,
receiving instruction, acquirement of any science Mn. ii, 173 MBh. iii, xiv Ragh. &c.; acceptation,
meaning Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 5 Pat. Kâs'. and Siddh. on Pân.; ({I}) f. an imaginary organ supposed
to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary
canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) Sus'r.; =
{-NI-gada} Ashtha7ng. iii, 8 Hcat. i, 7 (cf. {kara-}, {keza-}, {garbha-}, {cakSur-}, {nAma-},
{pANi-}, {punar-}.)
grAhita * = mfn. made to take or seize W.; made to accept or take (a seat &c.) Vikr. iii, 0/1 Das3.
vii, 266 Katha1s. li, 71; made to undertake or to be occupied with (instr.) R. (G) i, 7, 14; taught
MBh. iii, 12195.
grasana * = swallowing, devouring, a kind of partial eclipse of the sun or moon, seizing, the
mouth, jaws
grasamaanaH = devouring
grasishhNu = devouring
grasta* = mfn. swallowed, eaten Pañcat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or absorbed Sus'r.;
possessed (by a demon) Das'. iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii, 7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected
by Yâjñ. iii, 245 Pañcat. &c.; eclipsed MBh. iii, 2667 R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred
RPrât. Lâthy. Pân. S'. (RV.) 35 Pat.; ({a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels
Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 18.
gRhIta * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of
ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained,
gained; `" taken on one's self "' see %{-mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak.
(v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not
successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
griNaami = I hold
gRR\\1 cl. 9. P. A1. %{gRNA4ti}, %{-NIte4} (1. sg. A1. and 3. sg. Pass. %{gRNe4} RV.; 1. sg. A1.
%{gRNISe4} RV.; 2. pl. %{gRNa4tA} AV. v, 27, 9; p. P. %{gRNa4t} RV. &c.; A1. & Pass.
%{gRNAna4} RV.; Ved. inf. Impv. %{gRNISa4Ni} RV. vi, 15, 6 and viii, 12, 19), to call, call out to,
invoke RV. AV. S3Br. iv Bhag. xi, 21; to announce, proclaim RV.; to mention with praise, praise,
extol RV. BhP. xi, 13, 41 Bhat2t2. viii, 77; to pronounce, recite MBh. vii, 1754 Ragh. BhP. i, 1, 14; to
relate, teach in verses, 4, 9 Gan2it. i, 4, 5; [cf. $, $; Hib. {goirim}; Old Germ. {quar}, {quir}, &c.;
Old Pruss. {gerbu}, `" to speak "'; Angl. Sax. {gale}; Germ. {Nachtigal}; Lat. {gallus} ?]\\2 cl. 6. P.
%{girati} or (cf. P. viii, 2, 21) %{gilati} (S3Br. i MBh. Sus3r.), ep. also A1. %{girate} (1. sg.
%{gi4rAmi} AV. vi, 135, 3; perf. %{jagAra} RV.; aor. Subj. 3. pl. %{garan} RV. i, 158, 5), to
swallow, devour, eat RV. &c.; to emit or eject from the mouth MBh. xii, 12872: Caus. (aor. 2. sg.
%{ajIgar}) to swallow RV. i, 163, 7: Intens. %{jegilyate} Pa1n2. 8-2, 20: Desid. %{jigariSati}, vii, 2,
75; [cf. 2. %{gal}, 2 %{gir}, %{gila}, 2. %{gIrNa4}; Lith. {gerru}, `" to drink "'; Lat. {glu-tio},
{gula}; Slav. {gr-lo}; Russ. {z8ora}.]\\ = 3 (= 3. %{kRR}) cl. 10. A1. %{gArayate}, to know
Dha1tup. xxxiii, 33; to make known, teach ib.
griha = house
grihasthaaH = householders
grihiita*= mfn. ({grah}, but see {gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught, held, laid hold of
ChUp. Âs'vGri. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably (as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained,
gained; `" taken on one's self "' see {-mauna}; mentioned Pañcat.; perceived, understood S'ak.
(v.l.) Mudr.; received completely into one's mind (opposed to {adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but not
successfully) Pân. 2-3, 6 Kâs'. BhP. i, 2, 12.
grihiitacetas*= mfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated BhP. vi, 18, 38.
grihiiti*= f. `" seizing, taking "' (the hand, 1. {kara-}), and `" levying "' (taxes, 2. {kara-}) Hcar. iv,
23; perception Bâdar. iii, 3, 16; taking anything to mean or understanding by anything, 4, 23 Sch.
grihiitin*= mfn. one who has grasped &c. anything (loc.), g. {iSTA7di}.
grihNan.h = accepting
grihNaati = to catch
grihyavat*= m mfn. having many adherents or partisans TândyaBr. xiii, 11, 13 Sch.
grihyaka*= mfn. domesticated (as animals) Pân. 3-1, 119 Kâs'.
grihya*=1 ind. p. Ved. ifc., `" seizing by "' see {karNa-}, {pAda-}, and {hasta-gR4hya}; {haste-}.
\\*=2 mfn. (fr. {grah}) to be grasped or taken AV. v, 20, 4 S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; perceptible S'vetUp.
i, 13; ({a4-} neg.) S'Br. xiv; (Pân. 3-1, 119) `" to be taken together with "' (in comp.), adhering to
the party of (Kâs'.), being in close relation to (as the lotus to the moon) Kâvya7d. ii, 179 Das'. vi;
vii, 254 Kir. ii, 5 Bhathth. vi, 61; to be acknowledged or admitted W.; to be adopted or trusted or
relied on W.; = {ava-} Vop. xxvi, 20; n. for {guhya} (anus) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 3-1, 119) ifc. being
outside (of a town or village, as {senA}, an army) Kâs'.; a suburb L. \\*=3 mfn. (fr. {gRha4})
belonging to a house, domestic (said of an Agni) TS. v MaitrS. AitBr. viii, 10, 9 Gobh. &c. (said of a
series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs, such as marriages, births &c., and
treated of in the Griihya-sûtras, q.v.); living in houses, domesticated (as animals) L.; not free,
dependent, ({a-} neg.) Bhathth. vi, 61; m. the domestic Agni S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; a domesticated
animal L.; m. pl. the inmates of a house, domestics S'Br. ii f. xii KâtyS'r. PârGri. ii; n. a domestic
rite Gaut.; a domestic rule or affair BhP. x, 8, 25 Hcat.; = {-sUtra}; ({A}) f. domestic rites and the
rules relating to them Griihyâs.
griivaM = neck
gu = darkness
guDa = jaggery
guDaakesha = O Arjuna
guDaakeshena = by Arjuna
guha * m. (g. {azmA7di}) `" reared in a secret place "'N. of Skanda (the god; cf. Kârttikeya) MBh.
iii, ix, xiii Hariv. 10478 Sus'r. Kum. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1263; of Vishnu W.; of a king of the
Nishâdas (friend of Râma) R. i f. vi Mcar. iv, 60/7; N. belonging to persons of the writer caste W.;
a horse (`" a swift horse "' W.) L.; m. pl.N. of a people in the south of India MBh. xii, 7559 [360,
3]; (2. {gu4hA}) f. (ganas {vRSA7di} and {bhidA7di}) a hiding-place, cave, cavern VS. xxx, 16 TBr.
i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat. i, 7 and 10); (fig.) the heart S'vetUp. iii, 20 MBh. xii BhP. ii, 9, 24;
Hemionitis cordifolia Sus'r. i, 19, 27; v, 7, 1 (cf. {prati-g-}); Desmodium gangeticum L.; (3.
{gu4hA}), Ved. instr. ind. in a hiding-place, in secret, secretly (opposed to {Avi4s}, and especially
with {dhA}, {ni-dhA}, {kR}, `" to conceal, remove "') RV. AV. S'Br. xi, xiii.
guhyaka* = m. N. of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakshas are attendants of Kubera (the god
of wealth) and guardians of his treasures (they may have received their N. from living in
mountain caverns) Mn. xii, 47 MBh. Hariv. &c. (identified with Yakshas MBh. v, 7480 Megh. 5
&c.); the number `" eleven "' Sûryas.; N. of Kubera L.; m. `" mystery "' see {tathAgata-g-}.
gulma * = m. (rarely n. MBh. x BhP. viii, x) a cluster or clump of trees, thicket, bush, shrub VS.
xxv, 8 Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; a troop or guard of soldiers, body of troops, division of an army (consisting
of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9 chariots, and 9 elephants MBh. i, 290; or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots,
and 27 elephants L.; cf. MBh. v, 5270) Mn. vii, ix MBh. &c.; a fort, entrenchment W.; disciplining
an army W.; m. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland &c.) Sus'r. VarBri. xxi, 8 Kathâs. xv; the spleen L.; `" a
wharf or stairs, Ghath "' see {-tara-paNya}; ({I}) f. a cluster or clump of trees L.; the Myrobalan
tree L.; jujube L.; small cardamoms L.; a tent L.
guna = character
guNa = qualities * = m. ( {grah} Un.) a single thread or strand of a cord or twine (e.g. {tri-g-} q.v.),
string or thread, rope TS. vii Mriicch. Kum. Ragh.; a garland W.; a bow-string R. iii, 33, 16
({cApa-}) Ragh. ix, 54 Riitus. Hit.; (in geom.) a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord
S'is'. iv, 57: ifc. (f. {A}) with numerals `" fold, times "' (see {ca4tur-}, {tri-}, {daza-}, {dvi4-},
{paJca-}; rarely the numeral stands by itself along with {guNa4} [e.g. {viziSTo dazabhir guNaiH},
`" of ten times higher value "' Mn. ii, 85] AV. x, 8, 43 MBh. iii, 15649 Hariv. 509; [{guNa} =
{bhAga}] Pân. 5-2, 47 Kâs'.); a multiplier, co-efficient (in alg.); subdivision, species, kind (e.g.
{gandhasya guNAH}, the different kinds of smell MBh. xii, 6847); the 6 subdivisions of action for
a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem, and recourse to the protection of
a mightier king) Mn. vii, 160 Yâjñ. i, 346 MBh. ii, 155; = {upA7ya} (q.v., denoting the 4 ways of
conquering an enemy) R. v, 81, 41; `" requisite "' see {-No7pe7ta}; a secondary element,
subordinate or unessential part of any action (e.g. {sarva-g-} mfn. `" reaching to all subordinate
parts "', hence `" valid throughout "' KâtyS'r.) S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. R. v, 1, 71; an auxiliary
act S'ânkhBr. xxvi, 4; a secondary dish (opposed to {anna} i.e. rice or the chief dish), side-dish
Mn. iii, 224 ff.; (= {-karman}, in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an action Pân. 1-4,
51 Sch.; a quality, peculiarity, attribute or property Lâthy. S'ânkhGri. Mn. iii, ix, &c.; an attribute
of the 5 elements (each of which has its own peculiar quality or qualities as well as organ of sense;
thus 1. ether has {zabda}, or sound for its Guna and the ear for its organ; 2. the air has tangibility
and sound for its Gunas and the skin for its organ; 3. fire or light has shape or colour, tangibility,
and sound for its Gunas, and the eye for its organs; 4. water has flavour, shape, tangibility, and
sound for its Gunas, and the tongue for its organ; 5. earth has the preceding Gunas, with the
addition of its own peculiar Guna of smell, and the nose for its organ) Mn. i, 20 and 76-78 MBh.
xii, 6846 ff. S'ak. i, 1 BhP. iii, 5, 35; (in S'ânkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakriiti,
chief quality of all existing beings (viz. {sattva}, {rajas}, and {tamas} i.e. goodness, passion, and
darkness, or virtue, foulness, and ignorance; cf. RTL. pp. 31; 36; 163) Mn. i; iii, 40; xii, 24 ff.
Sânkhyak. Bhag. xiii f.; (hence) the number `" three "' VarBriS. iic, 1; a property or characteristic
of all created things (in Nyâya phil. twenty-four Gunas are enumerated, viz. 1. {rUpa}, shape,
colour; 2. {rasa}, savour; 3. {gandha}, odour; 4. {sparza}, tangibility; 5. {saMkhyA}, number; 6.
{parimANa}, dimension; 7. {pRthaktva}, severalty; 8. {saMyoga}, conjunction; 9. {vibhAga},
disjunction; 10. {paratva}, remoteness; 11. {aparatva}, proximity; 12. {gurutva}, weight; 13.
{dravatva}, fluidity; 14. {sneha}, viscidity; 15. {zabda}, sound; 16. {buddhi} or {jJAna},
understanding or knowledge; 17. {sukha}, pleasure; 18. {duHkha}, pain; 19. {icchA}, desire; 20.
{dveSa}, aversion; 21. {prayatna}, effort; 22. {dharma}, merit or virtue; 23. {adharma}, demerit;
24. {saMskAra}, the self-reproductive quality); an epithet KâtyS'r.; good quality, virtue, merit,
excellence Mn. MBh. &c.; the merit of composition (consistency, elegance of expression, &c.)
Kâvya7d. i, 41 f. Kpr. viii Sâh. viii; the peculiar properties of the letters (11 in number, viz. the 8
{bAhya-prayatnAs} [q.v.] and the 3 accents) Kâs'. on Pân. 1-1, 9 and 50 (cf. {-mAtra}); the first
gradation of a vowel, the vowels {a} (with {ar}, {al} Pân. 1-1, 51), {e}, {o} Nir. x, 17 RPrât. xi, 6
Pân.; an organ of sense L.; a cook (cf. {-kAra}) L.; Bhîma-sena (cf. {-kAra}) L.; ({A}) f. Sanseviera
Roxburghiana L.; the plant {mAMsarohiNI} L.; N. of a princess Râjat. iv, 695 (cf. {nir-}, {vi-},
{sa-}; {gauNa}.)
guNan.h = praising
guNaGYa = one who knows qualities (one who is a patron of good qualities)
guNaaH = senses
gupta = secret; gupta mfn. protected, guarded, preserved AV. &c.; hidden, concealed, kept secret,
secret Bhartri. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c. (with {daNDa}, a secret fine, fine secretly imposed or exacted
Hit.; cf. {gUDha-d-}); = {saMgata} (? joined, combined) W.; ({am}; in comp. {a-} Hcat.) ind.
secretly, privately Kathâs.; ({su-}) Pañcat. iv; ({e}) loc. ind. in a hidden place Kathâs. lxxv; m.
(Pân. 6-1, 205 Kâs'.) N. of several men belonging to the Vais'ya caste (PârGri. i, 17; cf. RTL. p.
358), especially of the founder of the renowned Gupta dynasty in which the names of the
sovereigns generally end in {gupta} (cf. {candra-}, {samudra-}, {skanda-}; {gupta} is also often
found ifc. in names of the Vais'ya class); ({A}) f. a married woman who withdraws from her lover's
endearments L.; Mucuna pruritus Sus'r. iv, 26, 33; vi, 46, 21 ({-pta}); N. of a woman Pân. 4-1, 121
Sch. ({gopA} Kâs'.); of a S'âkya princess Buddh.
guruvaara = Thrusday
guhyaanaaM = of secrets
guuna* = mfn. voided (as ordure) Pân. 8-2, 44 Vârtt. 2.
guudha* = (%{gULha4} RV.) mfn. covered, hidden, concealed, invisible, secret, private RV. &c.;
disguised Mn. ix, 261 MBh. iii, 17311 [361,1]; n. a secret place or mystery Kat2hUp. i, 1, 29; one of
the S3abda7lam2ka1ras Sarasv. ii, 19; (%{am}) ind. secretly Das3. vii, 248 Ra1jat. v, 268; (%{A})
f. N. of a S3ruti Gal.; (%{e}) loc. ind. secretly Mn. vii, 186; ix, 170.
GYaa = to know
GYaatavyaM = knowable
GYaatuM = to know
GYaatena = by knowing
GYaana = knowledge
GYaanaM = knowledge
GYaanavaan.h = learned
GYaanasya = of knowledge
GYaanaaH = knowledge
GYaane = in knowledge
GYaayate = known
GYeyaM = be known
haa * = Meaning 1 ind. an exclamation expressive of pain, anger, astonishment, satisfaction &c. (=
ah! alas! oh! ha! often before or after a voc. case, also repeated {hA-hA} cf. 1. {hahA} above, or
followed by other particles, esp. {dhik}, {hanta}, {kaSTam} &c.) MBh. Kâv.&c,
haa * = Meaning 2 (not always separable fr. 3. {hA}) cl. 3. Â. (Dhâtup. xxv, 7) {ji4hIte} (p.
{ji4hAna} [q.v.]; pf. {jahire4} AV.; aor. {ahAsta} RV. &c.; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyate} Br. MBh.; inf.
{-hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hAtvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} RV.), to start or spring forward, bound away, give way
to (dat.) RV.; to spring or leap upon (?) RV. x, 49, 5; to go or depart or betake one's self to have
recourse to (acc.) Nalo7d. [1296, 2]; to fall or come into any state Kir.: Pass. {hAyate} (aor.
{ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hApayati} (aor. {ajIhapat}) ib.: Desid. {jihAsate} ib.: Intens. {jahAyate},
{jAhAti}, {jAheti} ib.
haa * = Meaning 3 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 8) {ja4hAti} (rarely cl. 1. {jahati} 3. du. {jahltaH} Impv.
{jahi4hi} For {jahAhi} Pân. 6-4, 117]; {jahItAt} AV.; Pot. {jahyAt} AV. &c.; pf. {jahau}, {jahu4H}
RV. &c.; {jahe} Br.; aor. {ahAt} ib. &c.; {ahAsIt} Gr.; 3. sg. {ahAs} RV.; {a4hAsi} AV.; {hAsiSTa}
ib.,; fut. {hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyati}, {-te} AV. &c, {jahiSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {hAtum} ib.; ind. p.
{hitvA4}. [q.v.] RV. &c.; {hitvI4} {-tvA4ya} RV.; {-hItvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya} Br., {hI4yam} TS.), to
leave, abandon, desert, quit, forsake, relinquish (with {zarIram}, {deham}, {prA7NAn}, {asUn},
{jvitam} &c. - "' to die "') RV. &c, &c.; to discharge, emit ib.; to put away, take off, remove, lay
aside, give up, renounce, resign, avoid, shun, abstain or refrain from Mn. MBh. &c.; to disregard,
neglect ib.; to lose, be deprived of. R. Kâm.; to get rid of. escape from Up. MBh. &c.; to cause to
emit (with {zardham}, `" to cause to break wind "') Vop.: Pass. {hIya4te} or {hI4yate} (ep. also
{hIyati}; aor. {ahAyi}), to be left or abandoned or deserted &c.; to be left behind, fall short of
(abl.) RV. &c. &c.; to be excluded from or bereft of (abl. or instr.; with {prA7NaiH}, `" to die "')
KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be overtaken by (instr.) MBh.; to be deficient or wanting, suffer loss
or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease, wane, decline, come to an end ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
weigh less (at the ordeal of the balance) Yâjñ. Sch.; to be given up or avoided Bhartri. (v.l.); to be
subtracted VarBriS.; to become detached from (with abl. or instr.), fall out (as hair) BhP.: Caus.
{hApayati} (m. c. also {-te} aor. {ajIhapat}; {-jIhipaH} RV.), to cause to leave or abandon &c.; to
omit, neglect Mn. MBh. &c.; to fall short of. be wanting in (acc.) MBh. Cân.; to give up ({asUn}, `"
life "') Hariv.; to lose ({kAlam}, `" time "') Kâm.; to abandon ({pratijJAm}, `" a thesis "')
Jâtakam.: Desid. {jihAsati}, to wish to leave or abandon Das'. BhP. HParis'.; to wish to reject or
disdain Prab.; to wish to escape Sarvad.: Intens. {jehIyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} Gr. This page was
generated by SFgate 4.0.30. Ha Meaning 1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî
alphabet (in Pânini's system belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the
English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely
from {dh} or {bh}).
haa * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e.
the arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise;
blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a
physician; cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter;
({A}) f. coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a
gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
haalaahala = poison
haana * 2 n. the act of abandoning, relinquishing, giving up, escaping, getting rid of Gaut. S'ank.
Sarvad.; want, lack Kap.; cessation ib. Bhartri. (v.l.)
haana 1 mfn. gone or departed &c. (in {sa4MhAna}, `" risen "') VS.
haani = damage
haaniH = destruction
haara = Garland
haariNii = remover
haa4rdi * = m. the heart AV.; contentment, ease, comfort VarBriS.; n. the heart or interior of the
body (also applied to the intestines) RV.
haardivan * =(TÂr.) or (vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)
haasa = laughter
ha = the sun
ha * = Meaning1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in Pânini's system
belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in {hard}; it is not an
original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
ha * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za}); water; a cipher (i.e. the
arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation, auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood;
dying; fear; knowledge; the moon; Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician;
cause, motive; = {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f.
coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a gem;
calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham} (?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
ha * = Meaning 3 ind. (prob. orig. identical with 2. {gha}, and used as a particle for emphasizing a
preceding word, esp. if it begins a sentence closely connected with another; very frequent in the
Brâhmanas and Sûtras, and often translatable by) indeed, assuredly, verily, of course, then &c.
(often with other particles e.g. with {tv eva}, {u}, {sma}, {vai} &c.; {na ha}, `" not indeed "'; also
with interrogatives and relatives e.g. {yad dha}, `" when indeed "'; {kad dha}, `" what then? "'
sometimes with impf. or pf. [cf. Pân. 3-2, 116]; in later language very commonly used as a mere
expletive, esp. at the end of a verse) RV. &c. &c.
ha * = Meaning 4 mf({A})n. (fr. {han}) killing, destroying, removing (only ifc.; see {arAti-},
{vRtra-}, {zatruha} &c.)
ha * = Meaning 5 mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {hA}) abandoning, deserting, avoiding (ifc.; see {an-oka-} and
{vApI-ha}); ({A}) f. abandonment, desertion L.
haituka* = mf({I})n. having a cause or reason, founded on some motive (in {a-h-}) Bhag. BhP.;
(ifc.) caused by, dependent on MBh. BhP.; m. a reasoner, rationalist, sceptic, heretic ({I} f.) Mn.
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a follower of the Mîmânsâ doctrines W.
hala = a plough
halaahala = poison
halaahala* = m. n. a kind of deadly poison (prodoced at the churning of the ocean by gods and
demons) Kâv. Pañcat.; m. (only L.) a kind of lizard; a kind of snake; a Jaina or Bauddha sage.
haalaahala* = m. a panic. poisonous plant (the seed of which is said to resemble a cow's teat)
Bhpr.; a kind of lizard L.; a kind of spider L.; n. (rarely m.), a deadly poison prepared from the
roots of the above plant accord. to R. and BhP. produced at she churning of the ocean (cf.
{halAhala}) Kâv. Sus'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. a kind of small mouse L.; ({I}) f. spirituous liquor L.
halaayudha * m. `" plough-weaponed "'N. of Bala-râma (see above; also transferred to Vishnu-
Kriishna) MBh. Hariv.; (also with {bhatTa}, {mizra} &c.) N. of various writers (esp. of a poet, of
the author of the Abhidhâna-ratnamâls, of the author of the Purâna-sarvasva &c.) Cat.;
{-cchAndogya} (?) and {-stava} m. N. of wks.
han* = mfn. only f. {-ghnI} q.v.\\* = m. killer of Makha "'N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.
han* =1 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 2) {hanti} (3. du. {hata4H}, 3. pl. {ghnanti}; rarely Â. {hate}, 3. pl.
{ghnate}; and cl. 1. {hanati}, Ved. also {jighnate}, {-ti}; Pot. {hanyAt} Br. also {ha4nIta}, {ghnIta};
Impv. {jahi4} TÂr. {handhi4}; impf. {a4han}, Ved. and ep. also {ahanat}, {ahanan}, {aghnanta};
p. {jaghnat}, {ghnamAna} MBh.; pf. {jaghA4na}, {jaghnu4H} Br.and ep. also {jaghne}, {-nire}
Subj. {jagha4nat} RV.; p. {jaghniva4s}, Ved. also {jaghanvas}; aor. {ahAnIt} JaimBr. [cf. {vadh}];
fut. {hantA} MBh.; {haMsyati} ib.; {haniSya4ti}, {-te} AV. &c.; inf. {ha4ntum}, Ved. also
{ha4ntave}, {-tavai4}, {-toH}; ind. p. {hatvA4}, Ved. also {-tvI4}, {-tvAya}, {-hatya}; {-hanya}
MBh.; {-ghA4tam} Br. &c.), to strike, beat (also a drum), pound, hammer (acc.), strike &c. upon
(loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar, destroy ib.; to put to death, cause to be executed
Mn. Hit.; to strike off Kathâs.; to ward off, avert MBh.; to hurt, wound (the heart) R.; to hurl (a
dart) upon (gen.) RV.; (in astron.) to touch, come into contact VarBriS.; to obstruct, hinder Râjat.;
to repress, give up, abandon (anger, sorrow &c.) Kâv. BhP.; (?) to go, move Naigh. ii, 14: Pass.
{hanya4te} (ep. also {-ti}; aor. {avadhi} or {aghAni}), to be struck or killed RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
{ghAtayati}, {-te} (properly a Nom. fr. {ghAta} q.v.; aor. {ajIghatat} or {ajIghanat}), to cause to be
slain or killed, kill, slay, put to death, punish Mn. MBh. &c.; to notify a persoñs death ({kaMsaM
ghAtayati} = {kaMsa-vadham AcaSTe}) Pân. 3-1, 26 Vârtt. 6 Pat.; to mar, destroy MBh. Pañcat.
(v.l.): Desid. {ji4ghAMsati}, {-te} (Pot. {jighAMsIyat} MBh.; impf. {ajighAMsIH} S'Br.), to wish to
kill or destroy RV. &c. &c.: Intens. {ja4Gghanti} (RV.; p. {jaGghanat}, {ja4Gghnat} or
{gha4nighnat}), {jaGghanyate} (with pass. sense MundUp.), {jeghnIyate} (Pân. 7-4, 31), to strike
= tread upon (loc. or acc.) RV.; to slay, kill ib.; to dispel (darkness), destroy (evil, harm) ib.; to
hurt, injure, wound MundUp. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {de-fendere}, &388667[1287, 2] {of-fendere}; Lit.
{genu}, {gi4ti}; Slav. {gu8nati}.]
han* =2 mf({ghnI})n. killing, a killer, slayer (only ifc.; see {ari-}, {tamo-han} &c.)
hana * mf({I})n. id. (see {vIra-haNa}); m. killing, slaughter (see {su-hana}); ({A}) f. (see {dur-
ha4NA}).
hanana = killing
hanti = kills
hantuM = to kill
hanyate = is killed
har.h = to steal
hara = shankara
haraH = shiva
haranti = throw
hari = vishnu
hariNa = deer
harita = green
hariiH = VishNu
harmya = building
harsha = (masc) joy * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{hRS}) bristling, erection (esp. of the hair in a thrill
of rapture or delight) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy, pleasure, happiness (also personified as a son of
Dharma) Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1292,3]; erection of the sexual organ, sexual excitement,
lustfulness Sus3r.; ardent desire MBh.; N. of an Asura Katha1s.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of
various authors &c. (also with %{dIkSita}, %{mizra}, %{sUri} &c.; cf. %{zrI-harSa}); mfn. happy,
delighted W.
harshhaM = cheerfulness
haryaksha * = mfn. yelloweyed VS. MBh.; m. a lion MBh. R.; the zodiacal sign Leo Cat.; a monkey
R.; N. of Kubera L.; of a demon causing diseases PârGri.; of an Asura BhP.; of a son of Priithu ib.;
of S'iva MW.
hary-aksha * = hary-akSa
hasta = hand
hastaM = hand
hata* =mfn. struck by lightning Ka1t2h. [113,1]\\ mfn. struck, heaten (also said of a drum),
smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `"
-less "') RV. &c. &c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Katha1s.; struck off (as a
head) R.; knocked out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; whirled up, raised
(as dust) S3ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or
comp.) S3Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.) touched, come into contact VarBr2S.; violated
(sexually, as a woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of
persons and things; cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sa1h.; cheated,
deceived Kuval.; deprived of, lapsed from (%{-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.) multiplied
A1ryabh.; (%{A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for marriage L.; (%{am})
n. striking, killing, hurting W.; multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287,2] `" slain. "']
haTa* = force, against one's will * =mfn. struck - by lightning, heaten (also said of a drum),
smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `"
-less "') RV. &c. &c.; injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kathâs.; struck off (as a
head) R.; knocked out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.; whirled up, raised (as
dust) S'ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by, struggling with, suffering from (instr. or comp.)
S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.) touched, come into contact VarBriS.; violated (sexually, as a
woman) MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things;
cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sâh.; cheated, deceived Kuval.; deprived
of, lapsed from ({-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.) multiplied Âryabh.; ({A}) f. a violated
woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for marriage L.; ({am}) n. striking, killing, hurting W.;
multiplication ib. [Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287, 2] `" slain. "']
hataM = killed
hatvaa = by killing
haviH = butter
havirdhaana* = m. N. of the author of RV. x, 11-15 Anukr.; of a son of Antar-dhana (cf. {havir-
dhAman}) BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of the mythical cow Surabhi or Kâma-dhenu ib.; of the wife of Havir-
dhâna ib.; ({am}) n. `" oblation-receptacle "', the vehicle in which the Soma plants are couveyed
to be pressed (generally in du.) AV. VS. S'Br.; a shed for the Soma vehicles ib. KâtyS'r.; a place of
sacrifice MBh. Hariv.; the earth (as the depository of oblñoblation) AV.; ({e}), du, (with
{prajApateH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.
havishhaa = offerings
haya = horse
hayaiH = horses
hetavaH = causes
hetu = intention * = m. `" impulse "', motive, cause, cause of, reason for (loc., rarely dat. or gen.;
{hetunA}, {hetoH}, {hetave}, {hetau}, `" for a cause or reason "', `" by reason of "', `" on account
of "' [with gen. or comp. e.g. {mama hetoH} or {mad-dhetoH}, `" on account of me "']; {kaM
hetum} or {ko heTuH}, `" wherefore? "' `" why? "' Pân. 2-2, 23 Pat.; {yato hetoH}, `" because "';
{anena hetunA} or {iti hetoH}, `" for this reason "'; {mRtyu-hetave}, `" in order to kill "'; {hetur
alaukikaH}, `" a supernatural cause "'; ifc. {hetu} also = `" having as a cause or motive "', `"
caused or effected or actuated or attracted or impelled by "' e.g. {karma-hetu}, `" caused by the
acts [of a former existence] "' Mn. i, 49; {mAMsa-hetu}, `" attracted by [the smell of] flesh "' MBh.
x, 496; {karma-phala-hetu}, `" impelled by [the expectation of] the consequences of any act "'
BhP. ii, 47; 49) RV. &c. &c.; a logical reason or dedaction or argument, the reason for an inference
(esp. applied to the second member or Avayava of the five-membered syllogism see {nyAya})
Nyâyad. IW. 61; logic (in general see {hetuvidyA}); (in gram.) the agent of the causal verb Pân. 1-
4, 55 &c.; (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to {pratyaya} q.v.) Sarvad.; (with Pas'upatas)
that which causes the bondage of the soul i.e. the external world and the senses ib.; a means
({hetubhiH} ifc. `" by means of "') MBh.; mode, manner ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" according to "') ib.
Sus'r. Yâjñ.; price, cost Râjat. v, 71; condition MBh.; (in rhet.) = {kAvya-liGga} (q.v.) Bhar. Kpr.
Sâh.
hetoH = in exchange
heman.h = gold
hemanta = (masc) winter
hi = really
hi * =Meaning 1 i (cf. {hay}) cl. 5. P. (Dhâtup., xxvii, 11) {hino4ti} (Ved. also {hinute4}, {hi4nvati}
and {hinva4ti}, {-te}; p. {hinvAna4} [with aet. and pass. sense] RV.; {ha4yat} RV. TS.; 1: sg.
{hiSe} RV.; pf. {jighAya}, {jighyuH} Br. &c.; {jighye} [with pass. sense] Bhathth.; aor. {a4hema}
{a4hema}, {ahyan}, {heta} p. {hiyAna4} [with pass. sense] RV.; {ahyam} [?], {a4hait} AV.;
{ahaiSIt} Br.; {aheSata} RV.; fut. {hetA} Gr.; {heSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {-hye4} RV.), to send forth
set in motion, impel, urge on, hasten on (Â. also intrans.) RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r.; to stimulate or
incite to (dat.) RV.; to assist or help to (dat.) ib.; to discharge, b, hurl, cast, shoot RV.; to convey,
bring, procure ib. S'Br.; to forsake, abandon, get rid of Bhathth.; ({hinvati}), to gladden, delight
Dhâtup. xv, 82: Pass. {hIyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hAyuyati} (aor. {ajIhayat}) ib.: Desid. of
Caus. {jihApayiSati} ib.: Desid. {jighISati} ib.: Inteus. {jeghIyate}, {jeghayIti}, {jegheti} ib.
hi4* =Meaning 2 ind. (used as a particle [cf. {ha} and {gha}] and usually denoting) for, because,
on account of (never standing first in a sentence, but generally after the first word and used
enclitically, sometimes after pronouns; e.g. {sa4rvo hi4 pR4tanA jigISati}, `" for everybody wishes
to win battles "'; {bkavAn hi pramANam}, `" for your honour is the authority "'; {tahA hi}, `" for
example "', `" accordingly "'; {na4 hi4} or {nahI4} "', for not "', `" not at all "') RV. &c. &c.; just,
pray, do (with an Impv. or Pot. emphatically; sometimes with Indic., e. g. {pasyAmo hi}, `" we will
just see "') ib.; indeed, assuredly, surely, of course, certainly ({hi4 vai4}, `" most assuredly "'; {hi-
tu} or {hi-punar}, `" indeed-but "'; often a mere expletive, esp. to avoid a hiatus, sometimes
repeated in the same sentence; {hi} is also said to be an interjection of `" envy "', `" contempt "',
`" hurry "' &c.) ib.
hi.nsati = kills
hi.nsaa = violence
hita = benefit
hitaM = beneficial
hitaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to avail, be of use or advantage Vâs. Hitâ4vat mfn. one who has put
away or hidden his property RV.
hima = snow
himaalayaH = the Himalayan mountains = * Nom. P. {-yati}, to resemble the Hima7laya Dhûrtas.
hiMsa* = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; ({A}) f. see below.
hiMsA* = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to be of three kinds, 1.
mental as `" bearing malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence
"') Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; Injury or Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of
Lobha and Nishkriiti) Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
horaa = A Varga. The Division of a sign into Solar and Lunar or Division into halves. Used for
determining Wealth amongst other things
hraada * = m. sound, noise, roar (of thunder) ChUp. MBh. Kir.; sound (in a phonetical sense)
Pat.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Hiranyakas'ipu Hariv. Pur.
hrada * = 1 m. (once n.; ifc. f. {A} rather to be connected with {hlAd}, but cf. {hrAd}; for 2.
{hrada} see p. 1307) a large or deep piece of water, lake, pool (rarely applied to the sea; with
{gAGga}, `" the water of the Ganges "') RV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. the incense tree L.; ({I}) f. g.
{gaurA7di}.
hrada * =2 m. (ifc. f. {A}; for 1. see p. 1306, col. 3) sound, noise L.; a ray of light (see {zata-hr-}); a
ram L.; N. of a son of Hrâda Hariv.
hriiH = modesty
hrii* = 1 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 3) {jihreti} ({ji4hriyat} MaitrS.; pf. {jihrAya} Ragh.; {jihrayAM-
cakAra}, {-yAm-Asa}, Gr.; aor. {ahraiSIt} ib.; Prec. {hrIyAt} ib.; p. {hrayANa}, see {a-hr-}; fut.
{hretA}, {hreSyati} Gr.), to feel shame, blush, be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (gen.)
or anything (abl.) Kâv. Kathâs.: Caus. {hrepayati} (aor. {ajihripat}), to make ashamed, cause to
blush, confound, put to shame (also fig. = `" surpass, excel "') ib.: Desid. {jihrISati} Gr.: Intens.
{jehrIyate} (p. {-yamANa} SaddhP.), {jehrayIti}, {jehreti}, to be greatly ashamed ib. \\2 f. shame,
modesty, shyness, timidity (also personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) VS. &c. &
hriyate = is attracted
hri = to steal
hrita = deprived of
hritat.h = heart
hridaya = heart* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) the heart (or region of the heart as the seat of feelings and
sensations; {hRdaye-kR}, `" to take to heart "'), soul, mind (as the seat of mental operations;
{capala-hRdaya}, `" fickleminded "') RV. &c. &c.; the heart or interior of the body RV. AV. TBr.
MBh.; the heart or centre or core or essence or best or dearest or most secret part of anything AV.
&c. &c.; true or divine knowledge MW.; the Veda ib.; science ib.; (with {prajApateH}) N. of a
Sâman IndSt.; m. a partic. Sunday BhavP.; ({A}) f. N. of a mare Hariv.; mfn. going to the heart
BhâgP. (fr. {hRd} + {aya} Sch.)
hridayaM = heart
hridayasthaM = heart-stationed
hridayaani = hearts
hridayii = in my heart
hrish* = cl. 1. P. A1. %{ha4rSati}, %{-te} fr. P. only p. %{ha4rSat}), to be excited or impatient,
rejoice in the prospect of, be anxious or impatient for (dat.) RV.; to speak or affirm falsely, lie
Dha1tup. xvii, 59; cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 119) %{hRSyati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; pf.
%{jaharSa}, %{jahRSuH}; %{jahRSe}, %{-Sire} MBh. &c.; aor. %{ahRSat} ib.; fut. %{harSitA},
%{harSiSyati} Gr.; inf. %{harSitum} ib.; ind. p. %{-hRSya} MBh. &c.), to thrill with rapture,
rejoice, exult, be glad or pleased Pa1rGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to become sexually excited Sus3r.; to
become erect or stiff or rigid, bristle (said of the hairs of the body &c.), become on edge (like the
teeth) MBh. BhP.: Pass. %{hRSyate} (aor. %{aharSi}) Gr.: Caus. %{harSa4yati}, %{-te} (aor.
%{ajIhRSat}, or %{ajaharSat}), to excite, make impatient or eager for (victory &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to
rejoice, be glad Mn. MBh.; to cause to bristle Cat.: Desid. %{jiharSiSati} Gr.: Intens.
%{jarIhRSyate}, %{jarharSTi} &c. (Ved. forms %{jarhRSanta}, %{ja4rhRSANa} and
%{jAhRSANa4}), to be impatient or excited RV. VS. A1s3vS3r.; to excite violently RV. [Cf. Lat.
{horreo} for {horseo}.]
hrishhitaH = gladdened
hrishiikes'a* = m. (perhaps = {hRSI-keza} cf. {hRSI-vat} above) id. ({-tva} n.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; N.
of the tenth month VarBriS.; of a Tîrtha Cat.; of a poet ib.; lord of the senses (said of Manas) BhP.;
{-zA7zrama} m. N. of a man Cat.
hrishhiikeshaH = Hrishîkes'a (KRishhNa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees)
hrishhTaromaa = with his bodily hairs standing on end due to his great ecstasy
hrishhyaami = I am enjoying
hrishtha * = mfn. thrilling with rapture, rejoiced, pleased, glad, merry Mn. MBh. &c.; bristling,
erect, standing on end (said of the hairs of the body) MBh. R. &c.; rigid, stiff Hariv.; blunted (cf.
{hRSita}) Pat.; surprised, astonished ib.
hrit *= hRt mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see %{bali-}, %{taila-},
%{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt} &c.)// 2 in comp. for %{hRd}.
hutaM = offered
hyaH = yesterday
ichchh.h = to wish
ichchhaa = desire
ichchhaami = do I wish
idaM = this* = 1 {aya4m}, {iya4m}, {ida4m} (fr. {id} Un. iv, 156; g. {sarvA7di} Pân. 1-1, 27 Vop.; a
kind of neut. of the pronom. base 3. {i} with {am} [cf. Lat. {is}, {ea}, {id}, and {idem}]; the regular
forms are partly derived from the pronom. base {a}; see Gr. 224; the Veda exhibits various
irregular formations e.g. fr. pronom. base {a}, an inst. {enA4}, {ayA4} [used in general
adverbially], and gen. loc. du. {ayo4s}, and perhaps also {avo4s}, in RV. vi, 67, 11; vii, 67, 4; x, 132,
5 [BRD.]; fr. the base {ima}, a gen. sing. {ima4sya}, only RV.; the RV. has in a few instances the
irregular accentuation {a4smai}, v, 39, 5, &c.; {a4sya}, iv, 15, 5, &c.; {A4bhis}, vi, 25, 2, &c.: the
forms derived fr. {a} are used enclitically if they take the place of the third personal pronoun, do
not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have no peculiar stress laid upon them), this,
this here, referring to something near the speaker; known, present; (opposed to {adas} e.g. {ayaM
lokaH} or {idaM vizvam} or {idaM sarvam}, this earthly world, this universe; {ayam agniH}, this
fire which burns on the earth; but {asAv agniH}, that fire in the sky, i. e. the lightning: so also
{idam} or {iyam} alone sometimes signifies `" this earth "'; {ime smaH}, here we are.) {idam}
often refers to something immediately following, whereas {etad} points to what precedes (e.g.
{zrutvai9tad idam UcuH}, having heard that they said this). {idam} occurs connected with {yad},
{tad}, {etad}, {kim}, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything more distinctly and
emphatically, partly pleonastically (e.g. {tad idaM vAkyam}, this speech here following [165, 3];
{so 'yaM vidUSakaH}, this Vidûshaka here).
idam* = 2 ind. [Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskriit] here, to this place; now, even,
just; there; with these words RV. AV. S'Br. AitBr. ChUp.; in this manner R. ii, 53, 31 S'ak. (v.l. for
{iti} in {kim iti joSam Asyate}, 202, 8).
idaaniiM = now
idrik.h = as it is
iDyaM = worshipable
iha = here
iheha *= ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly; {-mAtR} m. one whose mother is here
and there i.e. everywhere RV. vi, 59, 1.
Ihita * mfn. sought, attempted, striven for; wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, request, wish, effort
Hit. Kathâs. Prab. &c.
iih.h = to wish
iihate = he aspires
iihaa = wish
iiksh.h = to see
iikshaNa = seeing
iikshaNaM = eyes
iipsita* = mfn. wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, wish MBh. R. Ragh. Kathâs.
iipsitatama* = mfn. most desired, immediately aimed at (as the object of an action) Pân. 1-4, 49.
iipsu* = mfn. striving to obtain; wishing to get or obtain, desirous of (with acc.) Mn. MBh. Ragh.
R. &c.
iis'itaa *= f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP
iikshaNa* = n. a look, view, aspect sight KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Kathâs. Pañcat. Ratnâv. &c.; regarding,
looking after, caring for Mn.; eye MBh. R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.
iiksha* = mf({I})n. ifc. seeing, looking, visiting (see {tiryag-IkSa}, {vadhv-IkSa}); ({A}) f. sight,
viewing; considering BhP. Nyâyad.; ({am}) n. anything seen S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 23 (merely for the etym.
of {antarikSa}).
iikshaNika* = {as}, {A} mf. and m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller VarBriS.
iirsha = jelousy
iis'a4 * = mfn. owning, possessing, sharing; one who is completely master of anything; capable of
(with gen.); powerful, supreme; a ruler, master, lord Mn. S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; m. a husband L.; a
Rudra; the number `" eleven "' (as there are eleven Rudras); N. of S'iva as regent of the north-east
quarter MBh. Hariv. R. S'ak. &c.; N. of S'iva; of Kuvera; ({A4}) f. faculty, power, dominion AV. VS.
S'Br.
iis'a * m. lord in lord in heaven pl. N. of the Âdityas, Vasu and Rudra Hcat. i, 6. (For other comp.
see under {diva4s}, {divA}, 2. {divi4}, {divo} 3. {dyu4}.)
iis'itaa * = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva MBh. BhP.
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable,
exposed to AV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; (%{as}, %{I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king,
mistress, queen AV. S3Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn.
Sus3r. Ya1jn5. &c.; the supreme soul (%{Atman}); S3iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of
a prince; the number `" eleven "'; (%{A} or %{I}) f. N. of Durga1; of Lakshmi1; of any other of the
S3aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double
or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a
plank, board VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.
iisha = God
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of S'iva.
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or plough; ({e}) f. du. the double
or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29 AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a
plank, board VarBriS.; a particular measure, S'ulb.
iishvara = lord, the capable (here)* * = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with
common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord,
prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme
Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love;
N. of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the
S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iis'itaa* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'varapraNidhaana* = n. devotion to God, Vedântas
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable,
exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress,
queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.;
the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number
`" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the S'aktis or female energies
of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iis'itA* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh. BhP.
iiti * = 1 f. (fr. 4. {I}?), plague, distress, any calamity of the season (as drought, excessive rain,
swarm of rats, foreign invasion, &c.); infectious disease MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an affray L.; travelling
in foreign countries, sojourning L.
iiya-cakSas * = fn. ({Iya} fr. {i}), of pervading or far-reaching sight RV. v, 66, 6.
ijyayaa = by worship
ikshuH = sugarcane
ima* = * the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m} q.v. (acc. sg. m. {ima4m}
f. {imA4m} [168, 1]; nom. pl. m. {ime4}, &c.; irregular gen. sg. {ima4sya} RV. viii, 13, 21 [once]).
imaan.h = these
ime = these
imau = these
ingate = waver
indu = moon
indrapramati* = m. a pupil of Paila and author of some verses of the Riig-veda RAnukr. BhP. VP.
AgP.
indrapramada* = m. N. of a man.
indraprastha* = n. `" Indra's place "'N. of a city (now called Delhi, the residence of the Pândavas)
MBh.
indriya = organ of sense or action* = mfn. fit for or belonging to or agreeable to Indra RV. AV.
VS.; m. a companion of Indra(?) RV. i, 107, 2 AV. xix, 27, 1; ({am}) n. power, force, the quality
which belongs especially to the mighty Indra RV. AV. VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br.; exhibition of power,
powerful act RV. VS.; bodily power, power of the senses; virile power AV. VS. S'Br.; semen virile
VS. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; faculty of sense, sense, organ of sense AV. Sus'r. Mn. Ragh. Kir. &c.; the
number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception,
{buddhI7ndriyANi} or {jJAne7ndriyANi}, i.e. eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindûs
enumerate five organs of action, {karme7ndriyANi} i.e. larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of
generation; between these ten organs and the soul or {Atman} stands {manas} or mind,
considered as an eleventh organ; in the Vedânta, {manas}, {buddhi}, {ahaMkAra}, and {citta}
form the four inner or internal organs, {antar-indriyANi}, so that according to this reckoning the
organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or {niyantR}; thus, the
eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two As'vins, the tongue by
Pracetas, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot by Vishnu, the anus
by Mitra, the parts of generation by Prajâpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by Brahman, ahankâra
by S'iva, citta by Vishnu as Acyuta; in the Nyâya philosophy each organ is connected with its own
peculiar element, the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the
skin with Air, the ear with Ether; the Jainas divide the whole creation into five sections, according
to the number of organs attributed to each being.)
indriyaH = senses
indra * = m.m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sây. on RV. i, 3, 4 Un. ii, 28;
according to BRD. fr. {in} = {inv} with suff. {ra} preceded by inserted {d}, meaning `" to subdue,
conquer "' [166, 2]; according to Muir, S. T. v, 119, for {sindra} fr. {syand}, `" to drop "'; more
probably from {ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with {indu} above), the god of the
atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns
over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with his
thunder-bolt [{vajra}] the demons of darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism;
{indra} was not originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind,
and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any other deity, and ultimately
superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varuna; in the later mythology {indra} is subordinated to
the triad Brahman, Vishnu, and S'iva, but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular
mind) RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and considered
one of the twelve Âdityas) Mn. R. Sus'r. &c.; in the Vedânta he is identified with the supreme
being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first, the chief (of any class of objects; cf. {sure7ndra},
{rAje7ndra}, {parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being called
Indrânî or Indra's wife) S'Br. BriÂrUp.; the number fourteen, Sûryas; N. of a grammarian; of a
physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see {kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable poison L.; the twenty-
sixth Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth
Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of
the nine divisions of Jambu-dvîpa or the known continent L.; ({A}) f. the wife of Indra see
{indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; ({I}) f. N. of an attendant of Devî.
indhana = fuel
isha* = 1 mfn. seeking (see {gav-iSa}). \\=2 mfn. possessing sap and strength; well-fed, strong;
sappy, juicy, fertile RV.; m. N. of the month Âs'vina, September-October) VS. S'Br. Sus'r. VP.; N.
of a Riishi BhP.
ishu * = {us} mf. an arrow RV. AV. VS. MBh. Ragh. S'ak. &c.; (in mathematics) a versed sine; N. of
a Soma ceremony KâtyS'r.; the number five Sâh.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri. xii, 7.
[According to Dayânanda {iSu} may mean `" ray of light "'; cf. Gk. $; &52843[168, 3] Zd. {ishu}.]
ishat.h = a little
ishthaan.h = desired
ishthvaa = worshiping
ishtha* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see s.v.), sought S'Br.; wished, desired; liked, beloved; agreeable;
cherished RV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; reverenced, respected; regarded as good,
approved Mn. Sânkhyak.; valid; m. a lover, a husband S'ak. 83 c; the plant Ricinus Communis L.;
({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({am}) n. wish, desire RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. R.; ({am}) ind. voluntarily.\\2
mfn. (p.p. fr. {yaj}; for 1. {iSTa4} see col. 2) sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices VS. S'Br.
KâtyS'r. AitBr. &c.; m. sacrifice MârkP. xiii, 15; ({am}) n. sacrificing, sacrifice; sacred rite,
sacrament L.
ishthadeva* = m. (L.) or a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf.
{abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthadevataa* = f. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly worshipped (cf.
{abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthavrata* = mfn. that by which good ({iSTa}) works ({vrata}) succeed [Sây.] RV. iii, 59, 9.
ishthArtha* = m. anything desired or agreeable; (mfn.) one who has obtained a desired object
MBh. R.; {-rtho7dyukta} mfn. zealous or active for a desired object.
ishthAvat* = mfn. possessing a desired object (?) AV. xviii, 3, 20 [perhaps and belonging to 2.
{iSTa}].
ishthayajus* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. one who has spoken the sacrificial verses VS. TS.
ishthakaa* = f. a brick in general; a brick used in building the sacrificial altar VS. AitBr. S'Br.
KâtyS'r. Mriicch. &c.
ishthi* =1 f. impulse, acceleration, hurry; invitation; order; despatch RV.\\* =2 f. seeking, going
after RV.; endeavouring to obtain; wish, request, desire RV. VS. &c.; any desired object; a desired
rule, a desideratum, a N. applied to the statement of grammarians who are considered as
authoritative.\\* =3 f. sacrificing, sacrifice; an oblation consisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed to
the sacrifice of an animal or Soma RV. i, 166, 14; x, 169, 2 S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ya1jn5. Mn. S3ak.
Ragh. &c.
i4tara = Other* == mf({A})n. (the neuter is {ad} in classical Sanskriit, but {am} [{ad} S'Br.] in
Ved. Pân. 7-1, 25, 26; comparative form of pronom. base 3. {i}; cf. Lat. {iterum}; Hib. {iter}), the
other (of two), another; (pl, ) the rest; (with abl.) different from RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. Mn. Ragh.
Hit. &c.; low, vile Kâd.; expelled, rejected L.; ({A}) f. said to be a N. of the mother of Aitareya;
({ad}) ind. whereas, whilst Subh.; {itara}, {itara}, the one - the other, this - that. ({itara}
connected antithetically with a preceding word often signifies the contrary idea e.g. {vijayAya
itarAya vA} [MBh.], to victory or defeat; so in Dvandva compounds, {sukhe7tareSu} [S'vetUp.], in
happiness and distress; it sometimes, however, forms a Tat-purusha compound with another
word to express the one idea implied in the contrary of that word, e.g. {dakSiNe7tara}, the left
hand.)
i4tarajana* = m. an ordinary man S'ârng.; ({As}) m. pl. `" other men "'; a euphemistic name of
certain beings who appear to be considered as spirits of darkness (Kuvera belongs to them) AV.
VS. TS. MaitrS. GopBr.
i4taratas* = ind. otherwise than, different from; from or to another direction KâtyS'r. S'Br. &c.;
({itazce7taratazca}, hither and thither R.)
itarathaa* = ind. in another manner, in a contrary manner; perversely; on the other hand, else
S'Br. KâtyS'r. S'is'. &c.
itaraH = common
iti= like that* =1 f. {ityai4} (dat.) see {i} above; (for 2. {iti} see s. v.) \\ 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base
3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original signification {iti} refers to something that has been
said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as
you know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c. supposed to be
known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the preceding words are the very
words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it
serves the purpose of inverted commas ({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so
considered, having so decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind
e.g. {bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to be
despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram. {iti tathA karoti} means `"
after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti} is used to include under one head a number of
separate objects aggregated together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH}
{alobha iti mArgo 'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-
restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is sometimes followed by {evam},
{iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may
call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-
pANini}, thus according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It
may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in {ityAdi}, et caetera), order,
arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting
a rule to express `" according to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati},
according to the rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim},
wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit {ti} and {tti}.)
itihaasa = history
iyaM = this
iyakS * = (anom. Desid. of {yaj}) P. {i4yakSati} (Subj. 3. pl. {i4yakSAn} RV. x, 50, 3; p.
{i4yakSat}) Â. (p. {i4yakSamANa} RV. i, 123, 10 VS. xvii, 69) to go towards, approach; to request,
endeavour to gain; to long for, seek RV. VS.
i4yat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), so large, only so large; so much, only so much; of such
extent RV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as
{totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens}, {quoties}, and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyate V*: it appears like, is perceived, is seen, is mistaken as, is spent, seems,
iyasya * = aning
iyattaa * = f. or the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much
Ragh. Ka1d. &c
Jaa
jaagrita = alert
jaaha * =n. ifc. (g. 2. {karNadi}) the root or point of issue of certain parts of the body cf. {akSi-},
({Asya-}), {oSTha-}, {karNa-}, {keza-}, {gulpha-}, {danta-}, {nakha-}, {pAda-}, {priSTha-},
{bhrU-}, {mukha-}.
jaala = net
jaa4na * = 1 n. birth, origin, birth place RV. i, 37, 9 and 95, 3; v, x AV. vii, 76, 5 S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 40.
[418, 3] \\ * = 2 m. (fr. {ja4na}) patr. of Vriis'a (= {vaijAna}, `" son of Vijânâ "' Sch.) TândyaBr.
xiii, 3 Arsh
jaanakaaraaH = knowledgeable
jaanaati = knows
jaaniite = know
jaaniimaH = know
jaanunii = knees
jaane = I know
jaataaH = born
jaati* = f. birth, production AitBr. ii, 39 Mn. MBh. (also {-tI}, xiii f.) &c.; re-birth R. i, 62, 17
Kârand. xxiii, 193; the form of existence (as man, animal, &c.) fixed by birth Mn. iv, 148 f. Yogas.
ii, 13; (ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 98; position assigned by birth, rank, caste, family, race, lineage KâtyS'r.
xv Mn. Yâjñ. &c. ({-tI} MBh. xiv, 2549); kind, genus (opposed to species), species (opposed to
individual), class Lâthy. KâtySr. Pân. &c., (once {-tI} ifc. MBh. vi, 456); the generic properties
(opposed to the specific ones) Sarvad.; natural disposition to Car. ii, 1; the character of a species,
genuine or true state of anything Yâjñ. ii, 246 MBh. xii, 5334; reduction of fractions to a common
denominator; a self-confuting reply (founded merely on similarity or dissimilarity) Nyâyad. v, 1 ff.
Sarvad. xi, 10 and 34 Prab. Sch.; (in rhet.) a particular figure of speech Sarasv. ii, 1; a class of
metres R. i, 4, 6 Kâvya7d. i, 11; a manner of singing Hariv.; a fire-place L.; (= {-tI}) mace, nutmeg
Sus'r.; Jasminum grandiflorum L.; = {-tI-phalA} L.; = {kampilla} L. cf. {antya-}, {eka-}, {dvi-} -
[cf. Lat. {gens}; Lith. {pri-gentis}]
jaatii * = f. = {-ti} q.v.; Jasminum grandiflorum Hariv. 7891 Bhartri. BhP. x Amar. [418, 2]; mace,
nutmeg Sus'r. VarBriS
jaayante = develop
jaayaa = Wife, female companion, spouse, strii
ja = Born
jaDa mf({A})n. (cf. {ja4lhu}) cold, frigid Pañcat. i, 12, 4 Kâvya7d. ii, 34 Râjat. iv, 41; stiff, torpid,
motionless, apathetic, senseless, stunned, paralysed Ragh. iii, 68 S'ak. &c.; stupid, dull Mn. viii,
394 (also {a-} neg., 148) Yâjñ. ii MBh. (ifc. `" too stupid for "', iii, 437) &c.; void of life, inanimate,
unintelligent KapS. i, 146; vi, 5o NriisUp. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; dumb "' Mn. ii, 110 Sus'r.; ifc.
stunning, stupefying S'ak. iv, 6; m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of Sumati (who simulated stupidity) cf.
MârkP. x, 9; cold, frost W.; idiocy W.; dulness, apathy W.; inanimate "', lifeless, matter (opposed
to {cetana}); n. water (= {jala}) S'ârngP. (Subh.); lead L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant ( = {jaTA}, Mucuna
pruritus, Flacourtia cataphracta L.) Car. vi, 2 (ifc. f. {A}).
jagat* mfn. ( {gam} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 178 Vârtt. 3) moving, movable, locomotive, living RV. AV.
&c.; (= {jA4gata}) composed in the Jagatî metre RV. i, 164, 23 ShadvBr. i, 4 Lâthy. i, 8, 9; m. air,
wind L.; m. pl. people, mankind Râjat. (C) iii, 494; n. that which moves or is alive, men and
animals, animals as opposed to men, men (Naigh. ii, 3) RV. AV. &c. ({-to madhye}, `" within
everybody's sight "' R. vii, 97, 1; 5 and 10); the world, esp. this world, earth S'Br. Mn. &c.; the
Jagati metre RV. i, 164, 25; N. of a Sâman see - {sAman}; n. du. heaven and the lower world Kir. v,
20; n. pl. the worlds (= {-gat-traya}) Prab. i, 10; people, mankind Kpr. x, 50/51 (Sâh. and Kuval.);
({ja4gatI}) f. a female animal RV. i, 157, 5; vi, 72, 4; a cow Naigh. 11, II; the plants (or flour as
coming from plants) VS. i, 21 S'Br. i, 2, 2, 2; the earth Îs'Up. Pras'nUp. Mn. i, 100 MBh. &c.; the
site of a house L. (Kir. i, 7 Sch.); people, mankind L.; the world, universe R. ii, 69, 11 a metre of 4 x
12 syllables RV. x, 130, 5 AV. viii; xix S'Br. AitBr. &c.; any metre of 4 X 12 syllables; the number 48
Lâthy. ix Kâty. xxii; a sacrificial brick named after the Jagatî metre S'Br. viii KâtyS'r. xvii; a field
planted with Jambû L.
jagat.h = universe
jaghana * = (%{janh}) m. [RV. i, 28, 2; v, 61, 3; vi, 75, 13] n. [AV.xiv, r, 36 TS.ii TBr. ii, &c.] the
hinder part, buttock, hip and loins, pudenda, mons veneris (ifc. f. %{A} [Pa1n2. 4-1, 56 Ka1s3.]
MBh. xiii, 5324 R. Megh.); the hinder part of an altar Sulbas. iii, 52; rear-guard MBh. iii, v f. ix;
(%{ena}) instr. ind. behind (with gen. [ChUp. ii, 24, 3] or acc. [S3Br. i f. vii, xi] following, once
[vii, 2, 2, 4] preceding); so as to turn the back towards S3a1n3khGr2. ii, 1; iv, 12
jagrat.h = awakened
jaghanya = of abominable
jaghni * mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 171) striking (with acc.) RV. ix, 61, 20; m. a weapon L.
jaha * = mfn. (3. {hA}) see {zardham-}; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({A4}) ind. see s.v.
jahan
jahnusutaa = ganga
jaiminii = Maharishi Jaimini a sage who wrote an elucidation of sections of Maharishi Parashara's
work. This became the basis for another system of Astrology in India
jajñi* = mfn. ({jan} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 171 and Vârtt. 3) germinating, shooting TS. vii, 5, 20, 1; f.
seed (Pân. 3-2, 171 (?) Kâs'.) Siddh.
jala = Water
jalandhara = bandha where the chin rests in the notch between the collar bones
jalpa * m. (g. {uJchA7di}) talk, speech, discourse (also pl.) MBh. xiii, 4322 Pân. 4-4, 97 Das'.
BhP.; (pl.) chatter, gossip, x, 47, 13; a kind of disputation (overbearing reply and disputed
rejoinder) Nyâyad. Car. iii, 8 Sarvad. Madhus. S'Br. xiv Sch.; N. of a Rishi MatsyaP. ix, 16; n. for
{-lpya} MBh. i, 5066 (C) R. ii, 60, 14; cf. {citra-}, {bahu-}.
jam* = (derived fr. {jama4d-agni}) cl. 1. {ja4mati}, to go Naigh. ii, 14 Nir. iii, 6; to eat Dhâtup. xiii,
28: Intens. p. {jAjamat} consuming continually MBh. xiii, 4495.
jambuukaH = fox
ja.nghe = ankle
jañj* = cl. I. P.= {jaj} Dhâtup.vii, 69; p. f. {ja4JjatI}, glittering, flashing (Gmn.; = {abhibhavantI}
Sây.) RV. i, 168, 7.
jangamaM = moving
jana = man: * = mf({I})n. `" generating "' see {puraM-}; m. (g. {vRSA7di}) creature "', living
being, man, person, race ({pa4Jca ja4nAs} "', the five races "' = {p kRSTa4yas} RV. iii, viii ff. MBh.
iii, 14160), people, subjects (the sg. used collectively e.g. {dai4vya} or {divyA4 j-} "', divine race "',
the gods collectively RV.; {mahat j-}, many people R. vi, 101, 2; often ifc. denoting one person or a
number of persons collectively, e.g. {preSya-}, {bandhu-}, {sakhI-} &c., qq. vv. [410, 2]; with
names of peoples VarBriS. iv, 22 and v, 74; {ayaM} {janaH}, `" this person, these persons "', I, we
MBh. viii, 709 Hariv. 7110 R. ii, 41, 2 S'ak. &c.; {eSa j-}, id. Kâvya7d. ii, 75) RV. &c.; the person
nearest to the speaker (also with {ayam} or {asau}, this my lover "' Kâvya7d. ii, 271 Ratna7v. i,
24/25) Nal.x, 10 S'ak. Mâlav.; a common person, one of the people Kir. ii, 42 and 47; the world
beyond the Mahar-loka BhP. iii, 11, 29 SkandaP.; ({-na4}) m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man (with the
patr. S'ârkara7kshya) S'Br. x ChUp.; ({A}) f. `" birth "', {a-jana}, the unborn "', Nârâyana BhP. x,
3, 1.
janaanta* = m. a number of men Sâh. vi, 139; a region ({deza}) Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 38; `" man-
destroyer "', Yama BhP. vi, 8, 16.
janaH = people
janaka = father
Janaloka * = m. `" world of men "', the 5th Loka or next above Mahar-loka (residence of the sons
of Brahmâ and other godly men), ArunUp. NriisUp. i, 5, 6 BhP. MârkP. SkandaP.; cf. {janas}.
janana = birth\
jananaM = birth
jananii = mother
janaaH = persons
janaadhipaH = kings
janmaH = (Mas.nom.Sing.)birth.janma:(Nr.)
janman.h = birth
janmasu = in births
janmaani = births
jap * = cl. 1. %{ja4pati} (rarely A1. S3a1n3khS3r. iii, 6, 4 MBh. iii, xiii ; pf. %{jajApa} ; 3. du.
%{jepatur} R. i ; inf. %{japitum} MBh. xii, 7336 ; ind. p. %{-ptvA} Mn. xi R. i ; %{-pitvA} Mn. xi
Vet.) to utter in a low voice, whisper, mutter (esp. prayers or incantations) AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br.
La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3. Mn. &c. ; to pray to any one (acc.) in a low voice MBh. xiii, 750 ; to
invoke or call upon in a low voice BhP. iv, 7, 29 BhavP. i: Intens. %{jaJjapyate}, %{-pIti} (Pa1n2.
7-4, 86 [412,1] ; p. %{pya4mAna}) to whisper repeatedly (implying blame, iii, 1, 24) S3Br. xi, 5, 5,
10.
japa = Recitation1 \\ * = mfn. `" muttering, whispering "' see %{karNeku-} ; m. (Pa1n2. 3-3, 61 ;
oxyt. g. %{uJchA7di}) muttering prayers, repeating in a murmuring tone passages from scripture
or charms or names of a deity, &c., muttered prayer or spell AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. ii S3a1n3khS3r.
Nir. &c.\\ japA = f. (= %{javA}) the China rose VarBr2S. xxviii, 14\\jApa * = m. ( %{jap}) `"
whispering "' see %{karNa-} ; muttering prayers L. a muttered prayer L. (R. i, 51, 27 for %{japa} ;
see also %{jApya}).
japayaGYaH = chanting
jasha* m. N. of an aquatic animal (cf. {jhaSa4}) AV. xi, 2, 25 TS. v, 5 GopBr. ii, 2, 5.
jatha *= mfn. wearing twisted locks of hair g. {arza-Adi}; m. metrically for {-TA} Hariv. 9551;
({A}) f. the hair twisted together (as worn by ascetics, by Siva, and persons in mourning) PârGri.
ii, 6 Mn. vi, 6 MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii, 16137) &c.; a fibrous root, root (in general) Bhpr. v, 111 S'ângS.
i, 46 and 58; N. of several plants (= {TA-vatI} L.; Mucuna pruritus L.; Flacourtia cataphracta L.; =
{-TA-mUlA} L.; = {rudra-jaTA} L.) Sus'r. v f.; N. of a Pâthha or arrangement of the Vedic text (still
more artificial than the Krama, each pair of words being repeated thrice and one repetition being
in inverted order) Caran.; ({I}) f. Nardostachys Jathâmânsî L.; (= {-Ti}) the waved-leaf fig-tree L.;
cf. {tri-}, {mahA-}, {vi-}; {kRSNa-jaTA} "'
jaThara = Intestine
java * = mfn. ( {ju}, or {jU}) swift AV. xix, 7, 1; m. (parox. Pân. 3-3, 56, Vartt. 4 and 57) speed,
velocity, swiftness RV. i, 112, 21; x, 111, 9 VS. AV. S'Br. &c.; pl. impulse (of the mind) RV. x, 71, 8;
({At}) abl. ind. speedily, at once Kathâs. lxiii, 188 Vcar. xii, 15. -
javishthha* = mfn. quickest, fleetest RV. iv, 2, 3; vi, 9, 5 VS. xxxiv, 3 S'Br. xi AitBr. i, 5 BhP. xi
jaya = victory
jayaH = victory
ji.nvhaa = tongue
jighran.h = smelling
jitaH = conquered
jitvaa = by conquering
jivhaaM = tongue
jiGYaasuH = inquisitive
jii = to live
jiiv.h = to live
jiiva* = mf({A4})n. living, existing, alive RV. &c.; healthy (blood) Car. viii, 6, 74; ifc. living by (see
{jala-cara-}, {rUpa-}); causing to live, vivifying (see, {putra-}, {-jala}); m. n. any living being,
anything living RV. &c.; life, existence MBh. iv, vi Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs.); m. the principle
of life, vital breath, the living or personal soul (as distinguished from the universal soul see
{jIvA7tman}) RV. i, 164, 30 ChUp. S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Mn. &c.; N. of a plant L.; Briihaspati
(regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. Laghuj. Sûryas. Kâs'îKh.; the 3rd lustrum in the 60 years "'
Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. viii, 26; N. of one of the 8 Maruts Yâjñ. ii, 102/103 39; Karna L.; n. N. of
a metre RPrât. xvii, 4 [422,3]; ({A}) f. life L.; the earth L.; a bow-string L.; (in geom. = {jyA}) the
chord of an arc; the sine of an arc Sûryas. ii, 57 (cf. {tri-}, {tri-bha} "', {dRg-gati-}, {lamba-} and
{zaGku-jIvA}); N. of a plant ({jIvantI} or {vacA} L.) VarBriS. iii, 39; the tinkling of ornaments L.;
pl. N. of a particular formula Kaus'. Vait.; cf. {ati-}, {upa-} and {saM-jIva4}; {a-}, {kumAra-},
{ciraM-}, {jagaj-}, {dur-}, {nir-}, {pApa-}, {bandhu-}, {sa-}, {su-}; {khSudra-jivA}, {yAvaj-jIvam};
[cf. {bi4os}; Lat. {vivus}; Lith. {gIvas}; Goth. {qvius}; Eng. {quick}; Hib. {beo}.]
jiivadeva* = m. N. of a man,
jiivakoza* = m. a case (or sheath) enveloping the personal soul BhP. iv, 22 f.; x.
jiivaMjIva* = m. = {-j-} L.; the Greek partridge L.; a mythical bird with two heads Buddh.; N. of a
tree L.
jiivaMjIvaka* = m. = {-jIva} MBh. iii Hariv. 6957 Lalit. Sus'r. Kâd. MârkP.
jiivanas'* = mfn. (nom. {-na4T}; also {-nak} [= {jivasya nAza}] Pân. 8-2, 63, Kas'.) [a sacrifice] in
which living beings are killed MaitrS. i, 4, 13.
jiivatva* = n. the state of life RâmatUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. {-da}
m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; ({A}) f. = {-vantI} L. -2.
jiivaH = life
jiivana = life
jiivanaM = life
jiivaatman* = m. the living or personal or individual soul (as distinct from the %{paramA7t-}
q.v.), the vital principle Tarkas. BhP. vi, viii Sarvad. iv; vii, 57.
jiivatva * = n. the state of life Ra1matUp. i, 14; the state of the individual soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. %{-
da} m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; (%{A}) f. = %{-vantI} L. -2.
jiivaatman.h = Also spelt Jeevatman. Is the soul within the human sphere
jiivita = life
jiivitena = living
jijñaasaa* = f. = {-sana} MBh. ii f. xiii Hariv. R. Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 3, &c. ({kRta-jijJAsa} mfn.
having put to the proof any one [gen.] Kathâs. cxiii, 78).
jijñaasita* = mfn. investigated, inquired BhP. i, 5, 3f.; tested MBh. xiii, 932.
jñaa* = 1 cl. 9. P. Â. {jAnA4ti}, {-nite4} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 76; Subj. {-nat}; Impv. {-nItat}, 2. sg.
{-nIhi4}, once irr. {jJa} BhP. x, 89, 46; [fr. cl. 3.] {jijAhi} MBh. xiii, 4493; 2. pl. irr. {-nata}. ii,
2397; 2. sg. Â. irr. {-nase} DivyA7v. xviii; p. {-na4t}, {-nAna4} irr. {-namAna} [MBh.]; pf.
{jajJau}, {-jJe} [Pass. Râjat. v, 481], 3. pl. {-jJu4r} RV. vii, 79, 4 S'Br. xi; p. {-jJAna4} RV. x, 14, 2;
fut. {jJAsyati}, {-te}; aor. {ajJAsIt}, {-sta} Pass. {a4jJAyi}, vi, 65, 1 &c.; Pot. {jJAyAt} or {jJey-}
Pân. 6-4, 68 [425,3]; 2. sg. {jJeyas} = {$} RV. ii, 10, 6; inf. {jJAtum}) to know, have knowledge,
become acquainted with (acc.; rarely gen. MBh. iii, 2154 Hariv. 7095), perceive, apprehend,
understand (also with inf. [Pân. 3-4, 65] MBh. ii, v Das'.), experience, recognise, ascertain,
investigate RV. &c.; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with double acc. e.g.
{tasya mAM tanayAM jAnIta} "', know me to be his daughter "' MBh. iii, 2476; with {mRSA}, `" to
consider as untrue "' Ratna7v. ii, 18) Mn. &c.; `" to acknowledge, approve, allow VS. xviii, 59 f.
AV. ix, 5, 19 S'Br. i, xi, xiv; to recognise as one's own, take possession of SaddhP.; to visit as a
friend AV. x, 1, 25; to remember (with gen.) MBh. xii, 5169; Â. to engage in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSo}, `"
to make an oblation with clarified butter "') Pân. 1-3, 45; ii, 3, 51: Caus. {jJapayati}, to teach any
one (acc.) SânkhS'r.xv; {jJAp-} (Pass. {jJApyate}) to make known, announce, teach anything
MBh. ii, xii Kâty. and Pat.; to inform any one (gen.) that (double acc.) MBh. i, 5864; Â. to request,
ask ChUp. ii, 13, 1 ({jJap-}) MBh. iii, 8762 ({jJAp-}): Desid. {jijJAsate} (Pân. 1-3, 57; ep. also P.)
to wish to know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine Mn. ii, 13 MBh. &c.; to
wish for information about (acc.) Kathâs. xxii, 84; to conjecture AV. xiv, 1, 56: Caus. Desid.
{jijJapayiSati} (also {-jJAp-} Siddh.) and {jJIpsati} (cf. {-psyamAna}), to wish to make known or
inform Pân. 7-2, 49 & 4, 5; [cf. $ &c.]
jña * = 2 mf({A})n. (iii, 1, 135) knowing, familiar with (chiefly in comp.; rarely gen. or loc. MBh.
xii, 12028 R. vii, 91, 25) S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 3 Mn. &c.; intelligent, having a soul, wise, (m.) a wise and
learned man S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Bâdar. VarBri. BhP. vii; having Jñâ as deity Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; m.
the thinking soul (= {puruSa}) Sânkhyak. Nyâyad.iii, 2, 20 Sch.; the planet Mercury VarBriS.
VarBri. Laghuj. Sûryas.; the planet Mars L.; Brahmâ L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.;
[cf. Lat. {mali-} and {beni-gnu-s}.]
jJaa* =3 f. for {A-j-} (by irr. Sandhi after {e} and {o}) MBh. i, 3168; iii, 16308.
jñaa4* = mfn. ifc. `" knowing, familiar with "' see {Rta-}, {pada} and {pra-jiJA4}, {a4-saM-}.
jñaati*= m. `" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "'
L. and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jñaanaketu*= m. `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaanagamya*= mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).
jñaana-ghana*= m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of
a teacher W.
jñaana = * n. knowing, becoming acquainted with, knowledge, (esp.) the higher knowledge
(derived from meditation on the one Universal Spirit) S'ânkhS'r.xiii Gobh. Mn. &c.; knowledge
about anything cognizance "' see {-tas} and {a-jJAnAd} {a-jJAnAd} {vA}, knowingly or ignorantly,
xi, 233); conscience MBh.; = {-ne7ndriya} KathhUp. vi, 10; engaging in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSas} "', in
sacrifice with clarified butter "') Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt. Pat.; N. of a S'akti Rasik.xiv, 36 RâmatUp. i, 90
Sch.; ({A}) f. id. Pañcar. iii, 2, 30 Râmapûjâs'.
jñaa4na * mf({I})n. prudent, wise L. [659, 2]; easily known AV.; n. knowledge, wisdom,
intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c.; a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign
or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c.; a monument, memorial S'Br.; {-kumuda-candrikA} f. N. of wk.;
{-ghana4} m. nothing but knowledge S'Br. (cf. under {ghana4}); {-tRpta} mfn. satiated with i.e.
full of knñknowledge MBh.; {-saMtati} f. a train of thought Tattvas.; {-nA7nanda}, {-nA7zrama},
and {-ne7ndra} m. N. of authors Cat.
jñaana-ketu*= `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156; {-dhvaja} m. N. of a
Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaana-garbha * `" filled with knowledge "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L.; of a scholar ib.
jñaana-ghana * m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23; {-nA7cArya}, m.N. of
a tea
jñânendrya*= n. `" knowledge-organ "', an organ of sensation BhP. Sây. on S'Br. ix.
jñaati * =`" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`" paternal relation "' L.
and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jñatva *=intelligence
jrimbhate = to yawn
jyaayasaH = gen. sing. of jyaayas, greater
jyaayasi = better
jyaayaaH = better
jyaishthha* = m. N. of a month (May-June, the full moon standing in the constellation Jyeshthhâ)
Lâthy. x, 5, 18 Mn. viii, 245 Hariv. 7828 KâtyS'r. Sch.; ({I}) f. the full moon in month Jyaishthha
VarBriS. xxiii, 1 (cf. {mahA-jyaiSThI}); see {jyeSThI}.
jyotiH = light
jyotishha = The study of Illuminated bodies. The study of Astrology and Astronomy which were
one science in the past
jyotishhii = An Astrologer
jyotsna = moonlight
jugupsita* =mfn. abhorring anything (abl.) Vop. v, 21; disliked, detested, disgusting MBh. R. &c.;
censured W.; n. a disgusting or horrible deed BhP. i, 5, 15; (also {karma-} id., i, 7, 42); = {-psA}
Sarvad. iii, 270.
jushhTaM = practiced by
jushtha * = mfn. (%{-STa4} RV. ix, 42, 2 AV. and in later language Pa1n2. 6-1, 209f.) pleased,
propitious RV. ix, 42, 2; liked, wished, loved, welcome, agreeable, usual (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 188 Ka1r.;
with dat. or gen., rarely instr.) RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; frequented, visited, inhabited MBh. R. BhP.;
swept over (by the wind) Hariv. 6984; afflicted by (instr. or in comp.) Sus3r.; served, obliged,
worshipped W.; practised W.; furnished with, possessed of (instr. or in comp.) R. iii BhP.; n. the
remnants of a meal L.; cf. %{a4-}.
juhvati = offer
jush * = 1 cl. 6. Â. {-Sa4te} (also P. RV. [{-Sa4t}, {a4juSat}] MBh. &c.; Subj. {-SAte}; Pot. {-Se4ta};
3. pl. {-Serata} RV.; Impv. {-Sa4tAm}; impf. {ajuSata}, ii, 37, 4; 1. sg. {a4juSe} AV. vi, 61, 3; p.
{-Sa4mANa}) cl. 3. P. irr. {ju4joSati} (Subj. and p. {ju4joSat}; cf. Pân. 7-3, 87 Vârtt. 2; Impv. 2. pl.
{-juSTana} RV.), rarely cl. i. P. {joSati} (Subj. {jo4Sat}; - aor. p. {juSANa4}; 3. pl. {ajuSran}, i, 71,
1; 2. sg. {jo4Si}, ii, iv; 3. sg. {jo4SiSat}, ii, 35, 1 [cf. Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 34 and 4, 7; 94 and 97]; pf.
{jujo4Sa}, {-juSe4}; p. {-juSva4s}, generally {-SANa4}; ind. p. {juSTvI4} RV.) to be pleased or
satisfied or favourable RV. AV. &c.; to like, be fond of delight in (acc. or gen.), enjoy RV. (with
{tanvAm} or {-va4s}, `" to be delighted "', iii, 1, 1; x, 8, 3) AV. &c.; to have pleasure in granting
anything (acc.) to (loc.) RV. vi, 14, 1; to have pleasure in (dat.), resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5; iv,
24, 5 S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 7; to give pleasure to (loc.) RV. x, 105, 8; to choose for (dat.) VS. v, 42 TS. vi
S'Br. iii, 6, 4, 8; to devote one's self to (acc.), practise, undergo, suffer BhP. ii, 2, 7; viii, 7, 20
Bhathth. xvii, 112; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage &c.) MBh. iii, v,
xiv Bhathth. xiv, 95; to afflict MBh. iii: Caus. Â. (Subj. 2. sg. {joSa4yAse}) to like, love, behave
kindly towards (acc.), cherish RV.; to delight in, approve of(acc.), choose S'Br. iii MBh. xiv, 1289;
(P. cf. Dhâtup. xxxiv, 28) Bhag. iii, 26; [cf. $; Zd. {zaoSa}; Hib. {gus}; Goth. {kiusu}; Lat. {gus-
tus}.]
jush * = 2 mfn. ifc. liking, fond of, devoted to (once with acc. BhP. vii, 6, 25; cf. {nikRtiM-}) BhP.
Bhartri. Sântis'. Kathâs.; dwelling in Hcar. vii; visiting, approaching BhP. ii, 7, 25 Madhus.;
having, showing Bâlar. iv, 17; ix, 25 Sinha7s. Introd. 5l; xv, 4 Kuval. 169; similar Hcar. i, 44; cf.
{sa-}.
jusha=jushkaka
jvara = fever
jvala = flame
jvaladbhiH = blazing
jvalanaM = a fire
ka* = 1 the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first guttural letter (corresponding in sound to
{k} in {keep} or {king}).
ka* = 2 {kas}, {kA}, {kim}, interrog. pron. (see {kim} and 2. {kad}, and cf. the following words in
which the interrogative base {ka} appears, {katama}, {katara}, {kati}, {katham}, {kadA}, {karhi},
{kA}, &c.), who? which? what? In its declension {ka} follows the pronoun {tad} except in nom.
acc. sing. neut., where {kim} has taken the place of {kad} or {kat} in classical Sanskriit; but the
old form {kad} is found in the Veda (see Gram. 227); [cf. Zd. {ka}, {ko7}, {kA7}, {kat}; Gk. $, $,
(Ion. $, $,) $, $; Lat. {quis}, &75137[240,2] {quid}; Lith. {kas} {ka4}; Goth. {hvas}, {hvo7}, {hva},
Angl. Sax. {hwâ}, {hwaet}; Eng. {who}, {what}.] The interrogative sentence introduced by {ka} is
often terminated by {iti} (e.g. {kasya sa putra iti kathyatAm}, let it be said, `" whose son is he? "'),
but {iti} may be omitted and the sentence lose its direct interrogative character (e.g. {kasya sa
putro na jJAyate}, it is not known whose son he is). {ka} with or without 1. {as} may express `"
how is it possible that? "' `" what power have I, you, they, &c.? "' (e.g. {ke mama dhanvino'nye},
what can the other archers do against me? {ke AvAm paritrAtum}, what power have we to rescue
you?) {ka} is often connected with a demonstrative pron. (e.g. {ko 'yam AyAti}, who comes here?)
or with the potential (e.g. {ko hariM nindet}, who will blame Hari?) {ka} is sometimes repeated
(e.g. {kaH ko 'tra}, who is there? {kAn kAn}, whom? whom? i.e. which of them? cf. Gram. 54), and
the repetition is often due to a kind of attraction (e.g. {keSAM kiM zAstram adhyayanIyam},
which book is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. {a}). When {kim} is connected with the inst. c. of a
noun or with the indecl. participle it may express `" what is gained by doing so, &c.? "' (=
{ko'rthas}) [240,3]; (e.g. {kiM vilambena}, what is gained by delay? {kim bahunA}, what is the
use of more words? {dhanena kiM yo na dadAti}, what is the use of wealth to him who does not
give? with inst. and gen., {nIrujaH kim auSadhaiH}, what is the use of medicine to the healthy?)
{ka} is often followed by the particles {iva}, {u}, {nAma}, {nu}, {vA}, {svid}, some of which serve
merely to generalize the interrogation (e.g. {kim iva etad}, what can this be? {ka u zravat}, who
can possibly hear? {ko nAma jAnAti}, who indeed knows? {ko nv ayam}, who, pray, is this? {kiM
nu kAryam}, what is to be done? {ko vA devAd anyaH}, who possibly other than a god? {kasya
svid hRdayaM nA7sti}, of what person is there no heart?) {ka} is occasionally used alone as an
indefinite pronoun, especially in negative sentences (e.g. {na kasya ko vallabhaH}, no one is a
favourite of any one; {nA7nyo jAnAti kaH}, no one else knows; {kathaM sa ghAtayati kam}, how
does he kill any one?) Generally, however, {ka} is only made indefinite when connected with the
particles {ca}, {cana4}, {cid}, {vA}, and {a4pi}, in which case {ka} may sometimes be preceded by
the relative {ya} (e.g. {ye ke ca}, any persons whatsoever; {yasyai kasyai ca devatAyai}, to any
deity whatsoever; {yAni kAni ca mitrANi}, any friends whatsoever; {yat kiMca}, whatever). The
particle {cana}, being composed of {ca} and {na}, properly gives a negative force to the pronoun
(e.g. {yasmAd indrAd Rte kiMcana}, without which Indra there is nothing), but the negative sense
is generally dropped (e.g. {kazcana}, any one; {na kazcana}, no one), and a relative is sometimes
connected with it (e.g. {yat kiMcana}, anything whatsoever). Examples of {cid} with the
interrogative are common; {vA} and {api} are not so common, but the latter is often found in
classical Sanskriit (e.g. {kazcid}, any one; {kecid}, some; {na kazcid}, no one; {na kiMcid api},
nothing whatsoever; {yaH kazcid}, any one whatsoever; {kecit} - {kecit}, some - others; {yasmin
kasmin vA deze}, in any country whatsoever; {na ko 'pi}, no one; {na kimapi}, nothing whatever).
{ka} may sometimes be used, like 2. {kad}, at the beginning of a compound. see {ka-pUya}, &c.
ka* = 3 m. (according to native authorities) N. of Prajâpati or of a Prajâpati VS. xx, 4; xxii, 20 TS. i
S'Br. &c.; of Brahman MBh. i, 32 BhP. iii, 12, 51; xii, 13, 19; 20; of Daksha BhP. ix, 10, 10; of
Vishnu L.; of Yama L.; of Garuda; the soul Tattvas.; a particular comet VarBriS.; the sun L.; fire
L.; splendour, light L.; air L.; a peacock L.; the body L.; time L.; wealth L.; sound L.; a king L.; =
{kAma-granthi} (?); ({am}) n. happiness, joy, pleasure ChUp. iv, 10, 5 Nir. &c.; water MaitrS. i,
10, 10 S'Br. x Yâjñ. &c.; the head; hair, a head of hair L.; (also regarded as ind.; cf. 1. {kam}.)
ka* = 4 a Taddhita affix (much used in forming adjectives; it may also be added to nouns to
express diminution, deterioration, or similarity e.g. {putraka}, a little son; {azvaka}, a bad horse
or like a horse).
kaa* = 1 onomat. imitation of the cry of the ass BhP. x, 15, 30. \\2 = 2. {ka4d} and 1. {ku} in comp.
to express depreciation e.g. {kA7kSa}, {kA-patha}, {kApuruSa}, {ko7SNa}, qq. vv. Pân. 6-3, 104
Vop. vi, 93. \\3 = {kan} (perf. {cake}, {cakAna4}; see {kA4yamAna} s.v.), to seek, desire, yearn,
love (with acc. and dat.) RV.; to like, enjoy, be satisfied with (loc. gen. or inst.) RV.: Intens. (p.
{cAka4t}) to please, be sought after, be wished for, satisfy RV. x, 29, 1 (cf. {anu-}, {A-}, {saM-} 3.
{kA}, {kAti}.)
kaa = who
kaaJNchana = gold
kaaJNchanaH = gold
kaaka = crow
kAla
1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a
black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous
serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of
Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra
BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a
brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha)
Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter
%{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea
atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa
L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.;
of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i,
2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation
L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous
fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.;
Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or
flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is
or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the
sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or
Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were
married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata
BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind
of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kAla
2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of
time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for
(gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or
%{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.;
%{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
%{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh.
&c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day,
hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle},
`" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth
meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third
day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at
the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the
sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.;
measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age
Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man),
destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified
and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him:
hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently
connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `"
he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla}
personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
(%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.)
[278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn.
viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id.
VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40;
%{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251;
%{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some
time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle});
%{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always
in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything
terrible. "']
kaalakuutha* = m. (n. L.) a poison (contained in a bulbous root or tube) MBh. iii, 540 Pañcat.; a
poison (produced at the churning of the ocean, swallowed by S'iva and causing the blueness of his
neck) MBh. i, 1152 BhP. &c. [277,2]; poison (in general) BhP. iii, 2, 23.\\* = m. id. L.; (for 1. and 3.
see p. 277, col. 1, and p. 279, col. 2.)\\ 3 {As} m. pl. (1. fr. {kalak-})N. of a country near the
Hima7laya and of the people inhabiting it MBh.; mfn. relating to that country g. {palady-Adi}.
kaalika* =1 m. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) L. (v.l. {kAlIka}); N. of a king of the Nâgas
Lalit.; of a prince Pañcad.
kaalika* =2 mf({I} Pân. 5-1, 108)n. relating to or connected with or depending on time Bhâshâp.;
fit for any particular season, seasonable MBh. iii, 868; lasting a long time Pân. 5-1, 108; (often ifc.
e.g. {Asanna-k-}, relating to a time near at hand, impending Pân. 5-4, 20 Sch.; {mAsa-k-},
monthly MBh. ii, 2080).
kaaM = which
kaamya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to have a desire for (only ifc. e.g. {putra-kAmyati}, to have a desire for
children) Pân. 3-1, 9 Comm. on Pân. 8-3, 38 and 39 Vop. xxi, 1 S'ântis'. Bhathth. ix, 59.
kaamya * = 2 mf({A})n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable RV. VS. R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43,
13 Ragh. vi, 30 S'ântis'. ii, 7 Bhartri. iii, 40; to one's liking, agreeable to one's wish KâtyS'r. iv, 5, 1
S'ânkhS'r. iii, 11, 5 Âs'vGri. iv, 7; optional (opposed to {nitya} or indispensable observance),
performed through the desire of some object or personal advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.),
done from desire of benefit or from interested motives KâtyS'r. xii, 6, 15 Âs'vS'r. ii, 10 Âs'vGri. iii,
6 Kaus'. 5 ChUp. v, 2, 9 Mn. ii, 2 MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsasas MBh. i, 4820 Hariv.; of
several women VP.
kaamyaa * = f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp. e.g. {putra-kAmyayA},
through desire for a son R. i, 13, 36 Ragh. i, 35); will, purpose, intention (e.g. {yat-kAmyA4}, irreg.
instr. `" with which intention "' S'Br. iii, 9, 3, 4) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. {khshathro1-
kâmya}, `" wish for dominion. "']
kaankshati = desires
kaankshantaH = desiring
kaankshitaM = is desired
kaankshe = do I desire
kaala = Time, providence = * 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A}
RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br.
&c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g.
%{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for
action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
%{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh.
&c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day,
hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle},
`" in the evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth
meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third
day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at
the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the
sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.;
measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age
Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man),
destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified
and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him:
hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently
connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `"
he attacked the people like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla}
personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
(%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.)
[278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn.
viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id.
VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40;
%{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251;
%{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some
time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle});
%{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always
in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything
terrible. "'] //* 2 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue
MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo
L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red
kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of
Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a
brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha)
Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter
%{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea
atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa
L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.;
of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i,
2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation
L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous
fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.;
Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or
flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is
or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the
sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or
Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were
married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata
BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind
of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kaalaM = time
kaalaapa * = m. (fr. %{kalA7pa}), a serpent's hood L.; a demon, imp or goblin L.; a student of the
Kala1pa grammar L.; (fr. %{kalApin}) a pupil of Kala1pin Pa1n2. MBh. ii, 113; N. of A1ra1d2a (a
teacher of S3a1kya-muni) Buddh. (v.l. %{kAlAma}); (%{As}) m. pl. the school of Kala1pin (often
named together with the Kat2has q.v.)
kaalaya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to show or announce the time Dhâtup. xxxv, 28 (v.l.)
kaale = time
kaaleshhu = times
kaalpa* = mfn. (fr. %{ka4lpa}), preceptive, ritual W.; relating to a period called Kalpa W.; m. the
plant Curcuma Zerumbet L.
kaamaaH = desires
kaamaan.h = desiring
kaamaatman* = mfn. `" whose very essence is desire "', consisting of desire, indulging one's
desires, given to lust, sensual, licentious MBh. Mn. vii, 27 [273, 1]; desiring, wishing for W.;
{-tma-tA} f. passion, lust Mn. ii, 2 R. ii, 21, 57.
kaamadeva* = m. the god of love (see {kAma} above; according to some, son of Sahishnu and
Yas'o-dharâ VP.); N. of Vishnu (as the god who creates, preserves, or destroys at will) Vishn.
xcviii, 10 (cf. BhP. v, 18, 15); of S'iva L.; of a poet; of a king of Jayantî-purî; N. of the author of the
Prâyas'citta-paddhati; {-tva} n. the being the god of love Kathâs.; {-maya} mfn. representing the
god of love AgP.
kaamadhuk.h = kaamadhenu: the cow who can milk out anything you wish
kaamaH = desire
kaamaM = desire
kaamatIrtha* = n. N. of a Tîrtha.
kaamaTha* = mfn. (fr. {kamaTha}), peculiar or belonging to the tortoise R. i, 45, 30.
kaamaiH = by desires
kaamakAmin* = mfn. `" wishing wishes "', having various desires or wishes, following the dictates
of passion TA1r. i, 31, 1 MBh. iii, 11256 Bhag.
kaamin * = mfn. desirous, longing after (acc. or in comp.) ; loving, fond, impassioned, wanton ;
amorous, enamoured, in love with (acc. or with %{saha} or %{sA7rdham}) RV. AV. S3a1n3khS3r.
MBh. R. S3ak. &c. ; (%{I}) m. a lover, gallant, anxious husband ; the ruddy goose (%{cakra-
vAka}) L. ; a pigeon L. ; Ardea Sibirica L. ; a sparrow L. ; N. of S3iva L. ; (%{inI}) f. a loving or
affectionate woman Mn. viii, 112 R. Megh. Hariv. Ragh. &c. ; a timid woman L. ; a woman in
general L. ; a form of Devi1 Hcat. ; the plant Vanda Roxburghii L. ; the plant Curcuma aromatica
L. ; a spirituous liquor L.
kaanana * = a forest, grove (sometimes in connection with {vana}) R. Nal. Ragh. Pañcat. Sus'r.;
(ifc. f. {A} R. Ragh.); a house L.
kaanana = forest
kaañc* = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10 ; to bind ib. (cf. %{kac}, %{kaJc}.)
kaaJcana * = n. gold Naigh. i, 2 Mn. Ya1jn5. Nal. Sus3r. Hit. [268,3] ; money, wealth, property W.
; the filament of the lotus L. ; (mf(%{I})n.) golden, made or consisting of gold MBh. R. Mn. Megh.
S3ak. BhP. ; m. N. of several edible plants (Mesua ferrea L. ; Michelia Champaca L. ; Ficus
glomerata L. ; Bauhinia variegata L. ; Datura fastuosa L. ; Rottleria tinctoria L.) ; a covenant
binding for the whole life Ka1m. (= Hit.) ; a particular form of temple Hcat. ; N. of the fifth
Buddha L. ; N. of a son of Na1ra1yan2a (author of the play Dhanan5jayavijaya) ; N. of a prince (cf.
%{kAJcana-prabha}) ; (%{I}) f. turmeric L. ; a kind of Asclepias (%{svarNakSIrI}) L. ; a plant akin
to the Premna spinosa L. ; a kind af yellow pigment.
kaaNDa* = [or {kANDa4} TS. vii], {as}, {am} m. n. (ifc. f. {A}, or {I}) [cf. {khaNDa}, with which in
some of its senses {kANDa} is confounded] a single joint of the stalk or stem of a plant, such as a
bamboo or reed or cane (i.e. the portion from one knot to another cf. {tri-k-}), any part or portion,
section, chapter, division of a work or book (cf. {tri-k-}), any distinct portion or division of an
action or of a sacrificial rite (as that belonging to the gods or to the manes) AV. TS. VS.; a separate
department or subject (e.g. {karma-kANDa}, the department of the Veda treating of sacrificial
rites Kâs'. on Pân. 4-2, 51) AV. TS. S'Br. R.; a stalk, stem, branch, switch MBh. R. Mn. i, 46, 48
Kaus'. Sus'r.; the part of the trunk of a tree whence the branches proceed W.; a cluster, bundle W.;
a multitude, heap, quantity (ifc.) Pân. 4-2, 51 Kâs'.; an arrow MBh. xiii, 265 Hit.; a bone of the
arms or legs, long bone (cf. {kANDa-bhagna} and {pucchakANDa4}) Sus'r.; a rudder (?) R. ii, 89,
19; a kind of square measure Pân. 4-1, 23 Vop. vii, 55; a cane, reed, Saccharum Sara ({zara}) L.;
water L.; opportunity, occasion (cf. {a-kANDa}) L.; a private place, privacy L.; praise, flattery L.;
(ifc. implying depreciation) vile, low Pân. 6-2, 126; = {kANDasyA7vayavo vikAro vA7} g.
{bilvA7di}; ({I}) f. a little stalk or stem Râjat. vii, 117.
kaanta * 1 mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m.
any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula
L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of
Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kathâs.; a
charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume
({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of
S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of hou
kaantaM = lovely, glowing * = mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable,
lovely, beautiful; m. any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant
Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda
MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife,
mistress Kathâs.; a charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a
kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of seventeen
syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of
house L.
kaantaa = wife
kaara * =1 mf({I})n. (1. {kR} Pân. 3-2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker, doer (ifc. see
{kumbha-k-}, {yajJa k-}, {suvarNa-k-}); an author (e.g. {vArttika-k-}); m. (ifc.) an act, action (see
{kAma-k-}, {puruSa-k-}); the term used in designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g.
{a-k-}, {ka-k-}, qq. vv.; {eva-k-}, the word {eva}; {phUt-k-} q.v.) Prât. Mn. &c.; effort, exertion L.;
determination L.; religious austerity L.; a husband, master, lord L.; ({as} or {A}) m. or f. act of
worship, song of praise Divyâv.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant (= {kArikA}, {kAryA} &c.) L.
kaara *= 2 m. (= 2. {kara}) tax, toll, royal revenue Pân. 6-3, 10; a heap of snow or a mountain
covered with it L.; (mfn.) produced by hail Sus'r.
kaara * =3 m. (2. {kR}), a song or hymn of praise RV.; a battle song RV.
kaaraa * =f. (1. {kR}?), a prison Vikr. Das'.; binding, confinement g. {bhidA7di}; the part of a lute
below the neck (for deadening the sound) L.; pain, affliction L.; a female messenger L.; a female
worker in gold L.; a kind of bird L.
-kaara * m. bringing down, humiliation, wrong, offence, injury MBh. Kâv. &c.; wickedness, malice
W.; opposition, contradiction W.; = next Gal.
kaaraka = Planetary Significator which remain the same for all houses
kaaraNa = reason
kaaraNa * = * = 1 n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (gen., also often loc.) KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn.
&c.; instrument, means; motive origin, principle; a cause (in phil. i.e. that which is invariably
antecedent to some product cf. {samavA7yi-k-}, {asamavA7yi-k-}, {nimitta-k-}); an element,
elementary matter Yâjñ. iii, 148 Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin or plot of a play or poem Sâh.; that on
which an opinion or judgment is founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal instrument, document)
Mn. MBh. &c.; an organ of sense Ragh. xvi, 22 &c.; an action MBh. xii, 12070; agency,
instrumentality, condition Kathâs. cxii, 178; `" the cause of being "', a father W.; `" cause of
creation "', a deity W.; the body L.; a kind of musical instrument L.; a sort of song L.; a number of
scribes or Kâyasthas W.; ({A}) f. pain, agony Das'.; an astronomical period W. [{kAraNAt}, from
some cause or reason, Rprât. iii, 13 Mn. viii, 355; {kasmAt kAraNAt}, from what cause? {mama-
kAraNAt}, for my sake R. &c.; {a-kAraNena}, without a reason Yâjñ. ii, 234; {yena kAraNena},
because; {yasmin kAraNe}, from which motive, wherefore.] \\ 2 n. killing, injury L.
kaaraNam.h = reason
kaaraNaani = causes
kaardama * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kardama}), made of mud, muddy, filled or covered with mud R.
v, 27, 16 Pa1n2. 4-2, 2 Ka1s3.; belonging to Praja1pati Kardama BhP. iii, 24, 6.
kaari = causing
kaarmana* = mf({I})n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action W.; finishing a work W.;
performing anything by means of magic; ({am}) n. magic, sorcery, witchcraft Pân. 5-4, 36 Râjat.
kaarpaNya = of miserliness
kaarttikeya* = m. N. of a son of S'iva and Pârvatî (popularly regarded as god of war, because he
leads the Ganas or hosts of S'iva against the demon hosts see RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend
he was son of S'iva without the intervention of Pârvatî, the generative energy of S'iva being cast
into the fire and then received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of Agni
and Gangâ; when born he was fostered by the six Kriittikâs q.v., and these offering their six
breasts to the child he became six-headed; he is also called Kumâra, Skanda, and Subrahmanya;
his N. Kârttikeya may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month Kârttika as the best
for warfare: in the Mriicch. and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.
kaarya = work
kaaryaM = work
kaaryate = is forced to do
kaazaya* = m. N. of a son of Kâs'a or Kâs'i Hariv. 1734; of the country of the Kâs'is Comm. on Un.
iv, 117.
kaas'a* =1 m. `" the becoming visible, appearance "', only in {sa-k-} q.v.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di};
of a prince (the son of Suhotra and father of Kâsi-râja) Hariv. VP.; a species of grass (Saccharum
spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.; also personified, together with the Kus'a grass, as one of
Yama's attendants) Kaus'. R. Kum. &c.; ({A}, {I}) f. id. L. ({am}) n. id. L.\\kaas'a* =2 wrongly
spelt for {kAsa} q.v.
kaashiraajaH = Kasiraja
kASThabhakSaNa * = n. `" devouring of wood (of the funeral pile) "', %{--SThA7dhirohaNa}
Pan5cad.
kASThabhUta * = mfn. one who has become wood or stands stock still (as an ascetic) R. i, 65, 3 ;
m. N. of a demon who causes diseases Hariv. 9559.
kaasate = to cough
kaasaaraH = lake
kaatara * = (etym. doubtful,, `" uncertain as to which of the two "' BRD.), cowardly, faint-hearted,
timid, despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed,
shrinking, frightened, afraid of, timidity, despair, agitation. "
kaat * =ind. a prefix implying contempt (cf. 2. {kad}), only in comp. with
kaati * = mfn. (fr. 3. {kA}), `" wishing, desiring "' (only in comp. see {RNa4-kAti} and {kA4ma-
kAti} cf. {RNa-ci4t}); ({ayas}) m. pl.N. of a school.
kaavya = poetr
kaaya * =1 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {ka} Pân. 4-2, 25), relating or devoted to the god Ka (Prajâ-pati RV. x,
121) VS. TS. S'Br.; &c.; m. one of the eight modes of marriage (= Prâjâpatya see {vivAha}) Mn. iii,
38 Yâjñ. i, 60; ({am}) n. part of the hand sacred to Prajâ-pati, the root of the little finger Mn. ii, 58
and 59. \\ 2 m. ({ci} Pân. 3-3, 41), the body KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of a tree R.; the body of a
lute (the whole except the wires) L.; assemblage, collection, multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital
Nâr. Briih.; a house, habitation L.; a butt, mark L.; any object to be attained L.; natural
temperament L.
kaayaa = body
kachchit.h = whether
kadaachan.h = never
kahalayoga = Stubborness (Ranjan says laziness). Lords of 4th and 9th houses should be in
Kendras from each other and the lord of Lagna should be strongly disposed
kaiH = by whom
kaitava * = mf({I})n. (fr. {kit-}), deceitful Hariv. 7095; m. patr. of Ulûka MBh. i, 7002; ({I}) f.
fraud, deceit Bâlar.; ({am}) n. the stake in a game MBh. ii, 2163 Nal. xxvi, 10; gambling L.; deceit,
fraud, cheating, roguery R. v, 86, 19 Kum. Bhartri. &c.; beryl L.
kaivalya = spiritual independence and freedom * = n. (fr. {ke4vala}), isolation Vâm.; absolute
unity Veda7ntas. BhP.; perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment from all other connections,
detachment of the soul from matter or further transmigrations, beatitude MBh. KapS. Sânkhyak.
&c.; for {vaikalya} Râjat. vii, 1149; (mf({A})n.) leading to eternal happiness or emancipation MBh.
xiii, 1101.
kaJNchukaH = blouse
kaH = who
kakudi = hump of an ox
kala=* mf(%{A})n. (etym. doubtful) indistinct, dumb Br2A1rUp. ChUp.; (ifc., %{bASpa}, or
%{azru} preceding) indistinct or inarticulate (on account of tears) MBh. R. &c. [260,2]; low, soft
(as a tone), emitting a soft tone, melodious (as a voice or throat) R. BhP. Vikr. &c.; a kind of faulty
pronunciation of vowels Pat.; weak, crude, undigested L.; m. (scil. %{svara}) a low or soft and
inarticulate tone (as humming, buzzing &c.) L.; Shorea robusta L.; (in poetry) time equal to four
Ma1tras or instants W.; (%{As}) m. pl. a class of manes MBh.; (%{am}) n. semen virile L.;
Zizyphus Jujuba; (%{A}) f. see %{kalA} below.
kalaa = Art= *f. (etym. doubtful) a small part of anything, any single part or portion of a whole,
esp. a sixteenth part RV. viii, 47, 17 TS. S3Br. Mn. &c.; a digit or one-sixteenth of the moon's
diameter Hit. Katha1s.; (personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Mari1ci BhP.); a
symbolical expression for the number sixteen Hcat.; interest on a capital (considered as a certain
part of it) S3is3. ix, 32; a division of time (said to be 1/900 of a day or 1-6 minutes Mn. i, 64
Hariv.; or 1/1800 of a day or 0-8 minutes Comm. on VP.; or 2 minutes and 26 54/201 seconds
Sus3r.; or 1 minute and 35 205/301, seconds, or 8 seconds BhavP.); the sixtieth part of one-
thirtieth of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree Su1ryas.; (in prosody) a syllabic instant; a term
for the seven substrata of the elements or Dha1tus of the human body (viz. flesh, blood, fat,
phlegm, urine, bile, and semen; but according to Hemacandra, %{rasa}, `" chyle "', %{asthi}, `"
bone "', and %{majjan}, `" marrow "', take the place of phlegm, urine, and bile) Sus3r.; an atom
(there are 3015 Kala1s or atoms in every one of the six Dha1tus, not counting the %{rasa},
therefore in all 18090); (with Pa1s3upatas) the elements of the gross or material world Sarvad.;
an embryo shortly after conception (cf. %{kalana}); a designation of the three constituent parts of
a sacrifice (viz. %{mantra}, %{dravya}, and %{zraddhA} Ni1lak. on MBh. [ed. Bomb.] xiv, 89, 3);
the menstrual discharge L.; any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are
enumerated in the S3aivatantra [T.]; the following is a list of them: %{gItam}, %{vAdyam},
%{nRtyam}, %{nAtyam}, %{Alekhyam}, %{vizeSaka-cchedyam}, %{taNDula-kusuma-
balivikArAH}, %{puSpA7staranam}, %{dazana-vasanA7GgarAgAH}, %{maNi-bhUmikA-karma},
%{zayana-racanam}, %{udaka-vAdyam}, %{udaka-ghAtaH}, %{citrA@yogAH}, %{mAlya-
granthana-vikalpAH}, %{keza-zekharA7pIDayojanam}, %{nepathya-yogAH}, %{karNa-pattra-
bhaGgAH}, %{gandha-yuktiH}, %{bhUSaNa-yojanam}, %{indrajAlam}, %{kaucumAra-yogAH},
%{hasta-lAghavam}, %{citrazAkA7pUpa-bhakSya-vikAra-kriyA}, %{pAnaka-rasarAgA7sava-
yojanam}, %{sUcIvApa-karma}, %{vINA-Dama-ruka-sUtra-krIDA}, %{prahelikA}, %{pratimA},
%{durvacakayogAH}, %{pustaka-vAcanam}, %{nATakA7khyAyikA-darzanam}, %{kAvya-
samasyA-pUraNam}, %{paTTikA-vetrabANa-vikalpAH}, %{tarkU-karmANi}, %{takSaNam},
%{vAstu-vidyA}, %{rUpya-ratna-parIkSA}, %{dhAtu-vAdaH}, %{maNi-rAga-jJAnam}, %{Akara-
jJAnam}, %{vRkSA7yur-veda-yogAH}, %{meSa-kukkuTa-lAvaka-yuddha-vidhiH}, %{zuka-
sArikA-pralApanam}, %{utsAdanam}, %{keza-mArjana-kauzalam}, %{akSara-muSTikA-
kathanam}, %{mlechitaka-vikalpAH}, %{deza-bhASA-jJAnam}, %{puSpa-zakaTikA-nimitta-
jJAnam}, %{yantra-mAtRkA}, %{dhAraNa-mAtRkA}, %{saMpATyam}, %{mAnasI@kAvya-
kriyA}, %{kriyA-vikalpAH}, %{chalitakayogAH}, %{abhidhAna-koSa-cchando-jJAnam},
%{vastra-gopanAni}, %{dyUta-vizeSaH}, %{AkarSaNa-krIDA}, %{bAlaka-krIDanakAni},
%{vainAyikInAM@vidyANAM@jJAnam}, %{vaijayikInAM@vidyAnAM@jJAnam} [261,2]; see
also Va1tsy. i, 3, 17) R. Pan5cat. Bhartr2. &c.; skill, ingenuity; ignorance; a low and sweet tone
Ba1lar.; a boat L.; a N. given to Da1ksha1yan2i1 in the region near the river Candrabha1ga1
MatsyaP.; N. of a grammatical commentary.
kalaapa* = (%{kalA7pa}, fr. %{Ap}) m. `" that which holds single parts together "', a bundle, band
(cf. %{jaTA-k-}, %{muktA-k-}, %{razanA-k-}) MBh. Kum. &c.; a bundle of arrows, a quiver with
arrows, quiver MBh. R. &c.; (once n. MBh. iii, 11454); a peacock's tail MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; an
ornament in general Ma1lav.; a zone, a string of bells (worn by women round the waist) L.; the
rope round an elephant's neck L.; totality, whole body or collection of a number of separate things
(esp. ifc.; cf. %{kriyA-k-}, &c.); the moon L.; a clever and intelligent man L.; N. of a grammar also
called Ka1tantra (supposed to be revealed by Ka1rttikeya to S3arvavarman); N. of a village (cf.
%{kalApa-grAma}) VP.; a poem written in one metre W.; (%{I}) f. a bundle of grass Ka1tyS3r.
A1s3vS3r.; %{-khaJja} m. a particular disease (said to be St. Vitus's dance; v.l. %{kalAyakhaJja})
Bhpr.; %{-grAma} m. N. of a village Hariv. BhP. VP.; %{-cchanda} m. an ornament of pearls
consisting of twenty-four strings L.; %{-tattvA7rNava} m. N. of a commentary on the grammar
called Kala1pa; %{-dvIpa} m. v.l. for %{kalApa-grAma} above; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ka1d.;
%{-zas} ind. in bundles, bundle by bundle MBh. xiii; %{-ziras} m. N. of a man (v.l. %{kapAla-
ziras}) R.//2 &c. see %{kalA}.
kalakala* = m. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the murmuring of a crowd &c.)
Mriicch. S'is'. Ratnâv. &c.; the resinous exudation of Shorea robusta L.; a N. of S'iva MBh. xii,
10378; {-rava} m. a confused noise Bhartri.; {-vat} mfn. tinkling, rattling Amar.; {-lA7rava} m. a
confused noise Pañcat.; {-le7zvaratIrtha} n. N. of a Tîrtha, S'ivP.
kala-rava* = m. a low sweet tone Bhartri.; `" having a sweet voice "', the Indian cuckoo L.; a
pigeon L.
kalaGka* = m. (etym. doubtful) a stain, spot, mark, soil; defamation, blame Kathâs. Mriicch. &c.
kalatra* = n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal Vikr.; the hip and
loins L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold or fastness W.; (in astron.) the
seventh lunar mansion VarBri.
kalaaya * m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers S'is'.
xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalakattaanagaraM = Calcutta
kalakuutha* = {As} m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe Pân. 4-1, 173.; the poison: see kaalakuutha
kalaya * = 1 Nom. P. (fr. {kali}) {kalayati}, to take hold of the die called Kali Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 21.
kalaaya * = m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers
S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalayataaM = of subduers
kalaha = fight/discord/argument
kali = Budkali * = m. (1. {kal} Comm. on Un. iv, 117)N. of the die or side of a die marked with one
dot, the losing die AV. vii, 109, 1 S'Br. &c. (personified as an evil genius in the episode of Nala);
symbolical expression for the number 1; Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times
were used as dice) L.; N. of the last and worst of the four Yugas or ages, the present age, age of
vice AitBr. Mn. i, 86; ix, 301 f. MBh. &c. (the Kali age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1.200
years of the gods or 432, 000 years of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.; at
the end of this Yuga the world is to be destroyed; see {yuga}); strife, discord, quarrel, contention
(personified as the son of {krodha}, `" Anger "', and {hiMsA}, `" Injury "', and as generating with
his sister {durukti}, `" Calumny. "' two children, viz. {bhaya}, `" Fear "', and {mRtyu}, `" Death "'
BhP. iv, 8, 3; 4) MBh. Hit. &c. [262, 1]; the worst of a class or number of objects MBh. xii, 361;
363; a hero (or an arrow, {zUra}, or {zara}) L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1192; N. of an Upanishad (=
{kalisaMtaraNa}); ({i4s}) m. N. of a class of mythic beings (related to the Gandharvas, and
supposed by some to be fond of gambling; in epic poetry Kali is held to be the fifteenth of the
Deva-Gandharvas or children of the Munis) AV. x, 10, 13 MBh. Hariv.; N. of a man RV.; ({is}, {I})
f. an unblown flower, bud L.
kalita * mfn. impelled, driven &c. (cf. 3. {kal}); made, formed S'is'. iii, 81; furnished or provided
with Vikr. Bhpr. &c.; divided, separated L.; sounded indistinctly, murmured W. \\ * = m. (n. L.),
(3. {kal} Un. iii, 40), a viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground, a kind of
tenacious paste Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; dirt, filth; the wax of the ear; ordure, faeces L.; impurity,
meanness, falsehood, hypocrisy, deceit, sin MBh. BhP. &c.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; Olibanum L.;
(mfn.) sinful, wicked L. (cf. {kaluSa}, {kalmaSa}, {ki4lbiSa}.)
kalikaa* = f. the sixteenth part of the moon Bhartri.; a division of time (= {kalA} q.v.); an unblown
flower, bud S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) L.; N. of several
metres; a kind of artificial verse (cf. {kAnta-k-}); N. of wk. on medicine.
kalika* = m. a curlew W.
kalkaphala * = m. the pomegranate
kalkin * mfn. foul, turbid, having sediment, dirty W.; wicked W.; ({I}) m. = {kalki} abov
kalmasha * = n. ({as} m. BhP. viii, 7, 43 = {karmaSa} fr. {karma} + {so}, `" destroying virtuous
action "' Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) stain, dirt; dregs, settlings (cf. {jala-k-}); darkness; moral stain, sin
MBh. R. BhP. Mn. iv, 260; xii, 18, 22; ifc. f. {A} Bhag. iv, 30 &c.; mf({A})n. dirty, stained L.;
impure, sinful L.; ({am}) n. the hand below the wrist L.; m. or ({am}) n. a particular hell L.
kalmaa4sha * =mf({I})n. (Pân. 4-1, 40 g. {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41) variegated, spotted, speckled
with black VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh.; black L.; m. a variegated colour (partly black, partly white)
L.; a Rakshas L.; a species of fragrant rice L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; a form of Agni Hariv.; N. of an
attendant on the Sun (identified with Yama) L.; a kind of deer T.; N. of S'âkya-muni in a former
birth; ({I}) f. the speckled cow (of Jamad-agni, granting all desires) MBh. R.; N. of a river (the
Yamunâ) MBh. i, 6360; ({am}) n. a stain S'Br. vi, 3, 1, 31 [263, 2]; N. of a Sâman.
kalpa (see also kaalpa) * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (%{klRp}), practicable, feasible, possible S3Br. ii, 4, 3, 3;
proper, fit, able, competent, equal to (with gen. loc., inf., or ifc.; e.g. %{dharmasya@kalpaH},
competent for duty; %{svakarmaNi@na@kalpaH}, not competent for his own work;
%{yadA@na@zAsituM@kalpaH}, if he is not able to rule) BhP.; m. a sacred precept, law, rule,
ordinance (= %{vidhi}, %{nyAya}), manner of acting, proceeding, practice (esp. that prescribed
by the Vedas) RV. ix, 9, 7 AV. viii, 9, 10; xx, 128, 6-11 MBh.; (%{prathamaH@kalpaH}, a rule to be
observed before any other rule, first duty Mn. iii, 147 MBh. &c.; %{etena@kalpena}, in this way;
cf. %{pazu-k-}, &c.); the most complete of the six Veda1n3gas (that which prescribes the ritual
and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial acts) Mun2d2Up. Pa1n2. &c.; one of two cases, one
side of an argument, an alternative (= %{pakSa}; cf. %{vikalpa}) Sarvad.; investigation, research
Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; resolve, determination MW.; (in medic.) treatment of the sick, manner
of curing Sus3r. ii; the art of preparing medicine, pharmacy Car.; the doctrine of poisons and
antidotes Sus3r. i; (ifc.) having the manner or form of anything, similar to, resembling, like but
with a degree of inferiority, almost (e.g. %{abhedya-kalpa}, almost impenetrable; cf. %{prabhAta-
k-}, %{mRta-k-}, &c.; according to native grammarians, %{kalpa} so used is an accentless affix
[Pa1n2. 5-3, 67], before which a final %{s} is left unchanged, and final %{I} and %{U} shortened
Pa1n2. Vop.; %{kalpam} ind., may be also connected with a verb e.g. %{pacati-kalpam}, he cooks
pretty well Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) [262,3]; a fabulous period of time (a day of Brahma1 or one
thousand Yugas, a period of four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of
mortals, measuring the duration of the world; a month of Brahma1 is supposed to contain thirty
such Kalpas; according to the MBh., twelve months of Brahma1 constitute his year, and one
hundred such years his lifetime; fifty years of Brahma1's are supposed to have elapsed, and we are
now in the %{zvetavArAha-kalpa} of the fifty-first; at the end of a Kalpa the world is annihilated;
hence %{kalpa} is said to be equal to %{kalpA7nta} below L.; with Buddhists the Kalpas are not of
equal duration) VP. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.; N. of Mantras which contain a form of %{klRp} TS. v S3Br.
ix; a kind of dance; N. of the first astrological mansion VarBr2S.; N. of a son of Dhruva and
Bhrami BhP. iv, 10, 1; of S3iva MBh. xii, 10368; the tree of paradise; = %{-taru} below L.; (with
Jainas) a particular abode of deities (cf. %{-bhava} and %{kalpA7tIta} below); (%{am}) n. a kind
of intoxicating liquor (incorrect for %{kalya}) L.
kalpaanta* = m. the end of a Kalpa, dissolution of all things L. (cf. {pralaya}); {-vAsin} mfn. living
at the end of a Kalpa R. iii, 10, 4 [263,1]; {-sthAyin} mfn. lasting to the end of time Hit. i, 50 BhP.
kalpa-druma = kalpa-vRiksha: the tree that will give you anything you can
kalpaka* = mfn. conforming to a settled rule or standard BhP. i, 8, 6; ix, 11, 1; adopting Hariv.; m.
a rite, ceremony MBh. [TBr. ii, 7, 18, 4 of doubtful meaning Comm. %{kaplaka}]; a barber (cf.
%{kalpanI}; Lith. {kerpikas}) L.; a kind of Curcuma (commonly %{karcUra}) L.
kalpana * = n. forming, fashioning, making, performing L.; `" forming in the imagination,
inventing "', composition of a poem Prab.; cutting, clipping, working with edge-tools VarBr2S.; N.
of a religious ceremony; anything put on for ornament MBh. xiii, 2784; (%{A}) f. making,
manufacturing, preparing Sus3r. BhP.; practice Car.; fixing, settling, arranging Mn. ix, 116
Ya1jn5.; creating in the mind, feigning, assuming anything to be real, fiction KapS. &c.;
hypothesis Nya1yam.; caparisoning an elephant Das3.; form, shape, image; a deed, work, act
Mr2icch.; (%{I}) f. a pair of scissors or shears L.
kalpataru = (m) The heavenly tree giving whatever one desires * = m. one of the five trees (cf.
{paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf. {saMkalpa-viSaya}),
the wishing tree, tree of plenty Hit. Pañcat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful
source BhP. i, 1, 3; (fig.) a generous person MW.; N. of various works; {-parimala} m. N. of wk.;
{-rasa} m. a particular kind of mixture Bhpr.
kalpena* = he imagines
kalpita * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed, prepared; assumed,
supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Ya1jn5.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn.
ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; (%{A})
f. a kind of allegory Va1m. iv, 2, 2.
kalpya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 110 Vop. xxvi, 17, 18) to be formed from (inst.) Naish. viii, 21; to be
performed, to be prescribed; to be settled or arranged VarBriS.; to be conceived or imagined
VarBriS.; to be substituted W.; relating to ritual W.
kaM = whom
kam * = 1 ind. (Gk. $) well (opposed to {a-kam}, &78525[251, 3] ill "') TS. S'Br. &c.; a particle
placed after the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense, `" yes "', `" well "' (but this
sense is generally so weak that Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating {kam}
among the expletives Nir.; it is often found attached to a dat. case, giving to that case a stronger
meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the Pâda, e.g. {a4jIjana o4SadhIr bho4janAya
ka4m}, thou didst create the plants for actual food RV. v, 83, 10) RV. AV. TS. v; {kam} is also used
as an enclitic with the particles {nu}, {su}, and {hi} (but is treated in the Pada-pâthha as a
separate word; in this connection {kam} has no accent but once AV. vi, 110, 1) RV. AV.; a particle
of interrogation (like {kad} and {kim}) RV. x, 52, 3; (sometimes, like {kim} and {kad}, at the
beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of anything or expressing
reproach L. [252, 1]; head L.; food Nir.; water Nir. Nigh.; happiness, bliss L. \\ * = 2 cl. 1. Â. (not
used in the conjugational tenses) {cakame}, {kamitA}, {kamiSyate}, {acakamata} Dhâtup. xii, 10
to wish, desire, long for RV. v, 36, 1; x, 117, 2 AV. xix, 52, 3 S'Br. Ragh. &c.; to love, be in love with,
have sexual intercourse with S'Br. xi BhP.: Caus. Â. (ep. also P.) {kAmayate}, {-ti}, {kAmayAM-
cakre}, {acIkamata}, &c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc. or inf. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 157; e.g.
{kAmaye bhuJjIta bhavAn}, I wish your worship may eat; {kAmaye dAtum}, I wish to give Kâs'.)
RV. AV. TS. MBh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with RV. x, 124, 5; 125, 5
S'Br. MBh. &c.; to cause any one to love Riitus. (in that sense P. Vop.); (with {bahu} or {aty-
artham}) to rate or value highly R.: Desid. {cikamiSate} and {cikAmayiSate}: Intens.
{caMkamyate}; [cf. Lat. {comis}; also {amo}, with the loss of the initial, for {camo}; {cA7-rus} for
{cam-rus}: Hib. {caemh} "', love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant "'; {caomhach}, `" a friend,
companion "'; {caomhaim}, `" I save, spare, protect "'; Armen. {kamim}.]
kamala = Lotus
kamalaa = saraswati
kamaTha* = m. (Un. i, 102) a tortoise BhP. Pañcat. &c.; a porcupine L.; a bamboo L.; N. of a king
MBh.; of a Muni; of a Daitya; ({as} or {am}) m. or n. a water-jar (esp. one made of a hollow gourd
or cocoa-nut, and used by ascetics) L.; ({I}) f. a female tortoise, a small one S'ântis'.
kampa * = m. trembling, tremor, trembling motion, shaking MBh. Sus'r. &c.; earthquake (cf.
{bhUmi-kampa}, {mahI-k-}, &c.); tremulous or thrilling pronunciation (a modification of the
Svarita accent which may take place if the Svarita syllable is followed by an Udâtta syllable) Nir.
&c.; a kind of time (in mus.); N. of a man.
kampate = (1 ap) to shake
kampayati = to shake
kaMsa * = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kam} Un. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking vessel, cup, goblet
AV. x, 10, 5 AitBr. S'Br. &c.; (a noun ending in {as} followed by {kaMsa} in a compound does not
change its final cf. {ayas-kaMsa}, &c. Pân. 8-, 3, 46); a particular measure (= two Âdhakas Car.; =
one Âdhaka L.); a metal, tutanag or white copper, brass, bell-metal; m. N. of a king of Mathurâ
(son of Ugra-sena and cousin of the Devakî who was mother of Kriishna [Ugra-sena being brother
of Devaka, who was father of Devakî]; he is usually called the uncle, but was really a cousin of
Kriishna, and became his implacable enemy because it had been prophesied to Kansa that he
would be killed by a child of Devakî; as the foe of the deity he is identified with the Asura
nemi; and, as he was ultimately slain by Kriishna, the latter receives epithets like {kaMsa-jit},
conqueror of Kansa, &c.) MBh. VP. BhP. &c.; N. of a place g. {takSazilA7di} Pân. 4-3, 93; ({A}) f.
N. of a sister of Kansa Hariv. BhP. VP.
kaNa = small bit* = m. (Nir. vi, 30; related to {kanA}, {kaniSTha}, {kanIyas}, {kanyA}, in all of
which smallness is implied BRD.), a grain, grain of corn, single seed AV. x, 9, 26; xi, 3, 5 KâtyS'r.
Mn. &c.; a grain or particle (of dust) Ragh. i, 85 Vikr.; flake (of snow) Amar.; a drop (of water)
S'ak. 60 a Megh. BhP. &c.; a spark (of fire) Pañcat.; the spark or facet of a gem; any minute
particle, atom Prab. S'ântis'.; ({A}) f. a minute particle, atom, drop; long pepper Sus'r.; cummin
seed L.; a kind of fly (= {kumbhIra-makSikA}) L.; ({I}) f. = {kaNikA} below L.; ({am}) n. a grain,
single seed Kathâs. (cf. {kaniSTha}.)
kana* = mfn. (substituted for {alpa}, `" little, small "', in forming its comparative and superlative
see below; cf. {kaNa}; according to Gmn. fr. {kan}, `" to shine, be bright or merry "', originally
meaning `" young, youthful "').
kanaka = gold
kañc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate}, %{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to bind ; to shine Dha1tup. vi, 9 ; [cf.
%{kac} and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa} ; Lat. {cingere}.]
kanda* - {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh.
BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling,
knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection
of the female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of
a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kaNDuuyati = to scratch
kanda = a knot, the place where the three main nadis join
kanda* = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous root, a bulb MBh.
BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling,
knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3]; [cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection
of the female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri W.); N. of
a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kandarpaH = Cupid
kandarpa* = m. (etym. doubtful; according to some fr. {kaM-darpa}, `" inflamer even of a god "'
see 3. {ka}, or `" of great wantonness "')N. of Kâma (q.v.), love, lust MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. &c.; (in
mus.) a particular Râga (q.v.); a kind of time; membrum virile L.; N. of a man Kathâs.; ({A}) f. one
of the divine women attending on the fifteenth Arhat (Jain.)
kandha = neck
ka.nkana = bracelet
kanTha = throat
ka.nThaM = neck
ka.nthaa = rags?
ka.nsya = bronze
kaNTa * = m. (thought by some to be for original {karnta}, fr. 2. {kRt}) a thorn BhP. ix, 3, 7 (cf.
{tri-kaNTa}, {bahu-kaNTa}, &c.); the boundary of a village L.; [cf. Gk. $ $ $?]
kaNTakam.h = (n) thorns
kaNTha = throat
kuNapa * = n. [{as} m. g. {ardharcA7di}] a dead body, corpse AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. &c.; (said
contemptuously of) the living body BhP.; dung; m. a spear MBh. R.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people
VarBriS.; ({I}) f. a small bird (Maina or Salik cf. {viT-sArikA}); ({kuNa4pa}) mfn. mouldering,
smelling like a carcase S'Br. Sus'r.
kanya * mf({A})n. the smallest (opposed to {uttama} and {madhyama}) Hcat. i, 302, 8 ff.; ({A4})
f. see {kanyA4} below; [cf. Zd. {kainin}; Hib. {cain}, `" chaste, undefiled. "']
kanyaa4 * = f. ( {kan} Un. iv, 111), a girl, virgin, daughter RV. AV. &c. MBh. &c. ({kanyAM} {dA}
or {pra-dA} or {pra-yam} or {upa-pad}, Caus. to give one's daughter in marriage Mn. viii, ix;
{kanyAM prati-grah} or {hR} or {vah}, to receive a girl in marriage, marry Mn. ix); the sign of the
zodiac Virgo VarBri. and BriS. &c.; the female of any animal Mriicch.; N. of Durgâ MBh. iii, 8115;
N. of a tuberous plant growing in Kas'mîra Sus'r.; Aloe Perfoliata L.; several other plants L.; N. of
a metre (of four lines, each of them containing four long syllables).
kapaala = forehead
kapi = monkey
kara = Hand* * = 1 (for 2. see p. 254, col. 3) mf({I}, rarely {A})n. (1. {kR}), a doer, maker, causer,
doing, making, causing, producing (esp. ifc.; cf. {duHkhakara}, {bhayaM-k-}, {sampat-k-}, &c.; cf.
Lat. {cerus}, `" creator "') AV. xii, 2, 2 Mn. Pañcat. &c.; helping, promoting RV. i, 116, 13; m. the
act of doing, making &c. (ifc.; cf. {ISatkara}, {su-k-}, {duS-k-}, &c.); `" the doer "', the hand RV. x,
67, 6 MBh. Mn. &c.; a measure (the breadth of twenty-four thumbs); an elephant's trunk MBh.
Pañcat. &c.; the claws of a crab Hit.; symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar
mansion Hasta VarBriS.
kara = * 2 (for 1. see p. 253, col. 1) m. ({kRR}), a ray of light, sunbeam, moonbeam R. Megh.
Pañcat. &c.; hail L.; royal revenue, toll, tax, tribute, duty Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.
karaNa * = (once {karaNa4} RV. i, 119, 7) mf({I})n doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf.
{antakaraNa}, {uSNaM-k-}, &c.) R. &c.; clever, skilful RV. i, 119, 7; m. a helper, companion AV. vi,
46, 2; xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3; a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. x, 22; or
the son of a S'ûdra woman by a Vais'ya Yâjñ. i, 92; or the son of a Vais'ya woman by a Kshatriya
MBh. i, 2446; 4521; the occupation of this class is writing, accounts &c.) a writer, scribe W.; (in
Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech (or as separated from the context; in this
sense usually n.) Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 41 Pat. Comm. on RPrât.; (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. vi, 40;
({I}) f. a woman of the above mixed tribe Yâjñ. i, 95; (with {sutA}) an adopted daughter R. (ed.
Gorr.) i, 19, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or irrational number, surd root; the side of a square S'ulbas.
Comm. on VS.; a particular measure Comm. on KâtyS'r.; a particular position of the fingers;
({am}) n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting S'Br. MBh. &c. (very often ifc. e.g.
{muSTi-k-}, {virUpa-k-}); an act, deed RV.; an action (esp. a religious one) Yâjñ. i, 250 R.; the
special business of any tribe or caste L.; a calculation (esp. an astronomical one) VarBriS.; an
astrological division of the day (these Karanas are eleven, viz. {vava}, {valava}, {kaulava},
{taitila}, {gara}, {vaNija}, {viSTi}, {zakuni}, {catuSpada}, {kintughna}, and {nAga}, two being
equal to a lunar day; the first seven are called {a-dhruvANi} or movable, and fill, eight times
repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the mooñs increase to the first half of
the fourteenth day in its wane; the four others are {dhruvANi} or fixed, and occupy the four half-
days from the second half of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the
first day in its increase) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; pronunciation, articulation, APrât.; (in Gr.) a sound
or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context Pân. Kâs'. &c., ({karaNa}
may be used in this way like {kAra} e.g. {iti-karaNa} S'ânkhS'r.); the posture of an ascetic; a
posture in sexual intercourse; instrument, means of action S'vetUp. Yâjñ. Megh.; an organ of
sense or of speech VPrât. PârGri.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond Mn. viii, 51; 52; 154;
(in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the
instrumental case, instrumentality Pân. 1-4, 42; ii, 3, 18; iii, 2, 45; cause (= {kAraNa}); a spell,
charm Kathâs. (cf. {karaNa-prayoga}); rhythm, time Kum.; body Megh. Kum. Kâd.; N. of a
treatise of Varâha-mihira on the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the S'iva-dars'ana;
a field L.; the mind, heart W. (cf. {antaH-karaNa}); grain W.
karaNaaya = to do
karaNiiyaM = to be done
karabhoru = fair-limbed
karalaM = terrible
karavaala = sword
karavaavahai = may we do
karaala = dreadful
karaalaM = horrible
karaalaani = terrible
kardama * = m. (Un2. iv, 84) mud, slime, mire, clay, dirt, filth MBh. Ya1jn5. Ragh. &c.; sin Comm.
on Un2.; shade, shadow (in Veda according to BrahmaP.); N. of a Praja1pati (born from the
shadow of Brahma1, husband of Devahu1ti and father of Kapila) MBh.; a kind of rice Sus3r.; a
kind of poisonous bulb; N. of Pulaka (a son of Praja1pati) VP.; of a Na1ga MBh. i, 1561; (%{I}) f. a
species of jasmine; (%{am}) n. flesh L.; Civet L.; (mfn.) covered with mud or mire or dirt, dirty,
filthy Sus3r.
karishhyati = can do
karishhyasi = perform
karoti = does
karomi = I do
karosi = you do
karman * = %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance, business RV.
AV. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member
of the compound being either the person who performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the
person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed [e.g. %{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a
specification of the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c. ; any religious
act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as
opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c. ; work, labour,
activity (as opposed to rest, %{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c. ; physicking, medical attendance Car. ;
action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nya1ya philosophy ; of
these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-kSepaNa}, %{A-kuJcana},
%{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas. ; calculation Su1ryas. ; product,
result, effect Mn. xii, 98 Sus3r. ; organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}) ; (in
Gr.) the object (it stands either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom. [in passive
construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action] ; opposed to %{kartR} the
subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new is produced
e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a mat "' [258,3] ; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "' ;
b. %{vikArya}, when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g.
%{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces fuel to ashes "' ; or of the form only e.g.
%{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "' ; c. %{prApya}, when
any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he goes to the village "' ;
%{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "' ; d. %{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is
abandoned e.g. %{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he leaves the wicked "') ; former act as leading to inevitable
results, fate (as the certain consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf.
%{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}) ; the tenth lunar mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmaNaa = by work
karmaNi = in action
karman.h = work
karmayogaM = devotion
karmaaNi = deeds
karNaM = Karna
karNaH = Karna
karpura = camphor
karshha = attracted, contacted
karsha * =m. ({kRS}), the act of drawing, dragging Pân.; (with and without {halasya}) ploughing,
agriculture Âp. Yâjñ. ii, 217; `" anything scratched off "' see {kSAma-karSa-mizra4}; ({as}, {am})
m. n. a weight of gold or silver (= 16 Mâshas = 80 Rettis = 1/4 Pala = 1/400 of a Tulâ = about 176
grains troy; in common use 8 Rettis are given to the Mâsha, and the Karsha is then about 280
grains troy) Sus'r. VarBriS. &c. [260, 1]; Terminalia Bellerica (also called {akSa} q.v.) L.; a boat L.
kaarsha * = m. ({kRS}; g. {chattrA7di}), `" one who ploughs "', a peasant, husbandman DivyA7v.;
({I}) f. see {gomaya-k-}.
karshhaka = farmer
karshhayantaH = tormenting
karzana* = mfn. ({kRz}), rendering lean, attenuating, causing emaciation Sus'r.; troubling,
hurting MBh. xiii, 6307 (cf. {karSaNa}); ({am}) n. the act of rendering lean, causing emaciation
Car.
kartayati = to cut
kartuM = to perform
kartritvaM = proprietorship
kas'a* = m. a species of rodent animal VS. TS. (cf. {kazIkA4}); a whip, thong MBh. (cf.
{prakaza4}); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people BhP. (ed. Bomb.)
kas'aa* = f. (Naigh. i, 11 Nir. ix, 19) a whip RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c. (also written {kaSA} R.
BhP.); a rein, bridle S'is'.; whipping, flogging W.; a string, rope, thong L.; face, mouth L.; quality
L.\\kas'aa* = &c. see {kaz}.
kashchana = cerain
kashchit.h = someone
kashmalaM = dirtiness
kasmaat* = ind. (abl. fr. 2. {ka4} AV. &c.) where from? whence? why? wherefore? MBh. R. S'ak.
Pañcat. &c. (cf. {a-kasmAt}.)
kas'mala * =mf({A}, or {I})n. foul, dirty, impure Dhûrtas.; timid, pusillanimous; ({am}) n. dirt,
filth Subh.; impurity, sin L.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) consternation, stupefaction,
faintheartedness, pusillanimity MBh.; dejection of mind, weakness, despair MBh. BhP.
kasmai = to `Ka'
kashtha* = mfn. (perhaps p.p. of {kaS} Pân. 7-2, 22 Vop. 26, 111 Kâs'. on Pân. 6-2, 47), bad R.
[266,1]; ill, evil, wrong Mn. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; painful Sus'r.; grievous, severe, miserable Mn. xii,
78 Yâjñ. iii, 29 Bhartri.; difficult, troublesome Mn. vii, 186 and 210; worst Mn. vii, 50 and 51;
pernicious, noxious, injurious Sus'r.; dangerous (= {kRcchra}) Pân. 7-2, 22 Nal. xiii, 16;
inaccessible (= {gahana}) Pân. 7-2, 22; boding evil Comm. on Pân. 3-2, 188; m. `" N. of a man "'
see {kASTAyana}; (in rhetoric) offending the ear Vâm. ii, 1, 6; forced, unnatural; ({am}) n. a bad
state of things, evil, wrong; pain, suffering, misery, wretchedness; trouble, difficulty; bodily
exertion, strain, labour, toil, fatigue, weariness, hardship, uneasiness, inquietude (mental or
bodily) R. Kathâs. Pañcat. S'ak. Hit.; {kaSTAt-kaSTam}, or {kaSTataram}, worse than the worst;
{kaSTena} or {kaSTAt}, with great difficulty Pañcat.; ({am}) ind. an exclamation of grief or
sorrow; ah! woe! aIas! MBh. R. Mriicch.
kasya = whose
kasyachit.h = anyone's
katama * = %{as}, %{A}, %{at} mfn. (superlative of 2. %{ka} ; declined as a pronom., Gram. 236),
who or which of many? (e.g. %{katamena@pathA@yAtAs@te}, by which road have they gone?) ;
it is often a mere strengthened substitute for %{ka}, the superlative affix imparting emphasis ;
hence it may occasionally be used for `" who or which of two? "' (e.g. %{tayoH@katamasmai}, to
which of these two?) ; it may optionally be compounded with the word to which it refers (e.g.
%{katamaH@kaThaH}, or %{katama-kaThaH}, which Kat2ha out of many?) ; when followed by
%{ca} and preceded %{yatama} an indefinite expression is formed equivalent to `" any whosoever
"', `" any whatsoever "', &c. (e.g. %{yatamad@eva@katamac@ca@vidyAt} he may know anything
whatsoever). In negative sentences %{katama} with %{cana} or %{katama} with %{api} = not
even one, none at all (e.g. %{na@katamaccanA7haH}, not even on a single day, on no day at all)
[246,3] ; in addition to the above uses %{katama} is said to mean `" best "', `" excessively good-
looking "' (cf. 3. %{ka}) RV. &c.
katarat.h = which
kath* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kaTati} or {kaNTati}, to go Dhâtup. ix, 33. \\2 cl. 1. P. {kaTati}, {cakATa},
{kaTitA}, &c. to rain; to surround; to encompass, cover, screen; to divide Dhâtup. ix, 6 (cf. {cat}.)
kathaaksha = glance
kathi = hip
kathiH = waist
kathii = waist
kathhina = tough
katipaya = Some
kath.h = to tell
kathaM = tell
kathana * mfn. telling, talkative W.; ({am}) n. the act of telling, narration, relating, informing
Sus'r. Bhartri. Pañcat. &c
kathanta = howness
kathaya = describe
kathayataH = speaking
kathayantaH = talking
kathaa = story
kathaa* = (for 2. see col. 3) f. conversation, speech, talking together Âs'vGri. MBh. Mn. &c.; talk,
mention; ({kA kathA} [with gen. or more commonly with loc. and sometimes with {prati}), what
should one say of? how should one speak of? e.g. {eko 'pi kRcchrAd varteta bhUyasAM tu
kathai9va kA}, even one person would live with difficulty, what should one say of many? i.e. how
much more many? Kathâs. iv, 123; {kA kathA bANa-saMdhAne}, what mention of fitting the
arrow? i.e. what necessity for fitting the arrow? S'ak. 53 a); story, tale, fable MBh. R. Hit. &c.; a
feigned story, tale (as one, of the species of poetical composition) Sâh. 567 Kâvya7d.; Story
(personified) Kathâs.; (in log.) discussion, disputation Sarvad.\\2 (for 1. see col. 1) ind. (Ved. for
{katha4m} Pân. 5-3, 26) how? whence? why? RV. AV. viii, 1, 16 TS. &c.; ({yathA4 kathA4 ca}, in
any way whatsoever S'Br. iv); sometimes merely a particle of interrogation (e.g. {kathA4 zRNoti}..
{i4ndraH}, does Indra hear? RV. iv, 23, 3; {kathA4-kathA4}, whether-or? TS. ii, 6, 1, 7).
kaaththha* = mf({I})n. proceeding from or composed by Kathha Pân. 4-3, 107 Kâs'.; m. a rock,
stone L.
kathaamrita = Gospel
kathaamritaM = Gospel
kathita = told
katthana * = mfn. boasting, praising MBh. R.; ({am}) n. the act of boasting MBh. R. Sus'r.; ({A}) f.
id. Comm. on Bhathth.
kauNapa * =, coming from corpses; m. `" feeding upon corpses "', a Râkshasa or goblin,; N. of a
Nâga (these beings are supposed to eat human flesh)
kaumaaraM = boyhood
kaumaarya = childhood
kaushalaM = art
kaustubha = one of Vishnu's jewels* = {as}, {am} m. n. (cf. {kust-})N. of a celebrated jewel
(obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the
breast of Kriishna or Vishnu) MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; m. a manner of joining the fingers Tantras.; =
{kiMtughna} AV. Jyot.; ({am}) n. a kind of oil ({sarSapo7dbhava}) KâtyS'r. i, 8, 37 Sch.; N. of wk.
kautUhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for
(loc., or acc. with %{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything causing curiosity, any unusual
phenomenon Megh. 48; a festival MBh. i, 7918 DivyA7v. i.
kautuka * n. (fr. {kut-}; g. {yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (loc. or
in comp.), eagerness, vehemence impatience Pañcat. Kathâs. (ifc. f. {A}) &c.; anything causing
curiosity or admiration or interest, any singular or surprising object, wonder Pañcat. Kathâs. Vet.;
festivity, gaiety, festival, show, solemn ceremony (esp. the ceremony with the marriage-thread or
necklace preceding a marriage) Kum. Das'. Bhartri. BhP. &c.; the marriage-thread or necklace
Kathâs. li, 223; pleasure, happiness, prosperity BhP. i, 17, 26; N. of nine particular substances
Hcat. i, 110, 19; ii, 49, 10; sport, pastime L.; public diversion L.; song, dance, show, spectacle L.;
season of enjoyment L.; kind or friendly greeting, civility L.; ({At}) abl. ind. out of curiosity or
interest Kathâs. Hit.; for amusement, as a relaxation W.
kavala: ) a mouthful (as of water &c.); a morsel MBh. R. Ragh. Mn. Bhartri.; a wash for cleansing
the mouth, gargle Sus'r.; a kind of fish (commonly Baliya) L.
kavara * = mf.({A})n. (3. {ku} Un. iv, 154) mixed, intermingled, variegated S'is'. v, 19; m. a
lecturer L.; ({as}, {I}) m. f. (Pân. 4-1, 42 Vop. iv, 26; also n. according to a Sch.) a braid, fillet of
hair BhP. Gît. Sâh. S'is'.; ({am}) n. salt L.; sourness, acidity L.; ({A}) f. (Sch. on Pân. 4-1, 42) the
plant Ocimum gratissimum L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; Acacia arabica or another plant Npr.
kavi = poet
kaviH = poet
kavitaa = poetry
kavya = poetry
kaya *= only gen. sg. with, every one, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone [cf. Zd. {kaya};
Armen. {ui}.] \\
ka4ya* = (Ved. for 2. {ka}; only gen. sg. with {cid}), every one (e.g. {ni4 SU4 namA74timatiM
ka4yasya cit}, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone RV. i, 129, 5) RV. i, 27, 8; viii, 25, 15;
[cf. Zd. {kaya}; Armen. {ui}.]
ke = who
kedaara * = m. (n. L.) a field or meadow, especially one under water Mn. ix, 38 & 44 MBh. R. &c.;
{kapilasya k-}, `" Kapila's field "'N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 6042 ff.; {mataGgasya k-}, `" Matanga's
field "', another Tîrtha, 8159; a basin for water round the root of a tree L.; a bed in a garden or
field W.; plain, area KâtyS'r. xviii, 5, 4 Sch.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri.; of a Râga (in
music); of a mountain country (the modern Kedâr, part of the Hima7laya mountains W.) MBh. vi,
427 NandiP.; N. of S'iva as worshipped in the Hima7laya; of the author of a work entitled Abdhi;
({I}) f. N. of a Râginî; ({am}) n. N. of a Tîrtha MatsyaP.; of a Linga ib.; (in the Hima7laya) S'ivaP.
keli * = play, sport, amorous sport, pastime, amusement Mn. viii, 357 Mriicch. &c.; disguise,
concealment Gal.; ({is}) f. the earth L.
kena = by what
kenachit.h = by somebody
kemadruma = No planet flanking the Moon sign. Traditionally a sign of great misery and mental
instability
kes'a = hair
kes'aghna * = n. `" destroying the hair "', morbid baldness, falling of the hair L.
kes'a-caNa * =mfn. known by his hair, having fine hair Pân. 5-2, 26.
kes'a-cUDa * =mfn. one who has dressed his hair in a top-knot Pân. 2-2, 24 Vârtt. 13 Pat.
kes'apaas'a * = m. much or ornamented hair, tuft MBh. Kum. Vikr. Riitus. (ifc. f. {A}), &c.; ({I}) f.
a lock of hair hanging down from the top of the head L.
kes'ava * mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 109) having long or much or handsome hair AV. viii, 6, 23 S'Br. KâtyS'r.;
m. N. of Vishnu or Kriishna MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; (hence) of the month Mârgas'îrsha VarBriS. cv,
14; Rottleria tinctoria L.; N. of the author of a lexicon called Kalpa-dru; of the author of the
Dvaita-paris'ishtha; of the father of Govinda and Rucikara; of the father of Brâhma and uncle of
Mahes'vara; of the son of Vis'va-dhara and brother of Kari-nâtha; of the father of Vopa-deva.
kes'avasya = of KRishhNa
keshhu = in which
kesara* = n. the hair (of the brow) VS. xix, 91; (in classical literature usually {kezara}) m. or n. (?),
the mane (of a horse or lion) R. S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; ({A}) f. id. KâtyS'r. ({kes-}); ({am}) n. the tail of
the Bos grunniens (used as a fan for driving away flies) L.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. the filament of a
lotus or of any vegetable R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a fibre (as of a Mango fruit) Sus'r.; m. the plants
Rottleria tinctoria, Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea MBh. xiii, 5042 R. Lalit. Kum. Megh. [311,
1]; ({am}) n. the flower of those plants L.; ({as}, {A}, {am}) mf. n. Asa foetida L.; ({am}) n. gold L.;
sulphate of iron L.; N. of a metre (of 4 x 18 syllables); m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi, 11, 23; [cf. Lat.
{eoesaries}; Angl. Sax. {haer}; Eng. {hair}; Germ. {Haar}.]
ke4sara-vara * = n. saffron L.
kesarin * = mfn. having a mane MBh. i, iii; ({I}) m. a lion MBh. Sus'r. Bhartri. &c.; a horse TBr.
Sch.; N. of an aquatic bird Car. i, 27; the plant Rottleria tinctoria L.; the plant Mesua ferrea L.; a
citron tree L.; a variety of Moringa with red flowers (= {rakta-zigru}) L.; N. of a monkey (husband
of the mother of Hanumat) MBh. iii, 11193 R. Das'.; N. of a prince Lalit.; of a mountain VP.;
({iNI}) f. a lioness Kathâs. lxx, 102.
ketuu = The south Lunar Node also known as Cauda Draconis in latin. The Dragoñs tail in English
ketu * = m. (fr. 4. {cit}), bright appearance, clearness, brightness (often pl., `" rays of light "') RV.
VS. AV.; lamp, flame, torch ib.; day-time S'ânkhBr.; (Naigh. iii, 9) apparition, form, shape RV.
PârGri.; sign, mark, ensign, flag, banner RV. AV. MBh. &c.; a chief, leader, eminent person RV. R.
iv, 28, 18 Ragh. ii, 33 BhP.; intellect, judgment, discernment (?) RV. v, 66, 4 AV. x, 2, 12; any
unusual or striking phenomenon, comet, meteor, falling star AdbhBr. Mn. i, 38 VarBriS. BhP. &c.;
the dragoñs tail or descending node (considered in astron. as the 9th planet, and in mythol. as the
body of the demon Sainhikeya [son of Sinhikâ] which was severed from the head or Râhu by
Vishnu at the churning of the ocean, but was rendered immortal by having tasted the Amriita)
Hariv. 4259 R. VP.; `" a pigmy race "' see {-gaNa} below; disease L.; an enemy L.; N. of a son of
Agni (author of RV. x, 156) RAnukr.; (with the patr. Vâjya) VBr.; N. of a Dânava Hariv. 198; of a
son (of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of the 4th Manu, viii, 1, 27); {aruNA4H keta4vaH}, `" red
apparitions "', a class of spirits (a kind of sacrificial fire is called after them {AruNaketuka} q.v.)
AV. xi, 10, 1 f. and 7 TÂr. MBh. xii, 26, 7.
kevala = whole, pure * = m. (nom. pl. {e} RV. x, 51, 9) f. ({I} RV. x, 73, 6 AV. S'Br.; {A} Mn. &c. see
Pân. 4-1, 30)n. (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 49) exclusively one's own (not common to others) RV. AV.;
alone, only, mere, sole, one, excluding others RV. AV. TS. &c.; not connected with anything else,
isolated, abstract, absolute [310,1]; simple, pure, uncompounded, unmingled S'Br. &c.; entire,
whole, all Mn. MBh. &c.; selfish, envious L.; ({am}) ind. only, merely, solely ({na kevalam} - {api},
not only-but also Ragh. VP. Râjat.; {kevalam-na tu}, only - but not, S'riingâr.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
entirely, wholly, absolutely R. ii, 87, 23; but Kâd. Hcar.; (= {nirNItam}) certainly, decidedly L.; m.
(= {kelaka}) a dancer, tumbler Gal.; N. of a prince BhP. ix, 2, 30; ({A}) f. N. of a locality MBh. iii,
254, 10 (v.l. {-lI}); ({I}) f. `" the whole of a philosophical system "' see {pAzaka-k-}; N. of a locality
(v.l. for {-lA} q.v.); ({am}) n. the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit; the highest possible
knowledge (= {kevala-jJAna}) Jain.; N. of a country (v.l. {kerala}) MBh. vi, 9, 34.
kevalaiH = purified
khaata* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-4, 42) dug, dug up, excavated RV. iv, 50, 3 AV. S3Br. iii &c. ; digged into
the earth, buried MBh. xiii, 3089 ; torn, rent W. ; m. a ditch Hcat. i, 3, 921 ; n. (Naigh. iii, 23) a
ditch, fosse, moat, well, pond S3Br. ix, 4, 3, 9 S3a1n3khS3r. Pan5cat. BhP. &c. ; an excavation,
cavern ; digging a hole W. ; (%{A}) f. an artificial pond L. (cf. %{deva-kh-}, %{viSama-kh-},
%{sama-kh-}, %{sUcI-kh-}.)3
khaatha * = m. (= %{khaTTi}) a bier, cot or bedstead on which dead bodies are conveyed to the
pyre L. ; (%{A}) f. id. L. ; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.
khaM = ether
khagolashaastram.h = astronomy
khaDga = sword
khara = sharp
kharadhva.nsii = he who smashed (killed) khara (a Râkshasa)
khala = rouge; * (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7 AV. S'ânkhS'r. &c.;
earth, mould, soil L.; place, site L.; m. contest, battle Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pañcat.
ii, 53; (= {khaDa}) butter-milk boiled with acid vegetables and spices Sus'r. i, vi; a mischievous
man Mriicch. Cân. BhP. Pañcat. &c.; the sun L.; Xanthochymus pictorius ({tamAla}) L.; the
thorn-apple L.; ({A}) f. a mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of Raudra7s'va Hariv.
VâyuP. ii, 37, 122; ({I}) f. sediment or deposit of oil Car. Bhartri. ii, 98.
khalu = (indec.) indeed * =ind. (as a particle of asseveration) indeed, verily, certainly, truly R.
S'ak. &c.; (as a continuative particle) now, now then, now further RV. x, 34, 14 TS. &c.; (as a
particle in syllogistic speech) but now, = Lat. {atqui} TBr. S'Br. &c.; [{khalu} is only exceptionally
found at the beginning of a phrase; it is frequently combined with other particles, thus {a4tha
kh-}, {u kh-}, {vai4 kh-}, {kh- vai4}, = now then, now further TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; in later Sanskriit
{khalu} frequently does little more than lay stress on the word by which it is preceded, and is
sometimes merely expletive; it is also a particle of prohibition (in which case it may be joined with
the ind. p. [{khalu kRtvA}, `" desist from doing that "'] Nir. i, 5 [also {-tam}] Pân. 3-4, 18 S'is'. ii,
70); or of endearment, conciliation, and inquiry L.; {na khalu}, by no means, not at all, indeed not
R. &c.]
khathvaanga* = ({-vA7G}) m. n. `" a club shaped like the foot of a bedstead "' i.e. a club or staff
with a skull at the top (considered as the weapon of S'iva and carried by ascetics and Yogins)
Gaut. VarBriS. Mâlatîm. v, 4 Kathâs.; m. the back-bone Gal.; N. of a plant ib.; wood from a funeral
pile W.; N. of a king of the solar line MBh. i, 2109 VP. (v.l. {khaTvA7Ggada}) BhP. ii; xi; (= Dilîpa)
Hariv. 808 and BhP. ix; N. of an attendant in the retinue of Devî; ({I}) f. N. of a plant Gal.; of a
river Hariv. 5329; {-dhara} m. `" staff-bearer "'N. of S'iva BhP. iv, 19, 20; {-dhAra} m. id. Hariv.
10680; {-nAmikA} f. `" named after the {khaTvA7Gga} "'N. of a plant (resembling Plectranthus)
L.; {-bhRt} mfn. one who bears the {khaTvA7Gga} staff Mn. xi, 105 Sch.; ({t}) m. N. of S'iva L.;
{-vana} n. N. of a forest Hariv. 4171; {-zUlin} mfn. bearing the weapons called {kh-} and {zUla}
Hcat.
khinna = sad
kheDa * = (g. %{azvA7di} Ka1s3.) for %{kheTa}, a village Jain. (cf. %{gandha-kh-}.)
kheda = sorrow * = kheda m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction, distress
Pañcat. &c.; sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 1; ({khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting
(belonging to Indra) RV. viii, 72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Râjat. ii, 135.
khyaata = famous
khrista = Christ
khristi = Christian
ki* = 2 cl. 3. P. {cike4ti}. see {ci}. \\ki* = m. n. an ant-hill L. \\ 1 a pronominal base, like 2. {ka4}
and 1. {ku}, in the words {ki4m}, {ki4yat}, {kis}, {kI-dRkSa}, {kI-dR4z}, {kI-dRza}, {kI4vat}.
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c. ; a post,
post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L. ; a gnomon L. ; handle, brace Sus3r. ; the
elbow VP. ; a kind of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus3r. ; a position of the foetus
impeding delivery Sus3r. ; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra Ra1matUp. ; N. of Vi7ta-ra1ga
Mahe7s3a (= %{kIle7zvara}) ; = %{bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34 ; a weapon L. ; flame, lambent
flame L. ; a minute particle L. ; a blow with the elbow (= %{kilA}) L. ; (%{A}) f. a stake, pin L. ; the
elbow L. ; a weapon L. ; flame L. ; a minute particle L. ; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in
copulation "') Va1tsya1y. ; (%{am}) n. (= %{kIna}), flesh Gal.
kiilaa4la * =m. a sweet beverage (also a heavenly drink similar to Amriita, the food of the gods)
AV. VS. Kaus'. [285, 3]; ({a4m}) n. id. Naigh. ii, 7; blood Prab.; water L.
kiilaka * =m. a pin, bolt, wedge Pañcat. Hit.; a splint (for confining a broken bone) Sus'r.; a kind
of tumour (having the form of a pin) L.; (= {zivaka}) a kind of pillar for cows &c. to rub
themselves against, or one to which they are tied L.; N. of the forty-second year of the sixty years
"' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of certain Ketus ib.; ({ikA}) f. a pin, bolt Pañcat. Hcat.;
({am}) n. N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra.
kiirtayantaH = chanting
kiirtiM = reputation
kiirtiH = fame
kiirtii = fame
kiitha* = m. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat.) a worm, insect S'Br. xiv Âs'vS'r. &c.; the scorpion in the zodiac
VarBriS.; (ifc.) an expression of contempt (cf. {zUra-k-}) Mcar.; ({I}) f. a worm, insect L.; ({am})
n. id. L.; (= {kiTTa}) feces L.
kiidrishii = how
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. {A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge, &c. MBh. &c.; a post,
post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L.; a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus'r.; the
elbow VP.; a kind of tumour (having the form of a stake) Sus'r.; a position of the foetus impeding
delivery Sus'r.; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra RâmatUp.; N. of Vi7ta-râga Mahe7s'a (=
{kIle7zvara}); = {bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame, lambent flame L.; a minute
particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= {kilA}) L.; ({A}) f. a stake, pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.;
flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Vâtsyây.;
({am}) n. (= {kIna}), flesh Gal.
kiirt.h = to tell
kilakila * = m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10365; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a Yavana tribe VP. (cf. {kilikila});
({A}) f. (an onomatopoetic word), sounds or cries expressing joy, or the expression of joy by any
sound or cry MBh. R. Mcar. Bâlar.
kilakilaaya * =Nom. P. Â. {-yati}, {-yate}, to raise sounds expressing joy Bhathth. vii, 102 Kârand.;
to cry, give a shriek Kârand. [284, 2]
kilaatha * =m. inspissated milk Hariv. (v.l. {kilAda}) Sus'r. Bhpr.; ({I}) f. id. L.
kila * =1 m. play, trifling L. \\2 ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis) indeed, verily,
assuredly RV. AV. &c.; (or of explanation) namely S'Br. &c.; `" so said "' `" so reported "',
pretendedly VarBriS. Kâd.; ({kila} is preceded by the word on which it lays stress, and occurs very
rarely at the beginning of a sentence or verse [R. iv, 14, 14 Pañcat. lxxxix, 4]; according to native
lexicographers {kila} may be used in communicating intelligence, and may imply `" probably "', `"
possibly "', `" agreement "', `" dislike "', `" falsehood "', `" inaccuracy "', and `" reason. "')
kim = what* = is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. {num}, {an}, sometimes
translatable by `" whether? "' but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a
question (e.g. {kiM vyAdhA vane 'smin saMcaranti}, `" do hunters roam about in this wood? "' In
an interrogation the verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after
{kim} Pân. 8-1, 44). To this sense may be referred the {kim} expressing inferiority, deficiency, &c.
at the beginning of compounds (e.g. {kiM-rAjan}, what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pân. 2-1, 64; v,
4, 70); also the {kim} prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g. {kim-adhI7te}, he reads badly
Pân. 8-1, 44 Kâs'.) {kim-uta}, or {kim-uta-vA} or {kim-athavA-uta}, whether-or-or R. S'ak.
Bhartri. &c. (cf. {uta4}.) \\= is very frequently connected with other particles, as follows: {ki4m
aGga4}, wherefore then? RV.; {atha kim} see {a4tha}; {kim api}, somewhat, to a considerable
extent, rather, much more, still further S'ak. Megh. &c.; {kim iti}, why? S'ak. Kum. Pañcat. &c.;
{kim-iva}, what for? S'is'. xvi, 31; {ki4m-u} or {ki4m-uta4} how much more? how much less? RV.
S'Br. MBh. &c.; {kiM kila}, what a pity! (expressing dissatisfaction) Pân. 3-3, 146; {kiM-ca},
moreover, further Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; what more (expressing impatience) S'ak.; {kiM-cana}
(originally {-ca na}, negative = `" in no way "'), to a certain degree, a little Kathâs.; (with a
negation) in no way, not at all MBh. i, 6132; {kiM-cid}, somewhat, a little MBh. R. &c.; {kiM
tarhi}, how then? but, however Pân. 2-2, 4 Pat.; iv, 1, 163, Kas'.; {kiM-tu}, but, however,
nevertheless (bearing the same relation to {tu} that {kiM-ca} bears to {ca}) MBh. R. &c.; {kiM-
nu}, whether indeed? (a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone) MBh. R. &c.; how much more?
how much less? Bhag. i, 35; {kiM nu khalu}, how possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) S'ak.;
{kim punar}, how much more? how much less? R. Bhag. ix, 33 &c.; however Bâlar.; but ib.; {kiM
vA}, whether? or whether? S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; or (often a mere particle of interrogation); {ki4M
svid}, why? Kathâs. xxvi, 75; a stronger interrogative than {kim} alone RV. MBh. Kathâs.
kiinaara* = m. (perhaps = {kInA4za}) a cultivator of the soil [`" a vile man "' Sây.] RV. x, 106, 10.
kiinaas'a* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard
MBh.; Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of
Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiikatha * = m. N. of a son of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sankatha BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse
(perhaps originally a horse of the Kîkathas) L.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the
Âryan race RV. iii, 53, 14 BhP.; (mfn.), poor L.; avaricious L.
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found
in wood L.
kiinaasha* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard
MBh.; Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of
Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiñchana = any
kiñchit.h = a few, very little, something, nothing, whatever, anything, some, at all.
kintu = but
kimuu = how come ?
kiriithin * mfn. decorated with a diadem MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of Indra MBh. i, 1525; xiii, 765; of
Arjuna MBh. Bhag. Pañcat.; of Nara [according to the Comm.] MBh. i; of an attendant of Skanda
MBh. ix, 2573; of an attendant of S'iva Comm. on Kum. vii, 95.
kiraNa = ray
kiriTi + {i} n. the fruit of the marshy date tree (Phoenix paludosa) L.
kiriiTin.h = Arjuna
kitava *= m. (g. {zauNDA7di} [also {vyAghrA7di}, but not in Kâs'. and Ganar.]) a gamester,
gambler RV. VS. AV. &c.; a cheat, fraudulent man BhP. viii, 20, 3 Megh. Amar.; (also ifc. e.g.
{yAjJika-k-} Pân. 2-1, 53 Kâs'.); (= {matta}) a crazy person L.; thorn-apple (cf. {dhUrta} and
{unmatta}) L.; a kind of perfume (commonly Rocana) Bhpr.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di},
{utkarA7di}, {azvA7di}; ({As}) m. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1832; ({I}) f. a female gambler Âs'vGri.
kiithaavapanna* = mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen Kapishthh. MânS'r. (cf. {keza-
kITA7vapatita}.)
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.: Hcar.; an insect found
in wood L.
kiNva* = [{as} m. L] n. ferment, drug or seed used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of
spirits from sugar, bassia, &c. Âp. Mn. viii, 326 Sus'r. (cf. {taNDula-k-}); ({am}) n. sin Un. i, 150.
kishora = son
kishorii = daughter
kîrti * = f. (Pân. 3-3, 97; fr. 2. {kR}) mention, making mention of, speech, report RV. x, 54, 1 AV.
S'Br. &c.; good report, fame, renown, glory AV. S'Br. TUp. Mn. &c. [285, 2]; Fame (personified as
daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) MBh. Hariv. VP.; (in music) a particular measure or
time; extension, expansion L.; lustre L.; = {prasAda} (favour) or {prAsAda} (a palace) L.; (fr. 1.
{kRR}), dirt L.; N. of one of the Mâtriikâs (or personified divine energies of Kriishna) L.; ({is}) m.
N. of a son of Dharma-netra VP.
kitha* = m. a kind of ape
kiyat * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ki} Pa1n2. 5-2, 40 ; vi, 3, 90), how great? how large? how far? how much?
of what extent? of what qualities? RV. AV. &c. (Ved. loc. %{ki4yAti} with following %{A4}, how
long ago? since what time? RV. i, 113, 10 ; ii, 30, 1 ; %{kiyaty@adhvani}, at what distance? how far
off? MBh. xiv, 766 ; %{kiyad@etad}, of what importance is this to (gen.) Katha1s. iii, 49 ;
%{tena@kiyAn@arthah}, what profit arises from that? BhP. ; %{kiyac@ciram} ind. how long?
Katha1s. ; %{kiyac@cireNa}, in how long a time? how soon? S3ak. ; %{kiyad@dUre}, how far?
Pan5cat. lii, 4 ; %{kiyad@rodimi}, what is the use of my weeping? Ka1d. ; %{kiyad@asubhis},
what is the use of living? BhP. i, 13, 22) ; little, small, unimportant, of small value (often in comp.,
e.g. %{kiyad-vakra}, a little bent Comm. on Ya1jn5. ; %{kiyad@api}, how large or how far soever
Pan5cat. ; %{yA4vat@ki4yac@ca}, how large or how much soever, of what qualities soever AV.
viii, 7, 13 S3Br.) ; (%{ki4yat}) ind. how far? how much? how? RV. AV. S3Br. ; a little Pan5cat. Hit.
klinna = wet
klaibya* = n. impotence TS. ii Sus3r. Hit.; unmanliness, weakness, timidity, cowardice MBh. R.
BhP. Hit.; weakness (as of a lotus leaf) Ragh. xii, 86; the neuter gender W.
kledayanti = moistens
kles'aH = trouble * = m. pain, affliction, distress, pain from disease, anguish S'vetUp. Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; (in Yoga phil. five Kles'as are named, viz. {a-vidyA}, `" ignorance "', {asmi-tA}, egotism
"', {rAga}, `" desire "', {dveSa}, `" aversion "', and {abhiniveza}, tenacity of mundane existence "'
Yogas. Prab. Sarvad.; the Buddhists reckon ten, viz. three of the body [murder, theft, adultery],
four of speech [lying, slander, abuse, unprofitable conversation], three of the mind [covetousness,
malice, scepticism] Buddh. Sarvad.); wrath, anger L.; worldly occupation, care, trouble (=
{vyavasAya}) L.
klaibyaM = impotence
ko.api = whosoever
ko.ahaM = who am I
koTi * = f. the curved end of a bow or of claws, &c., end or top of anything, edge or point (of a
sword), horns or cusps (of the moon) MBh. &c.; the highest point, eminence, excellence Pañcat.
Ratna7v. Sarvad.; `" a point or side in an argument or disputation "', (if there are two) `"
alternative "' see {-dvaya} below; the highest number in the older system of numbers (viz. a Krore
or ten millions) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; the complement of an arc to 90 degrees; the perpendicular
side of a right-angled triangle Sûryas.; Medicago esculenta L.
koNaH = (m) angle, corner of a room
kona = an angle
kopa = anger
kopita = angered
kos'a * = m. (n. L.; in class. literature {koza}, or {koSa}; fr. {kuz} or {kuS}?, related to {kukSi4}
and {koSTha}?), a cask, vessel for holding liquids, (metaphorically) cloud RV. AV. Sus'r.; a pail,
bucket RV.; a drinking-vessel, cup L.; a box, cupboard, drawer, trunk RV. vi, 47, 23 AV. xix, 72, 1
S'Br.; the interior or inner part of a carriage RV.; (ifc.) MBh. viii, 1733; a sheath, scabbard, &c.
MBh. R. VarBriS.; a case, covering, cover AV. ChUp. MundUp. TUp. PârGri. BhP.; store-room,
store, provisions Mn. MBh. &c.; a treasury, apartment where money or plate is kept, treasure,
accumulated wealth (gold or silver, wrought or unwrought, as plate, jewellery, &c.) ib.; (in surg.) a
kind of bandage Sus'r.; a dictionary, lexicon or vocabulary; a poetical collection, collection of
sentences &c. Kâvya7d. i, 13 Sâh.; a bud, flower-cup, seed-vessel (cf. {bIja-}) R. Ragh. BhP.
Dhûrtas.; the sheath or integument of a plant, pod, nut-shell MârkP.; a nutmeg L.; the inner part
of the fruit of Artocarpus integrifolia and of similar fruits L.; the cocoon of a silk-worm Yâjñ. iii,
147 Veda7ntas.; the membrane covering an egg (in the womb) Sus'r. VarBri. MârkP.; the vulva L.;
a testicle or the scrotum Sus'r. VarBriS.; the penis W.; an egg L.; (in Veda7nta phil.) a term for the
three sheaths or succession of cases which make up the various frames of the body enveloping the
soul (these are, 1. the {Ananda-maya k-} or `" sheath of pleasure "', forming the {kAraNa-zarIra}
or `" causal frame "'; 2. the {vijJAna-maya} or {buddhi-m-} or {mano-m-} or {prA7Na-m- k-}, `"
the sheath of intellect or will or life "', forming the {sUkSma-zarIra} or `" subtile frame "'; 3. the
{anna-m- k-}, `" the sheath of nourishment "', forming the {sthUla-zarIra} or `" gross frame "')
Veda7ntas.; (ifc.) a ball or globe (e.g. {sUtra-}, a ball of thread L.; {netra-}, the eye-ball R. iii, 79,
28); the water used at an ordeal or judicial trial (the defendant drinks thrice of it after some idol
has been washed in it) Yâjñ. ii, 95; an oath Râjat. v, 325; a cup used in the ratification of a treaty
of peace ({-zaM-pA}, to drink from that cup) Râjat. vii, 8; 75; 460 and 493; viii, 283; N. of a
conjunction of planets VarBriS.; of the 2nd astrological mansion, Var Yogay.; (with Buddh.) of a
collection of Gâthâ verses Kârand. Hcar.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 34; of a courtesan
HParis'. viii, 8; ({I}) f. `" a bud "' see {arka-}; a seedvessel L.; the beard of corn L.; a shoe, sandal
L.; a kind of perfume Gal.; an iron ploughshare ib.; [cf. {ko4kkos}.]
krama * m. a step AV. x, 5, 25 ff. TS. iii MBh. &c.; going, proceeding, course (cf. {kAla-k-})
Mriicch. Pañcat. Mâlatîm. Hit.; the way R. ii, 25, 2; a position taken (by an animal &c.) before
making a spring or attacking Pañcat. Bhathth. ii, 9; the foot MBh. iii, 14316; uninterrupted or
regular progress, order, series, regular arrangement, succession (e.g. {varNa-krameNa}, `" in the
order of the castes "' Mn. viii, 24 and ix, 85) AV. viii, 9, 10 RPrât. xv, 5 KâtyS'r. R. &c.; hereditary
descent Yâjñ. ii, 119; method, manner (e.g. {yena krameNa}, in which manner R. ii, 26, 20; {tad-
anusaraNa-krameNa}, so as to go on following him Hit.); diet Car. vi, 13; custom, rule sanctioned
by tradition MârkP. xxiii, 112; ({kramaM} 1. {kR}, `" to follow that rule "') Nyâyam.; occasion,
cause (with gen. or ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 380 Hit.; `" progressing step by step "', a peculiar manner or
method of reading and writing Vedic texts (so called because the reading proceeds from the 1st
member, either word or letter, to the 2nd, then the 2nd is repeated and connected with the 3rd,
the 3rd repeated and connected with the 4 h, and so on; this manner of reading in relation to
words is called {pada-} [TPrât. ii, 12], in relation to conjunct consonants {varNa-} [ib.]) Prât.; the
words or letters themselves when combined or arranged in the said manner ib.; (in dram.)
attainment of the object desired (or accord. to others `" noticing of any one's affection "') Das'ar. i,
36 f. Sâh. Pratâpar.; (in rhet.) a kind of simile (in which the comparisons exhibited correspond to
each other in regular succession) Vâm. iv, 3, 17; power, strength L.; ({eNa}, {At}) instr. abl. ind. in
regular course, gradually, by degrees R. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; according to order or rank or series
Mn. Ragh. &c.
kraamati = to cross
krandas * = {as} n. battle-cry RV. viii, 38, 1; ({asI}) du. two contending armies shouting defiance
[`" heaven and earth "' Sây.] RV. ii, 12, 8; vi, 25, 4; x, 121, 6.
krandana * = m. `" crier "', a cat L.; ({am}) n. crying out, calling; mutual daring or defiance,
challenging L.; lamenting, weeping Pañcat. Hit.
krau.nchapati = kArtikeya
krauJNcha = a heron
kri = to do
krichchhara = difficult
kri4dara * =n. a store-room VS. xxix, 1 (Nir. iii, 20); m. id. Un. v, 41.
kridhu4 * =mfn. shortened, mutilated, small, deficient RV. iv, 5, 14 VS. xxiii, 28; (superl.
{kradhiSTha} and compar. {kradhIyas}) Kâthh.
kridhu4-ka4rNa * =mfn. having short ears (as a sort of imp) AV. xi, 9, 7 and 10, 7; hearing badly
RV. x, 27, 5.
kridhuka * =mfn. = {kRdhu4} Naigh. iii, 2 (v.l.)
krid-anta * =m. a word ending with a Kriit affix (such a word would be called by Pân. simply
{kRt}).
kriiDati = plays
kriiDaa = play
kriita* = mfn. bought, purchased S'Br. Mn. &c.; purchased from his natural parents (as a son; one
of the twelve kinds of sons acknowledged by the ancient Hindû law) Mn. ix, 160; won by (instr.)
S'ak. iii (v.l.); ifc. (with the purchase-price; f. {I}) Pân. 4-1, 50; vi, 2, 151; (f. also {A}) Siddh.;
({a4s}) m. N. of a man MaitrS. iv, 2, 6; ({As}) m. pl. a sort of despised caste W.; ({am}) n. a
bargain Comm. on Yâjñ. ii, 6.
kricchra*= diffculty, hardship causing trouble or pain, painful, attended with pain or labour;
being in a difficult or painful situation; bad, evil, wicked, miserably, painfully, with difficulty,
trouble, labour, hardship, calamity, pain, danger, the difficulties of living in a forest;, in
difficulties, in a miserable situation, danger of life; bodily mortification, austerity, penance; a
particular kind of religious penance; with difficulty, with great exertion, painfully, hardly, scarcely
krimi * = or {kri4mi} m. (fr. {kram} Un.), a worm, insect VS. TS. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.; `" a spider "'
(see {-tantu-jAla}); a silk-worm L.; a shieldlouse L.; an ant L.; lac (red dye caused by insects) L.;
N. of a son (of Us'înara Hariv. 1676 ff.; of Bhajamâna Hariv. 2002); of an Asura (brother of
Râvana) L.; of a Nâga-râja Buddh. L.; ({is}) f. N. of the wife of Us'înara and mother of Kriimi
Hariv. 1675 and VP. (v.l. {kRmI}); N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 17; [cf. Lith. {kirminis}, {kirmele};
Russ. {c8ervj}; Hib. {cruimh}; Cambro-Brit. {pryv}; Goth. {vaurms}; Lat. {vermi-s} for {quermi-
s}.]
krintana * = n. cutting, cutting off, dividing BhP. iii, 30, 28 and vi, 2, 46 (cf. %{tantu-},
%{ziraH-}.)
kripaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.)
inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from
tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper,
niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv,
185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.)
kripaNa * = 12 Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire RV. x, 74, 3.
kripaaNa * = 1m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of
scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaH = Krpa
kripa* = m. N. of a man (described as a friend of Indra) RV. viii, 3, 12 and 4, 2; m. and ({I}) f. N.
of the son and daughter of the sage S'aradvat (who performed severe penance; the jealous Indra
therefore sent a nymph to tempt him, but without success; however, twin sons were born to the
sage in a clump of grass [{zara-stambe}], who were found by king S'ântanu and out of pity
[{kRpA}] taken home and reared; the daughter, Kriipî, married Drona, and had by him a son
called As'vatthâman; the son, Kriipa, became one of the council at Hastinâpura, and is sometimes
called Gautama, sometimes S'âradvata; according to Hariv. and VP., Kriipa and Kriipî were only
distant descendants of S'aradvat; according to others, Kriipa = Vyâsa or = a son of Kriishna) MBh.
&c.; ({A}) f. see s.v. below.
kripaa* = f. (g. {bhidA7di}) pity, tenderness, compassion (with gen. or loc.; {kRpAM-kR}, to pity
[with loc.] Nal. xvii R.) MBh. &c.; N. of a river (v.l. {rUpA}) VP.
kRpaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.)
inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from
tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.; miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper,
niggard Pañcat. S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13 S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv,
185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'. (cf. {kArpaNya}.) \\ kRpaNa Nom. Â.
(3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire
kRpaaNa* m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.; ({I}) f. a pair of
scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaNaaH = misers
kripayaa = please
kripaa = compassion
krish * = 1 cl. 1. P. {ka4rSati}, rarely Â. {-te} (perf. {cakarSa}, 2. sg. {-Sitha} Pân. 7-2, 62 Kâs'.; fut.
{karkSyati} or {krakSy-}; {kRSiSy-} DivyA7v. xvii; {karSTA} or {kraSTA} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâs'.; aor.
{akRkSat} [or {akArkSIt}] or {akrAkSIt}, iii, 1, 44 Vârtt. 7; inf. {kraSTum}), to draw, draw to one's
self, drag, pull, drag away, tear RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; to lead or conduct (as an army) MBh.; to bend
(a bow) Ragh. v, 50; to draw into one's power, become master of, overpower Mn. ii, 215 MBh. iv,
20 R. Pañcat.; to obtain Mn. iii, 66; to take away anything (acc.) from any one (acc.) Vop. v, 8; to
draw or make furrows, plough RV. viii, 22, 6 Lâthy. v, 1, 4 Vait. (Â.) R. iii, 4, 12 BhP. (ind. p.
{kRSTvA}): cl. 6. P. Â. {kRSa4ti}, {-te} (p. {kRSa4t}), to draw or make furrows, plough RV. AV.
TS. S'Br. &c.; Â. to obtain by ploughing AV. xii, 2, 16; to travel over MBh. iii, 16021: Caus.
{karSayati}, to draw, drag RV. x, 119, 11 (aor. 1. sg. {acikRSam}) R. Mriicch.; to draw or tear out
MBh. iii, 2307; to pull to and fro, cause pain, torture, torment Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to plough "' see
{karSita}: Intens. (pr. p. and Subj. 3. sg. {ca4rkRSat}; impf. 3. pl. {acarkRSur}) to plough RV. AV.;
{carIkRSyate} or Ved. {karIk-}, to plough repeatedly Pân. 7-4, 64; [cf. Lith. {karszu}, {pleszau};
Russ. {c8eshu}; Lat. {verro}, {vello}; Goth. {falh}.]
krisha = weak
krishhi = plowing
krishNa-saara* = mf({I})n. chiefly black, black and white (as the eye), spotted black Nal. R. Vikr.
Hcat. &c.; m. (with or without {mRga}) the spotted antelope Mn. ii, 23 S'ak. Megh. &c.; Dalbergia
Sissoo L.; Euphorbia antiquorum L.; Acacia Catechu L.; ({A}) f. Dalbergia Sissoo L.; Euphorbia
antiquorum L.; the eyeball Nyâyad.; {-mukha} n. N. of a particular position of the hand PSarv.
krita = Done*=1 mfn. done, made, accomplished, performed RV. AV. &c.; prepared, made ready
ib.; obtained, gained, acquired, placed at hand AV. iii, 24, 5; well done, proper, good S'Br. iv;
cultivated Mn. x, 114; appointed (as a duty) Yâjñ. ii, 186; relating or referring to Yâjñ. ii, 210; m.
N. of one of the Vis've Devâs MBh. xiii, 4356; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ix, 24, 45; of a son of
Sannati and pupil of Hiranya-nâbha Hariv. 1080 BhP. xii, 6, 80; of a son of Kriita-ratha and
father of Vibudha VP.; of a son of Jaya and father of Haryavana BhP. ix, 17, 17; of a son of Cyavana
and father of Upari-cara VâyuP.; ({am}) n. (with {saha} or with instr.) `" done with "', away with,
enough of, no need of, &c. (e.g. {kRtaM saMdehena}, away with doubt S'ak.; {k- parihAsena},
enough of joking ib.); the past tense AitBr. v, 1; ({a4m}) n. deed, work, action RV. AV. S'vetUp.
Mn. &c.; service done, kind action, benefit (cf. {kRta-jJa} and {-ghna}) MBh. v, 1692 Pañcat.;
magic, sorcery SâmavBr.; consequence, result L.; aim Vop. i, 2; stake at a game RV. AV.; prize or
booty gained in battle ib.; N. of the die or of the side of a die marked with four points or dots (this
is the lucky or winning die) VS. xxx, 18 TS. S'Br. &c.; (also the collective N. of the four dice in
opposition to the fifth die called {kali} Comm. on VS. x, 28); (hence) the number `" four "'
VarBriS. Sûryas.; N. of the first of the four ages of the world (also called {satya} or `" the golden
age "', comprehending together with the morning and evening dawn 4800 years of men [Mn.
MBh. Hariv.] or according to the later conception [BhP. &c. Comm. on Mn. i, 69] 4800 years of
the gods or 1, 728, 000 years of men); ({e}) loc. ind. on account of, for the sake of, for (with gen.
or ifc. e.g. {mama kRte} or {mat-kRte}, on my account, for me) Yâjñ. i, 216 MBh. R. &c.; ({ena})
instr. ind. id. MBh. R. i, 76, 6 and vi, 85, 10.\\*=2 mfn. injured, killed L. (cf. 2. {kIrNa}.) f. an
abyss RV. ii, 35, 5.\\mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R.
&c.; low, base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation
Bhartr2. ii, 30 (v.l. %{-ti}); %{-prajJa} (MBh.), %{-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritaM = done
ókrita*= mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh. R. &c.; low,
base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartri. ii,
30 (v.l. {-ti}); {-prajJa} (MBh.), {-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritaGYa = Grateful
kritaGYataa = gratitude
kriti = Direction
kritya = Deed
kritsnasya = all-inclusive
kriya = action
kriya* = m. (borrowed fr. Gk.$.) the sign &99331[320,3] Aries VarBri. i, iii, x, xvii; Ganit. Horâs'.
kriyaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with (in comp.),
business, act, action, undertaking, activity, work, labour. KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; bodily action,
exercise of the limbs L.; (in Gr.) action (as the general idea expressed by any verb), verb Kâs'. on
Pân. 1-3, 1 &c. (according to later grammarians a verb is of two kinds, {sakarma-kriyA}, `" active
"', and {akarma-k-}, `" intransitive "'); a noun of action W.; a literary work Vikr.; medical
treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see {sama-kriya-tva} and {viSama-k-}) Sus'r.; a
religious rite or ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; with {caramA}, `" the last
ceremony "', rites performed immediately after death, obsequies, purificatory rites (as ablution
&c.) MBh. iv, 834 R. vi, 96, 10; religious action, worship BhP. vii, 14, 39 RâmatUp.; Religious
Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. i, 2578 Hariv. 12452 BhP.;
or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu BhP.); judicial investigation (by human means, as
by witnesses, documents, &c., or by superhuman means, as by various ordeals) Comm. on Yâjñ.;
atonement L.; disquisition L.; study L.; means, expedient L.
kriyate = is done
kriyaaH = performances
kriyaayoga* = m. the connection with an action or verb APrât. Pân. 1-1, 14 Kâr.; the employment
of expedients or instruments MBh. iii, 69 Sus'r.; the practical form of the Yoga philosophy (union
with the deity by due performance of the duties of every day life, active devotion) Yogas. ii, 1 BhP.
iv, 13, 3; N. of wk.; {-sAra} m. a section of the PadmaP.
kriiNaati = to buy
kruura = cruel
kruuraan.h = mischievous
krodha = anger
krodhaM = anger
kshaatra* = mf({I})n. (fr. {kSatra4}), belonging or relating or peculiar to the second caste Mn. vii,
87 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. the dignity of a ruler or governor MBh. iii, 5097 and xiii, 3026 R. ii f.
v.
ksha* = 1 (fr. 1. or 2. {kSi}) see {dyukSa4}; m. a field L.; the protector or cultivator of a field,
peasant L. \\2 mfn. (fr. 4. {kSi}) see {tuvikSa4}; m. destruction, loss L.; destruction of the world
L.; lightning L.; a demon or Rakshas L.; the fourth incarnation of Vishnu (as the manlion or nara-
sinha) L.
kshaa* = f. (derived fr. some forms of 2. {kSa4m}) the earth, ground Naigh. i, 1 Nir. ii, 2 Sây. \\ =
see 1. {kSam}
kshaanti * =f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance,
indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in
music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river VP.
kshaanta * =1 mfn. (g. {priyA7di}) borne, endured ({soDha}) L.; pardoned MBh. Pañcat.; (Pân. 3-
2, 188 Kâr.) enduring, patient Mn. v, 158 Yâjñ. R. Ragh. (compar. {-tara}); m. (g. {utkarA7di}) N.
of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a hunter Hariv. 1206; of S'iva (cf. {kSama}); ({A}) f. `" the patient one "',
the earth L.; ({am}) n. patience, indulgence R. i, 34, 32 and 33.
kshaantiH = tolerance
kshaatraM = of a ksatriya
kshamaa = forgivance
kshamii = forgiving
kshana = to invite
kshana = quick, a quick measure of time =* kshaNa = 1 m. any instantaneous point of time,
instant, twinkling of an eye, moment Nal. S3ak. Ragh. &c.; a moment regarded as a measure of
time (equal to thirty Kala1s or four minutes L.; or (in astron.) to 48 minutes VarBr2S. &c.; or 4/5
or 24/35 seconds BhP. iii, 11, 7 and 8); a leisure moment, vacant time, leisure (e.g. %{kSaNaM-
kR}, to have leisure for, wait patiently for MBh.; cf. %{kRta-kSaNa}); a fit or suitable moment,
opportunity (%{kSaNaM-kR}, to give an opportunity. MBh. iv, 666; cf. %{datta-kSaNa} and
%{labdha-kS-}); a festival Megh. Das3. BhP. iii, 3, 21; a certain day of the fortnight (as the full
moon, change of the moon, &c.) Sarvad.; dependence L.; the centre, middle L.; (%{am}) n. an
instant, moment Bhartr2. (= Subh.); (%{am}.) acc. ind. for an instant R. vi, 92, 35 BrahmaP. Vet.
&c. [325,1]; in a moment Ragh. xii, 36 S3a1ntis3. (cf. %{tat-kSaNam}); (%{eNa}) instr. ind. in a
moment Nal. R. &c.; (%{At}) abl. ind. after an instant, immediately, at once Mn. R. S3ak. &c.;
%{tataH@kSaNAt} (= %{tat-kSaNAt} q.v.), immediately upon that Katha1s.; %{kSaNAt-kSaNAt},
in this moment - in that moment Ra1jat. viii, 898; (%{eSu}) loc. ind. immediately, at once R. vi,
55, 19; %{kSaNe@kSaNe}, every instant, every moment Ra1jat. v, 165 and 337.\\2 %{-Natu}, %{-
Nana}, &c. see %{kSan}.\\2 m. killing (= ma1ran2a) Gal.
kshaanti * = f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience, forbearance, endurance,
indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in
music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river VP.
kshantiH = tolerance
kshantR * = mfn. one who pardons or bears patiently MBh. xiii, 4873.
kshaNaviikshita = glance
kshatra * = n. (1. {kSi}?; g. {ardharcA7di}) sg. and pl. dominion, supremacy, power, might
(whether human or supernatural, especially applied to the power of Varuna-Mitra and Indra) RV.
AV. VS. S'Br. ii; xi; sg. and pl. government, governing body RV. AV. VS. x, 17 TBr. ii; the military
or reigning order (the members of which in the earliest times, as represented by the Vedic hymns,
were generally called Râjanya, not Kshatriya; afterwards, when the difference between Brahman
and Kshatra or the priestly and civil authorities became more distinct, applied to the second or
reigning or military caste) VS. AV. TS. &c. [325, 2]; a member of the military or second order or
caste, warrior Mn. MBh. &c. (fancifully derived fr. {kSatAt tra} fr. {trai} i.e. `" a preserver from
injury "' Ragh. ii, 53); the rank of a member of the reigning or military order, authority of the
second caste AitBr. viii, 5 S'Br. xiii, 1, 5, 2 BhP. iii, ix; wealth Naigh. ii, 10; water, i, 12; the body L.;
Tabernaemontana coronaria (v.l. {chattra}) L.; ({I}) f. a woman of the second caste L.
kshatta: person born from a male sudra with a ksatriya female: For instance, a brâhmana begets
an ambastha of a vaisya woman, a parasava or a nisada of a sudra woman. A kshatriya begets an
ugra of a sudra woman, a suta of a brâhmana woman. A vaisya begets a magadha of a kshatriya
woman, a vaidehaka of a brâhmana woman. A sudra begets an ayogava of a vaisya woman, a
ksatta of a kshatriya woman and a chandala of a brâhmana woman.
kshauma * mf({I})n. (fr. {kSumA}; = {kSoma} Un. i, 138), made of linen, linen Lâthy. Gobh.
PârGri. &c.; covered with linen W.; prepared from linseed (as oil) Sus'r.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. =
{aTTa} (an airy room on the top of a house, apartment on the roof, back of an edifice, fortified
place in front of a building, building of a particular form W.; cf. {kSoma}) L.; ({I}) f. flax (Linum
usitatissimum) L.; ({am}) n. linen cloth or garment KâtyS'r. Gaut. Mn. &c. (also = {dukUla} L.);
linseed Sus'r.; the flower of flax L.
kshaura* = mfn. (fr. {kSura4}), performed with a razor (with {karman}, `" shaving "') VarBriS. iic,
12; ({as}), m.= {-mantra} Sây. on TS. i; ({I}) f. a razor W.; ({am}) n. shaving the head, shaving in
general ({-raM} 1. {kR}, to shave Hit.; {-raM}, Caus. 1. {kR}, to have one's self shaved Hit.) Cân.
kshaudra * m. (fr. {kSudra} and {-drA}), Michelia Campaka MBh. iii, 11569; N. of a mixed caste
(son of a Vaideha and a Mâgadhî) MBh. xiii, 2584; ({am}) n. smallness, minuteness g.
{pRthvAdi}; honey, species of honey L.; water L.; N. of a Sûtra of the SV.
kshayaM = destruction
kshayaNa* = 1 mfn. habitable [? m. `" a place with tranquil water "' Comm.] VS. xvi, 43;
({kSa4yaNa}) TS. iv; ({kSeNa4}) MaitrS.; m. a bay, harbour Comm. on RPrât.; ({am}) n. a
dwelling place Nir. vi, 6.
kshayaNa* = 2 mfn. ifc. `" destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing "' see {arAya-},
{asura-}, {pizAca-}, {bhrAtRvya-}, {yAtudhAna-}, {sadAnvA-} and {sapatna-kSa4yaNa}.
kshaya* = see 1. 2. and 4. {kSi}.
kshaya* = 1 m. `" dominion "' Sây. (on RV. vii, 46, 2).
kshaya* = 2 mfn. dwelling, residing RV. iii, 2, 13; viii, 64, 4; m. an abode, dwelling-place, seat,
house (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSa4ya}, {rAtha-}, {divikSaya4}) RV. VS. v, 38 TS. Pân. MBh. R. BhP.;
the house of Yama (cf. {yama-kS-}, {vaivasvata-kS-}); abode in Yama's dominion Comm. on R.
(ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 11; (= {kSiti4}) family, race RV. i, 123, 1.
kshaya* = 3 m. (Pân. 6-1, 201) loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction, decay, wasting or
wearing away (often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; fall (as of prices, opposed to {vRddhi} e.g. {kSayo
vRddhiz ca paNyAnAm}, `" the fall and rise in the price of commodities "') Yâjñ. ii, 258; removal
W.; end, termination (e.g. {nidrA-kS-}, the end of sleep R. vi, 105, 14; {dina-kSaye}, at the end of
day MBh. i, 699 R. iv, 3, 10; {jIvita-kSaye}, at the end of life Das'.; {AyuSaH kS-} id. Ragh.;
{kSayaM} {gam}, {yA}, {i}, or {upai}, to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an
end, perish Nal. R. Sus'r. VarBriS. Das'. Amar. Hit.; {kSayaMnI}, to destroy R. v, 36, 51);
consumption, phthisis pulmonalis Sus'r. Hcat.; sickness in general L.; the destruction of the
universe Pañcat.; (in alg.) a negative quantity, minus Âryabh.; = {-mAsa} Jyot.; = {kSayA7ha}
Ganit.; N. of a prince VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a Yogini Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the last year in the sixty
years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. [328,2]
kshemaM = protection
kshema * mf({A})n. (2. {kSi}) habitable; giving rest or ease or security MBh. R.; at ease,
prosperous, safe W.; m. basis, foundation VS. xviii, 7 AV. iii, 12, 1 and iv, 1, 4 S'Br. xiii KapS. i, 46;
residing, resting, abiding at ease RV. x AV. xiii, 1, 27; iii; viii; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (Ved. only m.; g.
{ardharcA7di}), safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable state,
weal, happiness RV. AV. VS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({kSe4ma} & {yo4ga} [or {pra-yu4j}], rest and
exertion, enjoying and acquiring RV. VS. xxx, 14 PârGri. MBh. xiii, 3081; cf. {kSema-yoga} and
{yoga-kS-}; {kSemaM te}, `" peace or security may be to thee "' [this is also the polite address to a
Vais'ya, asking him whether his property is secure Mn. ii, 127], S'ântis'. ii, 18); final emancipation
L.; m. a kind of perfume (= {caNDA}) L.; Ease or Prosperity (personified as a son of Dharma and
S'ânti VP.; as a son of Titikshâ BhP. iv, 1, 51); N. of a prince MBh. i, 2701 DivyA7v. xviii; of a son of
S'uci and father of Su-vrata BhP. ix, 22, 46; N. of a kind of college ({maTha}) Râjat. vi, 186;
({eNa}) instr. ind. at ease; in security, safely R. Mriicch. Pañcat. BhP.; (ifc. with {yathA} R. ii, 54,
4); ({ais}) instr. pl. ind. id. MBh. xiii, 1519; ({A}) f. a kind of perfume (= {kASTha-guggula}, or
{coraka} Comm.) VarBriS. iii; N. of Durgâ L.; of another deity (= {kSemaM-karI}) DevîP.; of an
Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; ({am}) n. N. of one of the seven Varshas in Jambû-dvîpa BhP. v, 20, 3.
kshemataraM = better
kshetra = fieldk* = n. (2. {kSi}) landed property, land, soil ({kSe4trasya pa4ti}, `" lord of the soil
"'N. of a kind of tutelary deity RV. AV. ii, 8, 5; also {kSe4trasya pa4tnI}, `" mistress of the soil "',
and {kSe4trANAm pa4ti}, `" the lord of the soil "'N. of tutelary deities AV. ii, 12, 1 VS. xvi, 18); `"
soil of merit "', a Buddha or any holy person DivyA7v.; a field (e.g. {-traM-kR}, `" to cultivate a
field "' Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 158; cf. {sasya-kS-}) RV. &c.; place, region, country RV. AV. iii, 28, 3 TS. vii
Sus'r. Megh. Vet.; a house L.; a town L.; department, sphere of action MBh. xiv, 126 R. &c.; place
of origin, place where anything is found Yogas. ii, 4 Sus'r. BhP. viii, 12, 33; a sacred spot or
district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares &c.; often ifc.) BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground,
portion of space, superficies (e.g. {sv-alpa-kS-}, of a small circuit Yâjñ. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane
figure (as a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any figure considered as having geometrical
dimensions Gol.; a diagram W.; a planetary orbit Ganit.; a zodiacal sign Sûryas.; an astrological
mansion VarBriS. VarBri. i, xi; (in chiromancy) certain portions marked out on the palm VarBriS.
lxviii, 1; `" fertile soil "', the fertile womb, wife Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 127 MBh. R. S'ak. BhP.; the body
(considered as the field of the indwelling soul) Yâjñ. iii, 178 Bhag. xiii, 1 and 2 Kum. vi, 77; (in
Sânkhya phil.) = {a-vyakta} (q.v.) Tattvas.; ({I4}) f. only dat. {-triyai4} for {-triyA4t} (AV. ii, 10, 1)
TBr. ii, 5, 6, 1; [cf. {a4-kS-}, {anya-} and {kuru-kSetra4}, {karma-kS-}, {deva-kS-}, {dharma-kS-},
{raNa-kS-}, {siddha-kS-}, {su-kS-}, {sure7zvarI-kS-}; cf. also Goth. {haithi}, Them. {haithjo};
Germ. {Heide}.]
kshiti = earth
kship = (root) to throw * = 1 cl. 6. P. %{kSipa4ti} A1. %{kSipate} (MBh. &c.; cl. 4. P. %{kSipyati},
only Bhat2t2.; Subj. %{kSipa4t}; perf. %{cikSepa} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{cikSipe}; fut. 2nd
%{kSepsyati} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{-te}; inf. %{kSeptum}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to throw,
cast, send, despatch AV. ix, 1, 10 and 20 Mn. MBh. (Pass. pr. p. %{kSipyat}, i, 1126) &c.; to move
hastily (the arms or legs) Mr2icch. BhP. x, 36, 14; to throw a glance (as the eye) Bhartr2. i, 94; to
strike or hit (with a weapon) RV. i, 182, 1-3; to put or place anything on or in (loc.), pour on,
scatter, fix or attach to (loc.) Ya1jn5. i, 230 Bhag. Mr2icch. &c.; to direct (the thoughts) upon (loc.)
Sarvad.; to throw away, cast away, get rid of Bhartr2. ii, 69 Katha1s.; to lay (the blame) on (loc.)
Hit.; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to disdain "' i.e. to excel, beat,
outvie BhP. iv, 8, 24 and 15, 17; to strike down, ruin, destroy BhP. vi, 1, 14 BrahmaP.; (A1. `" to
destroy one another, go to ruin "' Pot. 3. pl. %{kSiperan} MBh. iii, 1094); to pass or while away
(the time or night, %{kAlam}, %{kSapAm}) Katha1s. lv, 154; xcii, 84; to lose (time, %{kAlam}; cf.
%{kAlakSepa}) R. vii, 80, 14; to skip or pass over (a day, %{dinam}.) Car. vi, 3; (in math.) to add
Gol.: Caus. P. %{kSepayati}, to cause to cast or throw into (%{antar}) Katha1s. xiii, 160; to throw
into R. ii, 76, 16; to cause to descend into (loc.) Katha1s. lxxv, 121; to pass or while away (the
night, %{kSapAm}) ib. lvi, 75; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{cikSipas}) to hurt, injure RV. x, 16, 1 (cf. Subj.
%{kSepayat} s.v. 2. %{kSi}); [cf. Lat. {sipo}, {dissipo}, for {xipo}.]\\2 %{pas} f. pl. (only used in
nom.; the instr. is formed fr. %{kSi4pA} RV. ix, 59, 57) `" the movable ones "', the fingers RV. iii,
v, ix (Naigh. ii, 5). [329,1]
kshipaami = I put
kshipa* = mfn. `" throwing, casting "' see %{giri-kS-}; m. a thrower W.; (%{A}) f. throwing,
sending, casting g. %{-bhidA7di}; (for %{kSapA4}) night Comm. on L.; (%{kSi4pA}) f. only instr.
pl. %{-pAbhis} see 2. %{kSi4p}.
kshipaNi* = f. `" moving speedily "', gallop [NBD.] RV. iv, 40, 4; a missile weapon Un2.; a kind of
net L.; = %{mantra} L.; = %{adhvaryu} L.; an oar Comm. on L. (also %{-NI} f. ib.)
kshipaNu* = m. `" an archer "', or (%{u4}) n. `" a missile weapon "' RV. iv, 58, 6; (%{us}) m. air,
wind Un2. iii,
kSipaNyu* = mfn. diffusive, what may be sent or scattered, fragrant L.; (%{us}) m. the body L.;
spring Un2. iii, 51 Sch.
kshipraM = soon
kshii = to dimnish
kshiina* =mfn. diminished, wasted, expended, lost, destroyed, worn away, waning (as the moon)
S'Br. MundUp. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; weakened, injured, broken, torn, emaciated, feeble Mn. vii, 166
Sus'r. Kâs'. on Pân. 6-4, 61 & viii, 2, 46 &c.; delicate, slender S'ak. Gît. iv, 21 Naish. vii, 81; poor,
miserable Pañcat. iv, 16 and 32; ({am}) n. N. of a disease of the pudenda muliebria Gal.
kshiira = milk
kshiirodaka* = m. N. of a tree Hcar. Sch.
kshiti4 * = 2 f. an abode, dwelling, habitation, house (cf. also {uru-} and {su-kSiti4}, {dhruva4}.)
RV.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth, soil of the earth Mn. MBh. R. &c.; the number `" one "' Bijag.;
({a4yas}) f. settlements, colonies, races of men, nations (of which five are named; cf. {kRSTi4})
RV.; (said of the families of the gods) iii, 20, 4; estates Râjat. v, 109 (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSiti4},
{dhAraya4t-}, {dhruva4-}, {bhava-}, {raNa-}, {samara-}.)
kshi4ti * = 3 f. wane, perishing, ruin, destruction AV.; the period of the destruction of the
universe, end of the world L. (cf. {a4-}, {a4sura-}.)
kshIyamaaNa* = mfn. (Pass. p.) perishing, wasting away, decaying BhP. v, 22, 9 Hit. (cf. {a4}.)
kshiyaa* = f.. (g. {bhidA7di}) loss, waste, destruction L.; offence against the customs Pân. 8-1, 60
and ii, 104.
kshnana = to annihilate
kshouti = to sneeze
kshobhaM = disturbance
kSobha* = m. shaking, agitation, disturbance, tossing, trembling, emotion MBh. R. Ragh. Vikr.
Megh. &c.; (in dram.) an emotion that is the cause of any harsh speeches or reproaches Sa1h. 471
and 480 (cf. %{bala-kS-}.)
kshudraM = petty
kshudh = hunger
kshudhaa = hunger
kshudhaarta = hungry
kshud* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kSo4dati}, to strike against, shake RV. vii, 85, 1 (Naigh. ii, 14); Â. to move, be
agitated or shaken RV. v, 58, 6: cl. 7. P. Â. {kSuNatti}, {kSuntte} (impf. {akSuNat}; aor. 3. pl.
{akSautsur}; fut. {kSotsyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to stamp or trample upon Bhathth.: Caus.
{kSodayati} (impf. {a4kSodayat}), to shake or agitate by stamping RV. iv, 19, 4; to crush, pound,
pulverise Sus'r.; (Nom. P. fr. {kSudra4}) to reduce, diminish Bhathth. xviii, 26; [cf. Gk. $, $ for $,
$, $ &102340[330, 2] $ Lith. {skausti}?]
kshudhita 8 = mfn. hungered Pa1n2. 7-2, 52 ; (g. %{tArakA7di}) hungry ChUp. MBh. R. Sus3r.
Ragh.
kshudra V*= petty, * = mf({A})n. (compar. {kSodIyas}, superl. {-diSTha}, qq.vv.) minute,
diminutive, tiny, very small, little, trifling AV. VS. xiv, 30 TBr. iii S'Br. ChUp. AitUp. Yâjñ. &c.;
mean, low, vile Mn. vii, 27 Yâjñ. i, 309 MBh. &c.; wicked (said in joke) Mâlav.; niggardly,
avaricious L.; cruel L.; poor, indigent L.; m. a small particle of rice L. [330, 3]; = {-roga} (q.v.)
Sus'r.; = {-panasa} (q.v.) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 4-3, 119) a kind of bee Bhpr.; a fly, gnat L.; a base or
despicable woman Pân. 4-1, 131; a maimed or crippled woman ib. Pat.; a whore, harlot L.; a
dancing girl L.; a quarrelsome woman L.; N. of several plants (Solanum Jacquini, also another
variety of Solanum, Oxalis pusilla, Coix barbata, Nardostachys Jathâ-mânsî) L.; ({a4m}) n. a
particle of dust, flour, meal RV. i, 129, 6 and viii, 49, 4; [cf. Lith. {kUdikis}, `" an infant "'; Pers. $
{kUdak}, `" small a boy. "']
kSullaka * = mf({A})n. (Naigh. iii, 2) little, small AV. ii, 32, 5 TS. S'Br. i BhP.; low, vile L.; poor,
indigent L.; wicked, malicious, abandoned L.; hard L.; youngest L.; pained, distressed L.; m. a
small shell L.; N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {kSulika}); ({am}) n. a sort of play or game (= {muSTi-
dyUta}) L.
kuumanas* = mfn. (1. {ku}) Ved. wicked-minded Pân. 6-3, 133 Kâs'.
kU * = 1 or {ku} cl. 2. P. {kauti} (Ved. {kavIti} Pân. 7-3, 95), or cl. 1. Â. {kavate} (Dhâtup. xxii, 54),
or cl. 6. {kuvate} (ib. xxviii, 108), or cl. 9. P. Â. {kU8nAti}, {kU8nAte} (perf. 3. pl. {cukuvur}
Bhathth.), to sound, make any noise, cry out, moan, cry (as a bird), coo, hum (as a bee) &c.
Bhathth.: cl. 1. {ka4vate}, to move Naigh. ii, 14: Intens. Â. {kokUyate} (Nir. Pân.) P. Â. {kokavIti}
and {cokUyate} (Pân. 7-4, 63 Kâs'.), to cry aloud Bhathth.; [cf. Gk. $.] &92760[299, 1] \\2 ind. (=
{kva4}) where? RV. v, 74, 1. \\3 {Us} f. a female Pis'âca or goblin L.
kuhaka * = 1 m. (Un2. ii, 38) a cheat, rogue, juggler MBh. BhP. Ka1m. ; an impostor A1p. ; a kind
of frog Sus3r. ; N. of a Na1ga prince BhP. ; (%{am}) n. juggling, deception, trickery Hit. BhP. &c. ;
(%{A}) f. id. MBh. v, 5461.//2 ind. onomat. from the cry of a cock, &c., only in comp.
kuja = Mars
kujadoshha = Affliction caused by Mars occupying the 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th or 12th houses. There are
some more details and it is best to learn more about this before delineating marital relationships
kula * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) a herd, troop, flock, assemblage, multitude, number, &c. (of quadrupeds,
birds, insects, &c., or of inanimate objects e.g. {go-kula}, a herd of cows R. &c.; {mahiSIk-}, a herd
of female buffaloes Riitus.; {ali-k-}, a swarm of bees S'is'. Gît. &c.; {alaka-k-}, a multitude of curls
BhP.); a race, family, community, tribe, caste, set, company (e.g. {brAhmaNa-k-}, the caste of the
Brâhmans BhP.; {padAtInAM kula}, infantry Râjat. v, 247); (ifc. with a gen. sg.) a lot, gang (e.g.
{caurasya-k-}, a gang of thieves) Pân. 6-3, 21 Kâs'.; the residence of a family, seat of a community,
inhabited country (as much ground as can be ploughed by two ploughs each drawn by six bulls
Comm. on Mn. vii, 119) [294, 3]; a house, abode MBh.; a noble or eminent family or race Mn.
MBh. &c.; high station (in comp. `" chief, principal "' cf. {kula-giri}, &c.); the body L.; the front,
forepart W.; a blue stone L.; (with S'âktas) N. of S'akti and of the rites observed in her worship (cf.
{kaula}); = {kula-nakSatra} q.v. Tantras.; m. the chief of a corporation or guild L.; = {kula-vAra}
q.v. Tantras.; N. of a man R. vii, 43, 2; ({A}) f. `" a principal day "'N. of the 4th and 8th and 12th
and 14th day in a {pakSa}, or half-month Tantras.; ({I}) f. a wife's elder sister L.; the plant
Solanum Jacquini or Solanum longum L.
kU4la * = n. a declivity, slope RV. viii, 47, 11; a shore, bank S'Br. xiv Nir. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pân. 6-2,
121; 129 & 135; f. {A} MBh. xiv, 1163); a heap, mound, tope Car.; a pond or pool L.; the rear of an
army L.; N. of a locality g. {dhUmA7di}; [cf. {aja-kUlA}, {anu-kUla}, {ut-k-} &c.; cf. also Hib.
{cul}, `" custody, guard, defence, back part of anything "'; {col}, `" an impediment "'; Lat.
{collis}?]
kulaM = family
kulaani = lineages
kuNDa = starting place of kundalini* n. [{as} m. L.], a bowlshaped vessel, basin, bowl, pitcher,
pot, water-pot KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a vessel for coals R. v, 10, 16 &c.; a round hole in the ground (for
receiving and preserving water or fire cf. {agni-kuNDa}), pit, well, spring or basin of water
(especially consecrated to some holy purpose or person) MBh. R. &c.; m. an adulterine, son of a
woman by another man than her husband while the husband is alive Mn. iii, 174; (see. {gola} and
{-golaka} below); N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10358; of a Nâga MBh. i, 4828; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
MBh. i, 4550; ({A}) f. ( {kuND}) mutilation Pân. 3-3, 103 Kâs'.; N. of Durgâ L.; ({I}) f. (Pân. 4-1,
42) a bowl, pitcher, pot Hcat. Prasannar.; ({ami}) n. ifc. a clump (e.g. {darbha-k-}, a clump of
Darbha grass) Pân. 6-2, 136; a particular measure L.; N. of certain mystical figures; a particular
appearance of the moon (surrounded by a circle) VarBriS. iv, 15.
kunda *m. (Un. iv, 101) a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens) MBh. &c.;
fragrant oleander (Nerium odorum, {karavIra}) L.; Olibanum (the resin of the plant Boswellia
thurifera) L.; a turner's lathe L.; one of Kubera's nine treasures (N. of a {guhyaka} Gal.) L.; the
number `" nine "' W.; N. of Vishnu MBh. xiii. 7036; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 10; ({am}) n. the
jasmine flower.
kuNDalinii = a coiled female snake, the latent energy at the base of the spine
ku.njaraH = (Masc.nom.S)elephant
kukkuTa = rooster
kulaaya * = n. (in later language also {as} m. Pañcat. &c.) a woven texture, web, nest (of a bird),
case or investing integument, receptacle, home AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; the body as the dwellingplace of
the soul AV. S'Br. xiv BhP.; the kennel or resting-place of a dog Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 4; a place, spot
in general L.; (with {agneH} Vait.; or with {indrA7gnyoH} TândyaBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.) N. of a
particular Eka7ha (cf. {aindrA7gna-k-}.)
kumaaraH = boy
kumaarii = (f) girl, young* = f. of {-ra4} q.v.; (mfn.) desirous of a daughter Pân. 1-4, 3 Pat
kumbhaka = holding the breath:* = m. ifc. a pot Kathâs.; a measure (of grain, &c.) Jyot.; the
prominence on the upper part of an elephant's forehead MBh. xii, 4280; ({as}, {am}) m. n.
stopping the breath by shutting the mouth and closing the nostrils with the fingers of the right
hand (a religious exercise) BhP. Veda7ntas. Sarvad. &c.; m. the base of a column Buddh.; N. of an
attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2577; ({ikA}) f. a small pot or pitcher Kathâs. vi, 41; the plant
Myrica sapida Bhpr.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; a small shrub (=
{droNapuSpI}) L.; a disease of the eyes (= {kumbhIkA}); N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's
retinue MBh. ix, 2633.
kumuda * = n. [{as} m. L.], `" exciting what joy "', the esculent white water-lily (Nymphaea
esculenta) AV. iv, 34, 5 Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; the red lotus (Nymphaea rubra) L.; m. camphor Bhpr.; (in
music) N. of a Dhruvaka; N. of a particular comet VarBriS.; of a Nâga MBh. Ragh.; of an attendant
of Skanda [MBh. ix, 2558] or of Vishnu [BhP.]; of the elephant of the south-west or southern
quarter L.; of a Daitya L.; of a son of Gada by Briihatî Hariv. 9193; of a confidant of king
Unmatta7vanti Râjat.; of a monkey-hero MBh. R.; of a poet; of a pupil of Pathya BhP. xii, 7, 2; of a
mountain BhP. VP.; of one of the smaller Dvîpas VP.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ BhP. x, 2, 12
MatsyaP.; the plant Gmelina arborea L.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; the plant Desmodium
gangeticum L.; the plant Grislea tomentosa L.; another plant (commonly Kathphala) L.; ({I}) f.
the plant Kathphala (Myrica sapida); ({am}) n. camphor L.; silver L.
kuNthha* = * = mfn. (g. {kaDArA7di}) blunt, dull MBh. i, 1178 R. &c.; stupid, indolent, lazy,
foolish
kuntibhojaH = Kuntibhoja
kuranga = deer
kuru = do
kurushhva = do
kuryaaM = I perform
kuryaat.h = must do
kurvantu = may do
kurvaaNaH = performing
kurvaan.h = doing
kus'a * = m. grass S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; (the Brâhmanas commonly call it {darbha4});
the sacred grass used at certain religious ceremonies (Poa cynosuroides, a grass with long pointed
stalks) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a rope (made of Kus'a grass) used for connecting the yoke of a plough
with the pole L.; N. of a son of Vasu Uparicara Hariv. 1806; of the founder of Kus'athalî SkandaP.;
of a son of Balâka7s'va (grandson of Balâka, father of Kus'âmba or Kus'a-nâbha) R. BhP. ix, 19, 4;
of a son of Suhotra (cf. {kAza}) BhP.; of a son of Vidarbha ib.; of a son of Râma (cf. {kuzIlava})
Hariv. 822 BhP. Ragh. xvi, 72; of and son of Lava (king of Kas'mira) Râjat. i, 88; one of the great
Dvîpas or divisions of the universe (surrounded by the sea of liquified butter) BhP. v, 1, 32 VP.
[297, 1]; ({A}) f. (Pân. 8-3, 46) a small pin or piece of wood (used as a mark in recitation) Lâthy. ii,
6, 1 and 4; a cord (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; a horse's bridle (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; N. of a plant (commonly
Madhu-karkathikâ) L.; ({I4}) f. ( = {kuzA}) a small pin (used as a mark in recitation and
consisting of wood [MaitrS. iv] or of metal [TBr. i S'Br. iii]; a ploughshare L.; a pod of cotton L.;
({am}) n. water; (mfn.) wicked, depraved L.; mad, inebriate L.
kushalaM = welfare
kusIda* = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ku} and %{sad}?; cf. %{kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; (%{am}) n. any
loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh.
Gaut. Pa1n2. &c.; red sandal wood L.; (%{as}, %{A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kushmâNDa * = m. (cf. {kUSm-}) a kind of pumpkin-gourd (Beninkasa cerifera) MBh. xiii, 4364
({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.) Sus'r.; = {bhrUNA7ntara} (a state of the womb in gestation W.) L.; false
conception (?); ({am}) n. N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. TÂr. ({kUzm-}) MBh. xiii, 6236 ff.
({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.); ({As}) m. pl. a class of demons (or of demi-gods attached to S'iva; cf.
{kumbhA7NDa}) BhP. x VP. ({kUSm-}) Kathâs.; m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560
(v.l. {kUSm-}); ({I}) f. the gourd Beninkasa Cerifera L.; N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. (see
{kUSm-}) L.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10245 (v.l. {kUSm-}).
kusidaayii* = f. (Pân. 4-1, 37) id. Kâthh. x, 5; the wife of a money-lender L.
kusiida* = mfn. (fr. 1. {ku} and {sad}?; cf. {kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii; ({am}) n. any loan or
thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pân.
&c.; red sandal wood L.; ({as}, {A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kusuma = flower * = (fr. {kus} Un.; g. {ardharcA7di}), a flower, blossom Mn. xi, 70 R. &c. (ifc. f.
{A}) Mâlav. & Ratnâv. [298, 2]; N. of the shorter sections of Deves'vara's Kavi-kalpa-latâ (the
longer chapters being called {stabaka}); fruit L.; the menstrual discharge L.; a particular disease
of the eyes L.; m. a form of fire Hariv. 10465; N. of an attendant of the sixth Arhat of the present
Avasarpinî L.; N. of a prince Buddh.
kusumaakaraH = spring
kusumita = blooming
kuTumba = family
kuTumbaka = family
kutha * = {as} or {am} m. n. a house, family (cf. {kuTi}) RV. i, 46, 4 [?= {kRta} Nir. v, 24]; a
water-pot, pitcher L.; m. a fort, stronghold L.; a hammer, mallet for breaking small stones, ax L.; a
tree L.; a mountain L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di} and {kurv-Adi} [also RV. i, 46, 4, accord. to
Gmn.]; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di} (Ganar. 47).
kuta * = m. N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the sun (identified with the god of the ocean) L.
kutra = where
kutsya = despicable
kuurdati = to jump
kuurmaH = tortoise
kuushmâNDa * = v.l. for {kuSm-} q.v.; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ; ({I}) f. id. (see {kuSm-}); ({yas}) f.
pl.N. of the verses VS. xx, 14-16 (spoken in a certain rite for penance or expiation) Yâjñ. iii, 304;
({am}, {Ani}) n. sg. and pl. id. Gaut. Mn. viii, 106.
kuutha * = n. the bone of the forehead with its projections or prominences, horn RV. x, 102, 4 AV.
S'Br. AitBr.; a kind of vessel or implement Kaus'. 16; ({as}, {am}) m. n. any prominence or
projection (e.g. {aMsa-k-}, {akSi-k-}, qq. vv.); summit, peak or summit of a mountain MBh. &c.;
summit, head i.e. the highest, most excellent, first BhP. ii, 9, 19; a heap, multitude (e.g. {abhra-
k-}, a multitude of clouds) MBh. R. BhP.; part of a plough, ploughshare, body of a plough L.; an
iron mallet MBh. xvi, 4, 6; a trap for catching deer, concealed weapon (as a dagger in a wooden
case, sword-stick, &c.) R. Pañcat.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. illusion, fraud, trick, untruth, falsehood L.;
a puzzling question, enigma BhP. vi, 5, 10 and 29; m. a kind of hall (= {maNDapa}) Hcat.; N. of a
particular constellation VarBri. xii, 8 and 16; a subdivision of Graha-yuddha Sûryas.; a mystical N.
of the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.; N. of Agastya (cf. {kuTaja}) L.; of an enemy of Vishnu R. BhP. x;
({as}, {am}) m. n. uniform substance (as the etherial element, &c.) L.; a water-jar Hcar.; a kind of
plant L.; ({as}, {I}) mf. a house, dwelling (cf. {kuTa} and {kuTI}) L.; ({kUta4}) mf({A4})n. not
horned or cornuted (as an animal with incomplete continuations of the bone of the forehead) AV.
xii, 4, 3 TS. i Kâthh. &c.; false, untrue, deceitful Mn. Yâjñ. Kathâs. &c.; base (as coins) Yâjñ. ii,
241; m. an ox whose horns are broken L.; ({am}) n. counterfeited objects (of a merchant) VarBri.
xiv, 3.
kva = where
kvathati = to boil
laabha = acquirement, acquisition* = m. meeting with, finding Mn. Katha1s. ; obtaining, getting,
attaining, acquisition, gain, profit Mn. MBh. &c. ; capture, conquest Hariv. VarBr2S. ;
apprehension, perception, knowledge S3am2k. Sa1h. BhP. ; enjoying MW. ; N. of the 11th
astrological house or lunar mansion VarBr2S. (also %{-sthAna}, Cat)
laabhaM = gain
laaghava = sweetness, kindness, lightness n. (fr. {laghu}) * = swiftness, rapidity, speed MBh. R.;
alacrity, versatility, dexterity, skill MBh. Kâv. &c.; lightness (also of heart), ease, relief Mn. Yâjñ.
Sus'r.; levity, thoughtlessness, inconsiderateness, rashness R. Kathâs.; insignificance,
unimportance, smallness R. Mâlav. MârkP.; (in prosody) shortness of a vowel or syllable (opp. to
{gaurava}), Ping.; shortness of expression, brevity, conciseness Sarvad. Kâty. Sch.; lack of weight
or consequence, derogation of dignity, slight, disrespect MBh. Kâv. &c.
laakshmaNa * = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSmaNa}) relating to the plant Lakshmanâ Vâgbh.; a patr. fr.
{lakSmaNa} Sanskârak.
laal.h = to pamper
laalasa* =mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of {las}) eagerly longing for, ardently desirous of, delighting or
absorbed in, devoted or totally given up to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tA} f.); m. and ({A}) f.
longing or ardent desire, fond attachment or devotion to (loc.) Bhartri. Bâlar. (L. also `" regret,
sorrow; asking, soliciting; the longing of a pregnant woman; dalliance "'); ({A}) f. a kind of metre
Ping. Sch.
laava* =1 {lAvaka} &c. see p. 905, col, 2. \\2 {lAvaka} w.r. for {lAba}, {lAbaka}. \\* = mf({I})n.
(ifc.) cutting, cutting off, plucking, reaping, gathering Ragh. Sâh.; cutting to pieces, destroying,
killing Bhathth.
laavaNa =* mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{lavaNa}) saline, salt, salted, cooked or dressed with
salt Hariv. Sus3r.; m. N. of the salt sea which surrounds Jambudvi1pa L.
labdha* = m mfn. taken, seized, caught, met with, found &c.; got at, arrived (as a moment)
Kathâs.; obtained (as a quotient in division) Col. (cf. {labdhi}); ({A}) f. N. of a partic. heroine L.; a
woman whose husband or lover is faithless W.
labdhaM = gained
labdhaa = regained
labhante = do achieve
labhasva = gain
labhe = I obtain
labhet.h = gains
labhya = Easy
laghuH = light
laghutvaM = lightness
laghutaa * = f. quickness, promptness, agility, dexterity MBh. Ma1rkP.; lightness, ease, facility
Sus3r. R2itus.; feeling of ease, fñfeeling of bodily freshness Ka1ran2d2.; prosodial shortness
VarBr2S.; smallness, littleness, meanness, insignificance MBh. Ra1jat. S3is3.; light-mindedness,
thoughtlessness, levity, wantonness R.; want of rank or dignity, humbleness, disregard, disrespect
Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c.
lajja* =m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants Vop.; ({A}) f. see below.
laJja* = m. (only L.) a foot, a tail; = {kaccha}; = {paGgu}; ({A}) f. (only L.) an adulteress; sleep; a
current; N. of Lakshmî.
lakshaNa* = mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly Veda7ntas.; m. Ardea Sibirica L.; N. of a man
Râjat. (often confounded with, {lakSmaNa}); ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) a mark, sign, symbol,
token, characteristic, attribute, quality (ifc. = `" marked or characterized by "', `" possessed of "')
Mn. MBh. &c.; a stroke, line (esp. those drawn on the sacrificial ground) S'Br. GriS'rS.; a lucky
mark, favourable sign GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a symptom or indication of disease, Cat; a sexual
organ MBh. xiii, 2303; a spoon (?) DivyA7v; accurate description, definition, illustration Mn.
Sarvad. Sus'r.; settled rate, fixed tariff Mn. viii, 406; a designation, appellation, name (ifc. = `"
named "', `" called "') Mn. MBh. Kâv.; a form, species, kind, sort (ifc.= `" taking the form of "', `"
appearing as "') Mn. S'ank. BhP.; the act of aiming at, aim, goal, scope, object (ifc. = `" concerning
"', `" relating to "', `" coming within the scope of "') APrât. Yâjñ. MBh. BhP.; reference, quotation
Pân. 1-4, 84; effect, operation, influence ib. i, 1, 62 &c.; cause, occasion, opportunity R. Das'.;
observation, sight, seeing W.
lakshaNA* = f. aiming at, aim, object, view Hariv.; indication, elliptical expression, use of a word
for another word with a cognate meaning (as of `" head "' for `" intellect "'), indirect or figurative
sense of a word (one of its three Arthas; the other two being {abhidhA} or proper sense, and
{vyaJjanA} or suggestive sñsense; with {sA7ropA}, the placing of a word in its figurative sense in
apposition to another in its proper sñsense) Sâh. Kpr. Bhâshâp. &c. [892, 2]; the female of the
Ardea Sibirica (= {lakSmaNA}) Sus'r.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.
laksh * = cl. 1. Â. {lakSate}, to perceive, observe BhP. Kathâs.; (P. {-ti}), to recognise MBh.; cl. 10.
P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxxii, 5; xxxiii, 23; rather Nom. fr. {lakSa} below) {lakSayati}, {-te} (aor.
{alalakSat}, {-ta}; inf. {lakSayitum}; ind. p. {lakSayitvA}, {-lakSya}), to mark, sign MBh.; to
characterize, define (in Comms.); to indicate, designate indirectly S'ank. Kpr. Sâh. Sarvad.; to
aim, it (as to aim an arrow at any object), direct towards, have in view, mean Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 37
&c.; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; to
suppose of any one (acc.) that he will &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. iii, 10375; to know,
understand, recognise by (instr.) or as (acc.) or that &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; to
notice, perceive, observe, see, view MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {lakSyate}, to be marked &c.; to
be meant or intended Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 14 &c.; to be named or called (with double nom.) BhP.; to
be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without {iva}) MBh. Kâv. &c.: Desid.
see {lilakSayiSita}.
lakshaka * = mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically or by metonymy Sâh.;
N. of two men Râjat.; n. a lac, one hundred thousand Pañcar.
lakshmaNa * = mf({A4})n. having marks or signs or characteristics TS.; endowed with auspicious
signs or marks, lucky, fortunate L.; m. Ardea Sibirica Âpast.; N. of a Vâsishthha g. {zubhrA7di}; of
a son of Das'a-ratha by his wife Su-mitrâ (he was younger brother and companion of Râma during
his travels and adventures; LñLakshmana4 and S'atru-ghna were both sons of Su-mitrâ, but
LñLakshmana4 alone is usually called Saumitri; he so attached himself to Râma as to be called
RñRâma's second self; whereas S'atru-ghna attached himself to Bharata) R. Pur. &c.; N. of various
authors and other persons (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {dvivedin}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{zAstrin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; ({A}) f. the female of the Ardea Sibirica MBh.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; a
kind of potherb Car.; N. of various other plants (Hemionitis Cordifolia; Uraria Lagopodioides; =
{putra-kandA} and a white-flowering Kanthaka7ri). L.; N. of a wife of Kriishna Hariv. Pur.; of a
daughter of Dur-yodhana (carried off by Sâmbha, a son of Kriishna) BhP.; of an Apsaras Hariv.; of
a Buddhist Devî Kâlac.; of the mother of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; n. a mark,
sign, token MBh. R. &c. (often v.l. {lakSaNa}), a name L.
lakshmaNapuurvajaM = the (earlier-born)elder of LakshmaNa
lakshmaNo = laksshmaNaH
lakshmii = wealth
lampaTa * = mf({A})n. covetous, greedy, lustful, desirous of or addicted to (loc. or comp.) Inscr.
Kâv. Pur.; m. a libertine, lecher, dissolute person, w.; ({A}) f. a partic. personification L.
la.ngh.h = to climb
lasatbhiH = glowing
lasiikaa* = f. watery humour in the body, lymph, serrum &c. Car. Bhpr.; the juice of the sugar-
cane L.; a tendon, muscle L.
lasitaM = beautified
lata = creeper
laukika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {loka}) worldly, terrestrial, belonging to or occurring in ordinary life,
common, usual, customary, temporal, not sacred (as opp. to {vaidika}, {ArSa}, {zAstrIya} [909,
3]; {laukiheSu} ind. = {loke} `" in ordinary or popular speech "', opp. to {vaidikeSu} Nir.) S'rS.
Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) belonging to the world of(ct. {brahma-l-}); m. common or ordinary men (as
opp. to `" the learned, initiated "' &c.) S'ank. Sarvad.; men familiar with the ways of the world,
men of the world Uttarar.; men in general, people, mankind MBh.; n. anything occurring in the
world, general custom, usage S'ak. MârkP.; a persoñs ordinary occupation BhP.
lava = Piece * = m. (1. {lU}) the act of cutting, reaping (of corn), mowing, plucking or gathering
(of flowers &c.), Das. Nalo7d.; that which is cut or shorn off, a shorn fleece, wool, hair Mn. Ragh.;
anything cut off, a section, fragment, piece, particle, bit, little piece ({am} ind. a little; {lavam api},
even a little) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {padAti-l-}); a minute division of time, the 60th of a twinkling,
half a second, a moment (accord. to others 1/4000 or 1/5400 or 1/20250 of a Muhûrta) ib.; (in
astron.) a degree Gol.; (in alg.) the numerator of a fraction Col.; the space of 2 Kâshthhâs L.; loss,
destruction L.; sport L. (cf. {lala}); Perdix Chinensis W.; N. of a son of Râmacandra and Sîtâ (he
and his twin-brother Kus'a were brought up by the sage Vâlmîki and taught by him to repeat his
Râmâyana at assemblies; cf. {kuzI-lava}) R. Ragh. Uttarar. Pur.; of a king of Kas'mîra (father of
Kus'a) Râjat.; n. (only L.) nutmeg; cloves; the root of Andropogon Muricatus; a little (cf. m.).
lavana=* mfn. one who cuts &c., a cutter, reaper g. %{nandy-Adi}; (%{I}) f.
Anona Reticulata L.; n. the act of cutting, reaping, mowing &c. Ka1tyS3r.; an
implement for cutting, sickle, knife &c. Kaus3. (see %{darbha-l-}).
lavanga = clove
lavana = mineral
lekhaani = writings
lepa = smearing
lihanta: * licking
likh.h = to write
likhati = wrote
likhitavaan.h = wrote
liilaa * = f. (derivation doubtful) play, sport, diversion, amusement, pastime MBh. Kâv. &c.; mere
sport or play, child's play, ease or facility in doing anything ib.; mere appearance, semblance,
pretence, disguise, sham Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (ibc. sportively, easily, in sport, as a mere joke [903,
3]; also = {lIlayA} ind. for mere diversion, feignedly); grace, charm, beauty, elegance, lovelniess
Kâlid. Kathâs. Râjat.; (in rhet.) a maideñs playful imitation of her lover, Dalar. Sâh. Pratâp.; a
kind of metre (4 times $) Col.; N. of a Yogini HParis'.
limpanti = do affect
lin´ga*= n. (once m. in Nr2isUp.; ifc. f. %{A}, %{I} only in %{viSNu-liGgI}; prob. fr. %{lag}; cf.
%{lakSa}, %{lakSaNa}) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge, emblem, characteristic (ifc. = %{tal-
liGga}, `" having anything for a mark or sign "') Up. MBh. &c.; any assumed or false badge or
mark, guise, disguise MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a proof, evidence Kan2. Ka1tyS3r. Sarvad.; a sign of guilt,
corpus delicti Ya1jn5. Sch.; the sign of gender or sex, organ of generation Mn. Hariv. Pur. &c.; the
male organ or Phallus (esp. that of S3iva worshipped in the form of a stone or marble column
which generally rises out of a %{yoni}, q.v., and is set up in temples dedicated to S3iva; formerly
12 principal S3iva-lin3gas existed, of which the best known are Soma-na1tha in Gnjara1t, Maha1-
ka1la at Ujjayini1, Vis3ve7s3vara at Benares &c.; but the number of Lin3gas in India is estimated
at 30 millions IW. 322 n. RTL. 78, 1; 90) MBh. R. &c.; gender (in gram.; cf. %{puM-l-}), Prst.
Pa1n2.; the image of a god, an idol VarBr2S.; (in logic) = %{vyApya}, the invariable mark which
proves the existence of anything in an object (as in the proposition `" there is fire because there is
smoke "', smoke is the %{liGga}; cf. IW. 62); inference, conclusion, reason (cf. %{kAvya-l-}); =
%{lingazarIra} (in Vedanta); anything having an origin and therefore liable to be destroyed again
Kap.; = %{AkAza} Ka1ran2d2.; (in Sa1m2khya) = %{prakRti} or %{pradhAna}, `" the eternal
procreative germ "' L. [902,1]; = %{vyakta} L.; cf. RTL. 30; = %{prAtipadika}, the crude base or
uninflected stem of a noun (shortened into %{li}) Vop. Sch.; (in rhet.) an indication (word that
serves to fix the meaning of another word; e.g. in the passage %{kupito@makara-dhvajaH} the
word %{kupita} restricts the meaning of %{makara-dhvaja} to `" Ka1ma "') = %{linga-purANa}
BhP.; the order of the religious student W.; a symptom, mark of disease W.
lingaM = gender
lingaanaaM = genders
lingaani = genders
lingaiH = symptoms
lip = to smear
lipyate = is affected
lobha* = m. perplexity, confusion (see {a-l-}); impatience, eager desire for or longing after (gen.
loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; covetousness, cupidity, avarice (personified as a son of Pushthi or of
Dambha and Mâyâ) ib.
lobha = greed
lobhaM = greed
lobhaH = greed
lobhaviraha = greedless
lochana = eye
lochanam.h = eyes
loha = iron
lohamaargaH = (m) railway track
loka = this world * = m. (connected with {roka}; in the oldest texts {loka} is generally preceded by
{u}, which accord. to the Padap. = the particle 3. {u}; but {u} may be a prefixed vowel and
{uloka4}, a collateral dialectic form of {loka}; accord. to others {u-loka} is abridged from {uru-} or
{ava-loka}), free or open space, room, place, scope, free motion RV. AV. Br. ÂS'vS'r. (acc. with
{kR} or {dA} or {anu-} {nI}, to make room grant freedom "'; {loke} with gen. `" instead of "');
intermediate space Kaus'.; a tract, region, district, country, province S'Br.; the wide space or
world (either `" the universe "' or, any division of it "', esp. `" the sky or heaven "'; 3 Lokas are
commonly enumerated, viz. heaven, earth, and the atmosphere or lower regions; sometimes only
the first two; but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz. Bhû-lñloka, the earth; Bhuvar-lñloka "'
the space between the earth and sun inhabited by Munis, Siddhas &c.; Svar-lñloka, Indra's heaven
above the sun or between it and the polar star; Mahar-lñloka, a region above the polar star and
inhabited by Bhriigo and other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower worlds; Janar-
lñloka, inhabited by Brahmâ's son Sanat-kumâra &c.; Tapar-lñloka, inhñinhabited by deified
Vairâgins; Satya-lñloka or Brahma-lñloka, abode of Brahmâ, translation to which exempts from
rebirth [906, 2]; elsewhere these 7 worlds are described as earth, sky, heaven, middle region,
place of re-births, mansion of the blest, and abode of truth; sometimes 14 worlds are mentioned,
viz. the 7 above, and 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below the earth- A-tala,
Vi-tñtala, Su-tñtala, Rasâtñtala, Talâtñtala, Mahâ-tñtala, and Pâtâla; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1;
435, 1) AV. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" seven "' (cf. above) VarBriS. Sch.; the earth or world of
human beings &c. Mn. MBh. &c. ({aya4M loka4H}, this world "'; {asau4} or {pa4ro loka4H}, that
or the other world "'; loke or {iha} {loke}, `" here on earth "', opp. to {para-tra}, {para-loke} &c.;
{kRtsne} {loke}, `" on the whole earth "'); (also pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind, folk,
people (sometimes opp. to `" king "') Mn. MBh. &c.; (pl.) men (as opp. to `" women "') Vet. Hit.; a
company, community (of ten ifc. to form collectives) Kâv. Vas. Kathâs. &c.; ordinary life, worldly
affairs, common practice or usage GriS. Nir. Mn. &c. ({loke} either `" in ordinary life "', `" in
worldly matters "'; or, in common language, in popular speech "', as opp. to {vede}, {chandasi});
the faculty of seeing, sight (only in {ca4kSur-l-} q.v.); {lokAnAM sAmanI} du. and {lokAnAM
vratAni} pl.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. [Cf. Lat. {lûsus}, originally, a clearing of a forest "'; Lith.
{lau4kas}, a field.]
lokaayatika* = m. id. Sank.on BriÂrUp. and Pras'nUp. &c.; (perhaps) a man experienced in the
ways of the world MBh. Hariv.; {-pakSa-nirAsa} m. N. of wk.
lokaH = world
lokaM = world;people
lokayaatraa* f. the business and traffic of men, worldly affairs, conduct of men, ordinary actions
Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; worldly existence, career in life Mâlav.; support of life Hit.
lokaan.h = to heaven
lola = swinging
lolupa * = mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of 1. {lup}) very destructive, destroying MW.; (prob. corrupted fr.
{lolubha}) very desirous or eager or covetous, ardently longing for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
({A}) f. eager desire, appetite, longing for (loc.) MBh.; N. of a Yoginî Hcat.
lolupatva * = n. eager desire or longing for (comp.), greediness, cupidity, lust, Kâv Pur. Sus'r.
loshhTa = clay
loshhTra = pebbles
lupta = stopped
lubdhaH = greedy
maa = Do not
maaDa* = m. measure, weight, quantity W.; Caryota Urens L. (also {maDA-druma}; cf. {madya-
d-}).
maada * = m. (2. {mad}) drunkenness, exhilaration, delight. passion, stupor L.; fighting war Sây.
(cf. {gandha-} and {sadha-m-}).
maadana* = mfn. exhilarating, delighting RV.; maddening. intoxicating Sus'r.; m. the god of love
L.; Vanguiera Spinosa L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({I}) f. N. of two plants (= {mAkandI} and {vijayA})
L.; n. intoxication, exhilaration L.; `" stupefier "'N. of a mythicâ weapon. R. (v.l. {madana}).
maadyati = (4 pp) to be glad
maadhurya = Sweetness
maadhyama* = mfn. (fr. {madhyama}) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied
to the composers of the middle portion of the Riig-veda i.e. of books ii-vii) S'ânkhBr. GriS. Pat.;
middleborn W.; m. pl. N. of a race Pravar.
maahaa * = f. a cow L. (cf. {mahA}, {mahI}, {mAheyI}). \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {mahA}, in comp.
maahaatmyaM = glories
maahaaraajika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {mahA-rAja}) attached or devoted to the reigning prince Pân. 4-2,
35.
maakha * =(prob.) n. (fr. {mabha}) any relationship based upon an oblation offered in common
Hariv. (v.l. {maukha}).
maala = a wreath
maalaa = Garland
maalikaa = Garland
maalya = garlands: * =m. patr. PañcavBr. (also pl. Sanskârak.); ({A}) f. Trigonella, Corniculata L.;
n. a wreath, garland, chaplet GriS'rS. Up. Mn. &c.; a flower L.; mfn. relating to a garland W.
maaM = me
maam.h = me
maamakaM = from Me
maamikaaM = My
maan * = cl. 1. 10. P. {mAnati}, {mAnayati}, to honour, respect Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36 (cf. {man}, of
which {mAnayati} is the Caus.)
maanda * = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {mand}) `" gladdening "'N. of water in partic. formularies VS. TS.
Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the
process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. =
{mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maaNikya = perl
maanda * = 2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's course ({-daM karma},
the process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. =
{mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maa.ngalika = auspicious
maana =1: Respect * = m. ( {man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf. {Atma-m-});
purpose, wish, design AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists
one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also
n.) consideration, regard, respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of honour, anger or
indignation excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of the
father of Agastya (perhaps also of AñAgastya himself Pân. the family of Mâna) RV.; (in astron.) N.
of the tenth house VarBriS. (W. also a blockhead [809, 2]; an agent; a barbarian "').
maana = 2: *= m. (3. {mA}) a building, house, dwelling RV.; an altar Âpast.; ({mAna4}) a
preparation, decoction(?) RV. x, 144, 5; ({I}) f. measure (see {tiryan-m-}); a partic. measure "' (=
2 Añjalis) L.; n. measuring. meting out KâtyS'r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard
RV. &c. &c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see {zata4-
m-}); a partic. measure or weight (= {kRSNata} or {raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS'r.
100 Mânas= 5 Palas or Panas); form, appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S'is'.; (in phil.) proof.
demonstration, means of proof (= {pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanava = human
maanavaH = a man
maanasa = mind
maantra * = mf(%{I})n, (fr. %{mantra}) proper or peculiar to Vedic or magical texts MW.
maanushhaM = human
maanya* = mfn. to be respected or honoured, worthy of honour, respectable, venerable Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({mAnya4}) m. patr. fr. 1. {mA4na} RV. i, 163, 14, &c.; N. of Maitrâvaruni (author of RV.viii,
67) RAnukr.
maanyamaana* = m. (fr. %{manyamAna} see %{man}) the proud one RV. vii, 18, 20 (lit. `" the
son of the proud "' Sa1y. `" the son of Manyma1na "').
maarakata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {marakata}) belonging to an emerald, having any of the properties or
qualities of an eñemerald, coloured like an eñemerald MBh. Kâv. Pur.; m. (with {dhAtu}) an
emerald MBh.
maardavaM = gentleness
maarjana = cleaning
maarjaara = cat
maartya * = n. (fr. {martya}) the corporeal part (of man), mortality BhP.
maaruta = wind
maarutaH = wind
maasa = month
maasa* = m. (or n. Siddh.) the moon (see {pUrNa-m-}); a month or the 12th part of the Hindû
year (there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, {saura}; the natural, {sAvana}; the stellar,
{nAkSatra}, and the lunar, {cA7ndra}; the latter, which is the most usual and consists of 30 Tithis,
being itself of two kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon cf. IW. 179; for the names of the
months see ib. 173 n. 3) RV. &c. &c. ({mAsam}, for a month; {mAsam ekam}, for one month;
{mAsena}, in the course of a month; {mAse}, in a mñmonth = after the lapse of a mñmonth); a
symbolical N. for the number `" twelve "' Sûryas.
maasha* = m. (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a bean RV. &c. &c. (sg. the plant; pl. the fruit; in later times =
Phaseolus Radiatus, a valued kind of pulse having seeds marked with black and grey spots); a
partic. weight of gold (= 5 Kriishnalas= 1/10 Suvârna; the weight in common use is said to be
about 17 grains troy) Mn. Yâjñ.; a cutaneous eruption resembling beans L.; a fool, blockhead L.;
N. of a man g. {bAhv-Adi}; pl. (with or scil. {akRSTAH}) `" wild beans "'N. of a Riishi-gans (the
children of S'u-rabhi, to whom RV. ix, 86, 1-10 is ascribed) RAnukr. R. Hariv.; ({I}) f. see below.
maasI= relating to the black, to soot, darkening, the dark moon a new moon
maasaanaaM = of months
maata = mother
maata* = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see pp. 806 and 807) formed, made, composed (?) RV. v, 45, 6
(others, `" fr. {man} "', others, {mAtA}, mother "'; cf. {deva-mAta}).
maata* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 804, col. 2; for 3. under 2. {mAtR}, p. 807, col. 2) metron. fr. {mati4};
({I4}) f. in {vA4n mAtI} TS. ({mAtyA4} VS. MaitrS.; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85 Vârtt. 1 Pat.)
maata* = (for 1. and 2. see pp. 804 and 806) ifc. after a proper N. = {mAtR} Pân. 6-1, 14 Pat.
maata.nga = Matang
maataraM = (fem.acc.Sing.)mother
maataa = mother
maati * =f. measure, accurate knowledge L.; a partic. part of the body L.
maatraa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
(%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.) ; unit of measure, foot VarBr2S. ; unit of
time, moment Sus3r. Sa1rn3gS. (= %{nimeSa} VP. ; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.) ;
metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short
vowel (a long vowel contains 2 Ma1tra1s, and a prolated vowel 3) Pra1t. ; musical unit of time (3 in
number) Pan5cat. ; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= %{mAtra}) Hariv. 7125 ; right
or correct measure, order RV. ChUp. ; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S3Br. &c. &c.
(%{ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure, moderately Das3. Sus3r. ; %{AyAm} ind. a
little Gan2ar. ; %{rAje7ti@kiyatI@mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle
Pan5cat. ; %{kA@mAtrA@samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be
managed ib. ; an element (5 in number) BhP. ; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP. ;
materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.)
Vas. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a mirror Vishn2. ; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Ka1d. ; the upper or
horizontal limb of the Na1gari1 characters W.
maatratA* = f. (ifc.) the being as much as, no more nor less than anything S'ankar.
maatraka* = (ifc.) = {mAtra} MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({ikA}) f. = {mAtrA}, a prosodial instant RPrât. (cf.
{mAtrika}).
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an
element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any
kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram},
a finger's breadth Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the
distance of a Kos Hit. [804,3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in
number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and
no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings
S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but
sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-},
{tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more
than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-});
being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon
as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KâtyS'r.;
{bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maatrA* = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time,
moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a
mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel
contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.;
(only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure,
order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small
portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI
mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what
is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.;
matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture,
money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maatri = mother
maatra = only
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f. see s.v.; n. an
element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum, size, duration, measure of any
kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length, distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram},
a finger's breadth Pañcat.; {artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the
distance of a Kos Hit. [804, 3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in
number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and
no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g. {rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings
S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but
sensuality Mn.; {zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many (cf. {aGguSTha-},
{tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more
than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-});
being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as soon
as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed KâtyS'r.;
{bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maa4traa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c. RV. &c. &c.
({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time,
moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a
mora or prosodial instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel
contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number) Pañcat.;
(only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure,
order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small
portions, in slight measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI
mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya}, what
is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.;
matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture,
money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maaya * = mfn. (3. {mA}) measuring (see {dhAnya-m-}); creating illusions (said of Vishnu) MBh.;
({A}) f. see below.
maayaa * = f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language);
illusion, unreality, deception, fraud, trick, sorcery, witchcraft magic RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or
illusory image, phantom, apparition ib. (esp. ibc= false, unreal, illusory; cf. comp.); duplicity
(with Buddhists one of the 24 minor evil passions) Dharmas. 69 (in phil.) Illusion (identified in
the Sânkhya with Prakriiti or Pradhâna and in that system, as well as in the Veda7nta, regarded as
the source of the visible universe) IW. 83; 108; (with S'aivas) one of the 4 Pâs'as or snares which
entangle the soul Sarvad. MW.; (with Vaishnavas) one of the 9 S'aktis or energies of Vishnu L.;
Illusion personified (sometimes identified with Durgâ, sometimes regarded as a daughter of
Anriita and Nirriiti or Nikriiti and mother of Mriityu, or as a daughter of Adharma) Pur.;
compassion, sympathy L.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; N. of the mother of Gautama Buddha
MWB. 24; of Lakshmî W.; of a city Cat.; of 2 metres Col.; du. ({mAye indrasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans
ArshBr.
maayaavaada* = m. the doctrine affirming the world to be illusion (applied to the doctrine of the
Vedânta and of Buddhism) Cat.; {-khaNDana} n. ({-na-TippaNI} f. {-na-TIkA} f.), {khaNDa-
vivaraNa} n. {-saMdUSaNI} f. N. of wks.
machchittaH = in consciousness of Me
mad.hbhaktaH = My devotee
mada = Intoxication * = m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c.;
(du. wite {madasya}N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.); ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.; (ifc. f. {A}) sexual
desire or enjoyment, wantonness, lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f.
{A}), pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.; any exhilarating or
intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,; honey Ragh.; the fluid or juice that
exudes from a rutting elephant's temples MBh. Kâv. &c.; semen virile L.; musk L.; any beautiful
object L.; a river L.; N. of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.; Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a
monster created by Cyavana) MBh.; N. of a son of Brahmâ VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a servant of
S'iva BhP.; ({I}) f. any agricultural implement (as a plough &c.) L.; n. N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
madaM = illusion
madana = manmatha (god of Love)* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a kind of embrace L.; the season of spring L.; a bee L.; (?) bees-wax (see {paTTikA});
Vanguiera Spinosa Sus'r.; a thorn-apple and various other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia
Catechu &c.) L.; a bird L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion
Var.; N. of various men and authors (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {sarasvatI} &c.; cf. below)
Râjat. Inscr. Cat.; ({A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; musk L.; N. of
a plant (= {atimukta}) L.; the civet-cat L.; n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.; (scil.
{astra})N. of a mythical weapon R. (v.l. {mAdana}); bees-wax L.; mfn. = {mandra4} Nir.
madiiya = Mine
madgatapraaNaaH = their lives devoted to Me
madbhaavaM = My nature
madbhaavaaH = born of Me
madbhaavaaya = to My nature
madya = liqour
madyaajii = My worshiper
madhukara = bee
madhukarii = bee
madhumehaH = diabetes
madhura = sweet
madhuraM = sweet
madhuratva = sweetness
madhusphiitaa = sweet
madhya = middle
madhyaM = middle
madhyama = medium
madhye = among, in
magadha * = m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behâr (pl. the people of that country) AV. &c.
&c.; a minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.; ({A}) f. the town of the MñMagadhas
L.; long pepper Sus'r.
maha * = 1 mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.; m. (cf. {makha}, {magha}) a feast, festival
MBh.; the festival of spring S'is'. Hariv. Var. [794, 2]; a partic. Eka7ha S'ânkhS'r.; a sacrifice L.; a
buffalo L.; light, lustre, brilliance L.; ({A}) f. a cow L.; Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.; n. pl. great
deeds RV.
maha * = 2 in comp. for {mahA} before {R} and before {r} for {R}.
mahaa * = in comp. for {mahat} (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for {mahat} as an
independent word in acc. sg. {mahA4m} = {mahAntam}).
mahaabhaaga * = mf({A})n. one to whom a grñgreat portion or lot has fallen, highly fortunate,
eminent in the highest degree, illustrious, highly distinguished (mostly of persons and frequently
in address) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.; virtuous in a high degree, pure, holy W.; m. grñgreat luck,
prosperity MW.; N. of a king VP.; ({A}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî in Maha7laya Cat.; {-tA} f. (W.) or
{-tva} n. (MW.) high excellence, grñgreat good fortune, exalted station or merit; the possessing of
the 8 cardinal virtues.
mahaabaahuH = mighty-armed
mahaadhaatu* = m. `" great metal or element "', gold L.; lymph L.; N. of S'iva MBh. (= {meru-
parvata} Nîlak.)
mahaakalpa* = m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh. ; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{divya-
bhUSaNa} Sch.)
mahaan.h = great
mahaashanaH = all-devouring
mahaatattva * = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see
{mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W. // mahatattvam * = n. `" the great principle
"', Intellect (see above) BhPn. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sa1m2khya
Tattvas; see %{mahat}); (%{A}) f. N. of one of Durga1's attendants W.
mahaatman* = (%{-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble
nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c. ; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pan5cat. ; eminent,
mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pan5cat. Sus3r. ; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of
the universe MaitrUp. Mn. ; the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP. ; (scil. %{gaNa})N. of a class
of deceased ancestors Ma1rkP. ; of a son of Dhi1-mat VP. ; %{-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "',
highly gifted, very wise Ka1m. ; %{-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW. ; n. w.r. for %{mAhAtmya}
(q.v.) PadmaP. Das3.
mahaatala* = n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth inhabited by the
Nâgas &c. (see {pAtAla}) ÂrunUp. Pur. &c. (IW. 431 n. 1).
mahaatithi* = f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh
mahaatman* = ({-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat or noble
nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c.; highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pañcat.; eminent,
mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Sus'r.; m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of
the universe MaitrUp. Mn.; the grñgreat principle i.e. Intellect BhP.; (scil. {gaNa})N. of a class of
deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a son of Dhî-mat VP.; {-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "', highly
gifted, very wise Kâm.; {-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW.; n. w.r. for {mAhAtmya} (q.v.) PadmaP.
Das'.
mahaayuga * = n. a grñgreat Yuga or YñYuga of the gods (= 4 Yugas of mortals or the aggregate of
the Kriita, Tretâ, Dvâpara and Kali Yugas = 4, 320, 000 years; a day and a night of Brahmâ
comprise 2, 000 Mahâ-yugas) Sûryas. (IW. 178).
mahaavighnaat.h = from the great obstacles
mahaatattva* = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya Tattvas; see
{mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W.
mahataa = great
mahati = in a great
mahatiiM = great
mahaapadma* = m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Lîl.; m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of
Kubera Cat. L.; (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nâga L.; of one of the 8
tñtreasure connected with the Padmini magical art MârkP.; of a hell DivyA7v. (one of the 8 cold
hells Dharmas. 122); a kind of serpent Sus'r.; N. of a Nâga dwelling in the Mahâ-padma treasure
mentioned above Hariv. VP. &c.; of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth
MBh. R. (IW. 432); of Nanda Pur.; of a son of NñNanda Buddh.; of a Dânava Hariv.; a Kin-nara
or attendant on Kubera MW.; a species of esculent root L.; n. a white lotus flower L.; the figure of
a whñwhite lñlotus flñflower Kathâs. MârkP. RâmatUp.; a partic. compound of oil Car.; N. of a
city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.; m. or n. (?) N. of a Kâvya; {-pati} m. `" proprietor of
millions "'N. of Nanda BhP.; {-saras} or {-salila} n. N. of a lake Râjat.
mahaaraajika* = m. N. of Vishnu MBh.; {-deva} pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class of gods (the
inhabitants of the lowest heaven) MWB. 206. 2
mahar* = ind. (for {mahas}) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other
(supposed to be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.; Veda7ntas;
cf. IW. 55 n. 2).
maharshi* = m. a great Riishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were
created by Manu Svâyambhuva, viz. Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas,
Vasishthha, Bhriigu, Nârada, also called the 10 Prajâpatis, q.v.; some restrict the number to 7, and
some add Daksha, Dharma, Gautama, Kanva, Vâlmîki, Vyâsa, Manu, Vibhândaka &c.) Mn. MBh.
&c. (IW. 206 n. 1); N. of S'iva S'ivag.; of Buddha L.; of a poet Cat.
mahi *V= the land, the earth, the planets, the glory
mahi * = 1 mfn. (only nom. acc. sg. n.) = {maha4t}, great RV. AV. VS.; ind. greatly, very,
exceedingly, much ib. S'ânkhS'r.; m. n. greatness BhP.; m. = {mahat}, intellect ib.; f. = 1. {mahI4}
the earth L. (in comp. not always separable from 1. {mahi4n} q.v.)
mahii * = 1 f. (cf. 2. {ma4h}), the great world "', the earth (cf. {urvI}, {pRthivI}) RV. &c. &c. (in
later language also = ground, soil, land, country); earth (as a substance) Mn. vii, 70; the base of a
triangle or other plane figure Col.; space RV. iii, 56, 2; v, 44, 6 &c.; a host, army ib. iii, 1, 12; vii,
93, 5 &c.; a cow RV. VS. (Naigh. ii, 11); du. heaven and earth RV. i, 80, 11; 159, 1 &c. (Naigh. iii,
30); pl. waters, streams RV. ii. 11, 2; v, 45, 3 &c.; Hingtsha Repens L.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of a
divine being (associated with Idâ and Sarasvatî RV. i, 13, 9 Sây.; cf. Naigh. i, 11); of a river MBh.
Hariv.; of the number `" one "' Ganit.
mahimaa = Glory
mahimaanaM = glories
mahimnaH = of greatness
mahisha = he - buffalo
mahishhaH = demon
mahiipate = O King
mahodadhi = ocean
mahyam.h = Mine
maitraH = friendly
maitrii = friendship
majjana * = m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.; of one of Siva's attendants L.; n.
sinking (esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; (with
{niraye}), sinking into hell MBh.; drowning, overwhelming ib.; = {majjan}, marrow L.
makara = crocodile
makaara* = m. the letter or sound {ma} S'ânkhBr. AV.Paris' &c.; {-paJcaka} n. = {paJca-makAra}
W.; {-rA7di-sahasranAman} n. N. of ch. of the Rudra-yâmala (containing 1000 names of Râma
beginning with {m}). \\ m. the foot called molossus; {-vipulA} f. N. of a metre Ping. Sch.
makara* = m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin
&c.; regarded as the emblem of Kâma-deva [cf. {mokara-ketana} &c. below] or as a symbol of the
9th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS.
&c. &c.; a partic. species of insect or other small animal Sus'r.; N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac
(Capricornus) Sûryas. Var. &c.; the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.; an army of troops in the
form of a MñMa4kara Mn. vii, 187; an ear-ring shaped like a MñMa4kara BhP. (cf. {makara-
kuNDala}); the hands folded in the form of a MñMa4kara Cat.; one of the 9 treasures of Kubera
L.; one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminî MârkP.; a partic. magical spell recited over
weapons R.; N. of a mountain BhP.; ({I}) f. the female of the sea-monster MñMa4kara Pañcat.; N.
of a river MBh.
makaraH = crocodile
makha * mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous,
active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy
or festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N.
of a mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf. also comp.)
ma.ntrasya = mantra's
ma.nda = Dull
maNDa* = m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus3r.; the thick
part of milk, cream, S3veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. %{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R.
(W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. %{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Ma1shas);
(%{A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see %{nau-
maNDa4}.
manda * = mf(%{A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc.
or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a
bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive
faculty) ib.; weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish Kat2hUp.
MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = %{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Ma1lav.; bad,
wicked Ma1rkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = %{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn
Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Su1ryas.;
N. of Yama L.; a stupid or slow elephant L. (cf. %{mandra}, %{bhadra-manda}, %{mRga-
manda}); the end of the world (= %{pralaya}) L.; (%{A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of
Da1ksha1yan2i1 Cat.; (scil. %{saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a
S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra
L.; (%{am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also %{manda} ibc., and
%{mandam@mandam}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
ma.ndira = temple
mangalavaara = Tuesday
maNi = gem * = pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal; a magnet, loadstone p.;
glans penis; N. of the jewel-lotus prayer; clitoris
maNigaNaaH = pearls
maNDita = shining
maNDuka = a frog
makha4-vat *= ({makha4-}) mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain {magha4vat} q.v.)
S'Br.; a sacrificer
manu * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man,
mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus
are called %{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the
representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have
instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in
the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one
called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as
author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper
sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp.
applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and
in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or long periods of
time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called Sva1yambhuva as sprung from %{svayam-
bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who
commenced his work by producing 10 Praja1patis or Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci},
Light; to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-saMhitA}, and two
ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites; he is also called
Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of Pra-cetas; the next 5
Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th
Manu, called %{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the
progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to
have been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a fish: he is also
variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of
Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1,
and as father of Ila1 who married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races
being thus nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th Manu or first of the future
Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-sa1varn2i; the 12th Rudra-
sñsa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-sñsa1varn2i; the 14th Bhautya or Indra-sñsa1varn2i);
thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp.
Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer
Cat.; (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14 Manus)
Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth. {manna};
Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the
mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, {mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]
makshikaa = bee
malana* = m. a tent L.; ({A}) f. the long cucumber L.; n. crushing, grinding L. (= {mardana}; cf.
{pari-mala})
malena = by dust
man * cl. 8. 4. Â. (Dhâtup. xxx, 9; xxv, 67) {manute4}, {ma4nyate} (ep. also {-ti}; 3. pl.
{manvate4} RV.; pf. {mene} Br. &c.; {mamnA4the}, {-nA4ts} RV.; aor. {a4mata}, {a4manmahi}
Subj. {manAmahe}, {mananta}, p. {manAna4} q.v. RV.; {maMsi}, {amaMsta} Subj. {maMsate}
Prec. {maMsISTa}, 1. pers. m. c. {masIya} ib.; {mAMsta} AV., {-stAdm} TÂr.; {mandhvam} Br.;
{amaniSTa} Gr.; fut. {maMsyate} Br., {-ti} MBh.; {manta}, {manitA} Gr.; {maniSyate} RV.; inf.
{mantum} MBh. &c., {ma4ntave}, {-tavai} RV., {ma4ntos} Br.; ind. p. {matvA4} Up. &c.;
{manitvA} Gr.; {-matya} Br. &c.; {-manya} MBh. &c.), to think, believe, imagine, suppose,
conjecture RV. &c. &c. ({manye}, I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a
sentence without affecting the construction; cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 4-1, 106); to regard or
consider any one or anything (acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}, or adv., often in {-vat}; in later
language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pân. 2-3, 17], e g. {rAjyaM tRNaya} {manye}, `" I
value empire at a straw "' i.e. I make light of it = {laghu} {man}, and opp. to {bahu}, or {sAdhu}
{man}, to think much or well of. praise, approve) ib.; to think one's self or be thought to be,
appear as, pass for (nom.; also with {iva}) ib.; to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kâv. &c.; to
agree or be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh.; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem
(with {nau}, disdain), hope or wish for (acc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.; to think of (in prayer &c., either
`" to remember, meditate on "', or `" mention, declare "', or `" excogitate, invent "') RV. AV.; to
perceive, observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c.; to
offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36) {mAnayati} (ep. also {-te}; aor. {amImanat}; Pass.
{mAnyate}), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with {uru}, {bahu} and {sAdhu}) AV. &c. &c.;
(Â.) {stavibhe} Dhâtup. xxxiii, 35; {garvake} ib. Vop.: Desid. (Dhâtup. xxiii, 3) {mImAMsate}
(rarely {-ti}; {amImAMsiSThAs} S'Br.; {mInAMsya4te} AV.; {mimaMsate}, {mimaniSate} Gr.), to
reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c.; to cali in question, doubt (`" with regard
to "' loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. {mimAmiSate} Gr.: Intens. {manmanyate}, {manmanti} ib. [Cf. Zd.
{man}; Gk. $, $, &237786[783, 1] Lat. {meminisse}, {monere}; Slav. and Lith. {mine4ti}; Goth.
{ga-munan}; Germ, {meinen}; Eng. {mean}.]
man.h = to think
mana = Mind
manaH = heart
manana = Reflection
manavaH = Manus
manas.h = mind
maNDa * = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Sus'r.; the thick
part of milk, cream, S'veUp. MBh. &c. (cf. {dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R.
(W. also `" foam or froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. {maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5 Mâshas); ({A})
f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.; n. see {nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf({A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or
comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow),
dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.;
weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish KathhUp. MBh. &c.;
unhappy, miserable (L. = {kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill, sick Mâlav.; bad, wicked MârkP.;
drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; = {-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis
of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sûryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid
or slow elephant L. (cf. {mandra}, {bhadra-manda}, {mRga-manda}); the end of the world (=
{pralaya}) L.; ({A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of Dâkshâyanî Cat.; (scil. {saMkrAnti}) a partic.
astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti Sangît.; n. the second change which takes place in
warm milk when mixed with Takra L.; ({am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly
(also {manda} ibc., and {mandam mandam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
mandi = A mathematical point that arises every day a certain number of hours after sunset. Used
in Electional Astrology or Muhurtha
mandira = abode* = n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house, palace, temple,
town, camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kâv. &c. [788,3]; a stable for horses L. (cf. {mandurA});
the body L.; m. the sea L.; the hollow or back of the knee L.; N. of a Gandharva L.
mangala = auspicious * =maGgala n. (accord. to Un. v, 70 fr. {maGg}) happiness, felicity, welfare,
bliss (also pl.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a
good omen, a prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn
ceremony on important occasions &c.; cf. mfn. below) Kaus'. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a good old custom
PârGri. Mn.; a good work MBh. BhP.; (in music) a partic. composition Sangît.; N. of the capital of
Udyâna Buddh.; m. N. of Agni Griihyâs.; of the planet Mars L.; of a king belonging to the race of
Manu Cat.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a poet Cat.; of a chief of the Câlukyas ib.; the smell of jasmine L.;
({A}) f. the white- and blue-flowering Dûrvâ grass L.; a sort of Karañja L.; turmeric L.; a faithful
wife L.; N. of Umâ Hcat.; of Dakshsyani (as worshipped in Gayâ) Cat.; of the mother of the 5th
Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di}; mf({A})n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.;
having the scent of jasmine L.
mangalaM = auspiciousness
maNDita* = mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11
Gan2sdhipas L.
maniishitaa* = wisdom
manomani = samadhi
manoratha = wish
manohara = beautiful
mantavyaH = is to be considered
manthin* = mfn. shaking, agitating Bhathth.; paining, afflicting W.; m. Soma-juice with meal
mixed in it by stirring RV. TS. Br. S'rS.; semen virile (cf. {Urdhva-m-}); ({inI}) f. a butter-vat L.;
N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
mantra = spel * = m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}), `" instrument of thought "', speech, sacred text or
speech, a prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.; a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of
the Veda which contains the texts called %{Rc} or %{yajus} or %{sAman} (q.v.) as opp. to the
Bra1hmana and Upanishad portion (see IW. 5 &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. &c. [786,1]; a sacred formula
addressed to any individual deity (e.g. %{om} %{zivAya} %{namaH}) RTL. 61; a mystical verse or
magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times
employed by the S3a1ktas to acquire superhuman powers; the primary Mantras being held to be
70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) A1s3vS3r.
Mn. Katha1s. Sus3r.; cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c.; N.
of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of S3iva MBh.; (in astrol.) the fifth mansion VarYogay.
manmatha= god of love, Cupid*= m. (either an intens. form fr. %{math}, or fr. %{man} =
%{manas} + %{matha}, `" agitating "'; cf. %{mandeha} and %{mandhAtR}) love or the god of
love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; Feronia Elephantum L.; the 29th
(3rd) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; N. of a physician and various other men Cat.;
(%{A}) f. N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 ib.
manmayaa = fully in Me
manushhya = man
manya* = mfn. (only ifc.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 83; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self to be, passing for,
appearing as (see {kAlim-}, {dhanyam-}, {naram-m} &c.)
ma4nyaa* = f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius) AV.
VS. Sus'r.; m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.
manyante = think
manyase = you so think
manye = think
manyeta = thinks
manyu * = m. (L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.; high spirit or
temper, ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c.; rage, fury, wrath, anger, indignation ib. (also
personified, esp. as Agni or Kâma or as a Rudra; {manyuM} {kR}, with loc. or acc. with {prati}, `"
to vent one's anger on, be angry with "'); grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kâv. &c.; sacrifice
Nalac.; N. of a king (son of Vitatha) BhP.; (with {tApasa})N. of the author of RV. x, 83; 84; (with
{vAsiSTha})N. of the author of RV. ix, 97, 10-12. {-ta4s} ind. from anger, in a rage AV.
mama = mine
mamaapi = even my
maunaM = silence
mauni = silent
maraNa = death
maraNaM = death
mariichi = rays
mariichiH = Marici
martya * = mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kaus'.; m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c.;
the world of mortals, the earth L.; ({A}) f. dying, death (see {putra-martyA}); n. that which is
mortal, the body BhP.
maru = desert
marut* = m. pl. (prob. the `" flashing or shining ones "'; cf. {marIci} and Gk. $) the storm-gods
(Indra's &239948[790,2] companions and sometimes e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = {devAH}, the gods or
deities in general; said in the Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Priis'ni q.v., or the children of
heaven or of ocean; and described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts,
as having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in golden cars drawn
by ruddy horses sometimes called Priishatîh q.v.; they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods
of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number; in the later
literature they are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are
sometimes said to be led by Mâtaris'van) RV. &c. &c.; the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and
regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Râjat. (cf. comp.); wind, air, breath (also applied
to the five winds in the body) Kâv. Pur. &c.; a species of plant Bhpr.; = {Rtvij} Naigh. iii, 18; gold
ib. i, 2; beauty ib. iii, 7; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the prince Briihad-ratha MaitrUp.; f. Trigonella
Corniculata L.; n. a kind of fragrant substance (= {granthi-parNa}) L.
marut.h = wind
marutta * = (= {marud-datta} accord. to Pat. on Pân. 1-4, 58. 59 Vârtt. 4) m. N. of various kings
Br. S'ânkhS'r. &c.; wind, a gale (?) W.
martya = mortal
mata= Opinion* = mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c.; regarded
or considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c.; thought fit or right, approved
Yâjñ. Kâv. Kâm.; honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with gen. Pân. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kâm.;
desired, intended R.; m. N. of a son of S'ambara Hariv. (v.l. {mana}); n. a thought, idea, opinion,
sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kâv. &c.; intention, design, purpose, wish MBh. BhP.;
commendation, approbation, sanction L.; knowledge W.; agallochum L.
mataM = injunctions
mataa = is considered
mati * = (in S'Br. also {ma4ti}) f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.;
thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc. dat. or
inf.) RV. &c. &c. ({matyA} ind. wittingly, knowingly, purposely; {matiM} {kR} or {dhA} or {dhR}
or {A-dhA} or {samA-dhA} or {A-sthA} or {sam-A-sthA}, with loc. dat. acc. with {prati}, or
{artham} ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; {matim} with Caus. of
{ni-vRt} and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of; {Ahita-mati} ifc. -having resolved upon;
{vinivRtta-mati} with abl. = having desisted from); opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view,
creed S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({matyA} ind. at will; ifc., `" under the idea of "' e.g. {vyAghra-m-}, `"
under the idea of its being a tiger "'); the mind, perception, understanding, intelligence, sense,
judgment S'Br. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" that which is sensible "', intelligent, mindful, applied to
Aditi, Indra and Agni); esteem, respect, regard Kir.; memory, remembrance L.; Opinion
personified (and identified with Subala7tmajâ as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pându, or
regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh. Hariv. Prab.; a
kind of vegetable or pot-herb L.; m. N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. {mens}; Angl. Sax. {ge-mynd};
Eng. {mind}.]
matiM = intellect
matirmama = my opinion
matkarma = My work
matkuNa = bed-bug
matparaM = subordinate to Me
matparaayaNaH = devoted to Me
matprasaadaat.h = by My mercy
matri = mother
matsthaani = in Me
matsya = a fish
mattaH = (VB) beyond Me; from me, than me* = mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted,
drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as
an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad, insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a
drunkard L.; a ruttish or furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.;
(%{A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat.
{mattus}, drunk].
mauna* = m. (fr. {muni}) a patr. Âs'vS'r.; pl. N. of a dynasty VP.; ({I}) f. N. of the 15th day in the
dark half of the month Phâlguna (when a partic. form of ablution is performed in silence) Col.; n.
the office or position of a Muni or holy sage S'Br. MBh. [837, 1]; silence, taciturnity ChUp. Mn.
MBh. &c. ({maunaM} with {kR}, or {vi-dhA} or {sam-A-car}, to observe silence, hold one's
tongue).
maya * = 1 m. (3. {mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in
magic, astronomy and military science) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of
an astronomer and a poet) Cat.; ({A}) f. medical treatment L. \\ = 2 m. (prob. fr. 2. {mA}) a horse
VS.; a camel L.; a mule L.; ({I}) f. a mare Lâthy. Sch. [789, 2] \\3 m. (1. {mI}) hurting, injuring W.
mayaH = full of
mayaM = full of/completely filled V* possessing, consisting, fully engaged in, pervaded by, made
of, sum total
mayas * n. (prob. fr. 3. {mA}) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.
maye: V*: consists of, made of, in the form of, situated in, full of, filled with,. affected by
mayi = in myself
mayuura = a peacock
me = mine
megha = cloud
medas* = n. fat, marrow, lymph (as one of the 7 Dhâtus, q.v.; its proper seat is said to be the
abdomen) RV. &c. &c.; excessive fatness, corpulence S'ârngS.; a mystical term for the letter {v}
Up.
medhayaa = (fem.instr.S)intellect
medhaavii = intelligent
mekhala* =m. or n. a girdle, belt R.; m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {mekala}); ({A})
f. see below
mekhalaa* = f. a girdle, belt, zone (as worm by men or women, but esp. that worn by the men of
the first three classes; accord. to Mn. ii, 42 that of a Brâhman ought to be of {muJja} [accord. to ii,
169 = {yajJo7pavIta} q.v.]; that of a Kshatriya, of {mUrvA}; that of a Vais'ya, of {zaNa} or hemp,
I.W. p. 240) AV. &c; &c.; the girth of a horse Kathâs.; a band or fillet L.; (ifc. f. {A}) anything
girding or surrounding (cf. {sAgara-m-}); investiture with the girdle and the ceremony connected
with it VarBriS.; a sword-belt, baldric L.; a sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt L.; the cords
or lines drawn round an altar (on the four sides of the hole or receptacle in which the sacrificial
fire is deposited) BhP.; the hips (as the place of the girdle) L.; the slope of a mountain (cf.
{netamba}) Kâlid.; a partic. part of the fire-receptacle Hcat.; Hemionitis Cordifolia L.; N. of the
river Narma-dâ (prob. w.r. for {mekalA}) L.; of a place (?) Vâs., Introd.; of various women Viddh.
Kathâs.
meruH = Meru
merudaNDa = the spinal column
mesha * = m. (2. {miS}) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a fleece or anything
woollen) RV. &c. &c.; the sign of the zodiac Aries or the first arc of 30 degrees in a circle Sûryas.
Var. BhP.; a species of plant Sus'r.; N. of a partic. demon L. (cf. {nejam-}); ({A}) f. small
cardamoms L.; ({I}) f. (cf. {me4zI}) a ewe RV. VS. Kaus'.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; Dalbergia
Ougeinensis L.
miiDhvas * = mf(%{u4Si})n. (declined like a pf. p.; nom, %{mIDhvan} voc. %{mIDhvas} dat.
%{mIDhu4Se-} or %{mILhu4Se} &c.), bestowing richly, bountiful, liberal R. V. &c. &c.; (%{uSI})
f. N. of Devi1 (the wife of I1s3a1na) A1pGr2.
misha :*. rivalry, emulation L.; the son of a Kshatriya and a low woman L.; n. false appearance,
fraud, deceit ({miSeNa} or {miSAt} or {-tas} or ifc. under the pretext of) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.
mita4 *fixed, set up, founded, established RV. AV. SânkhS'r.; firm, strong (see comp.); cast,
thrown, scattered W.
mita * = measured, meted out, measured or limited by i.e. equal to (instr. or comp.) Sûryas.
VarBriS. BhP.; containing a partic. measure i.e. measuring, consisting of (acc.) RPrât.; Bharthr.
(v.l.); measured, moderate, scanty, frugal, little, short, brief. Inscr. Mn. Kâv. &c.; measured i.e.
investigated, known (see. {loka}); m. N. of a divine being (associated with Sammita) Yâjñ.; of a
Riishi in the third Manv-antara VP.
mitra = (neut) friend *= 1 m. (orig. %{mit-tra}, fr. %{mith} or %{mid}; cf. %{medin}) a friend,
companion, associate RV. AV. (in later language mostly n.); N. of an A1ditya (generally invoked
together with Varun2a cf. %{mitrA-v-}, and often associated with Aryaman q.v.; Mitra is extolled
alone in RV. iii, 59, and there described as calling men to activity, sustaining earth and sky and
beholding all creatures with unwinking eye; in later times he is considered as the deity of the
constellation Anura1dha1, and father of Utsarga) RV. &c. &c.; the sun Ka1v. &c. (cf. comp.); N. of
a Marut Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and various other men Pur.; of the third Muhu1rta L.; du. =
%{mitra4-varuNa} RV.; (%{A}),f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. (B. %{citrA}); of the mother of Maitreya
and Maitreyi1 S3am2k. on ChUp. BhP.; of the mother of S3atru-ghna (= %{su-mitrA}) L. (W.
%{I}); n. friendship RV.; a friend, companion (cf. m. above) TS. &c, &c.; (with %{aurasa}) a friend
connected by blood-relationship Hit.; an ally (a prince whose territory adjoins that of an
immediate neighbour who is called %{ari}, enemy. Mn. vii, 158 &c., in this meaning also applied
to planets VarBr2S.); a companion to = resemblance of (gen.; ifc. = resembling, like) Ba1lar.
Vcar.; N. of the god Mitra (enumerated among the 10 fires) MBh.; a partic. mode of fighting
Hariv. (v.l. for %{bhinna}).
mitradhita* = ({mitra4-}) n. (RV.) or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or n. (VS. S'Br.) a
covenant or contract of friendship.
mitrabheda* = m. separation of frñfriend, breach of friendship MBh. Kâm. &c.; N. of the first
book of the Pañca-tantra.
mithyaachaaraH = pretender
mimaaM = this
mis'raM = mixed;* = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. a Iost {miz} cf. under {mikS}) mixed, mingled,
blended, combined RV. &c. &c. ({vacAMsi mizrA} 1. {kR} A. {-kRNute}, to mingle words, talk
together RV. x, 93, 1) [818, 1]; manifold, diverse, various TS. &c. &c.; mixed or connected or
furnished with, accompanied by (instr. with or without {samam} gen. or comp.; rarely {mizra}
ibc. cf. {mizra-vAta}) VS. &c. &c.; pl. (ifc. after honorific epithets = &c.; e.g. {Arya-mizrAH},
respectable or honourable people &c.; often also in sg. ifc. and rarely ibc. with proper names by
way of respect cf. {kRSNa-}, {madhu-m} and comp. below); mixing, adulterating: (cf.
{dhAnyam-}); m. a kind of elephant L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; N. of various authors
and other men (also abbreviation for some names ending in {mizra} e.g. for Madana-, Mitra-,
Vâcaspati-mñis'ra) Cat.; n. principal and interest Lalit. (cf. {-dhana}); a species of radish L.
mishrayati = to mix
mihira = sun
mleccha* = m. a foreigner, barbarian, non-Aryan, man of an outcast race, any person who does
not speak Sanskriit and does not conform to the usual Hindû institutions S'Br. &c. &c. ({I} f.); a
person who lives by agriculture or by making weapons L.; a wicked or bad man, sinner L.;
ignorance of Sanskriit, barbarism Nyâyam. Sch.; n. copper L.; vermilion L.
mogha* = (or {mogha4} MaitrS.) mf({A})n. (1. {muh}) vain, fruitlets, useless, unsuccessful,
unprofitable (ibc. and {am} ind. in vain, uselessly, without cause) RV. &c. &c.; left, abandoned
MBh.; idle ib.; m. a fence, hedge L.; ({A}) f. Bignonia Suaveolens L.; Embelia Ribes L.
moghaM = uselessly
moha = temptation* = m. (1. {muh}; ifc. f. {A}) loss of consciousness, bewilderment, perplexity,
distraction, infatuation, delusion, error, folly AV. &c. &c. ({moham-brU}, to say anything that
leads to error; {mohaM-yA}, to fall into error; {mohAt} ind. through folly or ignorance); fainting,
stupefaction, a swoon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) darkness or delusion of mind (preventing the
discernment of truth and leading men to believe in the reality of worldly objects); (with
Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice Dharmas. 139); a magical art employed to
bewilder an enemy (= {mohana}) Cat.; wonder, amazement L.; Infatuation personified (as the
offspring of Brahmâ) VP.
mohaM = infatuation
mohaH = illusion
mohaat.h = by illusion
mohitaM = deluded
mohiniiM = bewildering
mriyate = dies
mriDa * mfn. showing compassion or mercy, gracious Kâthh. Âs'vGri.; m. N. of Agni at the
Pûrna7huti Griihyâs.; of S'iva S'ivag.; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Pârvati L.
mriga = animal* = m. (prob. `" ranger "', `" rover "') a forest animal or wild beast, game of any
kind, (esp.) a deer, fawn, gazelle, antelope, stag, musk-deer RV. &c. &c.; the deer or antelope in
the moon (i.e. the spots on the disk supposed to resemble those of an antelope as well as a hare);
the dñdisk or antñantelope in the sky (either the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras or the sign of the zodiac
Capricorn; also in general the 10th arc of 30 degrees in a circle) Sûryas. VarBriS. &c.; an elephant
with partic. marks (accord. to L. `" one the secondary marks of whose body are small "') R. Var.; a
large soaring bird RV. i, 182, 7 &c.; N. of a demon or Vriitra in the form of a deer slain by Indra ib.
i, 80, 7 &c.; of a celestial being (occupying a partic. place in an astrol. house divided into 81
compartments) VarBriS. Hcat.; of a partic. class of men whose conduct in coitus resembles that of
the roebuck L.; of the district in S'aka-dvîpa inhabited principally by Brâhdvipa themselves VP.
(v.l. {maga}); of a horse of the Moou VP.; musk (= {mRga-nAbhi} or {-mada}) VarBriS.; a partic.
Aja-pâia sacrifice L.; search, seeking, asking, requesting L.; ({A}) f. = {mRga-vIthI} L.; ({I}) f. a
female deer or antelope, doe Hariv. R. &c.; N. of the mythical progenitress of antelopes MBh. R.
Pur.; a partic. class of women L.; a kind of metre Col.; a partic. gait of a dancing girl Sangît.;
demoniacal possession, epilepsy L.
mriga-trishhNikaa = mirage
mrigaaNaaM = of animals
mriNaala = soft
mriSTa* = mfn. (for 2. see p. 831, col. 1.) washed, cleansed, polished, clean, pure (lit. and fig.) RV.
&c. &c.; smeared, besmeared with (instr.) R. Naish.; prepared, dressed, savoury, dainty R. Hariv.
Var. (cf. {miSTa}); sweet, pleasant, agreeable MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. pepper L.
mrishaa* ind. in vain, uselessly, to no purpose RV. &c. &c.; wrongly, fabely, feignedly, lyingly AV.
&c. &c. (with {kR}, to feign; with {jJA} or {man}, to consider false or untrue; {mRSai9va} {tat},
that is wrong; {varanIyam mRSA budhaiH}, untruthfulness is to be avoided by the wise); `"
Untruth "' personified as the wife of A-dharma BhP.
mrita = Dead
mritaM = dead
mrittikaa = mud
mrityu = of death
mrityuM = death
mrityuH = death
mrityuu = death
mrida.nga = drum
mridanga = Drum
mriduu = soft
mucuTI * f. a pair of forceps Vâgbh.; (also {-Ti}) a closed hand, fist L.; snapping the fingers L.
muculinda * m. a kind of big orange L. (cf. {mucalinda} and {mucilind
mudhaa* = ind. ( {muh}) in vain, uselessly, to no purpose MBh. Kâv. &c.; falsely, wrongly, Bhaflri.
(v.l.)
mudita = delight
mudraa = a seal, postures especially with hands and face * = f. (fr. {mudra} see above) a seal or
any instrument used for sealing or stamping, a seal-ring, signet-ring (cf. {aGguli-m-}), any ring
MBh. Kâv. &c.; type for printing or instrument for lithographing L.; the stamp or impression
made by a seal &c.; any stamp or print or mark or impression MBh. Kâv. &c.; a stamped coin,
piece of money, rupee, cash, medal L.; an image, sign, badge, token (esp. a token or mark of
divine attributes impressed upon the body) Kâv. Pur. Râjat.; authorization, a pass, passport (as
given by a seal) Mudr.; shutting, closing (as of the eyes or lips gen. or comp.) Kâv.; a lock, stopper,
bung Amar. Bhpr.; a mystery Cat.; N. of partic. positions or intertwinings of the fingers (24 in
number, commonly practised in religious worship, and supposed to possess an occult meaning
and magical efficacy Das'. Sarvad. Kârand. RTL. 204; 406); a partic. branch of education (`"
reckoning by the fingers "') DivyA7v.; parched or fried grain (as used in the S'âkta or Tântrik
ceremonial) RTL. 192; (in rhet.) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their
right names Kuval.; (in music) a dance accordant with tradition Sangît.
mugdha* = gone astray, lost, perplexed, bewildered, foolish, ignorant, silly, inexperienced,
simple, innocent, artless, attractive or charming (from youthfulness), lovely, beautiful, tender,
young, a young and beautiful female
mukta = liberated
muktaM = liberated
muktaH = released
muktiM = salvation/freedom
muktvaa = quitting
mukha = mouth
mukhaM = mouth
mukhaani = faces
mukhya * = mf({A})n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face AV. &c. &c.;
being at the head or at the beginning, first, principal, chief, eminent (ifc. = the first or best or chief
among, rarely = {mukha} or {Adi} q.v.) TS. &c. &c.; m. a leader, guide Kâm.; N. of a tutelary deity
(presiding over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an astrological house) VarBriS. Hcat.; pl.
a class of gods under Manu Sâvarni Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of the residence of Varuna VP.; n. an essential
rite W.; reading or teaching the Vedas ib.; the month reckoned from new moon to new moon ib.;
moustache Gal.
muNDaM = head
muniH = a sage
muneH = sage
mura * = 1 n. encompassing, surrounding L.; ({A}) f. see 2. {mura}. \\2 m. N. of a Daitya slain by
Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. {muru}); ({A}) f. a species of fragrant plant (named after the
Daitya) Bhpr.; said to be the N. of the wife of Nanda and mother of Caudragupta VP.; n. see under
1, {mura}.
murabhit.h = one who has killed Mura - Lord Vishnu
muralii = flute
muraari = the enemy of `Mura' (Lord Krishna)murAri * = m. `" enemy of Mura "'N. of Kriishna or
Vishnu Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; N. of the author of the Mura7ri-nâthaka or Anargha-râghava; of a Sch.
on the Kâtantra grammar and other authors &c. (also with {pA7Thaka}, {bhaTTa}, {mizra} &c.)
Cat.; {-gupta} m. N. of a disciple of Caitanya Cat.; {-nATaka} n. Mura7ri's drama i.e. Anargha-
râghava ({-vyAkhyA}, f. and {-vyAkhyA-pUrNa-sarasvatI} f. N. of Comms, on it); {-mizrIya} n. N.
of wk.; {-vljaya} n. N. of a drama by Kriishna-kavi (son of Nrii-sinha); {-zrI-pati} m. (with
{sAvabhauma}) N. of an author Cat.
murchhaa = mind-fainting
muru * = m. N. of a country MBh.; of a Daitya (= {mura}) MBh. (C. {maru}) Hariv. VP.; a species
of plant (in explanation of {maurvI}) PârGri. Sch.; a kind of iron L.; ({U}) f. (in music) a kind of
dance Sangît.
mushita* = mfn. stolen, robbed, carried off RV. &c. &c.; plundered, stripped, naked S'Br. GriS.;
bereft or deprived of, free from (acc. ) RV.; removed, destroyed, annihilated Ratna7v. Kathâs.;
blinded, obscured MBh.; seized, ravished, captivated, enraptured MBh. Kâv. &c.; surpassed,
excelled Kâvya7d.; deceived, cheated Ratna7v. BhP.; made fun of Râjat.
musala = pestle* = m. n. (often spelt {muzala} or {muSala}; cf. Un. i, 108 Sch.) a pestle, (esp.) a
wooden pestle used for cleaning rice AV. &c, &c.; a mace, club Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {cakra-m-}); the
clapper of a bell Kathâs.; a partic. surgical instrument Sus'r.; a partic. constellation VarBriS.; the
22nd astron. Yoga or division of the mooñs path MW.; m. N. of a son of Vis'âmitra MBh.; ({I}) f.
Curculigo Orclnoides L.; Salvinia Cucullata L.; a house-lizard L.; an alligator L.
muslima = Muslim
muhurmuhuH = repeatedly
muuka = dumb
muuDhaa = fools
muuDha * = mfn. stupefied, bewildered, perplexed, confused, uncertain or at a loss about (loc. or
comp.) AV. &c.&c.; stupid, foolish, dull, silly, simple Mn. MBh. &c.; swooned, indolent L.; gone
astray or adrift As'vGri.; driven out of its course (as a ship) R.; wrong, out of the right place (as the
fetus in delivery) Sus'r.; not to be ascertained, not clear, indistinct Âpast. R.; perplexing,
confounding VP.; m. a fool, dolt MBh. Kâv. &c.; pl. (in Sânkhya) N. of the elements Tattvas.; n.
confusion of mind Sarvad.
muura4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (either = {mUDha} or fr. {mRR}) dull, stupid, foolish RV. PañcavBr. \\=
2 mfn. (fr. 1. {mU} = {mIv}) rushing, impetuous (said of Indra's horses) RV. iii 43, 6 (Sây. =
{mAraka}). \\ = 3 n. (prob. also fr. 1. {mU} and meaning `" something firm and fixed "' cf. Kâs'.
on Pân. 8-2, 18) = {mUla}, a root AV. i, 28, 3.
muurkha = fool* = mf({A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced in (loc.)
Kathâs.; = {gayatrI-rahita} or {sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartri.;
Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.
muurtayaH = forms
muurti = idol* = f. any solid body or material form, (pl. material elements, solid particles; ifc. =
consisting or formed of) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; embodiment, manifestation, incarnation,
personification TBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (esp. of S'iva Hcat.); anything which has definite shape or
limits (in phil. as mind and the 4 elements earth, air, fire, water, but not {AkAza}, ether IW. 52 n.
1), a person, form, figure, appearance MBh. Kâv. &c.; an image, idol, statue Kâv.; beauty Pañcat.;
N. of the first astrological house VarBriS.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma BhP.; m.
N. of a Riishi under the 10th Manu ib.; of a son of Vasishthha VP.
muurdhan.h = head
muulaani = roots
muula = Also spelt Moola. The nineteenth nakshatra\\* = n. (or m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} or
{I}; prob. for 3. {mU4ra} see above) "' firmly fixed "', a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the
foot or lowest part or bottom of anything) RV. &c. &c. ({mUlaM} {kR} or {bandh}, to take or
strike root); a radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum Campanulatum, of long
pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus) L.; the edge (of the horizon) Megh.; immediate
neighbourhood ({mama mUtam} = to my side) R.; basis, foundation, cause, origin,
commencement, beginning ({mUlAd Arabhya} or {A} {mUlAt}, from the begñbeginning;
{mUlAt}, from the bottom, thoroughly; {mUlaM} {kramataz ca}, right through from beginning
DivyA7v.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in, based upon, derived
from); a chief or principal city ib.; capital (as opp. to `" interest "') SâmavBr. Prab.; an original
text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) R. Kathâs. Sus'r.; a king's original or proper territory
Mn. vii, 184; a temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner Mn. viii, 202; an old or hereditary
servant, a native inhabitant MW.; the square root Sûryas.; a partic. position of the fingers (=
{mUta-bandha}) Pañcar.; a copse, thicket L.; also m. and ({A}) f. N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar
mansion AV. &c. &c.; m. herbs for horses, food DivyA7v.; N. of Sadâ-s'iva Cat.; ({A}) f. Asparagus
Racemosus L.; ({I}) f. a species of small house-lizard L.; mfn. original, first Cat.; = {nija}, own,
proper, peculiar L.
muulaja* = mfn. `" rñroot-born "', growing from a rñroot L.; formed at the roots of trees MBh.; m.
a plant growing from a rñroot (as a lotus) W.; n. green ginger L.
muulaM = rooted
muulatas* = ind. on the root, on the lower side TBr. Kaus'. &c.; {A} mñmagical, from the rñroot
upwards Riitus.; from the beginning Kathâs.
muulatrikona = Root trine. Specially favourable sign positions for planets. Almost as good as
Exaltation
muulatva* = n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a fñfoundation ({tan-
mUlatvAt} {prajAnAM rAjA skandhaH}, `" the king is the stem of his subjects through their being
his root "'; {veda-mUlatva}, `" the fact that the Veda is the original source of all knowledge "';
{zAstra-m-}, `" the being founded upon the S'âstras "') Kâm. (cf. {tan-m-}). [826,3]
naabhiM = navel
naabha * ifc. (mfn.) = {nAbhi}, nave, navel, central point (cf. {abja-nAbha}, {vajra-n-}, {su-n-}
&c.); m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of S'ruta and father of Sindhudvîpa BhP.
naabhasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {nabhas}) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky Var.; (with {yoga})
N. of certain constellations ib. (according to Bhaththo7pala 2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3
Âs'raya-, 2 Dala-, 20 Âkriiti- and 7 Sankhyâ-yogas).
naada = Sound
naaDa* = n. (fr. {naDa}) = {nAla}, a hollow stalk L.; ({A}) f. N. of a partic. verse Vait.
naada* = m. ( {nad}) a loud sound, roaring, bellowing, crying RV. &c. &c.; any sound or tone Prât.
R. &c. (= {zabda} L.); (in the Yoga) the nasal sound repressented by a semicircle and used as an
abbreviation in mystical words BhP.; a praiser (= {stotR}) Naigh. iii, 16.
naaga = snake
naagaphaNii = cactus
naagendra = elephant
naa4husha* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {na4huSa}) neighbouring, kindred; m. neighbour, kinsman RV. \\*
= 2 m. (fr. {na4huSa}) patron. of Yayâti MBh. R &c. N. of a serpent-demon VâyuP.
naakshatra* = mf({I})n. relating to the Nakshatras, starry, sidereal Lâthy. Var. &c.; m.
astronomer, astrologer MBh.; n. a month computed by the mooñs passage through the 27
mansions, or of 30 days of 60 Ghathîs each W.
naama = Name
naaman.h = name
naamayati = to bend
naanaa = many * = 1 ind. (Pân. 5-2, 27; g. {svarAdi}) differently, variously, distinctly, separately,
(often used as an adj. = various, different, distinct from [with instr. e.g. {vizvaM na} {nAnA}
{zambhunA}, `" the Universe is not distinct from S'ñS'ambhunâ "' Vop.; rarely mfn. e.g. {nArISu
nAnAsu} Pañcar.] esp. in comp.; cf. below) RV. &c. &c.; {-vinA}, without (with instr. abl. or acc.)
Pân. 2-3, 32.
naanaavidhaani = variegated
naantaM = no end
naaradaH = Narada
naara4 * = relating to or proceeding from men, human, mortal Mn. Kâv.; spiritual (?) W.; m. a
man TÂr. (v.l.); (pl.) water (also sg. n. and {A} f. L.) Mn. i, 10 (prob. invented to explain
{nArAyaNa}); = {nArAyaNa} L.; a calf L.; ({I}) f. see {nArI}; n. a multitude of men L.; dry ginger
L.
naa4ra * = ka mf({I})n. (fr. {naraka}) relating to hell, hellish, infernal; (with {loka4}) m. hell AV.
(also {nAraka4} m. VS.); m. inhabitant of hell Pur.
naaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. {na4ra} q.v.) the son of the original Man (with whom he is generally
associated e.g. Mn. i, 10; he is identified with Brahmâ ib. 11 with Vishnu or Kriishna TÂr. MBh.
&c.; the Apsaras Urvas'î is said to have sprung from his thigh Hariv. 4601; elsewhere he is
regarded as a Kas'yapa or Angirasa, also as chief of the Sâdhyas, and with Jainas as the 8th of the
9 black Vâsudevas); the Purusha-hymn (Ry. x, 90, said to have been composed by NñNârâyana4)
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; (as synonym of Vishnu) N. of the 2nd month (reckoning from Mârgas'îrsha) Var.;
a mystical N. of the letter {A} Up.; N. of a son of Ajâ-mila BhP.; of a son of Bhu-mitra or Bhûmi-
mitra (a prince of the dynasty of the Kanvlyanas) Pur.; of a son of Nara-hari Kshiti7s'.; of sev.
men, authors and commentators (also with {AcArya}. {kavi}, {gArgya}, {cakra-cUDAmaNi},
{daiva-vid}, {dharmA7dhikArin}, {paNDina}, {paNDita}, {dharmA7dkikAriG} {paNDitA7cArya},
{parivrAj}, {bhaTTa} [cf. below, and {bhaTTa-n-}], {bhaTTA7cArya}, {bhaTTA7raDa}, {bhAratI},
{bhiSaj}, {muni}, {yati}, {yatI7vara}, {rAya}, {vandya}, {vAdI7zvara}, {vidyA-vinoda}, {vaiSNava-
muni}, {zarman}, {sarasvatI}, {sarva-jJa}, {sArvabhauma}); mf({I})n. relating or belonging to
Nârâyana or Kriishna MBh. &c. (m. pl. the warriors of KñKriishna, iv, 147); n. (with {kSetra}) N.
of the ground on the banks of the Ganges for a distance of 4 cubits from he water L.; (with
{cUrNa}) a partic. medicinal powder Bhpr.; (with {taila}) a medic. oil expressed from various
plants ib. [537, 1]; ({I}) f. see s.v.
naarikela = coconut
naarii = female
naariiNaaM = of women
naath = lord
naatha = Protector
naasha = destruction
naashaH = loss
naashanam.h = destroyer
naashayati = destroys
naashayaami = dispel
naashitaM = is destroyed
naashha = destruction
naasikaa = nose
naava * = 1 m. ( -4. {nu}) a shout of joy or triumph RV. \\ 2 = {nau}, a boat, a ship (in comp. f.
{ardha-n-}, {dvi-n-} Pân. 5-4, 99, 100); ({A4}) f. id. RV. i, 97, 8.
naava = a boat
naaya* = m. ( %{nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10 ; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sa1y. ; cf. %{azva-}, %{go-}) ;
guidance, direction L. ; policy, means, expedient Bhat2t2. Sch.
naayaka * =m. a guide, leader, chief, lord, principal MBh. Kâv. &c. (with or scil. {sainyasya}, a
general, commander; ifc. f. {akA} cf. a. {nAyaka}); a husband BhP.; (in dram.) the lover or hero;
the central gem of a necklace (implying also `" a general "' cf. {nAyakAya} and {mahA-nAyaka}); a
paradigm or example (in gram.); N. of Gautama Buddha Buddh.; of a Brâhman Râjat.; of an
author (also {bhaTTa-n-}) Cat.; m. or n. a kind of musk L. (cf. {nAyikA-cUrNa}); ({ikA}) f. see
{nAyikA}; {-tva} n. leadership R.
naayakaaH = captains
Na * = 1: no, it is not so "' Bâdar. ii, 1, 35 Sarvad. ii, 15 \\2 m. knowledge L.; certainty,
ascertainment L.; ornament L.; a water-house L.; = {nirvRti} (invented for the etymology of
{kriSNa}, ) MBh. v, 70, 5 Sch.; a bad man L.; N. of S'iva or of a Buddh. deity L.; the sound of
negation L.; gift L.
na * =or not-but * =1 the dental nasal (found at the beginning of words and before or after dental
consonants as well as between vowels; subject to conversion into $ Pân. 8-4, 1-39). = 1. * = 2 ind.
not, no, nor, neither RV. ({nA}, x, 34, 8) &c. &c. (as well in simple negation as in wishing,
requesting and commanding, except in prohibition before an Impv. or an augmentless aor. [cf. a.
{mA}]; in successive sentences or clauses either simply repeated e.g. Mn.iv, 34; or strengthened
by another particle, esp. at the second place or further on in the sentence e.g. by {u} [cf. {no7}],
{uta4}, {api}, {cA7pi}, {vA}, {vA7pi} or {atha vA} RV. i, 170, 1; 151, 9 Nal. iii, 24, &c.; it may even
be replaced by {ca}, {vA}, {api ca}, {api vA}, &c. alone, as Mn.ii, 98 Nal.i, 14, &c.; often joined
with other particles, beside those mentioned above esp. with a following {tu}, {tv eva}, {tv eva tu},
{ce7d} q.v., {khalu} q.v., {ha} [cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 8-1, 31] &c.; before round or collective
numbers and after any numeral in the instr. or abl. it expresses deficiency e.g. {ekayA na viMzati},
not 20 by 1 i.e. 19 S'Br.; {paJcabhir na catvAri zatAni}, 395 ib.; with another {na} or an {a} priv. it
generally forms a strong affirmation [cf. Vâm. v, 1, 9] e.g. {ne7yaM na vakSyati}, she will most
certainly declare S'ak. iii, 9; {nA7daNDyo 'sti}, he must certainly be punished Mn. viii, 335; it may
also, like {a}, form compounds Vâm. v, 2, 13 [cf. below]); that not, lest, for fear lest (with Pot.)
MBh. R. Das'. &c.; like, as, as it were (only in Veda and later artificial language, e.g. {gauro na
tRSitaH piba}, drink like [lit. `" not "' i.e. `" although not being "'] a thirsty deer; in this sense it
does not coalesce metrically with a following vowel). [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &161835[523, 1] {ne8-}; Angl.
Sax. {ne}, `" not "'; Eng. {no}, &c.] -2. na \\3 (L.) mfn. thin, spare; vacant, empty; identical;
unvexed, unbroken; m. band, fetter; jewel, pearl; war; gift; welfare; N. of Buddha; N. of Gane7s'a;
= {prastuta}; = {dviraNDa} (?); ({A}) f. the navel; a musical instrument; knowledge.
na = not
nabha * = the sky* = m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr.
{nah} `" connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month
S'râvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya)
Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib.
VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a
spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabha * m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "' than fr. {nah} `"
connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana
Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of
one of 7 sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib. VP.; of a
son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot
(?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabhasa* = mfn. vapoury, misty AV.; m. sky, atmosphere L.; the rainy season L.; the ocean L.; N.
of a Rishi of the 10th Manv-antara Hariv.; of a Dânava ib. (v.l. {rabhasa} and {razmisa}); of a son
of Nala, Vp.
nabhastala = sky
Nactan' = 'nigth
naDa* = or m. (L. also n.) a species of reed, Arundo Tibialis or Karka RV. AV. S'Br.
nada* = m. a roarer, bellower, thunderer, crier, neigher &c. (as a cloud, horse, bull, met. a man, i,
179, 4) RV.; N. of RV. viii, 58, 2 (beginning with {nadam}) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a river (if thought of as
male ifc. ind. {-nadam}; cf. {nadI}) Mn. MBh. &c.; = {naDa}, reed RV. i, 32, 8; ({I}) f. see {nadI4}.
naga = the vital air that causes burping* = m. `" not moving "' (cf. {a4-ga}), a mountain (ifc. f.
{A}; cf. {sa-naga}) AV.&c. &c.; the number 7 (because of the 7 principal mountains; cf. {kula-giri})
Sûryas.; any tree or plant MBh. Kâv. &c.; a serpent L.; the sun L.
naH = by us
nah* = 1 cl. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 57) %{na4hyati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{-nahet} MBh.; %{nahyur}
AitBr.; p. A1. %{na4hyamAna} [also with pass. meaning] RV. &c.; pf. %{nanAha}, %{nehe}; fut.
%{natsyati}, %{naddhA} Siddh. [cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 34]; aor, %{anAtsIt}, Bhst2t2.; %{anaddha} Vop.;
ind. p. %{naddhvA} Gr.; %{-na4hya} Br. &c.; inf. %{-naddhum} Ka1v.) to bind, tie, fasten, bind on
or round or together; (A1.) to put on (as armour &c.), arm one's self. RV. &c. &c.: Pass.
%{nahyate}, p. %{-hyamAna} (see above): Caus. %{nAhayati} (aor. %{anInahat} Gr.) to cause to
bind together BhavP.: Desid. %{ninatsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens. %{nAnahyate}, %{nAnaddhi}. ib.
[Prob. for %{nagh}; cf. Lat. {nectere}, Germ. {Nestel} (?).]\\2 (only in %{na4dbihyas} RV. x, 60,
6; but cf. %{akSA-na4h}) a bond, tie.
nahusha * = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu
and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and
father of Yayâti; he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed
into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is
a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.;
of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
nahusha* = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46, 27; of a son of Manu
and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and
father of Yayâti; he took possession of Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed
into a serpent Mn. vii, 41 MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is
a son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a Marut Hariv.;
of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
naiva = never is it so
naisargikabala = Natural strength and a part of Shad Bala or Six strength calculation method of
planetary weighting
naiHzreyasa* = mf({i})n. leading to happiness or future beatitude Mn. ({-sika}, xii, 88) MBh.; n.
N. of a wood in the world of Vishnu BhP.
naiHsargika* = mfn. cast off, put off DivyA7v.; N. of partic. transgressions punished with the
confiscation of something belonging to the transgressor Buddh.
naishthhika* = (or {naiH-}; see 2. {ni-SThA}) mf({i})n. forming the end, final, last MBh. Hariv.
Ragh.; definitive, fixed, firm MBh. R. Yâjñ.; highest, perfect, complete MBh. Kâv. Pur. ({-sundara}
mfn. perfectly beautiful Kum. v, 62); completely versed in or familiar with (comp.) Var.;
belonging to the character or office of a perpetual student W.; m. a perpetual religious student or
Brâhman who observes the vow of chastity Râjat. BhP.
naishthhikiiM = unflinching
nakra = a crocodile
nakha = nail
nakshatra = A division of the Zodiac into 27 parts. There were originally 28 parts but one seems to
have been dropped. Each Division is ruled by a planet and is further divided into Padas or
quarters. The nakshatra contains 9 navaa.nshas and forms the base position for lunar Dasha
systems\\* = n. (m. only RV. vi, 67, 6; prob. fr. {nakS} cf. {nakS dyAm}, i, 33, 14 &c.) a star or any
heavenly body; also applied to the sun; n. sg. sometimes collectively `" the stars "' e.g. vii. 86, 1
RV. &c. &c.; an asterism or constellation through which the moon passes, a lunar mansion AV.
&c. &c. (27, later 28, viz. S'ravishthhâ or Dhanishthhâ, S'ata-bhishaj, Pûrva-bhâdrapâda, Uttara-
bhñbhâdrapâda, Revatî, As'vinî, Bharanî, Kriittikâ, Rohinî or Brâhmî, Mriiga-s'iras or
Âgrahâyanî, Ârdrâ, Punarvasû or Yâmakau, Pushya or Sidhya, Âs'leshâ, Maghâ, Pûrva-phalgunî,
Uttara-phñphalgunî, Hasta, Citrâ, Svâtî, Vis'âkhâ or Râdhâ, Anurâdhâ, Jyeshthha, Mûla,
Pûrva7shâdhâ, Uttara7shñâdhâ, Abhijit, S'ravana; according to VarBriS. Revatî, Uttara-phalgunî,
Uttara-bhâdrapâda and Uttara7shâdha are called {dhruvANi}, fixed; in the Vedas the Nakshatras
are considered as abodes of the gods or of pious persons after death Sây. on RV. i, 50, 2; later as
wives of the moon and daughters of Daksha MBh. Hariv. &c.; according to Jainas the sun, moon,
Grahas, Nakshatras and Târâs form the Jyotishkas); a pearl L.
nam.h = to salute
namaH = a salute
namati = to bow
namaskaara = Salutation
namaami = I bow
namo = salutation
nanaa * = f. fam. expression for `" mother "' RV. ix, 112, 3 (cf. 2. {tata4}); = {vAc} Naigh. i, 11.
nanu = really
nandaH = nanda
nandati = revels
nandana = child
napu.nsakaM = neuter
nara = Man a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76; hero
VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a
sun-dial Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa});
the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with Nârâyana, `"
son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages and
accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by
Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with
Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the
Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of
Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and fñfather
of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the
Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
naraH = a man
naraka = hell * = (Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.;
(distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.;
there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son
of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain
by Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or
n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat.
narakasya = of hell
narake = in hell
naraiH = by men
nara * m. (cf. {nR}) a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn. ix, 76;
hero VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon
of a sun-dial Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf.
{puruSa}); the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with
Nârâyana, `" son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or sages
and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by
Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with
Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the
Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of
Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and fñfather
of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja
(author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the
Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
narka = Hell
Naraka* =(Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.; (distinguished
from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many
different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and
Bhûmi or the Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna)
MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a
place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat
nashtha* = mfn. lost, disappeared, perished, destroyed, lost sight of invisible; escaped (also {-vat}
mfn. MBh.), run away from (abl.), fled (impers. with instr. of subj. Ratn. ii. 3) RV. &c. &c.;
spoiled, damaged, corrupted, wasted, unsuccessful, fruitless, in vain Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
deprived of(instr.) R. i, 14, 18 (in comp. =, without "', `" -less "', `" un- "'; see below); one who has
lost a lawsuit Mriicch. ix, 4.
nasta* = m. the nose L.; ({A}) f. a hole bored through the septum of the nñnose L.; n. a
sternutatory, snuff L.
nashvara = Temporary
nashhTa = Destroyed or missing birth data. A method of calculating the Chart when one has
missing data
nashhTaH = scattered
nas'vara* = mf({I})n. perishing, perishahle, transitory Kâv. Pur. &c.; destructive, mischievous W.
nartana = Dance
nathi = Actress
nayana = eye
nayanaM = eyes
nava* = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {nu4}) new, fresh, recent, young, modern (opp. to {sana},
{purANa}) RV. &c. &c. (often in comp. with a subst. e.g. {navA7nna} cf. Pân. 2-1, 49; or with a pp.
in the sense of `" newly, just, lately "' e.g. {navo7dita}, below); m. a young monk, a novice Buddh.;
a crow L.; a red-flowered Punar-navâ L.; N. of a son of Us'înara and Navâ Hariv.; of a son of
Viloman VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman (see above) Hariv.; n. new grain, Kaus. [Cf. Zd. {nava}; Gk. $
for $; Lat. &164066[530, 3] {novus}; Lith. {nau4jas}; Slav. {no8vu8}; Goth. {niujis}; Angl. S.
{ni7we}; HGerm. {niuwi}; {niuwe}, {neu}; Eng. {new}.]\\2 m. (2. {su}) praise, celebration L. \\ =
3 m. (5. {nu}) sneezing Car.\\ = 4 in {tri-Nava} q.v. &c. in comp. = {-van}. [531, 2]\\
navaM = a boat
navaa.nsha = A Varga. The Ninth divisional harmonic. Used with the Rashi, Chandra and bhaava
charts to determine a basic delineation. Used for reading the delineations of the Spouse
nau = us
naukaa = Boat
nava
naya* = m. (1. {nI})leading (of an army) R.; conduct, behaviour, (esp.) prudent cñconduct or
bñbehaviour, good management, polity, civil and military government MBh. Kâv. &c.; wisdom,
prudence, reason ({naya} ibc. or {nayeSu}, in a prudent manner MBh.) R. BhP.; plan, design
MBh. Pañc. Kathâs.; leading thought, maxim, principle, system, method, doctrine R. Sâh.
Bhâshâp. Sarvad.; a kind of game and a sort of dice or men for playing it L.; N. of a son of Dharma
and Kriyâ Pur.; of a son of 13th Manu Hariv.; guide, conductor L.; mfn. fit, right, proper L.
naaya* = m. ( {nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sây.; cf. {azva-}, {go-}); guidance,
direction L.; policy, means, expedient Bhathth. Sch.
ne = not
neti = not so
netra = eye
netraM = eyes
neyaM = is to be lead/taken
ni = down * =1 ind. down, back, in, into, within (except AV. x, 8, 7 always prefixed either to verbs
or to nouns; in the latter case it has also the meaning of negation or privation [cf. `" down-hearted
"' = heartless]; sometimes w.r. for {nis}); it may also express {kSepa}, {dAna}, {upa-rama}, {A-
zraya}, {mokSa} &c. L. [Cf. Zd. {ni}; Gk. $; Slav. {ni-zu}; &166432[538, 3] Germ, {ni-dar}, {ni-
der}, {nieder}; Angl. Sax. {ni-ther}, Eng. {ne-ther}, {be-neath}.]
ni+vid.h = to tell
ni+vrit.h = to go away
nibha* = mf({A})n. ( {bhA}) resembling, like, similar (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (sometimes pleonast. after
adj. e.g. {cAru-nibhA7nana}, `" handsome-faced "' Hariv., or comp. with a synonym e.g. {naga-
nibho7pama}, `" mountain-like "' MBh.; {padma-pattrA7bha-nibha}, `" like a lotus-leaf "' ib.); m.
or n. appearance, pretext (only ifc. instr. Das'.; abl. Kathâs.).
nibaddhaH = conditioned
nibadhnanti = bind
nibadhnaati = binds
nibadhyate = becomes affected
nibadh{}nanti = do bind
nibiDa * = or {ni-viDa} mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {biDa} = {bila}, a hole; cf. {ni-khila}) without spaces
or interstices, close, compact, thick, dense, firm MBh. Kâv. &c. full of abounding in (instr. or
comp.) Hariv. S'ak. vii, 11 (v.l. for {ni-cita}); low Kâd.; crooked-nosed Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'.; m. N. of a
mountain MBh. vi, 460; n. crooked-nosedness Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'
nidraa = sleep * = f. sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth RV. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the budding state of a
flower (hence {-drAM-tyaj}, to bloom) S'ârngP.; a mystic. N. of the letter {bh} Up.; {-kara} mfn.
making sleepy Hariv. Sus'r.; {-kSaNa} m. or n. a moment of sleep BhP.; {--gama} ({-drA7g-}),
approach or time of sñsleep, S'ântis'.; {-caura} m. stealer of sñsleep Mriicch.; {--tura} ({-drA7t-})
mfn. sleepy, languid Cat.; {-daridra} mfn. suffering from want of sleep Vcar.; m. N. of a poet Cat.;
{-daridrI-kR}, to deprive of sñsleep Kpr.; {-druh} (mfn. nom. {dhruk} Pân. 8-2, 37; cf. Vâm. v, 2,
88), disturbing sñsleep; {--ntarita} ({-drA7nt-}). mfn. asleep Pañc.; {--ndha} ({-drA7n-}) mfn.
blind with sleep, dead asleep, fast asleep MBh.; {-bhaGga} m. rousing from sñsleep, awaking W.;
{--bhibhUta} ({-drA7bh-}) mfn. subdued by sñsleep, sleeping Sus'r.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting
in sñsleep Hariv.; {-yoga} m. a state of such deep meditation as to resemble sleep ib. (cf.
{yoganidrA}); m light sleep, doze L.; {--lasa} ({-drA7l-}) mf({A})n. slothful from drowsiness, fast
asleep Hit.; {--lasya} ({-drA7l-}) n. sleepiness, long sleeping MBh. Var.; {-vaza} mfn. overpowered
by sleep Vet.; {-vRkSa} m. `" sleep-plant "', darkness L.; {-saMjanana} n. `" producing sñsleep "',
phlegm, the phlegmatic humour L.
nidhanaM = destruction
nidha4na* = (for 1. see col. 2) n. (m. only Hariv. 4846; g. {ardharcA7di}) settling down, residence
or place of rñresidence, domicile, receptacle AV. Sus'r. BhP.; conclusion, end, death, destruction,
loss, annihilation Mn. Var. MBh. &c.; (in music) the concluding passage of a Sâman which is sung
in chorus; any finile AV. TS. Br. &c.; N. of the 8th mansion Var.; race, family L.; m. the head of a
family W.; ({A}) f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas Kaus'.; {-kAma} n. N. of sev. Sâmans
TândBr. Lâthy.; {-kArin} mfn. causing death, destroying W.; {-kriyA} f. a funeral ceremony
Hariv.; {-pati} m. lord of the end or of destruction TÂr.; {-bhUta} mfn. (in music) forming a finale
Lâthy.; {-vat} ({-dha4na-}) mfn. having a finale VS. TândBr. &c.; {-sUtra} n. {-sUtra-vRtti} f. N. of
wks.; {-no7ttama} m. N. of S'iva R. 2.
nidhAna* = n. putting or laying down, depositing, keeping, preserving KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; laying
aside (cf. {daNDa-n-}); placing (the sacrificial fire) KâtyS'r.; place for depositing anything,
receptacle (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}; cf. {garbha-n-}) RV. &c. &c.; a place of cessation or rest W.;
anything laid up, a store, hoard, treasure (esp. the tñtreasure or Kubera) Mn. Mriicch. Ragh. &c.
({-tA} f. Jâtakam.); ({I}) f. N. of a formula TBr. ÂpS'r.; mfn. containing anything (gen.) in itself
TÂr.; {-kumbha} m. a pot or jar containing a treasure Sâh.; {-nI-kR}, to pile up Hcar.; {-ne7za} m.
`" lord of treasure "', a Yaksha S'atr.
nigama * =m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S'rS.; the place or
passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage
Nir.; the root (as the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda
or the Vedic text Hariv. Pân. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv,
19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine, instruction
in, art of (comp.) Bâlar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place
Âpast. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. {A}) R. Das'.; = {pariziSTa}
Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; {-kalpa-druma} m. {-kalpa-latA} f. {-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.;
{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; {-tattvasAra} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-latA} f. {-sAra} m.
N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above) S'rS.; {-mA7khya-koza} and {-mA7ntA7rtha-
ratnA7kara} m.
nigachchhati = attains
nigaDa* = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) and n. (fr. {gaD} = {gal}?) an iron chain for the feet, (csp.) the
heel chains for an elephant or a noose for catching the feet and throwing an animal down, any
fetter or shackle Hariv. Kâv. &c.; N. of a teacher ({-kSveDana} n. N. of wk.); mfn. bound or
fettered on the feet Mn. iv. 210.
nigada* = m. reciting, audible recitation, a prayer or sacrificial formula recited aloud Br. S'rS. &c.;
mention, mentioning Bâdar.; speech, discourse W.; N. of wk.; m. or n. a partic. potion Car.;
{-vyAkhyAta} mfn. explained i.e. clear by mere mentioning Nir.
nigama* = m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula) S3rS.; the place or
passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the actual word quoted from such a passage
Nir.; the root (as the source from which a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda
or the Vedic text Hariv. Pa1n2. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn.
iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.; doctrine,
instruction in, art of (comp.) Ba1lar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade, traffic W.; a town, city,
market-place A1past. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. %{A}) R.
Das3.; = %{pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a partic. number Buddh.; %{-kalpa-druma} m. %{-kalpa-latA} f.
%{-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; %{-tattvasAra} m.
%{-pariziSTa} n. %{-latA} f. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above)
S3rS.; %{-mA7khya-koza} and %{-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
niguuDhaa = cast in
nigrihNaami = withhold
nigrahaM = subduing
niguuDha* = mfn. concealed, hidden, secret, obscure (lit. and fig.) RV. ({ni4-gULha}) &c. &c.;
({am}) ind. privately, secretly Kathâs.; {-kArya} mfn. secret in operation MW.; {-cArin} mfn.
walking concealed or in disguise Mn. ix, 260; {-tara} mfn. well cñconcealed or hidden Pañc.;
{-nizcaya} mfn. whose design is cñconcealed MBh.; {-roman} mfn. having cñconcealed hair Sus'r.;
{-DhA7rtha} mfn. having a hidden or mysterious sense, abstruse, occult; {-DhA7rtha-dI}, {pikA}
and {-DhA7rtha-maJjUSikA} f. N. of wks.
nihataaH = killed
nihatya = by killing
nihan.h = destroy
niH = without
niHsheshha = remainderless
niHzreNi* = f. = {ni-zreNI} L.; the wild date tree L.; {-NikA} f. a ladder Dharmas'arm.; a kind of
grass L.; {-Ni-puSpaka} m. a species of thorn-apple L.
niHzreyaNI* = f. = {ni-zrayNI} Gal. =
niHzreyasa* = mf({I})n. `" having no better "', best, most excellent MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of Siva L.;
n. the best i.e. ultimate bliss, final beatitude, or knowledge that brings it KaushUp. Mn. MBh. &c.;
belief, faith L.; apprehension, conception L. {-kara} mfn. conferring final happiness or
emancipation W. [539,1]
niHsprihaH = desireless
nii = to take
niica* = mf({A})n. ({ni} +2. {aJc}) low, not high, short, dwarfish Mn. MBh. &c.; deep, depressed
(navel) Pañc.; short (hair, nails) Sus'r.; deep, lowered (voice) Prât.; low, vile, inferior (socially or
morally), base, mean (as a man or action or thought) Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of perfume (=
{coraka}) L.; n. (in astrol.) the lowest point of a planet (= $), the 7th house from the culminating
point Var. (cf. 2. {ny-aJc}).
niichaM = low
niila = (adj) blue * = ({A} or {I}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 42 Vârtt. Vâm. v, 2, 48)n. of a dark colour, (esp.)
dñdark-blue or dñdark-green or black RV. &c. &c.; dyed with indigo Pân. 4-2, 2 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; m.
the sapphire L. (with {maNi} R. iii, 58, 26); the Indian fig-tree (= {vaTa}) L.; = {nIla-vRkSa} L.; a
species of bird the blue or hill Maina L.; an ox or bull of a dark colour L.; one of the 9 Nidhis or
divine treasures of Kubera L.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}; of the prince of Mâhishmatî MBh.; of a son
of Yadu Hariv.; of a son of Aja-mîdha BhP.; of a son of Bhuvana-râja Râjat.; of an historian of
Kas'mîra ib.; of sev. authors (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; N. of Mañjus'rî L.; of a Nâga MBh. Râjat.; of
one of the monkey-chiefs attending on Râma (said to be a son of Agni) MBh. R. &c.; the mountain
Nîla or the blue mñmountain (immediately north of Ila7vriita or the central division; cf.
{nIlA7dri}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. the indigo plant (Indigofera Tinctoria) L. (cf. {nIlI}); a
species of Boerhavia with blue blossoms L.; black cumin L.; a species of blue fly L.; (du.) the two
arteries in front of the neck L.; a black and blue mark on the skin L.; N. of a goddess W.; (in
music) of a Râgini (personified as wife of Mallâra); of a river MBh. (v.l. {nAlA}); ({I}) f. the indigo
plant or dye Mn. Var. Sus'r. &c. Blyxa Octandra. L.; a species of blue fly L.; a kind of disease L.; N.
of the wife of Aja-mîdha MBh. Hariv. (v.l. {nalinI} and {nIlinI}); n. dark (the colour), darkness
TS. KaushUp.; any dark substance S'Br. ChUp.; = {tAlI-pattra} and {tAlI7za} L.; indigo Yâjñ. iii.
38; black salt L.; blue vitriol L.; antimony L.; poison L.; a partic. position in dancing L.; a kind of
metre Col.
niilaaya* = Nom. P. Â. {-yati} and {-te}, to begin to become blue or dark-coloured Kâd. (cf. Pân. 3-
1, 13
niita = take * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see 4. %{nI7}) led, guided, brought &c. RV. &c. &c.; gained, obtained
W.; well-behaved, correct, modest ib.; n. wealth, corn, grain L.; = %{nava-nIta} A1pS3r.\\mfn.
entered, gone or come to (%{mRtyorantikam}) RV. AV.\\%{nIti} &c. see %{nI}
niitiH = morality
niire = water
niivara * = m. ( {nI}?; cf. Un. iii.) a trader; an inhabitant; a beggar; mud; n. water L.
niivaa4ra * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wild rice (sg. the plant; pl. the grains) VS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N.
of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {ni-v-}).
nikaH = rays
nikhila * V expansive, * complete, all, whole, entire Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [545, 3]; ({ena}) ind.
completely, totally MBh. R. &c. (cf. {a-kh-}).
nikR * 1. P.Â. {-karoti}, {-kurute}, (dat. inf. {ni4-kartave} RV. viii, 78, 5), to bring down,
humiliate, subdue, overcome RV. AV. VS. S'Br.: Desid. {-cikIrskati}, to wish to overcome AV.
nikrit * 1. P. Â. {-kRntati}, {-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop off, cut through or or to
pieces, massacre KâtyS'r. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; Â. {-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.)
TS. S'Br.: Caus. {-kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down SânkhS'r.
nikritta * mfn. cut off, cut up MBh. R.; {-mUla} mfn. cut up by the roots Sus'
nikRntana * = mf({I})n. cutting down or off, destroying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of a hell MârkP.; n.
cutting, cutting off (hair, the neck &c.) KâtyS'r. MBh.; massacring, destruction (of enemies) MBh.;
an instrument for cutting (cf. {nakha-})
nikrishhTa = inferior
nikRS * =1. P. {-karSati}, to draw or drag down TS. S'Br.; {-kRSati}, to plough in ({phalaM
kSetreSu}) AV.Paipp.: Pass. {-kRSyate}, to be borne down by the stream of a river MBh. i, 3616.,
nikRSTa * =mfn. debased, vile, low, despised, outcast MBh. Kâv. &c.; near n. nearness Kathâs.
Sus'r.; {-bhUta} mfn. appearing low or small in comparison with (gen.) MBh.; {-TA7zaya} mfn.
base-minded ({-ya-tA} f.) Das'.; {-TI-} {kR}, to surpass, excel Kâv. ii, 37 Sch.; {-TpA7dhi} mfn.
having something inferior as a condition ({-dhitA} f.) Veda7ntas.
nikrand * =cl. 1. P. {-krandati}, (aor. {ny-akrandIt}), to cry from above (as a bird on a tree) Nir. ix,
4: Caus. {-krandayati}, to cause to roar RV. x, 102, 5.
nikram * =P. {-krAmati}, (aor. {nyakramIt}), to put down the feet, tread down (acc.) RV.; to enter
(loc.) AV. TS.
nikramaNa * =n. putting down the feet, footstep, footfall RV. AV. TS.
nikrID * =Caus. {-krIDayati} to cease or finish (playing) ShadvBr. (Sch. = {vi-} {ram}).
nikshipati = to throw in
nilaya* = m. rest, resting-place (cf. {a-nil-}); hiding- or dwelling-place, den, lair, nest; house,
residence, abode (often ifc. [f. {A}] = living in, inhabiting, inhabited by) MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.;
{-sundara} m. N. of a man Cat. 2.
nimajjati = to drown
nimittaani = causes
nimishhan.h = closing
nimitta* n. (possibly connected with {ni-mA} above) a butt, mark, target MBh.; sign, omen Mn.
Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (cf. {dur-n-}); cause, motive, ground, reason Up. Kap. Var. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (in
all oblique cases = because of, on account of cf. Pân. 2-3, 23 Pat.; mfn. ifc. caused or occasioned
by; {-ttaMyA}, to be the cause of anything Kâd.); (in phil.) instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to
{upA7dAna}, the operative or material cause) Veda7ntas. Bhâshâp.; = {Agantu}; {deha}; {Adeza};
{parvan} L.
nimiilita = closed
nimba = neem
ninaada = sound
nind.h = to condemn
nindaa = in defamation
niNya* = mfn. (fr. %{ni} ; cf. %{ni-Ni4k}) interior, hidden, concealed, mysterious RV. ; n. a secret,
mystery ib. ; (%{a4m}) ind. secretly, mysteriously ib.
nipaatanIya*= mfn. to be caused to fall; (with {daNDa} m. `" punishment must be inflicted) "'
Sâh.
nipatana*= n. falling down, falling, descending MBh. Hariv.; ({garbhiNyAgarbhasya}) the lying-in
of a pregnant woman VarBriS. li, 35; flying MBh.
nipaata*= m. falling down, descending, alighting (lit. and fig.), falling from (abl.) into or upon
(comp.), rushing upon, attacking (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; decay, destruction, ruin, death ib.; (from
the Caus.) casting, hurling, discharging Kum. iii, 15; accidental occurrence or mention Nir.
Âs'vS'r.; (in gram.) irregular form, irregularity, exception (cf. {para-}, {pUrva-}); a particle (all
adverbs including conjunctions and interjections) Nir. Prât. Pân. 1-4, 56; {-tva} n. the state of
being a particle MW.; {-pratIkAra} m. the repelling of assaults ib.; {-tA7vyayo7pasarga} m. pl. N.
of wk.
nipaatana*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) throwing down, killing, destroying, knocking out (an eye) MBh. [549,
3]; n. causing to descend or fall, throwing down, letting drop or sink Mn. Yâjñ. R. (cf. {daNDa-
n-}); putting on, applying (as a knife), touching with (comp.) Sus'r.; overthrowing, destroying,
killing Mn. MBh.; (in gram.) accidental mention or use of a word, putting down as an irregularity;
an irregular form or exception Prât. Pân. Sch. Vop.; = {ni-patana}, falling down (of a fire-brand)
Yâjñ. i, 145; alighting (said of a bird) Pañc. ii. 57.
nipuNa* = mf({A})n. (said to be from a {puN}), clever, adroit, skilful, sharp, acute Mn. MBh.
Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; skilled in, conversant with, capable of (mostly comp. [cf. Pân. 2-1, 31 and g.
{zauNDA7di}]; but also infin. [Kâv.] loc. [Var.] gen. [Vop. v, 29] or instr. [Pân. 2-1, 31]); kind or
friendly towards (loc. or {prati} Pân. 2-3, 43); delicate, tender Jâtakam.; perfect, complete,
absolute (as purity, devotion &c.) Mn. BhP.; ({am}) ind. in a clever or delicate manner MBh. Kâv.;
completely, perfectly, absolutely, exactly, precisely R. (also {nipuNa} ibc. Pân. 6-2, 24, and
{-Nena} MBh. BhP.)
nirabhibhava* =mfn. not subject to humiliation or disgrace Bhartr2.; not to be surpassed MW.
nirabhisaMdhAna* =n. absence of design, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-saMdhin} mfn. free from
egoistic designs Sam2k.
niraalamba = unsupported
niraaloka*= mfn. not looking about R. ; deprived of light, dark or blind MBh. Ma1lati1m. Ka1m. ;
ifc. looking at, investigating, scrutinizing (cf. %{Atma-n-}) MBh
nirapeksha* = mf({A})n. regardless of. indifferent to, independent of (loc. or comp.); desireless,
careless, indifferent, disinterested Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-ka} BhP.); ({am}) ind. regardlessly,
accidentally MBh. Das'.; ({A}) f. (R.) {-tA} f. (Kathâs.), {-tva} n. (RâmatUp.) disregard,
indifference, independence; {-kSita} mfn. regardless Prab.; disregarded Das'.; {-kSin} mfn.
indifferent, independent MBh.; {-kSya} mfn. not to be regarded Bhartri.
nirarthakaM = needlessly
nirasta = removed
nirasta* = (R. also {-asita}) mfn. cast out or off, expelled, banished, rejected, removed, refuted,
destroyed S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; shot off (as an arrow) L.; spit out, vomited L.; pronounced
hurriedly or dropped in pronouncing ({a-n-} ChUp. ii, 22, 3) [553,2]; n. dropping or leaving out
(considered a fault in pronunciation) Pat.; {-bheda} mfn. having all difference removed, identical
MW.; {-rAga} mfn. one who has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to religious
penance ib.; {-saMkhya} mfn. innumerable (lit. refusing calculation) Dhananj.; {-sukho7daya}
mf({A})n. hopelessly unfortunate (lit. whose fortune has given up rising) Amar.
nirataH = engaged
nirata* = mfn. pleased, satisfied, delighting in, attached or devoted to, quite intent upon, deeply
engaged in or occupied with (loc. instr. or comp.) Mn. Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.
niraya * = m. (either fr. %{nis} + %{i} = egression, sc. from earthly life, or fr. %{nir} + %{aya} `"
without happiness "') Niraya or Hell (personified as a child of fear and death BhP.) Mn. MBh.
Ka1v. &c.
nirbhara = dependent
nirbhrta= nirbhaata:*nirbhAta mfn. shone or shining forth, appeared, arisen MBh. Kâv. &c.
nirbhartsita * = mfn. threatened, menaced, reviled, abused Kathâs. Pur.; {-vat} mfn. Pañc.
nirbhata * nirbhaTa mfn. hard, firm L. (v. r. {nirvaha}, perhaps w.r. for {nibhaTa} = {ni-bhRta}
q.v.)
nirdeshaH = indication
nirdoshhaM = flawless
nirdhana = poor
nirdhuuta = cleansed
nirgama* = came out; going forth, setting out, departure Var. R. &c.; escaping from (abl.)
Veda7ntas.; disappearing, vanishing, cessation, end MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.; exit, issue, outlet R.
Pañc.; a door L.; export-place (of goods).
nirguNa* mf({A})n. having no cord or string, Kiv.; having no good qualities or virtues, bad,
worthless, vicious MBh. R. &c.; devoid of all qualities or properties Up. MBh. &c.; having no
epithet, KatyS'r. Sch.; (said of the Supreme Being) W.; {-ka} mfn. having no qualities RâmatUp.;
{-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. absence of qualities or properties; want of good qñqualities,
wickedness, viciousness MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-NA7masa} mfn. of bad or vicious mind Kâv.;
{-NA7tmaka} mfn. having no qñqualities MBh.
nirlipta = unstainedness
nirmaa = to create
nirmama* = mf({A})n. unselfish, disinterested, (esp.) free from all worldly connections MBh. R.
&c.; regardless of, indifferent to (loc.) ib.; m. (with Jainas) N. of 15th Arhat of the future Ut-
sarpinî; N. of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f. (Ksv.), 1. {-tva} n. (Pur.) complete unselfishness or indifference
(see {ni4s}); 2. {-tva} mfn. free from selfishness, indifferent Kull.
nirmala = clear
nirmalaM = purified
nirmita = made * = ({ni4r-}) mfn. constructed, built, fashioned, formed, created, made by (instr.
or comp.) out of (abl. instr. or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; (law) fixed, settled Mn. ix, 46;
(ceremony) performed, celebrated R. (B) i, 14, 42; (sacrificial animal) put apart, separated,
isolated (= {nir-UDha}) Âs'vS'r.; m. pl. (with Buddhists) a class of deities Lalit.
nirmukti* = ({ni4r-}) f. liberation, deliverance from (abl. or comp.), Av. Kathâs. or {dAna} Sch. on
BhP. x, 17, 18.
nirmuulana = uprootment
nirmUla* = mfn. rootless (as a tree) MBh.; baseless, unfounded BhP.; eradicated W.; {-la-tA} f.
rootlessness, baselessness Prab.; {-lana} m. an uprooter, Damayantîk.; n. uprooting, extirpating
Bhartri.; {-laya}, Nom P. {-yati}, to uproot, eradicate, annihilate Kâd.
nirudhya = confining
nirukta* n= mfn. ( {vac}) uttered, pronounced, expressed, explained, defined Br. Up. MBh. &c.;
declared for (nom.) MBh.; explicitly mentioned or enjoined Âs'vGri.; containing the name of a god
(as a verse) S'ânkhBr.; distinct, loud (opp. to {upA7Mzu}) S'Br.; interpreted i.e. become manifest,
fulfilled, accomplished (as a word) MBh. ix, 1316; n. explanation or etymological interpretation of
a word ChUp. viii, 3, 3 MBh. i, 266 &c.; N. of sev. wks., esp. of a Comm. on the Nighanthus by
Yâska.
niruuha* = 2 m. ({nir-} 2. {Uh}) logic, disputation W.; certainty, ascertainment ib.; mfn. = {niz-
cita} L. 2
niruudhha * = (cf. {nir-UDha}, p. 540, col. 3) mfn. grown up BhP.; conventional, accepted (as a
word or its meaning, opp. to {yaugika} q.v.) Dâyabh. Sarvad.; m. (in rhet.) the force or application
of words according to their natural or received meanings W.; (in logic) the inherence of any
property in the term implying it (as of redness in the word `" red "' &c.) ib.; {-mUla} mfn. firmly
rooted BhP.; {-lakSaNA} f. (in rhet.) the secondary use of a word which is based not on the
particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular usage.
niruudhha * = mfn. drawn out, put aside, separate Gaut.; purged Car. Sus'r.; eviscerated (cf.
comp.); {-pazupaddhati} f. N. of wk.; {-pazu-bandha} m. `" the offering of an eviscerated animal
"' or `" separate offñoffering of an añanimal "'N. of one of the regular Havir-yajñas Gaut. &c.
({-dha-prayoga}, {-dha-maitrAvaruNa-prayoga}, {-dha-hautra-prayoga} m. N. of wks.); {-ziras}
({ni4r-}) mfn. with the head laid apart S'Br.
nirvaNa* = m. or n. a country without forests L.; mfn. = {-vana}; ({-Ne}) ind. in the open country
Pân. vi, 2, 178; viii, 4, 5 Kâs'.
nirvana* = mfn. having no wood, being out of a wñwood or in the open country MBh. v, 863 (cf.
{-vaNa}).
nirvaaNa* = mfn. blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire), set (as the sun), calmed,
quieted, tamed (cf. {a-nirv-}), dead, deceased (lit. having the fire of life extinguished), lost,
disappeared MBh. Kâv. &c.; immersed, plunged L.; immovable L.; {-bhUyiSTha} mfn. nearly
extinguished), or vanished Kum. ii, 53; n. blowing out, extinction, cessation, setting, vanishing,
disappearance ({-NaM-kR}, to make away with anything i.e. not to keep one's promise);
extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, death or final emancipation from matter and re-union
with the Supreme Spirit MBh. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists and Jainas) absolute extinction or
annihilation (= {zUnya} L.) of individual existence or of all desires and passions MWB. 137139
&c.; perfect calm or repose or happiness, highest bliss or beatitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of an
Upanishad; instructing in sciences L.; bathing of an elephant L.; the post to which an elephant is
tied Gal.; offering oblations (for 1. {nir-vApaNa} ?) L.; {-kara} m. `" causing extinction of all sense
of individuality "', a partic. Samâdhi Kârand.; {-kANDa} m. or n. N. of wk.; {-tantra} see {bRhan-
nirvANat-} and {mahA-n-}; {-da} mfn. bestowing final beatitude MBh.; {-dazaka} n. N. of wk.;
{-dIkSita} m. N. of a grammarian Cat.; {-dhAtu} m. the region of Nirvâna Vajracch. Kârand.;
{-purANa} n. offering oblations to the dead Râjat.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-priyA} f. N. of a
Gandharvî Kârand.; {-maNDapa} m. N. of a temple, Skandap.; {-mantra} n. N. of a mystical
formula Cat.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full of bliss VP.; {-mastaka} m. liberation, deliverance W.; {-yoga-
paTala-stotra} and {-yogo7ttara} n. N. of wks.; {-ruci} m. pl. `" delighting in final beatitude "'N. of
a class of deities under the 11th Manu BhP. (cf. {nirmANa-rati}); {-lakSaNa} mfn. having
complete bliss as its characteristic mark MW.; {-SaTka} n. N. of a Stotra; {-saMcodana} m. a
partic. Samâdhi, Kârand.; {-sUtra} n. N. of partic. Buddh. Sûtras; {-No7paniSad} f. N. of an
Upanishad.
nirvaira* = n. absence of enmity, Bh. (also {-riNa} Tarkas.); mfn. free from enmity, peaceable,
amicable Var. MBh. &c.; ({am}) ind. peaceably, without enmity R.; m. N. of a hunter Hariv.; {-tA}
f. concord MBh. Hariv.
nirvartaka* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) bringing about, accomplishing, performing, finishing Sank. Pat.; v.l.
for {niv-}
nirvikalpa * = mfn. (or %{-pana} L.) not admitting an alternative, free from change or differences,
Tejob. Up. Veda7ntas.; admitting no doubt, not wavering Bhartr2. (%{am}) ind. without
hesitation or reflection Pan5c.; %{-vAda} and %{-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
nirviNNa* = mfn. (wrongly {-vinna}; cf. Pân. 8-4, 29 Vârtt. 1 Pat.) despondent, depressed,
sorrowful, afraid, loathing, disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kathâs.; pur. &c.;
abused, degraded, humble W.; known, certain ib.; {-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek,
resigned Bhag.
nirvyalIka* = mfn. not causing pain, (either = ) not offending, harmless (as a word) BhP.; (or =)
easy, hearty, willingly done (as a gift) MBh.; not feeling pain or uneasiness, willing, ready, sincere,
undissembling MBh. R. &c.; %{-kena@cetasA} or %{hRdA}, with a willing or easy heart or mind
MBh.; (%{-kam} or %{-ka-tas}) ind. sincerely, willingly BhP.
nirvrita * = mfn. satisfied, happy, tranquil, at ease, at rest Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; extinguished,
terminated, ceased, Ven. vi, 1 MârkP.; emancipated W.; n. a house W.
niryaata * gone out or forth, issued, &c.; laid aside (as money) MBh.; completely familiar or
conversant with (loc. or comp.) Lalit. (v. l. {nir-jAta}).
niryaataka * =mfn. bearing away, carrying off, removing (ifc.; cf. %{preta-}, %{mRta-}).
niryaatana * =, n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit, replacing anything lost,
payment of a debt (with gen. or comp.; cf. %{vaira-}) Hariv. R. &c.; gift, donation L.; revenge,
killing, slaughter L.
niSeva *= practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; ({A}) f. exercising, practice, service BhP.;
use, employment ib.; worship, adoration ib.
nishaa = Night
nishita = sharpened
nishiitha = night
nis'cala* = mf({A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable, unchangeable MBh. Kâv.
&c.; ({A}) f. the earth L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.; {-la-kara} and, {-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of
authors; {-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed, firm, Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishchaya = determination
nishchayaM = certainty
nishchayaH = in certainty
nishchalatattvaM = tranquillity/imperturbability
nishchalaa = unmoved
nis'cita = determined, ascertained* = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain
opinion, determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc., {artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.;
ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up. MBh. (superl. {-tama}) R. &c.; ({am}) ind.
decidedly, positively Kâv. Kathâs. Pañc.; n. certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; ({A}) f. N. of
a river MBh. VP.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging
rightly (compar. {-tara}) R. (B.)
nishchitaM = confidently
nishchitya = ascertaining
nishkoshhayati = to peel
nishthhaa = faith
nishthhaa* = ( {sthA}; aor {ny-aSThAt} pf. {ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. {ny-atiSThipat}) to fix
in (loc.) S'Br.; to give forth, emit, yield HParis'.
nishthha* = mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for {niH} + {stha}) being in or on, situated on,
grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent
on, devoted to ib. (cf. {dharma-}, {satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Bâlar. v, 51; {-loka} m.
pl. dependent people i.e. servants Râjat. vii, 114. 1.
nishthhaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness, attachment,
devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.;
decision about (gen.) Râjat.; decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. Âp.; completion, perfection,
culminating or extreme point Mn. Âp. MBh. &c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc.
`" ending with "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; asking, begging L.; trouble, distress L.; (in gram.) N. of the p.p.
affixes {ta} and {tavat}; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W.; {-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining
perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit.; {-nta} ({-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh.
BhP. (v.l. {diSTA7nta}); {-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr.; {-vat} mfn. perfect, complete,
consummate R.; {-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Mâlatim. 2.
nishthhiivati = to spit
nishphala* = mf({A})n. bearing no fruit, fruitless, barren, resultless, successless, useless, vain Mn.
MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; seedless, impotent W.; ({A}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation
(also {I}, v.l. {niS-kalA}) L.; a species of Momordica L.; {-tva} n. unfruitfulness, uselessness
Mriicch. iv, 9; {-laya} Nom. P. {-yati}, to render fruitless Kull.; {-lI} {kR}, to make fruitless,
neglect Mriicch.; v.l. for {niS-kulI-} {kR} VarBriS. Iv, 29.
nishpiiDayati = to squeeze
nishkaama* = ({ni4S-}) mfn. desireless, disinterested, unselfish S'Br. Mn. &c.; {-cArin} mfn.
acting without interest or selfishness MârkP.
nishNAta* = mfn. deeply versed in, skilful, clever, learned (with loc. or ifc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.;
agreed upon Yâjñ. Mâlatîm.; {-tva} n. skill in, familiarity with ({prati}) Kull. x, 85.
nissangatvaM = aloneness/non-attachment/detachment
nita = to bend
nitaram * = nd. ({ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone, S'ânkh. Br.;
completely, wholly, entirely; by all means, at all events; especially, in a high degree Kâv. Pur.;
explicitly Kull.
nitya = always
nityaM = daily/always
nityaH = eternal
nityatvaM = constancy
nityam.h = ever
nityashaH = regularly
nityaaH = in eternity
nivartituM = to cease
nivasati = lives/dwells
nirvaachana = (m ?) election
nirvaapayati = to douse
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects
S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a
despairingly insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nishthhaa* = ( %{sthA} ; aor %{ny-aSThAt} pf. %{ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor. %{ny-
atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.) S3Br. ; to give forth, emit, yield HParis3.// =f. (ifc. f. %{A}) state,
condition, position Bhag. ; firmness, steadiness, attachment, devotion, application, skill in,
familiarity with, certain knowledge of (loc.) MBh. Ka1v. Pur. ; decision about (gen.) Ra1jat. ;
decisive sentence, judgment Gaut. A1p. ; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point
Mn. A1p. MBh. &c. [563,2] ; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "') MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; asking, begging L. ; trouble, distress L. ; (in gram.) N. of the p.p. affixes %{ta} and
%{tavat} ; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W. ; %{-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining perfection ;
m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. ; %{-nta} (%{-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l.
%{diSTA7nta}) ; %{-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr. ; %{-vat} mfn. perfect, complete,
consummate R. ; %{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Ma1latim. 2.//(Padap.
%{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.
nishthha* =mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for %{niH} + %{stha}) being in or on, situated on,
grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; intent
on, devoted to ib. (cf. %{dharma-}, %{satya-}) ; conducive to, effecting (dat.) Ba1lar. v, 51 ; %{-
loka} m. pl. dependent people i.e. servants Ra1jat. vii, 114. 1.
nivedayiSu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B.
{vived-}).
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c.
nivedin* = mfn. knowing, aware of (comp.) Mâlatîm.; communicating, reporting MBh. R.;
offering, presenting BhP.
nirvisheshha = Ordinary
nirvedaM = callousness
nivahena = by carrying
nivaasaH = living
ni-vaara * =m. covering, protection or a protector RV. viii, 93, 15 (Sây. `" a preventer, obstructer
"'); ({A}) f. a virgin, unmarried girl Pân. 3-3, 48 Sch. (fr. {ni} + {vara}, `" having no husband "'
W.)
ni-óvaara * =m. keeping off, hindering, impediment (cf. {dur-niv-}); ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh.
VP. (v.l. {nIv-}).
nivad * = Caus. Â. {-vAdayate}, to make resound (as a drum &c.) MBh. [559, 1]
nivadh * = (aor. {-avadhIt}), to strike down, kill MBh. R. &c.; to fix in, hurl down upon (loc.) RV.
iv, 41, 4.
nivaha = flow
nivah * = P. Â. {-vahati}, {-te}, to lead down, lead or bring to (dat. or loc.) RV. S'Br.; to flow MBh.
xii, 10318; to carry, support (see below): Caus. {-vAhayati} (Pass. {vAhyate}), to set in motion
Hariv.
nivartaka* = mf({ikA})n. turning back, flying ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to cease, abolishing,
removing MBh. Sank. ({-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping, ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning the back i.e.
retreating, fleeing AV. MBh. &c. ({mRtyuM kRtvA nivartanam}, making retreat equivalent to
death i.e. desisting from fighting only in death MBh. vi, vii; w.r. {kRtvA mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing,
not happening or occurring, being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting or abstaining from (abl.)
MBh. BhP.; desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to {pra-vartana}) Kâm.; causing to return,
bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Kâv.; turning back (the
hair) KâtyS'r.; a means of returning RV. AV.; averting or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.;
reforming, repenting W.; a measure of land (20 rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square)
Hcat.; {-stUpa} m. N. of a Stûpa erected at the spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivartin* = mfn. turning back, retreating, fleeing (mostly {a-niv-} q.v.); abstaining from (comp.)
MBh.; allowing or causing to return ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; w.r. for {nir-v-} q.v.
nivartya* = mfn. to be turned back (see {dur-niv-}); annulled, declared to be invalid Pat.
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects
S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a
despairingly insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nivrita* ({ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560, 1]; surrounded, enclosed L.; m. or f. or n. (=
{ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivRt* = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.; rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-
vartet} MBh. Hariv.; impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf. %{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.;
%{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor. %{-avRtat} ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to
return from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to return into life, revive, be born
again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid of (abl.)
ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished
S3Br.), cease, end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong to (abl.);
to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y. Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be
wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for which there are no words) TUp.; to pass
over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon (loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{-te} (A1. Pot.
%{-vartayIta} A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head) TBr.;
to turn back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn
away, avert or keep back from (abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold,
refuse, deny; to annul, remove, destroy Mn. MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform,
accomplish (a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to desist from (abl.)
MBh. R.
nivRtti* = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.; ceasing, cessation,
disappearance S3rS. Up. MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh.
Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87 (w.r. %{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts,
inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to %{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an example Sa1h.;
suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition Ra1matUp.;
denial, refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
nivedayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about (acc.) MBh. (B.
{vived-}).
nivedaka* =mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given MBh. R.
Kathâs. &c
niveshaya = apply
nives'ya * = mfn. to be founded (as a town) Hariv.; to be married (as a man) MBh.; w.r. for {nirv-}
(see {nir-viz}).
niyaama * = m. = {niyama} Pân. 3-3, 63; a sailor, boatman (cf. next and {nir-yAma})
niyantaa = controller
niyam * P. {-yacchati}, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (loc.) [552, 1]; (Â.) to stop
(intrans.), stay, remain RV.; to keep back, refuse; (Â.) to fail, be wanting ib.; to fasten, tie to (loc.),
bind up (hair &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to hold over, extend ({zarma}) AV.; to hold downwards (the hand)
TS.; to bring near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts &c.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; to hold
in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense &c.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; to suppress or conceal (one's nature) Mn. x, 59; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to
{sRj}) BhP.; to restrict (food &c.; cf. below); to fix upon, settle, determine, establish Sarvad.
Kathâs. BhP. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 66; (in gram.) to lower, pronounce low i.e. with the Anudâtta
RPrât.: Caus. {-yamayati}, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict MBh. Kâv. &c.
niyamaM = regulations
niyamya = regulating
niyama * = m. restraining, checking, holding back, preventing, controlling Mn. MBh. &c.; keeping
down, lowering (as the voice) RPrât.; limitation, restriction ({ena} ind. with restrictions i.e. under
certain conditions Car.); reduction or restriction to (with loc. or {prati}), determination,
definition GriS'rS. Prât. MBh. Râjat.; any fixed rule or law, necessity, obligation ({ena} and {At}
ind. as a rule, necessarily, invariably, surely) Var. R. Sus'r. &c.; agreement, contract, promise, vow
R. Kathâs.; any act of voluntary penance or meritorious piety (esp. a lesser vow or minor
observance dependent on external conditions and not so obligatory as {yama} q.v.) TÂr. Mn.
MBh. Kâv. &c.; a partic. process applied to minerals (esp. to quicksilver w.r. {-yAma}) Cat.; (in
rhet.) a common-place, any conventional expression or usual comparison; (in Mîm. phil.) a rule
or precept (laying down or specifying something otherwise optional); restraint of the mind (the
2nd of the 8 steps of meditation in Yoga); performing five positive duties MWB. 239; N. of Vishnu
MBh.; Necessity or Law personified as a son of Dharma and Dhriiti Pur.; {-dharma} m. a law
prescribing restraints Mn. ii, 3; {-niSThA} f. rigid observance of prescribed rites MW.; {-pattra} n.
a written agreement or stipulation ib. [552, 2]; {-para} mfn. observing fixed rules; relating to or
corroborative of a rule W.; {-pAla} m. `" observer of vows "'N. of a sage (from whom the Nepalese
derive the N. Nepâl); {-bhaGga} m. breach of a stipulation or contract MW.; {-laGghana} n.
trangression of a fixed rule or obligation, Kâp.; {-vat} mfn. practising religious observances MBh.;
({I}) f. a woman in her monthly courses Sus'r.; {-sthiti} f. state of selfrestraint, ascetism L.;
{-hetu} m. a regulating cause Sarvad.; {-yamA7nanda} m. another N. of Nimba7rka Cat.;
{-yamo7pamA} f. a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with
something else Kâv. ii, 19.
niyamya * = mfn. to be restrained &c. ib.; to be (or being) limited or restricted or defined S'ank.
niyata = Discipline
niyataM = always
niyatasya = prescribed
niyataaH = controlled
niyata * {ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to (loc.) RV.; put together (hands) R.;
restrained, checked, curbed, suppressed, restricted, controlled Mn. MBh. &c.; limited in number
Ratna7v. iii, 3; connected with, dependent on (loc.) Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii,
70, 5; disciplined, self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant, steady, quite concentrated
upon or devoted to (loc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; fixed, established, settled, sure, regular, invariable,
positive, definite GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; customary, usual (cf. {a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.)
pronounced with the Anudâtta RPrât.; m. N. of the Sandhi of {As} before sonants ib.; ({am}) ind.
always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably, surely; n. pl. (in Sânkhya) the organs of sense; {-kAla}
mfn. limited in time, temporary Kâs'. on Pân. 1-4, 44; {-bhojana} mfn. abstemious in food,
temperate R.; {-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind or spirit W.; {-maithuna} mfn. abstaining from
cohabitation R.; {-vAc} mfn. limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15; {-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as
to case, standing always in the same case Pân. 1-2, 44 Sch.; {-viSayavartin} mfn. steadily abiding
in one's own sphere MW.; {-vrata} mfn. constant in the observance of vows, regular in
observances, pious, religious MBh.; {-yatA7Jjali} mfn. putting the joined hands to the forehead
R.; {-yatA7tman} mfn. self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; {-yatA7nupUrvya} mfn. limited as to
the order of words Nir. i, 15; {-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of attaining an object by
overcoming a partic. obstacle Sâh.; {-yatA7zin} mfn. = {-ta-bhojana} Yâjñ.; {-yatA7hAra} mfn. id.
Mn. ({zva-mAMsa-n-}, eating only dog's flesh R.); {-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions
subdued or restrained Mn. MBh. &c.
niyojitaH = engaged
no = nor
nri = man
nrisha.nsa = wicked
nrishhu = in men
nu = of course* = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} +
{u}), ind. now, still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV.
&c. &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4
nu4}, `" by no means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that
surely not "' [567, 2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for
ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or, never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1];
with relat. = -cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr.
pronoun or particle, and is then often connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in
questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2, 98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either
always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and
further replaced by {svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va},
{nU4tana}, {nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun};
Angl.Sax. {nu}, {nû}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = {nu4} + {u}), ind. now,
still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV. Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pân.
3-2, 121 Sch. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no
means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that surely not "' [567,
2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c. [{nU4 cit}, either `" for ever, evermore; at
once, forthwith "' or, never, never more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = -cunque
or -soever; sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle,
and is then often connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in
sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2, 98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either always repeated
[S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and further replaced by
{svid}, {yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va}, {nU4tana},
{nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu}, {nun}; Angl.Sax. {nu},
{nû}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 2 m. a weapon L.; time L. * = 3 cl. 1. Â. {navate} ({nauti} with {apa}), to go Naigh. ii, 14:
Caus. {nAvayati}, to move from the place, remove ShadvBr. * = 4 or {nU} cl. 2. 6. P. (Dhât. xxiv,
26; xxviii, 104) {nauti}, {nuvati}, (pres. also {na4vate}, {-ti} RV. &c.; p. P. {nuva4t}, {na4vat} Â.
{na4vamAna} RV.; pf. {nunAva} Kâv.; aor. {a4nUnot}, {a4nUSi}, {-Sata}, {anaviSTa} RV.;
{anauSit}, {anAvit}, {anuvIt} Gr.; fut. {naviSyati}, {nuv-}; {navitA}, {nuv-} ib.; ind. p. {-nutya},
{-nAvam} Br.; inf. {lavitum} v.l. {nuv-} Bhathth.), to sound, shout, exult; praise, commend RV.
&c. &c.: Pass. {nUyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {nAvayati} aor. {anUnavat} Gr.: Desid. {nunUSati} ib.;
Desid. of Caus. {nunAvayiSati} ib.: Intens. {no4navIti}, {nonumas} (impf. {anonavur} Subj.
{na4vInot}; pf. {no4nAva}, {nonuvur} RV.; {nonUyate}, {nonoti} Gr.), to sound loudly, roar,
thunder RV. * = 5 m. praise, eulogium L. * = 6 Caus. {nAvayati}, to cause to be drawn into the
nose Car. (cf. 3 {nava}). * = 7 (ifc.) = {nau}, a ship BhP.
nunna = nutta = *nutta pushed or driven away AV.; despatched, sent, ordered W.; m. N. of a plant
ib
nuta = praised
nuunaM = (really) *, otherwise; ind. now, at present, just, immediately, at once; for the future;
now then, therefore; (esp. in later lang.) certainly, assuredly, indeed, when indeed?, where
indeed?
nyaasa *= m. putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying, impressing, drawing,
painting, writing down MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {akSara-}, {khura-}, {caraNa-}, {nakha-}, {pada-}.,
{pAda-}., {bIja-}, {rekhA-}); putting away, taking off, laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das'. BhP. (cf.
{deha-}, {zarIra-}, {zastra-}); abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.; depositing, intrusting,
delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; written or literal text (cf. {yathA-nyAsam})
Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPrât.; (in music) the final tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf.
{arthA7ntara}.); consigning or intrusting anything to the mind W.; mental appropriation or
assignment of various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c.; N. of sev. wks., (esp.) of a
Comm. on Kâs'.; {-kAra} or {-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on Kâs'. called Nyâsa i.e.
Jine7ndra-buddhi; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-khaNDana} n. {-tilaka} m. or n. {-tUlikA} f. {-dazaka} n.
N. of wks. [572, 2]; {-dhAraka} or {-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.;
{-bhUta} mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; {-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit ib.;
{-viMzati} f. {-vidyA-darpaNa} m. {-vidyA-vilAsa} m. {-vidhAna} n. {-vizeSa} m. {-zataka} n. N. of
wks.; {-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.; {-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-sA7pahnava} m.
repudiation of a dñdeposit MW.; {-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
nyaasad *= P. {-sIdati} (pf. {-sasAda} ind. p. {-sadya}), to sit down near or in or upon (loc. or acc.)
RV.
nyaaya = justice * m. (fr. 4. {ni}) that into which a thing goes back i.e. an original type, standard,
method, rule, (esp.) a general or universal rule, model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit
manner or way, fitness, propriety TS. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ({nyAyena} and {-yAt} ind. either `" in
the right manner, regularly, duly "', or ifc. `" after the manner of, by way of "'); a lawsuit, legal
proceeding, judicial sentence, judgment Mriicch. Pañc.; a logical or syllogistic argument or
inference (consisting of a combination of enthymeme and syllogism, and so having, according to
the Naiyâyikas 5 members, viz. {pratijJA}, {hetu}, {udAharaNa}, {upanaya}, {nigamana}, or
according to the Vedântins 3 members); a system of philosophy delivered by Gotama or Gautama
(it is one of the six {darzanas} q.v., and is perhaps so called, because it `" goes into "' all subjects
physical and metaphysical according to the above syllogistic method treated of in one division of
the system; its branch is called Vais'eshika); likeness, analogy, a popular maxim or apposite
illustration (cf. {kAkA7kSi-}, {ghuNA7kSara-}, {daNDA7pUpa}. &c.); ({am}) ind. after a finite
verb expresses either censure or repetition Pân. 8-1, 27.
nyaayika* = n. logic
nyas *= P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the
earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant
({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place
or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv.
&c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "',
receive with reverence; with {manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on
the road "', give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
nyaasin *= mfn. one who has abandoned all worldly concerns ib.
nyaya* = m. (fr. 4. {nI7}) going off, destruction, loss, waste Pân. 3-3, 37 Sch. L.
nyaayyaM = right
nyaasaM = renunciation
nyas * = P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the
earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up, resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant
({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.; (with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place
or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle arrange MBh. Kâv.
&c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict; with {zirasi}, to place on the head "',
receive with reverence; with {manasi}, to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on
the road "', give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
ogha* = m. (ifc. f. {A}); ({vah}) flood, stream, rapid flow of water MBh. Megh. S'ak. &c.; heap or
quantity, flock, multitude, abundance MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; quick time (in music) L.;
uninterrupted tradition L.; instruction L. (cf. {augha}.)
om * (see also AUM and pranava) = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} =
%{AM}, which may be derived from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation
and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in
this sense compared with Amen; it is placed at the commencement of most
Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be
heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or
previously to any prayer; it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation
[Hail!]; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is
there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual
efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds
%{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists; in later times %{om} is the mystic name
for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u),
%{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the three Vedas; %{om}
is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only
in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists place %{om} at the
beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in six syllables
[viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}]; according to T. %{om} may be used in the
following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau},
%{apA7kRtau}, %{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi};
with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi
(%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)
ojasaa = by My energy
oja* = mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, &c. in a series) RPrât. Sûryas. VarBriS.; m. N. of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; = {o4jas} L.
o4jas* = {as} n. ({vaj}, or {uj}; cf. {ugra}), bodily strength, vigour, energy, ability, power RV. AV.
TS. AitBr. MBh. &c.; vitality (the principle of vital warmth and action throughout the body) Sus'r.
&c.; (in rhet.) elaborate style (abounding with compounds); vigorous or emphatic expression Sâh.
Vâm.; water L.; light, splendour, lustre L.; manifestation, appearance L.; support L.; ({As}) m. N.
of a Yaksha BhP.; [cf. Zd. {avjanh}, `" power "'; Gk. $, $, $; Lat. {vige1re}, {augere}, {augur},
&73513[235, 2] {augus-tus}, {auxilium}; Goth. {aukan}, Eng. {eke}.]
ojasvat* = mfn. vigorous, powerful, strong, energetic RV. viii, 76, 5 AV. viii, 5, 4; 16 VS.
ojasvin* = mfn. id. TS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya VP. ({ojasvi}) {-tA} f.
an energetic or emphatic manner of expression or style Sâh.
ojAya* = Nom. Â. {ojAyate} (p. {ojAya4mAna}) to exhibit strength or energy, make effort RV. i,
140, 6; ii, 12, 11; iii, 32, 11 Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 11 Bhathth.
oka* = m. (%{uc} Comm. on Un2. iv, 215), a house, refuge, asylum (cf. %{an-oka-zAyin}); a bird
L.; = %{vRSala} T.; conjunction of heavenly bodies L.
om * = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141 ; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be derived from %{A}
BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily,
so be it "' (and in this sense compared with Amen ; it is placed at the commencement of most
Hindu1 works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears
profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer ; it is also
regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!] ; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a
mystic monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the
highest spiritual efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds
%{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists ; in later times %{om} is the mystic name for the Hindu1
triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1)
; it may also be typical of the three Vedas ; %{om} is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely
%{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c. ;
(Buddhists place %{om} at the beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in
six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}] ; according to T. %{om} may be used in the
following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau}, %{apA7kRtau},
%{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi} ; with preceding %{a} or %{A}, the
%{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)
paa = to bless
paada = foot * = m. (ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl.
sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect e.g. {deva-pAdAH}, `" the king's
majesty "' Pañc. [617, 2]; {nArAyaNap-}, `" the venerable NñNârâyana "' Sâh.; {pAdaiH} ind. on
foot [said of several persons]. R.; {-dayoH} and {-de-pat}, to fall at a persoñs [gen.] feet Kâv. Hit);
the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; a wheel S'is'. xii, 21; a
foot as a measure (= 12 Angulas) S'Br. S'rS. MârkP.; the foot or root of a tree Var.; the foot or a hill
at the fñfoot of a mountain MBh. Kâv. &c.; the bottom ({dRteh pAdAt}, `" from the bñbottom of a
bag "' v.l. {pAtrAt}) MBh. v, 1047; a ray or beam of light (considered as the fñfoot of a heavenly
body) ib.; a quarter, a fourth Part (the fñfourth of a quadruped being one out of 4) S'Br. Mn. MBh.
&c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for [gen.] Sus'r.); the quadrant (of a circle) Âryabh.
Sch.; a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. S'rS. Prât. &c.; the caesura of a
verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a bñbook consisting of 4 parts,
as the Adhyâyas of Pânini's grammar).
paadau = feet
paahi = protect
paaka * = 1 mfn. (either fr. 1. {pA+ka}, `" drinking, sucking, or fr. 2. {pac}, `" ripening, growing "')
very young GriS.; simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. Âs'vS'r.; m. the young of an animal
(see {uluka-}, {kapata-}); a child, infant L.; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. {-trA4} ind. in
simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV.
paaka* = 2 m. (2. {pac}; ifc. f. {I}) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans "' and intrans.) S'rS.
Mn. MBh. &c. [614, 1]; burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib.; any cooked or dressed food BhP.;
digestion, assimilation of food Sus'r.; ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KâtyS'r. Mn. Var.
Sus'r.; inflammation, suppuration Sus'r.; an abscess, ulcer ib.; ripening of the hair i.e. greyness,
old age L.; maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence
Hariv. Kâv. &c.; development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var.
Pañc. MârkP.; any act having consequences. BhP.; the domestic fire L.; a cooking utensil L.;
general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. {pAka} is not always separable from 1.
{pAka}).
paakSa* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pakSa}) belonging to a half month; relating to a side or party W.
paala * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv.; a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yâjñ. MBh.;
protector of the earth, king. prince BhP.; (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as `" recipient "' ?) L.; N. of
a serpent-demon of the race of Vâsuki MBh.; of a prince Cat.; (with {bhatTa}) N. of an author ib.;
({I}) f. a herdsmañs wife MBh. v, 3608; an oblong pond (as `" receptacle "' of water?) Var. (cf.
{pAli}).
paannaga * = mf({I})n. (fr. {panna-ga}) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky
Hariv.
paaNi = hands
paaNDitya = wisdom
paana = drinking
paantha = traveller
paartha* = 1 m. (fr. {pRthi}) patr. of Tânva RAnukr.; n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Priithi
Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Râja-sûya sacrifice) Br. KâtyS'rS.; of
sev. Sâmans Br. Lâthy. \\ =2 m. (fr. {pRthA}) metron. of Yudhi-shthhira or Bhîma-sena or Arjuna
(esp. of the last; pl. the 5 sons of Pânu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381 n. 4); N. of a king of Kas'rriira (son of
Pangu) and of another man Râjat.; Terminalia Arjuna L.\\* =3 m.= {pArthiva}, a prince, king L.
\\* =4 or {pArthona} m. (in astron.) = $ as (the Virgo of the zodiac).
paapaM = sin
paapaaH = sinners
paapiiyaan.h = sinner
paapena = by sin
paapebhyaH = of sinners
paapaiH = sin
paaraM = limit; * = 1 mfn. (fr. {pR}; in some meanings also fr. {pRR}) bringing across RV. v, 31,
8; n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the
end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. ({dUre4 pAre4}, at the
farthest ends RV.; {pAraM-gam} &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry
out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science] MBh. R. &c.; {paraM-nI}, to bring to a
close, Yaljñ.); a kind of Tushthi (s.v.), Sânkhyas. Sch.; m. crossing (see {duS-} and {su-});
quicksilver L.; a partic. personification SâmavBr. Gaut.; N. of a sage MârkP.; of a son of Priithu-
shena (Rucira7s'va) and father of Nîpa Hariv.; of a sñson of Samara and fñfather of Priithu ib.; of
a son of Anga, and fñfather of Divi-ratha VP.; (pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP.;
({A}) f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pâriyâtra mountains or the central and western portion
of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a milk-pail S'is'.; any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Râjat.;
pollen L.; a rope for tying an elephant's feet L.; a quantity of water or a town ({pUra} or {pura})
L.; a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac.\\* = 2 (for 1. see p. 619), Vriiddhi form of {para}
in comp.\\* = 3 m.= {pAla}, a guardian, keeper (see {brahma-dvAra-p-}).
paarameshthha * =m. (fr. {parame-SThin}) patr. of Narada MBh.; {-SThya} mfn. relating or
belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmâ) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; relating to a king,
royal (cf. below); m. patr. of Nârada MBh. (v.l. {-STha}); n. highest position, supremacy AitBr.
MBh. Pur.; pl. the royal insignia BhP.
paaraMpaarika = traditional
paarata* = m. (cf. 2. {pArada}) quicksilver Kathâs. xxxvii, 232; pl. N. of a people Var. (also {-taka}
v.l. in VP.)
paarthaH = Arjuna
paarshva = the side1 * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of
the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side =
nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at
the side, near [opp. to %{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
a curved knife S3Br. ; a side of any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ;
(only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the
wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked
expedient L. ; m. the side horse on a chariot MBh. ; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with
Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant ; (du.) heaven and
earth L. ; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} fr. 1. {parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the
ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness,
proximity (with gen. or ifc.; {ayaH}, on both sides; {am}, aside, towards; {e}, at the side, near
[opp. to {dura-tas}]; {At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a curved knife S'Br.;
a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of
ribs, the thorax W. [622, 2]; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside
horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side
horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of
the present Ava-sarpinî and of his servant; (du.) heaven and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf.
comp. below).
paashaNDa * mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a
Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paarthiva* = mf({I} or {A}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. {pRthivI} f. of {pRthu}) earthen,
earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c.; (from m.
below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv.; m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV.;
a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.; an earthen vessel L.; a partic. Agni
Griihyâs.; the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var.; (pl.) N. of a family belonging
to the Kaus'likas Hariv.; ({I}) f. `" earth-born "'N. of Sîtâ Ragh.; of Lakshmî L.; (with {zAnti}) N.
of wk.; n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV.; an earthy substance Hariv. (v.l. {-thavi}) Sus'r.;
Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.
paarvaNa * = :mf({I})n. (fr. {parvan}) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes
of the moon (such as at new or full moon); increasing, waxing, full (as the moon; {parvaNau zazi-
divAkarau}, mñmoon and sun at the time of full mñmoon Ragh. xi, 82) GriS'rS. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m.
a halfmonth (= {pakSa}) Jyot.; oblations offered at new and full moon GriS.
paashaM = rope/ties
paas'aNDa* = mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.; m. a heretic,
hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a
Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paas'a * = m. (once n. ifc. f. {A}; fr. 3. {paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit.
and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas)
anything that binds or fetters the soul i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89);
selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S'rGriS.; a die, dice MBh.; (in astrol.) a partic.
constellation; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. {chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or
0admiration e.g. {karNa-p-}, `" a beautiful ear "'; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance,
quantity e.g. {keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair "'); ({I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis'. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. {pAzI}).
paataka* = mfn. causing to fall (see {garbha-}); n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}), `" that which causes to
fall or sink "', sin, crime, loss of caste GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.
paatha* = m. = {patha} g. {jvalA7di}; fire L.; the sun L.; n. water L.; N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
paathha* = m. ( {paTh}) recitation, recital Kâv.; reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts)
S'iksh. &c.; a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Sanhitâ,
Pada, Krama, Jathâ and Ghana RTL. 409); the text of a book, SrS. MBh.; the reading (of a text)
Naish. Sch.; = {dhAtu-pA7Tha} Vop.; ({A}) f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.
paathaka* = m. a splitter, divider Hariv.; (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village; a shore,
bank; a flight of steps leading to the water; a kind of musical instrument; a long span (= {mahA-
kiSku}) [615,1]; expense or loss of capital or stock; throwing dice; ({ikA}) f. see {dina-pATikA}.
paathava* = m. (fr. {paTu}) a son or deseendant or pupil of Pathu S'Br. Pravar. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 119
Sch.); mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W.; n. sharpness, intensity Sus'r. Tattvas.; skill, cleverness in
(loc.) Kâv. Râjat. Hit.; quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathâs.; health L.
paathhyakrama = syllabus
paataala = nether-world
paatra = vessel
paavaka = gold
paavakaH = fire
paavana* = mf({I})n. purifying, purificatory; pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c.; living on wind Nîlak.; m. a
partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185; fire L.; incense L.; a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L.; a
Siddha (s.v.) L.; N. of Vyâsa L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; ({I}) f.
Terminalia Chebula L.; holy basil L.; a cow L.; N. of a river MBh. R.; the Ganges or the goddess
Gangâ W.; n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh.
&c.; penance, atonement L.; watee L.; cow-dung L.; the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which
rosaries are made) L.; Costus Speciosus L.; a sectarial mark L.; = {adhyAsa} L.
paavanaani = purifying
paavita* = mfn. (fr. {pU}, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &
pachati = (1 pp) to cook
pachaami = I digest
pada = step * = pada n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride; a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot
itself. RV. &c. &c. ({padena}, on foot; {pade pade}, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion;
{trINi padAni viSNoH}, the three steps or footprints of Vishnu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky;
cf. RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some `" the space between
the eyebrows "'; sg. {viSNoH padam}N. of a locality; {padaM-dA}, {padAt padaM-gam} or {cal},
to make a step move on; {padaM-kR}, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter; with {mUrdhni}, to
set the foot upon the head of [gen.] i.e. overcome; with {citte} or {hRdaye}, to take possession of
any one's heart or mind; with loc. or {prati}, to have dealings with {padaM ni-dhA} with loc., to
set foot in = to make impression upon; with {padavyAm}, to set the foot on a persoñs [gen. or
ibc.] track, to emulate or equal; {padam ni-bandh} with loc., to enter or engage in); a sign, token,
characteristic MBh. Kathâs. Pur.; a footing, standpoint; position rank station, site, abode, home
RV. &c. &c. ({padam A-tan}, to spread or extend one's position; {padAt padam bhrAmayitvA},
having caused to wander from place to place); a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or
comp.) Kâv. Pañc. &c.; a pretext L.; a part, portion, division (cf. {dvi-}, {tri-}); a square on a chess-
board R.; a plot of ground Inscr.; the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers "' breadth, or
1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KâtyS'r.; a ray of light (m. L.); a portion of a verse, quarter or line
of a stanza RV. &c. &c.; a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and
before some Taddhitas Pân. 1-4, 14 &c. [583, 2]; = {pada-pATha} Prât.; common N. of the P. and
Â. Cat.; any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; a period in an arithmetical
progression Col.; a square root Sûryas.; a quadrant ib.; protection L. [Cf. Gk. $; &179282[583, 2]
Lat. {peda}; {op-pidum} for {op-pedum}.]
paddhati * = (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-
tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or
manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family
N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as
proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names). L.; %{-
candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n.
%{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
padma = lotus
padhashala = school
pakvaM = ripe
paksha = (m) political party, fortnight * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) a wing, opinion (in one passage
n.) RV. &c. &c.; a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat.; a feather, the feathers on both sides of
an arrow (cf. %{gArdhra-p-}); the fin of a fish (cf. %{nis-tvak-p-}); the shoulder; the flank or side
or the half of anything RV. &c. &c.; the side or wing of a building AV. [573,3]; the wing or flank of
an army MBh. Hariv.; the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was
called %{pUrva} or %{apUryamANa}, later %{zukla} or %{zuddha}; the other half %{apara} or
%{apa-kSIyamANa}, later %{kRSNa} or %{tAmisra}; each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar
days called %{prathamA}, %{dvitIyA} &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. MBh. Var. &c.; a side, party, faction;
multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings; partisan, adherent, follower, friend (%{zatru-} `"
the enemy's side "' or `" a partisan of the enemy "'; %{mahA-}, `" one who has many adherents "')
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; side i.e. position, place, stead (%{-kSe} ifc. instead of or by way of) ib.; quantity
(see %{keza-}); one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (%{-kSe}, `" on the
other hand "', with %{atra}, `" in this case "', %{pakSA7ntare}, `" in the other case "') Pa1n2. Sch.;
a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an
argument to be maintained (cf. %{pUrva-}, %{uttara-}); an action or lawsuit Ya1jn5. Sch.; (in
logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bha1sha1p.; any supposition or view,
motion, idea, opinion (%{mukhyaH@pakSaH}, `" an excellent idea "' S3ak. Sch.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
the sun Sa1y. on RV. iii, 53, 16; N. of sev. men VP.; (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an
equation in a primary division; the wall of a house or any wall L.; an army L.; favour L.;
contradiction, rejoinder L.; the ash-pit of a fire-place L.; a royal elephant L.; a limb or member of
the body L.; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L.; proximity, neighbourhood L.; a bracelet
L.; purity, perfection L.; mfn. = %{pAcaka}, %{bAdhaka} Sa1y. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm.
{fahs}; Angl.Sax. {feax}.]
pakshabala = Strength based on the Lunar phases. Used in Shad Bala calculations
pakshi = bird
pakshiNaaaM = of birds
pakshma = eyelid
pallava*: a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kâd. Bâlar. Râjat.; spreading, expansion L. (cf. below);
strength L. (= {bala}; v.l. = {vana}, a wood); red lac ({alakta}) L.; a bracelet L.; sexual love L.;
unsteadiness L.; m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat.; a libertine, catamine L.; a
species of fish L.; pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v.l. for {pahlava}); of a race of princes Inscr.
pala = Moment* = m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L.; = {pAla} g. {jvalA7di}; n. a
partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulâ (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. &c.; a partic. fluid
measure Nir. xiv, 7 KâtyS'r. Sch.; a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghathî) Ganit.; flesh, meat
Yâjñ. Sus'r. [Cf. Lat. {palea}; Fr. {paille}, Lith. {pelai}.]
palitaM = ripened(grey)
paNava * m. (prob. fr. {pra-Nava}) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing)
MBh. Kâv. (also {A} f. L.); a kind of metre Col. (v.l. {pan-}); N. of a prince VP.
paNa = Play
panchaanga = Fivefold method of forecasting. Also the name of a Vedic Astrological Almanac. It is
based upon Vara, nakshatra, Tithi, karaNa and Yoga
pañcha = five
pa.nchatva.ngaM = to die
paNDita* mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in,
conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man,
teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman
changed into an antelope Hariv.; incense L.
paNDitaM = learned
paNDita* = mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in,
conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man,
teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman
changed into an antelope Hariv.; incense L.
pa.nka = mud
panka = mud
pannaga * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) `" creeping low "', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparn. MBh. &c.;
Cerasus Puddum L.; ({I}) f. see below; {-kesara} m. Mesua Roxburghii L.; {-nAzana} m. `"
sñserpent-killer "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; {-purI} f. the city of the sñserpent-demons L.; {-bhojana}
m. `" sñserpent-eater "'N. of Garuda MBh.; {-maya} mf({I})n. formed or consisting of sñserpent
Hariv.; {-rAja} m. sñserpent-king MBh.; {--gA7ri} m. `" serpent-foe "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; of a
teacher (v.l. {-gAni}) VP.; {--gA7zana} m. = {-gabhojana} L.; {-ge7ndra} and {--gezvara} m. `"
sñserpent king "' MBh.
panthaH = wayfarer?
pa.nthaa = way
para = other* = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {pR}; abl. sg. m. n. {pa4rasmAt}, {-rAt}; loc. {pa4rasmin}, {-re};
nom. pl. m. {pa4re}, {-rAs}, {-rAsas}; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; 50) far, distant, remote (in space),
opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme; previous (in
time), former; ancient, past; later, future, next; following, succeeding, subsequent; final, last;
exceeding (in number or degree), more than; better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or
worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also {-tara}], with abl., rarely gen.
or ifc.; exceptionally {paraM zatam}, more than a hundred lit. `" an excessive hñhundred, a
hñhundred with a surplus "' R. [586, 2]; {parAH koTayaH} Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c.; strange,
foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib.; other than, different from (abl.) Prab.; left, remaining Kathâs.;
concerned or anxious for (loc.) R.; m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe,
adversary RV. &c. &c.; a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. {ta-para}, having {t} as the
fñfollowing lñletter, followed by {t}) RPrât. Pân.; (scil. {graha}) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS.; N.
of a king of Kosala with the patr. Âthnâra Br.; of another king MBh.; of a son of Samara Hariv.;
(sc. {prAsAda}) of the palace of Mitravindâ ib.; m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the
Universal Soul Up. R. Pur.; ({A}) f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathâs.; a species of plant L.; N.
of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L.; a partic. measure of time Sây.; N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l.
{pArA}, {veNA}, {veNNA}); of a goddess (cf. s.v.) n. remotest distance MBh.; highest point or
degree ib.; final beatitude L. (also {-taram} and {parAt para-taram}); the number 10, 000, 000,
000 (as the full age of Brahmâ) VP.; N. of partic. Sâmans Kâthh.; any chief matter or paramount
object (ifc. [f. {A}] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent
upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.); the wider or
mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull.; (in logic) genus; existence (regarded as
the common property of all things) W.; ({am}) ind. afterwards, later; (with abl.) beyond, after
(e.g. {paraM vijJAnAt}, beyond human knowledge; {astam-ayAt p-}, after sunset; {mattaH p-},
after me; {ataH p-} or {param ataH}, after this, farther on, hereafter, next; {itaH p-},
henceforward, from now; {tataH p-} or {tataz ca p-}, after that, thereupon; {nA7smAt p-} [for
{mA7sm-p-}], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kâv. &c.; in a high degree, excessively, greatly,
completely ib.; rather, most willingly, by all means ib.; I will, so be it DivyA7v.; at the most, at the
utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib.; but, however, otherwise ({paraM tu} or {paraM
kiM tu} id.; {yadi p-}, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; {na-p-}, not-but; {na pñparaM-api}, not only-
but also; {pñparaM na-api na}, not only not-but not even; {na pñparaM-yAvat}, not only-but
even) ib.; ({pa4reNa}) ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c.; thereupon, afterwards,
later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c.; ({pare4}) ind. later, farther, in future,
afterwards RV. MBh. Kâv. [Cf. Zd. {para}; Gk. $; Lat. {peren-die}; Goth. &180201[586, 2]
{fai4rra}; Germ. {fern}; Eng. {far} and {fore}.]
paraa* = (for 1. see col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. {per}; it occurs only in {-taram}
and {-vat}, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs; it is prob. akin to {para}, {paras}, {pra}.)
paraanta* = m. `" the last end "', death ({-kAla} m. time of dñdeath) MundUp.; `" living at the
remotest distance "'N. of a people MBh.
pa4ra-bhaava * =m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. {-bhUta}).
paraM = better
param, tato * = afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4; [cf. $,$],
paraMparaa = tradition
parataH = superior
parataa* = f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon
Bhâshâp. Râjat.
paraspara * = (fr. nom. sg. m. of %{para} + %{para}; cf. %{anyo'nya}) mf(%{A})n. mutual, each
other's Bhat2t2.; pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420; (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. %{-
am}, %{eNa}, %{At}, %{asya}) ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one
another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; so also ibc. (cf. below); rarely ifc. e.g.
%{avijJAta-parasparaiH}, `" not knowing each other "' Ragh. xvii, 51.
parataraM = superior
parataraH = later
paramaM = supreme
paramaH = perfect
paramaa = greatest
paramesha = God
parameshthhin * mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c.; m. N. of any
supreme being, of Agni AV.; of Prajâ-pati ib. &c.; a son of PrñPrajâ-pati Br.; of Brahmâ MBh.; of
S'iva ib.; of Vishnu Ragh.; of Garuda MBh.; of Manu Cakshus MârkP.; (with Jainas) = {-SThi} L.;
the teacher of the tñteacher of any one's tñteacher L.; a kind of Virâj RPrât.; a kind of ammonite
L.; N. of a son of Aja-mîdha MBh.; of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur.; du. Vishnu and
S'rî BhP.; ({nI}) f. Ruta Graveolens L. [589, 1]
parameshthhi * = m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas S'atr.; {-tA} f. supremacy, superiority
TândBr.
parame-shthha * =mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pân. 8-3, 97; m. N. of Brahma or
any supreme deity W.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre L.
paraardha* = m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KathhUp. MBh.; mn. the highest
number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c.; the number of mortal days corresponding to 50
years of Brahmâ's life Pur.; (as mfn. w.r. for {-dhya}.)
parastaat.h = transcendental
paraspara = mutually
parasparaM = mutually
parasya = to others
paraaga* m. (prob. for %{apa-r-}), the pollen of a flower Ka1v. Pur. &c.; dust Ragh. iv, 30;
fragrant powder used after bathing L.; sandal L.; an eclipse of the sun or moon L.; fame, celebrity
L.; independence L.; N. of a mountain L.
paraaM = transcendental
paraakrama = valor
paraakramaaNaaM = of valients
paraaNi = superior
paraayaNa* = n. (for 2. see p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object,
chief matter, essence, summary (%{-NaM-kR}, to do one's utmost) S3Br. Up. MBh. &c.; (in
medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car.; a religious order or division W.; (ifc.; f. %{A}) making
anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or
occupied with, affected or possessed by (%{-tA} f. Das3.) Mn. MBh. &c.; mf(%{A})n. violent,
strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Ni1lak.); principal, being the chief object or final aim ib.;
dependent on (gen.) R.; leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh.; m. N. of a pupil of Ya1jn5avalkya
Va1yuP.; %{-vat} mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh.\\ 2 n. (%{parA} + %{i})
going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. S3Br. (cf. 1.
%{parA7yaNa}, p. 587).
paraayaNaaH = so inclined
paraashara = Maharishi Parashar(a). One of the Fathers of Vedic Astrology. Author of the text
which is the basis for the most commonly used Astrological System in India
paras'u * = m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter; (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c.; N.
of a king MBh.; w.r. for {parzu} q.v. [Cf. Gk. $, &181040[589, 2] &c.]
pari = sufficiently
pari * = round, around, about, round about; fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also {parI}]
to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c.; as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV.
AV.; against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90; also at the beginning
of a comp. mfn.; cf. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vârtt. 4 Pat. and {pary-adhyayana}); beyond, more than AV.; to the
share of (with {as}, or {bhU}, to fall to a persoñs lot) Pân. 1-4, 90; successively, severally (e.g.
{vRkSam pari siJcati}, he waters tree after tree) ib.; (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV.
S'Br. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 93); outside of, except Pân. 1-4, 88 Kâs'. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5; also at the
beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12); after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672
(some read {parisaMvatsarAt}); in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV.;
according to (esp. {dha4rmaNas pa4ri}, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or
right) RV. [Cf. Zd. {pairi}; Gk. $.] &181611[591, 2]
parI * =2 ({pari-i}) P. {pary-eti} (Impv. {parI7hi} MBh.; Pot. {pa4rtyAm} TS.; impf. {paryait}
S'Br.; pf. {pa4rI7yAya} TS.; fut. {pary-etA} ChUp.; ind. p. {parI7tya} PârGri.; {pary-AyaM} Br.;
inf. {pa4ry-etave} RV.), to go about, move in a circle; (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.),
circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c.; to run against or into, reach, attain
AV. S'Br. ChUp.; (with or sc. {manasA}) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Â. {pa4rI7yate}, to
move round or in a circle RV.
pari+aT.h = to tour
paribhava* = m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-pada} n. an
object or occasion of contempt Kâlid. Hit.; {-vidhi} m. humiliation, S'riingâr.; {-vA7zpada} n. =
{-va-pada} Vikr. MârkP.
paricchada * = m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; paraphernalia, external
appendage, insignia of royalty R.; goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c.;
retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {-cchad} S'ânkhS'r.
MBh. Hariv. &c.
paricchanna * = mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c.
paricchad * = ( {chad}), Caus. {-cchAdayati} (ind. p. {-cchAdya}), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh.
Pañc.
parichaya = familiarity
paricharya = service
parichakshate = is called
parichintayan.h = thinking of
paridahyate = is burning
paridevanaa = lamentation
parigraha = hoarding
parigrihya* = ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
considering regarding W.; %{-vat} (%{-gri4hya-}) mfn. containing the word %{parigRhya} TS. 2.
parigrihya* = mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W.; (%{A}) f. designation of a partic. kind
of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kaus3.; a married woman L.
parigiiyamaana = singing
parihri = to abandon
parikaraH = attempt
pariklishhTaM = grudgingly
parikhaa* = f. (once ibc. %{-kha} BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also
applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a village in the North country
g. %{palady-Adi} (iv, 2, 110) ; %{-sthita} mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250 ; %{-khI-kRta}
mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30.
parikhaNDaya* =Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make small, break, conquer Ba1lar. Bhat2t2. [592,3]
parikheda* =m. (ifc. f. %{A}) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikhedita* =mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Ka1v. BhP.
parikhid* =P. %{-khidyati}, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. %{-khedayati}, to
trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c.
parikhyA* =P. %{-khyAti} (Subj. %{-khyatam}, %{-khyan} RV.), to look round, look at, perceive
RV. &c. &c. ; to observe, regard, consider MBh. R. ; to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. %{-
khyAyate}, to be perceived ChUp.
parikhyA* =f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number S3a1n3khS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. ; (in
phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is
enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45 ; (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr.
Sa1h.
parikhyAna* =n. enumeration, total, a number MBh. ; exclusive specification BhP. ; a correct
judgment. proper estimate Ya1jn5. iii, 158.
parikhyAta* =mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.) ; called, named ; celebrated, famous MBh. R.
pariikshate = to examine
pariikshaa = test * = f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds
(see 2. %{divya}) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of wk.; %{-kSama} mfn. standing the test Sarvad.; %{-tattva}
n. %{-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-kSA7rtha} mfn. wishing to try or test A1past.
pariikshaka * = mfn. trying, examining W.; m. a prover, examiner, judge Ra1jat. Pan5c.
parimlaana* = mfn. faded, withered Kâv. BhP.; exhausted, languid MBh. [599, 3]; become
thinner, emaciated Car.; disappeared, gone Vâm. iv, 3, 8; n. change of countenance by fear or grief
W.; soil, stain ib.
parimris' * = P. Â. {-mRzati}, {-te} (pf. {-mamarza}; 3. pl. [RV.] {-mAmRzuH}; aor. {-amRkSat};
ind. p. {-mRzya}), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c.; to examine, consider, inquire into ib.; to
observe, discover BhP.: Pass. {-mRzyate} (with {pavanais}), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind
Sus'r.; to be considered MBh.: Intens. {-marmRzat}, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV.
pariNaamaH = (m) effect, result
paripaalana = Protection
paripaalanaM = observance/governance
pariplu* = m Â. {-plavate} (ind. p. {-plutya} MBh.; {-plUya} Pân. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or
hover about or through Br. &c. &c.; to revolve, move in a circle S'Br.; to move restlessly, go astray
Br.; to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. {-plAvayati} (ind. p. {-plAvya}), to bathe, water MBh.
paripluta* = mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh.; flooded, immersed,
overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. a spring, jump Var.; ({A}) f.
spirituous liquor L.
paripuurNa = full
pariprachchh.h = to enquire
parisarpaNa* = n. crawling upon (comp.) Mr2icch.; running to and fro, going or flying about,
constantly changing one's place A1s3vS3r. R. Mr2icch. BhP.; a kind of disease (= %{-sarpaNa})
Sus3r.
parisamapyate = end
paris'ankita* = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur.; suspected,
questionable MBh.; believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.; thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishaNDa * = m. or n. a partic. part of a house L.; ({A}) f. a valley (?) DivyA7v, (v.l. {-khaNDa}).
parishushhyati = is drying up
paris'rama * = m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kâv. &c.;
{mA7paha} mfn. relieving weariness MW.
parIta * = mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh.; past, elapsed, expired R.;
surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; = %{viparI7ta}, inverted MBh.; w.r. for %{parItta} ib.; m. pl. N. of a people VP.; %{-ta-tA} f.
the being surrounded or filled L.; %{-tin} mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Sus3r.
paritan* = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-nute} (aor. %{-atanat}; ind. p. %{-tatya}), to stretch round,
embrace, surround RV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
paritoshha = satisfaction
parityakta = deprived of
parityaj.h = to sacrifice
parityajya = abandoning
parityaagaH = renunciation
parityaagii = renouncer
paritraatri * = mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc
parivartana = Exchange of two signs* = mf({I})n. causing to turn round; ({I}) f. (with {vidyA}) N.
of a partic. magical art Kathâs.; n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and
intrans.) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañc. BhP.; rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kâlid.; revolution, end of a
period of time MBh. Hariv.; barter, exchange Kathâs. Pañc. Mriicch.; cutting or clipping the hair
S'Br.; protecting, defending Nalac.; = {pre7raNa} TBr. Sch.; inverting, taking or putting anything
in a wrong direction W.; requital, return ib.
pari-varta* = m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sûryas.; a period or lapse or expiration of
time (esp. of a Yuga q.v.) MBh. R. &c.; (with {lokAnAm}) the end of the world R.; a year L.;
moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar.; turning back, flight L.; change, exchange, barter (also
{parI-v-}) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; requital, return W.; an abode, spot, place Hariv.; a chapter,
section, book &c. Lalit.; N. of a son of Doh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP. [601,3]; of the Kûrma or
2nd incarnation of Vishnu (also {parI-v-}) L.
pariveshhTri = attendent parIvarta* = m. exchange, barter Hit. (v.l.); N. of the Kûrma or 2nd
incarnation of Vishnu L. (cf. {pari-v-}). {-vartam} ind. ( {vRt}) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly
TândBr.
parivraajaka = wanderer
parivraaja* = (Âpast.) m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order
(who has renounced the world).
parivritta * = mfn. (also %{-ka} g. %{RzyA7di}) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to
and fro MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; lasting, remaining S3ak. vii, 34 (v.l.) ; passed, elapsed, finished, ended
Hariv. ; = %{pari-vRta}, covered, surrounded L. ; retreated, returned W. ; exchanged ib. ; n.
rolling, wallowing MBh. (v.l. %{-tti}) Ma1lati1m. ; an embrace MW. ; %{-tejas} mfn. spreading
brilliance all around BhP. ; %{-nctra} mfn. rolling the eyes R. ; %{-phalA} f. N. of a plant Gal. ;
%{-bhAgya} mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Ma1lati1m. ; %{-ttA7rdha-mukha}
mf(%{I})n. having the face half turned round Vikr.
parjanyaH = rain
paryanta * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh.
Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring
"'); ({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt
paryantam}, from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an
end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
paryaaNii * =paryANI * =( {nI}) P. {-Nayati} (but Impv. {pary-A7nayata} MBh. i, 5446), to lead
round S'Br. GriS. MBh.; to lead or bring forward RV. MBh.
paroksha * = ({-ro4-}) mf({A})n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown,
unintelligible AV. &c. &c.; past, completed (in a partic. sense cf. below and Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 115);
(ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below); ({am}) ind. out of sight, behind one's
back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr.; later gen. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.;
({eNa}) ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up.; ({At}) ind. secretly, without the
knowledge of (instr.) Br. [589,2]; ({e}) ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mriicch. Pañc. &c.; one's self
not being present Pân. 3-2, 115; m. an ascetic L.; N. of a son of Anu BhP.; ({A}) f. (sc. {vRtti}) a
past or completed action APrât.; (sc. {vibhakti}) a termination of the perfect tense Kât.; N. of a
river VP.; {-kAma} ({-kSa4-}) mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious S'Br.; {-kRta} mfn. (a
hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1; {-jit} mfn.
victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP.; {-tA} f. (MBh.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) invisibility,
imperceptibility; {-pRSTha} m. a partic. Priishthhya S'rS.; {-priya} mfn. = {-kAma} AitBr.;
{-bandhu} ({paro7kSa-}) mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS.; {-buddhi} mfn. regarding as
something distant, indifferent to, Jâtakam.; {-bhoga} m. enjoyment or possession of anything in
the proprietor's absence W.; {-manmatha} mfn. inexperienced in love S'ak.; {-vRtti} mfn. living
out of sight Kâm.; formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch.; {-kSA7rtha} mfn. having a
secret or recondite meaning; n. an absent or invisible object Hit.
paarzva * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di} ; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl.
the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c. ; the side = nearness,
proximity (with gen. or ifc. ; %{ayaH}, on both sides ; %{am}, aside, towards ; %{e}, at the side,
near [opp. to %{dura-tas}] ; %{At}, away, from ; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a curved
knife S3Br. ; a side of any square figure W. ; the curve or circumference of a wheel ib. ; (only n.) a
multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2] ; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which
the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L. ; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L. ;
m. the side horse on a chariot MBh. ; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher ; (with Jainas) N. of the
23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant ; (du.) heaven and earth L. ; mfn. near,
proximate (cf. comp. below).
parNa = leaf
parva-kAla * =m. a periodic change of the moon R. MârkP.; the time at which the moon at its
conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var.; {-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; {-rAzi} m.
time for festivals Jyot.
parva-nAdI * =f. `" moment of the Parvan "', moment of opposition or conjunction MW.
paryanka = a bed* m. (also {paly-} Pân. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp.
MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-kikA} f. Kâd.; {-kI-kRta} mfn. turned into a couch Gît.); a partic. mode of
sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation)
Buddh. (cf. below); a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L.; N. of a
mountain (son of Vindhya) L.
paryanta * = circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv.
&c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as "' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "');
({am}) ind. entirely, altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam},
from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming to an end with,
being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv. (v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-Antam * =ind. (prob.) w.r. for {pary-antam}, as far as, up to (comp.) Âpast.
paryantaM = including
paryaaptaM = limited
paryushhitaM = decomposed
parvata = mountain
parvaNa * =m. N. of a demon MBh.; ({I}) f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv.; a
species of pot-herb (= {parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Sandhi of
the eye Sus'r. (also {-NI8kA}); ifc. = {parvan}, a knot BhP.
pashchaat.h = later
pashu = animal
pas'upati * = m. `" lord of animals "' (or `" lñlord of a servant named Pas'u "' or `" lñlord of the
soul "' RTL. 89)N. of the later Rudra-S'iva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with
Bhava, S'arva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahâ-deva, Îs'âna and others who together with Bhima are in later
times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c.; of Agni "' TS. S'Br.; of S'iva MBh. &c.
(according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere {pazu} or animal when
entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura); of a lexicographer; of a Scholiast &c.; {-dhara} m.
N. of a poet Cat.; {-nagara} n. `" S'iva's town "'N. of Kâs'î or Benares ib.; {-nAtha} m. N. of a
partic. form of Siva W.; {-purANa} n. (prob.) = S'ivaP.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-zAsTra}
n. the sacred book of the Pâs'upatas revealed by S'iva Col.; {-tI7zvara-nAhAtmya} and {-ty-
askTaka} n. N. of wks.
pas'yat* = mf({antI})n. seeing, beholding &c.; ({antI}) f. a harlot L.; N. of a partic. sound L.
pas'yatohara* = mfn. stealing before a persoñs eyes Pân. 6-3, 21 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
pas'ya* = mf({A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 137).
pas'yati = sees
pas'yan.h = seeing
pas'yanti = see
pas'yaama = we see
pas'yaami = I see
pas'yet.h = see
path.h = to read
pathanaM = reading
pathaami = read
pathitvaa = after reading
pat.h = to fall
patha * = m. (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kâv. &c.
(cf. {marut-}, {vAta-}); a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yâjñ. Kâd.; monastic habit Kârand.; a
kind of bird Lalit.; Buchanania Latifolia L.; = {puras-kRta} L.; ({I}) f. a narrow piece of cloth, the
hem or edge of a garment Bâlar. Hcar.; the curtain of a stage L. (cf. {apaTI}); n. a thatch or roof (=
{paTala}) L.
pata * = m. flying, falling (cf. g. {pacA7di} and {jvalA7di}). \\ pata * = 2 mfn. well fed (= {puSTa})
L.
paaTa* =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L. \\m. ( {paT}) breadth,
expanse, extension L.; (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the
figure formed by such an intersection Col.; = {vAdya-tUrA7tkara} Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch.; ({A4}) f. a
species of plant AV. Kaus'. (cf. {pAThA}); regular order, series, succession W.; ({I}) f. see {pATI}.
\\ 2 m. (for 1. see under 3. {pA}) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh.; throwing one's self or falling
into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c. e.g.,
{gRha-}, fall of a house; {parvata-}, fall from a mountain; {bhU-}, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a
thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat.; a stroke (of a sword &c.) Kathâs.; application (of
ointment, of a knife &c.) Kâvya7d.; casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh.; decay
of the body ({deha-pAta}), death Kathâs. Bâdar.; (with {garbhasya}) fall of the fetus, miscarriage
Sus'r.; an attack, incursion Var.; a cass, possibility, S'ankhBr.; happening, occurrence, appearance
Prab. Kathâs. Das'ar.; a fault, error, mistake Sûryas.; the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179);
a malignant aspect ib.; N. of Râhu L.; pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib.
pataga = Bird
patangaaH = moths
patatrin.h = bird
patana = falling
pataye = husband
patha* = * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kâv. &c. (generally ifc. for {pathin}; cf. Pân.
5-4, 74).
pathaha * m. (rarely n. or f. î) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with {dA}, or Caus. of
{dA} or {bhram}, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kâv. &c. [579, 2]; m.
beginning L.; hurting L.
pathaka* = m. cotton-cloth L.; a camp, encampment L.; the half of a village L. (v.l. for {pAT-}).
pathaaka* = m. a bird Un. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. {paiT-}); ({A}) f. a flag, banner L. (cf. {patAkA}).
path.h = road
pataaka* = m. (`" flying "'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for {-kA}) AdbhBr.; a partic.
position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SârngP. (cf. {tri-p-}); ({A}) f. see next.
pataakaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-kAM-labh}
or {hR}, `" to win the palm "' Das'. Vcar.) [581,2]; a flag-staff L.; a partic. high number MBh. (=
{mahA-padma} Nîlak.); (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Das'ar.; good fortune,
auspiciousness L.; N. of wk.
pathika = traveller
pathya = suitable
pati = husband
pathi*= f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. {paTI} under {paTa}); = {vAguli} L.; a species of plant L.
pa4ti*= 1 m. (cf. 1. {vat}; when uncompounded and meaning `" husband "' instr. {pa4tya}; dat.
{pa4tye}; gen. abl. {pa4tyur}; loc. {pa4tyau}; but when meaning `" lord, master "', and ifc.
regularly inflected with exceptions; cf. Pân. 1-4, 8; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler,
sovereign RV. &c. &c.; a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. {duhitR-
p-} or {-tuH-p-} Pân. 6-3, 24; when mfn. f. = m. e.g. {-jIvat-patyA tvayA} R. ii, 24, 8, or {patikA}
e.g. {pramIta-patikA} Mn. ix, 68); one of the 2 entities (with {pAzupata4s}) RTL. 89; a root L.; f. a
female possessor, mistress Pân. 4-1, 33 Sch.; a wife ({vRddha-p-} = {-patnI}, the wñwife of an old
man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. $, `" husband "'; &178937[582, 1] Lat. {potis}, {pos-sum} for {potis-
sum}; Lith. {patis}, `" husband "'; Goth. ({bruth-}) {faths}, `" bridegroom "']
pathya* = mfn. `" belonging to the way "', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig. ;
esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Ya1jn5. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; containing elements or leading
forms, regular, normal La1t2y. Nid. ; m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L. ; N. of a teacher of AV. ;
(%{A4}) f. a path, way, road (with %{reva4tI}, `" the auspicious path, personified as a deity of
happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br. ; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L. ; N. of sev.
metres Nid. Col. ; N. of a woman Katha1s. ; n. a species of salt L.
patni = wife
patnii = wife
patyuH = Lord's
patra = leaf
patraM = a leaf
paTTa * = m. (fr. {pattra}?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh.; (esp.) a copper
plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. {tAmra-}); the flat or level surface of anything (cf.
{lalATa-}, {zilA-}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh.
Sus'r.; a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the {prasAda-
paTTas}, or turban of honour [579, 3]; cf. VarBriS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kâv. Râjat. (ifc. f.
{A}); cloth (= {paTa}); coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= {kauzeya}) Kâv. Pañc. (cf. {cIna-p-},
{paTTA7Mzuka} &c.); an upper or outer garment Bhathth.; a place where 4 roads meet (= {catuS-
patha}) L.; Corchorus Olitorius W.; = {vidUSaka} Gal.; N. of sev. men Râjat.; ({I}) f. a forehead
ornament L.; a horse's food-receptacle (= {tAla-sAraka}) L.; a species of Lodhra L.; a city, town
(cf. {-nivasana}).
paulastya = ravaNa
pauNDraka* = m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr.; a prince or (pl.) the people
of the Paundras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur.; N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the
son of a Vais'ya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of
Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44; n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark BhP.
pautraaH = grandsons
pautraan.h = grandsons
pautri = (f) granddaughter (soñs daughter)
paurushhaM = ability
paurva* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {pUrva}) relating or belonging to the past; relating to the east, eastern
W.
pavana * = m. `" purifier "', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. {A}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; vital
air, breath Sus'r. Sarvad.; the regent of the Nakshatra Svâti and the north-west region Var.; N. of
the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib.; a householder's sacred fire Hâr.; a species of grass L.; N.
of a son of Manu Uttama BhP.; of a mountain ib.; of a country in Bharata-kshetra W.; ({I}) f. a
broom L.; the wild citron-tree L. (v.l. {pacanI}); N. of a river VP.; n. or m. purification, winnowing
of corn L.; a potter's kiln, S'riingâr.; n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV.
Âs'vGri.; blowing Kan.; water L.; mfn. clean, pure L.
pavana = breeze
pavanaH = air/breath
pavitratva* = n. id. Uttarar. Hcat.; the being a means of purification Kâthh. TândBr.
pavitraka* = m. a small sieve or strainer KâtyS'r. (see also under {pavitra}); m. Poa Cynosuroides
L.; Artemisia Indica L.; Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L.
pavitraya* = Nom. P {-yati}, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathâs. S'atr. Pañcad.
pavitra* = n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or
straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c.; Kus'a grass (esp. two KñKus'a leaves for
holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (ifc. also {ko} see
{sa-pavitraka}), a ring of KñKus'a grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W.; a
purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26,
8; 31, 6 &c.; melted butter L.; honey L.; water L.; rain or rubbing ({varSaNa} or {gharSaNa}) L.;
copper L.; the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. {-ka} MârkP.); the Brâhmanical cord
(cf. {-trA7ropaNs}); N. of Vishnu (also {pñpresented pavintrANAm}) MBh. (cf RTL. 106); of S'iva
ib.; (with {AdityAnAm} and {devAnAm}) N. of Sâmans ArshBr.; a kind of metre Col.; m. N. of a
partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Râjasûya TândBr. Sch. S'rS.; Sesamum Indicum L.; Nageia
Putranjiva L.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of an Ângirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67; 73; 83;
107) RAnukr.; (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur; ({A}) f. N. of sev. plants
(basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L.; of sev. rivers MBh. Pur.; the 12th day of the light half
of S'ravana (a festival in honour of Vishnu) W.; mf({A})n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy,
sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c.
pavitraM = sanctified
paaya *= water
payas.h = water
payas * = n. (1. {pI}) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain; semen virile, (met.) vital spirit,
power, strength RV. &c. &c.; a species of Andropogon Bhpr.; N. of a Sâman S'rS.; of a Virâj RPrât.;
night Naigh. i, 7.
payoda = cloud (one who gives water)1 =* mf(%{A})n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv. ; yielding
water (as a cloud) Subh. ; m. a cloud Ka1lid. Var. &c. (%{-suhRd} m. `" friend of clouds "', a
peacock Sa1h.) ; N. of a son of Yadu Hariv. ; (%{A}) f. N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on
Skanda MBh.
payodhara = cloud
peSa * = pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. {zilA-p-}); m. the act of pounding or grinding or
crushing S'is'. (cf. {piSTa-p-}).
pes'a* =m. ( {piz}) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5; vii, 34, 11; ornament, decoration AitBr.
BhP. (cf. {puru-} and {su-}; g. {gaurA7di} and {sidhmA7di}); ({I}) f. see below.
pes'ala * = mf({A})n. (g. {sidhmA7di}) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr.; beautiful,
charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.; soft, tender, delicate, Kalid.; expert, skilful, clever
Bhartri.; fraudulent, crafty L.; ({am}) ind. tenderly, delicately Kathâs.; m. N. of Vishnu, V.; n.
charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP.
phaalguna * = mf({I4})n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgunî S'Br. S'rS.; born under the
NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34 (v.l.); m. (with or scil. {mAsa}) the month during which
the full moon stands in the NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî (February-March) Mn. MBh.; N. of Arjuna
(= {phalguna}) MBh. Hariv.; Terminalia Arjuna (= {nadI-ja}) L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. a species of
grass used as a substitute for the Soma plant (and also called {arjunAnI}) S'Br. TBr. Âs'vS'r. [718,
2]; N. of a place of pilgrimage BhP.
phaNin.h = snake
phala = fruit
phalaM = results
phalaani = results
phalgu* = mf({U84}, or {vI})n. reddish, red TS.; small, minute, feeble, weak, pithless,
unsubstantial, insignificant, worthless, unprofitable, useless VS. &c. &c.; f. Ficus Oppositifolia L.;
a red powder usually of the root of wild ginger (coloured with sappan wood and thrown over one
another by the Hindûs at the Holî festival; cf. {phalgU7tsava}) W.; the spring season L.; (scil.
{vAc}) a falsehood lie L.; N. of a river flowing Past Gayâ MBh. Hariv.; du. (in astrol.) N. of a
Nakshatra.
phalguna * = mf({I})n. reddish, red VS. TS.; born under the Nakshatra Phalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34; m.
N. of a man ({-svAmin} m. a temple built by PhñPhalgunî) Râjat.; the month Phâlguna L.; N. of
Arjuna L.; ({I}) f. see below.
phalaiH = results
piidita = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly
off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly
pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l.
{pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
pikaH = cuckoo
piDaa = pain
piNDa = morsel of food * =. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob,
button, clod, lump, piece (cf. {ayaH-}., {mAMsa-} &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to
lumps of flesh) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful; (esp.) a ball of
rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitriis or deceased ancestors, a S'râddha oblation (RTL. 293; 298-
310) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kâv. &c.; any solid
mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. S'ank. Vajracch.; the calf of the leg Mâlatîm.
v, 16; the flower of a China rose L.; a portico or partic. part of a house L.; power, force, an army L.;
m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh.; (du.) the two
projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L.; the embryo in an early stage of gestation L.; a partic.
kind of incense Var. (`" myrrh "' or `" olibanum "' L.); meat, flesh L.; alms Mâlatîm. (cf. {-pAta}
below); Vangueriya Spinosa L.; quantity, collection L.; (in arithm.) sum, total amount; (in astron.)
a sine expressed in numbers; (in music) a sound, tone; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; n. (L.) iron;
steel; fresh butter; ({A}) f. a kind of musk L.; ({I}) f. see 1. {piNDI}.
pis'aaca * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness
for flesh [{piza} for {pizita}] or from their yellowish appearance; they were perhaps originally a
personification of the ignis fatuus; they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and
Râkshasas see also Mn. xii, 44; in later times they are the children of Krodhâ cf. IW. 276); a fiend,
ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. `" a devil of a - "' Kâd.); N. of a
Rakshas R.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Pis'âcas VP.; ({I}) f. a female
PñPis'âcas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.); excessive fondness for (ifc.; e.g. {Ayudha-p-},
eñexcessive fñfondness for fighting) Bâlar. Anarghar.; a species of Valerian L.; N. of a Yogini Hcat.
pitaraH = fathers
pitaa = father
pitaamahaan.h = grandfathers
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench,
GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp.
of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of
various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to
pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in
geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.;
of a minister of Kansa Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter
pitri = father
pitrin.h = fathers
pidadhaati = to close
pipaasaa = thirst
pipaasita = thirsty
pipiilikaa = ant
pib.h = to drink
piiDana = harrasment
piiDayaa = by torture
piitha (Yoga encyclopedia) * ("seat") is sometimes used synonymously for *âsana. The term can
also refer to a sacred site (*tîrtha), such as a temple, or a special locus of spiritual energy (*shakti)
within the *body, corresponding to a *cakra. For instance, the *Laghu-Yoga-Vâsishtha
(VI.2.100f.) speaks of the thirty-six tîrthas in the body in which *God should be
worshiped.\\Moreover, in one of its several classification systems, *Shaiva *Tantrism employs the
term pâtha to denote a certain type of scripture (see *âgama), analogous to the categories of
*âmnâya and *srota. There are four such pîthas, namely vidyâ-, mantra-, mudrâ-, and mandala-
pîtha. While the scriptures of a particular class deal chiefly with the subject matter indicated by
the name of their category (such as *mantras or *mandalas), each scripture covers all the
important *Tantric principles.
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench,
GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp.
of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.; royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of
various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had been cut to
pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in
geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m. a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.;
of a minister of Kansa Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water L.; melted butter L.
\\* = 2 m. id. (see {go-p-}).
piiDA* = f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage ({ayA} ind. with pain i.e.
unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c.; devastation (cf. {pIDana}) W.; restriction, limitation KâtyS'r. Sch.;
obscuration, eclipse (of a planet cf. {graha-p-}) Var.; pity, compassion L.; a chaplet or garland for
the head L. (cf. {ApIDa}); Pinus Longifolia L.; a basket L.; w.r. for {pITha}.
piiDita = Distress. Usually caused by Combust position of planet* = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn.
MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured
Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.;
n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
piita = yellow
piitaM = yellow
pluta * = mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or
filled with (instr. or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3
Mâtrâs (q.v.) Prât. Pân. 1-2, 27 esp. S'rS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [715, 3]; flown
R.; leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv.; n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv.; leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R.
Vcar.; capering (one of a horse's paces) L.
praacurya * = n. (fr. {-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Bâdar. Râjat. Pañcat.; amplitude,
prolixity TPrât. Sch.; prevalence, currency S'ank. Râjat.; ({eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly
MârkP.; in detail BhP.
pra+chal.h = to agitate
praajña* = mf({A} and {I}) (fr. {jJA}) intellectual (opp. to {zArIra}, {taijasa}) S'Br. Nir. MândUp.;
intelligent, wise, clever KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kâv. &c.;
intelligence dependent on individuality Veda7ntas.; a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck
and wings L.; ({A}) f. intelligence, understanding L.; ({I}) f. the wife of a learned man L.; {-kathA}
f. a story about a wise man MW.; {-tA} f. (Mis.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) wisdom, learning,
intelligence; {-bhUta-nAtha}, m.N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAna} m. respect for learned men W.;
{-mAnin} (S'ank.), {-m-mAniG} (Kathâs.), {-vAdika} (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise.
praaha = told
praakritaH = materialistic
praalamba* = mf({I})n. hanging down R.; m. a kind of pearl ornament L.; the female breast L.; a
species of gourd L.; n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also {-baka}, n. and
{-bikA} f. L.)
praamaaNyaM = proof
praaN.h = life
praaNa = Soul * = 2 m. (ifc. f. %{A}; for 1. see under %{prA}, p. 701) the breath of life, breath,
respiration spirit vitality; pl. life RV. &c. &c. (%{prA7NAn} with %{muc} or %{hA} or %{pari-}
%{tyaj}, `" to resign or quit life "'; with %{rakS}, `" to save lñlife "'; with %{ni-han}, `" to destroy
lñlife "'; %{tvam@me@prA7NaH} "', thou art to me as dear as lñlife "'; often ifc.; cf. %{pati-},
%{mA7na-pr-}); a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{apA7na} and %{vyAna}
AitBr. TUp. Sus3r.; usually 5, viz. the preceding with %{sam-Ana} and, %{yd-Ana} S3Br. MBh.
Sus3r. &c. cf. MWB. 242; or with the other vital organs 6 S3Br.; or 7 AV. Br. Mun2d2Up.; or 9 AV.
TS. Br.; or 10 S3Br.; pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{vAc}, %{cakSus},
%{zrotra}, %{manas}, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i; or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. S3rS. Mn.
iv, 143); air inhaled, wind AV. S3Br. [705,2]; breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power
MBh. R. &c. (%{sarvaprA7Nena} or %{-prA7NaiH}, `" with all one's strength "' or, all one's heart
"'; cf. %{yathA-prA7Nam}); a breath (as a measure of time, or the tñtime requisite for the
pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vina1d2ika1) Var. Aryabh. VP.; N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day
in the light half of Brahma1's month) Pur.; (in Sa1m2khya) the spirit (= %{puruSa}) Tattvas.; (in
Veda7nts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Veda7ntas. RTL. 35 (cf.
%{prANA7tman}); poetical inspiration W.; myrrh L.; a N. of the letter %{y} Up.; of a Sa1man
Ta1n2d2Br. (%{vasiSThasya@prA7NA7pA7nau} A1rshBr.); of Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u RTL. 106;
of a Vasu BhP.; of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv.; of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; of a son of Dha1tr2i
Pur.; of a son of Vidha1tr2i BhP.; of a R2ishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.
prANA * = m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins
Dharmas.)
praaNeshvara = husband
praap.h = to obtain
praapta = occurred
praaptaM = received
praaptaH = achieving
praaptiH = achievement
praapnuyaat.h = he attains
praapnuvanti = achieve
praapya = achieving
praapyate = is achieved
praaraMbhaaH = (Masc.nom.S)beginning
praarabhate = begins
praarthanaa = Prayer
praasaada = palace * = m. (for {pra-s-} lit. `" sitting forward "', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous
place; cf. Pân. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace S'ânkhS'r. Mn.; the top-
story of a lofty building Kâd.; a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple
AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists) the monks "' hall for assembly and confession MWB.
426.
praataH = morning
praataHkaala = morning
praati* = f. filling (= {pUrti}) L.; the span of the thumb and forefinger. L. \\2 (for 1. see under
{prA}), Vriiddhi or lengthened form of 1. {prati} in comp. In the following derivatives formed with
2. {prAti} only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the
parentheses (leaving the preposition {prati}, which is lenghened to {prAti} in the derivatives, to
be supplied). [706, 3]
praatipada* = mf({I}) n. (fr. {-pad}) forming the commencement S'ânkhS'r.; m. N. of a man S'atr.
praavara * =m. (for 1. see under 3. {prA}. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. {mahI-pr-}) L.
praavAra * m. id. MBh. Kâm. Mriicch. (also {-ka}); N. of a district (= {-varaka}) MBh.; mfn. found
in outer garments or cloaks Kâv.; {-karNa} m. `" Cloak-Ear "'N. of an owl MBh.; {-kITa} m. `"
clothes-insect "' = {kuNa} L.; a louse W.; {-rika} m. a maker of cloaks R.; {-rIya} P. {-yati}, to use
as a clñcloaks Pân. 3-1, 10 Sch.
praavraajya* = n. (fr. {-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. {-vrajya})
MârkP.
praavrit *= (%{prA} m. c. for %{pra}), Caus. %{-vartayati}, to produce, create MBh. Hariv.
praavrita *= mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; put on (as a
garment) Hcar. Katha1s. Hit. ; filled with (instr.) R. ; m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L. ; n. covering,
concealing Gaut. ; (%{A}) f. a veil, mantle Shad2vBr.
praavrithkaala* = m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat.; {-vaha} mf({A})n. (a river) flowing only in the
rainy season MârkP.
praavriti *= f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L. ; (with S3aivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4
consequences of Ma1ya1) Sarvad.
praaya * = m. (fr. {pra} + {aya}; 5. {i}) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8; course, race
AV. iv, 25, 2; departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to
enforce compliance with a demand; acc. with {As}, {upa-As}, {upa-viz}, {upa-i}, {A-sthA}, {sam-
A-sthA}, or {kR}, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death; with Caus. of {kR}, to force any one
[acc.] to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kâv. &c.; anything prominent, chief part, largest
portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. {A} = chiefly consisting of or destined for
or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using; near, like,
resembling; mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were; cf. {Arya-}, {jita-}, {jJAti-}, {tRNa-}, {daNDa-},
{duHkha-}, {siddhi-pr-} &c.; also {-tA} f.) S'Br. Lâthy. Mn. MBh. &c.; a stage of life, age L.; ({am})
ind. g. {gotrA7di}.
praayas* = 1 ind. (for 2. see below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh. ; abundantly, largely W.
praayeNa * = ind. mostly, generally, as a rule S3rS. Mn. R. &c.; most probably, likely Hit. (cf.
%{prA7yazas} and 1. %{prA7yas}).
pra-bhava4 * = mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production, source, origin, cause
of existence (as father or mother, also `" the Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. {A},
springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= {pra-
bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of Vishnu A.; of sev. men HParis'.; N. of the first or 35th year in
a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; {-prabhu} and {-svAmin} m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6
S'ruta-kevalins L.
pra-bhaava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c.
({-veNa}, {-vAt} and {-vatas} ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [684, 3];
supernatural power Kâlid.; splendour, beauty MBh. R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the
chapters of the Rasikapriyâ Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MârkP.; {-ja} mfn. proceeding
from conscious majesty or power W.; {-tva} n. power, strength Kâm.; {-vat} mfn. powerful,
strong, mighty MBh. Kathâs.
prabhavati = is manifest
prabhavasya = of borned
prabhavaan.h = born of
prabhavishhNu = developing
prabhavaiH = born of
prabhaa = light
prabhaasa* = M. `" splendour "', `" beauty "'N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a being attendant on Skanda
ib.; of a deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas L.; of a son
of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a race of Riishis MBh.; m. or n.
N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvârakâ MBh. Kâv.
&c. (also {-kSetra} n. {-kSetra-tIrtha} n. {-deza} m.); {-kSetra-tIrtha-yAtrA7nukrama} m.
{-kSetra-mAhAtmya} n. {-khaNDa} m. or n. and {-se7zvara-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wks. [684,2]
prabhaata = morning
prabhaavaH = influence
prabhaashheta = speaks
pra-bhU * = P. {-bhavati} (rarely Â. {-te}; Ved. inf. {-bhUSa4Ni}), to come forth, spring up, arise
or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur S'Br. &c. &c.; to be before, surpass
(with {pRSTham}, `" to be greater or more than the back can carry "', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13,
4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. {prabhavati-
tarAm}, `" has more power "' Vikr. v, 18); to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen. loc.
or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib.; to be a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-
3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; to be able to (inf.) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br.;
to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. {-bhAvayati}, to increase, spread out, extend, augment,
multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br.; to provide more amply,
endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c.; (as Nom. fr.
{-bhAva} below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R.; to recognise R.:
Desid. of Caus. {-bibhAvayiSati}, to wish to increase or extend AitBr.
pra-bhu4 * = mfn. (Ved. also {U4} f. {vI}) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c.;
more powerful than (abl.) MBh.; having power over (gen.) VP.; able, capable, having power to
(loc. inf. or comp.) Kâv.; a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; constant, eternal L.; m. a
master, lord, king (also applied to gods e.g. to Sûrya and Agni RV.; to Prajâ-pati Mn.; to Brahmâ
ChUp.; to Indra R.; to S'iva MBh.; to Vishnu L.); the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142; a sound,
word L.; quicksilver L.; N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; of a son of Kardama Hariv.; of a
son of S'uka and Pîvarî ib.; of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP.; of a poet Cat.; of sev. other men
HParis'.; ({-bhvI} f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.); {-kathA} f. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. lordship, dominion,
supremacy Yâjñ. (v.l.) Kathâs.; power over (loc.) S'ak.; possession of (comp.) Ragh.; prevalence
(instr. `" for the most part "') Ratna7v.; {-tva} n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power
over (gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Sus'r.;
{-tvabodhi} f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kârand.; {-tvA7kSepa} m. (in rhet.) an
objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kâvya7d. ii, 138; {-deva} m. N. of a Yoga
teacher Cat.; ({I}) f. (with {lATI}) N. of a poetess ib.; {-bhakta} mfn. devoted to his master (as a
dog) Cân.; m. a good horse L.; {-bhakti} f. loyalty, faithfulness MW.; {-liGga-caritra} n. {-liGga-
lIlA} f. {-vaMza} m. N. of wks.; {-zabda-zeSa} mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh.
pra-óbhU * = = {-bhu} (cf. above); {-tva} n. sufficiency KâtyS'r. (cf. {prabhu-tva}); {-vasu}
({-bhU4-} Padap. {-bhu4-}) mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV.; m. N. of a
descendant of Angiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36; ix, 35, 36
prabhriti = from
prabho = Oh Lord
pracar * = P. %{-carati} (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.)
RV. &c. &c.; to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c.; to roam, wander Prab. BhP.; to circulate, be or
become current (as a story) R. Var.; to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with
instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; to be active or busy, be occupied
or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP.; to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c.; to
come off, take place BhP.: Caus. %{-cArayati}, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv.; to make
public W.
pracal * = P. %{-calati} (rarely A1. %{-te}), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c.; to
stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pan5cat.; to start, spring up from (a seat) R.; to
swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh.; to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or
excited ib. BhP.: Caus. %{-calayati}, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Ka1v.; to remove from (abl.)
Sus3r.; %{-cAlayati}, to cause to shake or tremble R.; to stir up, stir round Pan5cat.
pracala * = mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.; what goes well or widely W.;
current, circulating, customary ib.; %{-kAJcana-kuNDala} mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden
rings R2itus.; %{-dAsa} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{-latA-bhuja} mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers
(= slender arms that tremble) Prab.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{--calA7Gga} mfn. having
tremulous limbs MBh.
pracaraNa* = n. going to graze Cat.; proceeding with, beginning, undertaking S3rS. Ba1lar.;
circulating, being current W.; employing, using MW.; (%{I4}) f. (sc. %{sruc}) a wooden ladle
employed for want of a better at a sacrifice S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
pracura * = mf({A})n. much, many, abundant (opp. to {alpa}); plenteous, plentiful, frequent; (ifc.)
abounding in, filled with MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a thief A.
prachura = many
pracuurN * =P. {-cUrNayati} (only aor. {prA7cucUrNat}), to crush, grind to dust Bhathth.
pradaaH = causing
pradhaana = giving * =n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything
KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of; [often also ifc. (f. {A}) e.g.
{indra-pradhAna}, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir.; {prayoga-
p-}, (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mâlav.]; `" the
Originator "', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sânkhya =
{prakRti} q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c.; primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad.; supreme or
universal soul L.; intellect, understanding L.; the first companion or attendant of a king, a
courtier, a noble (also m.) L.; an elephant-driver (also m.) L.; (in gram.) the principal member of a
compound (opp. to {upasarjana} q.v.); mf({A})n. chief, main, principal, most important; pre-
eminent in (instr.); better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of an ancient king MBh.;
({A}) f. N. of a S'akti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522).
pradhana * =n. (cf. {dha4na}) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest
itself RV. &c. &c.; the best of one's goods, valuables Nâr.; tearing, bursting &c. (= {dAraNa}) L.;
m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants BrahmaP.
pradishhTaM = indicated
pradiiptaM = blazing
pradesha = Territory
pradvishhantaH = blaspheming
pradyumna * =m. `" the pre-eminently mighty one "'N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of
Kriishna and Rukminî, or as a son of Sankarshana and then identified with Sanat-kumâra) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; the pleasant (= {kAma}) Subh.; the intellect (= {manas}) S'ank.; N. of a son of Manu and
Nadvalâ BhP.; of a king Kathâs.; of sev. authors and teachers Cat.; of a mountain Râjat.; of a river
ib.
pradhaana = important
pragatiH = (m) progress, developments
praghasa* = m. ( {ghas}) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pân. 2-4, 37; 38); N. of a Râkshasa
MBh.; of a monkey follower of Râma R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda
MBh.
praGyaa = intellect
praGYaaM = intelligence
praharaNa = arms
praharati = to knock
prahasan.h = smiling
prahaasa * m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kâv.; derision, irony Pân. 1-4, 106 &c.; appearance,
display Venis.; splendour, of colours Jâtakam.; an actor, dancer L.; N. of S'iva L. (cf. {-hasa}); of
an attendant of S'ñS'iva MBh.; of a Nâga ib.; of a minister of Varuna R.; of a Tirtha (w.r. for
{-bhAsa}?) L.; n. (with {bharad-vAjasya}) N. of a Sâman (w.r. for {prAsAha}) L.
prahri = to hit
prahrishhyati = is rejoicing
prahrishhyet.h = rejoices
prahlaadaH = Prahlada
prajahi = curb
prajaaH = generations
prajaanaati = knows
prajaanaami = do I know
prajña* = 1 mfn. = {pra-jJu} L.\\ prajña* =2 mf({A})n. (for 1. see above) wise, prudent MândUp.;
(ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. {nikRti-}, {pathi-}); ({A}) f. see col. 2; {-tA} ({-jJa4-}) f.
knowledge. S'Br.
prajñaa* = P. {-jAnAti}, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish,
know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kâv.
&c.:, Caus. {-jJA8payati}, to show or point out (the way) S'Br.; to summon, invite Lalit. 2.
prajñaa* = f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment S'Br. &c. &c.; device,
design S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a clever or sensible woman W.; Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts
and eloquence, Sarasvatî L.; a partic. S'akti or energy Hcat.; (with Buddh.) true or transcendental
wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126; 128; the energy of Âdi-buddha (through
the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204.
prajJaka* = see {akRta-prajJaka}.
prajñaata* = mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known,
public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c.
prajñaati* = ({pra4-}) f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way S'Br. TândBr.
prajñaaditya* = ({-jJA7d-}) m. `" sun of wñwisdom "'N. applied to a very clever man Râjat.
prajval * = P. {-jvalati} (ep. also Â. {-te}), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame
or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-jvA8layati}, to set on fire, light, kindle,
inflame GriS'rS. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain DivyA7v.
prakaroti = do
prakaala = Armageddon
prakaashaM = illumination
prakaashaH = manifest
prakaashakaM = illuminating
prakaashate = to shine
prakaashana = Publication
prakaashayati = discloses
prakampa* = mfn. trembling R.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering
&c. MBh. Kâv. &c.
prakIrtita *= mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Ya1jn5. ;
named, called Mn. Pan5c. ; approved, praised, celebrated Ya1jn5. Pan5c
prakriti = Nature* = f. `" making or placing before or at first "', the original or natural form or
condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to {vi-kRti} q.v.) Prât. Nir. Jaim. MBh.;
cause original source Mn. MBh. S'ak. &c.; origin, extraction Mriicch.; nature, character,
constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c. (ibc. and {-tyA} ind. by nature, naturally,
unalterably, properly Prât. S'rS. Mn. &c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp.
in ritual) S'rS.; (in the Sânkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of
creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Gunas called {sattva}, {rajas}
and {tamas}), Nature (distinguished from {puruSa}, Spirit as Mâyâ is dñdistinguished from
Brahman in the Veda7ntas); pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole
visible world (viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi} or {mahat}, {ahaM-kAra}, and the 5 {tan-mAtras} or
subtle elements; rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c.; (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified
will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the S'akti or personified energy or wife of
a deity, as Lakshmî, Durgâ &c.; also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140
RTL. 223; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv.; (in polit.) pl. a king's
ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c.; the subjects of a king,
citizens, artisans &c. ib.; the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually
enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294; 295); the
various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the {madhyama}, {vijigISu}, {udAsIna}
and {zatru}; to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the {mitra}, {arimitra}, {mitra-
mitra}, {arimitra-mitra}, {pArSNi-graha}, {Akranda}, {pArSNigrAhA7sAra}, {AkrandA7sAsa};
each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakriitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and
army, so that the total number of Prakriitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155; 157 Kull.; (in gram.) the crude
or elementary form of a word, base, root, an uninflected word Sâh. Pân. Sch. Vop.; N. of 2 classes
of metres Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the
predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W.; (with {tritIyA}) the third
nature, a eunuch MBh.; matter, affair Lalit.; the male or female organ of generation L.; a woman
or womankind L.; a mother L.; an animal L.; N. of a woman Buddh.; N. of wk.
prakritiM = nature
prakritiH = nature
prakrityaa = by nature
prakshaalayati = to wash
prakopa = aggravation
pralamba* = mf({A})n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KâtyS'r.
Sch. MBh. Hariv. R.; bending the upper part of the body forward MBh.; prominent MW.; slow,
dilatory W. [689,3]; m. hanging on or from, depending L.; a branch L.; a shoot of the vine-palm
L.; a cucumber Bhpr.; a garland of flowers worn round the neck W.; a kind of necklace of pearls
L.; the female breast L.; tin (?) W.; N. of a Daitya slain by Balarâma or Kriishna MBh. Hariv.
Kathâs. &c.; of a mountain R.; ({A} f. N. of a Râkshasî Buddh.); {-keza} mfn. one whose hair
hangs down VP.; {-ghna} m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma and of Kriishna L.; {-tA} f.
the hanging down, being pendulous Kâd.; {-nAsika} mfn. one who has a prominent nose A.;
{-bAhu} mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. ({-tA} f. one of the 32 signs of
perfection Dharmas. 83); m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-bhid} m. `" crusher of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-
râma L.; {-bhuja} mfn. one whose arms hang down L.; m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.;
{-mathana} (Hariv.), {-han} (MBh.), {-hantR} (L.) m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma and
of Kriishna; {-bA7NDa} m. a man with pendent testicles Vet.; {-bo7jjvala-cAru-ghoNa} mfn.
having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh.; {-bo7dara} m. `" having a pendent
belly "'N. of a prince of the Kin-naras Kârand.; of a fabulous mountain ib.
pralapan.h = talking
pralayaH = annihilation
praliiyate = is annihilated
pramaada* =m. intoxication RV. MBh. ; madness, insanity L. ; negligence, carelessness about
(abl. or comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c. ; an error, mistake W. ; a partic. high number L. ; %{-cArin}
mfn. acting in a careless manner Ka1ran2d2. ; %{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k. ; %{-vat}
mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.
pramaaNa * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) measure, scale, standard; measure of any kind (as size, extent,
circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KâtyS'r. KathhUp. Mn. &c.
(instr. `" on an average "' Jyot.); prosodical length (of a vowel) Pân. 1-1, 50 Sch.; measure in
music MBh. (Nîlak.); accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Sangît.;
measure of physical strength S'ak. (cf. comp. below); the first term in a rule of three sum Col.; the
measure of a square i.e. a side of it S'ulbas.; principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col.; right
measure, standard, authority GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({pramANam bhavatI}, `" your ladyship is
the authority or must judge "' Nal.; in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl. e.g. {vedAH
pramANAH}, `" the Vedas are authorities "' MBh.; {strI pramANI yeSAm}, `" they whose
authority is a woman Pân. Sch.); a means of acquiring Pramâ or certain knowledge (6 in the
Veda7nta, viz. {pratyakSa}, perception by the senses; {anumAna}, inference; {upamAna}, analogy
or comparison; {zabda} or {Apta-vacana}, verbal authority, revelation; {an-upalabdhi} or
{abhAva-pratyakSa}, non-perception or negative proof; {arthA7patti}, inference from
circumstances; the Nyâya admits only 4, excluding the last two; the Sânkhya only 3, viz.
{pratyakSa}, {anumAna} and {zabda}; other schools increase the number to 9 by adding
{sambhava}, equivalence; {aitihya}, tradition or fallible testimony; and {ceSTA}, gesture IW. 60
&c. &c.); any proof or testimony or evidence Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a correct notion, right
perception (= {pramA}) Tarkas.; oneness, unity L.; = {nitya} L.; m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on
the bank of the Ganges MBh.; ({I}) f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col.
pramaaNatas* = ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137; according to proof or
authority. W.
pramaaNaM = example
pramaathi = agitating
pramaathiini = agitating
pramaada = indifference
pramaadaH = madness
pramaatha * = m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv.; rape (cf. {draupadI-
pr-}); subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of one
of the attendants of Skanda ib.; of a Dânaya Kathâs.; pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on S'iva
Hariv. (cf. {pramatha}).
pramada* = m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s. ; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also %{-
daka} Nir.) ; mad, intoxicated L. ; m. the thorn-apple L. ; the ankle L. ; N. of a Da1nava Hariv. ; of
a son of Vasisht2ha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP. ; (%{A} f. see below) ; %{-
kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat. ; %{-kAnana} n. = %{-dA-k-} L. ; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the
Dekhan Pan5cat. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa* =f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c. ; the sign of
the zodiac Virgo L. ; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col. ; %{-kAnana} n. the royal garden or
pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L. ; %{-jana} m. womankind, the female sex R. Var. ;
%{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of metre Col. ; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R. ; (%{-na-pAlikA} f.
a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Ma1lav.) ; %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-})
n. the gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramatha * = m. `" Tormentor "'N. of a class of demons attending on S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf.
RTL. 238); of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; a horse L.; ({A}) f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina
L.; N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vîra MârkP.; pain, affliction W.; {-nAtha} (Kâd.),
{-pati} (L.) m. `" lord of the Pramathas "' N. of S'iva [685, 2]; {-prathama} m. `" first of the
PñPramathas "'N. of Bhriingirithi Bâlar.; {-thA7dhipa} m. `" ruler of the PñPramathas "'N. of
S'iva VarBriS.; of Gane7s'a L.; {-thA7laya} m. `" abode of torment "', hell L.
pramatta * = mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat.; drunken, intoxicated S'ak.;
mad, insane W.; inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; indulging in (loc.) MBh. R.; blundering, a blunderer W.; {-gIta} mfn. sung or recited by an
intoxicated person Pat.; {-citta} mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kâm.; {-tA} f.
inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity ({a-pram-}) Râjat.; {-rajju} f. (?) Kaus'.; 1. {-vat}
mfn. inattentive, careless ({a-pram-}) MBh.; 2. {-vat} ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW.;
{-zramaNa} n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.
pramukhataH = in front of
pramudita = joyous
pramukha * = mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R.; first, foremost, chief, principal, most
excellent Hit.; (generally ifc.; f. %{A}) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by,
accompanied by or with [cf. %{prIti-p-}; %{vasiSThap-}] MBh. Ka1v.; honourable, respectable L.;
m. a chief, respectable man, sage W.; a heap, multitude L.; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; n. the mouth
MW.; commencement (of a chapter) Br2A1rUp. S3am2k.; time being, the present, the same time
Prata1p.; (ibc. or %{e} ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.)
MBh. Ka1v.; (with %{kR}) to cause to go before or precede R.
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S'ânkhBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted
reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Mâlav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to
(gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sây.; of a Paris'. of
SV.; {-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; {-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various
fruits or good things are offered Mâlav. i, 1; {-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; {-ziras} mfn.
having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; {-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's person bowed "',
inclined, stooping R. (B.); {-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are
submissive L.
praNava = another name for AUM * (see also under om) = (or {pra4-N-}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) the
mystical or sacred syllable {om} VS. TS. S'Br. Mn. (ifc. also {-ka}) &c. ({-tva} n. RâmatUp.); a kind
of small drum or tabor = (and prob. w.r. for) {paNana} L.; {-kalpa} m. {-darpaNa} m. {-pariziSTa}
n. {-vyAkhyA} f. {-vA7rcana-candRkA} f. {-vA7rtha-nirNaya} m. {-vA7rtha-prakAzikA-
vyAkhyAna} n. {-vo7paniSad} f. N. of wks.
pranaya* = m. a leader Pân. 3-1, 142 ({jyotiSAm} Nir. ii, 14); guidance, conduct MBh.;
manifestation, display Mriicch.; setting forth (an argument) Jâtakam.; affection, confidence in
(loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc.; {At}, {ena} and {-yo7pe7tam} ind. confidentially,
affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; desire, longing for (loc.; {anyathA}, `" for
something else "') ib.; an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr.; reverence, obeisance L.; final
beatitude L.; {-kalaha} m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kâd. Pañcat.;
{-kupita} mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh.; {-kopa} m. the (feigned) anger of a
coquette towards her lover MW.; {-pezala} mfn. soft through affection R.; {-prakarSa} m. excess
of affñaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathâs.; {-bhaGga} m. breach of confidence,
faithlessness Vikr. Pur.; {-madhura} mfn. sweet through affection Bhartri.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full
of confidence Jâtakam.; {-mAna} m. `" love-pride "', the jealousy of lñlove W.; {-vacana} n. a
declaration of lñlove or affection Megh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank,
open, confident Kâlid.; attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib.; desirous of. longing for
(loc.) S'is'.; (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bâlar.; {-virhAta} = {-vihata} A.; {-vimukha} mf({I})n.
averse from love or friendship Megh.; {-vihati} f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W.; {-spRz}
mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mâlatîm.; {-yA7parAdha} m. an offence against (mutual) affection
or confidence Amar.; {-yA7pahArin} mfn. taking with cñconfidence or without shyness MW.;
{-yA7mRta-paJcAzaka} n. N. of wk.; {-yI-kR}, to attach closely Vcar.; {-yI-bhU}, to become
attached or affectionate Sus'r.; {-yo7nmukha} mf({I})n. expectant through love Mâlav.;
{-yA7pe7ta} mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MârkP.
praNayana* = n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching S'rS. MBh. &c.; means or
vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. {agni-}); showing, betraying (ct. {zraddhA-}); (with
{daNDasya} or {daNDa}.), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yâjñ.; establishing,
founding (of a school) BhP.; execution, performance, practice MBh. Kâv.; bringing forward,
adducing L.; composing, writing L.; satisfying, satiating R.
praNashyaami = am lost
praNashhTaH = dispelled
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S3a1n3khBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to, saluted
reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Ma1lav. (cf. below); humble, submissive to
(gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a partic. kind of accentuation Sa1y.; of a Paris3. of
SV.; %{-kAya} mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP.; %{-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom
various fruits or good things are offered Ma1lav. i, 1; %{-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; %{-
ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; %{-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having one's
person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); %{-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one to whom all his
neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNidhaana = dedication
praNihita * = mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Sus3r.; put down, deposited Ba1lar. BhP.;
outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sa1h.; directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartr2.
BhP.; delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Ba1lar.; contained in (comp.) BhP.; sent out (as a
spy) MBh.; found out, discovered ib.; ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54; one who has his thoughts
concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhat2t2.; obtained, acquired W.; prudent,
cautious, wary ib.; resolved, determined ib.; agreed to or admitted ib.; %{-dhI} (Bhartr2.), %{-
tA7tman} (A1past.) mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.); %{-te7SaNa} mfn. having
the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv.
prapad* =1 2. Â. {-padyate} (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down
(at a persoñs feet) MBh.; to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc.,
rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c.; to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c.; to fall upon,
attack, assail RV. AV.; to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
(with an adv. in {sAt}), to become e.g. {sarpasAt pra-pad}, to becñbecome a serpent Bhatt.; to
obtain, gain ({patini}, `" as husband "'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib.; to adopt or embrace (a
doctrine) Râjat.; to undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kâv.; to form (a judgment) MBh.; to
assume (a form) Kathâs.; to enjoy (pleasure) R.; to take to (dat.) Hariv.; to come on, approach,
appear AV. R. Hariv.; to take effect, succeed MBh.; to turn out ({anyathA}, `" differently "' i.e.
without any effect or consequence) Hariv.; to admit (a claim) R.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, {-te}, to cause
to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. {pi4tsati}, to wish to enter S'Br.; Â. {-pitsate}
(cf. Pân. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Das'. \\ =2 f. away AitBr.; N. of partic. sacred
texts Br. GriS'rS.
prapada* n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes ({ais} ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c.
prapadana* = n. entering, entrance into (comp.) Âs'vGri. Vait.; access, approach S'Br. ChUp.
prapadam* = ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are
divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of
syllables and between these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word {pa-padye})
AitBr.
prapadyate = surrenders
prapadyante = surrender
prapadye = surrender
prapannaM = surrendered
prapashyaami = I see
pra+sha.ns.h = to praise
prashaanta = unagitated
prashaantasya = who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mind
pras'naM = question * = 1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). * =2 m.
( {prach}) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br.
&c. &c.; judicial inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf.
{divya-}, {deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c.
&c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A}
{gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari},
the point at issue is before thy father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short
section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prashvaasa = expiration
prasaadana* = mf({I})n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. {ambu} - {p-}, {toya-p-} &c.); calming,
soothing, cheering R. Sus'r. BhP.; m. a royal tent L.; ({A}) f. service, worship L.; n. clearing,
rendering clear ({netra-p-} `" administering soothing remedies to the eyes "') Sus'r.; calming.
soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. {zruti-p-}), rendering gracious, propitiating ({tvatprasdanAt} `"
for the sake of propitiating thee "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; boiled rice L.; w.r. for {pra-sAdhan} Hariv.
Mâlav.
prasaada * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. {ambu-p-}), UP. Kâlid.
&c. (Nom. P. {-sAdati}, to be clear or bright. S'atr.) [697, 1]; clearness of style, perspicuity Pratâp.
Kâvya7d. Sâh.; brightness (of the face) Ragh.; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement
KathhUp. Sus'r. Yogas.; serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Sus'r. Ragh. &c.;
graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, meditation ({-dAt} ind. through the kindness
or by the favour of; {-daM} {kR}, to be gracious; cf. {duS-p-}, {drik-p-}) Gobh. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrî BhP.; clarified liquor, a decoction Car.;
settlings, a residuum ib.; free gift, gratuity Ratna7v.; a propitiatory offering or gift (of food = {p--
dravya}, {prasAdA7nna}) L.; the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a
spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69; 145 &c.;
approbation W.; well-being, welfare W.; N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyâ-kaumudi; {-cintaka} w.r.
for {-vittaka} Bâlar.; {-dAna} n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a
superior MW.; {-paTTa} m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var.; {-paTTaka}
n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr.; {-parAGmukha} mf({I}) not caring for any one's favour
Amar.; withdrawing fñfavour from any one (gen.) Pañcat.; {-pAtra} n. an object of fñfavour Das'.;
{-puraga} mfn. inclined to fñfavour, favourably inclined MârkP.; {-pratilabdha} m. N. of a son of
Mâra Lalit.; {-bhAj} mfn. being in favour, Sâmkhyas. Sch.; {-bhUmi} f. an object of fñfavour,
favourite Hcar.; {-mAlA} f. N. of wk.; {-vat} mfn. pleased, delighted; gracious, favourable L.
({-vatI-samAdhi} m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh.); {-vitta} mf({A})n. (Kâd. Kathâs. Râjat. Bâlar.) or
{-vittaka} mfn. (Kathâs.) rich in favour, being in high fñfavour with any one (gen. or comp.); m.
and favourite, darling; {-SaT-zlokI} f. {-stava} m. N. of 2 Stotras; {-su-mukha} mf({I})n. inclined
to favour (others `" having a clear or serene face "') Mâlav. Ragh.; {-stha} mfn. abiding in serenity,
kind, propitious; happy W.; {-sAdA7ntara} n. another (mark of) favour MW.; {sAdA7nna} n. see
{-sAda} above; {-sAdI-} {kR}, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen.
of person) Pañcat. Kâd. Râjat. &c.
prasaktaaH = attached
prasanna * = mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinct, perspicuous MBh.
Ka1m.; true, right, plain, correct, just Ma1lav. Ma1lati1m.; placid, tranquil R. Var. A1p.; soothed,
pleased; gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc. gen., or acc. aod %{prati}), favourable
(as stars &c.); gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. N. of a prince
Hemac.; (%{A}) f. propitiating, pleasing W.; spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat.; %{-kalpa}
mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pan5cat.; %{-gAtr-tA}. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80
minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84; %{-caNDikA} f. N. of a drama; %{-candra} m. N. of a
prince HParis3.; %{-jala} mfn. containing clear water R.; %{-tarka} mfn. conjecturing right
Ma1lav.; %{-tA} f. brightness, clearness, purity Sus3r.; clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat.;
complacence, good humour Ka1v. Ra1jat. VP.; %{-tva} n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh.; %{-pAda}
m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti; %{-prA7ya} mfn. rather plain or correct, Ma1latim.; %{-
mukha} mfn. `" placid-countenanced "', looking pleased, smiling W.; %{-rasa} mfn. clear-juiced
Kpr.; %{-rAghava} n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva; %{-veGkaTe7zva-mAhAmya} n. N. of a legend
in the Bhavishyo7ttara-Pura1n2a; %{-salila} mfn. %{-jala} MBh.; %{-sannA7tman} mfn. gracious-
minded, propitious MaitrUp.; %{-sanne7rA} f. spirituous liquor made of rice L.
prasannaa = is pleased
prasannena = happily
prasabhaM = by force
prasaadhayati = to comb
prasaarayati = to spread
prasakta* = mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in,
occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; clinging to the world, mundane BhP.; being in love,
enamoured MBh. Ka1v.; (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v.l. %{pra-yukta}); resulting,
following, applicable Ka1s3. Katha1s. Sarvad.; continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; used, employed W.; got, obtained ib.; opened, expanded ib.; contiguous, near A.; (%{-
sakta4}), w.t for %{-satta4} AV.; ibc. and(%{am}) ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever
Ka1v.; %{-dhI} or %{-hRdaya} mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.)
Var.; %{-tA7zrumukha} mf(%{I})n. having the face wet with tears R.
pras'aMsaa* = f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly
conditions Dharmas. 61) S'Br. &c. &c. (cf. {aprastuta-p-}, {strI-p-}; w.r. {-zaMzA}); {-nAman} n.
an expression of praise Nir.; {mukhara} mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly ({-rA7nana}, mfn.
`" one whose mouth is lñloud wñwith prñpraise "', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Râjat.;
{--lApa} ({-sA7l-}) m. applause, acclamation Das'.; {-vacana} n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh.; {--
vali} ({-sA7v-}) f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bâlar.; {-zaMso7pamA} f. (in rhet.) laudatory
comparison, comparing to anything superior Kâvya7d. [695,1]
prasiddhaka* = m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kriitti-ratha)
R.
prasiddhi* = f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm. BhP.; proof, argument
Kathâs.; general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kâv. Kathâs.; {-mat}
mfn. universally known, famous Kathâs.; {viruddha-tA} f. the state of being opposed to general
opinion, sâh. (= {khyAti-v-}); {-hata} mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr.
prasidh* = 2. P. Â. {-sedhati}, {-te}, to drive on RV. TândBr. Lâthy. \\3. P. {-sidhyati}, (rarely Â.
{te}), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c.; to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97; to be
explained or made clear Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 122.
prasîidati &emdash; thus becomes fully satisfied; SB 1.2.19\\ becomes reconciled; SB 2.1.19\\
become satisfied; SB 3.9.12\\ becomes very pleased; SB 3.13.48\\ becomes happy; SB 3.14.47\\
becomes fully satisfied; SB 4.20.9\\ is pleased; SB 5.2.15\\ actually becomes happy; SB 6.2.32\\is
pleased; SB 6.19.1\\ become fully satisfied; SB 7.11.7\\ is in favor; SB 8.21.24\\ is spiritually
satisfied; SB 11.20.22\\ becomes satisfied; SB 11.21.43\\ gets satisfaction; CC Madhya 20.147-148
prasi* = 1. (only Â. pf. {siSye}, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Râjat.
prasic* = P. {-siJcati}, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,; to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv.; to fill (a
vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. {-sicyate}, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Sus'r.; to be watered i.e.
refreshed MBh.: Caus. {-secayati}, to pour into (loc.) Yâjñ.
prasikta* = mfn. poured out Uttarar. Sus'r.; (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh.
prasita* = mfn. (for 2. see below) bound, fastened W.; diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to,
engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh.; lasting,
continuous SaddhP. 1.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 2. see below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sây.); a
ligament, binding, fetter L.
prasita* = 2 mfn. (2. {si}; cf. {pra-si} above) darting along RV.; n. pus, matter L. 2.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 1. see above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV.; a throw, cast,
shot, missile VS. TBr.; stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV.; succession, duration VS.; dominion,
power, authority, influence RV.
prasritaa = extended
prastotR * = m. N. of the assistant of the Udgâtrii (who chants the Prastâva) Br. S'rS. MBh. &c.;
{-prayoga} m. {-sAman} n. N. of wks.
pra-óstobha * =m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with {rajer} {aGgirasasya}) N. of 2
Sâmans ÂrshBr.
prazna * =1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). \\* =2 m. ( {prach}) a
question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.;
judicial inquiry or examination (cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-},
{deva-}, {daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br. &c. &c.
({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i}, with acc. or {-nam} {A}
{gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari},
the point at issue is before thy father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short
section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prata = Quality
prati = towards * = 1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nñnouns,
sometimes {pratI}; for 2. see p, 664) towards, near to; against, in opposition to; back, again, in
return; down upon, upon, on; before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. {prati-
candra}); or it forms Avyayibhâvas of different kinds (cf. {prati-kSaNam}, {prati-graham}, {praty-
agni} &c.; rarely ifc. e.g. {sUpaprati}, a little broth Pân. 2-1, 9); or as a prep. with usually
preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. {zabdam p-}, in
the dirñdirection of the sound R.; {agnim pr-}, against the fire Mn.; also {praty-agni} ind. Pân. 6-
2, 33 Sch.; {ripum pr-}, agñagainst the enemy Mn.; {AtmAnam pr-}, to one's self Ratna7v.);
opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. {rodasI pr-}, befñbefore heaven and earth RV.); in
comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. {indram pr-}, in comparñcomparison with
lñlittle RV.; {sahasrANi pr-}, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib.; also with abl. or {-tas};
cf. Pân. 1-4, 92; ii, 3, 11); in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. {yUpam pr-}, near the
sacrificial post AitBr.; {gaGgAm pr-}, at or on the Ganges R.; {etat pr-}, at this point TS.;
{Ayodhanam pr-}, on the field of battle MBh.); at the time of, about, through, for (e.g.
{phAlgunam pr-}, about the month PhñPhâlguna Mn.; {ciram pr-}, for a long time MBh.;
{bhRzam pr-}, often, repeatedly Car.); or used distributively (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90) to express at every,
in or on every, severally (e.g. {yajJam pr-}, at every sacrifice Yâjñ.; {yajJaM yajJam pr-} TS.;
{varSam pr-}, every year, anually Pañcat.; in this sense often comp.; cf. above); in favour of, for
(Pân. 1-4, 90; e.g. {pANDavAn pr-}, in favour of the PñPân. MBh.) [661, 3]; on account of, with
regard to, concerning (Pân. ib. e.g. {sImAm pr-}, concñconcerning a boundary Mn.; {gautamam
pr-}, with regñregard to GñGanges R.); conformably or according to (e.g. {mAm pr-},
accñaccording to me, i.e. in my opinion Mâlav.; cf. {mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti}, `" it seems
to me like a forest "' Hit.; {na bubhukSitam prati bhAti kiM cit}, `" to a hungry man nothing is of
any account "' Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 2); as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider "'; cf. Vikr.
iv, 69); or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pân. 1-4,
92 Sch.); with abl. or {-tas} see above; with abl. or gen. (?) to express, `" about "', `" at the time of
"' (only {prñprati vastoH} "', at daybreak "' RV.); as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv.
10967. [Cf. Zd. {paiti}; Gk. $, $, $.] &202234[661, 3]
pratii* = 1 in comp. for {prati} (cf. Pân. 6-3, 122 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)\\2 ({prati-i}) P. {praty-eti}, to go
towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c.; to come back, return ib.; to resort or
apply to RV. AV. S'Br.; to fall to a persoñs (dat.) lot or share AitBr.; to receive, accept MBh.; (also
Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GriS'rS. Nir. R. &c.; to trust,
believe (with gen.) Kathâs.: Pass. {pratI7yate}, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kâv.
S'ank. Hit. (p. {-yamAna}, known, understood, implicit Pân. Sâh.): Caus. {praty-Ayayati} (Pass.
{praty-Ayyate}), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the
truth of anything) Kâlid.; to make clear, prove S'ank. Sâh.: Desid. {pratI7SiSati}, to wish or try to
understand Pân. 2-4, 47 Sch.
pratibuddha * = (%{pra4ti-}) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c.; one who
has attained to perfect knowledge S3Br. (cf. MWB. 98 n.); illuminated, enlightened BhP.;
observed, recognized ib.; known, celebrated W.; made prosperous or great ib.; %{-vastu} mfn.
understanding the real nature of things BhP.; %{-ddhA7tman} mfn. having the mind roused or
awakened, awake MW.
pratIcIna * = mfn. turned towards, going or coming tñtowards RV.; (%{-cI4na}) mfn. turned away
from, turning the back RV.; being behind, coming from bñbehind AV.; turning westward, western
TS. Br.; subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr.; (%{am}) ind. back to one's self TBr.; backwards,
behind TS. TBr. Ka1t2h. BhP.
pratIkSa*= mf(%{A})n. looking backward (see %{apr-}); (also %{-kSaka} R.) looking forward to,
waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having regard to (ifc.) Hariv.; (%{A4}) f.
expectation TBr. Kat2hUp.; consideration, attention, respect, veneration A1past. MBh. R.
pratIta * = mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known ({zyAmaiti}, `" by the name of SñS'ank "')
Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.; convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KathhUp.
MBh. Hit.; satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c.; respectful L.; past, gone L.; clever,
wise L.; m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Vis've Devâs. MBh.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince
Buddh.; {-tA7kSarA} f. N. of a Comm. on the Mita7ksharâ; {-tA7tman} mfn. confident, resolute
MBh.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a
prince VP.
pratijaaniihi = declare
pratijJaa* f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib.; (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or
proposition to be proved, the first member or {avyaya} of the fivemembered Nyâya syllogism IW.
61; (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yâjñ.
pratijaane = I promise
pratiloma = going against the grain* = mf({A})n. against the hair or grain (opp. to {anu-l-}),
contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted; adverse, hostile, disagreeable,
unpleasant; low, vile S'Br. RPrât. S'rS. &c.; left, not right W.; contrary to caste (where the mother
is of a higher caste than the father) ib.; (ibc. and {a4m} ind.) against the hair, agñagainst the
grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. Âs'vS'r. &c.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g.
{upakA7di}; ({A}) f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathâs.; n.
any disagreeable or injurious act; ({ena}) ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cân.; {-ja}
mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brâhmanî mother, or of
a Vais'ya fñfather and Kshatriyâ mñman or BñBrâhmanî mñman, in which cases the wife is of a
higher caste than the husband; cf. Mn. x, 16) W.; {-tas} ind. in consequence of the inverted order
or course Mn. x, 68; invertedly, in inverted order or series Yâjñ. MBh. Pañcat.; {-rUpa} mfn.
inverted KaushUp.; {-mA7nuloma} mfn. speaking against or for anything; (ibc. and {am} ind.) in
inverted order or course and in the natural oñorder or cñcourse Mn. Yâjñ.; {-ma-tas} ind. in an
unfriendly and friendly manner R.
pratipad* Â. {-padyate} (ep. fut. also {-patsyati}), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at,
resch, attain VS. &c. &c.; to walk, wander, roam ChUp.; to come back to (acc.), return MBh.; to
happen, occur, take place PârGri. MBh.; to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in
or upon one's self. S'Br. &c. &c.; to receive back, recover AitBr. S'ak.; to restore to favour Ragh.; to
undertake, begin (acc. dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to do
anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc. gen. or acc.) MBh.
Hariv. R.; to make, render MBh.; to fall to a persoñs (acc.) lot or share, PârGr.; to let a person
(dat.) have anything Âpast.; to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183; to perceive, find out, discover,
become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard
S'ank. Sâh.; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. {tathA}, or {tathe7ti}), acknowledge,
assent, agree, promise MBh. Kâv. &c.; to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br.; to
answer ChUp. (also with {uttaram} R.): Caus. {-pAdayati}, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to
partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc. dat. or gen.) Kaus'. Mn. MBh. &c.; to give in
marriage Âpast.; to spend. ib.; to present with (instr.) Kârand.; to put in, appoint to (loc.) R.; to
produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c.; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach,
impart MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (v.l. {-vadasi} for {-pAdayasi}):
Desid. {-pitsate} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain S'ank.; to wish to know Bhâm.: Desid. of Caus.
{-pipAdayiSati}, to wish or intend to explain or analyze S'ank.
pratipad* = f. access, ingress. entrance VS. S'Br.; the path to be walked, the right path L.;
beginning, commencement TS. TBr.; an introductory verse or stanza Br. S'rS.; (also {-padA} or
{-padI}) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the mooñs wane) AgP. L.; understanding,
intelligence L.; taste for anything Jâtakam.; rank, consequence W.; a kettle-drum ib.;
{-paccandra} m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh.; {-pat-
tUrya} n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. {-patti-paTaha}) L.; {-pan-maya} mfn. obedient, willing
Jâtakam.
pratipadyate = attains
pratipada* = n. N. of an Upa7nga; ({am}) ind. (also {-da} ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at
every place, everywhere Kâv.; at every word, word by word Sarvad.; literally, expressly (Pân. 2-2,
10 Vârtt.1; vi, 2, 26 Sch.); each, singly R. (= {pratyekam} Sch.); {-da-tva} n. walking step by step
Kâthh.
pratishhThaapya = placing
pratishhThitaM = situated
pratishhThitaa = fixed
pratyavaayaH = diminution
prathama = first
prathita = renowned
prathitaH = celebrated
pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering Âs'vS'r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning Nir.; talk, report,
rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-dAya}, in order to spread the rumour Kathâs.;
{-dena}, according to rñrumour, as the saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander,
calumny (pl.) Kâv.; mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhathth.; (ifc.) passing
one's self off as R.; (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a specified fñform or
cñcase) Prât.; ({A}) f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait.
pravadataaM = of arguments
pravadanti = say
pravara* =1 mf({A})n. (fr. {pra} + {vara} or fr. {pra} 2. {vR}; for 2. and 3. see p. 693) most
excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest (son) MBh.; better than (abl.) BhP.; greater
(opp. to {sama}, `" equal "', and {nyUna}, `" smaller "') Var.; (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by
Hariv.; m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L.; Opuntia Dillenii L.; N. of a messenger of the
gods and friend of Indra Hariv.; of a Dânava ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (which falls into the
Godâvarî and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP.; n. aloe wood Bhpr.; a partic.
high number Buddh. //3 m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brâhman to priestly functions) AitBr.; an
invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is
invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the
4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Riishis being then added) Br. S'rS.; a family, race
L.; an ancestor KâtyS'r. Sch. ({I} f. Pat.); {-kANDa} m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors
Cat.; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-darpaNa} m. {-dIpikA} f. {-nirNaya}, m. {-maJjarI} f. {-ratna} n. N. of
wks.; {-vat} mfn. having a series of ancestors L.; {-rA7dhyAya} m. {-re-kRta-zAnti} f. N. of wks. 2.
pravartate = act
pravarta * = m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. `" an ear-ring "'; cf: {pra-vRtta}); engaging in,
undertaking W.; excitement, stimulus ib.
pravaalaaH = twigs
pravaaha = current
praves'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc. gen. with or
without {antar}, or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc.with {kR}, to make one's entrance, enter); entrance
on the stage Hariv. Malav.; the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var.; coming or setting
in (of night) L.; the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a persoñs house or hand Pañcat.; interfering
with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathâs.; the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pân.
2-1, 72 Sch. Sâh.; employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr.; income, revenue, tax, toll
(cf. {-bhAgika}); intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W.; manner,
method Lalit.; a place of entrance, door MBh. Kâv. &c.; the syringe of an injection pipe Sus'r.;
{-bhAgika} m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes Râjat.
pravibhaktaM = divided
pravilas* = m P. {-lasati}, to shine forth brightly BhP.; to appear in full strength or vigour Gît.
Sch.
pravilI* = Â. or Pass. {-lIyate}, ({-ti}), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MundUp. MBh.
&c.: Caus. {-lApayati}, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) S'ank. BhP. Sch.; to
dissolve, melt (trans.) Sus'r.
pravilayana* = n. complete dissolution or absorption Car.
pravish.h = to enter
pravisha = enter
pravishanti = enter
pravistaram.h = extensively
praviiNa = expert
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.)
S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into
exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant
or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajya * = n. going abroad, migration MBh. ; (%{A}) f. id. ib. ; going forth from home (first rite
of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77 ; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a
religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the order of a
relñreligious mñmendicant MBh. Var. ; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var. ; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who
has renounced his order Ya1jn5.
prAvrAjya
n. (fr. %{-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (w.r. %{-vrajya}) Ma1rkP.
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc. loc. or dat.)
S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into
exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant
or to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajita* = mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 38; run away (said of horses) MBh.;
(also with {vanam}) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to
become a monk Mn. MBh. HParis'.; m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Sus'r.; ({A}) f.
a female ascetic or a nun Yâjñ. Var. Kâd. Sâh.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; another plant
({muNDIrI}) L.; n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh.
pravrajya* = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; ({A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from home (first rite of
a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming, wandering about (esp. as a
religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the order of a
relñreligious mñmendicant MBh. Var.; {-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var.; {jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who has
renounced his order Yâjñ.
pravridh.h = to grow fast pravridh * = P. %{-vardhati}, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22 ; A1. %{-
vardhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c.
&c.: Caus. %{-vardhayati}, %{-te}, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c. ; to raise,
exalt, cause to thrive Hariv. ; to rear, cherish, bring up Katha1s.
pravriddha * = mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great,
numerous RV. &c. &c. ; swollen, heaving R. Ka1lid. ; risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty,
strong MBh. Var. ; (also with %{vayasA}) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Katha1s. ; expanded,
diffused W. ; full, deep (as a sigh) ib. ; haughty, arrogant MW. ; w.r. for %{pra-vRtta}, %{-viddha},
%{-buddha}.
pravriddhaH = great
pravriddhaaH = developed
pravriddhe = developed
pravrih* = P. Â. {-vRhati}, {-te}, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up.; (Â) to draw
towards one's self. attract S'Br.
pravrij* = P. Â. {-vRNakti}, {-vRGkte}, (Ved. inf. {-vR4je}), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br.;
to place in or on the fire, heat ib.; to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KâtyS'r.
pravrit * = A1. %{-vartate}, (ep. also P. %{-ti}), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in
motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c. ; to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c. ; to proceed
(%{vartmanA}, or %{-ni}, on a path ; %{apathena}, on a wrong path) Ka1v. Katha1s. ; to come
forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c. ; to
commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat. loc., or
%{artham} ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [693,3] ; to
debauch (%{anyo@'nyam}, `" one another "') MBh. ; to act or proceed according to or with (instr.
or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib. ; to hold
good, prevail ib. ; to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad. ; to be, exist Ma1rkP. ; to serve for,
conduce to (dat., or %{artham} ifc.) Sarvad. ; to mean, be used in the sense of (loc.) ib. ; to let any
one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion
RV. &c. &c. ; to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS. ; to send Prab. ; to set on foot, circulate,
diffuse, divulge MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to introduce, appoint, instal ib. ; to produce, create, accomplish,
devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with %{setum} to erect a dam ; with %{vyayakarma}, to
effect expenditure ; with %{loka-yAtrAm}, to transact the business of life ; with %{kathAm}, to
relate a story) ; to exhibit, show, display R. BhP. ; to undertake, begin Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c. ; to use,
employ Bhat2t2. ; to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Katha1s. ; to proceed
against (loc.) MBh.
pravrita *= mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP. ; %{-homa} m. an oblation offered on
the appointment of a priest, S3rS. ; %{-mIya} mfn. relating to it S3a1n3khBr. ; %{-tA7huti} f. =
%{-tahoma} ib. Vait.
pravritta* = mfn. rotund, globular S'ânkhBr.; driven up (as a carriage) ChUp.; circulated (as a
book) Pañcat.; set out from ({-tas}), going to, bound for (acc. loc. inf., or {artham} ifc.;
{dakSiNena}, `" southwards "'; with {pathA} "', proceeding on a path "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; issued
from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c.
&c.; come back, returned MBh.; commenced, begun MBh. Kâv. &c.; (also {-vat} mfn. ) having set
about or commenced to (inf.) Kathâs.; purposing or going to, bent upon (dat. loc., or comp.) Kâv.
Kathâs. Râjat.; engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; hurting,
injuring, offending MBh.; acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; existing Âpast.;
who or what has become (with nom.) R.; (with {karman} n. action) causing a continuation of
mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [694,1]; w.r. for {pra-cRtta} and {pra-nRtta}; ({-vRtta4}) m. =
{-varta}, a round ornament S'Br.; ({A} f. N. of a female demon MârkP.); {-karman} n. any act
leading to a future birth W.; {-cakra} mfn. `" whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded "', having
universal power ({-kra-tA} f.) Yâjñ.; {-tva} n. the having happened or occurred Jaim.; {-pAnIya}
mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh.; {-pAraNa} n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony
S'ak. (v.l.); {-vAc} mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh.; {-samprahAra} mfn. one who has begun
the fight ({-ra-tva} n.) Kathâs.; {-ttA7zin} m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh.
pravrittaH = engaged
pravritti* = f. moving onwards, advance, progress GriS'rS. MBh. Sus'r.; coming forth, appearance,
manifestation S'vetUp. Kâlid. Râjat.; rise, source, origin. MBh.; activity, exertion, efficacy,
function Kap. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyâya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63); active life (as
opp. to {ni-vRtti} [q.v.] and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to
act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W.; giving or devoting one's self
to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.)
Râjat. Hit. Sâh.; application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MârkP.; conduct, behaviour, practice
Mn. MBh. &c.; the applicability or validity of a rule KâtyS'r. Pân. Sch.; currency, continuance,
prevalence ib.; fate, lot, destiny R.; news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
cognition (with {viSaya-vatI}, `" a sensuous cñcognition "') Yogas.; the exudation from the
temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47); N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L.; (in
arithm.) the multiplier W. (w.r. for {pra-kRti}?); {-jJa}, m. `" knowing the news "', an emissary,
agent. spy L.; {-jJo4na} n. {-vijJAna} Sarvad.; {-nimitta} n. the reason for the use of any term in
the particular significations which it bears MW.; {-nivRtti-mat} mfn. connected with activity and
inactivity BhP.; {paro4Gmukha} mf({I})n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr.; {-pratyaya} m. a belief
in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh.; {-mat} mfn. devoted to
anything, Kaiy.; {mArga} m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of
the world or with the rites and works of religion MW.; {-vacana} mfn. (a word) expressing activity
Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 51; {-vijJAna} n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh.;
{-tty-aGga} n. N. of wk. pravrittiM = mission
pravrittiH = activity
praavrittika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {-vRtti}) corresponding to a former mode of action KâtyS'r. Sch.;
(ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv.
praveshhTuM = to enter into
pravyathita = perturbed
pravyathitaM = perturbed
pravyathitaaH = perturbed
prayaa * =prayA to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc.,
also with {accha}, or {prati}, or loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kâv. &c.; to part, go
asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib.; to get into a partic. state or condition, enter,
undergo, incur (acc.) ib.; to proceed i.e. behave Bhartri. (v.l.); to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.)
Hcat.: Caus. {-yApayati}, to cause to set out S'Br. (cf. Pân. 8-4, 29; 30 Sch.): Desid. {-yiyAsati}, to
wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. {-yiyAsayati}, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhathth.
prayachchhati = offers
prayata * mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV.; placed upon (loc.) RV.; offered, presented,
given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c.; piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a
solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Âpast. R.),
selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a holy or pious person W.;
{-tA} f. {-tva} n. purity, holiness MBh.; {-dakSiNa} ({pra4y-}) mfn. one who has made presents
(to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV.; {-parigraha-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by a
pious or chaste wife MW.; {-mAnasa} mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh.; {-tA7tman} or
{-tA7tma-vat} mfn. id. Mn. R.
prayatna = excertion
prayantu = may go
prayaaNa = of death
prayaasa* = m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena})
VS. TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688,1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of
exertion, active, energetic W.
prayaati = goes
prayaanti = they go
prayaaNa* = n. (Kâs'. on Pân. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress,
journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with {gardabhena}, `" riding on an ass "' Pañcat.);
departure, death (cf. {prA7Na-pray-}); onset, beginning, commencement Kâthh. S'Br.; {-kAla} m.
time of departure, death Bhag.; {-paTaha} m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar.; {-purI} f. N.
of a town ({-rI-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.); {-bhaGga} m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a
halt Pañcat.; {-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; {-NA7rha} mfn. deserving death W.
prayaantu = may go to
prayojana * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim,
end Pra1t. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{prayojanena}, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh.; %{-na-
vazAt} id. Pan5cat.; %{kena@-nena}, from what cause or motive ? Prab.; %{kasmai@-nAya},
%{kasmAt@-nAt}, %{kasya@-nasya} and %{kasmin@-ne} id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; %{-
nam@ati-kram}, to neglect an opportunity MBh.; profit, use or need of, necessity for Ka1v.
Pan5cat. &c. (with instr., %{taruNA@kim@prayojanam}, what is the use of the tree? Kuval.;
%{bhavatv@etaiH@kusumaiH@prayojanam}, let these flowers be used S3ak.; with gen. or dat.
Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; ii, 3, 72); means of attaining Mn. vii, 100; (in phil.) a motive for
discussing the point in question IW. 64; %{-vat} mfn. having or connected with or serving any
purpose or interest, interested R.; serviceable, useful Sus3r. (%{-ttva} n. Sarvad.); having a cause,
caused, produced W.
prayoga = practice
prayu.njaano = combined
prayuktaH = impelled
prayujyate = is used
prayujyet.h = is used
prayAsa* = exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., {-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS.
TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688, 1]; high degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion,
active, energetic W.
preraNa* = n. driving out; see {pazu-pr-}; (also {A} f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting,
direction, command, impelling to ({prati} or comp.) Naish. Kathâs. Râjat. Hit.; activity, action
Yâjñ. Megh.; the sense of the causal verb Vop.
prepsuH = desiring
preshh.h = to send
preshhaNaM = posting
preshhaNaani = postings
preshhayet.h = present
pre4shthha * mfn. (superl. fr. {priya}) dearest, most beloved or desired RV.; (in address)
KathhUp. BhP.; very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1; m. a lover, husband BhP.; ({A}) f. a mistress, wife
L.; a leg L.
pretya = after death * = ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come,
hereafter (opp. to {iha}) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP.
(often ifc. cf. {dharma-pre7kSa}, {mukha-pr-}); a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sñsight or vñview)
BhP.; a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as
Nir. i, 17; circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Râjat.; the branch of a tree L.
pRcchaa* = f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Ka1v. ; an inquiry into the future
VarBr2S.
prithu * = mf({vI4} or {u})n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large; great, important;
ample, abundant; copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. ({u} ind.); prolix, detailed Var.;
smart, clever, dexterous L.; m. a partic. measure of length (= {pRtha}) L.; fire L.; N. of S'iva MBh.;
of one of the Vis've Devâs VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv.; of a Vriishni
and son of Citraka ib.; of a son of Citra-ratha BhP.; of a descendant of Ikshvâku (son of An-aranya
and father of Tri-s'anku) R.; of a son of Para Hariv.; of a son of Prastâra VP.; of a son of Rucaka
BhP.; of a son of one of the Manus Hariv.; of one of the Saptarshis ib.; of a son of Vathe7s'vara
(father of Vis'âkha-datta) Cat.; of a son of Vena MWB. 423; of a monkey R.; ({u}) f. Nigella Indica
L.; = {hiGgu-pattrI} L.; opium L.; ({vI}) f. see below. [Cf. Gk. $; Germ. {platt}; Eng. {plate}.]
priya = dear
priyaMvada * = mf({A})n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
m. a kind of bird R.; N. of a Gandharva Ragh.; of a poet Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; N. of a
woman S'ak. Das'.; {-da-ka} m. N. of a man Mudr.
priyakRt * mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R.; m. a friend, benefactor W.; {-tama} mfn. doing that
which pleases most MW.
priyaH = dear
priyakrittamaH = more dear
priyakarman * mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kâm.; n. the action of a lover BhP.
priyatva * n. the being dear, bñbeing beloved MBh. R.; the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Sus'r. [710,
2
priyadhAma * ({priya4-}) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i,
140, 1.
priyataraH = dearer
priyaaH = palatable
priiti = and satisfaction * = f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with
loc. or ifc.; with ind. p., `" joy at having done anything "') Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; friendly disposition,
kindness, favour, grace, amity (with %{samam} or ifc.), affection, love (with gen. loc., or ifc.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two
wives of Ka1ma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Katha1s.; N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; the 2nd of the 27 astrological
Yogas. L.; N. of the 13th Kala1 of the moon Cat.; a symbolical expression for the sound %{dh}
Ra1matUp.; (%{yA}) ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Katha1s.;
in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.
priitiH = pleasure
prokshaNa*= n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before
burial) TS. &c. &c.; a vessel for holy water Hariv. (v.l. {-NI}); immolation of victims L. ({-vidhi} m.
N. of wk.); ({I}) f. see below.
prokta = said
proktaM = is called
proktaH = spoken
proktavaan.h = instructed
proktaaH = spoken
proktaani = said
prochyamaanaM = as described by Me
protaM = is strung
plavate = to swim
prichchhati = inquires/asks/minds
prichchhaami = ask
pRthak * = ind. ( {pRth} or {prath} + {aJc}) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally,
one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32) apart or
separately or differently from L.; (with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhathth.
pR4thak-tva * = n. id. S'ânkhS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68); ({ena}) ind. singly, one by one MBh.;
{-tas} (S'ânkhS'r.) and {-zas} (Nyâyam. Sch.), separately, singly.
pR4thak-pada * = mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words ({-tva} n.) Vâm.
prithaktvena = in duality
prithag.hvidhaan.h = different
prithiviiM = Earth
prithiviipate = O King
prithvii = earth
prishthha * = n. (prob. fr. %{pra-stha}, `" standing forth prominently "'; ifc. f. %{A}) the back (as
the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (%{pRSThena-
yA}, with gen., to ride on; %{-Thena-vah}, to carry on the back; %{-ThaM-dA}, to give the back,
make a low obeisance; %{-The} ind. behind or from behind); the upper side, surface, top, height
ib. (with %{diva4H}, or %{nA4kasya}, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven; cf. %{ghRta-p-});
the flat roof of a house (cf. %{gRha-p-}, %{harmya-p-}); a page of a book MW.; N. of partic.
arrangement of Sa1mans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Ratham2tara,
Br2ihat, Vairu1pa, Vaira1ja, S3a1kvara, and Raivata SñS3alkvara) TS. Br. S3rS.; N. of various
Sa1mans A1rshBr.
puchchha = tail
pujaarii = priest
pumaan.h = a person
pumanujA* = f. `" born after a male child "', having an elder brother Pân. 3-2, 100 Kâs'. (cf.
{puMsA7nuja}).
pum-Akhya* = mfn. designated as male or masculine Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch.; ({A}) f. a name or
designation for male beings L. Pân. 4-1, 48 Sch.
puMguNajantu jIva* = m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas.
puMvat * = ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kâv.; like or in or with the
masculine gender S'rS. Pân. Vop. ({-vad-vidhAna} n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)
puNDarIka* = n. ( {puN} [?]; cf. Un. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus; ifc. expressive
of beauty cf. g. {vyAghrA7di}) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to S'ikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515); a
white umbrella L.; a kind of drug L.; (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead S'atr.; N. of a Tîrtha
MBh.; m. a kind of sacrifice MBh.; a species of rice Sus'r.; a kind of fragrant mango L.; Artemisia
Indica L.; a variety of the sugar-cane L.; a tiger L.; a kind of bird L.; a kind of serpent L.; a kind of
leprosy L.; fever in an elephant L.; white (the colour) L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of the elephant of the
south-east quarter Ragh.; of an ancient king MBh.; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv.; of a
Brâhman renowned for filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Vithhobl RTL. 263;
(with Jainas) of a Gana-dhara S'atr.; of a hermit (son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kâd.; of a poet
Cat.; of a mountain S'atr.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.; of a daughter of Vasishthha (wife of
Pra7na or Pându) VP.; of a river in Krau9ñca-dvipa ib.
pu.nDariika = lotus
pungava (puMgava0)m. (ifc. f. {A}) a bull Lâthy. Hariv.; a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf.
{kuru-p-}, {gaja-p-} &c.); a kind of drug L.; {-ketu} m. `" marked by a bull "'N. of S'iva Kum.
pu.nlingaM = masculine
pu.nsaH = of a person
pu.nstriilinge = masculine
punar * = ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with 1. %{gam}, %{yA}, to go
back or away; with %{dA}, to give back, restore; with %{bhU}, to turn round; with %{as} and dat.,
to fall back upon); again, once more (also with %{bhUyas}) ib. (with %{bhU}, to exist again, be
renewed, become a wife again, re= marry); again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly
%{pu4naH@p-} which with %{na} = nevermore); further, moreover, besides ib. (also
%{punar@aparam}; %{Adau-punar-pazcAt}, at first-then-later); however, still, nevertheless
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding %{atha@vA}, %{api@vA}, or
%{vA} alone; %{punar@api}, even again, on the other hand, also; %{kadA@p-}, at any time, ever;
%{kim@p-}, how much more or less? however; %{pñpreceding-p-}, now-now; at one time - at
another time).
punarjanma = rebirth
puñja* = m. (mostly ifc.; f. {A}) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.
puNya = purification acquired by virtuous deeds; auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good,
right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred; ni. N. of a poet Cat.; of another man Buddh.; m. or
n. N. of a lake MBh.; ({A}) f. holy basil L.; Physalis Flexuosa L.; N. of a daughter of Kratu and
Sannati VP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act, moral or
religious merit MBh. Kâv. &c.; a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order to
retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; also {-ka}) MBh. Hariv.; a brick trough for
watering cattle W.
puNyaH = original
puNyaaH = righteous
puraa4 * = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "') RV. &c.
&c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present
time (also with {sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning
Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.) Kâlid.
Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before; securely
from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes
with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
pura * = (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing
large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [635, 3]; if it
extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market
town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female
apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode, residence,
receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or
Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the
skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L.
(prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps
also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-
pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-
purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a
town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nâtha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the
sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants
(said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of which add the word {purI} to their
names) W.
puura * = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf. {kAma-});
m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large
quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r. &c.
[642, 1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the cleansing
of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a
kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf.
{pUrikA} below).
pura* = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.\\ (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a
fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending
not less than one Kos in length [635,3]; if it extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if
less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma}
or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-}
&c.); a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the
city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathâs.;
the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf
rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta
wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium,
Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a
stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress,
castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-
nâtha or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of
one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara, the members of
which add the word {purI} to their names) W.
puraa = formerly* = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with {na}, never "')
RV. &c. &c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the
present time (also with {sma} cf. Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the
beginning Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.)
Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before;
securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before
(sometimes with {na} or {na} and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv.
&c.)
puraaNa* = mf({I} or {A})n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered,
worn out, opp. to {nUtana}, {nava}) RV. &c. &c.; m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Panas of
cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.); N. of a Riishi Kâthh.; pl. the ancients MW.; n. a thing or event
of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c.; N. of a class of sacred
works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyâsa and to treat of 5 topics [cf. {paJca-
lakSaNa}]; the chief Purânas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Râjasa exalting Brahmâ [e.g.
the Brahma, Brahma7nda, Brahmavaivarta, Mârkandeya, Bhavishya, Vâmana]; 2. Sâttvika
exalting Vishnu [e.g. the Vishnu, Bhâgavata, Nâradiya, Garuda, Padma, Varâha]; 3. Tâmasa
exalting Siva [e.g. the S'iva, Linga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the Vâyu, Matsya, Kûrma]; by
some the PñPadma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups; cf. IW. 509 &c.); N. of wk.
(containing an index of the contents of a number of PñPadma and some other wks.)
puraaNaaH = Purana
puraka = inhalation
purataH = in front
purandhrii = wife
purNatva = perfection
purohita = priest
puroga * = mf({A})n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc. preceded or accompanied
by) MBh. Kâv. &c.
purujit.h = Purujit
purusha = man* = m. (m. c. also {pU4r-}; prob. fr. {pRR} and connected with {puru}, {pUru} ifc.
f. {A}, rarely {I}; cf. Pân. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c.; a
person, ({pumAn puruSaH}, a male person S'ânkhGri. Mn.; {daNDaHp-}, punishment
personified Mn.; esp. grammatical pers.; with {prathama}, {madhyama}, {uttama} = the 3rd, 2nd,
1st pers. Nir. Pân.), an officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {tat-p-}); a friend
L.; a follower of the Sânkhya Philosophy (?) L.; a member or representative of a race or generation
TS. Br. Mn. &c.; the height or measure of a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Angulas) S'Br. S'ulbas. Var.;
the pupil of the eye S'Br.; (also with {nArAyaNa}) the primaeval man as the soul and original
source of the universe (described in the Purusba-su7kta q.v.) RV. S'Br. &c.; the personal and
animating principle in men and other beings, the soul or spirit AV. &c. &c.; the Supreme Being or
Soul of the universe (sometimes with {para}, {parama}, or {uttama}; also identified with Brahmâ,
Vishnu, S'iva and Durgâ) VS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in Sânkbya) the Spirit as passive and a spectator of
the Prakriiti or creative force IW. 82 &c.; the, `" spirit "' or fragrant exhalation of plants RV. x, 51,
8; (with {sapta}) N. of the divine or active principles from the minute portions of which the
universe was formed Mn. i, 19; N. of a Pâda in the Mahsnâmnî verses Lâthy.; of the Ist, 3rd, 5th,
7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac Jyot.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP.; of one of the 18
attendants of the sun L.; pl. men, people (cf. above); N. of the Brâhmans of Krauñca-dvipa BhP.;
(with {paJca}) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous persons born under partic.
constellations, Var; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; Clerodendrum Phlomoides L.; ({I}) f. a woman, female
RV. &c. &c.; m. or n. = {puruSaka} m. n. S'is'. v, 56 Sch.; n. (!) N. of mount Meru L.
purushhaM = to a person
purushhaH = person
purushhasya = of a man
purushatA * =({-Sa4-}) f. manhood, manliness; ind. (as instr.) after the manner of men, among
men RV. [637, 2]
purusha-tejas
purushatva * =n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur.; {-tva4-tA} ind. after the manner of men RV.
purushapazu * =m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP.; a man as a sacrificial victim BhP.; the
soul compared with animal IW. 85; a human animal, man W.
puru * = much, many, abundant (only {purU8}, {-rU4Ni}, {-rUNAm} and sev. cases of f. {pUrvI};
in later language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ({-ru84}. much, often, very [also with a compar. or
superl.]; with {simA}, everywhere; with {tira4s}, far off, from afar; {purA7ru4}, far and wide;
{puru4 vi4zva}, one and all, every RV.); m. the pollen of a flower L.; heaven, paradise L.; (cf.
{pUru}) N. of a prince (the son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ and sixth monarch of the lunar race)
MBh. S'ak.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devâ BhP.; of a son of Madhu VP.; of a son of Manu
Câkshusha and Nadvalâ Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. {paru}; Gk. $; Goth. {filu}; Angl. Sax. {ftolu}; Germ.
{viel}.] &194957[636, 2]
pushkala = a lot
pushhTiH = nourishment
pushthi * = (or {puSTi}, esp. RV.) f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth,
increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c.; breeding, rearing (esp. of
cattle; also with {pazoH}) RV. TS. S'Br.; development, fulness, completeness Sâh.; N. of a partic.
ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat.; N. of a daughter of Daksha
and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [639, 2]; of the mother of Lobha MârkP.; of a dñdaughter of
Dhruva VP.; of a dñdaughter of Paurnamâsa ib.; of a S'akti Hcat.; one of the 16 Mâtriikâs or divine
mothers L.; of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP.; of a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wñwife of Gane7s'a
BrahmaP.; of a form of Dakshâyanî MatsyaP.; of a form of Sarasvatî W.; Physalis Flexuosa L.
pushhNaami = am nourishing
pushhpa = flower
pushhpaM = a flower
pushhpitaaM = flowery
pustaka = book
pushya* = n. nourishment (pl.) Car.; the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything
(cf. Gk. &196071[640,2] $; Lat. {flos}) RV.; ({puSyA}) m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but see
{nakSatra}) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c.; (= {-yoga}), the
conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the month Pausha VP.; of the Kali-yuga
or fourth age W.; of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136 n. 1; of various princes VP.; n. N.
of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; ({puSyA4}) f. a species of plant AV.; the asterism Pushya L.
puT * = cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 74) {puTati}, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr.; to rub
together with (instr. ib.); cl. 1. P. {poTati}, to grind, pound Dhâtup. ix, 38 (v.l. for {muT}); cl. 10.
P. {puTayati}, to be in contact with, xxxv, 58 {poTayati}, to speak or to shine ({bhASA7rthe} or
{bhAsA7rthe}), xxxiii, 80; to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop.; to be small, xxxii, 24 (v.l. for {puTT}).
put * = or {pud} (a word invented to explain {putra} or {put-tra} see Mn. ix, 138, and cf. Nir. ii,
11), hell or a partic. hell (to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kâv. and C. [632, 3]
pUt * = ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. w.r. for {phUt}, {phut}
q.v.
puTiikaroti = to fold, to roll (a carpet)
putra = son * = m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. 2. {puS}; traditionally said to be a comp. {put-tra},
`" preserving from the hell called Put "' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an
animal; cf. Pân. 8-1, 15 Sch.; ifc. it forms diminutives cf. {dRSat-p-} and {zilA-p-}; voc. sg. du. pl.
often used to address young persons, my son, my children &c. "'; du. `" two sons "' or, a son and a
daughter "'; cf. Pân. 1-2, 68); a species of small venomous animal (= {putraka}) Cat.; (in astrol.)
N. of the fifth house Var.; N. of a son of Brahmishthha Ragh.; of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c.;
({I}) f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c.; a doll or puppet (see {dAru-putrI}); ifc. used to form
diminutives (see {asi-putrI}); a species of plant L.; N. of Pârvati L. [Cf. Zd. {puthra}; Gk. $ and
Lat. {puer} (?).] &193862[632, 3]
putraH = son
putrakritakaan.h = as a son
putraaH = sons
putraan.h = sons
putrau = 2 sons of
puurta * = mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur.; ({iSTaz ca pUrtaz ca dharmau} =
{iSTApUrta} q.v. MârkP.); covered, concealed L.; n. fulfilling, fulfilment; granting, rewarding, a
reward, merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brâhman, digging a
well &c.) RV. &c. &c.; keeping, guarding L.; N. of wk. (also {-kamabA7kara}); {-dharma} (w.r.
{pUrNa-dh-}) m. a meritorious work (cf. {pUrta}) MârkP.; {-prakAza} m. {mAlA} f. {-to4ddyota}
m. N. of wks.
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant,
rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a
treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.)
perfectly familiar with Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury)
fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.);
uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of
the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-
gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an authoress of Mantras
Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure
o Ganit.
puuj.h = to worship
puujana = worship
puujayati = to worship
puujaaM = Worship
puujaanaM = worship
puujita = worshiped
puujyaH = worshipable
puujyate = is worshipped
puuta = purified
puuti = bad-smelling
puur.h = to fill
puura = flood* = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling, satisfying (cf.
{kAma-}); m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea,
a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r.
&c. [642,1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the
cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman
Cat.; n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil
W. (cf. {pUrikA} below).
puuraka* = inhaling breath*= mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen.; cf.
Pân. 2-3, 70 Kâs'.) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. flood, stream, effusion BhP.; (in arithm.) the multiplier; a
ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitriis L. (also pinda m. Kull. on Mn.
v, 85); closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and
then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL.
402; the citron tree L.; ({ikA}) f. a sort of cake MBh. Yâjñ. ({-kA7pUpa}) Bhpr. &c.
puuraNa* = mf({I})n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KâtyS'r. S'ank. Hariv.;
drawing (a bow) MW.; m. `" completer "'N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from {dvitIya}
upwards Pân. 2-2, 11 &c.; a dam, bridge L.; the sea L.; a medicinal oil or embrocation L.; N. of a
man Âs'vS'r.; (with the patr. {vaizvAmitra})N. of the author of RV. x, 160; ({I}) f. an ordinal
number in the feminine gender Pân. v, 4, 116 &c.; Bonibax Heptaphyllum L.; (du.) the cross
threads in weaving cloth, warp Râjat.; N. of Durgâ MW.; of one of the two wives of the popular
deity Ayenâr RTL. 219 ({pU4r-}) n. the act or filling or filling up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c.
&c.; fulfilling, satisfying Mâlav.; furnishing, equipping Var.; (with {dhanuSaH}) drawing or
bending a bow to the full MBh. R.; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food; (in
astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sûryas.; (in arithm.) multiplication;
rain L.; a sort of cake Bhpr.; Cyperus Rotundus L.; the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L.
puurayati = to pour
puurushhaH = a man
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; abundant,
rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a
treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.)
perfectly familiar with Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury)
fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta} q.v.);
uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish, self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of
the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-
gandharva ib.; of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an authoress of Mantras
Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure
o Ganit.
puuru4 * = m. (orig.= {puru}, and connected with {puruSa}, {pUrvSa}) a man, people. RV.; N. of
a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvas'as, Druhyus) ib.; of a class of demons S'Br.; of an
ancient prince (the son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ) MBh. S'ak. Pur. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 165 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)
[643, 1]; of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16; 17 RAnukr.; of a son of Manu and
Nadvalâ Hariv.; of a son of Jahnu BhP.
puurva = previous; pUrva mf({A})n. (connected with {purA}, {puras}, {pra}, and declined like a
pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg.
m. n. and nom. pl. m.; see Pân. 1-1, 27; 34; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c.;
eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib.; former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.)
ib. ({gaja-pUrva}, preceding the number `" eight "' i.e. seven, the seventh S'rutab.; {mAsena p-},
or {mAsa-p-}, earlier by a month Pân. 2-1, 31; ifc. often = formerly or before e.g. {strI-p-},
fñformerly a wife; {ADhya-p-}, fñformerly wealthy; esp. after a pp. e.g. {kRta-p-}, done before,
{dRSTa-p-}, seen bñbefore; ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with e.g. {smita-
pUrvA-vAk}, speech accompanied by smiles; sometimes not translatable e.g. {mRdu-pUrvA vAk},
kind speech); ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c.; first (in a series), initial, lowest
(opp. to {uttara}; with {dama} or {sAhasa} `" the lowest fine "') Mn. viii, 120 &c.; (with {vayas}) `"
first age "', youth MBh.; foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pân.; m. an
ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c.; an elder brother R.; N. of a prince
BhP.; ({A}) f. (with or sc. {diz}) the east MBh. R.; N. of a country to the east of Madhya-des'a L.; of
the Nakshatras Pûrva-phalgunt, Pûrva7shâdhâ and Pûrvabhadrapadâ collectively Var.; n. the fore
part S'ak. ii, 4 (cf. Pân. 2-2, 1); a partic. high number (applied to a period of years) Buddh.; N. of
the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L.; N. of a Tantra Cat.; an ancient
tradition W.; ({am}) ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously
(sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. e.g. {pUrva-kArin}, active before, {pUrvo7kta}, said
bñbefore; also ifc. in the sense of `" with "' e.g. {prIti-pUrvam}, with love; {mati-pUrvam} with
intention, intentionally; {mRdu-pUrva-bhAS}, to speak kindly; cf. above; also with an ind. p. e.g.
{pUrva-bhojam}, or {-bhuktvA}, having eaten bñbefore Pân. 3-4, 24; {adya-p-}, until now,
hitherto; pñpreviously {-tataH}, first-then; {pUrva-pazcAt}, previously-afterwards; {pUrva-
upari}, previously-subsequently; {pUrva-adhUnA} or {adya}, formerly-now); ({eNa}) ind. in
front, before; eastward, to the east of (opp. to {apareNa}, with gen. or acc.; cf. Pân. 5-3, 35 Sch.)
S'Br. &c. &c.; (with {tataH}) `" to the east of that "' MBh.
puurvaaNi = before
puurvataraM = in ancient times * = ({pU4rva-}) mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c.;
({am}) ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R.
puurve = before
puushhaa = a god?
puuya* = m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound S'Br. &c. &c.
raadhana * = n. (only L.), propitiating, conciliating; pleasure, satisfaction [876, 3]; obtaining,
acquisition; the means or instrument of accomplishing anything ({-dravya} n. = {pAcala}); ({A}) f.
speech L.; ({I}) f. worship A.
raa4dhas * = n. favour, kindness, bounty, a gift of affection, any gift RV. AV.; munificence,
liberality ib.; accomplishment of one's wishes, success BhP.; striving to accomplish or gain ib.;
wealth, power ib.
raaga = Anger * = m. (fr. {raJj}; ifc. {A}, or {I}) the act of colouring or dyeing (cf. {mUrdhaja-r-});
colour, hue, tint, dye, (esp.) red colour, redness MBh. Kâv. &c.; inflammation Car.; any feeling or
passion, (esp.) love, affection or sympathy for, vehement desire of, interest or joy or delight in
(loc. or comp.) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; loveliness, beauty (esp. of voice or song) S'ak. Pañcat.; a
musical note, harmony, melody (in the later system a partic. musical mode or order of sound or
formula; Bharata enumerates 6, viz. {bhairava}, {kauzika}, {hindola}, {dIpaka}, {zrI-rAga}, and
{megha}, each mode exciting some affection; other writers give other names; sometimes 7 or 26
Râgas are mentioned; they are personified, and each of the 6 chief Râgas is wedded to 5 or 6
consorts called Râginîs; their union gives rise to many other musical modes) Bhar. Sangît. Râjat.
Pañcat. &c.; nasalization, Rprât.; a partic. process in the preparation of quicksilver Sarvad.;
seasoning, condiment Car.; a prince, king L.; the sun L.; the moon L.; ({A}) f. Eleusine Coracana
(a sort of grain, commonly called Râggy, and much cultivated in the south of India) L.; N. of the
second daughter of Angiras MBh.; ({I}) f. Eleusine Coracana L.
rAghavendra* = m. `" RñRâghavas-chief. N. of various authors and others (also with {AcArya},
{muni}, {yati}, {zatA7vadhAna}, and {sarasvatI}) Cat.; {-stotra-vyAkhyA}, f.; {-drIya} n. N. of
wks.
rAghava* = m. (fr. {raghu}) a descendant of Raghu patr. of Aja, of Das'a-ratha, and (esp.) of
Râma-candra (du. {rAghavau} = Râma and Lakshmana) R. Ragh. &c.; N. of various authors and
others (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {paJcA7nana-bhaTTA7cArya}, {cakravartin}, {rAya} &c.)
Cat.; of a serpent-demon L.; the ses, ocean L.; a species of large fish L.
raaja * = m. (ifc.) = 1. {rAjan}, a king, sovereign, chief or best of its kind MBh. Kâv. &c.
raajan.h = king
raajaha.nsa = swan
raajiiv = lotus
raajiiva = lotus
raajyaM = kingdom
raakaa * = f. (Un. iii, 40) the goddess presiding over the actual day of full moon (or regarded as
the Full Mooñs consort; Anumati is supposed to preside over the previous day) Jyot. (cf. IW. 158);
the day of full moon, full moon RV. &c. &c.; N. of a daughter of Angiras and Smriiti Pur.; of a
daughter of Angiras and S'raddhâ ib.; of the wife of Dhâtrii and mother of Prâtrii ib.; of a
Râkshasî (the mother of Khara and S'ûrpa-nakhâ) MBh.; of a daughter of Su-mâlin R.; of a river
BhP.; itch, scab L.; a girl in whom menstruation has begun L. [871, 3]
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour,
grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated
with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raatra = night
raatri = night
raatriM = night
raatriH = night
raatrikritaM = night-done
raakshasa = demon
raakshasiiM = demonic
raamaanuja * = m. `" younger brother of Râma "' (this title would be applicable to Kriishna as
born after Bala-râma of the same father); N. of a celebrated Vaishnava reformer (founder of a
particular Vedantic school which taught the doctrine of {viziSTA7dvaita} or qualified non-duality
i.e. that the human spirit is separate and different from the one Supreme Spirit though dependent
on it and ultimately to be united with it; he lived at Kâñcîpuram and S'rî-rangam in the South of
India, in the 12th century, and is believed by his followers to have been an incarnation of S'esha;
he is also called Râma7nujâcârya and Yati-râja; n. or {jam matam}, Râma4nuja's doctrine) RTL.
119, 448 &c.; (with {dIkskita}) N. of another author Cat.; {-guru paramparA} f. {-grantha} m.
{-campU} f. {-carita} n. {-caritra} n. {-daNDaka} m. or n. {-darzana} n. N. of wks.; m. N. of an
author Cat.; {-divyacaritra} n. {-bhASya-gAmbhIrya} n. {-matakhaNDana} n. {mata-dhvaMsana}
n. {-mauktika} n. {-vaMzA7vali} f. {-vijaya},m., {-zataka-TIkA} f. {-siddhA7nta-padavI} f.
{-siddhA7nta-vijaya} m. {-siddhA7nta-saMgraha} m. {su-prabhAta} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.
[878,2]; {-svAmin} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-jA7rAdhana-vidhi} m. {-jA7STo7ttara} n. {-jIya} n.
{-jIya-siddhA7nta} m. N. of wks.
raamaM = rAma
raamaH = Rama
raamakavachaM = rAma-armour
raamakrishhNasya = of Ramakrishna
raamacha.ndra = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraH = rAma
raamacha.ndram.h = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraaya = to rAmachandra
raamanaama = the name of rAma (uttering of the word `rAma' only once is
raamabalopetaaM = that which has been attained through rAma'a strength, power
raamasya = rAmaa's
raamaaya = to rAma
raame = in RAma
raamo = rAma
raaNa* = m. n. (2. {raN}) murmuring L.; n. a leaf. L.; a peacock's tail L. (cf. {rAja-rANaka}); ({A})
f. (prob.) N. of a goddess.
raasa * = m. uproar, noise, din L.; N. of a partic. rustic dance practised by cowherds, (esp.) the
dance practised by Kriishna and the Gopîs Hariv. Pur. Gît. &c. (cf. {rAsaka}) [879, 3]; any sport or
play L.; a legend (?), in {narmadA-sundarI-r-} (q.v.); = {bhASA-zRGkhalaka}
raashTra = nation
raasabha * = (1. {rAs}), the brayer "', an ass, jackass, donkey RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) f. a she-ass MBh.
Pañcat.
raata * = mfn. given, presented, bestowed RV. &c. &c. (often ifc.; cf. {asmad-}, {deva-}, {brahma-
r-}. &c.); m. N. of a teacher Ping. Sch.
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV. VS. Br.; f. a favour,
grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated
with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l. {-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raavaNa = a demon king from Lanka who abducted the wife of Rama
raaya* = m. (at the beginning or end of a proper N. used as a title of honour = {rAjan}, of which it
is a corruption) a king, prince; N. of a son of Purû-ravas W. (prob. w.r. for {raya}).
rabhasa * = mf({A})n. (fr. prec.) impetuous, violent, rapid, fierce, wild RV. &c. &c.; (ifc.) eager for,
desirous of Kâlid.; strong, powerful (said of the Soma) RV.; shining, glaring ib.; m. impetuosity,
vehemence, hurry, haste, speed, zeal, passion, eager desire for (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {A} f.
L.; {rabhasa} ibc.; {at} and {ena} ind. violently, impetuously, eagerly, quickly); joy, pleasure Gît.;
regret, sorrow W.; poison L.; N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons R.; of a Dânava (v.l.
{razmisa}); of a king (son of Rambha) BhP.; of a Râkshasa L.; of a lexicographer (also called
{rabhasa-pAla}) Cat.; of a monkey R.
rach.h = to form
radaM = ?
raghukulatilakaM = the mark (e.g. one on the forehead) of the Raghu family
raghuttamaH = best of the Raghu race
raghunandana = Rama
rahas * n. (for 1. see p. 859, col. 3) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude, privacy, secrecy,
retirement (%{rahas}, %{-si} and %{-ssu} ind. privately, in secret) Mn. MBh. &c. ; a secret,
mystery, mystical truth Ka1v. Pur. ; sexual intercourse, copulation L.
rahasyaM = mystery
raja * = m. (g. {pacA7di}) = {rajas}, dust (cf. {nI-}, {vi-r-}); the pollen of flowers, Prasanga7bh.;
the menstrual excretion (also n.) L.; emotion, affection L.: the quality of passion Un. iv, 216 Sch.;
N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king (son of Viraja) VP.
rajani = night
rajanii = night
rajasa = mobility
raksh.h = to protcet
rakshaNa = protection
rakshaa = protection
rakshya = protection
rakta * = mf({A})n. coloured, dyed, painted Br. GriS'rS. Mn. &c. (cf. Pân. 4-2, 1); reddened, red,
crimson S'ânkhGri. MBh. Kâv. &c. (said of 5 or 7 parts of the body which ought to be red MBh. iv,
253 VarBriS. lxviii, 84); `" coloured or modified by nasalization "', nasalized (said of a vowel)
RPrât. (cf. {raGga}); excited, affected with passion or love, impassioned, enamoured, charmed
with (instr.), attached or devoted to, fond of (loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; beloved, dear,
lovely, pleasant, sweet Kâv.; fond of play, engaging in pastime, sporting L.; m. red colour L.;
safflower L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of the planet Mars VarBriS. Sch.; ({A})
f. lac (= {lAkSA}) Sus'r.; Abrus Precatorius (or its seeds as a measure or weight, = {raktikA}) Car.;
Rubia Munjista L.; Echinops Echinatus L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire L.; (in music) N. of a
S'ruti Sangît.; n. blood Mn. Hariv. &c.; a partic. disease of the eyes, Hcat; the menstrual fluid L.;
copper L.; vermilion L.; cinnabar L.; saffron L.; the fruit of Flacourtia Cataphracta L.; =
{padmaka} L.
rakta = red
raktaH = attached
raktaga.ndha = red scent
rambhaaphala = plantain
ramaa * = f. of {rama} q.v.; a wife, mistress W.; N. of Lakshmî, the Goddess of Fortune Bhartri.
BhP.; good luck, fortune, splendour, opulence Cân.; splendour, pomp Bhâm. [868, 2]; N. of the
11th day in the dark half of the month Kârttika Cat.; of the syllable {zRRm} (also {rama}) Sarvad.;
of a daughter of S'as'i-dhvaja and wife of Kalki KalkiP.
rama * = mfn. pleasing, delighting, rejoicing (only ifc.; cf. {mano-r-}); dear, beloved W.; m. (only
L.) joy; a lover, husband, spouse; Kâma-deva, the god of love; the red-flowering As'oka; ({A}) f.
see s.v.
ramate = delights
rame = Oh! ramA (Shiva tells this shloka to his consort PArvati
raMhas * = n. speed, quickness, velocity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; eagerness, impetuosity BhP.; m. N. of
S3iva (Vehemence personified) MBh.; of Vishn2u Hariv.
raMhasa* = (ifc.) = %{raMhas} (e.g. %{mano-mArutar-}, having the swiftness of thought or of the
wind Hariv.)
ra.nj..h = to entertain
raNa = battle
raNa* = 1 m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy RV. VS. AV.; (also n.) battle (as an object of delight),
war, combat, fight, conflict RV. &c. &c.\\ =2 m. (for 1. see p. 863, col. 3) sound, noise L.; the quill
or bow of a lute (= {koNa}) L. - 2.\\ =3 m. going, motion L.
rañjana * = mf(%{I})n. colouring, dyeing (%{-tva} n.) Sarvad. ; (ifc.) pleasing, charming,
rejoicing, delighting Gi1t. (cf. %{jana-raJjanI}) ; conciliating, befriending MW. ; m. Saccharum
Munja L. ; (%{I}) f. prob. friendly salutation Buddh. ; the indigo plant L. ; Nyctanthes Arbor
Tristis L. ; turmeric L. ; saffron L. ; a kind of fragrant perfume L. ; red arsenic L. ; (in music) a
partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t. ; n. the act of colouring or dyeing Va1gbh. ; colour, dye, paint R. ; (in
gram.) nasalization VPra1t. Sch. ; the act of pleasing, delighting, conciliating, giving pleasure
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a partic. game L. ; red sandalwood L. ; cinnabar L.
rarijana = Entourage
rasa = enjoyment, interest * rasa = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the sap or juice of plants, Juice of fruit, any
liquid or fluid, the best or finest or prime part of anything, essence, marrow RV. &c. &c.; water,
liquor, drink MBh. Kâv. &c.; juice of the sugar-cane, syrup Sus'r.; any mixture, draught, elixir,
potion R. BhP.; melted butter L.; (with or scil. {gavAm}) milk MBh.; (with or scil. {viSasya})
poison Das'. Râjat. [869, 3]; nectar L.; soup, broth L.; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the
body, serum, (esp.) the primary juice called chyle (formed from the food and changed by the bile
into blood) ib.; mercury, quicksilver (sometimes regarded as a kind of quintessence of the human
body, else where as the seminal fluid of S'iva) Sarvad.; semen virile RV. i, 105, 2; myrrh L.; any
mineral or metallic salt Cat.; a metal or mineral in a state of fusion (cf. {upa-}, {mahA-r-}); gold
L.; Vanguieria Spinosa L.; a species of amaranth L.; green onion L.; resin L.; = {amRta} L.; taste,
flavour (as the principal quality of fluids, of which there are 6 original kinds, viz. {madhura},
sweet; {amla}, sour; {lavaNa}, salt; {kaTuka}, pungent; {tikta}, bitter; and {kaSAya}, astringent;
sometimes 63 varieties are distinguished, viz. beside the 6 original ones, 15 mixtures of 2, 20 of 3,
15 of 4, 6 of 5, and 1 of 6 flavours) S'Br. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" six "' VarBriS. S'rutab.; any
object of taste, condiment, sauce, spice, seasoning MBh. Kâv. &c.; the tongue (as the organ of
taste) BhP.; taste or inclination or fondness for (loc. with or scil. {upari}, or comp.), love,
affection, desire MBh. Kâv. &c.; charm pleasure, delight ib.; (in rhet.) the taste or character of a
work, the feeling or sentiment prevailing in it (from 8 to 10 Rasas are generally enumerated, viz.
{zRGgAra}, love; {vIra}, heroism; {bIbhatsa}, disgust; {raudra}, anger or fury; {hAsya}, mirth;
{bhayAnaka}, terror; {karuNa}, pity; {adbhuta}, wonder; {zAnta}, tranquillity or contentment;
{vAtsalya}, paternal fondness; the last or last two are sometimes omitted; cf. under {bhAva})
Bhar. Das'ar. Kâvya7d. &c.; the prevailing sentiment in human character Uttarar. Râjat.; (with
Vaishnavas) disposition of the heart or mind, religious sentiment (there are 5 Rasas or Ratis
forming the 5 degrees of {bhakti} q.v., viz. {zAnti}, {dAsya}, {sAkhya}, {vAtsalya}, and
{mAdhurya}) W.; a kind of metre Ping.; N. of the sacred syllable, `" Om, `" S'ânkhGri.; the son of
a Nishâda and a S'anakî L.; ({A}) f. see s.v.
rasaa * = f. moisture, humidity RV.; N. of a river ib.; a mythical stream supposed to flow round
the earth and the atmosphere ib. (Nir. xi, 23); the lower world, hell MBh. Pur. (cf. {-tala}); the
earth, ground, soil Kâv.; the tongue L.; N. of various plants (Clypea Hernandifolia; Boswellia
Thurifera; Panicum Italicum; a vine or grape; = {kAkolI}) L.
rasanaM = tongue
rasavarjaM = giving up the taste
rasaayanashaastram.h = chemistry
rasaala = mango
rasika * = mf(%{A})n. tasteful, elegant Bhartr2.; having a discriminating taste, aesthetic Ka1v.
Katha1s.; having a taste for or a sense of, fond of, devoted to, delighting in (loc. or comp.) ib.
Ra1jat. Sa1h.; sentimental W.; fanciful MW.; lustful ib.; m. a man full of taste or feeling (cf. %{a-
r-}); a libertine W.; Ardea Sibirica L.; a horse L.; an elephant L.; unboiled juice of sugar-cane L.;
(%{A}) f. see below.\\
rasikA *= f. an emotional wife (cf. comp.); the juice of sugar-cane, molasses L.; curds with sugar
and spice L.; chyle L.; the tongue L.; a woman's girdle L. (cf. %{razanA}).
rasyaaH = juicy
rata = engaged in* mfn. pleased, amused, gratified BhP.; delighting in, intent upon, fond or
enamoured of, devoted or attached or addicted or disposed to (loc. instr. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.;
(ifc.) having sexual intercourse with BhP.; loved, beloved MW.; ({A}) f. N. of the mother of Day
MBh.; n. pleasure, enjoyment, (esp.) enjoyment of love, sexual union, copulation Kâv. Var. &c.;
the private parts L.
rataaH = engaged
ratha = chariot* = 1 m. (4. {R}) `" goer "', a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled war-chariot (lighter
and swifter than the {anas} q.v.), any vehicle or equipage or carriage (applied also to the vehicles
of the gods), waggon, cart RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A}); a warrior, hero, champion MBh. Kathâs. BhP.;
the body L.; a limb, member, part L.; Calamus Rotang L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.; = {pauruSa}
L.; ({I}) f. a small carriage or waggon, cart S'is'. \\ 2 m. ( {ram}) pleasure, joy, delight (cf. {mano-
ratha}); affection, love (cf. ne
rati * = f. rest, repose VS. S'ânkhGri.; pleasure, enjoyment, delight in, fondness for (loc. or comp.;
{ratim} with {Ap}, {labh}, {upa-labh}, {adhi-gam}, {vidkR} or {bandh} and loc., `" to find
pleasure in "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the pleasure of love, sexual passion or union, amorous
enjoyment (often personified as one of the two wives of Kâma-deva, together with Prîti q.v.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; the pudenda L.; = {rati-gRha}, pleasure-house VarBriS.; N. of the sixth Kala of the
Moon Cat.; of an Apsaras MBh.; of the wife of Vibhu (mother of Prithhu-shena) BhP.; of a magical
incantation recited over weapons R.; of the letter {n} Up.; of a metre Col.
rathyaa = ?
raudra = the sentiment of violence, wrath, rage * = or %{raudra4} mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (fr.
%{rudra}) relating or belonging to or coming from Rudra or the Rudras, Rudra-like, violent,
impetuous, fierce, wild (%{am} ind.) RV. &c. &c.; bringing or betokening misfortune, inauspicious
R. Var.; m. a descendant of Rudra MBh.; a worshipper of Rudra W.; (pl., or sg. with %{gaNa}) a
class of evil spirits Hariv.; (scil. %{rasa}) the sentiment of wrath or fury Sa1h. Prata1p.; N. of
Yama L.; the cold season of the year, winter L.; a partic. Ketu VarBr2S.; N. of the 54th year of the
Jupiter cycle of 60 years ib.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh.; (also n.) heat, warmth, sunshine L.; (also n.
and %{I} f.) N. of the Nakshatra A1rdra1 when under Rudra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. N. of Gauri1 L.;
one of the 9 Samidhs Gr2ihya1s.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; (in music.) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; a
partic. Mu1rchana1 ib.; a species of creeper L.; N. of the Comms. on the Tattva-cinta1man2i-
di1dhiti and the Nya1ya-siddha7nta-mukta7vali1 by Rudra Bhat2t2a7ca1rya; (with %{megha-
mAlA} and %{zAnti}) of two older wks.; n. savageness, fierceness, formidableness Katha1s.
Sus3r.; N. of a Lin3ga Cat.; of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
ravi = a name of Sun; ravi m. (accord. to Un. iv, 138 Sch. fr. 1. {ru}) a partic. form of the sun
(sometimes regarded as one of the 12 Âdityas; hence {ravi} is also a N. of the number `" twelve "')
Var. Hariv. &c.; the sun (in general) or the sun-god, Mn. MBh. &c.; = {ravidina}, Sunday Inscr.;
Calotropis Gigantea L.; a mountain L.; N. of a Sauvîraka MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of
the author of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a Cat.; of the author of the Horâprakâs'a ib.; the right
canal for the passage of the vital air (?) W.
ravivaara = Sunday
raya* = m. ( {rI}) the stream of a river, current MBh. Kâv. &c. [868, 3]; quick motion, speed,
swiftness ({eNa} and {At} ind. quickly, immediately, straightway) Kâv. Pur.; course (cf.
{saMvatsarar-}); impetuosity, vehemence, ardour, zeal, S'is. BhP.; N. of a son of Purû-ravas BhP.;
of another king Cat.
recaka= outbreathing* = exhaling btrbh}), clever, skilful, inventive, prudent (said of Indra, Agni,
and the Âdityas RV.; also of property or wealth RV. iv, 37, 5; viii, 93, 34; of an arrow AV. i, 2, 3);
({us}) m. an artist, one who works in iron, a smith, builder (of carriages &c.)N. of three semi-
divine beings (Riibhu, Vâja, and Vibhvan, the name of the first being applied to all of them;
thought by some to represent the three seasons of the year [Ludwig RV. vol. iii, p. 187], and
celebrated for their skill as artists; they are supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, and are the
artists who formed the horses of Indra, the carriage of the As'vins, and the miraculous cow of
Briihaspati; they made their parents young, and performed other wonderful works [Sv-apas]; they
are supposed to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the twelve intercalary days of the
winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya]; after which they recommence
working; when the gods heard of their skill, they sent Agni to them with the one cup of their rival
Tvashthrii, the artificer of the gods, bidding the Riibhus construct four cups from it; when they
had successfully executed this task, the gods received the Riibhus amongst themselves and
allowed them to partake of their sacrifices &c.; cf. Kaegi RV. p. 53 f.) RV. AV. &c.; they appear
generally as accompanying Indra, especially at the evening sacrifice; in later mythology Riibhu is
a son of Brahman VP.; a deity L.; ({avas}) m. a class of deities; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {labor}; Goth.
&70848[226, 2] {arb-aiths}; Angl. Sax. $; Slav. {rab-u8}.]
rekhaa = line
reta = semen
reta* = = {retas}, semen virile L
rica* = ifc. = 2. {R4c}, verse, sacred verse (cf. {tryRca}, &c.); m. N. of a king VP.
riddhi* f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth, abundance VS. TS. S'Br.
Âs'vGri. &c. (personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.); accomplishment, perfection,
supernatural power BhP. Lalit. &c.; magic; a kind of medicinal plant Bhpr. Car.; N. of Pârvatî L.;
of Lakshmî L.
riitaM = truth
riitiH = procedure/practice/custom
riNa = debt
ritaM = truth
rita * =mf(%{A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able,
brave, honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected
L.; enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16;
of a son of Vijaya VP.; (%{am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or
pious action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are
generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS.
S3Br. &c. [223,3]; truth in general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pan5cat.
&c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a Bra1hman's obtaining a livelihood as
opposed to agriculture, which is %{anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath, vow Ta1n2d2yaBr.
La1t2y.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the sacred
objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; (%{a4m})
ind. right, duly, properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; (%{Rtam} %{i}, to go the right way, be pious
or virtuous RV.); (%{e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or
right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritu = season
riddhaM = prosperous
riddham.h = enriched
riksha (RkSa)* =1 mfn. (etym. doubtful) bald, bare TS. MaitrS.\\= 2 mfn. (2. %{RS} Un2. iii, 66;
67; probably fr. %{Rz}), hurting, pernicious RV. viii, 24, 27; m. a bear (as a ravenous beast) RV. v,
56, 3 VS. xxiv, 36 Mn. Sus3r. &c.; a species of ape Katha1s.; Bignonia Indica L.; N. of several men
RV. viii, 68, 15 MBh. &c.; of a mountain VP. MBh.; (ifc.) the best or most excellent L.; (%{As}) m.
pl. the seven stars, the Pleiades, the seven R2ishis RV. i, 24, 10 S3Br. ii TA1r.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
wife of Ajami1d2ha MBh. i; of a woman in the retinue of Skanda MBh. ix; (%{I}) f. a female bear
MBh. R. Katha1s.; m. and (%{am}) n. a star, constellation, lunar mansion Mn. MBh. R. &c.;
(%{am}) n. the twelfth part of the ecliptic; the particular star under which a person happens to be
born VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ursus}; Lith. {loky-s} for &70306[224,3] {olkys}.]\\ =
3 mfn. cut, pierced L.
ringati = to crawl
ripavaH = enemies
ripu = Enemy
ripuH = enemy
rishi* = m. (2. {RS} Comm. on Un. iv, 119; {RSati jJAnena saMsAra-pAram} T.; perhaps fr. an
obsolete {RS} for {dRz}, `" to see ? "' cf. {RSi-kRt}), a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet or
sage, any person who alone or with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech or song of a
sacred character (e.g. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rebha, Agastya, Kus'ika, Vasishthha,
Vy-as'va) RV. AV. VS. &c.; the Riishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages or
saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other
countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system, as distinct from
gods, men, Asuras, &c. AV. x, 10, 26 S'Br. AitBr. KâtySr. Mn. &c.; they are the authors or rather
seers of the Vedic hymns i.e. according to orthodox Hindû ideas they are the inspired personages
to whom these hymns were revealed, and such an expression as `" the Riishi says "' is equivalent
to `" so it stands in the sacred text "' [227,1]; seven Riishis, {sapta RSayaH}, or {saptaRSayaH} or
{saptarSayaH}, are often mentioned in the Brâhmanas and later works as typical representatives
of the character and spirit of the pre-historic or mythical period; in S'Br. xiv, 5, 2, 6 their names
are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvâja, Vis'vâ-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishthha, Kas'yapa, and
Atri; in MBh. xii, Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishthha are given as the
names of the Riishis of the first Manvantara, and they are also called Prajâpatis or patriarchs; the
names of the Riishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff.; afterwards
three other names are added, viz. Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, and Nârada, these ten being
created by Manu Svâyambhuva for the production of all other beings including gods and men
Âs'vS'r. MBh. VP. &c.; in astron. the seven Riishis form the constellation of `" the Great Bear RV.
x, 82, 2 AV. vi, 40, 1 S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; (metaphorically the seven Riishis may stand for the
seven senses or the seven vital airs of the body VS. xxxiv S'Br. xiv KâtyS'r.); a saint or sanctified
sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense; sometimes three orders of these are
enumerated, viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, and Râjarshis; sometimes seven, four others being
added, viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, S'rutarshis, and Kândarshis) Mn. iv, 94; xi, 236 S'ak. Ragh.
&c.; the seventh of the eight degrees of Brâhmans Hcat.; a hymn or Mantra composed by a Riishi;
the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat.; a symbolical expression for the number seven; the moon; an
imaginary circle; a ray of light L.; the fish Cyprinus Rishi L.; [cf. Hib. {arsan}, `" a sage, a man old
in wisdom "'; {arrach}, `" old, ancient, aged. "'],
rishhayaH = those who are active within
rita {A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit, apt, suitable, able, brave,
honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.;
enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a
son of Vijaya VP.; ({am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or pious
action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by BRD. and are
generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS.
S'Br. &c. [223, 3]; truth in general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pañcat.
&c.; figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a Brâhmañs obtaining a livelihood as
opposed to agriculture, which is {anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath, vow TândyaBr. Lâthy.; truth
personified (as an object of worship, and hence enumerated among the sacred objects in the Nir.);
water L.; sacrifice L.; a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; ({a4m}) ind. right, duly,
properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; ({Rtam} {i}, to go the right way, be pious or virtuous RV.);
({e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully, according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly,
sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritasad* = mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works
(as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship or pious works
(as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts (as gods) RV.
ritaashah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7 mfn. seated or
dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at sacrifice Sây.)
ritastubh* = m. `" praising properly or duly "'N. of a Riishi RV. i, 112, 20.
ritaspati* = (voc. {Rtaspate}) m. lord of pious works (as sacrifice &c. [224, 1]; N. of Vâyu) RV. viii,
26, 21.
ritaspris'* = mfn. connected with pious works or worship RV. v, 67, 4 (N. of the Âdityas); i, 2, 80;
iv, 50, 3 (N. of Mitra-varuna); (touching water Sây.)
ritASah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7
ritu * = m. (Un2. i, 72) any settled point of time, fixed time, time appointed for any action (esp. for
sacrifices and other regular worship), right or fit time RV. AV. VS.; an epoch, period (esp. a
division or part of the year), season (the number of the divisions of the year is in ancient times,
three, five, six, seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four; in later time six seasons are enumerated,
viz. Vasanta, `" spring "'; Gri1shma, `" the hot season "'; Varsha1s (f. nom. pl.), `" the rainy season
"' S3arad, `" autumn "'; Hemanta, `" winter "'; and S3is3ira, `" the cool season "'; the seasons are
not unfrequently personified, addressed in Mantras, and worshipped by libations) RV. AV. VS.
&c. MBh. Mn. &c.; symbolical expression for the number six VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; the menstrual
discharge (in women), the time after the courses (favourable for procreation; according to Bhpr.
sixteen days after their appearance) Sus3r. MBh. Mn. &c.; sexual union at the above time Mn. ix,
93 MBh.; fixed order, order, rule [BRD.] RV. i, 162, 19; light, splendour L.; a particular mineral L.;
N. of a R2ishi; of the twelfth Manu.
rohiNii * = f. (f. of {rohita}, `" red "', below; also f. of {rohin} above) a red cow or [later] any cow
(represented as a daughter of Surabhi and mother of cattle, esp. of Kâma-dhenu, `" cow of plenty
"'; in the Veda, Rohinî may perhaps also mean `" a red mare "') RV. &c. &c.; N. of the ninth
Nakshatra or lunar asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in this sense it may optionally
have the accent on the last syllable; it is personified as a daughter of Daksha, and as the favourite
wife of the Moon, called `" the Red one "' from the colour of the star Aldebaran or principal star in
the constellation which contains 5 stars, prob. $, $, $, $, $, Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled
vehicle or sometimes by a temple or fish; it is exceptionally pl., and in TS. and TBr. there are 2
Nakshatras of this name; it may also be used as an adj. and mean `" born under the Nakshatra
Rohinî "' Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1); lightning L.; a young girl (in whom menstruation has just
commenced; others `" a girl nine years of age "') Griihyâs. Pañcat.; N. of various plants Sus'r.
Bhpr. (= Helleborus Niger; Acacia Arabica; Gmelina Arborea &c. L.); inflammation of the throat
(of various kinds) Sus'r.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Mûrchanâ ib.; a kind of steel
L.; N. of two wives of Vasudeva and the mother of Bala-râma MBh. Pur.; of a wife of Kriishna
Hariv.; of the wife of Mahâ-deva Pur.; of a daughter of Hiranya-kas'ipu MBh.; of one of the 16
Vidyâ-devîs L.; of a river VP.
roga = disease
rocana* = mf({I} or {A})n. bright, shining, radiant AV. Br. GriS. MBh. Hariv.; giving pleasure or
satisfaction, pleasant, charming, lovely Bhathth. BhP.; sharpening or stimulating the appetite,
stomachic Sus'r. [889,1]; m. N. of various plants (Andersonia Rohitika; Alangium Hexapetalum;
the pomegranate tree &c.) L.; apartic. yellow pigment (v.l. for {rocanA}) MBh. (C.); a stomachic
W.; N. of a demon presiding over a partic. disease Hariv.; of one of the 5 arrows of the god of love
(`" exciter "') Cat.; of a son of Vishnu by Dakshinâ BhP.; of Indra under Manu Svârocisha ib.; of
one of the Vis've Devâh VP.; of a mountain MârkP.; ({A4}) and ({I}) f. see below; n. light,
brightness, (esp.) the bright sky, firmament, luminous sphere (of which there are said to be three;
cf. under {rajas}) RV. AV. Br. (in this sense sometimes {A}, f.); pl. lights, stars AV.; (ifc.) the
causing a desire for BhP.; ({ruci-ruce r-}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
rocanaa* =1 f. the bright sky or luminous sphere (= {rocana}, m.) AV. TBr.; a partic. yellow
pigment (commonly called {go-rocanA}) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Sus'r.; a handsome woman L.; a red
lotusflower L.; bamboo manna or Tabâshîr L.; dark S'âlmali L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva BhP.; of
a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.
rocis* =n. light, lustre, brightness RV. &c. &c.; grace, loveliness BhP.
rociSmat* =mfn. (fr. %{rocis} + %{mat}) possessing or giving light Hariv.; m. N. of a son of Manu
Sva1rocisha BhP.
rociSNu* =mfn. shining, bright, brilliant, splendid, gay VS. &c. &c.; giving an appetite, stomachic
Sus3r.
roditi = to cry
rodhaka* = mfn. stopping, holding back, restraining, shutting up, besieging, blockading Kâv.
rodhas* = n. a bank, embankment, dam, mound, wall, shore RV. &c. &c.; a mountain slope R.
Hariv.; the steep wall or bank (of a cloud) Kathâs.; the brink (of a well) BhP.; the flank, side, a
womañs hips BhP. (cf. {taTa}).
rodhasvat* = ({ro4dhas-}) mfn. having high banks RV.; ({atI}) f. N. of a river BhP.
rodhana* = 2 mf({I})n. (for 1. see above, col. 1) obstructing, impeding, being an obstacle or
hindrance W.; m. the planet Mercury L.; ({A}) f. a dam, bank, wall (= {rodhas}) RV. ii, 13, 10;
({ro4-}) n. shutting up, confinement RV. BhP.; stopping, restraining, checking, preventing,
impeding Kâv. Pur.
rodha* = (ifc.) sprouting, growing &c. (cf. 2. {ava-rodha} and {nyag-r-}); m. growing, ascending,
moving upwards (cf. next).
rodha* = 2 m. (for 1. see above, col. 1) the act of stopping, checking, obstructing, impeding;
suppressing, preventing, confining, surrounding, investing, besieging, blockading MBh. Kâv. &c.;
obstruction of the bowels, costiveness Car.; attacking, making war upon (gen.) R.; a dam, bank,
shore Râjat. Sus'r. (cf. {rodhas}); an arrow L.; a partic. hell VP.; N. of a man g. {zivA7di}.
ru = light
rud.h = to cry
rudantikA* = and f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (= {amRta-sravA}) L.
rudita* = mfn. wept, lamented MBh. Kâv. &c. weeping, crying, lamenting ib.; wet with tears
MBh.; n. weeping, crying, lamentation Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.
rud.hdhvaa = checking
rudra = a form of Shiva\\* = mfn. (prob.) crying, howling, roaring, dreadful, terrific, terrible,
horrible (applied to the As'vins, Agni, Indra, Mitra, Varuna, and the {spa4zaH}) RV. AV. (accord.
to others `" red, shining, glittering "', fr. a {rud} or {rudh} connected with {rudhira}; others `"
strong, having or bestowing strength or power "', fr. a {rud} = {vRd}, {vRdh}; native authorities
give also the following meanings, `" driving away evil "'; `" running about and roaring "', fr. {ru} +
{dra} = 2. {dru}; `" praiseworthy, to be praised "'; `" a praiser, worshipper "' = {stotR} Naigh. iii,
16); m. `" Roarer or Howler "'N. of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the Rudras and
Maruts (in the Veda he is closely connected with Indra and still more with Agni, the god of fire,
which, as a destroying agent, rages and crackles like the roaring storm, and also with Kâla or Time
the all-consumer, with whom he is afterwards identified; though generally represented as a
destroying deity, whose terrible shafts bring death or disease on men and cattle, he has also the
epithet {ziva}, `" benevolent "' or `" auspicious "', and is even supposed to possess healing powers
from his chasing away vapours and purifying the atmosphere; in the later mythology the word
{ziva}, which does not occur as a {name} in the Veda, was employed, first as an euphemistic
epithet and then as a real name for Rudra, who lost his special connection with storms and
developed into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle; while a new class of
beings, described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called Rudras, took the place
of the original Rudras or Maruts: in VP. i, 7, Rudra is said to have sprung from Brahmâ's
forehead, and to have afterwards separated himself into a figure half male and half female, the
former portion separating again into the 11 Rudras, hence these later Rudras are sometimes
regarded as inferior manifestations of S'iva, and most of their names, which are variously given in
the different Purânas, are also names of S'iva [883, 2]; those of the VâyuP. are Ajai9kapad, Ahir-
budhnya, Hara, Nirriita, Îs'vara, Bhuvana, Angâraka, Ardha-ketu, Mriityu, Sarpa, Kapâlin;
accord. to others the Rudras are represented as children of Kas'yapa and Surabhi or of Brahmâ
and Surabhi or of Bhûta and Su-rûpâ; accord. to VP. i, 8, Rudra is one of the 8 forms of S'iva;
elsewhere he is reckoned among the Dik-pâlas as regent of the north-east quarter) RV. &c. &c. (cf.
RTL. 75 &c.); N. of the number `" eleven "' (from the 11 Rudras) VarBriS.; the eleventh Cat.; (in
astrol.) N. of the first Muhûrta; (in music) of a kind of stringed instrument (cf. {rudrI} and
{rudra-vINA}); of the letter {e} Up.; of various men Kathâs. Râjat.; of various teachers and
authors (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {bhaTTa}, {zarman}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a king Buddh.; du.
(incorrect acc. to Vâm. v, 2, 1) Rudra and Rudrâni (cf. also {bhavA-r-} and {somA-rudra}); pl. the
Rudras or sons of Rudra (sometimes identified with or distinguished from the Maruts who are 11
or 33 in number) RV. &c. &c.; an abbreviated N. for the texts or hymns addressed to Rudra
GriS'rS. Gaut. Vas. (cf. {rudra-japa}); of a people (v.l. {puNDra}) VP.; ({A}) f. a species of creeping
plant L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva VâyuP.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va (v.l. {bhadrA}) VP.; pl. a
hundred heatmaking suns "' rays L.; ({I}) f. a kind of lute or guitar L. (cf. m. and {rudra-vINA}).
rudraaksha* = m. `" RñRudra-eyed "', Elaeocarpus Ganitrus or its berry (used for rosaries) W. (cf.
RTL. 67, 82); a rosary (gender doubtful) Râjat.; N. of an Upanishad (gender dñdoubtful); {-kalpa}
m. {-dhAraNa} n. {-parI7kSA} f. N. of wks.; {-mAlA} (Hcar.) or {-mAlikA} (Kâd.) f. a rosary;
{-mAhAtmya} n. {-ya-varNana} n. N. of wks.; {-valaya} m. or n. (?) a rosary Kâd.; {-So7paniSad}
(f. N. of an Upanishad.
rudhira = blood
rupaM = beauty
rukma * m. `" what is bright or radiant "', an ornament of gold, golden chain or disc RV. AV. (here
n.) VS. Br. S'rS.; Mesua Roxburghii L.; the thorn-apple L.; N. of a son of Rucaka BhP.; n. gold L.;
iron L.; a kind of collyrium L.
ruksha = dry
ruuksha4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {rUS}; cf. 2. {rukSa}) rough, dry, arid, dreary S'Br. &c. &c.;
emaciated, thin Sus'r.; rough to the taste, astringent MBh. Sus'r.; not greasy or oily (as food or
medicine) Kathâs. Sus'r.; hard, harsh, unkind, cruel (as a person or speech) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
unpleasant, disagreeable, not soft (to the sight, smell &c.) ib.; dismal (as a house) Pañcat.; soiled,
smeared, dirtied R. Mudr.; having the smell of an elephant in rut L.; m. hardness, harshness L.;
the smell of the rut of an elephant L.; a kind of grass (= {varaka}) L.; ({A}) f. Croton Polyandrum
or Tiglium L.; n. a good kind of iron L.; the thick part of curds L.
ruusha * rUSa m. bitter and sour taste L.; mf({A})n. bitter and sour L. (cf. {rUkSa}).
ruupasya = form
ruupaaNi = forms
ruupeNa = form
saaDesaati = Saturñs transit of the lunar 12, 1, 2 houses. It lasts about 7 1\/2 years and is regarded
as problematic for the Native by some Jyotishi. If the sarvaashhTakavarga of the signs in 12th, 1st
and 2nd from the Moon have more than 30 points this relieves a lot of the above malefic side-
effects. One should also judge the whole chart and see whether there is real malevolence to this
transit
saadhakaM = means
saadhana = instrument * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well,
furthering RV.; effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.;
conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.; denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of
the author of RV. x, 157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment,
performance (see %{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}),
the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up,
summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.;
enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment,
fullilment, completion, perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument,
demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion)
Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or
utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of
summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military
forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means
of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods,
commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or
female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a
noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.)
Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation,
computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed
between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `"
matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification,
attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals,
depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a
funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhayet.h = achieves
saadhu = good man * f. {sAdhvI3} straight, right, good, excellent, virtuous. -- m. a good or honest
man; f. {sAdhvI} a. faithful or excellent wife; n. the good or right, as adv. well, right; bravo!
saadhuH = a saint
saadhayitR * = mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer Nir.
saadhana * =mf({I} or {A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.; effective,
efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; procuring Kâv.; conjuring up (a spirit) Kathâs.;
denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pân. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having
the patr. {bhauvana}) Anukr.; ({A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see {mantra-s-});
propitiation, worship, adoration L.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), the act of mastering, overpowering,
subduing Kir. Pañcat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh.
Kathâs.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus'r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a
debt) Das'.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir.
MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Yâjñ. Sâh. Sarvad.; reason or
premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of effecting or
accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient,
requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity)
Kâlac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg. and pl.)
Hariv. Uttar. Râjat.; conflict, battle S'is'.; means of correcting or punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod
"' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in
general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or
agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.; preparing, making ready,
preparation (of food, poison &c.) Kathâs. MârkP.; obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Kâv.
BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Ganit.; fruit, result Pañcat.; the conjugational affix
or suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (= {vIharaNa} q.v.) Pân. 8-4, 30
Vârtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance,
self-mortification, attainment of beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying;
killing metals, depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury];
burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after,
following.).
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.
saadhana * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well, furthering RV.;
effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit)
Katha1s.; denoting, designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x,
157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see
%{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}), the act of mastering,
overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits
&c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease, healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or
recovery (of a debt) Das3.; bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion,
perfection Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5. Sa1h.
Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v, 10; any means of
effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or implement or utensil or apparatus, an
expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a
spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.; means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an
army (sg. and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or punishing
(as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment, goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient
cause or source (in general) L.; organ of generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of
the instrumental or agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.;
preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; obtaining,
procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation, computation Gan2it.; fruit,
result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed between the root and
terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2. 8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material,
substance, ingredient, drug, medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of
beatitude; conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals, depriving them
by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of mercury]; burning on a funeral pile,
obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going; going quickly; going after, following.).
saahasa = adventure
saahitya = literature
s'aakra *= mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh.
VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ
(presided over by Indra) VarBriS.
saakaM = with
saakhya * = n. association, party RV. KâtyS'r.; friendship (prob. w.r. for {sakhya}) L.; mfn.
{-sAkheya} KâtyS'r. [1198, 2]
saakshin* = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness, witness (in law) of
or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the
object or to that which is external to the mind, AshthâvS.; cf. {sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also
pl.) Sanskârak.
saaksha* = mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) furnished with a yoke (of oxen) Kaus'. \\sAkSa* = 2 mfn. (fr.
7. {sa} + {akSa}) having the seeds (of which rosaries are made), having rosary MW. \\sAkSa* = 3
(fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}), having eyes (only in abl.; see next).
saakshaat.h = directly * = ind. (abl. of %{sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Ka1v.
Katha1s. Sarvad. ; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198,1] ; in
person, in bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; immediately, directly
Sarvad. Kull.
saala *= 1 m. (often incorrectly written for 1. {zAla}) the S'âl tree; a wall, fence &c.; for these and
other meanings and compounds such as {salagrAma} &c., see 1. {zAla}; ({A}) f. see next.
saalamba = supported
saaman * =1 n. (fr. 1. {sA} = 1. {san}) acquisition, possession, property, wealth, abundance RV.
VS. \\
saaman * = 2 n. (m. only in TBr.; prob. connected with {sAntv}; accord. to some fr. 1. {sA}; cf. 3.
{sAman}) calming, tranquillizing, (esp.) kind or gentle words for winning an adversary,
conciliation, negotiation (one of the 4 Upa7yas or means of success against an enemy, the other 3
being {dAna}, {bheda}, and {daNDa}, qq. vv.; ibc. or instr. sg. and pl., `" by friendly means or in a
friendly way, willingly, voluntarily "') TBr. &c. &c.
saaman * =3 n. (of doubtful derivation; accord. to Un. iv, 152 fr. {so} = 2. {sA}, as `" destroying
sin "'; in Nir. vii, 12 apparently connected with {sammita}; by others derived fr. 1. {san}, {sA},
{sAntv}, and perhaps not to be separated fr. 1. and 2. {sAman}) a metrical hymn or song of praise,
(esp.) a partic. kind of sacred text or verse called a Sâman (intended to be chanted, and forming,
with {Rc}, {yajus}, {chandas}, one of the 4 kinds of Vedic composition mentioned first in RV. x,
90, 9) RV. &c. &c.; any song or tune (sacred or profane, also the hum of bees) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
faculty of uttering sounds (?) TBr. (Sch.)
saamarthyaM = ability
saamarsha* = mfn. having impatience or anger, impatient, indignant, wrathful, enraged at (prati)
Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) ind. angrily Mriicch.
saamavedaH = the Sama Veda
saamaajika = social
saamaanya = common
saamaasikasya = of compounds
saamaya* = 1 (Nom. fr. {sAman} or fr. artificial {sAm}; for 2. {sA7maya} see col. 3) cl. 10. P.
{sAmayati} (aor. {asasAmat} or {asISamat}), to conciliate, appease, pacify. tranquillize Dhâtup.
xxxv, 27.
saamaya* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) connected with or suffering from disease S'ank.
saamba* = 1 m. (also written {zAmba}) N. of a son of Kriishna and Jâmbavatî (in consequence of
the curse of some holy sages who had been deceived by a female disguise which he had assumed,
he was condemned to produce offspring in the shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of
the race of Vriishni and Andhaka; he is said to have been instructed by Nârada in the worship of
the sun, and by Vyâsa in the ritual of the Magi) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (also with {zAstrin}) N. of
various authors and teachers Cat.; n. = {-purANa} ib.\\2 mfn. attended by Ambâ (q.v.), Kâsikh.
saMyuta* = mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh.; put together, joined or
connected with (instr. with and without {saha}, or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; increased hy, added to
(instr. or comp.) VarBriS. Râjat.; (ifc.) being in conjunction with VarBriS.; consisting of.
containing (instr. or comp.) R.; (ifc.) relating to, implying ({praI7Sya-s-}, `" implying service "')
Mn. ii, 32; accumulated (v.l. for {sam-bhRta}) S'ak. iv, 120/121
saamye = in equanimity
saamyena = generally
saakshaat * = ind. (abl. of {sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes Kâv. Kathâs.
Sarvad.; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198, 1]; in person, in
bodily form, personally, visibly, really, actually MBh. Kâv. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.
saaMvatsara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {saM-vatsara}) yearly, annual, perennial, lasting or occupying year
(with {bhRti}, f. `" annual wages "') S'rS. MBh. BhP.; m. an astrologer, almanac-maker MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a lunar month L.; black rice L.; (with {dIkSita}) N. of an author Cat.; ({I}) f. a funeral
ceremony performed a year after a persoñs death L.
saantvayati = (10 up) to console
saanu * = m. n. (accord. to Un. i, 3 fr. {san}; collateral form 3. {snu}) a summit, ridge, surface, top
of a mountain, (in later language generally) mountain-ridge, table-land RV. &c. &c. (L. also, a
sprout; a forest; road; gale of wind; sage, learned man; the sun "').
s'aanti * = f. tranquillity, peace, quiet, peace or calmness of mind, absence of passion, averting of
pain ({zAnti}! {zAnti}! {zAnti}! may the three kinds of pain be averted!), indifference to objects of
pleasure or pain KathhUp. MBh. &c.; alleviation (of evil or pain), cessation, abatement, extinction
(of fire &c.) AV. &c. &c.; a pause, breach, interruption Hcat.; any expiatory or propitiatory rite for
averting evil or calamity Br. &c. (cf. RTL. 346); peace, welfare, prosperity, good fortune, ease,
comfort, happiness, bliss MBh. R. &c.; destruction, end, eternal rest, death Kâv. Kathâs. BhP.; =
{zAnti-kalpa} BhP.; Tranquillity &c. personified (as a daughter of S'raddhâ, as the wife of
Atharvan, as the daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) Hariv. Prab. Pur.; m. N. of a son of
Indra MBh.; of Indra in the tenth Manv-antara Pur.; of a Tushita (son of Vishnu and Dakshinâ)
ib.; of a son of Kriishna and Kâlindî ib.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of Angiras ib.; of a disciple of
Bhûti MârkP.; of a son of Nîla and father of Su-s'ânti VP.; (with Jainas) of an Arhat and Cakra-
vartin L.; of a teacher (also called {ratnA7kara-z-}) Buddh.
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban,
interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter
a curse on any one "', with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
s'aa4pa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances RV. AV.
saapatna * = mfn. (fr, {sa-patna}, or {sapatnI}) coming or derived from a rival AV.; based on
rivalry (as enmity) MBh.; born of a rival or cowife; m. (with or without {bhrAtR}, `" a half-brother
on the mother's side "') R.; (pl.) the children of different wives of the same husband MBh.
saapatnya* mf({A})n. based on rivalry (as enmity) Kâm.; born from a rival or fellow-wife R.; m. a
half-brother ib.; a rival, enemy L.; n. enmity or rivalry among wives of the same husband S'is'.;
relationship of children born from different wives of the same husband R.
saapatnaka * = n. rivalry among the wives of the same husband MBh.; rivalry in general, enmity
ib. Bâlar.
saapatneya * = mf({I})n. born from a rival wife
saara * = 1 (fr. {sR}) m. course, motion (see {pUrva-s-}); stretching out, extension Kâlac.; mfn.
driving away, destroying Bâlar. ii, 60/61
saara * = 2 m. n. (ifc. f. {A}; perhaps to be connected with 1. {sAra} above; prob. fr. a lost root
meaning. `" to be strong "') the core or pith or solid interior of anything RV. &c. &c.; firmness,
strength power, energy AV. &c. &c.; the substance or essence or marrow or cream or heart or
essential part of anything, best part, quintessence (ifc. = `" chiefly consisting of or depending on
&c. "' [cf. {para}] e.g. {dharma-sAraM jagat}, `" the world chiefly depends on justice "'; {tUSNIM-
sAra} mfn. `" chiefly silent "'; {sArat sAram}, `" the very best "') AitBr. &c. &c.; the real meaning,
main point MW.; a compendium, summary, epitome (often ifc. in titles of books); a
chiefingredient or constituent part of the body (causing the peculiarities of temperament;
reckoned to be 7, viz. {sattva}, {zukra}, {majjan}, {asthi}, {medas}, {mAMsa}, {rakta}) Sus'r.
VarBriS.; any ingredient Sus'r.; nectar R. BhP.; cream, curds L.; worth, value ({eNa}, `" in
consideration of. "', according to "') Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; wealth, property, goods, riches Kâv. Pur.
Râjat.; (in rhet.) a kind of climax ({uttaro7ttaram utkarSaH}) Sâh. Kpr.; resin used as a perfume
Sus'r. SârngS.; water Vâs.; dung Kriishis.; the matter formed in a boil or ulcer, pus MW.; impure
carbonate of soda ib.; a confederate prince, ally VarBriS.; (= 1. {zAra}) a piece at chess or
backgammon &c.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant( = {kriSNa-trivRtA}) L.; Kus'a grass L.; ({I}) f. see under
{sAri} and {sArI} (next p.); mf({A})n. hard, firm solid strong MBh. Râv. &c.; precious, valuable
Das'.; good, sound, best, excellent BhP. Pañcar.; sound (as an argument, thoroughly proved) W.;
full of (instr.) VarBriS.; motley, speckled (= {zAra}) Sus'r. Kâd.
sAroha 8 = mf(%{A})n. having elevation, elevated to (loc.) R. ; together with a horseman ib.
saa7svaadana* = n. (scil. {sthAna}; with Jainas) N. of the second of the 14 stages towards
supreme bliss Cat.
s'aatha*= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or
gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata4* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble,
slender, emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW.
s'aata* = 2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r.
saat * = 1 a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the
thing expressed by that word (see {agni-}, {bhasma-sAt} &c.) \\ * = 2 a Sautra root meaning `" to
give pleasure "' Pân. Vop. \\ 3 n. N. of Brahman L.
saati * = 1 f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property RV.; a gift, oblation L.; N.
of a teacher (having the patr. {auSTrAkSi}) Cat. \\ 2 f. end, destruction L.; violent pain ib. \\3 (for
1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping. \\ 3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre
Ping
saath * = cl. 10. P. {sATayati}, to make visible or manifest Dhâtup. xxxv, 84.
saatmataa* = (%{sA7tma4-}) f. community of essence or nature with (gen. instr., or comp.) S3Br.
MBh. ; absorption into the essence (of Brahma1) MW.
saatvata *sAtvata f({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or
Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N.
of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or
worshipper of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L.,
`" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a
Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saattvikaaH = in goodness
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is
truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshB
saatvata * = mf({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or sacred to Satvata or
Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g. {vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N.
of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh. BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or
worshipper of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya; accord. to L.,
`" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was formerly the witt of a
Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one whose nature is
truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saayaM = evening
sa = he
saa = that is
sabala * =({sa4-}) mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c.; together with strength or power L.;
accompanied by a force or army. MBh. R.; together with Bala (Kriishna's eldest brother) BhP.; m.
N. of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv.; of a son of Vasishthha (and one of the 7 Riishis) MârkP.; of
one of the 7 Riishis under Manu S'âvarna ib.; {-tA} f. (S'ânkhBr.), {-tva} n. (S'is'.) power, strength;
{-vAhana} mfn. with an army and followers Yâjñ. Sch.; {-siMha} m. N. of a king Inscr.; {-lAt-
kAram} ind. with force, forcibly S'ak.; {-lA7nuga} mfn. followed by an army MBh. R.; = {sa-
balavAhana} MW.
sabhaajita * = mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c.; praised, celebrated BhP.
sachetaaH = in my consciousness
sadhana * =n. (i.e.7. {sa} + {dh-}) common property S'Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBriS.; together with riches Kathâs.; {-tA} f. wealthiness Prasang.
sadaa = always
sadaasaa * mfn. (nom.pl. {-sAH}) alwñalways gaining (superl. {-tama}) RV.; alwñalways
subsisting abundantly ib.
sadaiva = always
sadaya = compassionate
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing riches, wealthy,
opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f. wealthiness Prasan3g.
sadrishaM = accordingly
sadrishaH = like
sadrishii = like that
sadris' * = mfn. (nom. {sadR4G} or {sadRk}; n. pl. {sadRMzi}) = {sadRkSa} (with instr. or ifc.)
RV. &c. &c.; fit, proper, just, right MW.
sadris'a* = mf({I}, once in R. {A})n. like, resembling, similar to (gen. instr., loc "', or comp.) or in
(instr. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (accord. to Pat. on Pân. 6-2, 11 Vârtt. 2 also compounded with a
gen. e.g. {dAsyAH-s-}, {vRSalyAH-s-}); conformable, suitable, fit, proper, right, worthy MBh.
Kâv. &c.; ({am}) ind. suitably, well Uttarar.
sadyaH = instantly
sadyah = immediately
sadyas * = ind. (fr. 7. {sa+dyu}; cf. {sadi4vas}) on the same day, in the very moment (either `" at
once "', `" immediately "' or `" just "', `" recently "') RV. &c. &c.; daily, every day RV. AV. AitBr.
MBh.
sah* =1 cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xx, 22) %{sa4hate} (Ved. and ep. also %{-ti} and exceptionally
%{sAhati}, once in MBh. 1. sg. %{sahyAmi}; p. %{sa4hat} %{sa4hamAna} [q.v.]; pf. %{sche},
%{sasAha}; Ved. also %{sasA8he4} and %{sAsAhat}; %{sAsa4hat}; %{sAsahISTA4H},
{sAsahyAma}3{sAsahyA4ma}; p. %{sehAna4}, %{sAsahAna4}, %{sA8sahva4s} and %{sAhva4s}
[q.v.]; aor. %{asAkSi}, %{sAkSi}, %{sAkSate} RV.; %{sAkSIt} GopBr.; %{sakSati} AV.; %{sakSat},
%{sA4kSAma} RV.; Impv. %{sakSi}, %{sA8kSva} ib.; p. %{sa4kSat} ib.; %{a4sahisTa} RV.; Prec.
%{sahyAs}, %{sAhyA4ma} ib.; %{sAkSIya}. AV.; %{sA4hiSIma4hi} RV.; fut. %{soDhA} MBh. &c.;
%{sahitA} Gr.; %{sakSyati} MBh., %{-te} Br.; %{sAkSye} [?] AV.; %{-sahiSyati}, %{-te} MBh.;
Cond. %{asahisyat} ib.; inf %{sa4hadhyai} RV. Ka1t2h.; %{sA4Dhyai} MaitrS.; %{soDhum},
%{sahitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{soDhvA} A1pS3r. Sch.; %{sAdhvA}, %{sahitvA} Gr.; %{sa4hya} RV.
&c.; %{sa4ham} Br.), to prevail, be victorious; to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat (enemies),
gain, win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhat2t2.; to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr. S3Br. [1193,1]; to
master, suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c.; to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) ib.; to bear up
against, resist, with. stand AV. &c. &c.; to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with %{na},
`" to grudge "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag.; to
spare any one Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; to let pass, approve anything Sarvad.; (with %{kalam}, %{kala-
kSepam} &c.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time Ka1v. Katha1s.: Caus. or cl. 10.
%{sAhayati} (aor. %{asISahat}), to forbear Dha1tup. xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. %{sisAhayiSati}
Pa1n2. 8-3, 62?: Desid. %{sI4kSate} (p. %{sI4kSat}; accord. to Pa1n2. 8-3, 61, also %{sisahiSa}),
to wish to overcome RV. TS.: Intens. %{sAsaSyate}, %{sAsoDhi} (cf %{sA8sahi4} Gr. [Cf.
%{sahas} and $ for $; $, $.]
sah* = 2 (strong form %{sAh}) mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc.; see %{abhimAti-SA4h}
&c.)
sah* = 3 cl. 4. P. %{sahyati}, to satisfy, delight Dha1tup. xxvi, 20; to be pleased ib.; to bear, endure
(cf. 1. %{sah}) ib.
saha = With * = mf(%{A})n. powerful, mighty RV.; (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing MBh.; bearing,
enduring, withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; causing,
effecting, stimulating, exerting S3is3.; able to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Ka1lid. S3is3. Katha1s.;
m. the month Ma1rgas3i1rsha (see %{sahas}) VS. S3Br. Car.; a partic. Agni MBh.; a species of
plant AV.; N. of a son of Manu Hariv.; of a son of Pra7n2a and U1sjasvati1 BhP.; of a son of
Dhr2itara1shi7ra MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Ma1dri1 BhP.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; (with
Buddhists) N. of a division of the world (with %{loka-dhAtu}, `" the world inhabited by men "')
Ka1ran2d2.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. = Aloe Perfoliata, %{daNDo7patA}, %{rAsnA} &c.)
VarBr2S. Sus3r.; Unguis Odoratus L.; n. = %{bala} L.; kind of salt L. 1.\\2 ind. (prob. fr. 7.
%{sa+dhA}, which in Veda may become %{dha}; cf. 1. %{sadha}) together with, along with, with
(with %{grah} and %{A-dA}, `" to take with one "'; with %{dA}, to give to take away with one "';
with %{kRtvA} and acc., `" taking with one, `" in the company of "'; often as a prep. governing
instr. case, but generally placed after the governed word e.g. %{tena@saha}, `" along with him "'
[1193,3]; exceptionally with abl. e.g. %{aizvaryAt@saha}, `" with sovereignty "' Ca1n2. 104); in
common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used as a prefix in comp., expressing `"
community of action "', e.g. %{sahA7dhyayana} q.v.; or forming adjectives expressing `" the
companion of an action "', e.g. %{saha-cara} q.v.); at the same time or simultaneously with
(prefixed to adverbs of time e.g. %{saha-pUrvA7hNam} q.v.; rarely ifc. e.g. %{vainateya-s-}, `"
with Vainateya "' Hariv.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a companion L.; (%{A}) f. a female companion BhP.
saha.nsha = Special positions or points signifying important events in life. They are somewhat
similar to Arabic parts
sahadevaH = Sahadeva
sahanau = together us
sahasaa = (adv) hastily, perforce * (instr. of {sahas}), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly,
precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated
manner, inconsiderately (with instr. `" together with
sahasrapaat.h = thousand-footed
sahasrashaH = thousands
sahasrashiirshhaa = thousand-headed
sahasrasya = of many thousands
sahasraakshaH = thousand-eyed
sahasreNa = by thousand
sahitaM = with
saH = He
s'aila * mf({I})n. (fr. {zilA}) made of stone, stony, rocky MBh. Hariv. &c.; stone-like, rigid (with
{Asana} n. a partic. manner of sitting) Cat.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a rock, crag, hill, mountain (there are
seven [or, accord, to some, eight] mythical mountain ranges separating the divisions of the earth,
viz. {niSadha}, {hema-kUTa}, {nIla}, {zveta}, {zRngin}, {mAlyavat}, {gandha-mAdana} VP.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; N. of the number `" seven "' Ganit.; a dike MW.; ({A}) f. N. of a nun DivyA7v.; ({I}) f.
see below; n. (only L.) benzoin or storax; bitumen; a sort of collyrium.
sainya * = mfn. belonging to or proceeding from an army MBh. Hariv.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a soldier (pl.
`" troops "') R.; an army MBh. Râjat.; a sentinel, guard L.; n. a body of troops, army MBh. R. &c.;
a camp VarBriS.
sakalaani = all
sakalaapadaam.h = all dangers'
sakaasha = company
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV.
AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen
"' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.
s'aakra * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or addressed to Indra MBh.
VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ
(presided over by Indra) VarBriS.
sakta = attached
saktaM = attached
saktaH = attached/engrossed/absorbed
saktah = capable of
sakti * f. connexion, entwinement (of creepers) Kir.; clinging or adhering to (loc. or comp.),
attachment, addiction (esp. to worldly objects) S'is'. Râjat. Sarvad.
s'a4kti * =or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'
s'akti4 * =f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `"
according to the capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts,
exerting all one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c.
&c.; effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts,
{prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf.
Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the
S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî,
Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of
these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri,
Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different
forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi, Pushthâ,
Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides
Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-
ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî,
Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra:
according to the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or
mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature,
Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped
by the S'âkta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the
thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (=
{kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a sacred text or magic
formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.;
(prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the
latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or
sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-
16; S'akti is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'amala * = n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h. Kaus3. BhP.; feces,
ordure L
s'auca * = m. (fr. %{zuci}) N. of a man (also called A1hneya) TA1r.; n. cleanness, purity,
purification (esp. from defilement caused by the death of a relation) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.;
purity of mind, integrity, honesty (esp. in money-matters) MBh. R. &c.; (with Buddhists) self-
purification (both external and internal) MWB. 240; evacuation of excrement MW.
sakhaa = friend
sakhi = friend
sakhiin.h = friends
sakhya * = n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and without {samam},
{saha} &c.), fellowship, community RV. &c. &c.
saMroha * = m. growing over TS. ; curing, healing Sus3r. ; growing up, bursting forth or into view,
appearance BhP.
sha *= (only L.; for 3. {Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m. loss, destruction; loss of
knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness, final emancipation; heaven, paradise;
sleep; a learned man, teacher; a nipple; = {kaca}; = {mAnava}; = {sarva}; = {garbhavimocana}; n.
the embryo; (accord.to some) patience, endurance.
sam* = 2 ind. (connected with 7. {sa} and 2. {sama}, and opp. to 3. {vi} q.v.) with, together with,
along with, together, altogether (used as a preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives,
like Gk. $, &348389[1152, 1] Lat. {con}, and expressing `" conjunction "', `" union "', `"
thoroughness "', `" intensity "', `" completeness "' e.g. {saMyuj}, `" to join together "'; {saM-dhA},
`" to place together "'; {saM-dhi}, `" placing together "'; {saM-tap}, `" to consume utterly by
burning "'; {sam-uccheda}, `" destroying altogether, complete destruction "'; in Ved. the verb
connected with it has sometimes to be supplied, e.g. {A4po agni4m yaza4saH sa4M hi4
pUrvI4ih}, `" for many glorious waters surrounded Agni "'; it is sometimes prefixed to nouns in
the sense of 2. {sama}, `" same "'; cf. {samartha}) RV. &c. &c.
samaarabdha * = mfn. taken in hand, undertaken, begun (also, begun to be built "') MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; one who has begun or commenced MBh.; happened, occurred R.; %{-tara} mfn. more
frequent Nida1nas.
samaarabh* =A1. %{-rabhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence
(with acc. or inf.; ind. p. %{-rabhya} with acc.= `" begining from "') TS. &c. &c.; to try to get near
to or propitiate MBh.
samaahva * = m. calling out, mutual calling, challenge, defiance W.; ({I}) f. id. ib.; ({A}) f. a partic.
plant (= {go-jihvA}). L.; mfn. (fr. {sam} + {AhvA}) bearing the same name S'is'.
samaaH = like
samaagataaH = assembled
samaachara = do perfectly
samaacharan.h = practicing
samaaja = Society
samaadhaatuM = to fix
samaadhaaya = fixing
samaadhii = state where the aspirant is one with the object of his meditation
samaahaara* = m. seizing, taking hold of. Griihyâs.; aggregation, summing up, sum, totality,
collection, assemblage, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in gram.) conjunction or connecting of words
or sentences (as by the particle {ca}) Sank. Prât. Sch. Pân. Sch.; compounding of words, a
compound (esp. applied to a Dvamdva whose last member is in the neuter gender [e.g. {ahi-
nakulam}, `" a snake and an ichneumon "'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate; see
{trilokI}). Pân.; = {pratyAhAra} Vop (cf. IW. 169 n. 1); withdrawal (of the senses from the world)
Kâm.; contraction, abridgment L.; -varma m. N. of the diphthongs {ai} and {au} Pat,
samaahartuM = in destroying
samaakhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn. MBh. R.; to relate
fully, report, communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kâv. &c.
samaakhyaa* = f. name, appellation Nir. Kan. BhP.; explanation, interpretation Sarvad.; report,
fame, celebrity L.; {-bhakSa} m. drinking the Soma while mentioning by name (the partic.
receptacles for holding it) Âs'vS'r. Sch.
samâs'ritya V= resorting to
samaasena = in summary
samaarambhaaH = attempts
samaaroha = programme
samaavishhTaH = absorbed
samaavritaH = covered
samaayaa* = P. {-yAti}, to come together, meet MBh. Kâv. &c.; to come near, approach, come
from (abl.) or to (acc. or loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib.; to elapse, pass away MBh.; to fall upon,
get into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat. Râjat.
sama = Equal
samachittaH = equal-minded/equanimity
samachittatvaM = equilibrium
samada = furious
samaadatta *= mfn. taken away, taken hold of, seized, received BhP.
samadhigachchhati = attains
samagraM = in total
samagraan.h = all
samaH = equipoised
samakhaata* = n. a cavity having the figure of a regular solid with equal sides, a parallel epipedon,
cylinder &c. Col.
samakonaasana = the sideways leg-splits posture
samam * = 1 &c. see 2. {sama}, p. 1152. \\2 Â. {-amate}, to ask eagerly, solicit, win over RV.; to fix
or settle firmly ib.; to ally or connect one's self with AV.
samaM = in equanimity
samanta * = mf(%{A})n. `" having the ends together "' , contiguous , neighbouring , adjacent RV.
AV. Pan5cavBr. ; `" being on every side "' , universal , whole , entire , all (%{sa4mantam} ind. , in
contiguity or conjunction with "' , `" together with "' ; %{samanta4m} , or %{-tAt} or %{-ta-tas}
ind. on all sides , around "' , or , wholly , completely "' ; %{-tena} ind. `" all round "' ; with %{na} =
`" nowhere "') AV. &c. &c. ; (%{A}) f. (pl.) neighbour. hood S3Br. ; N. of a grammar Col. ; n. (also
with %{agneH} , %{varuNasya} , or %{vasiSThasya}) N. of various Samans Br. ; n. or m. (?) N. of
a country Buddh.
samantaat.h = everywhere
samau = in suspension
samanvitaH = qualified* = mfn. connected or associated with, completely possessed of, fully
endowed with, possessing, full of (instr. or comp.) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; corresponding or
answering to (comp.) R.
samara = war
samarpaNa * = n. the act of placing or throwing upon S'Br.; delivering or handing completely
over, consigning, presenting, imparting, bestowing (cf. {Atma-s-}) R. Kathâs. BhP.; making
known, communicating S'ank. Sarvad.; (in dram.) angry invective between personages in a play
(one of the 7 scenes which constitute a Bhânikâ q.v.) Sâh.
samarpaNarpayitR * =mfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (gen. or comp.) MBh.
Hariv.
sam-arpaNóarpita * =mfn. thrown or hurled at &c. &c. (see Caus.); placed or fixed in or on, made
over or consigned to (loc. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; restored Hit.; filled with Lalit.; {-vat} mfn. one
who has consigned or delivered over MW.
sam-arpaNóarpya * =mfn. to be handed over or consigned Pañcar.
sam-arpaka * =mfn. (fr. Caus.) furnishing, yielding ({-tA} f.) S'ank. Sarvad.
samasta = all
samastaM = entire
samataa = equilibrium
samatitya = transcending
samatvaM = equanimity
samatva* = n. equality with (instr. or gen.) KâtyS'r. VS. Prât. VarBri. &c.; equanimity HYog.;
uniform conduct towards (loc. or comp.) Bhag. BhP.; equableness, normal condition Sus'r.
samavetaaH = assembled
samavetaan.h = assembled
samaya = time, pact, agreement, bet* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting or a place of
meeting AV. S'Br.; intercourse with (instr.) Mn. x, 53; coming to a mutual understanding,
agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation,
conditions of agreement, terms ({ena} or {At} or {-tas}, according to agreement, conditionally "';
{tena samayena}, `" in consequence of this agreement "'; {samayaM} acc. with {kR}, `" to make
an agreement or engagement "', `" agree with any one [instr. with or without {saha}] "', `" settle "',
stipulate "'; with {samvad} id.; with {dA}, to propose an agreement, offer terms "'; with {brU} or
{vac} or {abhi-dhA}, to state the terms of an agrñagreement, `" make a promise; with {grah} or
{prati-pad}, `" to enter into an agrñagreement "', `" make or accept conditions of an
agrñagreement "'; with {pAl}, or {rakS} or {pari-rahS} &c., `" to keep an agrñagreement "', `"
keep one's word "'; with {tyaj} or {bhid} or {vy-abhi-car} &c., `" to break an agrñagreement "'; abl.
with {bhraMz} id.; loc. with {sthA}, `" to keep an engagement, `" keep one's word "'; acc. with
Caus. of {sthA} or of {ni-viz} `" to fix or settle terms "', `" impose conditions "') TS. &c. &c.;
convention, conventional rule or usage, established custom, law, rule, practice, observance MBh.
R. BhP.; order, direction, precept, doctrine Nir. MBh. S'ank. Sarvad.; (in rhet.) the conventional
meaning or scope of a word, Kusum.; appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything
(gen. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 68), opportunity, occasion, time, season (ifc. or ibe. or {e} ind., `" at the
appointed time or at the right moment or in good time for "', or `" at the time of "', `" when there
is "'; {tena samayena}, `" at that time "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; juncture, circumstances, case ({iha
samaye}, under these circumstances "', `" in this case "') Pañcat. Hit.; an ordeal Vishn.; sign, hint,
indication W.; demonstrated conclusion ib.; limit, boundary ib.; solemn address, harangue,
speech, declaration Vishn.; (in gram.) a Vedic passage which is the repetition of another one
RPrât.; (in dram.) end of trouble or distress Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of a son of Dharma VP.; (with
S'âktas) N. of the author of a Mantra Cat.
sambhrama * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) whirling round, haste, hurry, flurry, confusion, agitation, bustling;
activity, eagerness, zeal ({At} and {ena}, `" excitedly, hurriedly "'; acc. with {kR} or {gam}, and
dat., to get into a flurry about, show great eagerness or zeal "'; with {tyaj} or {vi-muc}, `" to
compose one's self "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; awe, deference, respect Kâv. Kathâs.; error, mistake,
delusion (ifc. =, feigning or seeming to be "') Râjat. Kathâs.; grace, beauty (v.l. for {vi-bhrama})
Bhartri.; N. of a class of beings attending on S'iva Cat.; mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the
eyes) BhP.; {-jvalita} mfn. excited by flurry MW.; {-bhRt} mfn. possessing bewilderment,
embarrassed, agitited ib.
saMcita * mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated S'Br. &c. &c.; dense,
thick (as a wood) R.; fitted or provided with, full of (comp.) MBh.; impeded, obstructed VarBriS.;
frequently practised or exhibited MBh.; {-karman} n. the rites to be performed after arranging the
sacrificial fire S'rS.
saM+tri = to cross
sambandhinaH = relatives
sambhava = birth* = (or {sa4m-bhava}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) being or coming together, meeting, union,
intercourse (esp. sexual intñintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh.; finding room in, being contained in
(ifc.= `" contained in "') MBh. Sus'r.; birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from
(abl.; ifc. = `" arisen or produced from, made of, grown in "') Mn. MBh. &c.; cause, reason,
occasion (ifc.= `" caused or occasioned by "') ib.; being brought about, occurrence, appearance
(ifc. = `" occurring "' or `" appearing in "') ib.; being, existence S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; capacity,
ability, possibility (ifc. `" made possible by "'; {ena}, `" according to possibility "', `" as possible "')
MBh. MârkP. Sâh.; (in rhet.) a possible case Kuval.; (in phil.) equivalence (regarded as one of the
Pramânas q.v.; illustrated by the equivalence between one shilling and pence) MW.; agreement,
conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing received) W.; compatibility, adequacy ib.;
acquaintance, intimacy ib.; loss, destruction ib.; (with Buddhists) N. of a world SaddhP.; N. of a
prince, VF.; of the third Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; mf({A})n. existing, being Pañcar.;
{-kANDa} m. n. N. of a Pauranic wk.; {-parirnan} n. `" the section about the origin (of the gods)
"', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh.
sambhavaM = born of
sambhavaH = production
sambhavaaH = produced of
sambhavaan.h = produced of
sambhavaami = I do incarnate
sambhRta* = mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated, concentrated RV. &c.
&c.; provided, stored, laden, filled, covered, furnished or endowed with, possessed of (instr. or
comp.) AV. &c. &c.; carried, borne (in the womb) MBh.; well maintained or nourished RV. R.;
honoured, respected BhP.; produced, effected, caused, made, prepared S'Br. Kâlid. Sus'r.; loud,
shrill (as a sound) MBh. vii, 3911; {-kratu} mfn. one in whom all knowledge is concentrated,
intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV.; {-tama} mfn. fully concentrated S'ânkhS'r.; {-bala} mfn. one
who has assembled an army Râjat.; {-zrI} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated,
lovely, charming AV. Megh.; {-zruta} mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned, wise Râjat.;
{-sambhAra} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has brought together all requisite materials, quite ready or
prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP.; {-sneha} mfn. full of love for (loc.) Megh.; {-tA7Gga}
({sa4m-}) mfn. one whose body is well nourished or fed TBr.; (ifc.) one whose limbs are covered
with MBh. (B. {sam-vRt-}); {-ta4rtha} mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh.; {-tA7zva}
({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has well-fed horses RV.; {-tau9Sadha} mfn. one who has collected many
drugs MBh.
saMcAra* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or riding, any motion
MBh. Kâv. &c.; transit, passage ib.; the passage or entrance of the sun into a new sign MW.;
passing over, transition, transference to (comp.) Yâjñ.; transmission (of disease), contagion W.;
course, path, way (also fig. = `" mode, manner "') MBh. Hariv.; track (of wild animals) S'ak. Sch.;
course of life, career Sâh.; a partic. class of spies L.; difficult progress, difficulty, distress W.;
leading, guiding ib.; inciting, impelling ib.; a gem supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib.; =
{huM-kAra} ChUp.; [w.r. for {saM-cara}, {saM-sAra}, and {sac-cAra}]; {-jIvin} m. (prob.) a
tramp, vagabond L.; {-patha} m. a walk, walking-place Hariv.; (in dram.) a female attendant on a
king (= {yavanI}) Bhar.; {-pUta} mfn. purified by the course or passage (of anything) MW.;
{-vyAdhi} m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L.
saMdes'ita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh.
same = in equanimity
sametaM = come together with * = come together, assembled, joined, united Mn. MBh. &c.;
connected or united or furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; encountered,
come into collision with (instr.) MBh.; come near or to, got into any state or condition (acc.)
Pañcat.; {-mAya} mfn. affected by or possessing illusions MW.
saMgAh* = Â. {-gAhate} (only aor. {sam-agAhiSTa}), to plunge into, enter, go into (acc.) Bhathth.
saMgai* = P. {-gAyati}, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in chorus, chant S'Br.
&e. &c.: Pass. {-gIyate}, to be sung or praised in chorus BhP.
saMga* = m. (for {saGga} see {saJj}) `" coming together "', conflict, war RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17).
saMgara* = 1 m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c.; conflict, combat, fight, battle
with (instr.) or for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a bargain, transaction of sale L.; knowledge L.; {-kskama}
mfn. fit for combat or war Kâm.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in combat or war R.
saMgara* = 2 m. swallowing up, devouring MW.; n. poison L.; misfortune, calamity L.; n. the
S'amî fruit L.
saMgava* = m. (fr. {sam} and {go}) the time when grazing cows are collected for milking or when
they are together with their calves (the second of the five divisions of the day, three Muhûrtas
after Prâtastana q.v.) RV. AV. Br. S'rS.
saMgam* = Â. {-gacchate} (rarely P. {-ti}, and accord. to Pân. 1-3, 29 only with an object; pf.
{-jagme}; Vedic forms &c. {-gamemahi}, {-gamAmahai}, {-ajagmiran}, {-agata} [3. sg.],
{-aganmahi}, {-agasmahi}, or {-agaMsmahi}, {-gmiSIya}, {-gasISTa} or {-gaMsISTa},
{-gaMsyate} &c.; cf. 1. {gam} and Pân. 1-2, 13; vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into
contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instr. with
and without {saha} or {sA7rdham}) RV. &c. &c.; to unite sexually with (acc.) Bhathth.; to
harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kathâs. Veda7ntas.; to go to or towards, meet (acc.)
BhP.; to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV.; to undergo or get into any state or condition,
become (e.g. with {vizrambham}, `" to become trustful, confide "') BhP.; (P.) to partake of (instr.)
RV.; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die Lâthy.; (P.) to visit (acc.) Pân. 1-3, 29 Sch.: Caus.
{-gamayati} (ind. p. {-gamayya}), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or
endow or present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of thing) AV. &c. &c.; to lead any one to (two acc.)
Hit., Introd.; to deliver or hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give MBh. Ragh.; to connect,
construe (words) Sâh.; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nîlak.): Desid.
{-jigaMsate}, to wish to meet with (instr.). Pat.; {-jigAMsati}, to wish to attain to (acc.) ib.
saMgamaka*= mfn. leading to, showing the way Nîlak. on Hariv. 8992.
saMgamita*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib.; {-vat} mfn. one who has brought
together or united Das'.
saMgavavelA*= f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking.
saMgavinI*= f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sây.)
sAMgamiSNu*= mfn. (fr. {saM-g-}) a kind of sand (or expressive of some quality belonging to it)
TBr.
saMgama*= m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting (in a friendly or
hostile manner), union, intercourse or association with (instr. with and without {saha} gen., or
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; connection or contact with (instr. or comp.; with {anarthena}, `" coming to
harm "', `" injury "') R. Kâm.; sexual union L.; confluence (of two rivers as of the Ganges and the
Jumnâ, or of a river, at its mouth, with the ocean; such confluences are always held sacred RTL.
347) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; conjunction (of planets) VarBriS.; harmony, adaptation W.; point of
intersection Gol.; an uninterrupted series of (comp.) RPrât.; acquirement of (gen.) Pañcat.;
{-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {-zrI-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-tantra-rAja}N. of wk.; {-datta} m. N. of a man
Kathâs.; {-maNi} m. a jewel effecting union (of lovers) Vikr.; {-zrI-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf.
{saMgama-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-sAdhvasa} n. perturbation in regard to sexual union Mâlav.; {-svAmin}
m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-mA7ditya} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-me7za} n. N. of a Linga Kâs'îKh.;
{-me7zvara} m. a surname of Vis'va-nâtha (the author of the Vrata-râja) Cat.; N. of a Linga
Kâs'îKh.; ({-ra-mAhAtmya} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man ib.)
saMgamana*= mf({I})n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV.; m. N. of Yama (q.v.) MW.; n.
coming together, coming into contact with, meeting with (comp.) AV. TBr.; partaking of (instr)
MBh.
saMgata* = mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c.; allied with, friendly
to (instr. or comp.) Gaut. Râjat.; fitted together, apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit
for (comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.; contracted, shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W.;
m. (scil. {saMdhi}) an alliance or peace based on mutual friendship Kâm. Hit.; N. of a king
(belonging to the Maurya dynasty) Pur.; ({am}) n. coming together, meeting with (instr. loc. gen.,
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frequent meeting, intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or
intimacy with (instr. gen., or comp.) KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; addiction or devotion to (gen.)
Kâvya7d.; agreement MBh.; {-gAtra} mfn. having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh.; {-saMdhi}
m. a friendly alliance (see above) MW.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. containing a fit or proper meaning
KâtyS'r.
saMgati* = f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; going or resorting to
(loc.) Cân. Hit.; association, intercourse, society, company (with instr. with and without {saha} or
{samam}; loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a league, alliance Cân.; sexual union L.; meeting or
coming to pass accidentally, chance, accident ({-tyA}, ind. `" by chance, haply "') MBh. R. &c.;
adaptation, fitness, appropriateness, applicability Kathâs. Sarvad.; connection with, relation to
(instr. or comp.) Kâvya7d.; becoming acquainted, knowledge L.; questioning for further
information W.; (in the Pûrva-mîmânsâ) one of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikarana
Sarvad.; {-prakAza} m. {-mAlA} f. {-lakSaNa} n. {-vAda} m. {-vicAra}, m.; ({-ty}) {-anumiti} f.
{-anumiti-vAda} m. N. of wks. [1128, 3]
sAMgatika*= mfn. (fr. {saM-gati}) relating to society, social, associating W.; m. a new comer,
visitor, guest, acquaintance Vishn. Mn.; one who comes to transact business MW.
saMgatha* = m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr.; conflict, war Naigh.; ({A}) f. confluence MW.
samgati = company
samgavarjitaH = freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental speculation
samGYitaH = is called
samGYaiH = named
samgiita = music
saM-graaha* = m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W.; the fist or clenching the fist L. (cf.
Pân. 3-3, 36 Sch.); the handle of a shield L.
samgraheNa = in summary
samgraamaM = fighting
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together,
contiguous, coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.
[1122, 3]; accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii, 165; become solid, compact, firm, hard
MBh. Kâv. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic MBh.; strong, intensive VarBriS.; (prob.) complex,
composite, compound (said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed W.;
n. a partic. position in dancing, Sanigît.; {-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or
related ÂpS'r. Sch.; {-jAnu} or {-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.; {-tala} m. the two hands joined
with the open palms brought together W.; {-tA} f. close contact or union S'is'.; {-tva} n. id. Pañcat.
(v.l.); complexity. compactness, close combination W.; {-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g.
{dvidaNDy-Adi}; {-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; {-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on whose
face the brows are contracted ib.; {-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape, strong, intensive
VarBriS.; {vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "', singing a duet MârkP.;
{-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R.; {-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are
very close to each other MW.; {-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ({-tva}, n.)
Gobh. Sch.; {-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus'r.; in close contiguity (as hills) MBh.;
{-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv.; {-tA7zva} m. N.
of a king (son of Nikumbha) Hariv.; {-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for {saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in, {akSara-s-}) Sâh.; N. of a
partic. hell Mn. iv, 89; of one of S'iva's attendants L.
samh = being so
samharate = winds up
saMhita* = mfn. (1. {dhA}) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c.; fixed, settled AitBr.;
composed of (comp.) ib.; placed together ({pArzva-s-}, `" placed side by side "') Lâthy.;
uninterrupted (as a series of words) RPrât.; joined or connected or endowed or furnished with,
abounding in, possessed of, accompanied by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; agreeing with, conformable
to ({dharma-s-}, `" in accordance with justice "') R.; relating to, concerning (comp.) ib.; connected
with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh.; being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib.; ({-ta4}) mfn. mixed
in colour, variegated VS. TS.; ({A}) f. see next; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saMhitA* = f. conjunction, connection, union TUp.; (in gram.) the junction or combination of
letters according to euphonic rules (= {saMdhi}, but sometimes considered rather as the state
preparatory to the actual junction than the junction itself Prât.; a text treated according to
euphonic rules (esp. the real continuous text of the Vedas as formed out of the Padas or separate
words by proper phonetic changes [according to various schools; cf. IW. 152]: beside the Sanhitâs
of the Riig-, Sâma-, and Atharvaveda there is the Vâjasaneyi-SñSanhitâs belonging to the White
Yajur-veda, and five other Sanhitâs belonging to the black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirîya-
SñSanhitâ, the Sanhita of the Âtreyas [known only by its Anukramanî], the SñSanhitâ of the
Kathhas, the Kapishthhala-Kathha-SñSanhitâ, and the SñSanhitâ of the Maitrâyaniyas or
Maitrâyanî-SñSanhitâ) Nir. Prât. &c.; any methodically arranged collection of texts or verses (e.g.
the Râma7yana, the various law-books, the medical works of Caraka and S'ârngadhara, the
complete system of natural astrology &c. [cf. {bRhat-s-}]; there is also a Sanhitâ of the Purânas
said to have been compiled by Vyâsa, the substance of which is supposed to be represented by the
Vishnu-purâna) MBh. VarBriS. Pur. &c.; science L.; the force which holds together and supports
the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being accord. to some) MW.; N. of various wks.
sAMhita* = mf({I})n. relating to the Sanhitâ, found in the SñSanhitâ text or based upon it &c.
Prât. Pân. Sch.
samiddhaH = blazing
samiikaraNa = equation
samiira = breeze
samiiksh.h = to examine
samiiksha* n. complete investigation "'N. of the Sâmkhya system of philosophy L.; ({A}) f.
thorough or close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dat., within the range of any one's [gen.]
sight "') Âpast.; desire or wish to see MBh.; a glance BhP.; view, opinion in regard to (with {prati})
MBh.; deep insight, understanding, intellect BhP.; investigation, search W.; the Mîmânsâ
philosophy or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual ib.; essential nature or truth or
principle (= {tattva} q.v.) ib. [1165,1]; effort ib.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the
crackling of flame L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkath* = P. {-kathayati}, to relate or narrate fully, tell, speak about (acc.), converse MBh. BhP.
saMkalpa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or heart, (esp.) will,
volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or determination or decision or wish for (with loc.
dat., or ifc.), sentiment, conviction, persuasion; (ibc. often = `" intentionally "', `" purposely "', `"
on purpose "', `" according to will "', &c.; acc. with {kR}, `" to form a resolution, make up one's
mind "') AV. &c. &c.; idea or expectation of any advantage W.; a solemn vow or determination to
perform any ritual observance, declaration of purpose (e.g. a declaration by a widow of her
intention to burn herself with her deceased husband) W.; the Will personified (as a son of San-
kalpâ and Brahmâ) Hariv. MârkP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and
mother of Sankalpa) Hariv.; of Manu's wife Hariv.
saMkA* = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight RV. TBr.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the crackling of flame
L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkarshana * = n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP. ; a means of joining or uniting BhP. ;
drawing together, contracting W. ; making rows, ploughing ib. [1126,2] ; m. N. of Bala-deva or
Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.], the elder brother of Kr2ishn2a ; he was drawn from
the womb of Devaki1 and transferred to that of Rohin2i1 ; among Vaishn2avas he is considered as
the second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad. ; N. of the father of
Ni1la7sura Cat. ; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib. ; %{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m.
N. of an appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP.
; %{-vidyA} f. the art of drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that
of another (applied to Baladeva cf. above) Prab. ; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat ; %{-sUtra-
vicAra} m. N. of wk. ; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.
saMkhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate S'Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; to estimate by (instr.) MBh.; Â. (only aor. {saM-akhyata}) to appear along with, be connected
with, belong to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus. {-khyApayati}, to cause to be looked at or observed by
(instr.) TS. S'Br.
saMkhya* = mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pân. 3-2, 7 Sch. (ifc.; cf. {go-s-});
m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. see below; n. conflict, battle, war (only in loc.; cf. Naigh. ii, 17) MBh.
Kâv. Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. numerableness, numeration MW.
sAMkhya* = mfn. (fr. {saM-khyA}) numeral, relating to number W.; relating to number (in gram
as expressed by the case-terminations &c.) Pat.; rational, or discriminative W.; m.one who
calculates or discriminates well, (esp.) an adherent of the Sânkhya doctrine CûlUp. MBh. &c.; N.
of a man Car.; patr. of the Vedic Riishi Atri Anukr.; N. of S'iva MBh.; n. (accord. to some also m.)
N. of one of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (ascribed to the sage Kapila [q.v.], and
so called either from, discriminating "', in general, or, more probably, from `" reckoning up "' or
`" enumerating "' twenty-five Tattvas [see {tattva}] or true entities [twenty-three of which are
evolved out of Prakriiti `" the primordial Essence "' or `" first-Producer "', viz. Buddhi, Ahankâra,
the five Tan-mâtras, the five Mahâ-bhûtas and Manas; the twenty-fifth being Purusha or Spirit
[sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see {vikAra}], but wholly
distinct from the twenty-four other Tattvas. and is multitudinous, each separate Purusha by its
union with Prakriiti causing a separate creation out of Prakriiti, the object of the philosophy being
to effect the final liberation of the Purusha or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation; the
Yoga [q.v.] branch of the Saqikhya recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate
Purusha; the Tantras identify Prakriiti with the wives of the gods, esp. with the wife of S'iva; the
oldest systematic exposition of the SñSânkhya seems to have been by an author called Pañca-
s'ikha [the germ, however, being found in the Shashthi-tantra, of which only scanty fragments are
extant]; the original Sûtras were superseded by the SñSânkhya-kârikâ of Îs'vara-kriishna, the
oldest manual on the SñSânkhya system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th
century A.D., while the SñSânkhya-sûtras or SñS'iva-pravacana and Tattva-samâsa, ascribed to
the sage Kapila, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps
a little later) S'vetUp. MBh. &c. IW. 73 &c. RTL.
saMkrama* = m. going or coming together VS.; progress, course, (esp.) transition, passage or
transference to (loc.), Kusum.; the passage of the sun or a planet through the zodiacal signs Yâjñ.
VarBriS. &c.; the falling or shooting of stars Mriicch.; the meeting of two words in the Krama text
(caused by omitting those between) VPrât.; a bridge or steps leading down to water Mn. MBh.
&c.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king of the Vidyâ-dharas (the son of Vasu)
Kathâs.; m. or n. (?) a particular high number Buddh.; m. n. difficult passage or progress (as over
rocks or torrents or inaccessible passes) L.; a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or
of obtaining any object Das'.; n. du. (with {indrasya} or {vasiSThasya}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.;
{-dvAdazA7ha} m. a partic. form of the Dvâdas'a7ha (q.v.) KâtyS'r.; {-yajJa} m. a kind of sacrifice
Vait.
saMmishraNaM = mixed
sammita* = mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP.; measuring. so much, just so much (no
more nor less) MBh. BhP.; of the same measure or extent, equal, like, same (in length, height,
number, value &c.), corresponding to, resembling, passing for (instr., rarely gen.; or comp.) AV.
&c. &c.; reaching up to (comp.) S3Br. A1s3vS3r.; symmetrical (?) Pan5car.; consisting of.
furnished or provided with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Pan5car.; destined for (comp.) MBh.; v, 2462
(B. %{saMdhita}); (%{am}) ind. perpetually, incessantly Ka1ran2d2. (prob. w.r. for %{samitam});
m. N. of a mythical being Ya1jn5.; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP.; (%{am}) n. distance (%{e} ifc. = `"
at a distance from "') VarBr2S.; %{-tva} n. (in rhet.) universal analogy Prata1p.; %{-varNA} f. N.
of a Commentary.
sammuuDha = bewildered
samnyaasa = of renunciation
samnyaasaM = renunciation
samnyaasanaat.h = by renunciation
samnyaasasya = of renunciation
samnyaasii = renouncer
saMnyas* = P. {-asyati} (rarely {-asati}), to, throw down together, place or put or lay together
S'Br.; to impose, put or lay upon, intrust or commit to (gen. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to put or lay
down, deposit MBh. Kâv. &c.; to lay aside, give up, abandon, resign (esp. the world i.e. become an
ascetic or Sannyâsin) Mn. MBh. &c.
saMnyasana* = n. throwing down, laying aside, giving up, resignation, renunciation of worldly
concerns Bhag.
saMnyasta* = mfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted MBh. Kâv. &c.;
encamped R.; deposited, intrusted, consigned ib.; {-deha} mfn. one who has given up his body
MW.; {-zastra} mfn. one who has laid aside his weapons Ragh.
saMnyaasa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting or throwing down, laying aside, resignation, abandonment of
(gen. or comp.) MBh. R. Sarvad.; renunciation of the world, profession of asceticism Mn. MBh.
&c.; abstinence from food L.; giving up the body, sudden death W.; complete exhaustion Sus'r.;
deposit, trust R. Mriicch.; compact, agreement Kathâs.; stake, wager MBh.; Indian spikenard L.;
{-karma-kArikA} f. N. of wk.; {-grahaNa} n. assuming or practising asceticism Pañcar.;
{-grahaNa-paddhati} f. {-grahaNa-ratnamAlA} f. {-grAhyapaddhati} f. {-dIpikA} f. {-dharma-
saMgraha} m. {-nirNaya} m. {-pada-maJjarI} f. {-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; {-pallI}, F. (for {-si-
p-}?) an ascetic's hut L.; {-bheda-nirNaya} m. {-rIti} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. connected with
asceticism L.; {-vidhi}, m.; {-sA7zrama-vicAra} m. {-sA7hnika} n. {-so7paniSad} f. N. of wks.
saMnyaasin* = mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, AshthâvS.; abstaining from
food Bhathth.; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs, an ascetic, devotee (who has
renounced all earthly concerns and devotes himself, to meditation and the study of the Âranyakas
or Upanishadas, a Brâhman in the fourth Âs'rama [q.v.] or stage of his life, a religious mendicant;
cf. RTL. 53, 55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur.; ({-si}){-tA} f. {-tva} n. abandonment of worldly concerns,
retirement from the world MW.; {-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {saMdhyA} f.
{-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.
saaMnyaasika* = mfn. (fr. {sam-nyAsa}) forming the original or correct text Pat. on iii, 2, 107,
Vartt. 2; m. a Brâhman in the fourth stage of his life, religious mendicant L.
sampaadana = editting
sampatti = prosperity
sampat *= to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter, meet any one (acc.),
meet with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; to fly along, fly to, hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.)
AitBr. MBh. &c.; to fly or fall down, alight on (loc.) MBh.; to go or roam about R. VarBriS.; to
come to pass, take place, happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. {-pAtayati}, to cause to fly or fall,
throw or hurl down R. BhP.
sampad *: to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c.
&c.; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet
or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be
absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to
become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to,
sampad* = Â. {-padyate} (in some forms also P.; ind. p. {-pAdam} q.v.), to fall or happen well,
turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or complete (as
a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into,
partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp.
BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn into
(nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to, produce (dat.) Pañcat. Vârtt. on Pân. 2-3, 13; (with adv.
in {sAt}) to become thoroughly Pân. 5-4, 53; to fall into a Persoñs, power ib. 54; (with adv. in
{tra}) to fall to a persoñs share ib. 55; to produce a partic. sound (as that expressed by an
onomatopoetic word in {A}) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. {-pAdayati} (rarely {-te}), to cause to succeed,
cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with {zuzrUSAm} and gen., `" to obey "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to make full, complete S'Br. BhP.; to transform, make or turn into (acc.) Kathâs.;
to provide or furnish with (instr.; with {kriyayA}, to charge or entrust a person with a business "')
S'Br. MBh. [1172, 1] SaddhP.; to afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to attain,
obtain, acquire AV. R. &c.; to ponder on, deliberate MBh.; to consent, agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of
Caus. {-pipAdayiSati} (see {sam-pipAdayiSA} &c., col, 2): Intens. {-panIpadyate}, to fit well
Sarvad.
sampadaM = assets
sampadyate = he attains
sampanna = endowed with * = mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect,
excellent (ifc. or with loc. = `" perfectly acquainted or conversant with "') AV. &c. &c.; of perfect or
correct flavour, palatable, dainty Âs'vGri. MBh. R.; endowed or furnished with, possessed of
(instr. adv. in {-tas}, or comp. also with transposition of the members; cf. below) S'Br. MBh. &c.;
(ifc.) become, turned into R.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; ({am}) n. dainty food, a delicacy MBh. xiii,
4567; {-krama} m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh.; {-kskIrA} f. giving good milk (superl. {-ra-tamA})
Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 41; {-M-kAram} ind. making dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26; {-tama} mfn. most
complete or perfect, AitAr.; {-tara} mfn. more or most dainty or delicate R.; {-tA} f. the being
endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Das'.; {-danta} mfn. possessing teeth Âs'vGri.; {-pAnIya}
mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pân. 1-2, 52; {-rUpa} mfn. of perfect form, complete MW.; dainty,
delicate ib.
samparka = contact
sampashyan.h = considering
samplava* = m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a
dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin
BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; end, close of (comp.) BhP.
samprakiirtitaH = is declared
sampramatta * = mfn. ( {mad}) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv.; very careless,
thoughtless, neglectful MBh. [1175, 3]; very fond of (inf.) ib. viii, 3509 (B. {sam-pra-vRtta}).
samprapad.h = to become
sampraapta * = mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c.; one who has reached or
attained, arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) extending to Sus'r.; come,
become, appeared, arrived (as a period of time) Mn. MBh. &c.; sprung or descended from ({-tas})
Mn. ix, 141; {-yauvana} mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh.;
{-vidya} mfn. one who has acquired all knowledge ib.
samprekshya = looking
sampuurNa = full
saMpraapnoti = attains
saMrambha * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of grasping or taking hold of. MBh. iv, 1056 (C.);
vehemence, impetuosity, agitation, flurry MBh. Kâv. &c.; excitement, zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm,
ardent desire for or to (inf, or comp.) Kâv. Râjat.; anger, fury, wrath against (loc. or {upari} with
gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; angriness (i.e.) inflammation or irritation of a sore or wound Sus'r.; pride,
arrogance W.; intensity, high degree (ibc.= `" intensely "') Kâv. Kathâs.; the brunt (of battle)
Râjat.; beginning (= {A-rambha}) MW.; {-tAmra} mf. red with fury ib.; {-dRz} mfn. having
inflamed or angry eyes, Bhp.; {-paruSa} mfn. harsh from rage, intensely or exceedingly harsh or
rough W.; {-rasa} mfn. having angry or impetuous feelings ib.; {-rUkSa} mfn. exceedingly harsh
or cruel Vikr. iii, 20; {-vat} mfn. wrathful, angry Harav.; {-vega} m. the vilence or impetuosity. of
wrath MW.
samriddha = with full * = mfn. accomplished, succeeded, fulfilled, perfect, very successful or
prosperous or flourishing, fortunate AV. Br. ChUp. MBh. R.; full-grown (as trees) MBh.;
complete, whole, entire ib.; fully furnished or abundantly endowed with (instr. abl., or comp.)
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; rich, wealthy ib. Kathâs.; plenteous, abundant, much Ratna7v.; m. N. of a
serpent-demon MBh.; {-tejas} mfn. endowed with splendour or strength R.; {-yazas} mfn. rich in
fame, renowned, celebrated MW.; {-vega} mfn. increasing in speed, excessively swift Bhag.;
{-ddhA7rtha} mfn. having increased substance or wealth, increasing in resources R. [1171,2]
samriddhaM = flourishing
saMsaarasAra * =m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhûrtas.
samsarga = company
samsaara = world
samsaaraH = world/family
saMsevaa* = f. visiting, frequenting BhP.; use, employment ib.; attendance, reverence, worship
ib.; (ifc.) inclination to, predilection for Râjat.
sams'aya = doubt* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) lying down to rest or sleep L.; uncertainty, irresolution,
hesitation, doubt in or of (loc., acc. with {prati}, or comp; {saMzayaH}, with Pot., `" there is doubt
whether "'; {na} {s-}, {nA7sti s-}, {nA7tra s-}, {na hi s-}, {nA7sty atra-s-} &c., `" there is no doubt
"', `" without doubt "') Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; a doubtful matter Car.; (in Nyâya) doubt about the
point to be discussed (one of the 16 categories) IW. 64; difficulty, danger, risk of or in or to (gen.
loc., or comp.) Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; {-kara} mf({I})n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.)
S'is'.; {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-pUrva-pakSa-rahasya} n. {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-rahasya} n. N. of
Nyâya wks.; {-gata} mfn. fallen into danger S'ak.; {-ccheda} m. the solution of doubt ({-dya} mfn.
relating to it) Ragh.; {-cchedin} mfn. clearing all doubt, decisive S'ak.; {-tattva-nirUpaNa} n.
{-pakSatA-rahasya} n. {-pakSatA-vAda}, m. {-parI7kSA} f. {-vAda} m. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of
wks.; {-sama} m. (in Nyâya) one of the 24 Jâtis or self-confuting replies Nyâyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW.
64); {-sama-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-stha} mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful W.; {-yA7kSepa}
m. `" removal of doubt "', a partic. figure of speech Kâvya7d. ii, 163; 164; {-yA7tmaka} mfn.
consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain Pañcat.; {-yA7tman} mfn. having a doubtful mind, a
sceptic Bhag. Sarvad.; {-yA7numiti} f. {-yA7numiti-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-yA7panna} mfn.
beset with doubt, dubious ({-mAnasa} mfn. irresolute in mind) W.; {-yA7vaha} mfn. causing
danger, dangerous to (gen. or comp.) MBh.; {-yo7cchedin} mfn. resolving doubts Hit., Introd.;
{-yo7pamA} f. a comparison expressed in the form of a doubt Kâvya7d. ii, 26; {yo7pe7ta} mfn.
possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain MW.
sams'ayaM = doubts
sams'ayaH = doubt
samshuddhiH = purification
samsiddhiM = in perfection
saMskaara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting together, forming well, making perfect, accomplishment,
embellishment adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food),
refining (of metals), polishing (of gems), rearing (of animals or plants) GriS'rS. MBh. Kâv., &c.;
cleansing the body, toilet, attire Hariv.; forming the mind, training, education R. Ragh.;
correction (also in an astronomical sense Sûryas.), correct formation or use of a word Nir.
Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression) MBh. R. &c.; making sacred,
hallowing, consecration Mn. MBh. &c.; a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from
the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are
enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. 1. {garbhA7dhAna}, 2. {puM-
savana}, 3. {sImanto7nnayana}, 4. {jAta-karman}, 5. {nAmakarman}, 6. {niSkramaNa}, 7. {anna-
prA7zana}, 8. {cUDA-karman}, 9. {upanayana}, 10. {kezA7nta}, 11. {samAvartana}, 12. {vivAha},
qq. vv.; accord. to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Sanskâras) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188; 192 &c.
RTL. 353) [1120, 3]; the ceremony performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation) R.; any purificatory
ceremony W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection, impression on the mind
of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the Vais'eshikas, including
{bhAvanA}, the faculty of reproductive imagination "') Kan. Sarvad. (IW. 69); (pl., with
Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world,
regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold
chain of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas) Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone MW.
saMskrita * = (or {sa4M-skRta}) mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed,
perfected Lalit.; made ready, prepared, completed, finished RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food)
MBh. R. BhP.; purified, consecrated, sanctified, hallowed, initiated S'Br. &c. &c.; refined,
adorned, ornamented, polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as
the Sanskriit language as opp, to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a man of one of the three
classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites W.; a Iearned man MW.; a word formed
according to accurate rules, a regular derivation ib.; ({a4m}) n. making ready, preparation or a
prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; a sacred usage or custom MW.; the Sanskriit
language (cf. above) S'iksh. Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; {-tva} n. the being prepared or made ready &c.
Jaim.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of wk.; {-maya} mf({I}) u. consisting of Sanskriit, Kâs'ikh.; {-mAlA} f.
{-ratna-mAlA} f. {-vAkya-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. one who has perfected or
elaborated or finished MW.; {-tA7tman} m. one who has received the purificatory rites Mn. x, 110;
a sage W.; {-to7kti} f. refined or polished language, a Sanskriit word or expression Hit. [1121, 1]
saMskriti * f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c.; formation AitBr.; hallowing,
consecration BhP.; determination, effort L.; m. N. of Krishna MBh. (B. {saM-skRta}); of a king
VP. (v.l. {saM-kRti}).
saMsRti * = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world (%{-cakra} n. and %{-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or
circle of mundane existence), Asht2ivS. BhP.
saMstu* = 1. P. {-stauti}, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6; to praise all at once, ÂivS'r.; to
praise properly or well, laud, celebrate MBh.; kâv. &c.
saMstR* = (or - {stRR}) P.Â. {-striNoti}, {-stRNute}; {-stRNAti}, {-stRNIte} (ep. also {-starati}),
to spread out (side by side), extend TS. S'Br.; to strew over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Sus'r.; to
spread, make even, level Kaus'.
saMsthAna* = mfn. standing together MW.; like, resembling W.; applied to Vishnu MBh.; m. (pl.)
N. of a people ib.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding in (comp.) Hit. (cf. {dUra-s-}); standing still or
firm (in a battle) Gaut.; being, existence, life MBh. S'ank. BhP.; abiding by, strict adherence or
obedience to (comp.) Kâm.; abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; a public
place (in a town) Mn. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (often with {rUpa}) MBh. R. &c.;
beauty, splendour MBh.; the symptom of a disease Sus'r.; nature, state, condition BhP.; an
aggregate, whole, totality BhP.; termination, conclusion MaitrS.; end, death L.; formation L.;
vicinty, neighbourhood L.; {-cArin} w.r. for {sa-sthAsnu-c-}; {-bhukti} f. (with {kAlasya}) the
passage through various periods of time BhP.; {-vat} mfn. being, existing R.; having various forms
Kâm.
saMsthita* = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" lying "' or `" sitting "') Yâjñ.; one who has stood or held
out (in fight) MârkP.; placed, resting, lying, sitting, being in or on ({upari} loc., or comp.) Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; abiding, remaining, left standing (for a long time, as food; with {tathai9va}, remaining
in the same condition "') Yâjñ. VarBriS. Ragh.; lasting, enduring MBh.; imminent, future Hariv.;
shaped, formed (cf. {duH-} and {su-s-}), appearing in a partic. shape or form, formed like,
resembling (often ifc.; with {navadhA}, `" ninefold "'; with {masI-rUpeNa}, `" appearing in the
form of black ink "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to,
intent upon (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; founded or based upon (loc.) MBh.; directed to
wards, fixed upon (comp.) BhP.; relating to, concerning (loc. or comp.) Kâm. MârkP.; skilled in,
acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; started, set out for (dat. or {abhimukham}) R.;
frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371; finished, concluded, completed, ready Br. S'rS.; perished,
died (n. impers.) Mn. MBh. BhP.; near or contiguous to W.; heaped, collected ib.; n. conduct Cat.;
form, shape MBh.; {-yaju4s} n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation connected with it Br.;
{-vat} mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf.; pl. [with {sukhena}] `" they lived happily together "') Pañcat.; {-homa}
m. a final sacrifice, S'rS
saMsthiti* = f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,1];
standing or sitting on (loc.) Yâjñ. i, 139; duration, continuance in the same state or condition
Hariv. Kâm.; constancy, perseverance Hariv. BhP.; being bent upon, attaching importance to
(loc.) Mn. ix, 14; existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MârkP.; form, shape ib.; established
order Kâm. VâyuP.; nature, condition, quality, property Yâjñ. MBh. Pur.; conclusion, completion
(of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait.; end, death Pur.; obstruction of the bowels, constipation Sus'r.; heap,
accumulation W.; restraint ib.
saMsthaa*= saMsthA 1. {-tiSThate} (Pân. 1-3, 22; ep. and m. c. also P. {-tiSThati}; Ved. inf.
{-sthAtos} ÂpS'r.), to stand together, hold together (pf. p. du. {-tasthAne4}, said of heaven and
earth) RV.; to come or stay near (loc.) ib. VS. S'Br.; to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV.;
to stand still, remain, stay, abide (lit. and fig.; with {vAkye}, to obey "') MBh. R. &c.; to be
accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites) Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. BhP.; to prosper, succeed,
get on well MBh.; to come to an end, perish, be lost, die MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to become, be turned
into or assume the form of (acc.) Lalit.: Caus {-sthApayati} (subj. aor. {tiSTipaH} S'Br.), to cause
to stand up or firm, raise on their legs again (fallen horses) MBh.; to raise up, restore (dethroned
kings) ib.; to confirm, encourage, comfort ({AtmAnam}, or {hRdayam}, one's self "' i.e. `" take
heart again "') Kâv. Pañcat.; to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to put or add to
({uparI}) Yâjñ.; to build (a town) Hariv.; to heap, store up (goods) VarBriS.; to found, establish,
fix, settle, introduce, set a foot MBh. R. Râjat.; to cause to stand still, stop, restrain, suppress
(breath, semen &c.) AitBr.; to accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kaus'. MBh.; to put
to death, kill S'Br. MBh.; to perform the last office for i.e. to burn, cremate (a dead body)
S'ânkhBr.; to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid. of Caus. {-sthApayiSati}, to wish to finish or
conclude S'ânkhBr.
saMsthaa4 * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh.; shape, form, manifestation,
appearance (ifc. `" appearing as "') Up. MBh. &c.; established order, standard, rule, direction (acc.
with {kR} or Caus. of {sthA}, to establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self "'; with {vyati-
kram} or {paribhid}, `" to transgress or break an established rule or obligation "') MBh. R. &c.;
quality, property, nature Kâv. Pur.; conclusion, termination, completion TS. S'Br. &c. [1121, 3];
end, death Pur.; destruction of the world (= {pralaya}, said to be of four kinds, viz. {naimittika},
{prAkRtika}, {nitya}, {Atyantika}) ib.; a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a
sacrifice (the Jyotih-shthoma, Havir-yajña, and Pâka-yaiña consist of seven such forms) S'rS.;
killing ({pazu-s-}, `" killing of the sacrificial animal "') BhP.; cremation (of a body; also {pre7ta-
s-}) ib.; (prob.) = {zrAddha} MârkP.; a spy or secret emissary in a king's own country (= {cara} m.
prob. a group of five spies consisting of a {vaNij} "', merchant "', {bhikSu}, `" mendicant "',
{chAttra} "', pupil "', {lingin} "', one who falsely wears the mark of a twice-born "', and {kRSIvala},
`" husbandman "' cf. {paJca-varga}, and Mn. vii, 154 Kull.) Kâm.; continuation in the right way
L.; occupation, business, profession W.; an assembly ib.; a royal ordinance ib.; {-kRta} mfn.
settled, determined Hariv.; {--gAra} ({-thA7g-}) m. n. a meeting-house Lalit.; {-japa} m. a closing
prayer Âs'vS'r.; {-tva} n. the being a form or shape BhP.; {-paddhati} f. N. of wk.; {--vayava-vat}
({-thA7v-}) mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP.
saMstuta * = mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv.
R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. KâtyS'r.; equal to, passing for
(instr. or comp.) Âpast. Kathâs. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Kâv. VarBriS. Râjat.; {-tva} n.
the being praised together ChUp.; {-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together,
associated in hymns MW.
samsthaapanaarthaaya = to reestablish
samsmritya = remembering
samskrit.h = Sanskrit
samskrita = refined
samskriti = culture
saMsri* = P. {-sarati} (in. c. also {-te}), to flow together with. (instr.) RV. ix, 97, 45; to go about,
wander or walk or roam through MBh. Kâv. &c.; to walk or pass through (a succession of states),
undergo transmigration, enter or pass into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be diffused or spread into
(acc.) MBh.; to come forth BhP.: Caus. {-sArayati}, to cause to pass through a succession of states
or to undergo transmigration Mn. BhP.; to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii, 7878; to put off,
defer ib. v, 1004; to use, employ ib. xii, 11,932.
saMsriti* = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of
mundane existence, transmigration, the world ({-cakra} n. and {-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or
circle of mundane existence), AshthivS. BhP.
saMsrishtha* = mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7; brought forth or born together (as a
litter of animals) VS.; associated or connected together (as partners or brothers who combine
their property after division), Ma. Yâjñ.; united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in
(instr.) VS. S'Br. R. &c.; nearly related or acquainted friendly, familiar MBh. R. Hariv.; affected
with (comp.) Sus'r.; connected with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv.; mixed, of various kinds, both
good and bad in quality &c. S'Br. Car.; accomplished, performed (cf. {-maithuna}); cleared
through vomiting &c. L.; cleanly dressed W.; created MW.; m. N. of a fabulous mountain Kârand.;
({am}) n. near relationship, friendship, intimacy ({-taM} {car}, with loc., `" to enter on intimate
relations with "') AitBr. MBh.; {-karman} mfn. denoting mixed or various actions Nir.; {-ji4t} mfn.
victorious in contest RV.; {tva} n. commixture, union, association Sank.; (in law) voluntary
reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers with each other, after
partition of the family property) Dâyabh.; {-dhaya4} mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the
cow) TBr.; {-bhAva} m. near relationship, friendship R.; {-maithuna} mf({A})n. one who has
performed sexual intercourse Yâjñ.; {-rUpa} mfn. mixed in form or kind, adulterated W.; {-homa}
m. a common oblation (to Agni and Sûrya) TBr.
saMsrishthin* = m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition of the family
inheritance, again live together, annulling the previous partition) Gaut. Yâjñ. &c.; a co-partner,
co-parcener W.
samstabhya = by steadying
saMstuta *= mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv.
R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; equal to, passing
for (instr. or comp.) A1past. Katha1s. BhP.; acquainted familiar, intimate Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.;
%{-tva} n. the being praised together ChUp.; %{-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or
hymned together, associated in hymns MW.
saMstuti*=f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP.; figuritive mode of expression A1past. [1121,2]
saMsUcita* = mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pan5cat.; informed, told,
apprised MW.; reproved ib.
samudbhava * = (ifc. f. {A}) existence, production, origin (ifc. either `" arisen or produced from "'
or `" being the source of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; coming to life again, revival MBh.; N. of Agni at the
Vrata7des'a Griihyâs.
samudbhavaH = born of
samudbhavaan.h = produced of
samudra = sea
samunnati = prosperity
samupaci * = P. {-cinoti}, to heap up, gather Nâg.: Pass. {-cIyate}, to grow up, increase Sus'r.
samupacita * = mfn. collected, heaped W.; abundant Ratna7v.; thick Car.; {-jala} mfn. having
accumulated waters (as the ocean) MW.
samupajan * = Â. {-jAyate}, to arise, spring up, take place Kâv.; to be born again MBh.: Caus.
{-janayati}, to generate, cause, produce Riitus.
samupajJA * = P. Â. {-jAnAti}, {-janite}, to ascertain fully, find out MBh.; to perceive, learn W.
samupasthita = present
samupasthitaM = present
samupatap * = Pass. {-tapyate}, to feel pain MBh.
samupadhA * = P. Â. {-dadhAti}, {-dhatte}, to put together, construct, create, produce MW. [1169,
2]
samupavrit.h = Thus
samuhe = in group
samvida: initmate taks * =mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in {a-s-}) S'Br.; n. (?)
stipulation, agreement MBh. viii, 4512.
saMvatsara* = m. (rarely n.; cf. {pari-v-}) a full year, a year (having 12 [TS.] or 13 [VS.] months or
360 days [S'Br. AitBr. Sus'r.]; {am}, `" for a year; {eNa} `" after or in course of a yñyear "'; {e} or
{asya}, after or within a yñyear "') RV. &c. &c.; a year of the Vikrama era (see above; {varSa} is
used for the {zaka}) the first in a cycle of five or six years TS. PârGri. VarBriS. BhP.; the Year
personified (having the new and full moon for eyes and presiding over the seasons) TS. Pur.; N. of
S'iva MBh.
saMvartaka * mfn. (cf. {sAM-v-}) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world)
NriisUp. MBh. &c.; m. the world-destroying fire (pl. `" the fires of hell "'), Grihyâs. BhP.;
submarine fire (= {bADava}) L.; (scil. {gaNa}) a group or class of world-destroying clouds VP.; the
end or dissolution of the universe R. Hariv.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; N. of Baladeva (q.v.) L.; of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of an ancient sage (= {saM-varta}) VarBriS.; of a mountain Col.; ({ikA}) f. a
young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kâd.; n. Bala-deva's ploughshare Hariv.; {-kA7gni} m. the
world-destroying fire MW.; {-kA7bhra} n. pl. the clouds at the destruction of the world, Nâga7n.;
{-kin} m. N. of Bala-deva (cf. above) L.
samyaJc * = mfn. (fr. %{sami} = 2. %{sam} + 2. %{aJc} cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 93 ; nom. %{samya4n},
%{samIcI4}, or %{samI4cI}, %{samya4k}) going i, long with or together, turned together or in
one direction, combined, united (acc. with %{dhA}, to unite or provide with "' [acc. or dat. of pers.
and instr. or acc. of thing]), entire, whole, complete, all (%{samyaJcaH} %{sarve}, `" all together
"') RV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r. ; turned towards each other, facing one another RV. VS. Br. ; lying in one
direction, forming one line (as foot steps) S3Br. ; correct, accurate, proper, true, right BhP. ;
uniform, same, identical W. ; pleasant, agreeable ib. ; (%{I4cI}) f. praise, eulogy L. ; a doe Un2. iv,
92 Sch. ; N. of a divine female TBr. ; of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv. ; (%{a4k}) ind. in one or the same
direction, in the same way, at the same time, together (with %{sthA}, `" to associate with "') RV.
MBh. ; in one line, straight (opp. to %{akSNayA}, `" obliquely "') S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; completely,
wholly, thoroughly, by all means (with %{na}, by no means, not at all "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; correctly,
truly, properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well, duly (with %{kR}, `" to make good [a
promise] "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. ; distinctly, clearly MW.
samyak.h = proper
saMyam* = P. {-yacchati} (rarely Â.), to hold together, hold in, hold fast, restrain, curb, suppress,
control, govern, guide (horses, the senses, passions) RV. &c. &c.; to tie up, bind together (hair or a
garment) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to put together, heap up (Â. `" for one's self "') Pân. 1-3, 75 Sch.; to shut
up, close (a door) Bhag.; to press close to or against Sus'r.; to present with, give to (Â. with instr.
of person, when the action is permitted P. with dat., when the action is not permitted) Pân. 1-3,
35: Caus. {-yamayati} (cf. {-yamita}), to cause to restrain &c.; to bind up (the hair) Venis.
samyaggraahayitvaa = well+captured
saMyaava: m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made up into an
oblong form with sugar and spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [1112, 2]
saMyama * = m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the senses, self-control Mn.
MBh. &c.; tying up (the hair) Sâh.; binding, fettering VarBriS.; closing (of the eyes) MârkP.;
concentration of mind (comprising the performance of Dhâranâ, Dhyâna, and Samâdhi, or the
last three stages in Yoga) Yogas. Sarvad.; effort, exertion ({A4}, with great difficulty "') MBh.;
suppression i.e. destruction (of the world) Pur.; N. of a son of Dhûmra7ksha (and father of
Kriis'a7s'va) BhP.; {-dhana} mfn. rich in self-restraint MBh.; {-puNya-tIrtha} mfn. having
restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage MBh.; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious,
economical Kathâs.; {-mAgni} m. the fire of abstinence Bhag.; {-mA7mbhas} n. the flood of water
at the end of the world BhP.
saMyamana * = mf(%{I})n. id. MBh. Pur. ; bringing to rest RV. ; (%{I}) f. N. of the city or
residence of Yama (fabled to be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP. ; n. the act of curbing or
checking or restraining VP. ; self-control KaushUp. ; binding together, tying up Vikr. Sa1h. ;
drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.) S3ak. ; confinement, fetter Mr2icch. ; Yama's residence (cf.
above) Ba1dar.
saMyuga* = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh. ; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(cf. Naigh. ii, 17) ; %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe
"') MBh. ; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.//2 = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga})
relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "') S3is3.
san * = cl. 1. P., 8. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xiii, 21; xxx, 2) {sa4nati}, {-te} or {sano4ti}, {sanute} (Â. rare
and only in non-conjugational tenses; pf. {sasA4na} RV.; p. {sasava4s} ib. f. {sasanu4SI} Br.;
{sasanivas} or {senivas} Gr.; {sene} ib.; aor. {asAniSam} [Subj. {saniSat} Â. {saniSAsmahe},
{sa4niSanta}] RV.; Impv. {sa4niSantu} SV.; {seSam}, {set} MaitrS. Br.; {asAta} Gr.; Prec.
{sanyAt}, {sAyAt} ib.; fut. {sanitA} ib.; {saniSya4ti} RV. Br.; inf. {sanitum} Gr.), to gain, acquire,
obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; to gain for another, procure, bestow, give,
distribute RV.; (Â.) to be successful, be granted or fulfilled ib.: Pass. {sanyate} or {sAyate} Pân. 6-
4, 43: Caus. {sAnayati} (aor. {asISaNat}) Gr.: Desid. of Caus. {sisAnayiSati}. ib.: Desid.
{sisaniSati} (Gr.) or {si4SAsati} (? {sISatI} AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire or obtain RV. TS. AV.;
to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens. {saMsanyate}, {sAsAyate}, {saMsanti} (Gr.), to gain
or acquire repeatedly (only 3. pl. {saniSNata} RV. i, 131, 5). \\2 in %{go-Sa4n} q.v.\\3 (in gram.) a
technical term for the syllable %{sa} or sign of the desiderative.\\4 N. of an era (current in Bengal
and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL ; 433.
sana * = 2 mf({A})n. (derivation doubtful; for 1. see p. 1140, col. 3) old, ancient ({am} ind. "' of
old, formerly "') RV. AV.; lasting long BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi (one of the four or seven spiritual
sons of Brahmâ; cf. {sanaka}) MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Lat. {senex}, {senior}; Lith. {se4nas}; Goth.
{sinista}.]
sana * 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in {ahaM-sana} and {su-SaNa}, qq. vv.);
presenting, offering BhP.
sana * =3 m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L.; Bignonia Suaveolens or Terminalia Tomentosa
(cf. 2. {asana}) L.
sanaatana = ancient
sanaatanaaH = eternal
sanaatana * mf({I}, m.c.also {A})n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, primeval, ancient
S'Br. &c. &c.; m. N. of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu Bhathth.; of S'iva L.; a guest of deceased ancestors,
one who must always be fed whenever he attends S'râddhas L.; N. of a Riishi (in MBh. and later `"
a mind-born son of Brahmâ "') TS. &c. &c.; of a king Buddh.; (with {zarman} and {go-svAmin}) of
two authors Cat.; pl. N. of partic. worlds Hariv.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Cat. [1141, 2]; of Lakshmî or
Sarasvatî L.
sañchaya = collection
sañchayaan.h = accumulation
sañchhinna = cut
sañjanayan.h = increasing
sañjaya = O Sanjaya
sañjayati = binds
sañjaayate = develops
sa.nchaya = collection
sandarbha = reference
sa.ndhaanaM = combination?
sangama = to meet
sanga (saGga) * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) sticking, clinging to, touch, contact with (loc. or comp.)
TS. &c. &c.; relation to, association or intercourse with (gen. instr. with and without %{saha} loc.,
or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; addiction or devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish
attachment or affection, desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c.; (with %{atreH}) N. of a Sa1man
Br.\\or %{saGga} mfn. having limbs or a body Katha1s.; together with the limbs AV. S3Br.; with
all its An3gas or supplements Ka1tyS3r.; complete, entire MBh.; concluded, finished Uttarar.
sangaH = attachment
sangaNaka = computer
sangiita = music
sangena = by association
sankalpa = determination
sanketa = indication
sanna* = mfn. set down VS. S'Br. S'rS.; sitting at i.e. occupied with (comp.) Hariv.; sunk down in
(loc.) BhP.; depressed, low (in spirits), languid, exhausted, decayed, perished, lost, dead AV. &c.
&c.; shrunk, contracted (see comp.); resting, motionless (see ib.); weak, low (see ib.); (=
{prasanna}), appeased, satisfied (see {sannI-kRta}); m. Buchanania Latifolia L.; (prob.) n.
destruction, loss (see {sanna-da}).
sannibhaani = as if
sanniyamya = controlling
sannimitta* = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; ({am}) ind. for a
gñgood cñcause Hit.; ({e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.
sannivaasa* = mfn. (for {saM-n-} see {saM-ni-} 5. {vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishnu) MBh.
sannivishhTaH = situated
santata = repeated
santapta = burning
santya* mfn. bestowing gifts, bountiful (only voc. in addressing Agni; accord. to others fr. {sat} =
`" benevolent, kind "') RV
santaapa = harrasment
santushhTa = satisfied
santosha = satisfaction
santoshha = satisfaction
sa.nyata = controlled
sa.nyama = dharana, dhyana and samadhi taken together
sa.nyuktaaH = engaged
sa.nyogaM = connection
sa.nvaadaM = conversation
sa.nvigna = distressed
sa.nvrittaH = settled
s'apa * = m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a
man g. {azvA7di}.
sapatnaan.h = enemies
sapatna * m. (fr. 1. {sa-pa4tnI} below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c.
sapatnI * 1 f. (once in R. {-tni}) a woman who has the same husband with another woman (Pân. 4-
1, 35) or whose husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c.
saptavarga = Seven Vargas a sequence of varga or harmonic charts. Consists of Rashi, Hora,
Drekkana, navaa.nsha, dvaadasha.nsha, tri.nshaa.nsha and Saptaa.nsha
saptaa.nsha = A varga. The harmonic Seventh Division. Used for delineations of Children and
Grandchildren and one's creative projections
saphala = fruitful
sara* = mf({A})n. (fr. {sR}) fluid, liquid VS.; cathartic, purgative, laxative Sus'r. Vâgbh.; (ifc. f. {I}
Pân. 3-2, 18) going, moving &c. (cf. {anu-}, {abhi-}, {puraH-s-}); m. going, motion L.; a cord,
string (cf. {prati-}, {maNi-}, {muktA-maNi-}, and {mauktika-s-}); a short vowel (in prosody) Col.;
salt L.; N. of Vâyu or the wind L.; a waterfall L.; often v.l. or w.r. for {zara} (also in comp. {sara-ja}
&c. for {zara ja} &c.); ({A4}) f. moving or wandering about Gal.; a brook AV. TS.; a cascade,
waterfall L.; Paederia Foetida L.; ({I}) f. a cascade (cf. {sari}) L.; n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in
comp. for {saras}) Un. iv, 188 Sch.; milk L.
sarati = (1 pp) to go
saras.h = lake
sarasa = Excellent
sarira *= n. (cf. {salila}) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr.; = {bahu} Naigh. iii, 1; the universe
(= {loka} or {tri-loka}) VS. Sch.
sarpa = snake
sarpaaNaaM = of serpents
sarva = all
sarvaM = all
sarvaH = all
sarvagataM = all-pervading
sarvagataH = all-pervading
sarvatra = everywhere
sarvatragaM = all-pervading
sarvashaH = all
sarvasya = of everyone
sarvaharaH = all-devouring
sarvaaH = all
sarvaaNi = all
sarve = all
sarvebhyaH = of all
sarveshhaaM = all
sarvaiH = all
sasvadha* = m. pl. `" having the Svadha (q.v.), a partic. class of deceased ancestors MW.
sa-svara* = mfn. sounding, having the same sound with (instr. or comp.) Prât.; having accent,
accentuated IndSt.; ({am}) ind. loudly VP.
sasva4r* = ind. (of unknown derivation), secretly RV. (cf. Nalgh. iii, 25).
sasya = grain
sat* = mf({satI4})n. (pr. p. of 1. {as}) being, existing, occurring, happening, being present ({sato
me}, `" when I was present "'; often connected with other participles or with an adverb e.g.
{nAmni kRte sati}, `" when the name has been given "'; {tathA sati}, `" if it be so "'; also ibc.,
where sometimes = `" possessed of "' cf. {sat-kalpavRkSa}) RV. &c. &c.; abiding in (loc.) MBh.;
belonging to (gen.) S'Br.; living MundUp.; lasting, enduring Kâv. RV. &c. &c.; real, actual, as any
one or anything ought to be, true, good, right ({tan na sat}, `" that is not right "'), beautiful, wise,
venerable, honest (often in comp. see below) RV. &c. &c.; m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures RV.
&c.; a good or wise man, a sage MBh. R.; good or honest or wise or respectable people Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({I4}) f. see {sati4} below; ({sat}) n. that which really is, entity or existence, essence, the true
being or really existent (in the Veda7nta, `" the self-existent or Universal Spirit, Brahma "') RV.
&c. &c.; that which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth ib.; water Naigh. i, 12;
(in gram.) the terminations of the present participle Pân. 3-2, 127 &c.; ({sat}) ind. (cf. {sat-kR}
&c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. {sens} in &343162[1134, 2] {absens}, {pra-sens};
{sons}, `" guilty "', orig. `" the real doer "'; Lith. {sâs}, {e4sas}; Slav. {sy}, {sas8ta}.]
saT * =cl. 1. P. %{saTati}, to be a part of Dha1tup. ix, 26: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sATayati} (see
%{sAT}).
satata = always
satataM = always
sataanana * =m. Aegle Marinelos L.; ({A}) f. `" hundredfaced "'N. of a goddess Cat.
saTaMkaara * =mfn. (fr., 7. {sa} + {T-}) having notoriety or fame, famous MW.
sataasat * =({-tA7satI4}) n. du. (= {sad-asatI}, formed in analogy to {sutA7sute4}) the true and
the false TBr.
sati = being
satI4 * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (= {bhavatI},
sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the
faithful wñwife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar.
{satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an animal) BhP.; a
female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.;
of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of
Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by
Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur. Kum.; of one of
the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.
satii = Sati * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (=
{bhavatI}, sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later
use to the faithful wñwife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse
W.; compar. {satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female (of an
animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of metre Col.; N. of the wife of
Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to
herself by Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur.
Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times (also {-devI}) Cat.
satkaara = respect
sattama * = (%{sa4t-}) mfn. very good or right, the best, first, chief of (gen. or comp.) Br.
S3a1n3khS3r. ChUp. &c.; most virtuous W.; very venerable or respectable ib.; %{-tA} f. the first
rank of all BhP.
sattva * = inner strengthn. being, existence, entity, reality, `" the existence of a Supreme Being "';
true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character; spiritual essence, spirit, mind; vital breath,
life, consciousness, strength of character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage,
selfcommand, good sense, wisdom, magnanimity MBh. R. &c.; the quality of purity or goodness
(regarded in the Sânkhya phil. as the highest of the three Gunas r constituents of Prakriiti because
it renders a person true, honest, wise &c., and a thing pure, clean; material or elementary
substance, entity, matter, a thing
satvara* mf({A})n. having or making haste, speedy, expeditious, quick ({am} and compar.
{-taram} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. quickness, hastiness, speed ib.; {-racanam} ind.
quickly, immediately, at once Gît.
satya = Truth * = mf({A})n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest, truthful, faithful, pure,
virtuous, good. successful, effectual, valid ({satyaM-kR}, `" to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil "')
RV. &c. &c.; m. the uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmâ and heaven of
truth; see {loka}) L.; N. of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.) Pur.; the As'vattha tree L.; N. of Vishnu L.; of
Râma-candra L.; of a supernatural being Gaut. VarBriS. Hcat.; of a deity presiding over the
Nândî-mukha S'râddha L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh Cat.; of a Vyâsa Cat.; of a son of Havir-
dhâna BhP.; of a son of Vitatya MBh.; of one of the 7 Riishis in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.;
(with {AcArya}) N. of an astronomer (author of the Horâ-s'âstra) VarBriS.; pl. N. of a class of gods
in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity W.; a partic.
S'akti Pañcar.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; of S'itâ L.; of Satyavatî (mother of Vyâsa) L.; = {satya-bhAmA}
MBh. Hariv. S'is'.; of the family deity of the Kutsas and Atharvans Cat.; of a daughter of Dharma
(and wife of S'an-yu) MBh.; of the mother of Satya (= {tuSita}) VP.; of the wife of Manthu (and
mother of Bhauvana) BhP.; of a daughter of Nagna-jit (and wife of Kriishna) ib.; ({am}) n. truth,
reality ({satyena}, `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" really "'; {ka4smAt sa4tyAt}, `" for what reason,
how is it that? "' {te4na satye4na}, `" for that reason, so truly "'; {yathA-tena} [or {evaM}]
{satyena}, `" as-so truly "'; with Buddhists truth is of two kinds, viz. {saMvRti-} and
{paramA7rtha-satyam}, `" truth by general consent "' and `" self-evident truth "' Dharmas. 95; for
the four fundamental truths of Buddhists see MWB. 43; 56) RV. &c. &c.; speaking the truth,
sincerity, veracity KenUp. Mn. R. &c.; a solemn asseveration, vow, promise, oath ({satyaM
cikIrSamANa}, `" wishing to fulfil one's promise or keep one's word "') AV. &c. &c.; demonstrated
conclusion, dogma W.; the quality of goodness or purity or knowledge MW.; the first of the four
Yugas or ages (= 1. {-kRta4} q.v.) L.; a partic. mythical weapon R.; the uppermost of the 7 Lokas
(see under m.) Veda7ntas. BhP.; one of the 7 Vyâhriitis L.; partic. Satya-formula Âs'vS'r.; =
{udaka}, water Naigh. i, 12; (also with {prajApateH}) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. S'rS.; ({a4m}) ind. (g.
{cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) truly, indeed, certainly, verily, necessarily, yes, very well ({satyam-tu},
{kiM tu}, {tathA7pi}, `" it is true - but, yet, however "'; {yat sasyam}, `" indeed, certainly "') RV.
&c. &c. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. $.]
satyaM = Truth
satyasya = of truth
sakshii = witness
satvat * satvat m. pl.N. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf. {sAtvata}) Br. KaushUp.
MBh. Hariv.; of a son of Madhu Hariv.
sa4vana* = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice (performed at the three
periods of the day; cf. {tri-SavaNa}; {prAtaH-}., {mAdhyaMdina-} and {tRtIya-s-}) RV. &c. &c.;
the pressed out Soma-juice and its libation, a Soma festival, any oblation or sacrificial rite ib.;
(with {puMsaH}) = {puMsavana} Yâjñ. i, 11 (pl.) the three periods of day (morning, noon, and
evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP. [1190, 2]; time (in general) BhP.; bathing, ablution, religious bathing
(performed at mñmorning, nñnoon, and evñevening) Kir.\\2 n. (for 1. see col. 1; for see p. 1191,
col. 2; for {sa-vana} see col. 3) instigation, order, command (cf. {satya4-s-}) RV. MaitrUp.
savana* = mf({A})n. (fur {savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh.
savyasaachin.h = O Savyasaci
saubha * = m. (also written {zaubha}) N. of the aerial city of Hari-s'candra (q.v.) MBh. BhP.; of a
town of the S'alvas MBh.; a king of the Saubhas ib.; pl. N. of a people ib.
sauci* = m. = next L.
saucika* = m. (fr. {sUci}) one who lives by his needle, a tailor (in the caste system he is the son of
a S'aundika and a Kaivartî) Kull. on Mn. iv, 214.
saubhaagyavatii = Mrs
saubhaga * - mfn. (fr. {subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the tree Su-bhaga Car.;
m. N. of a son of Briihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment
RV.; loveliness, grace, beauty BhP.
saumana* = n. (fr. {su-mana}, or {-nas}); m. or ({A}) f. a flower, blossom Sus'r.; a partic. mythical
weapon
saumitrivatsalaH = he who is affectionate to LakshmaNa
saumya* = (once in AV. {sau4mya}) mf({I4} later {A}; once in RV. {sau4myA})n. relating or
belonging to Soma (the juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god), connected or dealing with Soma,
having his nature or qualities &c. RV. &c. &c.; cool and moist (opp. to {agneya}, `" hot and dry "')
Br. Hariv. Sus'r.; northern ({ena}, `" to the north "') Hariv. VarBriS.; `" resembling the moon "',
placid, gentle, mild ({saumya} voc. = `" O gentle Sir! "' `" O good Sir! "' `" O excellent man! "' as
the proper mode of addressing a Brâhman Mn. ii, 125) S'Br. &c.&c.; auspicious (said of birds,
planets &c.; esp. of the Nakshatras Mriiga-s'iras, Citrâ, Anurâdhâ, and Revatî) R. VarBriS. Hariv.
S'ârngS.; happy, pleasant, cheerful MW.; m. a Soma sacrifice L.; an adherent, worshipper BhP.; a
Brâhman L.; patr. of Budha or the planet Mercury VarBriS.; of the Vedic Riishi Budha (author of
RV. x, 1) RAnukr.; the left hand Hcat.; Ficus Glomerata L.; the fifteenth cubit ({aratni}) from the
bottom or the third from the top of the sacrificial post L.; (in anat.) the blood before it becomes
red, serum W.; the gastric juice MW.; the month Mârgas'îrsha Hcat.; N. of the 43rd (or 17th) year
in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; (pl.) the people of Soma S'ânkhGri.; a partic. class of
deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 199; m. n. a partic. penance (see {-kRcchra}) Yâjñ. GârudaP.; N. of a
Dvîpa of the earth or of Bharatavarsha Pur.; of the 7th astrol. Yuga Jyot.; ({yA}) f. N. of various
plants (Abrus Precatorius; Glycine Debilis; Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.; a pearl L.; the Nakshatra
Mriiga-s'iras Hariv.; N. of the five stars in Orioñs head (also called {ilvala} q.v.) W.; a species of
the Âryâ metre Col.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; ({I}) f. moonshine MBh.; ({am}) n. the nature or condition
of Soma AV.; gentleness MBh. Pañcat. the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras (presided over by the Moon)
MaitrUp. Hariv. (accord. to Nîlak. `" Wednesday "'); the left eye L.; the middle of the hand L.; N.
of the fifth Muhûrta Cat.; (scil. {adbhuta}) a partic. kind of omen or prodigy (occurring in the
Diva or sky) MW.
saurata: mfn. (fr. {su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual enjoyment ib.; m. mild
wind L.
saurabha = fragrance
sautraamaNI * =f. a partic. sacrifice in honour of Indra ({su-trAman}; described as the 6th or 7th;
of the 7 Havir-yajña-sansthâs q.v.; in the S'Br. it is said that every one consecrated by the
Sautrâmani enters among the gods and is born {sarva-tanUH} i.e. with his entire body; {-tva4} n.
S'Br.) AV. VS. Br. S'rS. BhP.; N. of wk. by Deva-bhadra.
s'auri m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun) ib.;
of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn
(w.r. for {sauri}).
sauvarNa = golden
s'ayitavya * =mfn. to be lain or slept Pañcar. Kathâs. (n. impers.; {mayA-hutavahe-zayitavyam}, `"
it must be lain down by me in the fire "' Vâs.)
s'ayitR * = * =m. one who sleeps or rests Pân. 4-2, 15.
s'ayita * =mfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the plant Cordia Myxa W.; n. the
place where any one has lain or slept Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 68.
s'aayi-taa * f. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (ifc.) MBh. Kathâs.
setu = a bridge* mfn. (fr. 1. {si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond, fetter ib.; a
ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any raised piece of ground separating
fields (serving as a boundary or as a passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Râma's bridge (see
{setubandha}) BhP.; a landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.;
a help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of various
commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the Pranava or sacred syllable Om
(which is said to be {mantrANAM setuH}) KâlP.; Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (=
{varaNa}, {varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru
Pur.; of a place MW.
setuba.ndhanaM = bridging
sev.h = to serve
sevaa = service
sevitvaM = aspiring
s'aabda * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zabda}) sonorous, sounding W.; relating to sound (as opp. to {Artha}
q.v.) Sâh.; based on sounds, expressed in words oral, verbal, (esp.) resting on or enjoined by
sacred sound (i.e. on the Veda; with {brahman}. n. = `" the Veda "') S'Br. &c.; nominal (as
inflection) W.; m. a philologist, grammarian RPrât.; pl. a partic. sect Hcar.; ({I}) f. Sarasvatî (as
goddess of speech and eloquence) W.
shaakha = branch
shaakhaM = branches
shaakhaaH = branches
s'aala* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}) being in a house &c. S'Br. ({a4m} ind. `" at home "' ib.); m.
(also written {sAla}), an enclosure, court, fence, rampart, wall Inscr. Kâv.; the S'âl tree, Vatica
Robusta (a valuable timber tree) MBh. Kâv. &c.; Artocarpus Locucha L.; any tree L.; a kind of fish,
Ophiocephalus Wrahl Vâs.; N. of a son of Vriika BhP.; of king S'âli-vâhana L.; of a river W.; ({A})
f. see below; n. (ifc.) = {zAlA} (col. 2).
s'aalaa* = f. (ifc. also {zAla} n.) a house, mansion, building, hall, large room, apartment, shed,
workshop, stable AV. &c. &c. [cf. Germ. {saal}; Eng. {hall}]; a large branch (cf. {zAkhA}) L.; a kind
of metre (cf. {zAlinI}).
s'aala* = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 1) = {zala} g. {jval-Adi}; m. n. (also written {sAla}) g. {ardharcA7di}.
s'aama* = mfn. (1. {zam}) appeasing, curing, having curative properties MW.
s'aamaa* = f. (prob.) a kind of plant (used for curing leprosy) AV. i, 24, 4 (Paipp. {zyAmA})
s'aambara * mf({I4})n. relating or belonging or peculiar to S'ambara RV. Hariv. &c.; coming from
the deer called S'ñS'ambara Bhpr.; ({I}) f. jugglery, sorcery, illusion (as practised by the Daitya
S'ñS'ambara) Naish.; a sorceress W.; n. the fight with S'ñS'ambara RV.; a kind of sandal L. (cf.
{zAbara}).
shaaNDhya* n. (fr. {SaNDha}) the state of being a eunuch, impotence Car. (printed {zAThya}).
shaa.ntiH = peace
shaantaH = peaceful
shaanti = calmness
shaantiM = peace
s'aarva * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zarva}) relating or belonging or sacred to or derived from S'iva Kâv.
Kathâs. (with {diz} f. the east VarBriS.)
shaashvataH = permanent
shaashvataaH = eternal
shaashvatiiH = many
shaastra = science
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
shabda = Word
shabdaM = sound
s'abda m. (in DhyânabUp. also n. ifc. f. {A} perhaps connected with 3. {zap} cf. also 2. {zap})
sound, noise, voice, tone, note ({zabdaM} {kR}, to utter a sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound
is supposed to be sevenfold [MBh. xii, 6858] or eight. fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh. xiv,
1418] [1052, 3]; in the Mîmânsâ it is taught to be eternal); a word ({zabdena}, by word, explicitly,
expressly) ib. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 19; speech, language BhP.; the right word, correct expression
(opp. to {apa-zabda}) Pat.; the sacred syllable Om, AmriitUp.; (in gram.) a declinable word or a
word-termination, affix Pân. Sch.; a name, appellation, title Mn. MBh. &c. ({tacchabdAt} "',
because it is so-called "' KâtyS'r.); a technical term TPrât.; verbal communication or testimony,
oral tradition, verbal authority or evidence (as one of the Pramânas q.v. ) Nyâyas. Sarvad.
shaD.hvarga = The Six Harmonic Charts: Rashi, Hora, dreshhkaaNa, navaa.nsha, dvadasha.nsha
and tri.nsha.nsha
s'ad* = 1 (only occurring in the forms {zAzadu4H}, {zAzadmahe}, {zAzadre4}, and {zA4zadAna}),
to distinguish one's self. be eminent or superior, prevail, triumph RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $, $,
&318197[1051,2] $, $], \\2 cl. 1. 6. Â. (Dhâtup. xx, 25; xxviii, 134) {zIyate} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 78; P. in
non-conjugational tenses, i, 3. 60; pf. {zazada}, {zeduH} Br.; fut. {zatsyati} AV.; aor. {azadat} Gr.;
fut. {zattA} ib. [1051,3]; inf. {zattum} ib.), to fall, fall off or out AV. Br. Bhathth.: Caus. {zAdayati},
to impel, drive on (cattle) Pân. 7-3, 42; {zAta4yati}, {-te} (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or
asunder, hew or cut off, knock out AV. &c. &c.; to fell, throw down, slay, kill MBh. Hariv. R.; to
disperse, dispel, remove, destroy Gobh. S'is'. Sus'r.: Desid. {zizatsati} Gr.: Intens. {zAzadyate},
{zAzatti} ib. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. {cedo}.]
shaibyaH = Saibya
shaila = shell
shakunta = crane
shakta = strong
shaktaaH = capable
s'a4kti: or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or
{sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'
s'akti4: f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-
z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according
to the capability of one's property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting
all one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.) RV. &c. &c.;
effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power (consisting of three parts,
{prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf.
Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the
S'âkta (q.v.) sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî, Kaumâri, Nârasinhî,
Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and Cândikâ for the third and sixth of
these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri,
Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different
forms of the S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi, Pushthâ,
Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti of S'iva or Rudra besides
Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ, Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-
ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî, Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî,
Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi &c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra:
according to the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or
mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.; those of the dark and fierce nature,
Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped
by the S'âkta sect either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation of a word to the
thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (=
{kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or most effective word of a sacred text or magic
formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance,
gift, bestowal RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword MW.;
(prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of stars and planets (when the
latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or
sage (the eldest of Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in consequence of a
curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the
sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-
16; S'akti is also identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'akti = strength
s'aktiH = power; might
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but esp. to Indra) RV.
AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen
"' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.; Terminalia Arjuna L.
shaknomi = am I able
shakya = possible
shakyaM = is able
shakyaH = practical
shalabha = a locust
s'ala* = mfn. (connection with above very doubtful) = {dravaNa-samartha} Nir. Sch.; m. a staff
TBr.; a dart, spear L.; a kind of animal Pañcar. (accord. to L. `" a camel "' or `" an ass "'); =
{kSetrabhid} L.; = {vidhi} L.; N. of Bhriingi (one of S'iva's attendants) L.; of Brahmâ W.; of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Soma-datta ib.; of a son of
Parîkshit ib.; of a son of S'una-hotra Hariv.; m. or n. the quill of a porcupine L.; a partic. measure
of length (cf. $-, {paJcaz-}. &c.); ({I}) f. see below.
s'aamitra * =mfn. (fr. %{zamitR}) relating to the official who cuts up the sacrificial victim (see %{-
karman}) BhP.; m. (scil. %{agni}) the fire for cooking the sacrificial flesh Gr2S3rS. [1065,3]; n.
the place for the above fire S3rS.; any place of immolation, shambles Vait. Mr2icch.; = next MBh.
s'aaMtanu* = m. N. of the father of Bhîshma (in older language {za4Mtanu} q.v.) MBh. Hariv.
&c.; a partic. inferior kind of grain Sus'r
s'aanta* = 1 mfn. (perhaps always w.r. for 1. {zAta} q.v.) = {zAnita} L.; thin, slender Hariv. R.
(Sch.)\\2 mfn. (fr. 1. {zam}) appeased, pacified, tranquil, calm, free from passions, undisturbed
Up. MBh. &c.; soft, pliant Hariv.; gentle, mild, friendly, kind, auspicious (in augury; opp. to
{dIpta}) AV. &c. &c.; abated, subsided, ceased, stopped, extinguished, averted ({zAntam} or {dhik
zAntam} or {zAntam pApam}, may evil or sin be averted! may God forfend! Heaven forbid! not
so!) S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; rendered ineffective, innoxious, harmless (said of weapons) MBh. R.;
come to an end, gone to rest, deceased, departed, dead, died out ib. Ragh. Râjat.; purified,
cleansed W.; m. an ascetic whose passions are subdued W.; tranquillity, contentment (as one of
the Rasas q.v.); N. of a son of Day MBh.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa MârkP.; of a son of S'ambara
Hariv.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a son of Âpa VP.; of a Devaputra Lalit.; ({A}) f. (in music)
a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; Emblica Officinalis L.; Prosopis Spicigera and another species L.; a kind of
Dûrvâ grass L.; a partic. drug (= {reNukA}) L.; N. of a daughter of Das'a-ratha (adopted daughter
of Loma-pâda or Roma-pâda and wife of Riishya-s'riinga) MBh. Hariv. R.; (with Jainas) of a
goddess who executes the orders of the 7th Arhat L.; of a S'akti MW.; n. tranquillity, peace of
mind BhP.; N. of a Varsha in Jambu-dvîpa ib.; N. of a Tîrtha W.
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath, imprecation, ban,
interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as}, {vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter
a curse on any one "', with dat. gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
saaMyuga * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a battle-field "')
S3is3.
s'am * = 1 cl. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xxvi, 92), {zA4myati} (rarely {-te}, and ep. also {zanati}, {-te}; Ved.
{zamyati}, {zimyati}, and cl. 9. {zamnAti} [Naigh. ii, 9], {zamnISe}, {zamnIthAs} Impv.
{zamnISva}, {zamISva}, {zamiSva}, {zamIdhvam}; pf. {zazAma}, {zemuH} Br. &c.; {zazame4}
Subj. {zaza4mate} RV.; p. {zazamAna4} [q.v.]; aor. {a4zamiSThAs} RV.; {azamat} Br. [cf. pres.];
Prec. {zamyAt} Gr.; fut. {zamizA}, {zamiSyati} ib.; ind. p. {zamitvA}, {zAntvA}, {zA8mam} ib.), to
toil at, fatigue or exert one's self (esp. in performing ritual acts) RV. TBr.; to prepare, arrange VS.;
to become tired, finish, stop, come to an end, rest, be quiet or calm or satisfied or contented TS.
S'Br. &c.; to cease, be allayed or extinguished MBh. Kâv. &c.; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put an end to,
hurt, injure, destroy Kâthh.: Pass. {zamyate} (aor. {azami}) Pân. 7-3, 34: Caus. {zama4yati} (m. c.
also {zAmayati}; aor. {azIzamat}; Pass. {zAmyate}), to appease, allay, alleviate, pacify, calm,
soothe, settle RV. &c. &c.; to put to an end or to death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup.
press TS. &c. &c.; to leave off, desist MBh.; to conquer, subdue Kâlid. Bhathth.: Desid.
{zizamiSati} Gr.: Intens. {zaMzamIti} (Bâlar.), {zaMzamyate}, {zaMzanti} (Gr.), to be entirely
appeased or extinguished (pf. {zaMzamAM cakruH} Bhathth.). [Cf. Gk. $], &318859[1053, 3]
s'a4m * = 2 ind. (g. {cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) auspiciously, fortunately, happily, well (frequently
used in the Veda, rarely in later language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent
phrase {za4M yo4H} or {za4M ca yo4z ca}, `" happiness and welfare "', sometimes joined with the
verbs {bhU}, as, {kR}, {dAvah}, {yA}, sometimes occurring without any verb; with dat. or gen. [cf.
Pân. 2-3, 73 Sch.]; in some cases corresponding to an adj. e.g. {zaM tad asmai}, that is pleasant to
him) RV. &c. &c.
shamanaM = subsiding
s'ambhala* m. (also written {sambhala}) N. of a town (situated between the Rathaprâ and
Ganges, and indentified by some with sambhal in Moradâbâd; the town or district of S'ambhala is
fabled to be the place where Kalki, the last incarnation of Vishnu, is to appear in the family of a
Brâhman named Vishnu-yas'as) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zamphalI} and
{zambhalI}).
s'ambhalagrAma* = m. the town S'ambhala MBh. Hariv. Pur. (also {-grAmaka}); {-mAhAtmya}
(or {zambhala-m-}) n. `" glory of S'ambhala "'N. of part of the SkandaP.
s'ambara * m. N. of a demon (in RV. often mentioned with Sushna, Arbuda, Pipru &c.; he is the
chief enemy of Divo-dâsa Atithigva, for whose deliverance he was thrown down a mountain and
slain by Indra; in epic and later poetry he is also a foe of the god of love) RV. &c. &c.; a cloud
Naigh. i, 10; a weapon Sây. on RV. i, 112, 14; war, fight L.; a kind of deer Vâs. Bhpr.; a fish or a
kind of fish L.; Terminalia Arunja L.; Symplocos Racemosa L.; a mountain in general or a partic.
mountain L.; best, excellent L.; = {citraka} L.; N. of of a Jina L.; of a king Vâs. (v.l. for
{zambaraNa} and {saM-varaNa}); of a juggler (also called {zambarasiddhi}) Ratna7v.; ({I}) f.
Salvinia Cucullata L. Croton Polyandrum L.; = {mAyA}, sorcery, magic (prob. w.r. for {zAmbarI})
L.; n. water Naigh. i, 12 (but Sâh. censures the use of {zambara} in this sense); power, might
Naigh.ii, 9; sorcery, magic Kathâs. (printed {saM-vara}); any vow or a partic. vow (with
Buddhists) L.; wealth L.; = {citra} L.; (pl.) the fastnesses of S'ambara RV.
s'ambala* = m. n. (also -written {sambala}, or {saM-vala} q.v.) provender or provisions for a
journey, stock for travelling Kâv. Kârand.; `" a bank, shore "' or "' a race, family "' ({kUla} or
{kula}) L.; envy, jealousy L.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zambhalI} and {zamphalI}).
s'ambhu * = mfn. being or existing for happiness or welfare, granting or causing happiness,
beneficent, benevolent, helpful, kind RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; m. N. of S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c.; of Brahmâ
MBh. Hariv.; of a partic. Agni MBh.; of Vishnu L.; of a son of Vishnu MBh.; of Indra in the 10th
Manvantara BhP.; of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a king of the Daityas R.; of an Arhat
L.; of a Siddha L.; of a king MBh. (v.l. {zanku}); of a son of S'uka Hariv.; of a son of Ambarîsha
BhP.; (also with {bhaTTa}) of various authors and other men Cat.; a kind of Asclepias L.; a kind of
metre Col.; f. N. of the wife of Dhruva Hariv. VP.
s'aMkara* = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra
or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a
serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of
S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka},
&c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a
female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.
s'amitR* = mfn. one who keeps his mind calm, Raj.; (%{-tR4}) m. a killer, slaughterer, cutter up
(of a slaughtered victim), preparer, dresser RV. Br. MBh.
s'aMtanu* = ({za4M-}) mfn. wholesome for the body or the person ({-tva4} n.) TS.; m. (also
written {zAMtanu}) N. of an ancient king with the patr. Kauravya (he was fourteenth descendant
of Kuru, son of Pratîpa and younger brother of Devâpi, and usurped the sovereignty whilst the
latter became a hermit; he married Gangâ and S'atya-vati; by the former he had a son named
Bhîshma, and by the latter Citra7ngada and Vicitravirya cf. IW. 375) RV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; (with
{cakra-vartin}) N. of an author (son of Uddharana, of the Tomara race) Cat.; {-tanUja} m. `" son
of S'antanu "'N. of Bhîshma, S'is. xv, 20.
samplava* m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a
dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin
BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; end, close of (comp.) BhP.
s'ami* = n. labour, toil, work, effort RV. AV.; f. a legume, pod (v.l. {zimi}) L.; the S'amî tree (see
below); m. N. of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Us'inara BhP.
s'amii* = f. (cf. {za4mi}) effort, labour, toil RV. VS.; ({zamI4}) the S'amî tree, Prosopis Spicigera
or (accord. to others) Mimosa Suma (possessing a very tough hard wood supposed to contain fire
cf. Mn. viii, 247 Ragh. iii, 9; it was employed to kindle the sacred fire, and a legend relates that
Purû-ravas generated primeval fire by the friction of two branches of the Samî and As'vattha
trees) AV. &c. [1054,2]; a legume, pod (cf. {-jAti}); a partic. measure (see {catuh-z-}) = {valgulI}
or {vAgnji} L.
s'aMkara * = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.; m. N. of Rudra
or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a
serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of
S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka},
&c.); ({A}) f. (cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of a
female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.
sannimitta * = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.; (%{am}) ind. for
a gñgood cñcause Hit.; (%{e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.
sannivAsa * = mfn. (for %{saM-n-} see %{saM-ni-} 5. %{vas}) staying with the gñgood (Vishn2u)
MBh.
shani = Saturn
shanivaara = Saturday
shanaiH = slowly
shankaa = doubt// saMkA * = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight
shankhaM = conchshell
shankhaan.h = conchshells
shankhau = conchshells
s'anakais* = ind. (dimin. of {zanais}) quietly, softly, gently, by degrees, in every case that arises,
with alternations, alternately RV. &c. &c.
s'anna* = mfn. fallen, decayed, withered &c. ({-mala} mfn. Nir. xi, 8); n. offal (see {haviSya-z-}).
s'anaistarAm* = ind. more (or very) quietly, softly &c. AitBr. Âs'vS'r.
sha.nkara = Shankara
sha.nkaa = fear
s'añk * = zaGk = cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. iv, 12) {sa4G kate} (ep. also P.; aor. 2. sg. {azaGkIs},
{azaGkiSTa}, {zaGkiSThAs}, {zaGkithAs} MBh. &c. inf. {zaGkitum} ib.; ind. p.; {-zaGkya} ib.; Gr.
also pf. {zazaGke} fut. {zaGkitA}, {zaGkiSyate}), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (abl.),
fear, dread, suspect, distrust (acc.) Br. MBh.; to be in doubt or un certain about (acc.), hesitate
MBh. Kâv. &c.; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two acc.), suppose to be
({zaGke}, `" l think "', I suppose "', `" it seems to me "') ib.; (in argumentative works) to ponder
over or propound a doubt or objection: Pass. {zaGkyate} (aor. {azaGki}), to be feared or doubted
&c.: Caus. {zaGkayati}, to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (loc.) Mâlav.
s'añkita* = mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl. gen., or comp.),
anxious about (loc. or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; assuming, supposing Râjat.; feared,
apprehended R. S'ântis'.; doubted, doubtful, uncertain Mn. Mriicch. &c.; weak, unsteady W.
s'añkin * =mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, suspicious, distrustful as (comp.
e.g. {kAka-s-}, `" distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Kathâs.; assuming, supposing, suspecting,
imagining Ragh. Hit.; full of apprehension or danger Pañcat.
s'añkya* = mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impers.; superl. {-tama}) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; to be assumed or expected or anticipated Das'. Râjat.
s'añkila * = m. (prob. w.r. for {zankhila}; cf. {zaGkha}) a conch-shell suspended on the ear of an
elephant L.
sha.nsa = praise
s'apa * =m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for {zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a
man g. {azvA7di}.
s'ataghnI * = f. (cf. {-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a missile, supposed by some
to be a sort of fire-arms or rocket, but described by the Comm. on the Mahâbhârata as a stone or
cylindrical piece of wood studded with iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a deadly disease of the
throat Sus'r. S'ârngS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia Glabra L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of
S'iva (m.) MW.; {-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S'ata-ghnî and a noose and a spear MBh. xiii, 17,
134 (but {zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).
saMyuga * = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. `" an insignificant struggIe "')
MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of battle Ragh.
shara = Arrow
sharaNa = Refuge
sharaNaM = resort/surrender
sharaNaarthii = Refugee
sharaNyau = the refuge, people who are worthy of giving asylum, protection to
sharad.h = autumn
s'ariira = body (neut) * = n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. {A}; either fr. {zri} and orig. = `" suport or
supporter "' cf. 2. {zaraNa} and Mn. i, 7; or accord. to others, fr. {zRR}, and orig. = `" that which
is easily destroyed or dissolved "') the body, bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones)
RV. &c. &c.; any solid body (opp. to {udaka} &c.) MBh. VarBriS. Pañcat.; one's body i.e. one's own
person Mn. xi, 229; bodily strength MW.; a dead body ib.
shariiraM = body
shariiraaNi = bodies
s'araja * = mfn. born in a clump of reeds Pân. 6-3, 16; m. = {-janman} L.; n. produced from sour
cream "', butter L
s'araNa * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1057, col. 1) one of the arrows of Kâma-dev Cat.; n. falling asunder,
bursting, falling in Vop.; killing, slaying L.; what slays or injures MW. \\2 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri};
for 1. see p. 1056) protecting, guarding, defending RV. AV.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a
poet Gît. (cf. {-deva}); of a king Buddh.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of various plants &c. (prob. w.r. for
{saraNA}, {-NI} q.v.); n. (Ifc f. {A}), shelter, place of shelter or refuge or rest, hut, house,
habitation, abode, lair (of an animal), home, asylum RV. &c. &c.; refuge, protection, refuge with
({zaraNaM} {gam} or {yA} or {i} &c., `" to go to any one for protection, seek refuge with "' [acc. or
gen.]; often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; water L.; (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.2.
s'araNi * = 1 f. (for 2. see under 2. {zaraNa}) refractoriness, obstinacy RV. AV. (others `" hurt,
injury, offence "').
sharma = grace
s'arva * = m. (fr. {zu4ru}) N. of a god who kills people with arrows (mentioned together with
Bhava and other names of Rudra-S'iva); N. of the god S'iva (often in the later language; esp. in the
form Kshitimûrti; du. S'arva and S'arvâni cf. Vâm. v, 2, 21) AV. &c. &c.; of one of the 11 Rudras
VP.; of Vishnu MW.; of a son of Dhanusha VP.; of a poet Sadukt.; pl. N. of a people MârkP. (w.r.
{sarva}); ({A}) f. N. of Umâ BhP.
s'a4stra * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for
cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.;
weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and
{amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'astra * = (see also saastra) 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn
recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited
by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br.
S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr
s'ata* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam},
or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred +
twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-
zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-
zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or
ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "';
sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g.
{zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in
pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the following kind,
{catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as
{zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith.
{szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'atha* mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv.
(prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
shasha = rabbit
shashaanka = moon
shashi = moon
s'as'vat *: mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp.
applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually,
continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat},
again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly,
indeed Br.
shashhTyaa.nsha = A varga. The 60th Harmonic Chart. Used in cases of delineation of twins
s'astra * = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either
audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii
and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.;
reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr\\2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an
instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow
Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta},
and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra * = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
shastra = weapon
shastraM = weapon
shastraaNi = weapons
s'astra* = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn recited either
audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii
and his assistant as an accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.;
reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr
s'astra* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. an instrument for cutting
or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are
said to be of four kinds, {pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c.
&c.; any instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction,
advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of
rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or
composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after the word denoting
the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole departments of knowledge e.g.
{vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy or the whole body of teaching on that subject;
{dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in
general; {zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions; {alaMkAra z-},
rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
s'as'vat * = mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and corresponding to Gk. $)
&320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless, incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp.
applied to the ever-recurring dawns) RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually,
continually, repeatedly, always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat},
again and again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or
followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it is true, certainly,
indeed Br.
s'atha *= mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv.
(prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'ata *=n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus, {ekA7dhikaM zatam},
or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam} or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred +
twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam} or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-
zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300; {SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-
zata}, the 200th; {dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same case as {zata}, or
ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or {pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "';
sometimes also ifc. see comp. below; rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g.
{zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `" with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in
pl. e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the following kind,
{catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.; any very large number (in comp. as
{zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one "' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith.
{szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda}; Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'aatha *= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a partic. sort of garment or
gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata * = mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.; thin, feeble, slender,
emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW. \\2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or
decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r. \\3 n. joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright,
happy W. \\4 Vriiddhi form of {zata}, in comp. \\mfn. see 1. {zAta}, p. 1063, col. 3.
s'athha* = * = mf({A})n. false, deceitful, frauduIent, malignant, wicked Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a
cheat, rogue (esp. a false husband or lover, who pretends affection for one female while his heart
is fixed on another; one of the four classes into which husbands are divided) W.; a, fool, blockhead
ib.; an idler ib.; a mediator, umpire L.; the thorn-apple L.; white mustard seed L.; N. of an Asura
MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (v.l. {gada} and {suta}); ({I}) f. w.r. for {zaTI} Car.; n. saffron
L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; steel L.; tin L.
shaTha = Rogue
shaThaH = deceitful
shata = Hundred
shataM = a hundred
shatashaH = hundreds
shatena = hundred
shataiH = by hundreds
shatru = enemy
shatruH = enemy
shatrun.h = enemies
shatruvat.h = as an enemy
shauchaM = cleanliness
s'auNDa* = mf({A}, or {I})n. (fr. {zuNDA}) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted to drinking MBh.
MârkP.; drunk, intoxicated L.; (ifc.) passionately fond of or devoted to ({-tA} f.) MBh. R. &c.;
skilled in, familiar with BhP.; being the pride of Bâlar. x, 0/1; m. a cock L.; ({A}) f. spirituous
liquor (ifc. perhaps w.r. for {zuNDa}) R.; ({I}) f. long pepper or Piper Chaba Bhpr.; = {kaTabhI} (a
tree) L.; a line of clouds L.
shauryaM = heroism
s'auri * =m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names of the sun)
ib.; of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet
Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).
shava = cadaver
shaya = Sleep
shayana = a bed
shayanaM = sleep
s'ayana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Pañcar.; n. the act of lying down or sleeping, rest,
repose, sleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (acc. with {bhaj}, {A-} {ruh},
{saM-viz} &c., to go to bed or to rest "'; with Caus. of {A-ruh}, `" to take to bed, have sexual
intercourse with "' [acc.]; {zayanaM} {zRta} or {-ne sthita} mfn. gone to bed, being in bed) S'Br.
&c. &c [1056, 1]; copulation, sexual intercourse L.; N. of a Sâman L.
s'ayaana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a lizard, chameleon L.
s'aya * = mf({A})n. (fr. 1. {zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc. case
or sense; see {adhaH-z-}, {kuze-z}, {giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dhâtup. xxiv, 60 (cf. {divA-
z-}); a bed, couch (see {vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard,
chameleon L.; the hand (= {hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBriS. Naish. KâtyS'r. Sch.; =
{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for {zapa}); pl. N. of a people MBh.; ({A4}) f. a place
of rest or repose (cf. {zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055, 3]
sheshha = remaining
s'esha * m. n. (fr. 2. {ziS}) remainder, that which remains or is left, leavings, residue (pl. `" all the
others "'), surplus, balance, the rest ({zeSe} loc. `" for the rest "', `" in all other cases "'; {zeSe
rAtrau}, `" during the rest of the night "'; {mama zeSam asti}, `" there remains something to
happen to me "'); that which has to be supplied (e.g. any word or words which have been omitted
in a sentence; {iti zeSaH}, `" so it was left to be supplied "', a phrase commonly used by Comm. in
supplying any words necessary to elucidate the text); that which is saved or spared or allowed to
escape (nom. with {as}, or {bhU}, `" to be spared "'; {zeSaM-kR} "', to spare "', `" allow to escape
"'; {zeSam avA7p} `" to escape "') Mn. MBh. R. &c.; remaining (used as an adj. at the end of adj.
comp. [f. {A}], cf. {kathA-z-}, {kRtya-z-}) AitBr. &c. &c.; remaining out of or from, left from (with
abl. or loc. e.g. {prayAtebhyo ye zeSAH}, `" the persons left out of those who had departed "'; but
mostly ifc. after a pp. in comp. e.g. {bhukta-zeSa}, `" remaining from a meal "', `" remnant of food
"'; {hata-zeSAH}, `" those left out of the slain "', `" the survivors "' &c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; end, issue,
conclusion, finish, result RV. 77, 15; last, last-mentioned Râjat.; a supplement, appendix Nir. iii,
13; a keepsake, token of remembrance Das'.; secondary matter, accident KâtyS'r. Sch.; death,
destruction W.; m. N. of a celebrated mythological thousand-headed serpent regarded as the
emblem of eternity (whence he is also called An-anta "', the infinite "'; in the Vishnu-Purâna he
and the serpents Vâsuki and Takshaka are described as sons of Kadru, but in one place S'esha
alone is called king of the Nâgas or snakes inhabiting Pâtâla, while elsewhere Vâsuki also is
described as king of the Nagas and Takshaka of the serpents; the thousand headed S'esha is
sometimes represented as forming the couch and canopy of Vishnu whilst sleeping during the
intervals of creation, sometimes as supporting the seven Pâtâlas with the seven regions above
them and therefore the entire world [1089, 1]; he is said to have taught astronomy to Garga;
according to some legends he became incarnate in Bala-râma q.v.) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (RTL.
105; 112; 232 n. r); N. of one of the Prajâ-patis R. VP.; of a Muni MW.; (also with {AcArya},
{dIkSita}, {zAstrin} &c.) of various authors (cf. below); of one of the mythical elephants that
support the earth L.; a kind of metre L.; ({A}) f. pl. the remains of flowers or other offerings made
to an idol and afterwards distributed amongst the worshippers and attendants (sg. `" a garden
made of the remains of flowers "') MBh. R. &c.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. see above.
s'eshavat* = mfn. left alive, spared MBh.; characterized by an effect or result (sometimes applied
in logic to {a posteriori} reasoning) Nyâyas.
sevA *= f. going or resorting to, visiting, frequenting Ca1n2. Subh.; service, attendance on (loc.
gen., or comp.; %{sevAM-kR}, with gen., `" to be in the service of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; worship,
homage, reverence, devotion to (gen. or comp.) ib.; sexual intercourse with (comp.) Hit. Subh.;
addiction to, indulgence in, practice or employment or frequent enjoyment of (comp.) Nir. Mn.
MBh. &c.
shevadhi* = m. (L. also n.) `" treasure-receptacle "', wealth, treasure, jewel RV. &c. &c.; treasury,
an inexhaustible quantity (of good or evil) Sinha7s.; one of the nine treasures of Kubera MW.;
{-pA4} mfn. guarding treasure RV.
shii = to sleep
s'ii4la * = n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) habit, custom, usage, natural or acquired way of
living or acting, practice, conduct, disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `"
habituated "' or `" accustomed "' or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. {guNa-},
{dAna-}, {puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character, moral conduct, integrity,
morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists {zIla} "', moral conduct "', is
one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pâramitâs [q.v.] and is threefold, viz. {sambhAra}, {kuzala-
saMgrAha}, {sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5
fundamental precepts or rules of moral conduct cf. {paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126; form, shape, beauty
W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. {zI}) L.; N. of a man Buddh.; of a king Râjat.; ({A}) f.
see below.
s'iilaa * = f. N. of the wife of Kaundinya Vâs., Introd.; (also {-bhaTTArikA}) N. of a poetess
S'ârngP. Cat.
shiighraM = immediately
shiita = cold
s'ilpa * = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Katha1s. BhP. ; any manual art or craft, any
handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called %{bAhya-kalA}, `"
external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery,
acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185] ; and 64 %{abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret
arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S3a1n3khBr. Mn. MBh. &c. ;
skill in any art or craft or work of art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; any act or work
(also m.) BhP. ; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW. ; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. %{su-
zilpa}) ; a partic. kind of S3astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character, recited on the 6th day of
the Pr2isht2hya Shad2-aha, at the Vis3vajit &c.) Br. S3rS. ; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L. ; (du.
with %{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; m. N. of a teacher S3Br. ; (%{A}) f. a
barber's shop L. ; (%{I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat. ; (%{zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1071, col. 2) satisfied, regaled RV. viii, 23, 13.
s'ita* = 2 mfn. (for 1. and 4. see under %{zi} and %{zo}) w.r. for %{sita}, `" bright-coloured, white.
"'\\3 m. N. of a son of Vis3va1mitra MBh.\\mf(%{A4})n. (fr. %{zyai}; cf. %{zIna}) cold, cool,
chilly, frigid (with ind. p. of %{kR} either %{zItaM@kRtya}, or %{kRtvA} g. %{sA7kSA7di}) RV.
&c. &c.; dull, apathetic, sluggish, indolent L.; boiled (= %{kvathita}; %{zIta} prob. w.r. for
%{zRta}) L.; m. Calamus Rotang L.; Cordia Myxa and Latifolia L.; Azadirachta Indica L.; =
%{asana-parNI} and %{parpaTA} L.; camphor L.; (%{A}) f. spirituous liquor L.; a kind of Du1rva1
grass L.; another kind of grass (= %{zilpikA}) L.; often w.r. for %{sItA} (q.v.); n. cold, coldness,
cold weather L.; cold water L.; Cassia bark L.\\4 mfn. (for 1. &c. see p. 1069, col. 3) whetted,
sharp RV. &c. &c.; thin, slender, weak, feeble L.\\see p. 1077, col. 3.
shiitala = cool
shiirsha = head
shiirshha = head
shiila = character
shiilaM = chastity
s'ilpa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance,
decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv. Kathâs. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any
handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called {bAhya-kalA}, `"
external or practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery,
acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64 {abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret
arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other arts of coquetry) S'ânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in
any art or craft or work of art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Kâv. &c.; any act or work (also m.)
BhP.; ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf. {su-zilpa}); a
partic. kind of S'astra or hymn (of a highly artificial character, recited on the 6th day of the
Priishthhya Shad-aha, at the Vis'vajit &c.) Br. S'rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L.; (du. with
{jamad-agneH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S'Br.; ({A}) f. a barber's shop L.;
({I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; ({zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ila * = 1 m. (L. also n.; for 2. see col. 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or ears of corn (accord. to Kull.
on Mn. x, 112 {zila} = {aneka-dhAnyo7nnayana} i.e. `" gleaning more than one ear of corn at a
time "', opp. to {uJcha} = {ekai9ka-dhAnyA7di-guDako7ccayana}) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son
of Pâryâtra Ragh. \\2 (for 1. see col. 1), in comp. for {zilA}.
s'ilaa4 * = f. (perhaps connected with 1. {zi}) a stone, rock, crag AV. &c. &c.; red arsenic Sus'r.;
camphor L.; the lower mill-stone L.; the lower timber of a door L.; the top of the pillar supporting
a house L.; a vein, tendon (for {zira} q.v.) L. [1073, 2]; N. of a river R.; of a woman Cat.
shila = rock
shilpin.h = sculptor
s'ikhaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation; prob. connected with 1. {zi}, `" to sharpen "') a tuft or lock of
hair on the crown of the head, a crest, topknot, plume S'Br. &c. &c.; a peacock's crest or comb
MBh. Hariv. &c.; a pointed flame, any flame ib.; a ray of light Kum. Kathâs.; a sharp end, point,
spike, peak, summit, pinnacle, projection, end or point (in general) MaitrUp. Kâv. VarBriS.; the
end or point or border of a garment S'ak.; the point or tip of the foot L.; the nipple L.; a branch
which takes root, any branch L.; a fibrous root, any root L.; the plant Jussiaea Repens L.; the head
or chief or best of a class L.; the fever or excitement of love L.; a partic. part of a verse or formula
(the crest of the verse compared to a king) RâmatUp. [1070, 3]; = {zikha-vRddhi} Gaut.; N. of
various metres Col.; of a river (prob. w.r. for {zikhI}) VP.
shikhi.n = peacock
shikshaNaM = of teaching
shiraH = head
shiras.h = head
shishhTatva = wisdom
shishhya = student
shishhyaH = disciple
shishhyaan.h = desciples
shishhyeNa = disciple
shishhyaiH = disciples
s'is'upaala * = m. `" child-protector "'N. of the king of the Cedis inhabiting a country in central
India, probably the same as Bundelkhand (see {cedi}; he was son of Dama-ghosha, and is also
called Sunîtha; his impiety in opposing the worship of Kriishna is described in the Sabhâ-parvan
of the Mahâ-bhârata; when Yudhi-shthira was about to perform a Râjasûya sacrifice, numerous
princes attended, and Bhishma proposed that especial honour should be paid to Kriishna, who
was also present, but S'is'u-pâla objected, and after denouncing Kriishna as a contemptible
person challenged him to fight, whereupon Kriishna struck off his head with his discus; the
Vishnu-Purâna identifies this impious monarch with the demons Hiranya-kas'ipu and Râvana;
his death forms the subject of Mâgha's celebrated poem called S'is'upâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of
a tale; {-niSU} S'is'pâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSUdana} m. destroyer of S'isu-pâlaN.
of Kriishna L.; {-vadha} m. `" slaying of S'ñS'isu "'N. of a poem by Mâgha (q.v.) on the above
subject; {-vadha-parvan} n. N. of a ch. of the Mahâ-bhârata (ii, 1418-1627) on the same subject;
{-ziraz-chettR} (Pañcar.) and {-han} (W.) m. N. of Kriishna.
s'is'u * = m. (fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as a calf, puppy &c.; also
applied to young plants, and to the recently risen sun; often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight
years of age W.; a lad under sixteen ib.; a pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. {kumAra});
of a descendant of Angiras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of a son of Sârana VP.; of a king
Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.
s'is'unaaga* = m. a young snake R.; a young elephant MW.; a kind of Râkshasa or demon ib.; N. of
a king of Magadha (pl. his descendants) BhP. VP. (v.l. {-nAka}).
s'iva = the destroyer * mf({A4})n. (according to Un. i, 153, fr. 1. {zI}, `" in whom all things lie "';
perhaps connected with {zvi} cf. {zavas}, {zizvi}) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable,
benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear ({a4m} ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. &c. &c.; happy,
fortunate BhP.; m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. v, 56, 36; liberation, final emancipation L.; `" The
Auspicious one "'N. of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the
third god of the Hindû Trimûrti or Triad, the other two being Brahmâ `" the creator "' and Vishnu
`" the preserver "'; in the Veda the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra `" the terrible god "',
but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. S'iva `" the auspicious "'
[just as the Furies were called $ `" the gracious ones "'], and to assign him the office of creation
and reproduction as well as dissolution; in fact the preferential worship of S'iva as developed in
the Purânas and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive
worshippers [called S'aivas]; in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called Kâla `" black "',
and is then also identified with Time "', although his active destroying function is then oftener
assigned to his wife under her name Kâlî, whose formidable character makes her a general object
of propitiation by sacrifices; as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction S'iva's
symbol is the Linga [q.v.] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the
present day; again one of his representations is as Ardha-nârî, `" half-female "', the other half
being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle [RTL. 85]; he has three eyes, one of
which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time,
past, present, and future, while a mooñs crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of
time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls
with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive
extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and
gathered above his forehead into a coil; on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in
its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the
weight of the falling stream; his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which
would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the
churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality; he holds a {tri-zUla}, or three-
pronged trident [also called Pinâka] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the
three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator; he also carries a kind of drum, shaped
like an hour-glass, called Damaru: his attendants or servants are called Pramatha [qq.vv.]; they
are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or
troops called Ganas; his wife Durgâ [otherwise called Kâlî, Pârvatî, Umâ, Gaurî, Bhavânî &c.] is
the chief object of worship with the S'âktas and Tântrikas, and in this connection he is fond of
dancing [see {tANDava}] and wine-drinking [1074, 2]; he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and
is said to have scorched the god of love (Kâma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that
deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for Pârvatî whilst he was engaged in severe
penance; in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the
Universe and all the gods, including Brahmâ and Vishnu, by a similar scorching glance, and to
have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the
use of the Rudra7ksha berries originated, it is said, from the legend that S'iva, on his way to
destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into
these beads: his residence or heaven is Kailâsa, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the
Hima7laya; he has strictly no incarnations like those of Vishnu, though Vîra-bhadra and the eight
Bhairavas and Khando-bâ &c. [RTL. 266] are sometimes regarded as forms of him; he is
especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than Vishnu, one thousand and eight
being specified in the 69th chapter of the S'iva-Purâna and in the 17th chapter of the Anus'âsana-
parvan of the Maha-bhârata, some of the most common being Mahâ-deva, S'ambhu, S'ankara,
Îs'a, Îs'vara, Mahe7s'vara, Hara; his sons are Gane7s'a and Kârttikeya) Âs'vS'r. MBh. Kâv. &c.
RTL. 73; a kind of second Siva (with S'aivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of
perfection or emancipation MBh. Sarvad.; {ziva-liGga} L.; any god L.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal
(generally {zivA} f. q.v.); sacred writings L.; (in astron.) N. of the sixth month; a post for cows (to
which they are tied or for them to rub against) L.; bdellium L.; the fragrant bark of Feronia
Elephantum L.; Marsilia Dentata L.; a kind of thorn-apple or = {puNDarIka} (the tree) L.;
quicksilver L. (cf. {ziva-bIja}); a partic. auspicious constellation L.; a demon who inflicts diseases
Hariv.; = {zukra} m. {kAla} m. {vasu} m. L.; the swift antelope L.; rum, spirit distilled from
molasses L.; buttermilk L.; a ruby L.; a peg L.; time L.; N. of a son of Medha7tithi MârkP.; of a son
of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a prince and various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {bhaTTa}, {paNDita},
{yajvan}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a fraudulent person Kathâs.; (du.) the god S'iva and his wife Kir. v,
40 Pracand. i, 20 (cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1); pl. N. of a class of gods in the third Manvantara Pur.; of a class
of Brâhmans who have attained a partic. degree of perfection like that of S'iva MBh.; ({A}) f.
S'iva's wife (also {zivI}) see {zivA} below; ({am}) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ({Aya}, {e4na} or
{e4bhis}, `" auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily "'; {zivAya gamyatAm}, `" a prosperous
journey to you! "') RV. &c. &c.; final emancipation L.; water L.; rock-salt L.; sea-salt L.; a kind of
borax L.; iron L.; myrobolan L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; sandal L.; N. of a Purâna (=
{ziva-purANa} or {zaiva}) Cat.; of the house in which the Pândavas were to be burnt MârkP.; of a
Varsha in Plaksha-dvîpa and in Jambu-dvîpa Pur.
s'ivaa * =. the energy of S'iva personified as his wife (known as Durgâ, Pârvatî &c.) Inscr. Kâv.
Kathâs. Pur.; final emancipation (= {mukti}) Pur.; a euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally
regarded as an animal of bad omen) GriS. Baudh. MBh. &c. [1076, 1]; N. of various plants (accord.
to L. `" Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina, Emblica Offcinalis;
Jasminum Auriculatum; turmeric; Dûrvâ grass &c. "'); the root of Piper longum L.; a kind of
yellow pigment (= {-go-rocanA}) L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the
wife of Anila MBh.; of the wife of Angiras ib.; of a Brâhman woman ib.; of the mother of Nemi
(the 22nd Arhat of the present Avasarpini) L.; of the mother of Rudra-bhaththa Cat.; of a river
MBh. Hariv. (In the following comp. not always, distinguishable from {ziva} m. or n.)
shobha * mfn. (fr. {zubh}) bright, brilliant, handsome W.; m. N. of a man Râjat.; (pl.) of a class of
gods L.; of a class of heretics L.; lustre (in comp. for {zobhA} q.v.)
s'obhA * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) splendour, brilliance, lustre, beauty, grace, loveliness ({kA zobhA} with
loc., `" what beauty is there [in that] "' i.e. `" it has no beauty "'; {zobhAM na-kR}, `" to look bad
or ugly "'; ifc. often = `" splendid "', `" excellent "' e.g. {zaurya-zobhA}, `" splendid heroism "';
{karma-zobhA}, `" a masterpiece "') TS. &c. &c.; distinguished merit W.; colour, hue VarBriS.
Mudr.; wish, desire L.; a kind of metre Col.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.
s'obhana * = mf({A} or {I})n. brilliant, splendid, beautiful (at end of comp. = `" beautiful by
reason of "') S'Br. Kaus'. MBh. &c.; excellent, glorious, magnificent, distinguished in or by (instr.
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) superior to, better than BhP. propitious, auspicious VarBriS.
Râjat.; virtuous, moral (see comp.); correct, right Sarvad.; m. N. of Agni at the S'ungâ-karman
Griihyâs.; of S'iva MBh.; a burnt offering for auspicious results W.; the fifth of the astron. Yogas.
L.; a planet L.; the eleventh year of Jupiter's cycle MW.; ({A}) f. a beautiful woman (often in voc.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; turmeric L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending
on Skanda MBh.; ({am}) n. the act of adorning, causing to look beautiful MW.; an ornament (see
{karNa-z-}); anything propitious or auspicious, welfare, prosperity R. Pur.; moral good, virtue ib.
brilliance MW.; a lotus L.; tin L.; (with {kazyapasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
shobheta = shine
s'ochati = (1 pp) to grieve
s'ochituM = to lament
s' ocana* =mfn. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150; n. (L.) and (%{A}) f. (Ha1sy.) grief, sorrow.
s' ocanIya* = mfn. lamentable, deplorable (n. impers. `" it should be lamented "') Ka1lid. Ra1jat.
s' ocayat* =mf(%{antI})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burn or causing to grieve; (%{zoca4yantI}) f. pl. `"
inflaming "', `" afflicting "'N. of the Apsarases of the Gandharva Ka1ma TBr.
shodashaa.nsha = A Varga. The 16th Harmonic Chart. Used for deeper delineation of Fourth
House matters
shodhana = purification
s'oka: sorrow mfn. ( {zuc}) burning, hot AV.; ({zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV.
S'Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow
personified (as a son of Death or of Drona and Abhimati) Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
shokaM = lamentation
s'osha* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.;
m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also
personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît.
Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry,
draining, suction MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'raama * = m. a temporary shed (= {maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for {zrama} R.
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion, labour, toil,
exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in performing acts of bodily
mortification, religious exercises and austerity; {zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'),
pains or trouble bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096, 2]; N.
of a son of Âpa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'aalva * =m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh. &c. (mfn. `"
relating to the S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies
of Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n.
the fruit of the S'âlva plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aya =* mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after adv. or subst. in loc.
case or sense; see %{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-} &c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60
(cf. %{divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see %{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a
lizard, chameleon L.; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish.
Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa}); pl. N. of a people
MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3] //2
mfn. (fr. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding (see %{kaGka-z-}).
s'loka* = m. (prob. connected with 1. {zru} R. i, 2, 33 gives a fanciful derivation fr. {zoka}, `"
sorrow "', the first {zloka} having been composed by Vâlmîki grieved at seeing a bird killed)
sound, noise (as of the wheels of a carriage or the grinding of stones &c.) RV.; a call or voice (of
the gods) ib.; fame renown, glory, praise, hymn of praise ib. AV. TS. Br. BhP.; a proverb, maxim
MW.; a stanza, (esp.) a partic. kind of common epic metre (also called Anu-shthubh q.v.;
consisting of 4 Pâdas or quarter verses of 8 syllables each, or 2 lines of 16 syllables each, each line
allowing great liberty except in the 5th, 13th, 14th and 15th syllables which should be
unchangeable as in the following scheme, 8. 1. 8-8., the dots denoting either long or short; but the
6th and 7th syllables should be long; or if the 6th is short the 7th should be short also) S'Br.
KaushUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'mas'aa*= f. (prob. connected with {azman}) the elevated ridge or edge of a trench or ditch or
channel for water or of a vessel RV. x, 105, 1 (but in S'Br. the m. pl. {zmazA4H} is said to mean
those deceased ancestors who consume or eat the oblations [?], and a comp. {zmazA7nna4} is
formed to explain {zmazAna})
s'mas'aana* = n. (accord. to Kir. iii, 5 for {zmazayana} above; but prob. for {azma-zayana}) an
elevated place for burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery or burial-place for the bones of
cremated corpses AV. &c. &c.; an oblation to deceased ancestors (= {pitR-medha} see above)
PârGri. KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {brahma-randhra}.
s'oka* = mfn. ( %{zuc}) burning, hot AV.; (%{zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. %{A}) flame, glow, heat RV. AV.
S3Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow
personified (as a son of Death or of Dron2a and Abhimati) Pur.; (%{I}) f. see below
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion,
labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind (as in
performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and austerity;
%{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble bestowed on
(loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096,2]; N. of a son of
A1pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'raava* m. hearing, listening MW.; N. of a son of Yuvanâs'va (and father of S'râvastaka) MBh.
s'raddhAlu * = mfn. disposed to believe or trust, faithful, trustful S'ank. BhP.; (ifc.) vehemently
longing for Râjat.; f. a pregnant woman who longs for anything L.
s'raaddha-kara * = and m. one who performs a S'râddha or offers an oblation to the Pitriis W.
shraddhaH = faith
shraddhaa = faith
shraddhaaM = faith
shraddhaavantaH = with faith and devotion
s'ramaNa*= mf({A} or {I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring, (esp.) following a
toilsome or menial business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked L.; m. one who performs acts of
mortification or austerity, an ascetic, monk, devotee, religious mendicant S'Br. &c. &c.; a
Buddhist monk or mendicant (also applied to Buddha himself cf. MWB. 23 &c.; also applied to a
Jain ascetic now commonly called Yati) MBh. R. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; ({A} or {I}),
a female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman L.; ({A}) f. a handsome woman L.; =
{zabarI-bhid}, {mAMsI}, {muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion S'ânkhS'r.
s'rava4 * = 1 mfn. (1. {zru}) sounding VS.; m. hearing ({At}, `" from hearsay "', {e}, with gen., `"
within hearing of "') MBh. Hariv.; the ear VarBriS. Kathâs.; the hypotenuse of a triangle Sûryas.
s'reyas* = mfn. (either compar. of {zrI}, or rather accord. to native authorities of {zrI-mat} or
{prazasya}; cf. Gk. $) more splendid or beautiful, &333597[1102, 2] more excellent or
distinguished, superior, preferable, better, better than (with abl. or with {na} see below) RV. &c.
&c.; most excellent, best MBh. iii, 1256; propitious, well disposed to (gen.) ib. i, 3020; auspicious,
fortunate, conducive to welfare or prosperity Kâv. Hit. MârkP.; m. (in astron.) N. of the second
Muhûrta; of the third month (accord. to a partic. reckoning); (with Jainas) N. of the 11th Arhat of
the present Avasarpinî L.; ({zreyasI}) f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. Terminalia Chebula or
Citrina; Clypea Hernandifolia; Scindapsus Officinalis; = {rAsnA}, {ambaSThA} and {priyaGgu})
Car. Bhpr. &c.; N. of a deity of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; ({as}) n. the better state, the better fortune or
condition (sometimes used when the subject of a sentence would seem to require the masc. form)
AV. TS. Br. Kaus'.; good (as opp. to `" evil "'), welfare, bliss, fortune, happiness KathhUp. MBh.
&c.; the bliss of final emancipation, felicity (see {zreyaH-parizrAma}, col. 3); ind. better, rather,
rather than (used like {varam} [q.v.] with {na}; e.g. {zreyo mRtaM na jIvitam}, `" better is death
and not life "' or `" rather than life "', or `" death is better than life "') MBh. R. &c.; = {dharma} L.;
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'reyasa * n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}). shritaaH =
taking shelter of
s'reyAMsa * = m. N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L. V* process of spiritual well-
being
s'reyaskara * =({zre4yas-}) mf({I})n. making better or superior VS.; causing or securing fortune,
conducive to happiness or prosperity, salutary, wholesome Mn. MBh. &c. [1102, 3]; {-tara} mfn.
more efficacious for securing happiness Mn. xii, 84; 86; {-bhASya} n. N. of wk.
s're4yas-kAma * =mf({A})n. desirous of welfare or prosperity MBh. BhP.; {-tA} f. desirous of
causing happiness or rendering happy MBh.
s'reyasa * =n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-}, {zvaH-zr-}).
shreyaH = good
shreshhTha = best
shriiH = wealth
shrigaalaH = fox
s'riNvataH = hearing
s'riNvan.h = hearing
s'rita* = mfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or situated in or on,
contained in, connected with (loc. acc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; one who has gone or resorted to
(acc.) Râjat. Kathâs. BhP.; having attained or fallen or got into any condition (acc. or comp.; cf.
{kaSTa-zr-}) ib.; having assumed (a form) Kathâs.; gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought,
occupied (as a place) Kâv. Kathâs.; taken, chosen Râjat.; served, honoured, worshipped W.;
subservient, subordinate, auxiliary MW.
shthhiv * =or {SThIv} cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xv, 52; xxvi, 4) {SThIvati} or {SThIvyati} (pf. {tiSTheva}
Br.; {tiSTheva} Gr.; aor. {aSThevIt} ib.; fut. {SthevitA}, {SThevtSyati} ib.; inf. {SThevitum} ib.;
ind. p. {SThevitvA} or {SThUtvA} ib.; {-SThIvya} Mn.), to spit, spit out, expectorate, spit upon
(loc.) Sus'r. VarBriS. Kathâs.: Pass. {SThIvyate} (aor. {aSThevi}) Gr.: Caus. {SThevayati} (aor.
{aTiSThivat} or {atiSThivat}) ib.; Desid. {TiSTheviSati} or {tiSTheviSati}; {TuSThyUSati} or
{tuSThyUSati}) ib.: Intens. {teSThIvyate} or {teSThIvyate} ib. [Cf. Gk., $; &336206[1111, 1] Lat.
{spuo}: Lith. {spia4uju}; Goth. {speiwan}; Germ. {spi7wan}, {speien}; Angl. Sax. {spîwan}; Eng.
{spew}.]
shthhIvana * =mfn. spitting frequently, sputtering Car.; n. spitting, ejecting saliva, expectoration,
spitting upon (loc.) PârGri. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; n. saliva, spittle Mn. MBh. &c.
shriiraamacha.ndram.h = rAma
shriiraamaduutaM = the messenger of rAma
srishTa * = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in %{a-sR-}) Das3.;
brought forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.)
MBh. R.; engrossed by, intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.;
ornamented, adorned L.; abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of medicinal
plant L.; a musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.
s'riyaa * = f. (collateral form of 3. {zrI}) prosperity, happiness (personified as the wife of S'rî-
dhara i.e. Vishnu) Kâv. BhP
s'roNi * =f. (L. also m.; mostly du.; ifc. f. {I} for {zroNI-} see below) the hip and loins, buttocks
RV. &c. &c. [1103, 1]; the thighs or sides of the Vedi or of any square Baudh. S'ulbas.; a road, way
L. [Cf. Lat. {clunis}; Lith. {szlauni4s}.]
shrotraM = ears
shruta = knowledge
shrutaM = heard
shrutavaan.h = knowledgeable
s'ru4ti * = 1 f. hearing, listening ({zrutim abhinIya}, `" feigning to hear "'; {zrutiM vaco 'nugAM-
kR}, `" to listen to a speech "') S'Br. &c. &c.; the ear, organ or power of hearing Kâv. VarBriS.
Kathâs.; the diagonal of a tetragon or hypothenuse of a triangle Gol. [1101, 3]; that which is heard
or perceived with the ear, sound, noise &c. RV. AV. Prât. Kathâs. BhP.; an aggregate of sounds
(whether forming a word or any part of a word) TPrât.; rumour, report, news, intelligence,
hearsay ({zrutau-sthA}, `" to be known by hearsay "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; a saying, saw, word MBh. R.
BhP.; that which has been heard or communicated from the beginning, sacred knowledge orally
transmitted by the Brâhmans from generation to generation, the Veda (i.e. sacred eternal sounds
or words as eternally heard by certain holy sages called Riishis, and so differing from {smR4ti} or
what is only remembered and handed down in writing by human authors see Mn. ii, 10; it is
properly only applied to the Mantra and Brâhmana portion of the Vedas, although afterwards
extended to the Upanishads and other Vedic works including the Dars'anas; {iti zruteH}, `"
because it is so taught in the Veda, according to a {zruti} or Vedic text "'; pl. `" sacred texts, the
Vedas "', also `" rites prescribed by the Vedas "') AitBr. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. IW. 144; (in music) a
particular division of the octave, a quarter tone or interval (twenty-two of these are enumerated,
four constituting a major tone, three a minor, and two a semitone; they are said to be personified
as nymphs) Yâjñ. S'is'. Pañcar.; a name, title Kâvya7d. ii, 331; learning, scholarship S'ak. VarBriS.
(prob. w.r. for {zruta}); = {buddhi} L.; N. of a daughter of Atri and wife of Kardama VP.
s'ru4ti * = 2 f. (cf. {sruti}) course, path (?) RV. ii, 2, 7; x, 111, 3; the constellation, S'ravanâ L.
s'ubha * = mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc, {zubhe} "', fair one! "' in
addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable,
useful, good (applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good (in
moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yâjñ. Sch.;
eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the Phenila tree
(Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N.
of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kathâs.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city
floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre,
splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; white Dûrvâ grass; = {priyaGgu};
bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ; an assembly of the gods; a kind of metre;
N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ; ({am}) n. anything bright or beautiful
&c.; beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity Kaus'. Kâv.
Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of Cerasus
Puddum L
s'uddha* = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white RV. &c.
&c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact,
according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine,
true, unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized)
S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment)
Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.;
authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the
moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of
a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of
gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure
spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shvashura = father-in-law
shvashuraan.h = fathers-in-law
shvashuuraaH = fathers-in-law
shvasan.h = breathing
shvasiti = breathe
shvaana = Dog
shvaasa = Breath
shhaD.h = six
shhaN.h = six
shhad.h = to sit
shhoDasha = 16
shubrataa = whiteness
shubhra = clean
s'uca = worry, * = mf({A4})n. = {zuci}, pure RV. x, 26, 6; ({A}) f. grief. sorrow BhP.
shuchi = clean
shuchiH = pure
shuchau = in a sanctified
s'uddha = pure * = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white
RV. &c. &c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact,
according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine,
true, unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized)
S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as capital punishment)
Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.;
authorised, admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the
moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of
a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of
gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure
spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shuka = parrot
shuktiH = oyster
s'ukra = The planet Venus. The word means Semen or Sexual Secretions* = mf({A4})n. (fr. 1.
{zuc} cf. {zukla}) bright, resplendent RV. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; clear, pure RV. AV. VS. S'Br.; light-
coloured, white RV. AV. S'ânkhBr.; pure, spotless RV. Br.; m. N. of Agni or fire R.; of a month
(Jyeshthha = May-June, personified as the guardian of Kubera's treasure) MBh. Sus'r.; the planet
Venus or its regent (regarded as the son of Bhriigu and preceptor of the Daityas) MBh. R. &c.;
clear or pure Soma RV.; (with or scil, {graha}) a partic. Graha or receptacle for Soma VS. S'Br.; a
partic. astrol. Yoga L.; a N. of the Vyâhriitis ({bhUr}, {bhuvaH}, {svar}) MW.; a kind of plant (=
{citraka}) ib.; N. of a Marutvat Hariv.; of a son of Vasishthha VP.; of the third Manu Hariv.; of one
of the seven sages under Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a son of Bhava VP.; of a son of Havir-dhâna
(cf. {zukla}) VP.; (with Jainas) of a partic. Kalpa (q.v.); n. brightness, clearness, light RV. Up.
MBh. R.; (also pl.)any clear liquid (as water, Soma &c.) RV. VS.; juice, the essence of anything Br.
S'rS. (also pl.); semen virile, seed of animals (male and female), sperm RV. &c. &c.; a morbid
affection of the iris (change of colour &c. accompanied by imperfect vision; cf. {zukla}) Sus'r.
S'ârngS.; a good action L.; gold, wealth L.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; of a Vedic metre RPrât.
s'ukravaara = Friday
shukla = light
s'ulka* = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) price, value, purchase-money RV.; the prize of a contest MBh.; toil, tax,
duty, customs (esp. money levied at ferries, passes, and roads) Gaut. Âpast. Mn. &c.; nuptial gift
(orig. a price given to parents for the purchase of a bride, but in later times bestowed on the wife
as her own property together with the profits of household labour, domestic utensils, ornaments
&c.), dower, dowry, marriage settlement Gaut. Vishn. Mn. &c. (cf. IW. 267); wages of prostitution
Kathâs. MârkP.; w.r. for {zukra} and {zukla} MBh.
shu.nThaH = roasted?
sisRkSA* = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.
s'uNTha* = mf({A})n. (applied to a bull or cow) TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. S'rS. (accord. to Sch. either `"
white coloured "' or `" of small stature or = {AveSTita-karNa}); a kind of grass Gobh. (v.l.); a piece
of flesh or meat L.; ({I}) f. see next.
s'uND* = cl.1. P. {zuNDati}, to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment Dhâtup. ix, 40.
s'uNDaka* = m. a military flute or fife L.; a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors L.; ({ikA}) f. the
uvula (in the throat) L.; swelling of the uvula ({gala-z-}) Vâgbh.
s'uNDAra* = m. the trunk of a young elephant Mcar.; an elephant 60 years old Gal.; a distiller or
seller of spirituous liquor L.
s'uNDika* = m. or n. (prob.) a tavern, dram-shop Pân. 4-3, 76; m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (C.
{maNDika}); ({ikA}) f. see under {zuNDaka}.
s'uNDin* = m. `" possessing spirituous liquor "', a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors
(constituting a partic. mixed caste) Cat.; `" having a proboscis "', an elephant W.
s'uNDI* = f. the swelling or enlargement of any gland (cf. {kaNTha}, and {gala-z-}; the plant
Heliotropium Indicum L.
s'unaka* = m. a young or small dog, any dog MBh.: xiii, 6070 (cf. Un. ii, 32 Sch.); N. of a Riishi
MBh.; of an Ângirasa and disciple of Pathya BhP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Ruru ib.; of a son of
Riicîka R.; of a son of Riita BhP.; of a son of Griitsa-mada Hariv.; of the slayer of Puram-jaya and
father of Pradyota BhP.; = {zaunaka} Cat.; pl. the family or race of S'unaka S'rS. (cf. {zaunaka});
({I}) f. a bitch L.
s'unya* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zvan}) g. {gav-Adi}; n. and ({A}) f. a number of dogs or female dogs L. \\2
mfn. = {zUnya}, empty, void L.; n. a cypher L.
s'uunya* = mf({A}) n. empty, void (with {vAjin} = `" a riderless horse "'; with {rAjya} = `" a
kingless kingdom "'), hollow, barren, desolate, deserted Br. &c. &c. [1085,2]; empty i.e. vacant (as
a look or stare), absent, absentminded, having no certain object or aim, distracted MBh. Kâv. &c.;
empty i.e. possessing nothing, wholly destitute MBh. Kathâs.; wholly alone or solitary, having no
friends or companions R. BhP.; void of, free from, destitute of (instr. or comp.), wanting, lacking
Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. Sarvad. non-existent, absent, missing Kâv. Pañcat.; vain, idle, unreal,
nonsensical R. Râjat. Sarvad.; void of results, ineffectual ({a-zUnyaM-kR}, `" to effect "',
accomplish "') S'ak. Ratna7v.; free from sensitiveness or sensation (said of the skin), insensible
Bhpr.; bare, naked MW.; guileless, innocent ib.; indifferent ib.; ({A}) f. a hollow reed L.; a barren
woman L.; Cactus Indicus = {malI} (for {nalI}?) L.; n. a void, vacuum, empty or deserted place,
desert ({zUnye}, in a lonely place) MBh. R. &c.; (in phil.)vacuity, nonentity, absolute non-
existence (esp. with Buddhists) IW. 83 n. 3; 105, n.4 MWB.7 n. 1; 142; N. of Brahma MW.; (in
arithm.) nought, a cypher VarBriS. Ganit. (cf. IW. 183); space, heaven, atmosphere L.; a partic.
phenomenon in the sky. L.; an earring (see next). [Cf. Gk. $, $; $. &328360[1085,2] $.]
s'us'hmi* = m. wind or the god of wind L.
s'us'ruu* = f. (fr. Desid. of 1. %{zru}) `" one who waits on a child "', a mother MBh. xii, 9513 (B.)
s'ushka* = 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk,
withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.;
mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman})
Râjat.; n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.
s'us'ruushaNa* = n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage to (gen. dat. loc.,
or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.
s'us'ulUka-yAtu * = ({-lU4ka-}) m. a demon in the shape of an owlet RV. vii, 104, 22.
shuura = valiant * = mfn. (prob. fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi} and connected with {zavas}, {zuna}, {zUna})
strong, powerful, valiant, heroic, brave (cf. {-tama} and {-tara}) RV. MBh.; m. a strong or mighty
or valiant man, warrior, champion, hero, one who acts heroically towards, any one (loc.) or with
regard to anything (loc. instr., or comp.; ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; heroism (?, = or w.r. for {zaurya})
Kâv.; a lion L.; a tiger or panther L.; a boar L.; a dog L.; a cock L.; white rice L.; lentil L.;
Arthocarpus Locucha L.; Vatica Robusta L.; N. of a Yâdava, the father of Vasu-deva and
grandfather of Kriishna MBh.; of a Sauviraka ib.; of a son of Ilina ib.; of a son of Kârtavîrya Hariv.
Pur.; of a son of Vidûratha ib.; of a son of Deva-midhusha ib.; of a son of Bhajamâna Hariv.; of a
son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî MârkP.; of a poet Cat.; of various other men Buddh.
Râjat.; w.r. for {sUra} L.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. $ in $.] &328609[1086, 1]
s'uuraNa * mfn. high-spirited, fiery (said of horses) RV. i, 163, 10 (= {vikrama-zIla} Sây.); m. (also
written {sUraNa}) Amorphophallus Campanulatus (the Telinga potato) Hcar. Sus'r.; Bignonia
Indica L.
shuuraaH = heroes
shushruuSaa * f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence, obedience, service (said
to be of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.; saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn.
diligent or attentive in service Kathâs.
shushruu * mfn. desirous of hearing or learning NriisUp. Bhag. &c.; eager to obey, obedient,
attentive, serving, attending on (gen. or comp.) TBr. &c. &c.
siushka *= 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled, emaciated, shrunk,
withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless, vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.;
mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman})
Râjat.; n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.\\2
Nom. (only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v.
shuunya = zero
shuunyaM = zero
shyati = to sharpen
shyaamala = dark
shyaalaaH = brothers-in-law
siddhaH = perfect
siddhaa.nsha = A Varga. The 24th Harmonic Chart. Also known as Chaturvi.nsha.nsha. Used in
delineating Spiritual Gifts
siddhaanta = thesis
siddhi= success, achievement * = 1 f. driving off, putting aside Yâjñ. \\2 f. (for 1. see p. 1215, col. 1)
accomplishment, performance, fulfilment, complete attainment (of any object), success MBh.
Kâv. &c.; the hitting of a mark (loc.) Kâm.; healing (of a disease), cure by (comp.) Yâjñ.; coming
into force, validity ib.; settlement, payment, liquidation (of a debt) Mn. viii, 47; establishment,
substantiation, settlement, demonstration, proof. indisputable conclusion, result, issue RPrât. Up.
Sarvad.; decision, adjudication, determination (of a lawsuit) W.; solution of a problem ib.;
preparation, cooking, maturing, maturity ib.; readiness W.; prosperity, personal success, fortune,
good luck, advantage Mn. MBh. &c.; supreme felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by
penance &c.), final emancipation, perfection L.; vanishing, making one's self invisible W.; a
magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes) ib.; the acquisition of
supernatural powers by magical means or the supñsupposed faculty so acquired (the eight usually
enumerated are given in the following S'loka, {aNimA} {laghimA prA7ptiH prAkAmyam mahimA
tathA IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca tathA kAmA7vasAyitA} [1216, 3]; sometimes 26 are added e.g.
{dUra-zravaNa}, {sarvajJa-tva}, {agni-stambha} &c.) Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Sarvad.; any unusual
skill or faculty or capability (often in comp.) Pañcat. Kathâs.; skill in general, dexterity, art Car.;
efficacy, efficiency Kâv. Pañcat.; understanding, intellect W.; becoming clear or intelligible (as
sounds or words) BhP.; (in rhet.) the pointing out in the same person of various good qualities
(not usually united) Sâh.; (prob.) a work of art Râjat. iii, 381; a kind of medicinal root (= {Rddhi}
or {vRddhi}) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Yoga (either the 16th or 19th) Col.;
Success or Perfection personified MBh. VarBriS.; N. of Durgâ Kathâs.; of a daughter of Daksha
and wife of Dharma Pur.; of the wife of Bhaga and mother of Mahiman BhP.; of a friend of Danu
Kathâs.; of one of the wives of Gane7s'a RTL. 215, 2; N. of S'iva (in this sense m.) MBh.
siddhiM = powers
siddhiH = success
siddhau = in success
sidh.h = to be accomplished
sidhda = accomplished
siisa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) lead (also used as money) VS. &c. &c.; the leaden weight used
by weavers VS.; mf({A})n. leaden, of lead VS. LâthyS'r.
sita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below; for 3. p. 1214, col. 2) bound, tied, fettered RV. &c. &c.; joined with,
accompanied by (instr.) Prab. Râjat. BhP.
sita* = 3 mf({A})n. (prob. formed fr. {a-sita} as {sura} fr. {asura}; for 1. and 2. {sita} see p. 1213,
col. 1; for 4. see 1. {so}) white, pale, bright, light (said of a day in the light half of a month and of
the waxing moon) MBh. Kâv. &c.; candid, pure (see {-karman}); m. white (the colour) L.; the light
half of the month from new to full moon VarBriS.; the planet Venus or its regent (= {zukra}) ib.;
sugar ib.; Bauhinia Candida L.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; ({A}) f. white sugar,
refined sugar Sus'r.: Hcat.; moonlight L.; a handsome woman.; spirituous liquor L.; N. of various
plants (a species of Aparâjitâ; white Kanthakârî; white Dûrvâ grass; Arabian jasmine &c.) Sus'r.;
bamboo juice L.; N. of the Ganges (in {sitA7sitA}, under {sitA}); one of the 8 Devis (Buddh.)
Kâlac.; ({am}) n. silver L.; sandal L.; a radish L.
siitaa* = f. (less correctly written {zItA}; cf. {sIma4n}, {sIra}) a furrow, the track or line of a
ploughshare (also personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling
Pomona; in RV. iv, 57, 6, Sitâ is invoked as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth; in
VS. xii, 69-72, Sitâ, the Furrow "' is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required
to be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited; in TBr. she is called {sAvitrI},
and in PârGri. {indra-patnI}, `" the wife of Indra "'; in epic poetry SñSitâ is the wife of
Râmacandra and daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilâ, capital of Videha, who was otherwise called
Sîradhvaja; she was named Sitâ because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by Janaka
while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted by him to obtain progeny,
whence her epithet Ayoni-jâ, `" not womb-born "'; her other common names, Maithilî and
Vaidehî, are from the place of her birth; according to one legend she was Vedavatî q.v., in the
Kriita age; accord. to others she was an incarnation of Lakshmi and of Umâ; the story of Râma's
bending the bow, which was to be the condition of the gift of Sitâ, is told in R. i, 67; Sîtâ's younger
sister Urmilâ was at the same time given to Lakshmana, and two nieces of Janaka, daughters of
his brother king Kusa-dhvaja, to Bharata and S'atrughna) RV. &c. &c. IW. 335 n. 1; 337 &c.; N. of
a form of Dâkshâyanî Cat.; of a poetess Cat.; of a river MBh. R. &c.; of the eastern branch of the
four mythical branches of the heavenly Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on
mount Meru; this branch is fabled to flow into the Varsha or Dvîpa called Bhadra7va) L.; of an
Upanishad Cat.; spirituous liquor W.
siitaayaaH = sItA's
siivyati = to sew
sikataa = salt
sikta = sprayed
siidantIya* = n. (fr. {sIdantas}, the first word of RV. viii, 21, 5) N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr
siik (zik)* = to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten; to go, move, to besprinkle;t o
speak, to shine
si.nha = lion
sindhuH = ocean
sHrid.h = friend
ska.ndhau = shoulders
skanda* = m. anything which jumps or hops (in {tRNa-skanda4}, `" grasshopper "'N. of a man)
RV.; spurting, effusing, effusion, spilling, shedding (cf. {a4} and {ghraNa-sk-}); perishing,
destruction Gît.; quick-silver L.; `" Attacker "'N. of Kârttikeya (q.v., son of S'iva or of Agni; he is
called god of war as leader of S'iva's hosts against the enemies of the gods [1256,2]; he is also
leader of the demons of illness that attack children [cf. {-graha}], also god of burglars and thieves;
cf. {-putra} and IW. 427 n. 1) MaitrS. MBh. &c.; N. of S'iva MBh.; a king prince L.; a clever or
learned man (cf. {skandha}) L.; the body L.; the {jA7di} (pl. Sanskârak.)
skandaH = Kartikeya
sma = an indeclinable that changes the sentence to past tense from present tense * = {smA}, (or
{Sma}, {SmA}) ind. a particle perhaps originally equivalent to `" ever "', `" always "'; and later to
`" indeed "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `" surely "' (it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier
language generally follows a similar particle [esp. {ha}, {na}], or relative, or prep. or verb, while in
later language it frequently follows {iti}, {na} and {nA4} [cf. 1. {mA4}]; it is also joined with a
pres. tense or pres. participle to give them a past sense [e.g. {pravizanti sma}, `" they entered "'];
this use of {sma} is also found in the Brâhmanas and is extended to {veda} and {Aha} cf. Vâm. v,
2, 46) RV. &c. &c.
smaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment MBh. Bhartri. (v.l.);
arrogance, conceit, pride in or at (comp.) Ragh. Das'. BhP.; Pride (personified as the son of
Dharma and Pushthi), Bhp.
smaran.h = thinking of
smaraami = remember
smaashana = graveyard
smita * = mfn. smiled, smiling MBh. R. &c.; expanded, blown, blossomed S'is'. Pañcat.; n. a smile,
gentle laugh ({-taM-kR}, `" to smile "') MBh. Kâv. &c.
smrita = remembered
smritaM = is considered
smritaH = is considered
smriti = of memory
smritiH = memory
smritii = memory
snaati = to bathe
snaayu = sinew
snaayuvitananaM = sprain
snigdha = affectionate; also oily, greasy * = mfn. sticky, viscous or viscid, glutinous, unctuous,
slippery, smooth MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c. ; glossy, resplendent Ka1lid. ; oily, greasy, fat Sus3r. Subh.
; treated or cured with oily substances Car. ; adhesive, attached, affectionate, tender, friendly,
attached to or fond of (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; soft, mild, bland, gentle (%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
lovely, agreeable, charming Ka1lid. Uttarar. ; thick, dense (as shade) Megh. ; m. a friend L. ; Pinus
Longifolia L. ; the red castor-oil plant L. ; (scil. %{gaNDUSa}) a partic. mode of rinsing the mouth
MW. ; (%{A}) f. marrow (= %{medA}) L. ; a partic. root similar to ginger L. ; (%{am}) n. viscidity,
thickness, coarseness W. ; bees'-wax L. ; civet L. ; light, lustre W.
snigdhaaH = fatty
snushhaa = (f) daughter-in-law
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.; (ifc.) removing,
destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît.
Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up (intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry,
draining, suction MBh. Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'osha* =1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing, destroying "') BhP.;
m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.; pulmonary consumption (also
personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.; (also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'osh4a* =2 m. (fr. {zU} = {zvi}; cf. {zUSa}) breath, vital energy VS. (Mahîdh
soDhuM = to tolerate
somavaara = Monday
spardhaa* = f. emulation, rivalry, envy, competition for or with (instr. with and without {saha}
gen. loc., or comp.; {-dhayA}, `" in rivalry or emulation "') MBh. R. &c.; desire for (comp.)
Bhartri. (v.l.)
sparshanaM = touch
sphathika * = m. crystal, quartz S'vetUp. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. alum (accord. to some also {-kI})
L.; camphor L.
sphaathika * =mf({A} or {I})n. made of crystal, crystal-line MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. crystal MBh. R..; a
kind of sandal Âs'vGri. Paris'.
spridh* = f. contest, competition, battle, fight RV.; a rival, adversary ib.; m. a rival, enemy BhP.;
mfn. emulous, vying with (comp.) ib.; desirous of ib.
sprihaa = aspiration
spris' = to touch
spris'a * = mfn. touching, reaching to (in {sarvadvAra-sp-}) MBh.; m. touch, contact (in {duH-
sp-} q.v.); ({A}) f. a kind of plant ( = {bhujaMga-ghAtinI}) L.; ({I}) f. the prickly nightshade,
Solanum Jacquini L.
spris'an.h = touching
spris'tha= * mfn. touched, felt with the hand handled AV. &c. &c.; affected or afflicted or
possessed by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; defiled (cf. comp.); (in gram.) formed by complete
contact of the organs of utterance (applied to all consonants except semivowels [called {ISat-
spRSTa}, `" formed by slight contact "'] and except sibilants and {h}, which are called {ardha-
spRSTa}, `" formed by half-contact "') Prât. Siksh.
sphura* = mfn. id. Pañcat.; m. quiver, throb &c. (in {sa-sphura}, `" throbbing "' i.e. `" living "')
Bhathth.; = (and v.l. for) {sphara}, a shield L.
sphuraNa* = mfn. glittering, sparkling VarBriS.; n. the act of trembling, throbbing, vibration,
pulsation (also {A} f.) Dhâtup. L.; quivering or throbbing of parts of the body (as indicating good
or bad luck) MW.; springing or breaking forth, starting into view, expansion, manifestation Sâh.
BhP. Sarvad.; flashing, coruscation, twinkling, glittering Megh. Mâlatîm.
sphurat* = mfn. (pr. p. P.) trembling, shaking &c. (see root and cf. comp.)
sphurita = shining* = mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating, flashing &c. Kâv.
VarBriS. Pañcat.; struggling Vâs.; glittered, flashed (n. impers. `" it has been flashed by "') Hariv.
Kâlid. BhP.; broken forth, burst into view, suddenly arisen or appeared Kathâs. Sarvad.; plainly
displayed or exhibited S'is'.; swelled, swollen W.; ({am}) n. a tremulous or convulsive motion,
quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion Kâlid. Bhartri.; agitation or emotion of mind MW.; flash,
gleam, glittering, radiance, shren MBh. Kathâs.; sudden appearance, coming into being Râjat.
sphuurta* = mfn. (accord. to some) throbbed, throbbing MW.; suddenly risen into remembrance
ib.
sphuurti* = f. quivering, throbbing, throb, palpitation, tremor, vibration Bhpr.; breaking forth
visibly, sudden appearance or display, manifestation Kâv. Râjat.; bragging, boasting Pañcad.
sphuurj* = cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. vii, 61) {sphUrjati} (only in pres.; Gr. also pf. {pusphUrja} fut.
{sphUrjitA} &c.), to rumble, roar, thunder, crash Kâv. Kathâs.; to burst forth, be displayed,
appear ib. Râjat. Sâh.: Caus. {sphUrja4yati} (aor. {apusphUrjat}), to crash, crackle AV. AitBr.:
Desid. {pusphUrjiSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphUrjyate}, {posphUrkti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $.]
&383822[1271,2]
sphuurja* = m. the crashing sound of thunder, thunder-clap W.; Indra's thunderbolt ib.; sudden
outbreak (cf. {narma-sph-}); N. of a Râkshasa, BhâgP.; a kind of plant (= {sphUrjaka}) L.
sphur* = 1 (cf. {sphar}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 95) {sphura4ti} (m. c. also {-te}; p. {sphurat} and
{sphuramANa} [qq.vv.]; only in pres. base, but see {apa-sphur}; Gr. also pf. {pusphora},
{pusphure}; fut. {sphuritA}, {sphuriSyati}; aor. {asphorIt}; Prec. {sphUryAt}; inf. {sphuritum}),
to spurn RV. AV.; to dart, bound, rebound, spring RV. MBh. Kâv.; to tremble, throb, quiver,
palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm S'ak.), struggle Kaus'. MBh. &c.; to flash, glitter, gleam,
glisten, twinkle, sparkle MaitrUp. R. &c.; to shine, be brilliant or distinguished Râjat. Kathâs.
MârkP.; to break forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become
displayed or expanded NriisUp. MBh. &c.; to hurt, destroy Naigh. ii, 19: Caus. {sphorayati} (aor.
{apusphurat} or {apuspharat}), to stretch, draw or bend (a bow) Bhathth. [1271,1]; to adduce an
argument S'ank. Sch.; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively Pañcad.; {sphurayati}, to fill
with (inser.) Lalit.: Desid. {pusphuriSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphuryate}, {posphorti}. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{sperno}; Lith. &383704[1271,1] {spi4rti}; Germ. {sporo}, {spor}, {Sporn}; Eng. {spur}, {spurn}.]
sravaNa* = n. streaming, flowing, flowing off (also pl.; cf. {azva-sr-}) R.; premature abortion
VarBriS.; sweat, perspiration L.; urine L.
sravantI* = f. (of {sravat} q.v.) flowing water, a river RV. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. i, 13); a kind of herb L.
sravana * = hearing
sringara = amourous
srij* =1 (cf. 1. 2. {sarj}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 121) {sRja4ti} (Ved. and ep. also {-te}, and once in
AV. {sa4rjati}; pf. {sasarja}, {sasRje4} [2. sg. accord. to Pân. 7-2, 65, {sasarjitha} and {sasraSTha},
in BhP. once {sasarktha}]; Vedic forms are {sasRjma4he}, {-jrire}, {sasRjyAt}, {asasRgram}; p.
{sasRjAna4} q.v.; {sasRgma4he}; aor. {asrAkSIt}; {a4sRkSi}, {a4sRSTa} [Ved. also {a4sRgram}
or {-ran}; {a4sarji}; {asrAk}, {asrAT}; {srAs}; {srakSat}; p. {sRjAna4} q.v.] ib. [1245,2]; fut.
{sraSTA} PañcavBr.; {srakSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {sraSTum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {sRSTvA} Br.;
{-sR4jya} ib. &c.; {-sa4rgam} or {-sa4rjam} Br.), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at
(acc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to cast or let go (a measuring line) RV.; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause
to flow (rain, streams &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to utter (a sound) Kathâs.; to turn or direct (glances) Kum.;
to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly; Â. `" to speed, run, hasten "' RV.; to release, set free ib.
AV. Kaus'.; to open (a door) Kaus'.; to publish, proclaim AitBr.; to draw out and twist (a thread),
twist, wind, spin (lit. and fig.; Â. {sRjyate}, `" for one's self "'; cf. Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 87 Vârtt. 15, and
Dhâtup. xxvi, 69) TS. AV. S'Br. S'rS.; (in older language only Â.) to emit from one's self i.e. create,
procreate, produce, beget RV. &c. &c.; to procure, grant, bestow MBh. R. &c.; to use, employ
Râjat.; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) Mn. viii, 140; to hang on, fasten to
(loc.) MBh. iii, 2218 (perhaps {asRjat}, w.r. for {asajat}; see {saJj}): Pass. {sRjyate} (aor.
{a4sarji}), to be let loose or emitted or created RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {sarjayati}, {-te} (aor.
{asasarjat} or {asIsRjat}), to cause to let loose, let go, create &c. Br. &c.: Desid. {sisRkSati}, {-te},
to wish to send forth or hurl or throw Hariv.; (Â.) to wish to produce or create Kâthh. BhP.:
Intens. {sarIsRjyate}, {sarIsRSTi} &c. Gr.
srij* =2 (ifc.) letting loose, emitting, discharging MBh. Kâv. &c.; producing, creating, begetting
(also with gen.) Inscr. MBh. Râjat.
srijati* = m. (used as, a substantive to denote the root {sRj}, `" to create "') S'is'.
srijAna* = mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV
srijaami = manifest
srip (sRp)* = cl. 1 P. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 14) %{sa4rpati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; p. %{sa4rpat} [see
s.v.] and %{sarpamANa}; pf. %{sasarpa} [1. du. %{sasRpiva}] Br.; aor. %{asRpat} AV. Br.;
%{asRpta} Br. &c.; %{asArpsIt}, or %{asrApsIt} Gr.; fut. %{sarptA} or %{sraptA} ib.;
%{sarpsyati} Br.; %{srapsyati} ib. &c.; inf. %{sarpitum} MBh. &c.; %{sarptum} or %{sraptum}
Gr.; %{-sR4pas} Br.; ind. p. %{sRptvA} ib.; %{-sR4pya} AV. &c.; %{-sarpam} Br. &c.), to creep,
crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (%{sarpata}, `" depart! "' Ra1jat.) RV. &c. &c.; to slip
into (acc.) AitBr.; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (esp.
from the Sadas to the Bahish-pavama1na) Br. S3rS. ChUp.: Pass. %{sRpyate} (aor. %{asarpi}), to
be crept &c. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{sarpayati} (aor. %{asIsRpat} or %{asasarpat}, to cause to creep
&c. (see %{ava-}, %{anu-pra-}, %{vi-sRp}): Desid. %{si4sRpsati} (see %{ut-sRp}): Intens.
%{sarIsRpyate} (AitA1r.), %{sarIsarpti}, p. %{sarIsRpat} (BhP.), to creep along or hither and
thither, glide about &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &375922[1245,3] %{serpere}; see also %{sarpa}.]
srishhTiH = creation
srishtha* = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in {a-sR-}) Das'.; brought
forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.;
engrossed by, intent upon (instr.) MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented,
adorned L.; abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; ({A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.; a
musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.
srishhTii = World
srishhTvaa = creating
s'ruta* = mfn. heard, listened to, heard about or of, taught, mentioned, orally transmitted or
communicated from age to age S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; known, famous, celebrated RV. AV. Br.
MBh.; known as, called (nom. with {iti}) MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a son of Bhagîratha Hariv.; of a son
of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Su-bhâshana ib.; of a son of Upagu VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of
Dîrghadanshthra Kathâs.; ({am}) n. anything heard, that which has been heard (esp. from the
beginning), knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from generation to generation, oral
tradition or revelation, sacred knowledge (in the Pur. personified as a child of Dharma and
Medhâ), the Veda AV. &c. &c.; the act of hearing MundUp. Kâv. Kathâs.; learning or teaching,
instruction ({zrutaM-kR}, `" to learn "') Âpast.; memory, remembrance AV. i, 1, 2.
staH = is
stabdhaH = impudent * = mfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped &c.; reaching up to (loe.)
S'vetUp. MBh.; stiff, rigid, immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull ({am} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
solidified (as water) Hariv.; puffed up, proud, arrogant ChUp. Bhag. &c.; tardy, slack, slow (?)
VarBriS.; obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted MW.; coarse ib.
stabh = (root) to make immobile, to stun
stambhaH = (m) pillar * =stambha m. (ifc. f. {A}) a post, pillar, column, stem (as of a tree; also
improperly applied to an arm) Kâthh. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; support, propping, strengthening
Bhartri.; inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance MBh. R. &c.; fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor,
paralysis, stupefaction MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming hard or solid Râjat.; stoppage, obstruction,
suppression (also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the forces
of water, fire &c. as taught in the Tantras) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañcar.; filling up, stuffing R.; N. of a partic.
Adhyâya Pat. on Pân. 5-2, 60 Vârtt. 1; of a Riishi &c. VP. (cf. g. {kuJjA7di} and {zaunakA7di}).
stamba: a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster AV. &c. &c.; a sheaf of corn L. a
bush, thicket L. [1258, 1]; a shrub or plant having no decided stem (such as the Jhinthî or
Barleria) L.; the post to which an elephant is tied (wrongly inferred from {stambe-rama} q.v.) L.;
a mountain L.; N. of various men Hariv. Pur.; n. (in these senses prob. w.r. for {stambha}, m.) a
post, pillar in general W.; stupidity, insensibility W.
stana * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di} ifc. {A} or {I}; derivation doubtful, but prob. connected with
{stan}, from the hollow resonance of the human breast), the female breast (either human or
animal), teat, dug, udder RV. &c. &e.; the nipple (of the female or the male breast) Sus'r.; a kind of
pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat S'Br.
sthaa* = 1 cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii , 30) %{ti4SThati} , %{-te} (pf. %{tasthau4} , %{tasthe} RV.
&c. &c. ; aor. %{a4sthAt} , %{a4sthita} ib. ; 3. pl. %{asthiran} RV. AV. Br. ; %{Asthat} [?] AV. ;
%{asthiSi} , %{-Sata} Br. &c. ; Subj. %{sthAti} , %{sthA4thaH} RV. ; Prec. %{stheyAt} ib. ;
%{stheSam} , %{-SuH} [?] AV. ; %{sthAsISTa} Gr. ; fut. %{sthAtA} MBh. &c. ; %{sthAsyati} , %{-
te} Br.&c. ; inf. %{sthA4tum} ib. ; %{-tos} Br. Gr2S3rS. ; %{-sthitum} R. ; ind. p. %{sthitvA} MBh.
&c. ; %{-sthA4ya} RV. &c. &c. ; %{-sthAyam} Bhat2t2.) , to stand , stand firmly , station one's self
stand upon , get upon , take up a position on (with %{pAdAbhyAm} , `" to stand on the feet "' ;
with %{jAnubhyAm} , `" to kneel "' ; with %{agre} or %{agratas} and gen. , `" to stand or present
one's self before "' ; with %{puras} and with or without gen. , `" to stand up against an enemy &c.
"') RV. &c. &c. ; to stay , remain , continue in any condition or action (e.g. with %{kanyA} , `" to
remain a girl or unmarried "' ; with %{tUSNIm} or with %{maunena} instr. `" to remain silent "' ;
with %{sukham} , `" to continue or feel well "') AV. &c. &c. ; to remain occupied or engaged in , be
intent upon , make a practice of , keep on , persevere in any act (with loc. ; e.g. with %{rAjye} , `"
to continue governing "' ; with %{zAsane} , `" to practise obedience "' ; with %{bale} , `" to
exercise power "' ; with %{sva-dharme} , `" to do one's duty "' ; with %{sva-karmaNi} , `" to keep
to one's own business "' ; with %{saMzaye} , `" to persist in doubting "' ; also with ind. p. e.g.
%{dharmam@Azritya} , `" to practise virtue "') AV. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to continue to be or exist (as
opp. to `" perish "') , endure , last TS. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to be , exist , be present , be obtainable or at
hand AV. &c. &c. ; to be with or at the disposal of , belong to (dat. gen. , or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. ;
(A1. m. c. also P. cf. Pa1n2. 1-3 , 23 ; iv , 34) to stand by , abide by , be near to , be on the side of ,
adhere or submit to , acquiesce in , serve , obey (loc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c. ; to stand still , stay quiet
, remain stationary , stop , halt , wait , tarry , linger , hesitate (see under %{sthitvA} below) RV.
&c. &c. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with %{samam} , `" to behave equally towards any one "'
loc.) ; to be directed to or fixed on (loc.) Hariv. Katha1s. ; to be founded or rest or depend on , be
contained in (loc.) RV. AV. MBh. ; to rely on , confide in (loc. e.g. %{mayi@sthitvA} , `" confiding
in me "') Bhat2t2. ; to stay at , resort to (acc.) R. ; to arise from (abl. or gen.) RV. ChUp. ; to desist
or cease from (abl.) Katha1s. ; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance) , be left alone (only
Impv. and Pot.) Ka1v. Pan5cat.: Pass. %{sthIyate} (aor. %{asthAyi}) , to be stood &c. (frequently
used impers. e.g. %{mayA@sthIyatAm} , `" let it be abided by me "' i.e. `" I must abide "') Br. &c.
&c.: Caus. %{sthApayati} , %{-te} (aor. %{a4tiSThipat} ; ind. p. %{sthApayitvA} [q.v.] and %{-
sthA4pam}: Pass. %{sthApyate}) , to cause to stand , place , locate , set , lay , fix , station ,
establish , found , institute AV. &c. &c. ; to set up , erect , raise , build MBh. R. ; to cause to
continue , make durable , strengthen , confirm MBh. R. Sus3r. &c. ; to prop up , support ,
maintain MBh. Hcat. ; to affirm , assent Sa1h. Nya1yas. Sch. ; to appoint (to any office loc.) Mn.
MBh. &c. ; to cause to be , constitute , make , appoint or employ as (two acc. ; with %{dhAtrIm} ,
`" to employ any one as a nurse "' ; with %{rakSA7rtham} , `" to appoint any one as guardian "' ;
with %{sajjam} , `" to make anything ready "' [1262,3] ; with %{su-rakSitam} , `" to keep anything
well guarded "' ; with %{svIkRtya} , `" to make anything one's own "' ; with %{parizeSam} , `" to
leave anythñanything over or remaining "') S3vetUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to fix , settle , determine ,
resolve Mn. MBh. &c. ; to fix in or on , lead or being into , direct or turn towards (loc. , rarely acc. ;
with %{hRdi} , `" to impress on the heart "' ; with %{manas} , `" to fix the mind on "') AV. &c. &c.
; to introduce or initiate into , instruct in (loc. e.g. with %{naye} , `" to instruct in a plan or system
"') MBh. Katha1s. ; to make over or deliver up to (loc. or %{haste} with gen. , `" into the hands of
"') Ya1jn5. Ratna7v. Katha1s. ; to give in marriage MBh. ; to cause to stand still , stop , arrest ,
check , hold , keep in , restrain (with %{baddhvA} , `" to keep bound or imprisoned "') S3Br. &c.
&c. ; to place aside , keep , save , preserve MBh. Hariv.: Desid. of Caus. %{-sthApayiSati} (see
%{saM-sthA}): Desid. %{ti4SThAsati} , to wish to stand &c. S3Br.: Intens. %{teSThIyate} ;
%{tAstheti} , %{tAsthAti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {stare} ; Lith. {sto4ti} ; Slav. {stati} ; &381116[1262
,3] Germ. {sta7n} , {stehen} ; Eng. {stand}.]//(or %{STha}) mf(%{A})n. (only ifc.) standing ,
staying , abiding , being situated in , existing or being in or on or among (see %{agni-} ,
%{garbha-} , %{jala-} , %{naraka-} , %{rAjya-stha} &c.) ; occupied with , engaged in , devoted to
performing , practising (see %{dhyAna-} , %{yajJa-} , %{yoga-} , %{savana-stha} &c.) ; a place ,
ground (ibc. = %{sthala}) L.//sthA* = (or %{SThA4}) mfn. (nom. m. n. %{sthA4s}) standing ,
stationary (often ifc. = `" standing , being , existing in or on or among "' cf. %{agni-SThA} ,
%{RtasthA} &c.) RV. Pan5cavBr. S3a1n3khS3r.
sthaH = situated
sthaa = to stand
sthaa(tishhThati) = to stand
sthaaNuH = unchangeable
sthaana = place, house, position * = n. (also said to be m. Siddh.) the act of standing, standing
firmly, being fixed or stationary AV. &c. &c.; position or posture of the body (in shooting &c.) R.;
staying, abiding, being in or on (loc. or comp.) Das3. Ka1m. Hariv. Sa1h.; storingplace or storage
(of goods) Mn. viii, 401; firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a charge (as opp. to %{yuddha}, `"
charging "') ib. vii, 190; state, condition (ifc. = `" being in the state of "') Up. BhP.; continued
existence, continuance in the same state (i.e. in a kind of neutral state unmarked by loss or gain),
continuing as or as long as (with instr.) MBh. R. BhP.; a state of perfect tranquillity Sarvad.;
station, rank, office, appointment, dignity, degree MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; place of standing or
staying, any place, spot, locality, abode, dwelling, house, site (%{sthAne@sthAne} or
%{sthAne@sthAneSu}, `" in different places "', `" here and there "') RV. &c. &c.; place or room,
stead (%{sthAne} with gen. or ifc. `" in place of "', `" instead of "', `" in lieu of "'; %{ripu-sthAne-
vRt}, `" to act in the place of an enemy "'; %{vilocana-sthAna-gata}, `" acting the part of eyes "';
also %{sthAna} ifc. = `" taking the place of "', `" acting as "', `" representing "' or `" represented
by "' e.g. %{pitR-sth-}, `" acting as a father "' or `" represented by a fñfather "'; %{iyaG-uvaG-
sthAna}, `" reprñrepresented by %{iy} or %{uv} "' [as %{I} and %{U} Pa1n2. 1-4, 4]; in Pa1n2ini's
grammar the gen. case is often used alone, when the word %{sthAne} has to be supplied e.g.
%{hanter@jaH}, `" %{ja} is to be substituted in place of %{han} "', i, 1, 49) AitBr. Gr2S3rS. &c.;
place for, receptacle of (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; proper or right place (%{sthAne}, `" in the right
place or at the right time, seasonably, justly "') Pan5cavBr. &c. &c. (cf. g. %{svar-Adi}); province,
region, domain, sphere (of gods or virtuous men; said to be in one of three places, viz. `" earth "'
or `" atmosphere "' or `" heaven "'; accord. to some that of virtuous Bra1hmans is called
Pra1ja1patya; of Kshatriyas, Aindra; of Vais3yas, Ma1ruta; of S3u1dras, Ga1ndharva) Nir.
VarBr2S.; the main support or strength or chief constituent of a kingdom (said to be four, viz. `"
army "', `" treasury "', `" city "', `" territory "') Mn. vii, 56; a stronghold, fortress Pan5cat.; the
place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz. %{kaNTha}, `" throat "';
%{tAlu}, `" palate "'; %{mUrdhan}, `" top of palate "'; %{danta}, `" teeth "'; %{oSTha}, `" lips "';
%{kaNTha-tAlu}, `" throat and palate "'; %{kaNTh'-oSTha}, `" throat and lips "'; %{dant'-oSTha},
`" teeth and lips "'; to which are added %{nAsikA}, `" nose "', said to be the place of utterance of
true Anusva1ra, and %{uras}, `" chest "', of Visarga) Pa1n2. 1-9 Sch. Pra1t. Sarvad.; any organ of
sense (e.g. the eye) BhP.; the pitch or key of the voice, note, tone (of which accord. to RPra1t.,
there are three [see %{mandra}], or accord. to TPra1t., seven; %{vInA@cyutA@sthAnAt}, `" a
lute out of tune "') S3rS. Pra1t. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (as of the moon) VarBr2S.; the
part or character of an actor MW.; case, occurrence (%{ne7daM@sthAnaM@vidyate}, `" this case
does not occur "') Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. Vajracch.; occasion, opportunity (or (gen. or comp.;
%{sthAne} ind. `" occasionally "') S3rS. MBh. &c.; cause or object of (gen. or comp. e.g. %{zulka-
sthAna}, `" an object of toll "'; %{pUjA-} or %{mAnya-sth-}, `" an object of honour "'; also applied
to persons; %{sthAne} ind. `" because of "', `" on account of "') MBh. Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a section
or division (e.g. of medicine) Car. Sus3r. &c.; an astrol. mansion or its subdivision VarBr2S.; =
%{kAryo7tsarga}, S3i1l.; an open place in a town, plain, square W.; a holy place MW.; an altar ib.;
N. of a Gandharva king R.
sthaanaM = place
sthaani = situated
sthaane = rightly
sthaapayitvaa = placing
sthaavira * = n. (fr. %{sthavira}) old age (described as commencing at seventy in men and fifty in
women, and ending at ninety, after which period a man is called %{varSIyas}) La1t2y. MBh. &c. ;
mfn. (v.l. for %{sthavira}) old, senile MBh. Hit.
sthaasyati = remains
sthairyam: *V steadiness, gravity, immovability, permanence *= sthairya. firmness, hardness,
solidity Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; fixedness, stability, immobility Prab. BhP. Sarvad.; calmness, tranquillity
Pañcad.; continuance, permanence Kâv. Kathâs.; steadfastness, constancy, perseverance, patience
MBh. R. &c.; firm attachment to, constant delight in (loc.) Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.
sthairyaM = steadfastness
sthavira * = mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (cf. %{sthAvara}, p. 1264) broad, thick, compact, solid, strong,
powerful RV. AV. Br. MBh. Hariv. ; old, ancient, venerable (%{-re@kAle} or %{bhAve}, `" in old
age "') Br. &c. &c. [1265,3] ; m. an old man W. ; (with Buddhists) an `" Elder "' (N. of the oldest
and most venerable Bhikshus) MWB. 184 ; 255 &c. ; N. of Brahma1 L. ; (pl.) N. of a school (also
%{Arya-sth-}) Buddh. ; (%{A}) f. an old woman MW. ; a kind of plant L. ; (%{am}) n. benzoin L.
sthira* = mf({A4}) n. firm, hard, solid, compact, strong RV. &c. &c.; fixed, immovable,
motionless, still, calm S'Br. MBh. &c.; firm, not wavering or tottering, steady R. VarBriS.;
unfluctuating, durable, lasting, permanent, changeless RV. &c. &c.; stern, relentless, hard-hearted
Kum.; constant, steadfast, resolute, persevering ({manas} or {hRdayaM sthiraM-kR}, `" to steel
one's heart, take courage "' R. Kathâs.); kept secret Vet.; faithful, trustworthy Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
firmly resolved to (inf.) MBh.; settled, ascertained, undoubted, sure, certain Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a
partic. spell recited over weapons R.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of
Skanda's attendants ib.; N. of a partic. astrol. Yoga MW.; of certain zodiacal signs (viz. Taurus,
Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius; so called because any work done under these signs is supposed to be
lasting) ib. (L. also `" a tree; Grislea Tomentosa; a mountain; a bull; a god; the planet Saturn;
final emancipation "'); ({A}) f. a strong-minded woman MW.; the earth L.; Desmodium
Gangeticiim L.; Salmalia Malabarica L.; = {-kAkolI} L.; N. of the sound {j} Up.; ({am}) n.
steadfastness, stubbornness, resistance (acc. with {ava-tan} P. `" to loosen the resistance of [gen.]
"'; Â. `" to relax one's own resistance, yield "'; with {A-tan} Â. `" to offer resistance "') RV.
sthitaM = situated
sthitaH = situated
sthita * = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" going "', `" sitting "', or `" lying "'; {parasparaM sthitam}, `"
standing opposed to each other "'; {sthitaM tena}, `" it was stood by him "' = `" he waited "') Mn.
MBh. &c.; standing firm ({yuddhe}, `" in battle "') Hariv.; standing, staying, situated, resting or
abiding or remaining in (loc. or comp.; with {uccA7vaceSu}, `" abiding in things high and low "';
with {anityam}, `" not remaining permanently "', `" staying only a short time "' KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh.
&c.; being or remaining or keeping in any state or condition (loc., instr. abl. comp., or a noun in
the same case, also ind. p. or adv.; {vyApya sthitaH}, `" he keeps continually pervading "' S'ak.
Vikr.; {upavizya sthitaH}, `" he remains sitting "' Vikr.; {kathaM sthitA7si}, `" how did you fare?
"' Vikr. [1264, 2]; {evaM sthite}, `" it being so "' Pañc.; {puraH sthite}, `" it being imminent "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; engaged in, occupied with, intent upon, engrossed by, devoted or addicted to (loc.
or comp.), performing, protecting Mn. MBh. &c.; abiding by, conforming to, following (loc.) ib.;
being in office or charge Pañcat. Râjat.; adhering to or keeping with (loc.) Hariv.; lasting RPrât.;
firm, constant, invariable Kathâs.; settled, ascertained, decreed, established, generally accepted
S'Br. &c. &c.; fixed upon, determined S'ak.; firmly convinced or persuaded MBh. Subh.; firmly
resolved to (inf. or loc.) MBh. R. &c.; faithful to a promise or agreement L.: upright, virtuous L.;
prepared for or to (dat.) Yâjñ. Kum.; being there, existing, present, close at hand, ready ({sthito hy
eSaH}, `" I myself am ready "'; {agraje sthite}, `" when the elder brother is there "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; belonging to (gen.) R.; turned or directed to, fixed upon (loc. or comp.) VarBriS. Sarvad.;
resting or depending on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.; leading or conducive to (dat.) Pañcat.; one who has
desisted or ceased Pañcad.; left over L.; (in Vedic gram.) not accompanied by {iti} (in the Pada-
pâthha), standing alone ({pade sthite}, `" in the Pada text "') Prât.; ({am}) n. standing still,
stopping Bhartri.; staying, remaining, abiding R.; manner of standing ib.; perseverance on the
right path ib.
sthitaan.h = standing
sthiti = position* = f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying,
remaining, abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1.
{dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying
or remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being,
maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st
being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence,
duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an
eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the
world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; station, high
position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment
of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous
conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.;
devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction
Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds
(esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R.
Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh.
Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.;
resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing,
laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct
Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.)
the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitiM = situation
sthitiH = situation
sthitii = existing
sthitau = situated
sthi4ti * =f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing, staying, remaining,
abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or
{grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or
remaining or being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being,
maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st
being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence,
duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an
eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the
world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; station, high
position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed
decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment
of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous
conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.;
devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion, conviction
Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds
(esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R.
Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "') Ragh.
Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.;
resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing,
laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct
Mn. S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic gram.)
the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitvA * =ind. having stood or stayed or stopped or waited &c. (sometimes used alone to express,
after some time "'; {mAsaM sth-}, `" after a month "'; {ciram api sth-}, `" after a long period "' =
`" sooner or later "') RV. &c. &c.
sthira = fixed
sthiraM = firm
sthiraH = still
sthirataa = steadiness
sthirabuddhiH = self-intelligent
sthiraaM = stable
sthiraaH = enduring
sthula* = 1 n. (perhaps for {sthuDa} see prec.) a sort of long tent S'is'. \\2 see {apa-SThula} p. 53,
col. 1.
sthuula* = mf({A4})n. (fr. {sthU} = {sthA} and originally identical with {sthUra}) large, thick,
stout, massive, bulky, big, huge AV. &c. &c.; coarse, gross, rough (also fig. = `" not detailed or
precisely defined "'; cf. {yathA-sth-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; dense, dull, stolid, doltish, stupid, ignorant
(cf. comp.) MBh. Pañcat.; (in phil.) gross, tangible, material (opp. to {sUkSma}, `" subtle "'; cf.
{sthUla-zarIra}); m. Artocarpus Integrifolia L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; m. n. g.
{ardharcA7di}; ({A}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.; Cucumis Utilissimus L.; large cardamoms L.; n.
`" the gross body "' (= {sthUla-z-}) Up. MBh. &c.; sour milk, curds L.; = {kUTa} L.; a heap,
quantity W.; a tent (prob. for 1. {sthula}) ib.
stuta = praised
stuti = praise
stutiH = praise
stuvAna* mfn. praising (Sây. `" being praised "'). see root, col. 1
stenaH = thief
steya = robbery
stotra = hymn
stotraM = hymn
styana = sloth
straiNa* = mf({I})n. female, feminine RV. &c. &c.; relating or belonging to women, subject to or
ruled by women, being among wñwomen Kâv. BhP.; worthy of a woman L.; n. womankind, the
female sex AV. &c. &c.; the nature of wñwomen Uttarar. BhP.
stra.nsate = is slipping
striyaH = women
strI* = f. (perhaps for {sUtrI}, or {sotrI}, `" bearer of children "', fr. 2. {sU}; accord. to some
connected with Lat. {sator}; nom. {strI4}; acc. in later language also {strIm} and {strIs} pl.) a
woman, female, wife RV. &c. &c.; the female of any animal (e.g. {zAkhA-mRga-strI}, `" a female
monkey "') S'Br. MBh.; a white ant L.; the Priyangu plant L.; (in gram.) the feminine gender Nir.
S'Br. &c.; a kind of metre Col.
striyashcharitraM = the characater of a woman
sumano* = (for {-manas}) in comp.; {--kasa} n. (fr {su-manas} + {okas}) the abode or world of
gods (v.l. {-nau9kasa}) Hariv.; {-jJaghoSa} m. N. of a Buddha Lalit.; {--ttarA} f. (fr. {su-manas} +
{utt-}) N. of a woman and the story about her Pân. 4-3, 87 Vârtt. 1 Pat.; {-dAman} n. a garland of
flowers Mriicch.; {-bhara} mfn. possessing or ornamented with flowers W.; {-bhirAma} mf({A})n.
very captivating or agreeable, lovely, charming R.; {-mattaka}, m.N. of a man Râjat.; f. {-maya}
mf({I})n. `" consisting of flowers "' and `" being of pious disposition "', Srikanthh.; {-mukha} m.
N. of a serpentdemon MBh.; {-rajas} n. the pollen of a flower L.; {-raJjinI} f. N. of wk.; {-latA} f. a
flowering creeper Sâh.
sumanohara* = mf({A})n. very captivating or charming, beautiful MBh. Pur. [1231,1]; ({A}) f. N.
of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a.
sus'loka* = (%{su4-}) mf(%{A})n. well sounding or speaking VS. TBr. &c.; of good renown,
famous, celebrated BhP.
suurata * = mfn. (for {su-r-}) well disposed towards, compassionate, tender Un. v, 14; tranquil,
calm ib.; ({A}) f. a tractable cow
suu = to produce
suuchanaa = suggestion
suutaputraH = Karna
suutra = a thread
suutre = on a thread
suuyate = manifests
suurya = sun
su-dhita: * =({su4-}) mfn. (for {sudhita} see p. 1226, col. 1) well placed or fixed RV.; well ordered
or arranged or contrived ib. TBr.; well prepared or served, ready (as food) RV.; fixed upon, meant,
intended ib.; well-disposed, kind, benevolent ib. VS.
sunAbha * = mfn. having a good nave or centre MBh.; (also %{-bhaka}) having a good handle R.;
m. a partic. spell recited over weapons ib.; N. of a counsellor of Varun2a MBh.; of a son of
Dhr2it2a-ra1sht2ra ib.; of a son of Garud2a ib.; of a brother of Vajra-na1bha Hariv.; of a mountain
MBh. R.; (prob.) n. a wheel, discus BhP.
sudati = woman
sudushhkaraM = difficult
sudhaa = Nectar
sudaama * = m. `" giving well "'N. of a cowherd attendant on Kriishna Pañcar.; pl. N. of a people
(v.l. for {su-dAsa}) R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.; of a river (in
the north of India) R.
sudhaakar = Moon
suHrid.h = affectionate
suhrd *uhRd * `" good-hearted "', kindhearted "', `" well-disposed "', a friend, ally (also said of
planets; {suhRdo janAH}, `" friends "') S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the fourth astrol. mansion
VarBriS.; f. a female friend Gobh. Kaus'.; mfn. (only ifc.) fond of, liking or devoted to Bâlar.; very
similar to, closely resembling ib.
suhridaH = well-wishers
sukara = easy
sukha = happiness
sukhaM = easily
sukhaH = and happiness
sukhasya = of happiness
sukhinaH = happy
sukhii = happy
sukhe = in happiness
sukheshhu = in happiness
sukritasya = pious
sulabha = Easy
sulabhaH = very easy to achieve
sumanasya = benevolence
sumanda * = mfn. very slow or dull; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic. S3akti Pan5car.; (%{-da})%{-buddhi}
mfn. very dull-witted or much disheartened MBh.; %{-bhAj} mfn. very unfortunate ib.
suniyamanaya = with good niyama or GYaana, also with na, ya, ma, na, ya gaNaas
sunishchitaM = definitely
sundara = beautiful
supakva *= mf(%{A})n. (i.e. 5. %{su+p-}; 2. %{pac}) well-cooked or matured, thoroughly ripe (lit.
and fig.) AV. Sus3r. Pan5car.; a sort of fragrant Mango L.
supta = asleep
suryodaya = sun-rise
suzruNa * = mfn. obtaining good hearing (Sây. `" very famous "') RV.
suta = son
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m.
(sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br.
ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. =
`" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a
son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa = daughter* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suyama * = mf({A})n. easy to be guided, tractable (as a horse &c.) RV. TBr.; easy to be restrained
or controlled or kept in order, well regulated RV. AV. VS.; m. pl. a partic. class of gods BhP.; ({A})
f. the Priyangu plant L.
su-yaama4 * = mfn. binding or restraining well (as reins) RV.; m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; pl. a
partic. class of gods MB
suviruuDha = strongly
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\ 2 mfn. pressed out, extracted; m.
(sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma. Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br.
ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. =
`" son and daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.; N. of a
son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suucaka * =mf(%{ikA})n. pointing out , indicating , showing , designating MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
pointing to (acc.) Hariv. ; informing , betraying , treacherous Car. ; m. a denouncer , informer Mn.
MBh. &c. ; (the following only in L.) the manager or chief actor of a company ; a narrator , teacher
; the son of an A1yogava and a Kshatriya1 ; a Buddha ; a Siddha ; demon , imp ; villain , dog ;
jackal ; cat ; crow ; needle ; balustrade , parapet ; kind of rice.
suukshma * = mf({A})n. (prob. connected with {sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small, fine, thin,
narrow, short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with {artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' )
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; acute, subtle, keen (understanding or mental operation; {am} ind.) KathhUp. R.
&c.; nice, exact, precise Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic.
figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle expression of an intended act "') Cat.; (with S'aivas) one who has
attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat.; a mystical N. of the sound {I} Up.; N. of S'iva
MBh.; of a Dânava ib. Hariv.; m. or n. an atom, intangible matter Sânkhyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c.;
the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme Soul L.; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = {kRtaka},
or {kaitava} L.; ({A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.; N. of two plants (= {yUthikA} or {karuNI})
L.; of one of the 9 S'aktis of Vishnu L.; ({am}) n. the cavity or socket of a tooth Vishn.; woven silk
L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta philosophy L.
suuta * = 1 mfn. urged, impelled &c. (cf. 3. {sUta}, p. 1241, col. 2, 1. {suta}, and {nR-SUta}). \\2
mfn. (for 3. see p. 1241, col. 2) born, engendered (see {su-SUta}); one that has, brought forth
(young) Mn. VarBriS.; m. quicksilver S'ârngS. Sarvad.; the sun W.; ({A}) f. a woman who has
given birth to a child MW.; a young quadruped L.; w.r. for {sutA} Pañcat. iii, 192/193. \\ 3 m. (of
doubtful derivation, prob. to be connected with 1. {sU}; for 1. 2. {sUta} see pp. 1239 and 1240) a
charioteer, driver, groom, equerry, master of the horse (esp. an attendant on a king who in earlier
literature is often mentioned together with the {grAma-NI4}; in the epics also a royal herald or
bard, whose business was to proclaim the heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while he
drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions, and who had therefore to know by heart portions
of the epic poems and ancient ballads; he is the son of a Kshatriya by a Brâhmanî or of a Brâhman
[accord. to S'âs'vata also of a S'ûdra] and a Kshatriyâ; the most celebrated S'ûta was Loma-
harshana who was a pupil of Vyâsa) AV. &c. &c. (IW. 510 n.); a carpenter or wheelwright L.; N. of
a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; ({yA}) f. g. {krauDy-Adi}; ({I}) f. the wife of a Sûta MW.; a female bard
ib.
suutra* = n. (accord. to g. {ardhacA7di} also m.; fr. {siv}, `" to sew "', and connected with {sUci}
and {sUnA}) a thread, yarn, string, line, cord, wire AV. &c. &c.; a measuring line (cf. {-pAta})
Hariv. VarBriS. &c.; the sacred thread or cord worn by the first three classes (cf. {yajJo7pavIta})
BhP.; a girdle ib.; a fibre Kâlid.; a line, stroke MBh. VarBriS. Gol.; a sketch, plan Râjat.; that which
like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction BhP.; a short sentence or
aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like
threads (these Sûtra works form manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar &c.: e.g. in
ritual there are first the S'rauta-su7tras, and among them the Kalpa-su7tras, founded directly on
S'ruti q.v.; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic ceremonial, giving concise rules for the
performance of every kind of sacrifice [IW. 146 &c.]; other kinds of SñS'ruti works are the
Griihya-sûtras and Sâmayâcârika or Dharma-sûtras i.e. `" rules for domestic ceremonies and
conventional customs "', sometimes called collectively Smârta-sûtras [as founded on {smRti} or `"
tradition "' see {smArta}]; these led to the later DharmaS'âstras or `" law-books "' [IW. 145]; in
philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in Sûtras by its supposed
founder [IW. 60 &c.]; in Vyâkarana or grammar there are the celebrated Sûtras of Pânini in eight
books, which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, Pâs'upatas &c.
the term Sûtra is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with Jainas they
form part of the Driishthivâda) IW. 162 &c.; a kind of tree DivyA7v.
suunrita* = mf({A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.; pleasant and true
(in this sense supposed to be fr. 5. {su} + {Rta}) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}), E see below; ({am}) n. joy,
gladness, delight RV. AV.; (with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities
belonging to right conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `" joyfully "') RV. TS. PârGri.;
kindness, friendliness, kind and true speech KathhUp. MBh. &c. [1242, 3]; truth (opp. to {an-
Rta}) personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and
wife of Uttâna-pâda Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
sva* = 1 mf({A4})n. own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, her own, our own, their own &c.
(referring to all three persons accord. to context, often ibc., but generally declinable like the
pronominal {sarva} e.g. {svasmai} dat. {svasmAt} abl. [optionally in abl. loc. sing. nom. pl. e.g.
{taM svAd AsyAd asRjat}, `" he created him from his own mouth "' Mn. i, 94]; and always like
s'iva when used substantively [see below]; sometimes used loosely for `" my "', `" thy "', `" his "',
`" our "' [e.g. {rAjA bhrAtaraM sva-grIham pre7SayAm-Asa}, `" the king sent his brother to his
(i.e. the brother's) house "']; in the oblique cases it is used as a reflexive pronoun = {Atman}, e.g.
{svaM dUSayati}, `" he defiles himself "'; {svaM nindanti}, `" they blame themselves "') RV. &c.
&c.; m. one's self, the Ego, the human soul W.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; a man of one's own people or
tribe, a kinsman, relative, relation, friend ({svAH}, `" one's own relations "', `" one's own people
"') AV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. a woman of one's own caste MBh.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), one's self, the Ego
(e.g. {svaM ca brahma ca}, `" the Ego and Brahman "'); one's own goods, property, wealth, riches
(in this sense said to be also m.) RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarBriS.; (in alg.)
plus or the affirmative quantity W. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {se}, {sovos}, {suus}; &385055[1275,1] Goth.
{sik}; Germ. {sich} &c.] (N. B. in the following comp. {oñ} own stands for one's own).
sva* = 2 Nom. P. {svati} (pf. {svAm-Asa}) = {sva ivA7carati}, he acts like himself or his kindred
Vop. xxi, 7.
svaadu = sweet
svaadhyaaya = self-study
svaaM = of Myself
svaamin* = (Hit.) m. lion or lord among bñbird "'N. of Garuda. [574,2]\\ see p. 1284, col. 1. \\ m.
(fr. 1. {sva} + {min}) an owner, proprietor, master, lord or owner of (gen. loc., or comp.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; a chief, commander (of an army) Vikr. Subh.; a husband, lover (du. `" husband and
wife "') Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.; a king, prince (in dram. used as a form of address = {deva}); a
spiritual preceptor, learned Brâhman or Pandit (used as a title at the end of names, esp. of natives
of the Carnatic); the image or temple of a god (often ifc.; see {zrIdhara-}, {viSNu-sv-} &c.); N. of
Skanda Yâjñ. i, 293; of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Garuda L.; of the Muni Vâtsyâyana L.; of the 11th
Arhat of the past Utsarpinî L.; of various authors (also with {mizra} and {zAstrin}; sometimes
abridged from names ending in {svAmin} e.g. for {kSIra-} and {zabara-svAmin}) Cat.; ({inI}) f.
see next.
svaartha = one's own ends* = m. oñone's own affair or cause, personal matter or advantage, self-
interest, oñone's own aim or object (also pl.) MaitrUp. MBh. R. &c.; oñone's own property or
substance MW.; own or original meaning Sâh. Veda7ntas. TPrât. Sch.; similar meaning (prob. for
{sA7rtha}), a pleonasm MW.; = {liGgA7rtha-vizeSa} L.; mf({A})n. directed to oñone's self
egoistical ({-tA} f.) Kum. Tarkas. &c.; adapted to (its) purpose Car.; having one's object,
expressing (its) own inherent or true meaning, havñhaving a natural or literal meaning,
havñhaving a similar mñmerits (= {sA7rtha}), pleonastic MW.; ({am} or {e}) ind. on oñone's own
account, for oñone's self Kâv. Kathâs. KapS. &c.; {-paNDita} mfn. clever in oñone's own affairs
MBh.; {-para} mfn. intent on oñone's own advantage, self-interested S'is'. ({-tA} f. `" selfishness "'
MW.); {-parA7yaNa} mfn. id. MW.; {-prayatna} m. a self-interested project Ratna7v.; {-bhAj}
mfn. managing one's own affairs HParis'.; {-bhraMzin} mfn. ruinous to oñone's own interests
Pañcat.; {-lipsu} mfn. wishing to gain oñone's own object, self-seeking MW.; {-vighAta} m.
frustration of one's object ib.; {-sAdhaka} mfn. effective of or promoting one's own object Cân.
BhP. Nir.; {-sAdhana} n. accomplishment of one's own object or desire Mn. Râjat.; ({-na})
{-tatpara} mfn. intent upon it Mn. iv, 196; {-siddhi} f. (= {sAdhana}) Râjat.; {-thA7numAna} n. `"
inference for oñone's self "', (in log.) a partic. process of induction MW.; {-the74t} mfn. attending
to one's own affairs TS.; {-tho7papatti} f. the gaining oñone's own object Ragh.
sva = Self
svabhaava = nature, personal mental attributes, habit, existence* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) native place
Vishn.; own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent
disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity; ({-vAt} or {-vena} or {-va-tas} or ibc.), from natural
disposition, by nature, naturally, by oñone's self, spontaneously) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; {-kRta}
mfn. done by nature, natural VarBriS.; {-kRpaNa} m. `" naturally mean "'N. of a Brâhman
Pañcat.; {-ja} mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural R. Sâh. &c.; {-janita} mfn. id.
Kâv.; {-tas} ind. see above; {-tA} f. (Jâtakam.) or {-tva} n. (TPrât. Sch.) the state of innate
disposition or nature; {-daurjanya} n. natural or innate wickedness W.; {-dveSa} m. natural
hatred L.; {-prabhava} mfn. (= {-ja} above) VarBriS.; {-bhAva} m. natural disposition Pañcat.;
{-vAda} m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and
necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties MW. [1276, 2]; {-vAdin} m.
one who maintains the above doctrine ib.; {-zUra} mfn. possessing natural heroes (others, `"
valiant by nature "') Hit.; {-siddha} mfn. established by nature, natural, imiate Âs'vS'r. Bhartri.;
self-evident, obvious Kâs'.; {-vA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of Comm.; {-vo7kta} mfn. said or declared
spontaneously Yâjñ. Sch.; {-vo7kti} f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate
description of the properties (of things) Kâvya7d. Pratâp. &c.; spontaneous declaration A.;
{-vo7nnata-bhAva} mfn. high-minded by nature ({-tva} n.) Hariv.
svabhaavaH = characteristics
svachchha = pure
svadhaa* = f. (for {svadhA4} see p. 1280) self-position, self-power, inherent power (accord. to
someN. of Nature or the material Universe; {sva-dha4yA} `" by self-power "') RV.; own state or
condition or nature, habitual state, custom, rule, law RV.; ease, comfort, pleasure ({a4nu
svadhA4m}, {svadhA4m a4nu} or {svadhA4 a4nu}, {svadha4yA}, or {svadhA4bhiH}, `" according
to one's habit or pleasure, spontaneously, willingly, easily, freely, undisturbedly, wantonly,
sportively "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; own place, home ({svadhe4} du. `" the two places or homes "',
heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30) ib.; `" own portion or share "', the sacrificial offering due to each
god, (esp.) the food or libation, or refreshing drink (cf. 2. {su-dhA}) offered to the Pitriis or spirits
of deceased ancestors (consisting of clarified butter &c. and often only a remainder of the Havis;
also applied to other oblations or libations, and personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of
the Pitriis or of Angiras or of a Rudra or of Agni) RV. &c. &c.; ({-dha4}) ind. (with dat. or gen.) the
exclamation or benediction used on presenting (or as a substitute for) the above oblation or
libation to the gods or departed ancestors (accord. to Mn. iii, 252 the highest form of benediction
at a S'râddha; with {kR}, `" to pronounce the exclamation or benediction {sva-dhA} "';
{svadhA7stu}, `" let there be a blessing on it "' [cf. RTL. 104, n. 1]) RV. &c. &c.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on!
(with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or
{-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation
(offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she
is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her
limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svah= svar=*
svajanaM = kinsmen
svalpa = little
svalpaM = a little
svaM = own
svana = sound
svapan.h = dreaming
svapna = dream
svapnaM = dreaming
svapnaH = dreaming
svapne = in dream
svar (svaha)* = 1 (= {sur}) cl. 10. P. {svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure Dhâtup. xxxv, 11. \\*
=2 (prob. = a lost {sur}; cf. {svR}) cl. 1. P. {svarati}, Caus. {svarayati}, to shine.\\ * =4 (in Yajur-
veda also {su4var}) ind. (used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from
the weak base {sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. {sU4ras} and the dat. {sUre4} [iv, 3, 8]), the sun,
sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky, heaven (as distinguished from
{div}, which is regarded as the vault above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of
the gods and the Blest, in AV. also of the Asuras; {svaH prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `"
departed this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star,
the region of the planets and constellations (regarded as the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see {loka}] and
the 3rd of the three Vyâhriitis [i.e. {bhu4r bhu4vaH sva4H}]; {svar} is pronounced after {om} and
before the Gâyatrî by every Brâhman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water Naigh.
i, 12; N. of S'iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith. {sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl.
Sax. {so7l}.]
svara = sound
svara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.; voice Mn. MBh. &c.; tone in recitation &c.
(either high or low), accent (of which there are three kinds, {udAtta}, {anudAtta} qq. vv., and
{svarita}, col. 3), a note of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated,
1. {niSAda}; 2. {RSabha}; 3. {gAndhAra}; 4. {SaDja}; 5. {madhyama}; 6. {dhaivata}; 7. {paJcama}
[described as resembling respectively the notes of an elephant, bull, goat, peacock, curlew or
heron, horse, and Koil [1285, 2]; and designated by their initial letters or syllables thus, {ni}; {R};
{ga}; {Sa}; {ma}; {dha}; {pa}], but the order is sometimes changed, {Sadja} being placed first, and
{niSAda} last) Prât. S'rS. Sangît. MBh. &c.; a symbolical expression for the number `" seven "'
VarBriS.; a vowel (either {dIrgha}, `" long "'; or {hrasva}, `" short "'; or {pluta}, `" prolated "')
Prât. S'rS. MBh. &c.; air breathed through the nostrils ChUp.; N. of Vishnu Vishn.; ({A}) f. N. of
the chief wife of Brahmâ L.; ({am}) n. a musical note Sây. on RV. x, 146, 2; N. of various Sâmans
ÂrshBr.
svarloka* = m. the world of hñheaven, a partic. hñheaven, the region called Svar (cf. {bhuvar-},
{bhUr-l-}) R. Pur.; N. of mount Meru (also {-zikhara}) Das'.; m. an occupant of hñheaven, a god,
one of the Blest ({-tA} f.) BhP.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a blessing rest on!
(with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or
{-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation
(offered to Agni, Indra &c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she
is thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four Vedas, and her
limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is represented also as a wife of the Rudra
Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svaara* = m. sound, noise (of a snorting horse) RV.; tone, accent RPrât.; the Svarita accent TPrât.;
mfn. relating to sound or accent MW.; having the Svarita accent; n. a Sâman ending with the
Svarita accent VS. PañcavBr. Lâthy.
s'van* = 1 m. (nom. sg. du. pl. {zvA}, {zvAnau}, {zvAnas}; weakest base {zun} cf. 2. {zuna} &c., p.
1082; in some comp. {zvA} for {zva} cf. below), a dog, hound, cur RV. &c. &c.; ({zunI4}) f. a
female dog. [Cf. Zd. {spâ}; Gk. $; Lat. {canis}; Lit. {szu4}; Goth. {hunds}; Eng. {hound}; Germ.
{Hund}.]\\ 2 (prob. fr. {zvi}) in {Rji4-}, {durgR4bhi-}, and {mAtari4-zvan}, qq. vv
svaruupaM = form
svarga = heaven
svargaM = to heaven
svargatiM = passage to heaven
svargalokaM = heaven
svargaat.h = (Masc.abl.S)heaven
svarge = in heaven
svarna= gold
svaruupa* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) oñone's own form or shape, the fñfrom or shñshape of (gen. or comp.;
with or without {zabdasya} or {zabda-sva-r-}, `" a word itself or in its own form "' [opp. to its
synonyms or varieties]; with {nAmnAm} = `" names themselves "') MBh. Pañcat. BhP. &c. [1276,
3]; own condition, peculiarity, character, nature ({eNa} or ibc., `" by nature "', `" in reality "' `" by
itself "') RPrât. NriisUp. Mn. &c.; peculiar aim W.; kind, sort ib.; a partic. relation (in phil. see
under {sambandha}) MW.; occurrence, event Campak. Uttamac. Sinha7s.; mfn. having oñone's
own peculiar form or character MW.; having a like nature or charñcharacter, similar, like,
S'ânkhyak. (w.r. for {sa-r-}); pleasing, handsome (for {sa-r-}) L.; wise, learned L.; m. N. of a
Daitya MBh.; of a son of Su-nandâ MârkP.; of a pupil of Caitanya W.; m. or n. N. of a place Cat.;
({A}) f. N. of a place MW.; {-gata} mfn. endowed with oñone's own form or nature, having a like
character W.; {-tas} ind. in oñone's own form BhP.; according to oñone's own fñform,
analogously, similarly, identically MW.; by nature, in reality, by itself MârkP.; ({-to}, {godAna-
prayogaH}N. of wk.); {-tA} f. (or {-tva} n.) the state of oñone's own form or nature ({-tayA}, `"
literally "', `" in reality "') MBh. BhP. S'ak. Sch. Sâh.; the having a natural form, identity of form or
nature W.; w.r. for {su-rUpa-tA} Râjat.; {-dhArin} mfn. having one's own form MBh.;
{-nirUpaNa} n. {-nirNaya} m. {-prakAza} m. N. of wks.; {-bhAva} m. (a short word) whose
essence is of the same efficacy (as that of the full form) Mn. ii, 124; {-vat} mfn. having the form of
(comp.) MBh.; {-sambandha-rUpa} n. {-sambodhana} n. {-sambodhana-paJca-viMzati-vRtti} f.
{--rUpA7khya-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; {--
rUpA7nusaMdhAna} n. {--rUpA7nusaMdhAna-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7siddhi} f. a form of
non-proof (where the quality alleged to belong to a subject is not really proved) Tarkas.; {--
rUpo7tpre7kSA} f. a kind of simile Sâh. Kuval.; {--rUpo7paniSad} f. N. of an Upanishad.
svastha* = mf(%{A})n. self-abiding, being in oñone's self (or `" in the self "' Sarvad.), being in
one's natural state, being oñone's self uninjured, unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well,
healthy (in body and mind; often v.l. for %{su-stha}), comfortable, at ease (compar. %{-tara})
MaitrUp. &c. &c.; relying upon one's self, confident, resolute, composed W.; self-sufficient,
independent ib.; (%{am}) ind. composedly MW.; %{-citta} mfn. sound in mind Ja1takam.; %{-tA}
f. well-being, health, ease Pan5cat. HYog.; %{-vRtta} n. medical treatment of a healthy person
Car.; %{-thA7riSTa} n. a death-token in a healthy person, As3vav.
svasti = all peace * i n. f. (nom. {svasti4}, {-ti4s}; acc. {svasti4}, {-ti4m}; instr. {svasti4}, {-tyA4};
dat. {svasta4ye}; loc. {svastau4}; instr. {svasti4bhis}; also personified as a goddess, and
sometimes as Kalâ cf. {svasti-devI}), well-being, fortune, luck, success, prosperity RV. VS. S'Br.
MBh. R. BhP.; ({i4}) ind. well, happily, successfully (also = `" may it be well with thee! hail!
health! adieu! be it! "' a term of salutation [esp. in the beginning of letters] or of sanction or
approbation) RV. &c. &c
svastirno = good to us
svasthaiH = by healthy persons (ie, healthy in minds, their minds being well
svata.ntra = Free
svayaM = herself
sviiya * = s mf({A})n. relating or belonging to one's self, own, proper, peculiar, characteristic Kâv.
Pur. &c.; m. (pl.) one's own people or kindred ib.; ({A}) f. `" one's own wife "', a wife solely
attached to her husband Sâh.
svishthi * = s f. a successful sacrifice AV. TS. Kaus'.; mfn. sacrificing well or with success MBh.
svid * = s1 ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} + {id}; cf. {kuvid}) a particle of interrogation or inquiry or doubt,
often translatable by `" do you think? "' `" perhaps "', `" pray "', `" indeed "', `" any "' (esp. used
after the interrogative {ka} and its derivatives e.g. {kaH svid eSAm brAhmaNAnAm anucAna-
tamaH}, `" pray who [or `" who do you think "'] is the most learned of these Brahmans? "' S'Br.;
but also without another interrogative e.g. {tvaM svin no yAjJavalkya brakmiSTho 'si}, `" do you
think Yâjñavalkya, you are the greatest Brâhman among us? "' ib.; also used after {uta}, {api},
{Aho}, and {utA7ho}, and disjunctively in the first or second or both parts of a double
interrogation, thus: {kiMnu-svid}; {kiMsvid-svid}; {svid-svid}; {svid-utA7ho}; {nu-svid}; {svid-
nu}; {svid-uta}; {svid-vA}; {svid-kimu}; {svid-kim-nukim}; sometimes making a preceding
interrogative indefinite e.g. {kva4 svid}, `" anywhere "'; {ka4H svid}, `" whoever "', `" any one "';
similarly with {yad} e.g. {yad svid dIyate}, `" whatever is given "' MaitrS.; sometimes apparently a
mere expletive) RV. &c. &c.
svid * = 2 cl. 1. Â. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xviii, 4; xxvi, 79) {svedate} or {svidyati} (Â. {svidyate} Yâjñ.; p.
{svidyamAna} Sus'r.; pf. {siSveda} Gr.; {siSvide} MBh.; p. {siSvidAna4} RV.; aor. {asvidat} S'is'.;
fut. {svettA}, {svetsyati} Gr.; ind. p. {-svedam} Br.), to sweat, perspire AitÂr. ChUp. KâtyS'r. MBh.
&c.; ({svedate}), to be anointed Dhâtup.; to be disturbed (?) ib.: Caus. {svedayati} (aor.
{asiSvidat}), to cause to sweat, treat with sudorifics Sus'r.; to foment, soften SâmavBr.: Desid. of
Caus. {sisvedayiSati}, Gr.: Desid. {sisvitSati} ib.: Intens. {seSvidyate}, {seSvetti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $;
Lat. {sûdor}, {sUdare}; &387913[1284,3] Angl. Sax. {swa7t}; Eng. {sweat}; Germ. {Schweiss},
{schwitzen}.]
sviikaroti = to accept
sviikaara* = m. making one's own, appropriation, claiming, claim BhP. Siddh.; reception Kathâs.;
assent, agreement, consent, promise Sarvad.; {-graha} m. robbery, forcible seizure Mcar.;
{-pattra} n. a written document or will disposing of one's property RTL. 531; {-rahita} mfn. devoid
of assent, not agreed to W.; {-rA7nta} mfn. ended or concluded by assent, agreed to ib.
syandane = chariot
syandin.h = oozing
syaaM = would be
syUta* =mfn. sewn, stitched, woven RV. &c. &c.; sewn on HParis'.; sewn or woven together,
joined, fabricated MW.; pierced, penetrated ib.; m. a sack, coarse canvas bag L.
syUti * =f. (only L.), sewing, stitching, weaving; a bag, sack; lineage, offspring.
syUna * =m. (only L.) a sack; a ray of light; the sun; ({A}) f. a ray of light L.; a girdle L.
syUman * =n. a band, thong, bridle RV.; a suture (of the skull) AitBr.
taadita = beaten
taaDa = a mountain
taadris'a * = mf({I})n. (Pân. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = {-dR4z} S'Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c.; {yAdRza t-}
[Pañcat.) or {za-t-} [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever
taalikaa = clap
taaM = to that
taama* = m. ( {tam}) = {bhISaNa} L.; = {doSa} L.; anxiety, distress W.; ({I}) f. = {tamI}, night L.
Sch.; see also {-mi}.
taamasika = Planets that are slothful - Waning Moon, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and Mercury
taamasii = in the mode of ignorance
taamisra * = (fr. %{tam-} and %{ta4misrA} g. %{jyotsnA7di}) mfn. (with %{pakSa}) or m. the
dark half of the month La1t2y.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813; m. `" nightwalker "', a Ra1kshasa
Ragh. xv, 2; (in Sa1m2khya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidya1) MBh. xiv,
1019 Sa1m2khyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) Ma1rkP. iii l; N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Ya1jn5. iii, 222
BhP.iii, v Ma1rkP.; cf. %{andha-}.
taandava: dancing
taan.h = them
taani = his
taantrika* = mf({A} Sus'r. i, 3; {I})n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. ({-kI saMjJA}, `" a
technical N.); taught in the Tantras. mystical Hâr. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Sus'r. &c.; m. one completely
versed in any science or system Bhâshâp.; a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2
SS'ankar.
taaNa = to stretch
taantra* = mf({I})n. having wires ({ta4ntra}), stringed (a musical instrument) W.; regulated by a
general rule ÂpS'r. xiv, 12, 5 f.; relating to the Tantras W.; n. the music of a stringed instrument R.
i, 3.
taapa = trouble * (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84);
heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain
(mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the
Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}.
taapasau = (2)penance-doers
taapa* = m. (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84);
heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain
(mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the
Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}
taapya* = (fr. {tap}) regret DivyA7v. xviii; m. n. (fr. {-pI}) = {-pI-samudbhava} Car.vi, 18 and 24
Bhpr. v, 26, 160
taara4 * =mfn. ( {tRR}) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 S'iraUp.;
(Vishnu) MBh. xiii, 6986; high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note
TândyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. {-tara} and superl. {-tama}) TPrât.; S'ikshâ MBh. vii Mriicch. &c.;
mfn. (ft. {stR4}?) shining, radiant Megh. Amar. Kathâs. lxxiii Sâh.; clean, clear L.; good, excellent,
well flavoured L. Sch.; m. `" crossing "' see {dus-}, {su-}; `" saving "', a mystical monosyllable (as
{om}) RâmatUp. S'ikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr.; Andropogon bicolor L.; N. of Mani-râma (author of a
Comm. on Bhâm.); of a Daitya (slain by Vishnu) Hariv.; of one of Râma's monkey generals (son of
Briihas-pati, husband of Târâ) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi; pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-
antara VP. iii, 2, 33; m. [n. and ({A}) f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl, clear pearl
Sus'r. v, 3, 19 Gît. xi, 25; (m. n. L.) = {-rA7bhra} L.; m. n. a star L.; the pupil of the eye L.; n.
descent to a river, bank (cf. {tIra}, {tIrtha4}) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pân. 6-3, 109 Vârtt. 1; silver BhP. iv, 6,
27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43; ({A}) f. (g. {bhidA7di}) a fixed star, asterism (cf. {stR4}) Yâjñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Mriicch. iii, 10); the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBriS. lviii, 11 &c.; a kind of meteor,
vli, 86 and 94; (in Sânkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas.; (in music) N. of a Râga of six
notes; a kind of perfume L.; a form of Dâkshâyani (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha
MatsyaP. xiii, 46; protectress of the Griitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8; cf. RTL. p. 187); N. of a
Buddh. goddess, Vâsav, 433; of Briihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340
ff. BhP. &c.; of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh.; of a S'akti Jain.; of a Yoginî Hcat. ii, 1,
710; of a female monkey (daughter of Sushena, wife of Bâlin and mother of Angada) MBh. iii,
16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi.
taarkshya* = m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet {a4riSTa-
nemi} [RV. i, 89, 6; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kaus'. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol.
Âs'vS'r. x, 7] and identified with Garuda [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother [L.] or
father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and 21; see also {-putra}]; mentioned with Arishtha-nemi VS. xv, 18; with
Arishtha-nemi, Garuda, Aruna and Âruni as offspring of Kas'yapa by Vinatâ MBh. i, 2548 and
4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175; called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13; a Muni with the N. Arishtha-nemi
MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665; xii, 10615; pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas,
Yakshas, and Câranas R. i, 16, 9); N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Târkshya Arishthanemi)
Âs'vS'r. ix SânkhS'r. xi f. Lâthy. i; a horse Naigh. i, 14; a cart L.; a bird MBh. vi, 71 Sus'r. iv, 28, 5; a
snake L.; = {-prasava}, vi, 51, 19 ({-kSa} ed.); a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66; gold L.; = {netrA7Jca
keza} Npr.; S'iva; N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Âp. and Âs'v.); pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871; n. =
{-ja} Sus'r. iv, 9, 45.
taata = My friend
taataH = father
taarkika* = mfn. (fr. {tarka}) related or belonging to logic W.; m. a dialectician, logician,
philosopher Gâthâsangr. Veda7ntas. &c.
taata * = m. (cf. 1. {tata4}) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. S'ak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c.; ({tA4ta}) voc. a
term of affection addressed to a junior [S'Br. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796
Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825; v, 5435 (C) [442, 1]; in the latter use also
({As}) voc. pl. ib. (B); i, 6820 f.; iv, 133; [cf. $; Lat. {tata} &c.]
taavat.h = by that time(when it was over), meanwhile * taavat* = mf({atI})n. (fr. 2. {ta} Pân. 5-2,
39; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of {yA4vat}; rarely of
{ya} or {yatho7kta} Nal.&c.) RV. &c. ({yAvatA kSaNena tAvatA}, `" after so long time, in that time
"', as soon as Râjat. v, 110); just a little Kir. ii, 48; (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with
{yAvat}); ind. (correlative of {yA4vat}) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number,
so far RV. AV. &c. ({tA4vat-tAvat} S'Br. i, 8, 1, 6); so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 S'Br. i Mn.
&c.; meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative {yAvat} being often connected with a neg. e.g.
{tAvac chobhate mUrkho yAvat kiM-cin na bhASate}, `" so long a fool shines as long as he says
nothing "' Hit.; {zocayiSyAmy AtmAnaM tAvad yAvan me prA7ptam brAhmaNyam}, `" so long I
will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state of a Brâhman "' R. i, 64, 19)
S'Br. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of {purA} [R. i, 28, 21], of {yAvatA
na}, of {yAvat} preceded by {purA} [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative [2727 Kathâs.
Hit.]); at once, now, just, first (followed by {anantaram} [Hit.], {aparam} [Pañcat.], {api} [ib.],
{idAnIm} [Hit.], {uta} [S'ak.], {ca} [Das'. Prab.], {tatas} [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], {tad-anu}
[Megh.], {tu} [Das'. vii Veda7ntas.], {pazcAt} [R. ii], {punar} [Pañcat.], {vA}; very often connected
with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. or fut.
MBh. &c.; the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [{itas tAvat}, `" just come hither "'; {mA tAvat},
`" by no means, God forbid! "'] S'ak. Mâlav. Vikr. Prab.; sometimes {arhasi} with the inf. is used
instead R. i f.); (with {na} or {a-}) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by {yAvat}, `" while "' Kathâs. xxvi,
23; {tAvan na-api na}, `" not only not-but also not "' Kâd.); very well, all right Hcar.; indeed, truly
(e.g. {dRDhas tAvad bandhaH}, `" the knot is tight I must admit "' Hit.; {gatA tAvat}, `" she is
indeed gone "' Kathâs. xviii, 241) R. &c.; already (opposed to `" how much more "' or `" how much
less "') R. iv f. S'ak.; really (= {eva}, sometimes connected with this particle e.g. {vikrayas tAvad
eva saH}, `" it is really a sale "') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c.; ({tA}) instr. ind. to that extent
RPrât. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii; in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Das'. Kathâs. x, 24 Bharath.;
({ti}), loc ind. so far S'Br. viii, 6, 2, 8; so long, in that time TS. ii, 4; [cf. Lat. {tantus}.]
taavaan.h = similarly
taavanta: so much
taM = him
taD * = cl, 10. {tADayati} (perf. {-DayAmAsa} Kathâs., twice {tatADa} BhP. vi f.; Pass. {tADyate})
to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yâjñ. i MBh. &c.;
to strike a musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mriicch. v Kum. &c.; (in astron.) to obscure or
eclipse partially VarBriS. xxiv, 34; `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 126.
ta4d * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. {ta4} from which latter all the cases of
this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. {sa4s} or {sa4} & f. {sA4}; instr. pl. {tai4s} AV. &c.; Ved.
{te4bhis} RV. AV. &c.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of {ya4} generally standing in
the preceding clause e.g. {yasya buddhiH sa balavAn}, `" of whom there is intellect he is strong "';
sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with
other demonstratives and with relatives e.g. {so 'ham}, `" I that very person, I myself "' [{tasya} =
{mama} Nal. xv, 10]; {tAv imau}, `" those very two "'; {tad etad AkhyAnam}, `" that very tale "'
AitBr. vii, 18; {yat tat kAraNam}, `" that very reason which "' Mn. i, 11; {yA sA zrI}, `" that very
fortune which "' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c.; ({tad}) n. this world (cf. {idam}) R. vi, 102, 25; = Brahma
see {tat-tva}; ({ta4d}) ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of {ya4tra} or
{ya4tas}) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 S'Br. i, x, xiv ChUp.; then, at that time, in that case (correlative of
{yadA4}, {ya4d} AV.; of {ya4tra} S'Br. xiv; of {yadi} Nal. Bhag. &c.; of {ce7d} S'ak. &c.) RV. iv, 28,
1 AV. &c.; thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii S'Br. AitBr.; ({tad etau zlokau
bhavataH}, `" with reference to that there are these two verses "') Pras'nUp.; on that account, for
that reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of {yatas}, {yad}, {yena}, `" because "'
Das'. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c.; now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv S'Br.
AitBr.; so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv
tad tad * = this and that, various, different (e.g. {taM taM dezaM jagAma}, `" he went to this and
that place "'; {tAsu tAsu yoniSu}, `" in different or various birth-places "' Mn. xii, 74); respective
BriNârP. xiii, 88; {tenaiva tenaiva pathA}, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28
tadanantaraM = thereafter
tadaa = then
taD.h = to hit
tad.h = he/she/it
taDit * = ind. = %{-Di4tas} RV. i, 94, 7 (%{talit}) ; f. stroke (%{vadha-karman} Naigh. ii, 19) "',
lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Sus3r. &c. (ifc. %{-Dita} Vet. Introd. 20).
taijana* = mfn. coming from the plant {tejanI} Kâthh. xxi, 10 (ÂpS'r. xvii, 14).
taijasa * = mf({I})n. originating from or consisting of light ({te4jas}), bright, brilliant S'Br. xiv
MândUp. MBh. &c.; consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic Âs'vGri. Gaut. Mn.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; said of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Sus'r. i, 14; passionate
Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Veda7ntas. Sus'r. BhP.; n. metal L.; vigour W.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 7035; ix,
2723; ({I}) f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr.; long pepper Gal.; {-sA7vartanI}, {-tinI} f. a crucible L.
taiH = by them
taila = oil
takshaka* = m. (Pân. 8-2, 29 Kâs'.) `" a cutter "' see {kASTha-}, {vRkSa-}; a carpenter L.;
Vis'vakarman L.; the Sûtra-dhâra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch.; N. of a tree L.; of a
Nâga prince (cf. {-kSa}) AV. viii, 10, 29 TândyaBr. xxv, 15 S'ânkhGri. iv, 18, 1 Kaus'. MBh. &c.; of a
son of Prasena-jit BhP. ix, 12, 8; see also {-kSa}.
tala = Bottom
tam.h = him
tama = Anger * = 1 m. (Pân. 7-3, 34 Kâs'.) = {tamas} (`" the ascending node "' VarBri. [?] Jyot.) L.
Sch.; (= {-mAla}) Xanthochymus pictorius L.; = {-makA} L.; n. (= {-mas}) darkness L.; the point
of the foot L.; ({A}) f. night L.; Xanthochymus pictorius L.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 47) night
S'is'. ix, 23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45.
tama* = 2 an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives ({ka4Nva-},
&c.) Sus'r. i, 20, 11; mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs
and (in later language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning; ind. in a high degree, much Naish.
viii.
tamana* = n. the becoming breathless S'ânkhS'r. ii, 7, 7; iv KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 13; cf. {nAga-tamanI}.
tamas* = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived
of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell
Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed
to Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance,
illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one
of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance,
illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf.
RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of
S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat.
{temere} &c.]
tamasa* = mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22; m. darkness Un. Sch. a well Un. vri.; n. ifc. for
{-mas}, `" darkness "' see {andha-}, {-dhA-}, {ava-}, {vi-}, {saM-}; a city Un. vri.; ({A}) f. N. of a
river (falling into the Ganges below Pratishthhâna) MBh. iii, 14231; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if.; iv,
40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16.
tamas.h = darkness
tamas * = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into darkness, `" deprived
of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell
Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed
to Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental darkness, ignorance,
illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of {a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one
of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance,
illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see {guNa} and cf.
RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of
S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat.
{temere} &c.]
tamasaH = to darkness
tamisra * = m. = %{-pakSa} W.; n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gi1t.
xi, 12; a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45; anger L.; (%{A}) f. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 114) a dark night
RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Ra1gh. &c.; cf. %{su-}; %{tAmisra}
tana = Body
tanayaa = daughter
tanno = he to us
tanmaatra = the five potentials or senses* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika}
BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that, only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or
subtle element (5 in number, viz. {zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the
5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii
Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA} f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33
ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.
tantuvaayaH = (m) spinner (one who spins cloth, not the bowler :)
tantra = treatises on ritual, meditation, discipline, etc* = n. (Pân. 7-2, 9 Kâs'.) a loom, v, 2, 70; the
warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TândyaBr. x, 5 S'Br. xiv Kaus'. MBh. i, 806 and 809; the
leading or principal or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system,
framework S'Br. xii TândyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lâthy. KâtyS'r. &c. (e.g. {kulasya t-}, `" the principal
action in keeping up a family i.e. propagation "' MBh. xiii, 48, 6; ifc. `" depending on "' cf.
{Atma-}, {sva-}, {para-}, &c.); doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp.
the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBriS. i, 9; Parâs'ara's work on astron., ii, 3; vii, 8) MBh.
&c. (cf. {SaSTi-} &c.); a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the
form of dialogues between S'iva and Durgâ and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the
destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6
superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [436,2]; cf.
RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBriS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Das'. Kathâs. xxiii, 63 Sarvad.; a spell
HYog. i, 5 Vcar.; oath or ordeal L.; N. of a Sâman (also called `" that of Virûpa "') ÂrshBr.; an
army (cf. {-trin}) BhP. x, 54, 15; ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bâlar. ii f. vi; = {rAjya-t-},
government Das'. xiii S'is'. ii, 88; ({para t-}, `" the highest authority "') Subh.; a means which
leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31; a drug (esp. one of specific faculties),
chief remedy cf. {-trA7vApa}; = {paricchada} L.; = {anta} L.; wealth L.; a house L.; happiness W.;
({eNa}) instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KâtyS'r. xvi, xx; ({A}) f. for {-ndrA} Sus'r.; ({Is}
cf. Pân. 5-4, 159 Kâs'.; {I} L.) f. = {-ntI} Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (v.l. for {-ntI}; see also
{vatsatantrI}); the wire or string of a lute S'ânkhS'r. xvii Lâthy. iv, 1, 2 Kaus'. &c. ({-tri} R. vi, 28,
26); (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (v.l.); any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein
Pân. 5-4, 159; the plant {-trikA} L.; a girl with peculiar qualities L.; N. of a river L.; cf. {ku-tantrI}.
tantraya * = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak.
v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi,
26.
tantrataa* = f. the state of anything that serves as a {tantra} Âs'vS'r. xi, 1; comprehending several
rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W.
tantravaaya* = m. (= {-ntu-v-}) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15; a spider L.; m. n. weaving L.
tantraya* = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21; to provide for (acc.) S'ak.
v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi,
26.
tantraayin* = mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12.
tantraka* = mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pân. 5-2, 70; ifc. for {-tra}, doctrine
see {paJca-}; ({ikA}) f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7; noise in the ears S'ârngS. vii, 142; cf.
{apa-}.
tantrakaara* = m. the author of any scientific treatise Mâlav. i, 8/9 Das'. xiii, 87.
tantravaarttika* = n. = {mImAnsA-t-}.
tantraavaapa* = n. sg. `" attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country "'
[Das'. xiii, 92], and `" drugs and their preparation "' S'is'. ii, 88.
tantu * = m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c.; a cobweb
W.; a succession of sacrificial performances BhP.; any one propagating his family in regular
succession Ka1tyS3r. iii A1p. TUp. MBh. (cf. %{kula-}) &c.; a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17; any
continuity (as of thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Ma1lati1m.; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; = %{-nAga}
L.; (g. %{gargA7di}) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1; cf. %{kASTha-}, %{vara-}, %{sapta4-}.
tanu = body
tanuuM = body
tanuuja = son
tanutra* = n. `" body-guard "', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Sus'r. BhP. Tantr.; {-vat} mfn. having
armour R. vi.
tanutvac* = m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78; the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66; Cassiâ Senna Npr.
tanutyaj* = mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8; = {-nU-t-} Âp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mâlav. v,
11/12 BhP.
tanUtyaj* = mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14).
tanvi = woman
taNDula * = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. S'Br.
AitBr. &c.; rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBriS.; = {-lIka} L.; m. = {-lu} L.; ({A}), f.id. L.; ({I})
f. a kind of gourd L.; = {-lIka} L.; the plant {yava-tiktA} L.
tanmaatra* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that,
only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz.
{zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser
elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA}
f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya
phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.
tap*= (cf. 1. %{pat}) cl. 4. A1. %{-pyate}, to rule Dha1tup. xxvi, 50.\\2 cl. 1. %{ta4pati} (rarely A1. ;
Subj. %{-pAti} RV. v, 79, 9 ; p. %{ta4pat} RV. &c. ; cl. 4. p. %{ta4pyat} VS. xxxix, 12 ; pf. 1. sg.
%{tata4pa} RV. vii, 104, 15 ; 3. sg. %{-tA4pa}, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c. ; p. %{tepAna4} RV. ; fut.
%{tapsya4ti} Br. &c.: %{-te} & %{tapiSyati} MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV.
&c. ; to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib. ; to consume or destroy by heat ib. ; to suffer pain
MBh. viii, 1794 Gi1t. vii, 31 ; (with %{pazcAt}) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15 ; to torment one's self,
undergo self-mortification, practise austerity (%{tapas}) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c. ; to cause
pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 S3Br. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. A1. %{tapya4te} (xiv ;
or %{ta4py-} TBr. ii ; p. %{-pya4mAna} AV. ; %{ta4py-}, xix, 56, 5 ; cf. %{a4-} ; aor. %{atApi} RV.
vii, 70, 2 ; %{atapta} Pa1n2. 3-1, 65 Ka1s3. ; pf. %{tepe} MBh. &c. ; p. %{-pAna4} S3Br. ; also P.
%{tapyati}, %{-pyet}, %{atapyat}, &c. MBh. R. Katha1s. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot
RV. &c. ; to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad. ; to suffer or feel pain RV. x, 34, 10 and
95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 S3Br. xiv MBh. &c. ; to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity (%{tapas})
AV. S3Br. TBr. Shad2vBr. S3a1n3khS3r. &c.: Caus. %{tApayati}, %{-te} (p. %{-pa4yat} AV. ; Pass.
%{-pyate} MBh. &c. ; aor. %{atItape} & [Subj.] %{tata4pate} RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ;
viii, 72, 4 Kaus3. MBh. &c. ; to consume by heat R. &c. ; to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix,
28, 2 MBh. &c. ; to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. %{tAtapyamAna}) to
feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [cf. Lat. {tepeo} &c.]\\3 mfn. `"
warming one's self. "' see %{agni-ta4p}.
tapa = to burn, shine, suffer * `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `" causing pain or trouble,
distressing "' see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-})
Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6; the hot season S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf.
{mahA-} and {su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh.
iii, 14392; Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the
Bodhi-vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.
tapaH = penance
tapantaM = heating
tapa * = mfn. ifc. `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `" causing pain or trouble, distressing "'
see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-}) Pañcat. ii, 3,
5/6; the hot season S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf. {mahA-} and
{su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392;
Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-
vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.
tapas * = warmth, heat ({paJca tapAMsi}, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot
season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP.
iv BrahmaP.; cf. Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SânkhS'r.; pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7; religious
austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. `" sacred
learning "' with Brâhmans, `" protection of subjects "' with Kshatriyas, `" giving alms to
Brâhmans "' with Vais'yas, `" service "' with S'ûdras, and `" feeding upon herbs and roots "' with
Riishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2; x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, `" father of Manyu "' RAnukr.)
AV. &c.; (m. L.) N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i S'Br.iv Sus'r. Pân.
4-4, 128 Vârtt. 2 Pat. S'is'. vi, 63; the hot season L. Sch.; = {-po-loka} Veda7ntas. 120; the 9th
lunar mansion ({dharma}) VarBri. i, 19; ix, 1 and 4; N. of a Kalpa period, VâvuP. i, 21, 27.
tapasi = in penance
taptaM = executed
tapya* = mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bâdar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. ({-tva} n. abstr.); performing austerity (=
{sattva-maya} Sch.; said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10381.
tara * =1 an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. {vRtra-ta4ra}) of
substantives Sus'r. i, 20, 11; ({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs (see {ati-tarA4m} &c.)
and (in later language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratna7v. iii, 9 Kathâs.), intensifying their
meaning; ind. with {na}, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43.
tara = crossing over ta4ra * =2 mfn. ( {tRR}; g. {pacA7di}) carrying across or beyond, saving (?,
said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10380; ifc. passing over or beyond W.; `" surpassing, conquering "' see
{zoka-tara4} cf. {rathaMtara4}; excelling, w.; m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12; viii, 96, 1 Mn.
viii, 404 and 407 Yâjñ. (ifc.) MBh. xii; ({a-} mfn. `" impassable "') Bhathth. vii, 55 (cf. {dus-}); `"
excelling, conquering "' see {duS-Ta4ra}, {su-ta4ra}, {dus-}; = {-paNya} Mn. viii, 406; a raft W.; a
road L.; N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4;
fire W.; N. of a man Râjat. vii, 809; ({I}; also {Is} L.) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 48), a boat, ship (cf.
{-ri}) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv S'is'. iii, 76 (cf. {nis-tarIka}); a clothes-basket (also {-ri}) L.; the hem
of a garment (also {-ri}) L.; = {-raNi-peTaka} L.; a club L.; for {starI} (smoke) W.
taraNe = in crossing
taranti = overcome
tarhi * = ind. (fr. {ta4d-hi4}; see {tarvan} Pân. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in
that case (correlative of {ya4d} [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], {yadA4} [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], {ya4rhi} [TS. i
AitBr. i, 27], {ya4tra} [S'Br. ii BhP. v], {yadi} [S'ak. v.l. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.], {ced} [Prab. Sâh.];
often connected with an Impv. [S'ak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. [Pat. Kâs'. Siddh. Sâh.])
RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.); cf. {eta4r-}, {ka4r-}.
tarjana * = n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c.; (ifc.) frightening MBh.
iii, 12569; derision W.; putting to shame, surpassing W.; anger W.; ({A}) f. scolding Sâh.; ({I}) f.
`" threatening finger "', the fore-finger Kathâs. xvii, 88 KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {-nikA} Hcat. ii, 1.
tarka* = m. conjecture MBh. &c.; reasoning, speculation, inquiry KathhUp. ii, 9 PârGri. ii, 6, 5
Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c.; doubt W.; system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning,
philosophical system (esp. the Nyâya system, but applicable also to any of the six Dars'ana q.v.)
BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caran. Madhus.; the number 6 Sûryas. xii, 87; logic, confutation (esp. that
kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus.; wish, desire
L.; supplying an ellipsis L.; cause, motive L.; n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7; ({A}) f.
reasoning, inquiry (`" = {kAGkSA} "' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892; cf. {a-}, {ku-}, {dus-}, {rUpa-}.
ta4rpaNa * =mf({I})n. id. Sus'r. (cf. {ghrANa-}); (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18; 16, 3; n.
satiety MBh. xiv, 673; satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. {RSi-}, {pitR-}]
by presenting to them libations of water; a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra
Sarvad.; cf. RTL. p. 394 and 409) PârGri. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yâjñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c.; gladdening
(ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27; refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pân. 2-3, 14 Kâs'.
Hcat. (ifc. f. {A}); fuel L.; (satiating i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Sus'r.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant L.
tarpara * =m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. {kapilakA7di} (Ganar. 446).
taru = Tree
taruNau = (two)youngsters
tarutalavaasaM = living under the trees
taruu = Tree
tarkeNa = (masc.instr.Sing.)logic
tarjanii = Finger
tas * =1 cl. 4. {-syati}, to fade away, perish Dhâtup. xxvi, 103; (cf. {taMs}) to cast upwards (or `" to
throw down "') ib. (Vop.); to throw Pân. 3-4, 61 Kâs'. 2.
tashtha * =mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV.
AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tasara * =(m. L.) n. ( {taMs}?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 (`" the cloth in the loom "' TBr.
Sch.)
taskara * =m. (for {tat-k-} Nir. iii, 14 VPrât. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Hariv. 5180 Kâm. iv, 53; cf. {a-taskara4}; ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathâs. ci, 140] Ganar.
114); Trigonella corniculata Sus'r. iv, 37, 15; Vanguiera spinosa L.; Ardisia humilis (?) L.; the ear
(derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBriS. xi, 20; ({I}) f. a passionate woman
L.; a kind of Mimosa Npr.
tasthau = stood
tashtha * mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV.
AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tasmaat.h = hence* = ind. (abl. of 2. {ta4}) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of
{ya4d}, {yasmAt}) AV. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c.
tasmin.h = in that
tasya = its
tasyaaM = in that
tasyaisha = tasya + esha(H):His + this
tat* =1 for {ta4d}. see col. 3. \\2 I. {tata4}. see {tan} \\ mfn. ifc. see {parI-}; cf. {purI-ta4t}.
taat* = ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4}
Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tata * = 2 m. (cf. {tAta}) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to {nanA4},
mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f.; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like {tAta}] also term of affection
addressed to a son AitBr.v, 14, 3; vii, 14, 8).
tata 4 = 2 mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c.; spreading over,
extending to W.; covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 S'is'. ix, 23; protracted
W.; bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25; iv, 5, 1; spreading, wide L.; composed (a tale), i, 2455; performed
(a ceremony) RV. &c.; m. wind L.; n. any stringed instrument L.; a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables.
taa4t * ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16; obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4}
Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tataM = pervaded
tataH = Then
tat.h = that
tath * = cl. 1. P. {-Tati}, to rumble ShadvBr. v, 7; (derived fr. {taTa}) to be raised Dhâtup.ix, 21:
Caus. {tATayati} v.l. for {tADay-}, to strike, xxxii, 43.
tathaa V*: also, so, thus as well, similarly6, then, as also, as far as, in that way, true to that, at that
time, too
tatha * = m. (exceptionally n. Das'ar. ii. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has
(as it were) sloping, sides (cf. {zroNi-}, {stana-}, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381)
Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. î Bhartri.); ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 49) id. Gît. Prab. Sâh.; cf. {a-}, {ut-};
{pura-taTI}.
tattva = an element, the twenty-four categories of thatness * = n. true or real state, truth, reality
S'vetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c.; (in phil.) a true principle (in Sânkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. {a-vyakta},
{buddhi}, {ahaM-kAra}, the 5 Tan-mâtras, the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas, the 11 organs including {manas},
and, lastly, {puruSa}, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas.; 24 in number MBh.
xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.); 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff.; for other numbers cf. xi, 22, 1 ff.
RâmatUp.; with Mâhes'varas and Loka7yatikas only 5 [viz. the 5 elements] are admitted Prab. ii,
18/19; with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f.; in Veda7nta phil. {tattva} is
regarded as made up of {tad} and {tvam}, `" that [art] thou "', and called {mahA-vAkya}, the great
word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma [{tad}] is expressed);
the, number 25 Sûryas. ii; the number 24 DevibhP. S'Br. vii, 3, 1, 43 Sây.; an element or
elementary property W.; the essence or substance of anything W. [433, 1]; the being that Jaim. i,
3, 24 Sch.; = {tata-tva} L.; N. of a musical instrument L.; ({ena}) instr. ind. according to the true
state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R.; {-kaumudI} f. `"
Tattva-moonlight "'N. of a Comm. on Sânkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20; {-candra} m. `" truthmoon "'N.
of a Comm. on Prakriyâ-kaumudî; `" Tattva-moon "'N. of a Comm. on {-kaumudI}; {-cintAmaNi}
m. N. of a philos. work by Gange7s'a; of another work Nirnayas. iii; {-jJa} mfn. ifc. knowing the
truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. ({a-} neg., xii, 6623) R.
&c.; m. a Brâhman Npr.; {-jJAna} n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the
true principles of phil. Sarvad.; {-jJAnin} mfn. = {-jJa} W.; {-taraMgiNI} f. `" truth-river "'N. of
wk. by Dharmasâgara; {-tas} ind.= {-ttvena} MundUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA} f. truth, reality
W.; {-tyaj} mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19; {-trayamaya} mfn. consisting of the 3
realities Hcat. i, 11, 893; {-darza} m. (= {-dRz}) N. of a Riishi under Manu Deva-sâvarni BhP. viii,
13, 32; {-darzin} mfn. = {-dRz} MBh. iii, 1149 Râmag.; m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv.
433; of a Brâhman, 1265; {-dIpana} n. `" Tattva-light "'N. of wk.; {-dRz} mfn. perceiving truth
Veda7ntas.; {-nikaSa-grAvan} m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12; {-nizcaya} m. `"
ascertainment of truth "', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94; {-niSThatA} f. veracity Hemac.;
{-nyAsa} m. `" application of true principles "'N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishnu (application
of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr.; {-prakAza} m. `"
light of true principles "'N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii; {-prabodha-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk. by
Haribhadra II (A.D. 1.200); {-bindu} m. `" truthdrop "'N. of a philos. treatise; {-bodha} m.
knowledge or understanding of truth, xii, 46; N. of wk. Tantras. ii; {-bodhinI} f. `" teaching true
principles "'N. of a Comm. on Sankshepa-s'ârîraka; of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñâne7ndra-
sarasvatî; truth-teaching cf. RTL. p. 492 and 509; {-bhava} m. true being or nature KathhUp. vi
S'vetUp. i; {-bhUta} mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290; {-muktA7vali} f. `" necklace of truth "'N. of wk.
Sarvad. iv, 110; cf. RTL. p. 123; {-vat} mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii,
11480; {-vAda-rahasya} n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110; {-vid} mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.)
Bhag. iii, 28; {-vivitsA} f. desire of knowing the truth W.; {-viveka} m. the sifting of established
truth; N. of wk. on astron. (also {siddhA7nta-t-}); of another work Sarvad. v, 6; {-ka-dIpana} n. `"
light of truth-investigation "'N. of a philos. work; {-zambara} n. N. of a Tantra Ânand. 31 Sch.;
({-raka}, Âryav.); {-zuddhi} f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathâs. lxxv, 194;
{-saMgraha} m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88; {-satya-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddh. work by Gunaprabha;
{-samAsa} m. `" Tattva-compendium "'N. of Kapila's Sânkhya-sûtras Tattvas.; {-sAgara} m. `"
truth-ocean "'N. of wk. Smriitit. xi Nirnayas. i, 318; {-sAra} m. `" truth-essence "'N. of wk.
S'âkta7n. ii; {-vA7khyAno7pamA} f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kâvya7d. ii, 36;
{-vA7dhigata} mfn. learnt thoroughly Sus'r.; {-vA7pahnava-rUpaka} n. a metaphor denying a
truth (as that two eyes are not eyes but bees) Kâvya7d. ii, 95; {-vA7bhiyoga} m. a positive charge
or declaration Yâjñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff.; {-vA7rtha} m. the truth Sarvad. iii; {-tha-kaumudI} f. `" truth-
light "'N. of a Comm. on Prâyas'c. by (Govinda7nanda; {-tha-vid} mfn. knowing the exact truth or
meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3; (see {veda-}); {-tha-sUtra} n. N. of a Jaina work by Umâ-svâti
Sarvad. iii, 103; {-vA7vabodha} m. perception of truth W.
tattvaM = truth/nature
tattvataH = in reality
tattvena = in reality
tatparaM = afterwards
tatra = there* = (also {-trA} RV.) ind. ({ta4-tra}, correlative of {ya4-tra}; g. {cA7di}, not in Kâs'.)
used for the loc. (sg. du. and pl.) of {ta4d} (q.v. Pân. 5-3, 10; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c.; in that
place, there (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 46) RV. &c.; thither, to that place ib.; in that, therein, in that case,
on that occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of {ya4d} [vi, 57, 4
AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], {yadA} [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], {yadi} [Mn. viii f. Cân. Hit.], or {ced} [Mn. viii,
295; ix, 205]; {tatra mAsa}, `" that month "' i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathâs. xviii,
208)
tatra tatra* = used for double loc. of {ta4d} Nal. v, 8; in that and that place, here and there,
everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP.; to every place MBh.
tathaiva = similarly
tau = they
tava = Yours
tavaM = you
tayaa = by her
tayoH = of them
thasat * = ind. (onomat.) an interjection imitating the sound of bursting Kathâs. vc, 78; ({-sad-
iti}) cvi, 181.
tigma * = mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii S'ânkhGri. &c.;
pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c.; violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib.; m. Indra's
thunderbolt W.; = {-gmA7tman} VP. iv, 21, 3; pl. N. of the S'ûdras in Krauñca-dvîpa, ii, 4, 53 (v.l.
{tiSya}); n. pungency L.
tiira = (neut) edge, bank \\ * = 1 m. tin (cf. %{tIvra}) L.; n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. $) Pan5cad.
ii, 76; (%{I}) f. id. L.\\2 n. ( %{tRR} Siddh.pum2l. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh.
R. Ragh.; ifc., for d\\mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying
across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)
tiirtha * = n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a
river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c.;
the path to the altar between the, Câtvâla and Utkara ShadvBr. iii, 1 Âs'vS'r. iv, ix S'ânkhS'r.
Lâthy. KâtyS'r.; a channel, iv, 8, Paddh.; the usual or right way or manner TS. S'Br. xiv, ({a4-}, xi)
KâtyS'r. MBh. iv, 1411; the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c.; advice, instruction,
counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mâlav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii, 3; certain lines or parts of the hand
sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yâjñ. &c.; an object of veneration, sacred object BhP.; a worthy person
Âp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c.; a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MânGri. i, 7; N. of certain
counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii S'is'. xiv [449, 2];
one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by S'ankara7cârya (its members add the word {tIrtha} to
their names); a brâhman Un. vri.; = {darzana} L.; = {yoga} L.; the vulva L.; a womañs courses L.;
fire Un. vri.; = {nidAna} ib
tiivra * = mf({A})n. (fr. {tiv-ra}, {tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive,
ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c.; m. sharpness, pungency Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 3. Pat.;
for {-vara} (?) g. {rAjanyA7di}; S'iva; n. pungency W.; a shore (for 2. {tIra} ?) Un. k.; tin (cf. 1.
{tIra}) ib.; steel L.; iron L.; ({am}) ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W.; ({A}) f.
Helleborus niger L.; black mustard L.; basil L.; {gaNDa-dUrvA} L.; {taradI} L.; {mahA-
jyotiSmatI} L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; of a Mûrchanâ; of the river Padmavatî (in the east of
Bengal) L.
tiikshNa = pungent
tilaka * = m. (g. %{sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a
freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBr2S. l, 9; lii, 10 Katha1s.; a kind of skin-eruption L.;
(in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampana1 Ra1jat. viii, 577 ff; m.
(n. Pan5cad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or
unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Ya1jn5. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f.
%{A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pan5cat. i, 1, 92 Katha1s. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}
Ra1jat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.; black sochal salt L.; alliteration Ra1jat.; a metre of 4 x 6
syllables; = %{tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Ka1lanirn2. Introd. 12; (%{A}) f. a kind of
necklace L.; cf. %{eNa-}, %{kha-}, %{vasanta-}; %{Urdhva-tilakin}.
tittibha = a firefly
timira = darkness
tira * = mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying across,
furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)
tiraskaara* = m. placing aside, concealment W.; abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26; iv; disdain Pân. 2-
3, 17 Kâs'. Kathâs.xxxii, 55 SârngP.; a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49.
tiryakkAram* = ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done
Pân. 3-4, 60; cf. {tIraya}.
tiryakkSipta* = mfn. placed obliquely L.; said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is
forced outwards) Sus'r. ii, 15, 2 f.
tiryaksrotas* = mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19
Sch.; m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MârkP. vlii NarasP. iii, 25.
tishhThantaM = residing
tishhThanti = dwell
tishhThasi = remain
tishya* = m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kriis'ânu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of
the new order RV. v, 54, 13; x, 64, 8 TS. ({-Sya4}) &c.; the month Pausha L.; Terminalia
tomentosa L.; = {-SyA} L.; (Pân. 4-3, 34; i, 2, 63 Kâs'.) `" born under the asterism TñTerminalia
"', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf. {upa-}); n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019;
mfn. auspicious, fortunate W.; ({A}) f. Emblic Myrobalan L.
tiras * = through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36; across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5; so as to
pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. ({-ra4s citta4ni}, `" without the knowledge "', vii,
59, 8; {-ro4 va4zam}, `" against the will "', x, 171, 4); apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39
S'Br. i, iii; obliquely, transversely MârkP. xvii, 3; apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii S'Br.; [cf.
Zd. {taro1}; Lat. {trans}; Goth. {thairh}; Germ. {durch}; Hib. {tar}, {tair}.]
te = they
tejaH = prowess
tejas.h = brilliance
tejas * = n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare,
splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c.; clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c.; the bright
appearance of the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Sus'r. i, 15 [454, 3]; the heating and
strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26; the bile L.; fiery energy,
ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c.; semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. S'ak.; marrow L.;
the brain W.; gold L.; (opposed to {kSamA}) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii
VarBri. Sâh. iii, 50 and 54 Das'ar. ii, 3; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {rajas} (passion); spiritual or moral or
magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c.; a venerable or dignified
person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii S'ak. vii, 15; fresh butter L.; a mystical N. of the letter
$ RâmatUp. i, 23; ({ase}) dat. inf. {tij} q.v.; cf. {a-}, {agni-}, {ugra-} &c.
tejobhiH = by effulgence
tejoraashiM = effulgence
tenaiva = in that
teshaaM = their
teshhaaM = their
teshhu = on them
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i, 32.
thu* = Meaning m. gold L.; one who changes his shape at will W.; love, god of love W.
tilaka* m. (g. {sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c.; a
freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBriS. l, 9; lii, 10 Kathâs.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in
music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampanâ Râjat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n.
Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents,
either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yâjñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. {A}, iii) &c.;
the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathâs. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Râjat. iii, 375); n. id. L.;
the right lung L.; black sochal salt L.; alliteration Râjat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = {tri-zlokI} L.;
a kind of observance Kâlanirn. Introd. 12; ({A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. {eNa-}, {kha-},
{vasanta-}; {Urdhva-tilakin}.
tilakaya* = Nom. P. to mark with spots HParis'. viii, 210; to mark Bâlar. i, 1; vi, 37; to adorn, i, 1
Viddh. ii, 13.
tilakita* = mfn. (g. {tArakA7di}) marked Bâlar. vi, 55 and 58; adorned Kathâs. xciii, 17 Râjat. ii,
40.
toyaM = water
toka* = n. (fr. 1. {tuc}) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with {ta4naya}; rarely pl. AV. i,
v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kâthh. S'Br. AitBr. Pân. 3-3, 1 Kâr. BhP.; a new-born child; ii, x; m. ifc. the
offspring of an animal (e.g. {aja-}, a young goat), iii, x; cf. {ava-}, {jIvat-} and {sa-tokA}; {tvakS}.
tola = a balance
tokataa: childhood
trai * = cl. 1. Â. {trA4yate} (Impv. {-yatAm}, 2. sg. {-yasva} and {trA4sva} pl. {-yadhvam} and
{trA4dhvam} RV.; ep. {trAti}, {trAtu}, {trAhi}; aor. Subj. {trAsate}, 2. du. {trA4sAthe} Prec.
{trA4sIthAm} RV.; inf. {trAtum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {trAtvA} BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve,
cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.); cf. {pari-}, {saM-}.
trayaM = three
trayaaNaaM = three
trayii = triplet
trayovi.nshati = number 23
traa = to save
traaNa = protection* = mfn. protected Pân. 8-2, 56; n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence,
shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii,
12092; = {trAyamANA4} L.; ({A}) f. id. L.; cf. {aGguli-}, {udara-}, {uras-} &c.
traayate = releases
traayetaaM = (may the two) protect, save (us).(for one persons the verb is
tretaa* = f. (fr. {traya4}) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759; the 3 sacred fires (= {agni-}), v, 1559
Hariv. 1410; trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv
Mriicch. ii, 9; `" age of triads "', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MundUp. S'ânkhS'r. Mn. &c.
tri: three, *= m. {tra4yas} f. nom. acc. {tisra4s} n. {trI4Ni} [{trI4} RV. S'Br. xi], 3 RV. &c.
({tribhi4s} & {tisR4bhis}, &c. RV.; only once {tri4bhis} [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, cf.
Pân. 6-1, 177 and 180 f.; gen. {trINA4m} [RV. x, 185, 1; cf. Pân. 7-1, 53 Kâs'.] and {tisRRNA4m}
[RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. {-ya4}] {trayANAm} [AitBr. Mn.] and {tisRNA4m} [RV. v,
69, 2 against metre; cf. Pân. 6-4, 4 f.]; ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kâs'.) [458, 1]; [cf. $, Lat. {tres}; Goth.
{threis}; &c.]
tribhiH = three
tridas'a* = mf({A})n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445; m. pl. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 25; v, 4, 73; vi, 3, 48 Kâs'.
and {dvi-d-}) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Âdityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and
2 As'vins; cf. RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c.; du. the As'vins, iii, 10345; mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21; n.
heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 ({tri-diva}, B); {-guru} m. `" thirty-god-preceptor "', Briihaspati (regent of
Jupiter) VarBriS. VarBri.; {-gopa} m. = {indra-g-}, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42; {-gopaka} m. id. Npr.;
{-tA} f. divine nature Bâlar.; {-tva} n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30; {-dIrghikA} f. `" heavenly lake "', Gangâ
L.; {-nadI} f. `" heavenly river "', Gangâ W.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the gods "', Indra Mriicch.
Ratna7v. iv, 11 VP. v, 18; {-puMgava} m. `" god-chief "', Vishnu R. i, 14, 42; {-pratipakSa} m. =
{-zA7ri}; {-maJjarI} f. `" heavenly plant "', the Tulasî L.; {-vadhU} f. `" wife of the gods "', an
Apsaras W.; {-vanitA} f. id. Megh.; {-zaila} m. `" heavenly mountain "', the Kailâsa Kathâs. cxiv;
{-zreSTha} mfn. best of gods (Brahmâ, Agni) R. vi, 102 f.; {-sarSapa} m. = {deva-s-} Npr.;
{-zA7Gkuza} m. `" divine goad "', a thunderbolt L.; {-zA7GganA} f. = {-za-vadhU} Bhakta7m. 15;
{-zA7cArya} m. = {-za-guru} L.; {-zA7dhipa} m. a lord of the gods, 28; {-zA7dhipati} m. S'iva;
{-zA7yana} mfn. `" resort of the gods "', Nârâyana Hariv.; {-zA7yudha} n. `" divine weapon "', the
rainbow Ragh. ix, 54; the thunderbolt L.; {-zA7ri} m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78;
{-zA7laya} m. `" abode of the gods "', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet.; the mountain Su-meru L.; a
heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725; {-zA7vAsa} m. = {-zA7laya}, heaven L.; {-zA7hAra} m. `"
divine food "', nectar L.; {-zI-bhUta} mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102; {-ze7dra} m. `" god-chief
"', Indra Pañcat. i; {-ze7ndra-zatru} m. `" Indra's foe "', Râvana R. vi, 36, 6; {-ze7za} m. =
{-ze7ndra} MBh. iii; {-ze7zadviS} m. = {-zA7ri} MBh.; {-ze7zvara} m. = {-ze7ndra} MBh. R. ii;
S'iva MBh.; pl. Indra, Agni, Varuna, and Yama Nal. iv, 31; ({I}) f. Durgâ DevîP.; N. of a female
attendant of Durgâ W.; {-ze7zvara-dviS} m. = {-ze7ndra-zatru} R. i, 14, 47.
trikoNa = a triangle
trikoNamiti = trigonometry
triiNi = three
triin.h = three
triNa = grass
triNaa = grass
trina * = grass
tripta = satisfied
triptiH = satisfaction
trishhu = in the three
trishNaa = desire* = f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. S'Br. &c.; desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c.;
Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mriityu VP. i, 7, 31; or Mâra
Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedanâ and generating Upa7dâna (Buddh.); cf. {ati-}.
tuula = air
tu = but * = Meaning 1 cl. 2. ({tauti} Dhâtup.; fut. 2nd {totA} or {tavitA} Vop.) to have authority,
be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. {tUtAva} cf. Naigh. iv, 1 Pân. 6-1, 7 Kâs'.); to go Dhâtup.; to injure ib.:
Caus. (aor. {tUtot}, 2. sg. {-tos}) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5; vi, 26, 4; cf. {ut-},
{saM-}; {tava4s}, &c., {tIvra4}; [Zd. {tav}, `" to be able "'; Lat. {tumor}, {tueri}, {totus}.]
tu4 * = Meaning 2 (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse; metrically also {tU4} RV.;
cf. Pân. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. {dum} used (esp. with the Imper.) RV.; but (also
with {eva4} or {vai4} following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. S'Br. &c.; and Mn. ii, 22; or, i, 68; xi, 202; often
incorrectly written for {nu} MBh. (i, 6151 B and C); sometimes used as a mere expletive
tuda* = mfn. ifc. `" striking "' see {aruM-}, {tilaM-}, {vidhuM-}; m. N. of a man g. {zubhrA7di}; cf.
{ut-}.
tuNDaM = jaws/mouth?
tumulaH = uproarious
tulanaa = comparison
tula * = m. (for {-lA}) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBri. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55).
tulaa = (f) balance, weighing scales * f. a balance, weight VS. xxx S'Br. xi Mn. &c. ({-layA dhR} or
{-lAM} with Caus. of {adhiruh}, `" to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare "'; {-lAM} with
Caus. of {adhi-ruh}, `" to risk "' Pañcat. i, 16, 9; {-lAm adhi-} or {A-} or {sam-A-ruh}, `" to be in a
balance "', be equal with [instr.]; the balance as an ordeal Yâjñ. ii Mriicch. ix, 43); equal measure,
equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. ({-lAm i} or {gam} or {A-yA} or {A-lamb} or {dhA}, `" to
resemble any one or anything "' [instr. or in comp.]; {-lAM na bhR}, `" to have no equal "'
Prasannar. i, 37; {-lAM} with Pass. of {nI}, `" to become equal to "' [gen.]); = {-la} Pañcat. i, 14, 14
VarBri. &c.; N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBriS. Sus'r. Ashtha7ng. S'ârngS. i, 31; a
kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBriS. liii, 30.
tulasî * = f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishnavas; commonly Tulsî) BhP. VâyuP. and
PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the
goddess Tulasî, ii, 19.)
tulya = comparable
tulyaH = equal
turya* = mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 51 Vârtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut.; forming a 4th part BhP.; n. the 4th state
of soul (see {-rIya}), vii, 9, 32 Hathhapr. iv, 45 RâmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch.; mfn. being in that state of
soul BhP. vi f.
tush.h = to be satisfied
tushhTaH = satisfied
tushhTiH = satisfaction
tushhNiM = silent
tushthi * = f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sânkhyaphil. Kap.
iii, 39 Sânkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas.; `" Satisfaction "' personified [Hariv. 9498] as daughter of
Daksha and mother of Santosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MârkP. l; or as daughter of
Paurnamâsa VâyuP. i, 28, 8 LingaP.; as a deity sprung from the Kalâs of Prakriiti "' BrahmaP. ii, 1;
as a Mâtriikâ, Bhavadev.; as a S'akti Hcat. i, 5, 197); N. of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15; the
plant {vRddhi} L.
tushthimat * = mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nîl.; m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23.
tushtha * = mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c.; m. N. of a prince VâyuP. ii, 34, 122.
tuuda* = m. the cotton tree L.; = {tUta} ($) Npr.; Thespesia populneoides L.; ({I}) f. N. of a
district Pân. 4-3, 94.
tuula * =n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kâthh. TândyaBr.
ChUp. ({ISIkA-}) Kaus'. Âp. Pân. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.); a pencil DivyA7v. v. xxxvi; = {tUta} L.; air L.;
m. the thorn-apple Npr.; n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. id. L.; a lamp wick L.; ({I}) f. id. L.;
cotton Sânkhyak. 17, Gaudap.; = {-li} Un. Sch.; = {-paTI} Subh. RâmatUp. i, 86 Sch.; the Indigo
plant L.; cf. {a4pa-}, {indra-}, {udak-}, {prAk-}, {bhasma-}, {zaNa-}, {sa-}, {haMsa-},
tuurya * = see {ap-}, {mitra-} &c. \\ 2 n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pân. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f.
{A} KathhUp. Hariv.); cf. {sa-}.\\ 3 mfn. = {tur-}, 4th Râjat. ii, 91; m. N. of a family W.
tuusta * = n. (Pân. 3-1, 21; ifc. g. {cUrNA7di}) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kâs'. Purusho7tt. (Un. iii, 86 Sch.); sin
L.; an atom L.; a braid of hair L.
tvak.h = skin
tvaM = you
tvayaa = by you
tvaramaaNaaH = rushing
tvaraa = hurry
tvaaM = to you
tvaca * =. skin (ifc. see {mukta-}, {mRdu-}) Un. ii, 63 Sch.; cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22
Sus'r.; Cassia bark L.; ({A}) f. skin L.; cf. {guDa-}; {tanu-} and {pRthak-tvacA}.
tyaajya* = mfn. (Pân. 7-3, 66 Vârtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or
removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c.; to be given up Bhag. &c.; to be sacrificed Das'. vii, 211; to be
excepted W.; n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W.
tyaajita* = mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathâs. lxxxvi, 13; made to give up MârkP. lxxxix,
19; deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c.; expelled Pañcad. iii, 60; caused to be
disregarded Ragh. vi, 56.
tyaaga = sacrificing/abandonment* = m. (Pân. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c.;
quitting (a place, {deza-}) Pañcat.; discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBriS. giving up,
resigning, gift, donation, distribution KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3; liberality
Mn. ii, 97 R. &c.; a sage L.; cf. {Atma-}, {tanu-}, {deha-}, {prA7Na-}, {zarIra-}.
tyaagaM = renunciation
tyaagaH = renunciation
tyaagasya = of renunciation
tyaajyaM = to be given up
tyak.h = to sacrifice
tyakta = giving up
tyaktuM = to be renounced
tyaj.h = to leave
tyaja* = n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV.; alienation, aversion, envy (= {krodha} Naigh. ii,
13) RV.; {-ja4s} m. `" offshoot "', a descendant, x, 10, 3.
tyaj* = 1 cl. 1. {-jati} (metrically also {-te}; pf. Ved. {tityA4ja}, Class. {tat-} Pân. 6-1, 36; {tatyaja}
BhP. iii, 4; fut. {tyakSyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâr.; {tyajiSy-} R. ii, vii MârkP.; aor. {atyAhSIt}; inf.
{tyaktum}) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c.; to leave a place, go away from Mn.
vi, 77 MBh. &c.; to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBriS. xvii, 22 Bhathth.; to give up, surrender,
resign, part from, renounce Îs'Up. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. ({tanum} or {deham} or {kalevaram}, `" to
abandon the body, die "' Mn. vi MBh. &c.; {prANAn} or {zvAsam} or {jIvitam}, `" to give up
breath or life, risk or lose one's life "' MBh. R. &c.); P. Â. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self
from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c.; to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a
deity; {tyajate} etymologically = $) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard
S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30; (ind. p. {tyaktvA}) to except VarBriS. Caurap. Sch.;
Pass. {tyajyate}, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. {tyAjayati} (aor.
{atityajat} Bhathth.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288; to cause anyone to give up Kathâs.
lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn out, xx, 126; to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhathth. xv, 120;
to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. {tityakSati}, to be about to lose (one's life,
{prANAn}) Car. v, 10 and 12.
tyaj* = 2 mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W.; giving up, offering BhP. viii Râjat. iv; cf. {tanu-},
{tanU-}, {su-}.
tyajana* = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.; expelling AV. Paipp.
xix, 12, 4.
uh * =cl. 1. P. %{ohati}, %{uvoha}, %{auhIt}, &c., to give pain, hurt, kill L. (cf. 1.
%{Uh}.) [221,1]
uuru * = m. [the f. may be {U} at the end of compounds in comparison Pân. 4-1, 69], (fr. {UrNu}
Un. i, 31) the thigh, shank RV. AV. VS. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. &c.; N. of an Ângirasa and author of a
Vedic hymn; N. of a son of Manu Câkshusha.
ubhaya = both* mf(%{I})n. (only sg. and pl.; according to Hara-datta also du. see Siddh. vol. i, p.
98) both, of both kinds, in both ways, in both manners RV. AV. TS. S3Br. AitA1r. Mn. &c.; (%{I})
f. a kind of bricks S3ulbas.
ubhayaa* = 1 ind. in both ways RV. x, 108, 6.\\2 (in comp. for %{ubhaya} above).
ubhayoH = both
ubhe = both
ubhau = both
ucca* = mfn. (said to be fr. {ca} fr. {aJc} with 1. {ud}), high, lofty, elevated; tall MBh. Kum. S'is'.
Kathâs. &c.; deep Caurap.; high-sounding, loud Bhartri. VarBriS.; pronounced with the Udâtta
accent RPrât. VPrât. &c.; intense, violent R.; m. height MBh.; the apex of the orbit of a planet,
Kâlas. R. &c.; compar. {ucca-tara}, superl. {ucca-tama}; [cf. Hib. {uchdan}, `" a hillock "';
Cambro-Brit. {uched}, `" cleve. "'
uccA* = ind. above (in heaven), from above, upwards RV. AV. xiii, 2, 36.
uchchaara = pronunciation
uchchaiH = up
uchchaiHshravasaM = Uccaihsrava
uchchhoshhaNaM = drying up
uchchhritaM = high
uchyate = is said
uDDaayayati = to fly
ud * = 1 a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank, station,
or power) up, upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying separation and disjunction) out, out
of, from, off, away from, apart. (According to native authorities {ud} may also imply publicity,
pride, indisposition, weakness, helplessness, binding, loosing, existence, acquisition.) {ud} is not
used as a separable adverb or preposition; in those rare cases, in which it appears in the Veda
uncompounded with a verb, the latter has to be supplied from the context (e.g. {u4d u4tsam
zata4dhAram} AV. iii, 24, 4, out (pour) a fountain of a hundred streams). {ud} is sometimes
repeated in the Veda to fill out the verse Pân. 8-1, 6 ({kiM na ud ud u harSase dAtavA u} Kâs'. on
Pân.) [Cf. Zd. {uz}; Hib. {uas} and in composition {os}, {ois} e.g. {os-car}, `" a leap, bound "', &c.
see also {uttama4}, 1. {u4ttara}, &c.] \\or {und} cl. 7. P. {una4tti} (RV. v, 85, 4): cl. 6. P. {undati}
(p. {unda4t} RV. ii, 3, 2: Impv. 3. pl. {undantu} AV. vi, 68, 1; 2) Â. {unda4te} (AV. v, 19, 4;
{undAM cakAra}, {undiSyati} &c. Dhâtup. xxix, 20) to flow or issue out, spring (as water); to wet,
bathe RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri. PârGri. &c.: Caus. (aor. {aundidat} Vop. xviii, 1): Desid.
{undidiSati} Kâs'. on Pân. 6-1, 3; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {unda}; Goth. {vat-o}; Old High Germ.
&57290[183, 1] {waz-ar}; Mod. Eng. {wat-er}; Lith. {wand-û4}.]
ud.hghaaTayati = to open
udaana = the vital air controlling the intake of food and air
udaara = generous
udaaraaH = magnanimous
udara* = n. ( {dRR} Un. v, 19; {R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach, bowels RV. AV.
S'Br. Sus'r. MBh. Kathâs. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of
anything ({udare}, inside, in the interior) Pañcat. S'ak. Ragh. Mriicch. &c.; enlargement of the
abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver, spleen &c.;
eight kinds are enumerated) Sus'r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the thumb) Sus'r. Comm. on
Yâjñ.; slaughter Naish.
udaara4* = mf({A} and {I} [gana {bahv-Adi} Pân. 4-1, 45])n. ( {R}), high, lofty, exalted; great,
best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S'ak. S'is'. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent;
sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic
Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr.; a sort
of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).
udaasiina = neutrals between belligerents * = mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from
affection; inert, inactive; (in law) not involved in a lawsuit MBh. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; m. a stranger,
neutral; one who is neither friend nor foe; a stoic, philosopher, ascetic.
udaasiinavat.h = as neutral
udaaharaNa = example
udaahritaM = exemplified
udaahritaH = is said
udaahritya = indicating
udaya * m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a cloud)
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise)
MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development;
production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result, consequence
MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4, 67 RPrât.
APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune Kathâs. Ragh.
&c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the
orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.; N. of several
men.
udadhi = sea
udaara* = mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high, lofty, exalted;
great, best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle,
munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent; unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5;
active, energetic Sarvad.; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities)
AV. AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an
inanimate object).
udara = bellies * = n. ( %{dRR} Un2. v, 19; %{R} BRD. and T.), the belly, abdomen, stomach,
bowels RV. AV. S3Br. Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s. &c.; the womb MBh. VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the
interior or inside of anything (%{udare}, inside, in the interior) Pan5cat. S3ak. Ragh. Mr2icch.
&c.; enlargement of the abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as
of the liver, spleen &c.; eight kinds are enumerated) Sus3r.; the thick part of anything (e.g. of the
thumb) Sus3r. Comm. on Ya1jn5.; slaughter Naish.
udaya = rise * = m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.), coming up (of a
cloud) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to
rise) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance,
development; production, creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result,
consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent sound Pân. 8-4,
67 RPrât. APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation; success, prosperity, good fortune
Kathâs. Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income; revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar
mansion; the orient sine (i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.;
N. of several men.
udayat.h = rising
udgachchhati = to overflow
udgaara = expression
uddiSTa* = mfn. mentioned, particularized; described; promised; ({am}) n. a kind of time (in
music).
uddeshataH = as examples
uddhara = uplift* = m. (in some senses perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR}), the act of raising, elevating,
lifting up; drawing out, pulling out Gaut. MBh. Comm. on BriÂrUp.; removing, extinction,
payment (of a debt); taking away, deduction; omission Mn. Comm. on Yâjñ.; selection, a part to
be set aside, selected part; exception TS. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. &c.; selecting (a passage), selection,
extract (of a book) Comm. on Kir. x, 10; extraction, deliverance, redemption, extrication MBh.
Prab. &c.; a portion, share; a surplus (given by the Hindû law to the eldest son beyond the shares
of the younger ones) W.; the first part of a patrimony W.; the sixth part of booty taken in war
(which belongs to the prince) W.; a debt (esp. one not bearing interest), KâtyDh.; obligation Das'.;
recovering property; refutation Car. Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({A}) f. the plant Cocculus Cordifolius L.;
({am}) n. a fire-place L.
uddharshaNa* = 1 (for 2. see p. 189, col. 3) mfn. animating, encouraging R.; ({am}) n. the act of
animating or encouraging MBh.
uddharaNa* = n. (in some meanings perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR} q.v.), the act of taking up, raising,
lifting up MBh. S'ârng.; the act of drawing out, taking out, tearing out Mn. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; means
of drawing out Vet.; taking off (clothes) Sus'r.; taking away, removing Vâm.; putting or placing
before, presenting, treatment KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 10; extricating, delivering, rescuing Hit. Ragh. &c.;
taking away (a brand from the Gârhapatya-fire to supply other sacred fires) KâtyS'r.; eradication;
extermination; the act of destroying; vomiting, bringing up; vomited food; final emancipation L.;
m. N. of the father of king S'antanu (the author of a commentary on a portion of the Mârkandeya-
purâna).
uddhAraNa* = n. the act of raising, elevating; drawing out BhP.; the act of giving out or paying
Pañcat. 138, 14 (ed. Kosegarten).
uddharsha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see s.v.) glad, pleased, happy BhP.; m. the flaring upwards (of the fire)
Sây. on AitBr. iii, 4, 5; great joy; a festival (especially a religious one) L.
uddharshaNa* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 188, col. 3) causing joy, gladdening; ({I}) f. a kind of metre;
({am}) n. erection of the hair (through rapture) L.
uddhaaraNa = lifting up
udbhavaM = produced
ud-bhaava * = m. production, generation g. {balA7di} Pân. 5-2, 136; rising (of sounds) Pushpas.
ix, 4, 22.
udbhavaH = generation.
udgrihiita* = mfn. lifted up, taken up, turned up, upraised Megh. &c.
udgrihya* = ind. p. having lifted up; having taken out S'B
udvaapa* = m. the act of throwing out, removing Comm. on Nyâyam.; ejection KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; (in
logic) non-existence of a consequent resulting from the absence of an antecedent W.
udyata = uplifted
udyataaH = trying
udyama = industriousness: * = m. the act of raising or lifting up, elevation R. Yâjñ. Pañcat. &c.;
undertaking, beginning; the act of striving after, exerting one's self, exertion, strenuous and
continued effort, perseverance, diligence, zeal R. Kum. Pañcat. VarBriS. &c.
udyaama =* m. the act of erecting or stretching out S'Br. viii, 5, 1, 13; a rope, cord TS. S'Br.
KâtyS'r.
udyamya = taking up
udyaana = garden
udyogin.h = industrious
udvarta = plentiful
ugraM = terrible
ugraH = terrible
ujjvala = radiant
uktaM = said;
ukta mfn. (p.p. of {vac} q.v.), uttered, said, spoken; m. N. of a divine being (v.l. for {uktha} q.v.)
Hariv.; ({am}) n. word, sentence S'is'. &c.; ({am}, {A}) n. f. a stanza of four lines (with one syllabic
instant or one long or two short syllables in each); [cf. Zd. {ukhta}.]
uktaH = addressed
uktvaa = saying
ulkA * = f. (%{uS} Un2. iii, 42), a fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor, fire falling from heaven
RV. iv, 4, 2; x, 68, 4 AV. xix, 9, 9 MBh. Ya1jn5. Sus3r. &c.; a firebrand, dry grass &c. set on fire, a
torch S3Br. v R. Katha1s. &c.; (in astrol.) one of the eight principal Das3a1s or aspect of planets
indicating the fate of men, Jyotisha (T.); N. of a grammar.
ullaH = to shine
ullasitaM = shining
umaa= pArvatI* = f. (perhaps fr. {ve} BRD.) flax (Linum Usitatissimum) S'Br. vi Kaus'. Pân.;
turmeric (Curcuma Longa) Car.; N. of the daughter of Himavat (wife of the god S'iva; also called
Pârvatî and Durgâ; the name is said to be derived from {u mA}, `" O [child], do not [practise
austerities] "' the exclamation addressed to Pârvatî by her mother) Hariv. 946 S'ivaP. Kum. i, 26
R. Ragh. &c.; N. of several women; splendour, light L.; fame, reputation L.; quiet, tranquillity L.;
night L.
uuma* = m. (Un. i, 143) a helper, friend, companion RV. AV. v, 2, 1; 3 AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.; ({am}) n.
N. of a town or place Comm. on Un. Siddh.
uu4ma* = Uma
unmaatha * = m. the act of shaking Prab.; killing, slaughter L.; a snare, trap MBh.; murderer L.;
N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2532.
unmatta* = mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad AV. vi, 111, 3 AitBr. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; drunk, intoxicated, furious MaitrUp. MBh. S'ak. &c.; m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel
and Fastuosa Sus'r.; Pterospermum Acerifolium L.; N. of a Rakshas R.; of one of the eight forms
of Bhairava.
unmishhan.h = opening
unmiilita = opened
unnayati = to lift
unnidra* = mfn. (fr. %{nidrA} with %{ud}), sleepless, awake S3ak. 137 b Megh.; expanded (as a
flower), budded, blown Katha1s. S3is3. Ka1vya7d. &c.; shining (as the moon, supposed to be
awake when others are asleep; or as the rising sun) Prab. Prasannar.; bristling (as hair) Naish.
upa = near * = ind. (a preposition or prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) towards, near to
(opposed to {apa}, away), by the side of, with, together with, under, down (e.g. {upa-gam}, to go
near, undergo; {upa-gamana}, approaching; in the Veda the verb has sometimes to be supplied
from the context, and sometimes {upa} is placed after the verb to which it belongs, e.g. {Ayayur
upa} = {upA7yayuH}, they approached). (As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns {upa}
expresses) direction towards, nearness, contiguity in space, time, number, degree, resemblance,
and relationship, but with the idea of subordination and inferiority (e.g. {upa-kaniSThikA}, the
finger next to the little finger; {upa-purANam}, a secondary or subordinate Purâna; {upa-daza},
nearly ten); sometimes forming with the nouns to which it is prefixed compound adverbs (e.g.
{upa-mUlam}, at the root; {upa-pUrva-rAtram}, towards the beginning of night; {upa-kUpe},
near a well) which lose their adverbial terminations if they are again compounded with nouns
(e.g. {upakUpa-jalA7zaya}, a reservoir in the neighbourhood of a well); prefixed to proper names
{upa} may express in classical literature `" a younger brother "' (e.g. {upe7ndra}, `" the younger
brother of Indra "'), and in Buddhist literature `" a son. "' (As a separable adverb {upa} rarely
expresses) thereto, further, moreover (e.g. {tatro7pa brahma yo veda}, who further knows the
Brahman) RV. AV. S'Br. PârGri. (As a separable preposition) near to, towards, in the direction of,
under, below (with acc. e.g. {upa AzAH}, towards the regions); near to, at, on, upon; at the time
of, upon, up to, in, above (with loc. e.g. {upa sAnuSu}, on the tops of the mountains) [195, 1];
with, together with, at the same time with, according to (with inst. e.g. {upa dharmabhiH},
according to the rules of duty) RV. AV. S'Br. {upa}, besides the meanings given above, is said by
native authorities to imply disease, extinction; ornament; command; reproof; undertaking;
giving; killing; diffusing; wish; power; effort; resemblance, &c.; [cf. Zd. {upa}; Gk. $; Lat. {sub};
Goth. {uf}; Old &60988[195, 1] Germ. {oba}; Mod. Germ. {ob} in {Obdach}, {obliegen}, &c.]
upaa * = ind. a particular Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sâman Lâthy. vii, 10, 1 ff.
Sây. on TândyaBr.
upaadaa * = 1. Â. {-datte}, (once P. pf. 3. pl. {-dadus} BhP. i, 8, 12) to receive, accept, gain,
acquire, appropriate to one's self. take away, carry off, steal MBh. BhP. Mâlav. &c. [213, 2]; to take
with; to take in addition, include, comprise; to take as help, use, employ, apply BhP. Pat. (cf.
{upA7-dAya}); to seize, lay hold of, gather, take up, draw up MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; to assume (a
form or meaning) BhP. MârkP. Pat. &c.; to cling to; to feel, perceive, experience MBh. vii S'is'. vi,
23 Riitus. &c.; to consider, regard MBh. xii; to mention, enumerate; to set about, undertake, begin
Hariv. Kum. &c.: Caus. P. {-dApayati}, to cause to use or employ Comm. on KâtyS'r.: Desid. P.
{-ditsati}, to strive to acquire BhP. v, 14, 7.
upadaa * = 1 1. P. {-dadAti}, to give in addition, add; to give, grant, offer RV. vi, 28, 2 AV. iv, 21, 2;
xix, 34, 8 R.; to take upon one's self: Pass. (irr. p. {-dadya4mAna}) to be offered or granted (as
protection) RV. vi, 49, 13.
upa-daa4 * = 2 mfn. giving a present VS. xxx, 9; ({A}) f. a present, offering (esp. a respectful
present to a king or person of rank); a bribe Pân. Ragh. S'atr. &c.
upaadaaya * = ind. p. having received or acquired &c.; receiving, acquiring &c.; taking with,
together with MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; including, inclusive of BhP. Comm. on RPrât. &c.; by help
of, by means of (acc.) MBh.
upaaram* = P. Â. {-ramati}, {-te}, to rest, cease MBh. BhP. &c.; to cease, leave off, give up MBh.
R. BhP. Kum.
upaasate = worship
upaasita*= mfn. served, honoured, worshipped &c.; one who serves or pays worship.
upaayuj* = P. (1. sg. {-yunajmi}) to put to, harness RV. iii, 35, 2.
upadraSTR* = %{TA} m. a looker-on, spectator; a witness AV. xi, 3, 59 TS. S3Br. A1s3vS3r.
Ka1t2h. BhP. &c.; (%{upa-dra4STRkA}) f. a female witness MaitrS. iii, 2, 4.
upadraSTRmat* = mfn. having witnesses; (%{ma4ti} loc. ind. before witnesses TBr. ii, 2, 1, 3; 5.)
upadrava* = m. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident, misfortune,
calamity, mischief, national distress (such as famine, plague, oppression, eclipse, &c.); national
commotion, rebellion; violence, outrage MBh. R. S3ak. VarBr2S. &c. [199,3]; a supervenient
disease or one brought on whilst a person labours under another Sus3r.; the fourth of the five
parts of a Sa1man stanza Shad2vBr. Comm. on TA1r. &c.
upadravin* = mfn. attacking suddenly, falling on; tyrannical, violent; factious; (%{I}) m. a tyrant,
oppressor; a rebel L.
uparajya* = ind. p. having dyed or coloured; darkening, obscuring BhP. iv, 29, 69.
upasada * = mfn. one who goes near W.; m. the Upasad ceremony (see above) ChUp.; approach
W.; gift, donation W.; (%{I}) f. (%{u4pa-}) continuous propagation S3Br. xiv. 9, 4, 23 (=
%{saMtati} Comm.)
upasaadanavn. the act of placing or putting upon Sa1y. on TBr. ii, 1, 3, 6; approaching
respectfully, reverence, respect BhP.
upas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean (anything) against TBr. i, 6, 6, 2 S3Br. xiv Ka1tyS3r.: A1. %{-
zrayate} (p. of the pf. %{-zizriyANa4}) to lean against, support, prop RV. x, 18, 12; to cling to, fit
closely (as an ornament) RV. vii, 56, 13; to place one's self near to, go towards MBh. BhP.; to
accommodate one's self to ChUp. vi, 8, 2.
upasrishTa* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted (as the calf to its
mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.;
increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA}
with %{A} is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted, burdened
with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37;
possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upaas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean against, rest on Mn.; to go or betake one's self towards R.; to
take refuge or have recourse to, seek shelter from, give one's self up to, abandon one's self to
Hariv. R. Bhag. &c.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon
TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.;
having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to;
approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or
upon which one rests Uttarar.
upa4-stha * =1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-
surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to
make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take
on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br.
MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upa-stha4 * =2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near
L.
upaa7-sthaa * =Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to
S'ânkhS'r. R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.
upaatta = obtained
upabarhaNa * =a cushion, pillow RV. x, 85, 7 AV. AitBr. S'Br. TBr. &c.; ({I}) f. id. RV. i, 174, 7; m.
N. of the Gandharva Narada BhP. VP. Pañcar. &c. ({upabarhaNa}) mf({A})n. having a cushion,
furnished with a pillow Vait. 36, 7.
upacaya * m. accumulation, quantity, heap; elevation, excess; increase, growth, prosperity MBh.
Sus'r. Hit. &c.; ({upacayaM} 1. {kR}, to promote or advance the prosperity of, help, assist Kâm.);
addition KâtyS'r.; the third, sixth, tenth, and eleventh of the zodiacal signs VarBriS. &c.
upagrahaH = (m) satellite, spacecraft
upadhaaraya = know
upadah * = P. {-dahati} (aor. {-adhA-} {kSIt} MBh. iii, 546) to burn, set fire to S'Br. Gobh. MBh.
[199, 1]
upadadya * = ind. p. having taken or taking upon one's self AV. x, 8, 18 (= xiii, 3, 14).
upadesha = advice
upadeshaH = advice
upadharma* = m. a minor or subordinate duty; a by-law Mn. ii, 237; iv, 147; a false faith, heresy
Bh
upadhi* = m. the act of putting to, adding, addition La1t2y.; the part of the wheel between the
nave and the circumference RV. ii, 39, 4 AV. vi, 70, 3 Ka1t2h.; fraud, circumvention MBh. R.
Ya1jn5. Kir. &c.; condition; peculiarity, attribute (Buddh.; see %{upA7-dhi}); support MW.
upAdhi* = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), %{is} m. that which is put in the place of another thing, a substitute,
substitution R.; anything which may be taken for or has the mere name or appearance of another
thing, appearance, phantom, disguise (said to be applied to certain forms or properties
considered as disguises of the spirit W.) Prab. Bha1sha1p. Sa1h. &c.; anything defining more
closely, a peculiarity; an attribute (%{asty-upA7dhi}, having, `" is "' as an attribute); title,
discriminative appellation, nickname; limitation, qualification (e.g. %{an-upA7dhi-rAmaNIya},
beautiful without limitation i.e. altogether beautiful); (in log.) a qualifying term added to a too
general middle term to prevent ativya1pti; that which is placed under, supposition, condition,
postulate Sarvad. Veda1ntas. Tarkas. BhP. &c.; deception, deceit MBh. iii, 13017; species.\\= 2
(for 1. see col. 2) m. ( %{dhyai}), point of view, aim Car.; reflection on duty, virtuous reflection L.;
a man who is careful to support his family L.
upadrashhTaa = overseer
upadruta * = mfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by calamities), tyrannized
over Hariv. R. Katha1s. Hit. Sus3r. &c.; (in astrol.) eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious VarBr2S.;
(%{am}) n. a kind of Sandhi S3a1n3khS3r.
upahata = overpowered
upai = to go to
upaiti = gets
upajivana * = upajIvana n. livelihood, subsistence S'Br. Mn. ix, 207 Yâjñ. iii, 236 MBh. Pañcat.
&c.; dependance, submissiveness Prasannar.
upajuhvati = offer
upakalpana * = n. the act of preparing, preparation KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. preparing (articles of food or
medicine), fabricating, making Sus'r.; substituting L.
upakalpanIya * = mfn. to be prepared or procured or fetched Car.; treating of preparation &c. (as
& chapter) ib.
upakaraNa = means
upakaara = benefit
upakaaraka = beneficial
upakri = to do a favor
upalipyate = mixes
upala* = m. a rock, stone MBh. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a precious stone, jewel Yâjñ. iii, 36 S'is'. iii, 48
Kir.; a cloud L.; ({A}) f. ({u4palA}) the upper and smaller mill-stone (which rests on the {dRSad})
S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; = {zarkarA} L.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {apalus}?] &64342[205, 3]
upalabh.h = to obtain
upalal *= Caus. %{lAlayati}, to treat with tenderness, caress, fondle BhP. S3ak. 292, 8 Ma1lav.
upama* = 1 mf({A})n. uppermost, highest; most excellent, eminent, best RV. AV.; nearest, next,
first RV. Nigh.
upamaa = comparative* 1 (for 2. see below, and for 3. see col. 3) ind. (Ved. instr. of the above) in
the closest proximity or neighbourhood RV. i, 31, 15; viii, 69, 13. \\2 P. Â. (Impv. 2. sg. {-mimIhi},
{-mAhi}, and {-mAsva}; Subj. 2. sg. {-mAsi}) to measure out to, apportion to, assign, allot, grant,
give RV.: Â. {-mimIte}, to measure one thing by another, compare MBh. Hariv. Caurap. &c. [203,
3] \\3 f. comparison, resemblance, equality, similarity; a resemblance (as a picture, portrait &c.)
S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; a particular figure in rhetoric, simile, comparison (a full simile must include
four things; see {pUrNo7pama}, {lupto7pamA}, &c.) Sâh. Kâvya7d. Vâm. &c.; a particle of
comparison Nir.; a particular metre RPrât.; (mfn. ifc.) equal, similar, resembling, like (e.g.
{amaro7pama} mfn. resembling an immortal) MBh. Ragh. Das'. Hit. &c.
upanadam * = ind. (fr. {nadi} Pân. 5-4, 110), near the river, on the river.
upanam * = P. {-namati}, to bend towards or inwards; to tend towards, approach, come to, arrive
at; to fall to one's share or lot, become one's property, share in (with acc. dat., or gen.) VS. S'Br.
TBr. ChUp. Râjat. &c.; to come to one's mind, occur TS. TBr. i, 1, 2, 8; to attend upon any one
(acc.) with (instr.); to gain the favour of any one (acc.) BhP. vi, 19, 16: Caus. {-nAmayati}, to put or
place before (gen.) Gobh. ii, 1, 7; to lead towards or into the presence of, present any one (gen.)
Lalit.; to reach, hand to ib.; to offer, present ib. Kârand.
u4pa-nata * = mfn. bent towards or inwards S'Br. KâtyS'r. Kâthh.; subdued, subjected,
surrendered; dependent on (for protection &c.) Âp. MBh. Ragh. &c.; brought near to, approached,
near (either in form or space); fallen to one's share; brought about, produced, existing, being BhP.
Megh. &c.
upa-ni-shad * =1 ({upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. {-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to approach, set about
AV. xix, 41, 1 S'Br. Kaus'.
upa-nisha4d * =2 {t} f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his
words (and hence, secret knowledge given in this manner; but according to native authorities
{upaniSad} means `" setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit
"'); the mystery which underlies or rests underneath the external system of things (cf. IW. p. 35
seqq.); esoteric doctrine, secret doctrine, mysterious or mystical meaning, words of mystery &c.
S'Br. ChUp. &c.; a class of philosophical writings (more than a hundred in number, attached to
the Brâhmanas [but see Îs'opanishad]; their aim is the exposition of the secret meaning of the
Veda, and they are regarded as the source of the Vedânta and Sânkhya philosophies; for the most
important of the Upanishads see IW. p. 37 seq.)
upapada = The sign which is as apart from the 12th lord as the latter is from the 12th house
upapadyate = is befitting
upapannaM = arrived at
uparamatva* = n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions) Vedântas.
uparam* = P. Â. (Pân. 1-3, 85) {-ramati}, {-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS. TBr. S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r.; to cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop
(speaking or doing anything) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vGri. Pañcat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up,
renounce (with abl.) MBh. R. BhP. Comm. on BriÂrUp. Das'.; to await, wait for S'Br. ii, 2, 1, 2; iii,
8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Pân. 1-3, 84: Caus. {-ramayati}, to cause to
cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Kâs'.
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting, giving up Sus'r.
Sânkhyak.; death Kâd.
uparataM = ceased
upaasad * = P. (Ved. inf. {-sa4dam}) to sit down upon (acc.) RV. viii, 1, 8; to approach, walk along
Kir. iv, 1.
uupasad * = 1 P. {-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. {-sadema}; impf. {-asadat}) to sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75,
8; to sit near to, approach (esp. respectfully), revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c. MBh. Ragh.
&c.; to approach (a teacher in order to become his pupil) Kathâs. [209, 2]; to approach asking,
request, crave for RV. i, 89, 2; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S'Br. ii; to approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi, 3,
27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6; to perform the Upasad ceremony (see below) TS. vi, 2,
3, 4: Caus. {-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or by the side of TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; to cause to
approach, lead near (see {upa-sAdita}).
upasad * = 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx, 9; ({t}) m. N. of a
particular fire (different from the Gârhapatya, Dakshinâgni, and Âhavanîya) VahniP.; ({t}) f.
attendance, worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1; settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S'Br. iii AitBr.
Kâthh.; N. of a ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutyâ or pressing of the Soma (it lasts
several days, and forms part of the Jyotishthoma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.
upasatpatha * = m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upa-satti * = f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upa-sattR * = {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person
who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii,
82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upa+shaM = to extinguish
upas'am * = P. A1. %{-zAmyati}, %{-te}, to become calm or quiet; to cease, become extinct AitBr.
Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-zamayati} and ep. %{-zAmayati}, to make quiet,
calm, extinguish; to tranquillize, appease, pacify, mitigate MBh. VarBr2S. Das3. &c.
upas'amakSaya * = m. (with Jainas) the destruction (of activity &c.) through quietism Sarvad.
upas'amana * = mf(%{I})n. calming, appeasing BhP.; (%{am}) n. the becoming extinct, ceasing
Nir.; calming, appeasing, mitigation MBh. BhP. Sus3r. Pan5cat.; an anodyne.
upasangamya = approaching
upaasana* =1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\* =2 {am}, {A} n. f.
the act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp.
Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz.
Abhigamana or approach, Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or
recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on
or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upasarga = Prefix
upasatpatha*= m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4, 5, 17.
upasatti*= f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upasattR*= {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic fire), any person
who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii,
82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upacita * = mfn. heaped up, increased; thriving, increasing, prospering, succeeding MBh. BhP.
Megh. Ragh. &c.; big, fat, thick Sus3r. Car.; covered over, furnished abundantly, possessing
plentifully MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat. &c.; plastered, smeared; burnt L.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8; leaning towards or upon
TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.;
having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to;
approached, arrived at, abiding in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or
upon which one rests Uttarar.
upasevate = enjoys
upasthaa * 2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being near at hand, near L.
upastha* = P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi, 4, 7) to stand or place
one's self near, be present (Â. if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's
self near, expose one's self to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place
one's self before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.; to come
together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt. on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead
towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake one's self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to
serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to attend on, worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g.
{arkam upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself to the
sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or serviceable by, attend on with
prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate}, he attends on the Gârhapatya with a Riic
addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with
youthfulness Kâs'.) MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for
assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to fall to one's share,
come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV. vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.:
Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of
(e.g. a woman) AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch MBh.
R. S'ak. &c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha) RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upaas'raya* = m. leaning against, resting upon Kathâs. Kâvya7d.; any support for leaning against,
a pillow, cushion Car.; shelter, refuge, recourse MBh. Bhartri.
upaasthaa * Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about, devote one's self to
S'ânkhS'r. R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.
upaasana* = 1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\2 {am}, {A} n. f. the
act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp.
Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage, adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz.
Abhigamana or approach, Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or
recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being intent on
or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upades'a * = m. pointing out to, reference to Pa1n2. 1-4, 70 Kap. Ba1dar. Jaim. &c.; specification,
instruction, teaching, information, advice, prescription TUp. MBh. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.;
plea, pretext (= %{apa-deza}) Mn. ix, 268 Ragh. Katha1s.; initiation, communication of the
initiatory Mantra or formula Ka1tyS3r.; (in Gr.) original enunciation (i.e. the original form [often
having an Anubandha] in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a word is
enunciated in grammatical treatises) Pa1n2. Ka1s3. Siddh. &c.; N. of a class of writings (Buddh.);
a name, title MW.
upastha * = 1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-
surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr. S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to
make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr. viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take
on one's lap S'Br. iii); ({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br.
MBh. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upatishthhaasu* = see {upa-sthA}., mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or being about to betake one's self to
Das'.
upavana * = n. a small forest or wood, grove, garden MBh. Mn. Megh. &c.; a planted forest L.
upavishati = to sit
upavishya = sitting
upaviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to go or come near, approach RV. viii, 96, 6; to sit down, take a seat (as
men), lie down (as animals) AitBr. S3Br. MBh. S3ak. Hit. &c.; to enter; to stop, settle one's self
MBh. iii; to sit near to MBh. i, 573 R. ii; to set (as the sun) Katha1s.; to apply or devote one's self
to, cultivate BhP.: Caus. P. %{-vezayati}, to cause to sit down, summon or invite to sit down AitBr.
A1s3vGr2. Gobh. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; to cause to settle BhP. R.
upAviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the augmented forms might
also be referred to %{upa-viz}.)
upavishhTha = seated
upavrajya * = ind. p. having gone towards, coming near, approaching TBr. iii, 10, 11, 3 BhP.; going
behind, following
upavriMh * = Caus. {-vRMhayati}, to make strong or powerful, promote BhP. MârkP. &c. [207,
2]; (see also {upa-bRh}.)
upayaanti = come
upayuj.h = use
upayuj* = only Â. (Pân. 1-3, 64) {-yuGkte} (but also rarely P. e.g. impf. {-ayunak} RV. x, 102, 7) to
harness to RV. AV. iv, 23, 3 S'Br. v; to take for one's self, appropriate RV. i, 165, 5 MBh. Mn. viii,
40; to follow, attach one's self to, be devoted; to undertake MBh.; to use, employ, apply S'Br.
AitBr. MBh. BhP.; to have the use of, enjoy (e.g. food or a woman or dominion &c.) Âs'vGri. Lâthy.
MBh. &c.: Pass. {-yujyate}, to be employed or applicable, be useful or fit or proper MBh. Pañcat.
Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-yojayati}, to use, employ Sus'r.; to cause to eat MânGri.; to come into contact
BhP.
upayoga = use
upayogitaa = Utility
upeta * = mfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself to,
approached (for protection), arrived at, abiding in MBh. VarBriS. &c.; one who has obtained or
entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken (e.g. a vow) MBh. Ratnâv. Sâh. &c.;
come to, fallen to the share of Prab.; (a pupil) who has approached (a teacher), initiated Yâjñ. iii, 2
Âs'vGri. i, 22, 21; 22 PârGri. iii, 10, 10; accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with, having,
possessing MBh. R. Bhag. Hit. &c.; one who has approached (a woman sexually) T.
upetya = achieving; 1 mfn. to be set about or commenced Ta1n2d2yaBr. iv, 10, 3 ; 4.//2 ind. p.
having approached, approaching &c.
upekshaa = disregard * m. N. of a son of S'va-phalka Hariv.; ({A}) f. overlooking, disregard,
negligence, indifference, contempt, abandonment MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c.; endurance, patience;
dissent; trick, deceit (as one of the minor expedients in war) L.; regard L.
upendra* = m. `" younger brother of Indra "'N. of Vishnu or Kriishna (born subsequently to
Indra, especially as son of Aditi, either as Âditya or in the dwarf Avatâra) MBh. Hariv. R. VP. &c.;
N. of a Nâga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.
uragaan.h = serpents
uru = thighs\\*= mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great,
large, much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a
son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide
space, space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind.
widely, far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far,
far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib.
{ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']
usha * = 1 m. (for 2. see s.v.) early morning, dawn, daybreak L.; bdellium; saline earth L.; ({A}) f.
see below; ({am}) n. fossile salt L. (cf. {USa}.)
ushaa4 * = f. morning light, dawn, morning RV. AV. xii, 2, 45 VS. &c.; night VP. Car.; a cow L.; N.
of a daughter of Bâna and wife of A-niruddha AgP.; burning, scorching Sus'r.; ({A}) ind. at
daybreak L.; at night L.
usha * = 2 (for 1. see col. 1) m. (probably for {uza}, fr. {vaz}; cf. {uza-dah}), a lover L.
uru * = mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large,
much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m. N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of
the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f. the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space,
space, room RV. (with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely, far,
far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the fem.) ind. far, far off, to a
distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl. {variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "';
&68196[217, 3] {uras}, `" power, ability. "']
urjitaM = glorious
ushanaa = Usana
ushhNa = (summer) hot, warm; ardent, passionate, impetuous; pungent, acrid; sharp, activ
uvaacha = said
uta = it is said, * 2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; often used for the sake of
emphasis, especially at the end of a line after {iti} or a verb (e.g. {sarva-bhUtAni tam pArtha sadA
paribhavanty uta}, all creatures, O king, certainly always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag.
&c. (As an interrogative particle, generally at the beginning of the second or following part of a
double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g. {katham nirNIyate kiM syAn niSkAraNo bandhur uta
vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of
confidence? Hit.) Kum. Kathâs. Bhartri. Sâh. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by {Aho}
(e.g. {kaccit tvam asi mAnuSI utA7ho surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine? Nala), or
by {Aho-svit} (e.g. {zAlihotraH kiM nu syAd utA7hosvid rAjA nalaH}, can it be S'âlihotra or king
Nala?) Rarely {kim} is repeated before {uta} used in this sense (e.g. {kim nu svargAt prAptA tasyA
rUpeNa kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she arrived from heaven or has another come in her form?
Mriicch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence
followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g. {utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!)
({uta} preceded by {kim}) on the contrary, how much more, how much less (e.g. {samartho 'si
sahasram api jetuM kimutai9kam}, thou art able to conquer even a thousand, how much more
one R.) S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. ({uta} preceded by {prati}) on the contrary, rather (e.g. {eSa pRSTo
'smAbhir na jalpati hanti praty-uta pASANaih}, this one questioned by us does not speak, but
rather throws stones at us) Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; {uta vA}, or else, and (e.g. {samudrAd uta vA
purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); {vA} - {uta vA} or {utA7ho vA7pi} - {vA},
either - or; {uta} - {uta}, both - and (e.g. {uta balavAn utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak);
{kim} - {uta vA}, whether - or else.
uu4sha * = m. ({uS} BRD.; {US} T.), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr.
iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.;
the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.);
({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Bâna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
uTa * =m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
utkaTa = fierce
utkrishhTa = excellent
ut-krishtha-bhUma
utkraamati = gives up
uttaara* = 1 (fr. {tArA} with 1. {ud} in the sense of `" apart "') mfn. (an eye) from which the pupil
is taken out BhP. vi, 14, 46; (for 2. {ut-tAra} &c. see {ut-tRR}.) \\2 (for 1. see s.v. above), {as}?2
m. transporting over Prab.; landing; delivering, rescuing MBh. [179,3]; ejecting, getting rid of;
vomiting; passing away, instability; (mfn.) surpassing others, excellent, pre-eminent L.
uttangataa = greatness
uttama = exceptional* = mfn. (superlative fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {avama}, {adhama}, &c.; cf. {an-
uttama}), uppermost, highest, chief; most elevated, principal; best, excellent RV. AV. AitBr. Mn.
Pañcat. &c. (often ifc., e.g. {dvijo7ttama}, best of the twice-born i.e. a Brâhman Mn.); first,
greatest; the highest (tone) Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r.; the most removed or last in place or order or time
RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. most, in the highest degree R.; at last, lastly S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 21; m.
the last person (= in European grammars the first person) Pân. Kâty. Kâs'. &c.; N. of a brother of
Dhruva (son of Uttâna-pâda and nephew of Priya-vrata) VP.; of a son of Priya-vrata and third
Manu; of the twenty-first Vyâsa VP.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of people VP. MBh.; ({A}) f. a kind of Pidakâ
or pustule Sus'r.; the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) Sus'r.; an excellent
woman (one who is handsome, healthy, and affectionate) L.
uttamaM = transcendental
uttamaangaiH = heads
uttamaujaaH = Uttamauja
uttara* = 1 mfn. (compar. fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {adhara}; declined Gram. 238. {a}), upper,
higher, superior (e.g. {uttare dantAs}, the upper teeth) RV. AV. TS. ChUp. Ragh. &c.; northern
(because the northern part of India is high) AV. Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; left (opposed to {dakSiNa}
or right, because in praying the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left hand)
AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior, future RV. AV.
KâtyS'r. MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c. (opposed to {pUrva}, &c. e.g. {uttaraH kAlaH}, future time;
{uttaraM vAkyam}, a following speech, answer, reply; {phalam uttaram}, subsequent result,
future consequence; {varSo7ttareSu}, in future years); followed by (e.g. {smo7ttara} mfn. followed
by `" {sma} "' Pân. 3-3, 176); superior, chief, excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful
RV. AV.; gaining a cause (in law); better, more excellent RV.; m. N. of a son of Virâtha MBh.; of a
king of the Nâgas L.; N. of a mountain Kathâs.; of several men; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a school; ({A}),
of. (scil. {diz}) the northern quarter, the north Kathâs. &c.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that
contain the word `" {uttara} "' (cf. {uttara-phalgunI}, &c.); N. of a daughter of Virâtha and
daughter-in-law of Arjuna MBh.; of a female servant Lalit.; ({e}) f. du. the second and third verse
of a Triica (or a stanza consisting of three verses); ({As}) f. pl. the second part of the Sâma-
sanhitâ; ({am}) n. upper surface or cover MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; the north R. Dhûrtas.; the
following member, the last part of a compound; answer, reply Ragh. R. Prab. &c.; (in law) a
defence, rejoinder, a defensive measure; contradiction Car.; (in the Mimânsâ philosophy) the
answer (the fourth member of an adhikarana or case); superiority, excellence, competency R.
Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what remains or is left,
conclusion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often ifc. e.g. {bhayo7ttara}, attended with
danger, having danger as the result; {dharmo7ttara}, chiefly characterized by virtue; {SaSTy-
uttaraM sahasram}, one thousand with an excess of sixty, i.e. 1060; {sapto7ttaraM zatam}, 107);
remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song Yâjñ.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain
the word `" {uttara} "'; a particular figure in rhetoric; N. of the last book of the Râmâyana; ({am})
ind. at the conclusion, at the end e.g. {bhavad-uttaram}, having the word `" {bhavat} "' at the end;
{asro7ttaram IkSitA}, looked at with tears at the close i.e. with a glance ending in tears;
afterwards, thereafter; behind MBh. &c.; in the following part (of a book); [cf. Gk. $.]
u4ttara* = 1 &c. see p. 178, col. 1; for 2. see {ut-tRR}, col. 2. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 178, col. 1),
crossing over; to be crossed (cf. {dur-uttara}).
uttaraa* = ind. north, northerly; northward (with gen. or abl.) Pân. Vop.; ({uttarA-patha}, &c. see
p. 178, col. 3.)
uttaraM = covering
uttaraNa * = mfn. coming out of, crossing over VS. &c.; ({am}) n. coming forth or out of
(especially out of water) VarBriS.; landing, disembarking; crossing rivers &c. Pañcat.
ut-taaraNa * = mfn. transporting over MBh.; bringing over, rescuing; ({am}) n. the act of landing,
delivering; rescuing, helping to cross over or escape; transportation R. &c.
uttishthha = get up
uttishThaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice &c.) unfinished
Nya1yam
uttunga = tall
utthaa * = ({ud-sthA} Pân. 8-4, 61; cf. {ut-tambh}, col. 1) P. Â. (but not Â. in the sense of, `"
rising, standing up "' Pân. 1-3, 24) {-tiSThati}, {-te} (pf. {-tasthau} aor. {-asthAt} &c.) to stand up,
spring up, rise, raise one's self, set out RV. AV. S'Br. Ragh. S'ak. Bhag. &c.; to rise (from the dead)
BhP.; to rise (from any occupation), leave off; to finish AitBr. S'Br. TândyaBr. &c.; to come forth,
arise, appear, become visible, result; to spring, originate from RV. AV. S'Br. TS. MBh. Kathâs. &c.;
to come in (as revenues) S'ak.; to rise (for the performance of any action); to be active or brave; to
make efforts, take pains with, strive for; to excel MBh. R. &c.: Caus. {-thApayati} (aor. 1. sg. {u4d-
atiSThipam} AV. vii, 95, 2) to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start AV. AitBr. TBr. S'Br. MBh.
Das'. BhP. &c.; to set up, lift up, erect Gobh. MBh. R. Hit. &c.; to get out Hit.; to drive out, send
out, push out AitBr.: Kathâs. BhP.; to excite; to produce Ragh. Sâh.; to arouse, awaken, raise to
life, make alive, animate; to stir up, agitate S'Br. KaushUp. Hariv. R. Kathâs. &c.: Desid.
{-tiSThAsati}, to wish or intend to stand up S'Br. xi, 1, 6, 5; to intend to leave off (a sacrifice)
Nyâyam.
ut-tha * = mfn. (generally ifc.) standing up, rising, arising MBh. Ragh. Caurap. &c.; coming forth,
originating, derived from Bhag. Kathâs. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.; m. arising, coming forth L.; [cf. Zd.
{usta}.]
utthaM = produced of
utthita = stretched
utthitaa = present
utpatti = production* = f. arising, birth, production, origin Sus'r. MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; resurrection
Mn.; production in general, profit, productiveness, Râjat; producing as an effect or result, giving
rise to, generating as a consequence; occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic
passage) Jaim.
utpad.h = to obtain
utsanna = spoiled
utsava = festival * m. enterprise, beginning RV. i, 100, 8; 102, 1; a festival, jubilee; joy, gladness,
merriment MBh. Ragh. Kathâs. Amar. &c.; opening, blossoming BhP.; height, elevation; insolence
L.; passion, wrath L.; wish, rising of a wish L.
utsaaha = enthusiasm
utsrija = give up
utsrij* = ({ud-sRj}) P. Â. {-sRjati}, {-te}, to let loose, let off or go [182,3]; to set free; to open RV.
AitBr. Âs'vGri. and S'r. KâtyS'r. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to pour out, emit, send forth Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; to
sling, throw, cast forth or away; to lay aside MBh. R. Mriicch. &c.; to quit, leave, abandon, avoid,
eschew Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to discontinue, suspend, cease, leave off TS. TBr. TândyaBr. KâtyS'r.
&c.; to send away, dismiss, discharge AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. MBh.; to drive out or away S'Br.; to hand
out, deliver, grant, give AV. xii, 3, 46 BhP. R. Mâlatîm.; to bring forth, produce, create AV. vi, 36,
2 R.: Desid. {-sisRkSati}, to intend to let loose PârGri.; to intend to leave BhP.
utsrijya = giving up
utha (uTa) : *= m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
uta*=1 mfn. (fr. %{ve} q.v.), sewn, woven.\\2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S3Br. ChUp. &c.;
often used for the sake of emphasis, especially at the end of a line after %{iti} or a verb (e.g.
%{sarva-bhUtAni@tam@pArtha@sadA@paribhavanty@uta}, all creatures, O king, certainly
always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag. &c. (As an interrogative particle, generally at the
beginning of the second or following part of a double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g.
%{katham@nirNIyate@kiM@syAn@niSkAraNo@bandhur@uta@vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it
be decided whether he be a friend without a motive or a violator of confidence? Hit.) Kum.
Katha1s. Bhartr2. Sa1h. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by %{Aho} (e.g.
%{kaccit@tvam@asi@mAnuSI@utA7ho@surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine?
Nala), or by %{Aho-svit} (e.g. %{zAlihotraH@kiM@nu@syAd@utA7hosvid@rAjA@nalaH}, can it
be S3a1lihotra or king Nala?) Rarely %{kim} is repeated before %{uta} used in this sense (e.g.
%{kim@nu@svargAt@prAptA@tasyA@rUpeNa@kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she arrived from
heaven or has another come in her form? Mr2icch.) Amar. MBh. &c. (As a particle of wishing,
especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g.
%{utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!) (%{uta} preceded by %{kim}) on the contrary, how
much more, how much less (e.g. %{samartho@'si@sahasram@api@jetuM@kimutai9kam}, thou
art able to conquer even a thousand, how much more one R.) S3ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. (%{uta}
preceded by %{prati}) on the contrary, rather (e.g.
%{eSa@pRSTo@'smAbhir@na@jalpati@hanti@praty-uta@pASANaih}, this one questioned by
us does not speak, but rather throws stones at us) Katha1s. Pan5cat. &c.; %{uta@vA}, or else, and
(e.g. %{samudrAd@uta@vA@purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); %{vA} -
%{uta@vA} or %{utA7ho@vA7pi} - %{vA}, either - or; %{uta} - %{uta}, both - and (e.g.
%{uta@balavAn@utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak); %{kim} - %{uta@vA}, whether - or
else.
utkaNTha * = 1 mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything) Ragh.; having the
throat open (as in crying) BhP.; longing for; m. longing for; a kind of sexual union L.; ({A}) f.
longing for (a beloved person or thing); regretting or missing anything or a person MBh. Bhartri.
Pañcat. Amar. &c. \\ 2 Nom. Â. {utkaNThate}, to raise the neck; to long for, regret, sorrow for R.
S'is'. Bhathth. &c.: Caus. {utkaNThayati}, to cause any one to lift up the neck; to excite longing,
inspire with tender emotions Bhartri. Kâvya7d. &c.
uusa * = salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120
Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the
Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil
impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna and
wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
uuyate = to weave
uurdhva = raised * = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards, raised,
elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit
occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or
higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper
regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go
upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in
Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r.
Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that
passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77;
{UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
&69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurdhvaM = upwards* = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending upwards,
raised, elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class.
Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds); ({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed
above or higher (with abl.) L.; ({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the
upper regions, higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to
go upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book or MS.; because in
Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above), subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r.
Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that
passage, hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77;
{UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death of (with abl. e.g.
{UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
&69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurja * = mfn. strong, powerful, eminent BhP. S'is'.; invigorating, strengthening; m. N. of a month
(= {kArttika}) TS. i VS. S'Br. Sus'r. i, 19, 9 BhP. &c.; power, strength, vigour, sap MBh. Mn. ii, 55
BhP. &c.; life, breath L.; effort, exertion L.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. strength, vigour, sap RV. x,
76, 1 AV. SV. Sus'r. &c.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasishthha VP. BhP.; ({am}) n.
water L.
uurmi = wave
uuruu = thighs
uuta * = mfn. (p.p. of {av} q.v.) favoured; loved; promoted, helped; protected.
vaa = or * = 1 the 3rd semivowel (corresponding to the vowels {u} and {U}, and having the sound
of the English {v}, except when forming the last member of a conjunct consonant, in which case it
is pronounced like {w}; it is often confounded and interchanged with the labial consonant {b}).
vaa*= 2 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 42) {vA4ti} (pf. {vavau} Br. MBh. &c.; aor. {avAsIt} Br.; fut.
{vAsyati} Megh.; inf. {vAtum} Hariv.), to blow (as the wind) RV. &c. &c.; to procure or bestow
anything (acc.) by blowing RV. i, 89, 4; to blow towards or upon (acc.) MBh. xii, 2798; to emit an
odour, be diffused (as perfume) S'Br.; to smell (trans.) Vikr. iv, 41 (v.l.); to hurt, injure Vop.: Caus.
{vApayati} see {nir-vA} and cf. {vAjaya}: Desid. {vivAsati} see 1. {van}. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat.
&283227[934, 2] {ventus}; Slav. {vejati}; Goth. {waian}, {winds}; Germ. {wa7jan}, {woejen},
{wehen}, {Wind}; Angl. Sax. {wa7wan}; Eng. {wind}
va*= 1 ind. or (excluded, like the Lat. {ve}, from the first place in a sentence, and generally
immediately following, rarely and only m.c. preceding, the word to which it refers) RV. &c. &c.
(often used in disjunctive sentences; {vA-vA}, `" either'- `" or "', `" on the one side `" - `" on the
other "'; {na vA} - {vA} or {na} - {vA}, `" neither'- `" nor "'; {vA na-vA}, `" either not'-`" or "';
{yadi vA-vA}, `" whether'-`" or "'; in a sentence containing more than two members {vA} is nearly
always repeated, although if a negative is in the first clause it need not be so repeated; {vA} is
sometimes interchangeable with {ca} and {api}, and is frequently combined with other particles,
esp. with {atha}, {atho7}, {uta}, {kim}, {yad}, {yadi} q.v. [e.g. {atha vA}, `" or else "']; it is also
sometimes used as an expletive); either-or not, optionally KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (in gram. {vA} is used
in a rule to denote its being optional e.g. Pân. 1-2, 13; 35 &c.); as, like (= {iva}) PârGri. MBh. &c.;
just, even, indeed, very (= {eva}, laying stress on the preceding word) KâtyS'r. Kâv.; but even if,
even supposing (followed by a future) Pañc. v, 36/37; however, nevertheless Bâdar. Bâlar.; (after a
rel. or interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare say MBh. Kâv. &c. (e.g. {kiM vA zakuntale7ty asya mAtur
AkhyA}, `" is his mother's name perhaps S'akuntalâ? "' S'ak. vii, 20/21; {ko vA} or {ke vA}
followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by `" every one, all "' e.g. {ke vA na syuH
paribhava-padaM niSphalA7ram-bha-yatnAH}, `" everybody whose efforts are fruitless is an
object of contempt "' Megh. 55).
va *= 2 (only L.) m. air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuna; the ocean, water; addressing; reverence;
conciliation; auspiciousness; a dwelling; a tiger; cloth; the esculent root of the water-lily; ({A}) f.
going; hurting; an arrow; weaving; a weaver (?). n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the
object is the deity Varuna); = {pra-catas}; mfn. strong, powerful.
va*= 3 ind.= {iva}, like, as MBh. Kâv. &c. (in some more or less doubtful cases).
vaacaa* = 1 f. speech, a word Pañcat. KâtyS'r. Sch. &c.; the goddess of spñspeech Un. ii, 57 Sch.; a
holy word, sacred text MW.; an oath ib.; w.r. for {vacA} MBh. xiii, 6149. [937, 3]\\vaacaa* = 2
instr. of {vAc}, in comp.
vaachaM = words
vaachaa = speech
vaachyaM = to be spoken
vaadya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be sounded or played (as
a musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.; instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a
musical instrument R. Kathâs. Pañcat.
vaada = argument * = mfn. (fr. {vad}) speaking of or about (see {brahma-v-}); causing to sound,
playing (see {vINA-v-}); m. speech, discourse, talk, utterance, statement Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
speaking about, mentioning MBh. Hariv. BhP.; advice, counsel MBh.; a thesis, proposition,
argument, doctrine Sarvad. Sus'r.; discussion, controversy, dispute, contest, quarrel Mn. MBh.
&c.; agreement Das'.; cry, song, note (of a bird) AitBr. [940, 1]; sound, sounding (of a musical
instrument) Pañcat.; demonstrated conclusion, result W.; a plaint, accusation ib.; a reply ib.;
explanation, exposition (of holy texts &c.) MW.; report, rumour ib.
vaahana = vehicle
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L.
vaahana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W.
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. = {-vahaNa} L
vaa4hana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion W. \\2 mfn.
(for 1. see col. 1) drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying, bringing &c. Kathâs. Râjat.; m. N. of a
Muni Cat.; ({A}) f. an army S'is'. xix, 33; n. the act of drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying MBh.
R. &c.; driving Sus'r.; riding Kathâs.; guiding (horses) MBh.; any vehicle or conveyance or
draught-animal, carriage, chariot, waggon, horse, elephant (cf. Pân. 8-4, 8) AitBr. &c. &c. (ifc. [f.
{A}] riding or driving on or in); any animal Kathâs. xxi, 30; `" oar "' or `" sail "' R. ii, 52, 5.
vaaJNchhita = desired
vaak.h = language/speech
vaakya = sentence* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words
({mama vAkyAt}, in my words, in my name) MBh. &c. &c.; a declaration (in law), legal evidence
Mn.; an express declñdeclaration or statement (opp. to {liGga}, `" a hint "' or indication) Sarvad.;
betrothment Nâr.; a sentence, period RâmatUp. Pân. Vârtt. &c.; a mode of expression Cat.; a
periphrastic mode of expression Pân. Sch. Siddh.; a rule, precept, aphorism MW.; a disputation
MBh.; (in logic) an argument, syllogism or member of a syllogism; the singing of birds Hariv.; (in
astron.) the solar process in computations MW
vaakyaM = words
vaakyaani = sentences
vaakyena = words
vaalmiiki* = m. (incorrectly {vAlmiki}) N. of the celebrated author of the Râma7yana (so called,
according to some, because when immersed in thought he allowed himself to be overrun with ants
like an anthill; he was no doubt a Brâhman by birth and closely connected with the kings of
Ayodhyâ; he collected the different songs and legendary tales relating to Râma-candra and welded
them into one continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made; he is said to have
invented the S'loka metre, and probably the language and style of Indian epic poetry owe their
definite form to him; according to one tradition he began life as a robber, but repenting be took
himself to a hermitage on a hill in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually
received Sîtâ, the wife of Râma, when banished by her husband; cf. IW. 314; 315 &c.) MBh. R. &c.;
of a son of Garuda MBh.; of a grammarian TPrât.; of the authors of various wks. (the Yoga-
vâsishthha, the Adbhuta-râma7yana, and the Gangashthaka) Cat.; (with {kavi}) of the son of
Rudra-mani Tri-pâthhin and author of the Ramale7ndu-prakâs'a ib.
vaaMs'a* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaMza}) relating or belonging to sugar-cane Car.; made of bamboo W.;
({I}) f. bamboo-manna Car. Bhpr.
vaasana* =1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gi1t. Sch. ; (%{A}) f. id.
S3is3. Sch.
vaasana* = 2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Ka1v. ; an envelope, box, casket Ya1jn5.//3
mfn. belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W. ; n. causing to abide or dwell Ba1lar. ; abiding,
abode L. ; a receptacle for water L. ; knowledge L. ; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during
abstract meditation, and by others ; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and
the feet turned backwards) W. ; (%{A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa*= f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present
consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory S3am2k. Ka1v. Katha1s. ;
fancy, imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. %{bheda-v-}, the mistake that
there is a difference) ib. Ra1jat. Sarvad. &c. ; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire,
inclination Katha1s. ; liking, respectful regard Bha1m. ; trust, confidence W. ; (in math.) proof,
demonstration (= %{upapatti}) Gol. ; a kind of metre Col. ; N. of Durga1 BhP. ; of the wife of Arka
ib. ; of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-s3iroman2i.
vaN* = (also written {baN}) cl. 1. P. {vaNati} (pf. {vavANa} &c.; Caus. aor. {avIvaNat}, or
{avavANat}), to sound Dhâtup. xiii, 3.
van* = 1 cl. 1. P. (Dhâtiip. xiii, 19; 20; xix, 42) {va4nati} (Ved. also {-te}, and {vana4ti}); cl. 8. P. Â.
(xxx, 8) {vano4ti}, {vanute4} (pf. {vAvA4na}, {vAva4ntha}, {vavanma4}, {vavne4}; p.
{vavanva4s} RV.; aor. {vanta}, {va4Msva} ib.; {vaMsat}, {-sate} ib.; {vaniSat} AV.; {-Santa} TS.;
{vanuSanta} "' RV.; Pot. {vaMsImahi}, {vasImahi} ib.; Prec. {vaniSISta} RV. {vaMsiSIya} AV.; fut.
{vanizA} Gr.; {vaniSyate}, SânkhSr.; inf. {vanitum} Gr.; {-vantave} RV.), to like, love, wish, desire
RV. AV. S'Br. Kâthh. S'ânkhSr.; to gain, acquire, procure (for one's self or others) RV. AV. S'Br.; to
conquer, win, become master of, possess RV. AV.; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack RV.;
to hurt, injure MW. (Dhâtup. also `" to sound "'; `" to serve, honour, worship. help, aid "'): Caus.
{vanayati} or {vAnayati} Dhâtup. xix, 68; xxxix, 33 v.l. (cf. {saM-van}): Desid. {vi4vAsati}, {-te},
to attract, seek to win over RV.: Intens. (only {vAva4naH} and {vAvandhi4}; but cf. {vanIvan}) to
love, like RV. [Cf. Lat. {venia}, {Venus}; Got. {gawinnan}; Germ. {gewinnen}; Eng. {win}.]
va4n* = 2 = {va4na} (only in gen. and loc. pl. {vanA4m} {va4Msu}), `" wood "' or, a wooden
vessel "' RV.; love, worship L.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. {vana-prastha}) a Brâhman in the third stage of life (who has passed
through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an
ascetic life in the woods; see {Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the
name $) Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or
Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Vânaprastha; m. (scil. {Azrama}) the third stage of a
Brâhmañs life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
vaanara * = m. (prob. fr. {vanar}, p. 918) `" forest-animal "', a monkey, ape (ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh.
&c.; a kind of incense, Olibanum L.; (with {AcArya}) N. of a writer on medicine Cat.; ({I}) f. a
female ape MBh. R. Kathâs.; Carpopogon Pruriens L.; mf({I})n. belonging to an ape or monkey,
mñmonkey-like &c. MBh. R.
vaaNii* = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the {sapta vANIs} are
referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech,
language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Kâv. &c.; a literary
production or composition Uttarar. Bhâm.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech,
Sarasvatî R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Kâvya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvatî) VP.\\ f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. {vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice,
speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price, value.\\2 f. (cf. {vANi}) weaving L. \\3 f. reed RV. v, 86,
1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5
vaanmayaH = full of the `word' i.e. master of the word \& language
vaa.nchh.h = to want
vaañchita* = mfn. wished, desired, beloved, longed for MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. wish, desire ib.; m. (in
music) a kind of measure.
vaanara = monkey
vaaNijyaM = trade
vaaNijyam.h = (n) trade, commerce
vaaNii = language
vaaNii * = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV. (the %{sapta@vANIs}
are referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech,
language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent speech or fine diction MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a literary
production or composition Uttarar. Bha1m.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech,
Sarasvati1 R. BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Ka1vya7d. Sch.; of a river
(accord. to some the Sarasvati1) VP.\\* = 2 f. (cf. %{vANi}) weaving L.\\= 3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1;
du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5.
vaaNi * = f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. %{vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of
metre; a cloud; price, value.
vaaNiiM = speech
vaasu * = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit
or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu}
in comp.)
vaarya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L. y\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943,
col. \\ 3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R.
vaas'itaagrishthi * = f. a young female elephant MBh. xi, 642 (cf. Pân. 2-1, 65).
vaas'ita * =1 mfn. roared, cried, sung MBh. &c.; n. roaring, croaking, yelling, howl, cry, scream
MBh. R. VarBriS. Kathâs.
vaas'itaa* = f. (also written {vAsitA}, prob. fr. {vaz}) a cow desiring the bull (also applied to other
animals desiring the male, esp. to a female elephant) AV. &c. &c. [947, 2]; a woman, wife MBh.
vaata = (masc) wind * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-
god (pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body
MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta},
{pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour,
flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and
{vAtA7dhipa}); of a Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib. \\\\vAta * = 2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita},
solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and
{nivAta}). \\3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see pp. 934, 939) dried up (see 1. {a-vAta4})
vaatha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood
&c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden,
park, plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum
Spicatum W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure
of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden
Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga},
and {anna-bheda}.
vaataayana = a horse
vaataayanaM = window
vaapi = at all
vaara = Day
vaara * = 1 m. (earlier form of {vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp. of a horse's tail, = $)
RV.; m. n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.
vaara * = 2 (fr. 1. {vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult to be restrained
TBr.; cf. {dur-v-}); anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which
causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time,
esp. an appointed place (e.g. {sva-vAraM samA-sthA}, to occupy one's proper place) R.; the time
fixed or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. {vR}, to choose), a persoñs turn MBh. Kâv.
&c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g. {varAMs trIn} or {vara-trayam}, three times;
{bhUribhir vAraiH} or {bhUri-vArAn} or {bahu-vAram} or {vAraM vAram} or {vAraM vAreNa},
many times, often, repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the week
(they are Âditya-, Soma-, Mangala-, Budha-, Guru., S'ukra-, and S'ani-vñvâra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1)
Ganit. Yâjñ. Sch. Kâv. &c. (cf. {dina} and {divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a
multitude, quantity (see {bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of S'iva L.; ({A}) f. a
harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. {-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding spirituous liquor L.; a
partic. artificial poison L.
vaara * =3 m. (fr. 2. {vR}) choice (see {vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods,
treasure RV. (often ifc.; cf. {azasta-}, {Rdhad-}, {dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaari = water
vaari-dhara = water-carrier(cloud )
vaaramukhya * = m. (prob.) a singer, dancer Ma1rkP. ; (%{A}) f. the chief of a number of harlots,
a royal courtezan MBh. R. &c
vaarsha* = 1 mf({I4})n. (fr. {varSa} or {varSA}) belonging to the rainy season VS.; belonging to a
year, yearly, annual W.; ({I}) f. = {varSA}, the rainy season L. \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {varSa} in
comp.\\3 n. (fr. {vRSa} of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) g. {pRthv-Adi}; N. of a
Sâman L.
vaaruNi * = 1 m. `" son of Varuna "' patr. of various persons (esp. of Bhriigu, Satya-dhriiti,
Vasishthha, Agastya &c.) Br. RAnukr. MBh. \\ 2 f. (m. c.) = {vAruNI}, spirituous liquor Hariv.
vaaruNI * = f. the western quarter or region (presided over by Varuna), the west (with or without
{diz}) VarBriS.; N. of partic. serpents GriS.; (pl.) of partic. sacred texts Gaut.; Varuna's female
Energy (personified either as his wife or as his daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean
and regarded as the goddess of spirituous liquor) TÂr. MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. kind of spirit
(prepared from hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous
liquor MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of S'iva's wife L.; a partic. fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of
Caitra Col.; Dûrvâ grass or a similar species L.; colocynth L.; the Nakshatra S'ata-bhishaj (ruled
by Varuna) L.; N. of a river R.
vaarya * =1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L.\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col.
3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R. \\3 mfn. to be
chosen Pân. 3-1, 101 Sch.; precious, valuable RV.; n. treasure, wealth, goods ib. \\4 m. (for 1. 2. 3.
see pp. 943, col. 3, and 944, col. 1) patr. (?) ÂrshBr..
vaasa * = 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Mâlatîm. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L. (also {A} f.) \\ 2
m. (fr. 4. {vas}) a garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for {vAsas}) MBh. (cf. {kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr.
5. {vas}) staying, remaining (esp. `" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or
comp.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c. &c.; ifc. = having one's abode in, dwelling
or living in [947, 3]; {vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode, abide, dwell; place or seat of (gen.) R.; a
day's journey ib.; state, situation, condition Hariv.; = {vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see {-sajjA}); =
{vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaasaH = living
vaasana * = 1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gît. Sch.; ({A}) f. id. S'is'.
Sch. \\2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Kâv.; an envelope, box, casket Yâjñ \\3 mfn.
belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W.; n. causing to abide or dwell Bâlar.; abiding, abode L.;
a receptacle for water L.; knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract
meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground with the knees bent and the feet
turned backwards) W.; ({A}) f. see next.
vaasava = indra
vaasaa.nsi = garments
vaas'a* = 1 mfn. roaring, sounding RV. viii, 19, 31; ({vA4za}) id. (only {A} and {I} f. pl. applied to
water) VS. TS.
vaastu* = n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or
dwellingplace, habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBriS.; m. N.
of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Râkshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb
Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain ÂpS'r. Sch. (cf. {-maya}).
vaasu* = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings) Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit
or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu}
in comp.)
vaasuu* = f. (of doubtful derivation) a young girl, maiden (voc. {vAsu}) Das'.
vaasukiH = Vasuki
vaasudeva * = (fr. {vasu-d-}) patr. of Kriishna TÂr. &c. (RTL. 111); of a king of the Pundras Hariv.;
N. of a class of beings peculiar to the Jainas L.; a horse L.; N. of various kings and authors (also
with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zarman}, {zAstrin} &c.) Inscr. Cat.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; n.
N. of an Upanishad; mf({I})n. relating to (the god) Kriishna NriisUp.; written or composed by
VñVâsudeva Cat.; {-jJAna} n. N. of wk.; {-jyotis} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-tIrtha} m. N. of a man ib.;
{-dvAdazA7kSarI} f. {-puNyA7ha} n. {-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-priya} m. `" friend of VñVâsudeva
"'N. of Kârttikeya MBh.; {-priyaM-karI} f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; {-manana} n. N. of a
Veda7nta wk.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of Kriishna, representing him AgP.;
{-mahA7rAdhana} n. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-vargINa} or {-vargya} mfn. taking VñVâsudeva's
side, partial to him Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 11 Pat.; {-vijaya} m. {-sahasra-nAman} n. N. of wks.;
{-suta} m. {-sena} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra; {-vA7nandI-campU} f. N. of a
poem; {-vA7nubhava} m. N. of a medical wk.; {-vA7zrama} m. {-ve7ndra} m. {-ve7ndra-ziSya} m.
N. of authors Cat.; {--vo7paniSad} f. N. of one of the more recent Upanishads of the Atharva-veda.
vaasudevasya = of KRishhNa
vaasudevaaH = KRishhNa
vaaso = cloth, dress
vaastu
n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building or dwellingplace,
habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment, chamber VarBr2S.; m. N. of one of the 8
Vasus BhP.; of a Ra1kshasa Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium
Album L.; a kind of grain A1pS3r. Sch. (cf. %{-maya}).
vaava* = ind. (a particle laying stress on the word preceding it, esp. in relative clauses; also {ha
vA4va4}, {ha} [{kha4lu}] {vA4va4}, {u ha vAva}, {ha tvA4va4} [q.v.]) just, indeed, even TS. Br. (in
S'Br. only from book vi) Up. BhP. [947,1]
vaayu = wind
vaayau = air(life-breath)
vachaH = words
vaca* = m mfn. speaking, talking (see {ku-v-}); m. a parrot L.; = {sUrya}, the sun L.
vachana = talk
vachanaM = word
vad.h = to talk
vada = please tell* = mfn. speaking, a speaker (only ifc.; see {ku-v-}, {priyaM.v-}); speaking well
or sensibly L.; m. N. of the first Veda (with the Magians) Cat.
vadana = face
vadanti = say
vadha * = m. one who kills, a slayer, vanquisher, destroyer RV. VS. TS. S'Br.; a deadly weapon
(esp. Indra's thunderbolt) RV. AitBr. S'ânkhGri.; the act of striking or killing, slaughter, murder,
death, destruction RV. &c. &c.; (in law) capital or (more commonly) corporal punishment Mn.
Yâjñ. &c. = {vadha-bhUmi}, place of execution Caurap., Introd.; stroke, hurt, injury Nir.; paralysis
Sus'r.; annihilation, disappearance (of inanimate things) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frustration, prevention
Gaut.; a defect, imperfection (28 are enumerated) VP.; multiplication Ganit.; a product Bijag.; N.
of a Râkshasa VP.; ({A}) f. a kind of pot-herb, Convolvulus Repens L.
vadya * = mfn. to be spoken &c. (see {a-v-} and {anav}); N. of the days of the dark lunar fortnight;
n. speech, speaking about, conversing (see {brahma-v-}, {satya-v-}).
vadhanaM = face
vahaa = Porter
vahaami = carry
vahaNa * = n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama Das'ar.
vahana * =mfn. bearing, carrying, conveying (see {rAja-v-}); n. the act of bearing, carrying,
conveying, bringing MBh. Kâv. VarBriS.; the flowing (of water) Nir. vi, 2; a ship, vessel, boat
Kathâs.; the undermost part of a column, VârBriS.; a square chariot with a pole L.
vahatu *= m. the bridal procession (to the husband's house), nuptial ceremony RV. AV. AitBr. (pl.
the objects constituting a bride's dowry TBr.); means of furthering RV. vii, 1, 17 (= %{stotra} and
%{zastra} Sa1y.); an ox L.; a traveller L.
vahni = fire * = m. any animal that draws or bears along, a draught animal, horse, team RV. AV.
VS. TBr.; any one who conveys or is borne along (applied to a charioteer or rider, or to various
gods, esp. to Agni, Indra, Savitr2i, the Maruts &c.) RV. AV.; N. of Soma (as `" the flowing or
streaming one "') RV. ix, 9, 6 &c.; the conveyer or bearer of oblations to the gods (esp. said of
Agni, `" fire "', or of the three sacrificial fires see %{agni}) RV.; partic. fire Gr2ihya1s.; fire (in
general or `" the god of fire "') Mn. MBh. &c. (%{vahninA@saM-skR}, to hallow by fire, burn
solemnly); the fire of digestion VarBr2S.; N. of the number `" three "' (fr. the three sacred fires)
L.; N. of various plants (accord. to L. Plumbago Ceylanica; Semecarpus Anacardium; Poa
Cynosuroides; and the citron tree) Sus3r.; a mystical N. of the letter %{r} Up. [934,1]; N. of the
8th Kalpa (q.v.) Cat.; of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of a son of Turvasu ib.; of a
son of Kukura ib.
vahnikaNa = spark
vaH = your
vai = emphasis * = Meaning 1 (orig. identical with 2. {vA}) cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. xxii, 24) {vA4yati}, to
become languid or weary or exhausted RV. ({zoSaNe} Dhâtup.); to be deprived of (gen.) RV. viii.
47, 6; P. and (ep. also Â.), to blow Âpast. MBh.\\Meaning 2 ind. a particle of emphasis and
affirmation, generally placed {after} a word and laying stress on it (it is usually translatable by `"
indeed "', `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `" just "' &c.; it is very rare in the RV.; more
frequent in the AV., and very common in the Brâhmanas and in works that imitate their style; in
the Sûtras it is less frequent and almost restricted to the combination {yady u vai}; in Manu MBh.
and the Kâvyas it mostly appears at the end of a line, and as a mere expletive. In RV. it is
frequently followed by {u} in the combination {vA4 u} [both particles are separated, v, 18, 3]
[1020, 1]; it is also preceded by {u} and various other particles e.g. by {i4d}, {a4ha}, {uta4}; in the
Brâhmanas it often follows {ha}, {ha sma}, {eva}; in later language {api} and {tu}. Accord. to
some it is also a vocative particle).
vaibhava * =. (fr. {vi-bhava}) might, power (ifc. f. {A}); high position, greatness Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
superhuman power or might MW.; grandeur, glory, magnificance Kathâs.
vaidyaH = doctor
vaiDuurya * = n. (rarely m.; cf. {vidUra-ja}) a cat's-eye gem (ifc. `" a jewel "', = `" anything
excellent of its kind "') AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a mountain (also {-parvata}) MBh.
VarBriS. &c.; mf({A})n. made of cat's-eye gems MBh. R. &c.
vaiduurya* =1 mf({I} or {rI})n. (fr. {vi-dUra}) brought from Vidûra Pân. 4-3, 84.
vaijayanta *= m. (fr. {vi-jayat}, or {-yanta}) the banner of Indra MBh.; a banner, flag R.; the
palace of Indra Buddh.; a house A.; N. of Skanda L.; of a mountain MBh. Hariv.; pl. (with Jainas)
N. of a class of deities L.; ({I}) f. a flag, banner MBh. Kâv. &c.; an ensign W.; a kind of garland
prognosticating victory MBh. Pur.; the necklace of Vishnu MW.; N. of the 8th night of the civil
month Sûryapr.; Premna Spinosa Sus'r.; Sesbania Aegyptiaca L.; N. of a lexicon by
Yâdavaprakâs'a; of a Comm. to Vishnu's Dharmas'âstra (IW. 304, 305); of various other wks.; of a
town or a river AV. Paris'.; n. N. of a gate in Ayodhyâ R.; of a town (= {vana-vAsI}) R. Inscr.
vaikrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kRti}) modified, derivative, secondary ({-tva} n. Lâthy.) RPrât. TPrât.
Sch. &c.; undergoing change, subject to modification Sânkhyak. KapS.; disfigured, deformed
MBh.; not natural, perpetuated by adoption (as a family) Cat.; m. N. of the Ahan-kâra or I-making
faculty MBh.; of a demon causing a partic. disease Hariv.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) change, modification,
alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an unnatural
phenomenon, portent Ragh. VarBriS. Râjat.; mental change, agitation MBh. R. &c.; aversion,
hatred, enmity, hostility MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. Râjat.
vainateyaH = Garuda
vaitasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetasa}) made of or peculiar to a reed ({-sI vRtti}, `" reed-like action "'
i.e. yielding to superior force, adapting one's self to circumstances) TS. Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; m. or n. a
basket made of reed KâtyS'r.; m. (met.) the penis AV.; Rumex Vesicarius L.; Calamus Fasciculatus
W.
vaitasena* = m. (prob. derived fr. a misunderstanding of {vaitase4na} instr. RV. x, 95, 4; cf.
{vaitasa4})N. of Purû-ravas BhP.
vaira = enmity* = mfn. (fr. {vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n. (exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f.
{A}) enmity, hostility, animosity, grudge, quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without {saha}, or
{sA7rdham}, or comp.; often pl.) AV. PañcavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host
S'is'.; money paid as a fine for manslaughter TândyaBr.
vairaagya = uncolouredness, not desiring physical objects
vairaagyaM = renunciation
vairaagyeNa = by detachment
vairishhu = on enemies
vais'aarada* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zArada}) experienced, skilled, expert, unerring BhP.; n. profound
learning R.
vais'aaradya* = n. experience, skill in (loc.), expertness, wisdom MBh. Bâlar. Sâh.; clearness of
intellect, infallibility Yogas. BriÂrUp. Sch.; Buddha's confidence in himself (of four kinds)
DivyA7v. (cf. Dharmas. 77).
vais'eshika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zeSa}, p. 990) special, peculiar, specific, characteristic Âpast.
Sus'r. Bhâshâp. Hcat.; distinguished, excellent, pre-eminent MBh.; relating or belonging to or
based on or dealing with the Vais'eshika doctrine Bhâshâp. Madhus.; m. a follower of the
VñVais'eshika doctrine Kap. Kusum. Buddh.; n. peculiarity, distinction Kan.; N. of the later of the
two great divisions of the Nyâya school of philosophy (it was founded by Kana7da, and differs
from the, `" Nyâya proper "' founded by Gautama, in propounding only seven categories or topics
instead of sixteen; and more especially in its doctrine of {vizeSa}, or eternally distinct nature of
the nine substances, air, fire, water, earth, mind, ether, time, space, and soul, of which the first
five, including mind, are held to be atomic) IW. 65 &c. [1026,3]
vais'va* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vizva}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.), relating to or
presided over by the Vis've Devâh; ({I}) f. N. of the Nakshatra Uttara7shâdha L.; n. id. VarBriS.;
(with {yuga}) the 8th cycle of 5 years in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarYogay.
vaitaanika * mf({I})n. = {vaitAna} (with {dvi-ja} or {vipra}, a Brâhman who observes the precepts
relative to the three sacred fires) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-
offering (esp. of clarified butter, as presented daily by the Brâhmans) W.
vaitanika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetana}) living on wages, serving for wages; m. a hireling, labourer
vaitaana * = mf({I})n. (fr. 2. {vi-tAna}) relating to or performed with the three sacred fires
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh.; m. (m. c.) = {vitAna}, a canopy BhP. (accord. to Comm. = {vitAna-samUha});
a patr. Caran. (v.l. {vaitAyana}); n. a rite performed with the three sacred fires PârGri. Mn. &c.; an
oblation with fire W.
vaitaalika * =1 m. one who is possessed by a Vetâla, the servant of a Vetâla W.; the worshipper of a
Vetâla MW.; a magician, conjurer ib.
vaitaalika * = 2 m. (fr. {vi-tAla}) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty also is to proclaim the
hour of day) MBh. Kâv. &c.; = {-kheDDatAla} L.; one who sings out of tune (?) W. (prob. w.r. for
2. {vaitAnika} above); n. knowledge of one of the 64 arts BhP. Sch.
vaivasvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{vivasvat}) coming from or belonging to the sun R. ; relating or
belonging to Yama Vaivasvata Kaus3. MBh. Ka1v. ; relating to Manu Vaivasvata MBh. Hariv. Pur.
; m. patr. of Yama RV. &c. &c. ; of a Man3u AV. S3Br. &c. ; of the planet Saturn L. ; N. of one of
the Rudras VP. ; (%{I}) f. a daughter of Su1rya MBh. ; patr. of Yami1 MW. ; the south L. ; N. of
Yamuna1 A. ; n. (scil. %{antara}) N. of the 7th or present Manv-antara (as presided over by Manu
Vaivasvata) MW.
vaiyaakaraNa = Grammar
vajra-maNii = diamond
vaksha = chest
vakshoja = breasts
vaktuM = to say
vaktri = orator
vakra = Retrogra * mf({A})n. crooked, curved, bent, tortuous, twisted, wry, oblique AV. &c. &c.;
curled, curly (as hair) AV. &c. &c.; having an apparently backward motion, retrograde (said of
planets) Sûryas. Var. &c. [911, 1]; (in prosody) long (the form of the long mark being curved);
crooked in disposition, cunning, fraudulent, dishonest, evasive, ambiguous KathhUp. MBh. &c.;
hostile, cruel, malignant, inauspicious Kâv. Kathâs. Sâh.; m. a nose L.; the planet Mars VarBriS.;
the planet Saturn L.; a partic. drug (= {parpaTa}) L.; N. of Rudra L.; of the Asura Bâna L.; of a
prince of the Karûshas MBh. (v.l. {vaktra}); of a Râkshasa R.; pl. N. of a people VP. (v.l. {cakra});
(â) f. a partic. musical instrument Lâthy.; (scil. {gati}) a partic. variation in the course of Mercury
VarBriS.; n. the winding course of a river, the arm or bend of a stream S'vetUp.; the apparent
retrograde motion of a planet MBh. Hariv. VarBriS.; a form of fracture (when a bone is bent or
only partially broken) Sus'r.; w.r. for {vaktra}.
vakratuNDaaya = to one who has crooked limb or part(the twised broken tusk)
valaya = circle
valgu * = mfn. (Un. i, 20) handsome, beautiful, lovely, attractive ({u4} ind. beautifully) RV. &c.
&c.; m. a goat L.; N. of one of the four tutelary deities of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; (prob.) N. of a place
g. {varaNA7di}; n. an eyelash L. ja m. or
vams'a*= m. (derivation doubtful) the bamboo cane or any cane (accord. to L. also `" sugarcane "'
and `" Shorea Robusta "') RV. &c. &c.; the upper timbers or beams of a house, the rafters or laths
fastened to the beams (of a roof; cf. {prAcIna-v-}) AV. &c. &c.; a cross-beam, joist, joint VarBriS.;
a reed-pipe, flute, fife Kâv. Râjat.; the back-bone, spine VarBriS. BhP.; a hollow or tubular bone
BhP. (B.) Sch.; the upper nasal bone L.; the central projecting part of a scimitar or sabre VarBriS.;
the line of a pedigree or genealogy (from its resemblance to the succession of joints in a bamboo),
lineage race, family, stock S'Br. &c. &c. (esp. a noble race, a dynasty of kings, a list of teachers &c.;
cf. Pân. 2-1, 19 Sch.); offspring, a son BhP.; (ifc.) a succession or collection of similar things,
assemblage multitude, host (as of chariots, stars &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c; a partic. measure of length (=
10 Hastas) Lîl.; a partic. musical note S'is'.; pride, arrogance Vâs.; bamboo-manna L.; N. of
Vishnu L. ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras (daughter of Prâdhâ) MBh.; ({I}) f. see s.v.
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Râjat.;
mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vanara * = m.= {vAnara}, an ape L.
vañcita* = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (â) f. a kind of riddle or enigma
Cat.
vanga = Bengal
va.nda = Worship
va4ndya * =mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable,
very venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a
parasitical plant L.; {-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vandra * =mfn. praising, doing homage, worshipping Un. ii, 13 Sch.; m. a worshipper, votary,
follower W.; n. prosperity, plenty abundance L.
va.nsha = family
vana = forest
vanaM = forest
vanachara = animal
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N. of a place Ra1jat.;
mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite MW.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. %{vana-prastha}) a Bra1hman in the third stage of life (who has passed
through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an
ascetic life in the woods; see %{Azrama}), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under
the name $) A1past. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia
or Butea Frondosa L.; mfn. relating to a Va1naprastha; m. (scil. %{Azrama}) the third stage of a
Bra1hman's life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
vanaspatishaastram.h = botany
vantaH = subject to
vanda = Worship
vandate = (1 ap) to salute
vande = worship
vandya* mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted reverentially, adorable, very
venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical
plant L.; {-go-rocanA} L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vanhiH = fire
vani* = f. wish, desire AV. m. fire L. ({va4ni} ifc.) procuring, bestowing (cf. {rAyas-poSa-v-} and
Pân. 3-2, 27).
vapuH = body
vara = Groom
vara4 * = 2 inf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) choosing (see {patiM-varA}, {svayaM-varA}); m. `" chooser "',
one who solicits a girl in marriage, suitor, lover, bridegroom, husband (rarely `" son-in-law "') RV.
&c. &c.; a bridegroom's friend MW.; a dissolute man (= {vita} or {SiDga}) L.; ({va4ra}) mf({A})n.
`" select "', choicest, valuable, precious, best, most excellent or eminent among (gen. loc. abl., or
comp.) or for (gen.) S'rS. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) royal, princely Jâtakam.; better, preferable, better than
(abl., rarely gen.) or among (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest W.; ({am}) ind. (g. {svar-Adi}) preferably,
rather, better (also = preferable, sometimes with abl. which in Veda is often followed by {A} e.g.
{agni4bhyo va4ram}, `" better than fires "' RV.; {sa4kkibhya A4 va4ram}, `" better than
companions "' ib.; exceptionally with acc. e.g. {ziSyaiH zata-hutAn homAn}, {ekaH putra-kut
varam}, `" better one sacrifice offered by a son than a hundred offered by disciples "' ShadvBr.)
RV. &c. &c.; it is better that, it would be best if (with pres. e.g. {varaM gacchAmi}, `" it is better
that I go "'; or with Impv. e.g. {varaM naye sthApyatAm}, `" it would be better if he were initiated
into our plan "' Kathâs.; or without any verb e.g. {varaM siMhAt}, `" better [death caused] by a
lion "' Pañcat.; sometimes with Pot., e. {varaM tat kuryAt}, `" better that he should do that Kâm.)
Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; it is better than, rather than (in these senses {varam} is followed by, {na}, {na
ca} {na tu}, {na punaH} {tad api na} or {tathA7pi na}, with nom. e.g. {varaM mRzyur
nacA7kIrtiH}, `" better death than [lit. `" and not "'] infamy "'; exeptionally with instr. e.g. {varam
eko guNI putro ta ca mUrkha-zatair api}, `" better one virtuous son than hundreds of fools "' Hit.;
{na hi-varam}, `" by no mean - but rather "') Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. {A}) `" act or
object of choosing, election, wish, request; boon, gift, reward, benefit, blessing, favour ({va4rAya},
{va4ram A4}, {pra4ti va4ram} or {va4raM varam}, `" according to wish, to one's heart's content
"'; {mad-varAt}, in consequence of the boon granted by me "'; {va4raM-vR}, to choose a boon "';
{varaM-yAc} or {A-kAGkS} or {brU} or Caus. of {pra-arth}, `" to prefer a request "'; {va4raMdA},
`" to grant a boon or blessing "'; {varam pra-dA} or {pra-yam} id.; {varaM-labh}, to receive a
boon or reward "') RV. &c. &c.; a benefit, advantage, privilege Das'.; charity, alms VarBriS.; a
dowry Pañcat.; m. a kind of grain (= {varata}) KâtyS'r. Sch.; bdellium L.; a sparrow L.; N. of a son
of S'vaphalka VP.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants and vegetable products (accord. to L. `" the three
kinds of myrobolan "'; Clypea Hemandifolia; Asparagus Racemosus; Cocculus Cordifolius;
turmeric; Embelia Ribes; a root similar to ginger; = {brAhrnI} and {reNukA}) Sus'r.; N. of Pârvatî
L.; N. of a river BhP.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; N. of Châya (the wife of Sûrya) L.; n.
saffron BhP. (In comp. not always separable from 1. {vara}.)
va4ra = 1 m. (fr. 1. {vR}), `" environing "', `" enclosing "', circumference, space, room RV. AV. TS.
({va4ra A4 pRthivyA4H}, on the wide earth); stopping, checking RV. i, 143, 5.
varaM = better
varaH = better
varada = the one granting boons * mf({A4})n. granting wishes, conferring a boon, ready to fulfil
requests or answer prayers (said of gods and men) AV. S'vetUp. TÂr. &c.; m. a benefactor W.; N.
of Agni in S'ântika Griihyâs.; fire for burnt offerings of a propitiatory character W.; N. of one of
Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a partic. class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a partic. Samâdhi
Kârand.; of one of the 7 Rishis in the 4th Manv-antara VP.; of a Dhyâni-buddha W.; (mostly with
{AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {bhaTTAraka} or {dezñdezika Ac-}) N. of various authors and other
men Cat.; pl. N. of a people R.; ({A}) f. a young woman, girl, maiden L.; N. of a guardian goddess
in the family of Vara-tantu Cat.; of a Yoginî Hcat. (cf. {vara-pradA}); of various plants, Physalis
Flexuosa Bhpr. Npr.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; Helianthus Npr.; Linum Usitatissimum Bhpr.; the
root of yam ib.; = {tri-parNI} Npr.; N. of a river MBh. Kâv.; {gaNapati-stotra}, {-gaNe7?za-stotra}
n. N. of Stotras; {-caturthI} f. N. of the 4th day in the light half of the month Mâgha Cat. (prob.
w.r. for {varadA-caturthI}); {-nAtha}, {-thA7cArya-sUnu}, {-nAyaka-sUri} (Cat.), {-bhaTTa} (V.
P, ), {-mUrti} (Cat.) m. N. of authors; {-rAja} m. (also with {AcArya}, {colapaNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{bhaTTAraka}) N. of various authors and other persons Cat. ({-ja-campU} f. {-daNDaka},
{-paJcAzat} f. {-maGgala}, {-mahiSI-stotra} n. {-mUla} n. {-zataka} n. {-su-prabhAta}, {-stava}
m. {-stotra} n.; {-jA7STaka} n. {-jA7STo7ttara-zata} n. N. of wks.; {-jIya} mfn. coming from or
relating to or composed by Varada-râja; n. N. of wk.); {-viSNu-sUri} m. N. of a Commentator Cat.;
{-hasta} m. the beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) MW.; {-das-caturthI} see
{varada-c-} above L.; {-dA-tantra} n. N. of wk.; {odA7dhiza-yajvan} m. N. of an author Cat.;
{-dA7rka} m. {-do7paniSad-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.
varcas* = n. ( {ruc}) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (esp.) the illuminating power of fire or
the sun i.e. brilliance, lustre, light RV. &c. &c.; colour R. BhP. [924, 2]; splendour, glory Kâv. Pur.;
form, figure, shape L.; excrement, ordure, feces Râjat. Sus'r.; m. N. of a son of Soma MBh.; of a
son of Su-tejas or Su-ketas ib.; of Râkshava BhP. (Sch.)
vardhate = (1 ap) to grow, to increase
vareNya * = mfn. to be wished for, desirable, excellent, best among (gen.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a partic.
class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of a son of Bhriigu MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of S'iva's wife L.; n.
supreme bliss VP.; saffron L.
vareNyakratu * = ({vA-}) mfn. having excellent understanding, intelligent, wise RV. AV.
varga = Divisional or Harmonic Charts;varga* (accented only in Nigh.) m. (fr. {vRj}) one who
excludes or removes or averts KaushUp.; (ifc. f. {A}) a separate division, class, set, multitude of
similar things (animate or inanimate), group, company, family, party, side (mostly ifc. e.g.
{catur-}, {tri-v-} q.v.; often pl. for sg.) KâtyS'r. Prât. &c.; (esp.) any series or group of words
classified together (as {manuSya-vanas-pati-v-} &c.), or a class or series of consonants in the
alphabet (seven such classes being given, viz. {ka-varga}, `" the class of Guttural letters {ca-kAra-
v-}, or {ca-v-}, `" the Palatals "' [924, 1]; {Ta-v-} `" the Cerebrals "'; {ta-v-} `" the Dentals "'; {pa-
v-} `" the Labials "'; {ya-v-} `" the Semivowels "'; {za-v-} `" the Sibilants "', and the aspirate h cf.
{varga-dvitIya} and {-prathama}) Prât. VarBriS. Vop.; everything comprehended under any
department or head, everything included under a category, province or sphere of. VarBriS.; = {tri-
varga} (q.v.) BhP.; a section, chapter, division of a book, (esp.) a subdivision of an Adhyâya in the
Riig-veda (which accord. to the mere mechanical division, contains 8 Ashtakas or 64 Adhyîyas or
2006 Vargas; cf. {maNDala}) and a similar subdivision in the Briihad-devatâ; (in alg.) the square
of a number Col. (e.g. {paJca-v-}, square of five cf. {bhinna-v-}); = {bala}, strength Naigh. ii, 9; N.
of a country Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vargottama = Same sign in navaa.nsha as in Bhavi usually increasing power for good or bad
varN* = (rather Nom. fr. {varNa}) cl. 10. P. (Dhâtup. xxxv, 83) {varNayati} (m.c. also {-te}; aor.
{avavarNat}; inf. {varNayitum} or {varNitum}), to paint, colour, dye. Yâjñ. Das'.; to depict,
picture, write, describe, relate, tell, explain MBh. Kâv. &c.; to regard, consider Kathâs.; to spread,
extend MBh.; to praise, extol, proclaim qualities W.: Pass. {varNyate} (aor. {avarNi}), to be
coloured or described &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.
varNada* = mfn. giving colour, colouring, dyeing W.; giving tribe &c. ib.; n. a kind of fragrant
yellow wood L.
varNa = color * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. {vR}; ifc. f. {A}) a covering, cloak, mantle
L.; a cover, lid Yâjñ. iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.;
colour of the face, (esp.) good colour or complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint,
dye, pigment (for painting or writing) MBh. Kâv. &c.; colour = race, species, kind, sort, character,
nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) RV. &c. &c.; class of men, tribe, order,
caste (prob. from contrast of colour between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors;
in RV. esp. applied to the Âryas and the Dâsas; but more properly applicable to the four principal
classes described in Manu's code, viz. Brâhmans, Kshatriyas, Vais'yas, and s'ûdras; the more
modern word for `" caste "' being jâti; cf. IW. 210 n. 1) ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word
Br. Prât. &c.; a musical sound or note (also applied to the voice of animals) MBh. R. Pañcat.; the
order or arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise, commendation, renown, glory Mriicch. Kum.
Râjat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in arithm.) the figure, `" one "'; (accord. to
some) a co-efficient; a kind of measure L. (cf. {-tAla}); gold L.; a religious observance L.; one who
wards off, expeller Sây. on RV. i, 104, 2; ({A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n. saffron L. [Cf. accord. to
some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "'; Lith. {vA7rnas}, `" a crow. "']
varNaM = colors
varNayaaM = do we describe
varsha = Year
varsha * = mf({A})n. (fr. {vRS}) raining (ifc. e.g. {kAma-v-}, raining according to one's wish)
BhP.; m. and (older) n. (ifc. f. {A}) rain, raining, a shower (either `" of rain "', or fig. `" of flowers,
arrows, dust &c. "'; also applied to seminal effusion) RV. &c. &c.; (pl.) the rains AV. (cf. {varSA}
f.); a cloud L.; a year (commonly applied to age) Br. &c. &c. ({A varSAt}, for a whole year;
{varSAt}, after a year; {varSeNa} within a year; {varSe} every year); a day (?) R. vii, 73, 5 (Sch.); a
division of the earth as separated off by certain mountain ranges (9 such divisions are
enumerated, viz. Kuru, Hiranmaya, Ramyaka, Ila7vriita, Hari; Ketu-mâlâ, Bhadra7s'iva. Kimnara,
and Bhârata "'; sometimes the number given is 7) MBh. Pur. (cf. IW. 420); India (=
{bhAratavarSa} and {jambu-dvIpa}) L.; m. N. of a grammarian Kathâs.; ({A4}) f. see p. 92 7, col.
2.
varshaa4* = f. rain S'ânkhGri. VarBriS.; pl. (exceptionally sg.) the rains, rainy season, monsoon
(lastyear into six seasons [see {Rtu}], the rains falling in some places during S'râvana and Bhâdra,
and in others during Bhâdra and Âs'vina; and in others for a longer period) TS. &c. &c.; Medicago
Esculenta L. [Cf. Gk. $, `" rain-drops. "']
varshh.h = to pour
varshha = year
varshhaM = rain
varshhaa = monsoon
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way,
course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern
country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartanIya* = mfn. to be stayed or dwelt in; n. (impers.) it should be applied or attended to (loc.)
Vcar.
vartin* = mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
(ifc.) being in any position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying,
executing (an order; cf. {nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
behaving properly towards ib. (cf. {guru-v-}; {guru-vat} = {gurAv iva}); turning, moving, going
MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= {pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
varti4s* = n. circuit, orbit RV.; lodging, abode ib. (= {mArga} Mahîdh.; = {gRha} Sây.)
vartula* = mf({A})n. round, circular, globular BhP. Vet. Hcat.; m. a kind of pea Madanav.; a ball
L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; ({A}) f. a ball at the end of a spindle to assist its rotation, L,;
({I}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.; n. a circle Cat.; the bulb of a kind of onion L.
vartana = Behavior
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel, rut, path, way,
course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern
country L.; = {stotra} g. {uJchA7di}.
vartman* = n. the track or rut of a wheel, path, road, way, course (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (instr.
or loc. ifc. = by way of. along, through, by); an edge, border, rim Sus'r.; an eyelid (as encircling the
eye) AV. ChUp. Sus'r.; basis, foundation, RPrat. (cf. {dyUta-v-}).
vartamana = present
vartamaana = Present
vartamaanaH = being situated* = vartamAna* mfn. turning, moving, existing, living, abiding &c.;
present KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. the terminations of the present tense Kât.; n. presence, the present time
Kâv. BhP.; (in gram.) the present tense.
vartamaanaani = present
vartita= *mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned , rounded (see %{su-v-}) ; turned about , rolled (as a wheel) BhP.
; caused to be or exist , brought about , accomplished , prepared MBh. Pan5cat. ; spent , passed
(as time or life) MBh. BhP.
varte = I am engaged
varteta = remains
vartma = path
varya * =mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) to be chosen, eligible, to be asked or obtained in marriage Pân. 3-
i, 101 Sch.; excellent, eminent, chief, principal, best of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the god
of love L.; ({A}) f. a girl who chooses her husband L.
vasaa * = (sometimes written {vazA}) f. `" shining "', `" white "', the serum or marrow of the flesh
(considered by some as distinct from that of the bones by others as the same), marrow, fat, grease,
lard, suet, melted fat, any fatty or oily substance VS. &c. &c.; brain Kathâs.; a partic. root similar
to ginger L.; N. of a river MBh.
vasa * = m. or n. dwelling, residence (see {dur-vasa}); ({A4}) f. (accord. to some) id. (?) RV. v. 2,
6.
vasana = dwelling * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an
upper and lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e.
wholly devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Ka1v. Pur.) ; investment, siege L. ; a leaf of the
cinnamon tree L. ; (also %{A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. //2 n. (for 1. see
col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasanaM = pitambharam
vasana * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel, attire (du. an upper and
lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A} = clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly
devoted or attached to e.g. to a doctrine Kâv. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon
tree L.; (also {A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. \\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1)
dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasha = Agree
vas'a* = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. {va4zAn a4nu} or {a4nu va4za}, `" according
to wish or will, at pleasure "'); authority, power, control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc.
with verbs of going e.g. with {i}, {anu-i}, {gam}, {A-gam}, {ya}, {A-pad}, {A-sthA} &c., `" to fall
into a persoñs [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "'; acc. with {nI}, {A-nI} and {pra-yuj},
or loc. with {kR}, {labh} or Caus. of {sthA} or {saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "';
loc. with {bhU}, {vRt}, {sthA} and {saM-sthA}, `" to be in a persoñs [gen.] power "'; {vazena},
{-zAt}, and {-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by means of,
according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. {veza}); Carissa Carandas L.; the son of a Vais'ya
and a Karanî L.; N. of a Riishi preserved by the As'vins RV.; (with {azvya}) of the supposed author
of RV. viii, 46 (in S'Br. &c. also of this hymn itself); = {vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr.
MBh.; ({A}) f. see below; mf({A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on
(gen.) Kathâs. BhP. Pañcat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.
vas'aa* = f. (rather fr. {vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. {vaz}) a cow (esp. barren) RV. AV.
Br. GriS'rS.; (with {a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female elephant Vikr. Kathâs.; a barren woman Mn.
viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to
some, Lat. {vacca}.]
vashaM = control
vashaaH = (Nom.Pl.) (are under) control or influence
vashath * = ind. (accord. to some fr. 1. {vah}; cf. 2. {vaT} and {vauSaT}) an exclamation uttered by
the Hotrii priest at the end of the sacrificial verse (on hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the
oblation offered to the deity into the fire; it is joined with a dat. e.g. {pUSNe vaSaT}; with {kR}, to
utter the exclamation {vaSaT} "') RV. VS. Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. Pur
yas'oda*= mfn. conferring fame or renown L.; m. quicksilver L. (cf. {yazo-dhA}); ({A}) f. see 1.
{yazo-dA}.
yas'odaa*= f. (of {yazoda}) N. of the daughter of a class of deceased ancestors Hariv.; of the wife
of the cowherd Nanda (Kriishna's foster-mother who nursed him immediately after his birth cf.
IW. 332) Hariv. Pur. &c.; of the wife of Mahâ-vîra (and daughter of Samaravîra) W.; {-garbha-
sambhUtA} f. N. of Durgâ MBh.; {-nanda} (Hariv.), {-nandana} (Pañcar.), {-suta} (Cân.), m. `"
Yas'o-dâ's son "', metron. of Kriishna. -2.\\*=mfn. bestowing fame or honour TS.; f. N. of partic.
bricks ib. ÂpS'r.
vas'itva * = n. freedom of will, the being one's own master MBh. Hariv. [929, 3]; power or
dominion over (loc.) Sarvad.; the supernatural power of subduing to one's own will MârkP.
Pañcar. &c.; mastery of one's self, self-command Kum. MârkP.; subduing by magical means,
fascinating, bewitching MW.
vas'itaa * = f. subjugation, dominion W.; the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will,
unbounded power of (comp.; a Bodhi-sattva is said to have 10 Vas'itâs, viz. {Ayur-}, {citta-},
{pariSkAra-}, {dharma-}, {Rddhi-}, {janma-}, {adhimukti-}, {praNidhAna-}, {karma-}, and
{jAna-v-} Dharmas. 74) BhP. Buddh.; subduing by the use of magical means, fascinating,
bewitching W.
vasishthha * = mfn. (superl. fr. 1. {va4su}; cf. {va4sIyas} and under 3. {vas}) most excellent, best,
richest RV. AV. Br. ChUp. MBh.; m. (wrongly written {vaziSTha}), `" the most wealthy "'N. of a
celebrated Vedic Riishi or sage (owner of the `" cow of plenty "', called Nandinî, offspring of
Surabhi, which by gransing all desires made him, as his name implies, master of every {vasu} or
desirable object; he was the typical representative of Brâhmanical rank, and the legends of his
conflict with Vis'vâ-mitra, who raised himself from the kingly or Kshatriya to the Brâhmanical
class, were probably founded on the actual struggles which took place between the Brâhmans and
Kshatriyas; a great many hymns of the RV. are ascribed to these two great rivals; those of the
seventh Mandala, besides some others, being attributed to Vasishthha, while those of the third
Mandala are assigned to Vis'vâ-mitra; in one of Vasishtha's hymns he is represented as king Su-
dâs "' family priest, an office to which Vis'vâ-mitra also aspired; in another hymn Vasishthha
claims to have been inspired by Varuna, and in another [RV. vii, 33, 11] he is called the son of the
Apsaras Urvas'î by Mitra and Varuna, whence his patronymic Maitrâvaruni [930,3]; in Manu i,
35, he is enumerated among the ten Prajâ-patis or Patriarchs produced by Manu Svâyambhuva
for the peopling of the universe; in the MBh. he is mentioned as the family priest of the solar race
or family of Ikshvâku and Râma-candra, and in the Purânas as one of the arrangers of the Vedas
in the Dvâpara age; he is, moreover, called the father of Aurva [Hariv.], of the Sukâlins [Mn.], of
seven sons [Hariv. Pur.], and the husband of Aksha-mâlâ or Arundhatî [MBh.] and of Ûrjâ [Pur.];
other legends make him one of the 7 patriarchal sages regarded as forming the Great Bear in
which he represents the star (see {RSi}) RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW. 361; 402 n. 1 &c.); N. of the author of
a law-book and other wks. (prob. intended to be ascribed to the Vedic Riishi above); pl. the family
of Vasishthha RV. S'Br. S'rS. ({vasiSThasyA7GkuzaH} &c.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr.); N. of an
Anuvâka Pat. on Pân. 4-3, 131 Vârtt. 2; n. flesh Gal.
vastu = Article* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen.
{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; {va4stor vastoH}, every mñmorning; {va4stor asyA4H}, this
mñmorning; {pra4ti va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. {va4stave} see under 2. {vas}).
vastu* = 2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see {kapila-}, {vraNa-v-}); any really
existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c. (also
applied to living beings e.g. S'ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to {a-v-}, `" that which does not
really exist, the unreal "'; {a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has no second
"') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Kâv.;
goods, wealth, property (cf. {-vinimaya} and {-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair,
circumstance MBh. Kâv. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a
drama or poem) Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition Sangît.; natural
disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.
vastuuni = objects
vastra = Garment
vastrakos'a* = n. a clothes-bag L.
vastraveza* = m. or a tent L.
vastu* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV. VS. (gen.
%{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; %{va4stor@vastoH}, every mñmorning; %{va4stor@asyA4H},
this mñmorning; %{pra4ti@va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat. %{va4stave} see under 2.
%{vas}).//2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see %{kapila-}, %{vraNa-v-}); any
really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s. &c.
(also applied to living beings e.g. S3ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to %{a-v-}, `" that which
does not really exist, the unreal "'; %{a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has
no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for
(comp.) Ka1v.; goods, wealth, property (cf. %{-vinimaya} and %{-hAni}); the thing in question
matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech
&c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition
Sam2gi1t.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.//1. 2
see pp. 931 and 932.
vastutas* = ind. owing to the nature of things BhP.; in fact, in reality, actually, verily, essentially
ib. Râjat. Sarvad.
vastutaa* = f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pañcat.; = next BhP.
vasudhaa = earth
vasu * = 1 mf({u} or {vI})n. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) excellent, good, beneficent RV. GriS'rS.;
sweet L.; dry L.; N. of the gods (as the `" good or bright ones, esp. of the Âdityas, Maruts, As'vins,
Indra, Ushas, Rudra, Vâyu, Vishnu, S'iva, and Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R.; of a partic. class of gods
(whose number is usually eight, and whose chief is Indra, later Agni and Vishnu; they form one of
the nine Ganas or classes enumerated under Gana-devatâ q.v.; the eight Vasus were originally
personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with
the other Ganas common in the Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras and the twelve Âdiyas, constituting
with them and with Dyaus, Heaven, and Priithivî, `" Earth "' [or, according to some, with Indra
and Prajâ-pati, or, according to others, with the two As'vins], the thirty-three gods to which
reference is frequently made; the names of the Vasus, according to the Vishnu-Purâna, are, 1. Âpa
[connected with {ap} "', `" water "']; 2. Dhruva, `" the Pole-star; 3. Soma, `" the Moon "'; 4. Dhava
or Dhara; 5. Anila, `" Wind "'; 6. Anala or Pâvaka, `" Fire "'; 7. Pratyusha, `" the Dawn "'; 8.
Prabhâsa, `" Light "'; but their names are variously given; Ahan, `" Day "', being sometimes
substituted for 1; in their relationship to Fire and Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than
Purânic mythology) RV. &c. &c.; a symbolical N. of the number `" eight "' VarBriS.; a ray of light
Naigh. i, 15; a partic. ray of light VP.; = {jina} S'îl. (only L. the sun; the moon; fire; a rope, thong; a
tree; N. of two kinds of plant = {baka} and {pIta-madgu}; a lake, pond; a kind of fish; the the of
the yoke of a plough; the distance from the elbow to the closed fist); N. of a Rishi (with the patr.
Bharad-vâja, author of RV. ix, 80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv.; of a son of Manu
ib.; of a son of Uttâna-pâda ib.; of a prince of the Cedis also called Upari-cara MBh.; of a son of
Îlina ib.; of a son of Kus'a and the country called after him RV.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a
son of Kriishna ib.; of a son of Vatsara ib.; of a son of Hiranya-retas and the Varsha ruled by him
ib.; of a son of Bhûtajyotis ib.; of a son of Naraka ib.; of a king of Kas'mîra Cat. [931, 1]; ({u}) f.
light, radiance L.; a partic. drug L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Vasus (as a class
of gods) Hariv. VP.: ({vI}) f. night Naigh. i, 7; n. (in Veda gen. {va4sos}, {va4svas} and
{va4sunas}; also pl., exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches, property RV. &c. &c. ({vasoS-pati}
m. prob. `" the god of wealth or property "' AV. i, 12 [Paipp. {asoS-p-}, `" the god of life "'];
{va4sor-dhA4rA} f. `" stream of wealth "'N. of a partic. libation of Ghriita at the Agni-cayana AV.
TS. Br. &c.; of the wife of Agni BhP.; of the heavenly Gangâ MBh.; of sacred bathing-place ib.; of a
kind of vessel ib.; {-rA-prayoga} m. N. of wk.); gold (see {-varma-dhara}); a jewel, gem, pearl (see
{-mekhala}); any valuable or precious object L.; (also f.) a partic. drug L.; a kind of salt (=
{romaka}) L.; water L.; a horse (?) L.; = {zyAma} L
vasudeva * = m. N. of the father of Kriishna (he was the son of S'ûra, a descendant of Yadu of the
lunar line, and was also called Ânaka-dundubhi q.v., because at his birth the gods, foreseeing that
Vishnu would take a human form in his family, sounded the drums of heaven for joy; he was a
brother of Kuntî or Priithâ, the mother of the Pandu princes, who were thus cousins of Kriishna;
see 1. {kRSNa}) MBh. Hariv. BhP. &c.; of a king of the Kanva dynasty Pur. Vâs., Introd.; of
Kriishna Pañcar.; of the grandfather of the poet Mâgha Cat.; (also with {brahma-prasAda}) of two
authors Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of S'va-phalka VP.; n. the lunar mansion Dhanishthhâ
VarBriS.; {-janman} m. N. of Kriishna S'is'.; {-tA} f. a goddess granting wñwealth Hariv. (cf.
{vasu-devatA} below); {-putra} m. N. of Kriishna Kâv.; {-brahma-prasAda} m. N. of an author
Cat.; {-bhU} m. `" son of Vasu-deva "'N. of Kriishna L.; {-vA7tma-ja} m. id. Pañcar
vasya* = to be put on
vaasya* = to be (or being) covered or enveloped Îs'Up.; being worn; to be caused to dwell or settle
down; an axe
vath* = (prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below; cf. 1. {vRt}) cl. 1. P, {vaTati} (pf.
{vavATa} &c.), to surround, encompass Dhâtup. ix, 13; cl. 10. P. {vaTayati}, to tie, string, connect,
xxxv, 5; to divide, partition, xxxv, 65; to speak, xix, 1 7: Pass. {vaTyate} (only {vaTyante} Vishn.
xliii, 34), to be crushed or pounded or ground down.
vat* = 1 an affix (technically termed {vati}; see Pân. 5-1, 115 &c.) added to words to imply likeness
or resemblance, and generally translatable by `" as "', `" like "' (e.g. {brAhmaNa-vat}, like a
Brâhman; {pitR-vat} = {pite7va}, {pitaram iva}, {pitur iva} and {pitarI7va}).
vaath* = ind. (g. {cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `" bring "' or `" take "',
fr. {vAh} = {vah}) VS. Br. S'rS.
vaat* = 2 cl. 10. P. {vAtayati}, to fan (cf. {vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan; to serve, make happy; to
go Dhâtup. xxxv, 30.
vaata*=1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `"
the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117;
wind or air as one of the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila},
{samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence, gout,
rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a
Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib.\\*=1 &c. see p. 934, col. 2 &c. *=2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita},
solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and
{nivAta}).
vaatha*= mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian fig-tree or its wood &c.
Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall, (or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park,
plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum
W.; the groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an enclosure of a (low-
caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv.
Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and
{anna-bheda}.
vata * = mfn. uttered, sounded, spoken W.; asked, begged ib.; killed, hurt MW.; (ind.) see {bata}.
vatha*= m. (perhaps Prâkriit for {vRta}, `" surrounded, covered "'; cf. {nyag-rodha}) the Banyan
or Indian fig. tree (Ficus Indica) MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL. 337 (also said to be n.); a sort of bird BhP.; a
small shell, the Cypraea Moneta or cowry L.; a pawn (in chess) L.; sulphur L.; = {sAmya} L.; N. of
a Tîrtha Vishn.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Venukî L. (also n.
and {I} f.); a string, rope, tie L. (only {vaTa} ibc., and {paJca-v-}, q.v.); a small lump, globule &c. =
{vaTaka} S'ârngS.; ({I}) f. a kind of tree, Rajan.; (with {gA-DhA}) a partic. position in the game of
Catur-anga or chess L.; a little round ball L.
vatsa* = yearling, a calf, the young of any animal, offspring, child, often used as a term of
endearment = my dear child, my darling; a son, boy
vatsya = reside
vaya = age
vayaM = (pron) we
vayanam.h = weaving
vayas* = 3 n. ( %{vI}) enjoyment , food , meal , oblation RV. AV. (cf. %{vIti}) [920,3] ; energy
(both bodily and mental) , strength , health , vigour , power , might RV. AV. VS. (often with
%{bRha4t} ; with %{dhA} and dat. or loc. of pers. `" to bestow vigour or might on "') ; vigorous
age , youth , prime of life , any period of life , age RV. &c. &c. (%{sarvANi@vayAMsi} , animals of
any age ; %{vayasA7nvita} or %{vayasA7tI7ta} , aged. old) ; degree , kind (in %{vayAMsi@pra-
brUhi}) S3Br.
vayasi = of age
vayasya *= mfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a
contemporary, associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address) ib.; ({A4}) f. a female
friend, a womañs confidante Mriicch. Kathâs.; (scil. {iSTakA}) N. of 19 bricks used for building
the sacrificial altar (so called from the word {vayas} in the formula of consecration) TS. Kâthh. Br.
veda * =2 m. (fr. 3. {vid}) finding, obtaining, acquisition (see {su-v-}); property, goods Âs'vGri.
veda * =3 m. (perhaps connected with 1. {ve}, to weave or bind together) a tuft or bunch of strong
grass (Kus'a or Muñja) made into a broom (and used for sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire
&c., in rites) AV. MS. Br. S'rS. Mn.
vedaanga* = n. `" a limb (for preserving the body) of the Veda "'N. of certain works or classes of
works regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the Veda, (six are usually
enumerated [and mostly written in the Sûtra or aphoristic style]; 1. {zikSA}, `" the science of
proper articulation and pronunciation "', comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity,
the use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of
euphony peculiar to the Veda [many short treatises and a chapter of the Taittirîya-âranyaka are
regarded as the representatives of this subject; but other works on Vedic phonetics may be
included under it see {prAtizAkhya}]: 2. {chandas}, `" metre "' [represented by a treatise ascribed
to Pingala-nâga, which, however, treats of Prâkriit as well as Sanskriit metres, and includes only a
few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. {vyAkaraNa}, `" linguistic analysis or grammar [represented
by Pânini's celebrated Sûtras]: 4. {nirukta}, `" explanation of difficult Vedic words "' [cf. {yAska}]:
5. {jyotiSa}, `" astronomy "', or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the object
of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. {kalpa}, `" ceremonial "', represented
by a large number of Sûtra works [cf. {sUtra}]: the first and second of these Veda7ngas are said to
be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation of the Veda, the third and fourth the
understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices: the Veda7ngas are
alluded to by Manu, who calls them, in iii, 184, Pravacanas, `" expositions "', a term which is said
to be also applied to the Brâhmanas) IW. 145 &c.
vedakrama = vedaas
vedana* = pain, torture, agony, feeling sensation, but also: announcing, proclaiming; n.
perception, knowledge; making known, proclaiming
vedayaGYa = by sacrifice
vedaanta = Vedic method of Self-Realization* = m. end of the Veda (= `" complete knowledge of
the Veda "' cf. {vedA7nta-ga}) TÂr. MBh.; N. of the second and most important part of the
Mîmânsâ or third of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (called Veda7nta either as
teaching the ultimate scope of the Veda or simply as explained in the Upanishads which come at
the end of the Veda; this system, although belonging to the Mîmânsâ [q.v.] and sometimes called
Uttara-mîmânsâ, `" examination of the later portion or {jJAna-kANDa} [q.v.] of the Veda "', is
really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed of the Hindûs of the present day - a
creed which underlies all the polytheism and multiform mythology of the people; its chief
doctrine [as expounded by S'ankara] is that of Advaita i.e. that nothing really exists but the One
Self or Soul of the Universe called Brahman [neut.] or Parama7tman, and that the Jîva7tman or
individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are really identical with the
Parama7tman, and that their existence is only the result of Ajñâna [otherwise called Avidyâ] or an
assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and
Creation; Actor and Act; Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three qualities [see
{guNa}]; the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations, and re-union
with the Parama7tman, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that
ignorance through a proper understanding of the Veda7nta; this system is also called Brahma-
mîmânsâ and S'ârîrakamîmânsâ, `" inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit "'; the founder of the
school is said to have been Vyâsa, also called Bâdarâyana, and its most eminent teacher was
S'ankara7cârya) Up. MBh. &c.; ({As}) m. pl. the Upanishads or works on the Veda7nta philosophy
Kull. on Mn. vi, 83
veditavyaM = to be understood
vedituM = to understand
vedyaH = knowable
vedhas.h = brahmaa
vegaM = urges
vega * = m. (fr. {vij}) violent agitation, shock, jerk AV. R.; a stream, flood, current (of water, tears
&c.) AV. S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; rush, dash, impetus, momentum, onset MBh. BhP.; impetuosity,
vehemence, haste, speed, rapidity, quickness, velocity ({vegAd vegaM-gam}, to go from speed to
speed, increase one's speed) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the flight (of an arrow) Kir.; outbreak, outburst (of
passion), excitement, agitation, emotion ib.; attack, paroxysm (of a disease) Sus'r.; circulation,
working, effect (of poison; in Sus'r. seven stages or symptoms are mentioned) Yâjñ. Kâv. &c.;
expulsion of the feces Sus'r.; semen virile L.; impetus Kan. Sarvad.; the fruit of Trichosanthes
Palmata L.; N. of a class of evil demons Hariv.
vegavat* = mfn. agitated (as the ocean) R.; impetuous, rapid, hasty, swift, violent MBh. Kâv. &c.;
m. a leopard L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a king
(son of Bandhu-mat) ib.; of a monkey R.; ({vatI}) f. N. of a river R.; a partic. drug Sus'r.; a kind of
metre Ping.; N. of a Vidyâdharî Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a class of Apsarases or celestial nymphs VP.;
{-tama} mfn. speediest, quickest, very quick or swift MW.; {-tara} mfn. more speedy, quicker,
very quick ib.; {-tA} f. swiftness, velocity ib.; {-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra.
vegatara* = m. greater swiftness ({vegAd vegataraM-gam}, to run faster and faster; cf. {vega})
Pañcat. (B.)
vegatas* = ind. with a sudden impetus R.; with speed, quickly, hastily, impetuously Kathâs.
vegaaH = speed
velaa*= f. limit, boundary, end S'Br. Kâvya7d.; distance S'Br. KâtyS'r.; boundary of sea and land
(personified as the daughter of Meru and Dhârinî, and the wife of Samudra), coast, shore
({velAyAm}, on the sea-shore, coast-wise) MBh. Kâv. &c. [1018, 3]; limit of time, period, season,
time of day, hour (with {pazcimA}, the evening hour; {kA velA}, `" what time of the day is it? "'
{kA velA prA7ptAyAH}, `" how long has she been here? "' {-velam} ifc. after a numeral = times)
S'Br. &c. &c.; opportunity, occasion, interval, leisure ({velAm pra-kR}, to watch for an
opportunity; {velAyAm}, at the right moment or season; {artha-velAyAm}, at the moment when
the meaning is under consideration) MBh. Kâv. &c.; meal-time, meal (as of a god = {Izvarasya
bhojanam}, S'iva's meal) L.; the last hour, hour of death BhP.; easy or painless death L.; tide, flow
(opp. to `" ebb "'), stream, current MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; `" sickness "' or `" passion "' ({rAga} or
{roga}) L.; the gums L.; speech L.; N. of the wife of Buddha L.; of a princess found on the seashore
(after whom the 11th Lambaka of the Kathâsarit-sâgara is called).
vela * = n. a garden, grove L. (cf. {vipina} fr. 1. {vip}); a partic. high number Buddh.; m. the
mango tree L.
veNuH = flute
vepamaanaH = trembling
vesha = dress
veshhaH = make-ups/garbs/roles
vetaala * = m. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire (esp. one
occupying a dead body) Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants, KâlikâP.; of a
teacher BhP.; of a poet Cat.; a door-keeper (?) L.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ Vâs.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ
Hariv.
vetravat* = mfn. containing or consisting of reeds BhP. ; m. N. of a mythical
being (a son of Pu1shan) Katha1s. ; (%{atI}) f. a female door-keeper S3ak. Prab. ;
a form of Durga1 Hariv. (v.l. %{citra-rathI}) ; N. of a river (now called the Betwa1,
which, rising among the Vindhya hills in the Bhopa1l State and following a north-
easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna1 below Hami1rpur)
MBh. R. &c. ; of the mother of Vetra7sura VarP.
vetrin* = mfn. (ifc.) having a cane, having anything for a cane MaitrUp. ; m. a staff-bearer, door-
keeper Ra1jat.
vetti = knows
vettR* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vid}) ono who knows or feels or witnesses or experiences, a knower,
experiencer, witness S3vetUp. MBh. &c. ; m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and
God W.\\ = 2 m. (fr. 3. %{vid}) one who obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband A1past.
vi* = 1 m. (nom. {vi4s} or {ve4s} acc. {vi4m} gen. abl. {ve4s}; pl. nom. acc. {va4yas} [acc. {vIn}
Bhathth.]; {vi4bhis}, {vi4bhyas}, {vInA4m}) a bird (also applied to horses, arrows, and the
Maruts) RV. VS. PañcavBr, (also occurring in later language). [Cf. 1. {va4yas}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. {a-
vis}; accord. to &287958[949, 3] some Germ. {Ei}; Angl. Sax. {ae4g}; Eng. {egg.}] - 1.
vi* = 2 n. an artificial word said to be = {anna} S'Br. \\* = 3 ind. (prob. for an original {dvi},
meaning `" in two parts "'; and opp. to {sam} q.v.) apart, asunder, in different directions, to and
fro, about, away, away from, off, without RV. &c. &c. In RV. it appears also as a prep. with acc.
denoting `" through "' or `" between "' (with ellipse of the verb e.g. i, 181, 5; x, 86, 20 &c.) It is esp.
used as a prefix to verbs or nouns and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express `"
division "', `" distinction "', `" distribution "', `" arrangement "', `" order "', `" opposition "', or `"
deliberation "' (cf. {vi-bhid}, {-ziS}, {-dhA}, {-rudh}, {-car}, with their nominal derivatives);
sometimes it gives a meaning opposite to the idea contained in the simple root (e.g. {krI}, `" to
buy "'; {vi-krI}, `" to sell "'), or it intensifies that idea (e.g. {hiMs}, `" to injure "'; {vi-hiMs}, `" to
injure severely "'). The above 3. {vi4} may also be used in forming compounds not immediately
referable to verbs, in which cases it may express `" difference "' (cf. 1. {vi-lakSaNa}), `" change "'
or `" variety "' (cf. {vi-citra}), `" intensity "' (cf. {vi-karAla}), `" manifoldness "' (cf. {vi-vidha}), `"
contrariety "' (cf. {vi-loma}), `" deviation from right "' (cf. {vi-zIla}), `" negation "' or `" privatlon
"' (cf. {vi-kaccha}, being often used like 3. {a}, {nir}, and {nis} [qq. vv.], and like the Lat. {dis},
{se}, and the English {a}, {dis}, {in}, {un} &c.); in some cases it does not seem to modify the
meaning of the simple word at all (cf. {vi-jAmi}, {vi-jAmAtR}); it is also used to form proper
names out of other proper names (e.g. {vi-koka}, {vi-pRthu}, {vi-viMza}). To save space such
words are here mostly collected under one article; but words having several subordinate
compounds will be found s.v.
vi+apa+gam.h = to go away
vi+bhaa = to adorn
vi+GYaa = to know
vibhaktaM = divided
vibhaagayoH = differences
vibhaata* = mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. ({-tA vibhAvarI}, the morning has dawned Kathâs.);
become visible, appeared ChUp. BhP.; n. dawn, day-break, morning Kâlid.
vibhaashita* = mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. = optional) Nir. Kaus'. Pân.
vibhid * =P. Â. {-bhinatti}, {-bhintte} to split or break in two, break in pieces, cleave asunder,
divide, separate, open RV. &c. &c.; to pierce, sting S'Br. MârkP.; to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP.; to
break, infringe, violate R. Bâlar. BhP.; to scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kâv. &c.; to alter,
change (the mind) MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken, burst asunder &c. (also P. Cond.
{vyabhetsyat} ChUp.); to be changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus. {-bhedayati}, to cause to split &c.;
to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R.
vi4-bhida * = m. N. of a demon Suparn.; ({A}) f. `" perforation "' and `" falling away "', `"
apostasy "' S'is'. xx, 23.
vi-buddha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kâv. &c.; expanded,
blown ib.; clever, experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015; {-kamala} mfn. having expanded
lotuses MBh.; {-cUta} m. a mango-tree in blossom Mâlav.
vibhuM = greatest
vibhuutayaH = opulences
vibhuuti = divine power * = mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir.; abundant, plentiful RV.; mighty,
powerful ib.; presiding over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra
MBh.; of a king VP.; f. development, multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kâv. Kathâs.
&c.; manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties,
especially attributed to S'iva, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through
worship of that deity, viz. {aNiman}, the power of becoming as minute as an atom; {laghiman},
extreme lightness; {prA7pti}, attaining or reaching anything [e.g. the moon with the tip of the
finger] [979, 1]; {prAkAmya}, irresistible will; {mahiman}, illimitable bulk; {IzitA}, supreme
dominion; {vazitA}, subjugating by magic; and {kAmA7vasAyitA}, the suppressing all desires) ib.;
a partic. S'akti Hcat.; the might of a king or great lord, sovereign power, greatness Kâlid. Pañcat.
Kathâs. &c.; successful issue (of a sacrifice) MBh. R.; splendour, glory, magnificence Hariv. Ragh.
VarBriS.; fortune, welfare, prosperity Pras'nUp. MBh. &c.; (also pl.) riches, wealth, opulence Kâm.
Kâv. Kathâs.; N. of Lakshmi (the Goddess of Fortune and welfare) BhP.; the ashes of cow-dung
&c. (with which S'iva is said to smear his body, and hence used in imitation of him by devotees)
Pañcar. Sâh.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; {-grahaNa} n. taking up ashes (at the Vais'vadeva
ceremony) RTL. 420; {-candra} m. N. of an author, Cat; {-dvAdazI} f. a Vrata or religious
observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishnu) ib.; {-dhAraNa-vidhi} m. N. of wk.;
{-bala} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mat} mfn. mighty, powerful, superhuman Bhag. BhP.; smeared with
ashes W.; {-mAdhava} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {-yoga}
m. N. of the 6th canto of the S'iva-gîtâ.
vibhuutiM = opulence
vibhuutinaaM = opulences
vibhuutibhiH = opulences
vibhuuteH = of opulences
vibhuush.h = to decorate
vibhramaH = bewilderment
vibhraMs'in* = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see {a-v-}); falling down, dropping from (ifc.) Megh.
[979,2]
vibhraantaaH = perplexed
vibudha* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) destitute of learned men Kâvya7d. - 1.\\* = 2 mfn. (for 1.
see p. 951, col. 3) very wise or learned Kâv. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; m. a wise or learned man, teacher,
Pandit ib.; a god MBh. Kâv. &c.; the moon L.; N. of a prince (son of Deva-midha) R.; of Kriita VP.;
of the author of the Janma-pradipa; {-guru} m. `" teacher of the gods "', Briihas-pati or the planet
Jupiter VarBriS.; {-taTinI} f. `" river of the gods "', the Gangâ Prasang.; {-tva} n. wisdom, learning
Cat.; {-nadI} f. = {-taTinI} Viddh.; {-pati} m. `" king of the gods "'N. of Indra Car.; {-priyA} f. `"
favourite of the gods "'N. of a metre Ping.; -mati mfn. of wise understanding Kâm.; {-raJjanI} f. N.
of wk.; {-rAja}, m.= {-pati} R.; {-ripu} m. an enemy of the gods Prab.; {-rSabha} (for {-RS-}) m.
chief of the gods BhP.; {-vijaya} m. a victory won by the gods MW.; {-vidviS} (MBh.) or {-zatru}
(Vikr.) m. `" foe of the gods "', a demon; {-sakha} m. a friend of the gods Bhathth.; {-sadman} n.
`" abode of the gods "', heaven or the sky Kâd.; {-strI} f. `" divine female "', an Apsaras S'ak.;
{-dhA7cArya} m. `" teacher of the gods "'N. of Briihas-pati Das'.; {-dhA7dhipa} (MBh.),
{-dhA7dhipati} (VarBriS.) m. sovereign of the gods ({-tya} n. sovereignty of the gods BhP.);
{-dhA7nucara} m. a god's attendant Mn. xii, 47; {-dhA7vAsa} m. `" god's abode "', a temple
Râjat.; {-dhe7tara} m. `" other than a god "', an Asura BhP.; {-dhe7ndra} m. `" best of the wise "',
(with {AcArya} or {Azrama}) N. of a teacher Cat.; {-dhe7zvara} m. lord of the gods MBh.;
{-dho7padeza} m. N. of a vocabulary
vicArin* = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v, 84, 2 ; moving about, wandering,
traversing MBh. R. &c. ; proceeding, acting MBh. ; changing, mutable A1s3vS3r. ; wanton,
dissolute, lascivious Ca1n2. (v.l.) ; (ifc.) deliberating, judging, discussing MBh. Mr2icch. ; m. N. of
a son of Kavandha GopBr.
vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c.; n. wandering, roaming about MBh.
vicaarita* = mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c. ; anything which is
under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib. ; anything which has been discussed or
decided, ascertained, settled Mn. xi, 28 ; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh.
Mr2icch. Pan5cat.
vicaarita* =mfn. deliberated, considered, discussed, judged Mn. MBh. &c.; anything which is
under discussion, dubious, doubtful, uncertain ib.; anything which has been discussed or decided,
ascertained, settled Mn. xi, 28; n. (also pl.) deliberation, doubt, hesitation MBh. Mriicch. Pañcat.
vicar.h = to think
vicaara* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) mode of acting or proceeding, procedure (also = a single or particular
case) S3rS.; change of place Gobh.; pondering, deliberation, consideration, reflection,
examination, investigation RPra1t. MBh. &c.; doubt, hesitation R. Katha1s. BhP.; a probable
conjecture Sa1h.; dispute, discussion W.; prudence MW.; %{-kartR} m. one who makes
investigation, a judge, investigator W.; %{-cintAmaNi} m. N. of wk.; %{-jJa} mfn. knowing how to
discriminate or judge, able to decide on the merits of a case, a judge MW.; %{-driz} mfn. `"
employing no spies for eyes "' (see %{cAra}), and `" looking at a matter with consideration "'
Naish.; %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; %{-para} m. N. of a king, S3in6ha7s.; %{-bhU} f. a tribunal L.;
the judgment-seat of Yama (judge of the dead) W.; %{-maJjarI} f. %{-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; %{-
mUDha} mfn. foolish or mistaken in judgment Ragh. Hit.; %{-vat} mfn. proceeding with
consideration, considerate, prudent S3atr. Ka1v.; %{-vid} m. (prob.) `" knowing how to
discriminate "'N. of S3iva MBh.; %{-zAstra} n. N. of wk.; %{-zIla}, disposed to deliberation or
reflection, considerate, deliberative MW.; %{-sudhA7kara} m. %{-dhA7rNava} m. N. of wks.
[958,3]; %{-sthala} n. a place for discussion or investigation, tribunal MW.; a logical disputation
W.; %{-rA7rka-saMgraha} m. N. of wk.; %{-rA7rthasamAgama} m. assembly for the sake of trial
or judgment, an assembly for investigation or discussion MW.; %{-ro7kti} f. discriminating
speech L.
vicakshaNa = clever, wise* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; distinct, perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise,
experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the
patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a
female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word
{vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment,
wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn.
connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicakshaNa* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct,
perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in,
familiar with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A})
f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant Viddh.; ({am})
ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita}
KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya}
mfn. considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word
{vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vichaara = thought
vichaaraM = thought
viceshTA* = f. motion (see %{nir-viceSTa}); acting, proceeding, conduct, behaviour MBh. Ka1m.
BhP. (cf. %{dur-viceSTa}); effort, exertion MW.
viceshTana* = n. moving the limbs MBh.; kicking or rolling (said of horses) Ragh.
vi+chint.h = think
vichitraH = wonderful/mysterious
viccchitti * = (%{vi4-}) f. cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention, interruption, cessation
TBr. &c. &c.; wanting, lack of (instr.) S3is3.; (in rhet.) a pointed or cutting or sharp style Sa1h.
Kuval.; irregularity or carelessness in dress and decoration Va1s. Das3ar.; colouring or marking
the body with unguents, painting S3ak. S3is3.; caesura, pause in a verse W.
viceSTita* = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c. ; effected, produced Hit. ; investigated, inquired
into W. ; unconsidered, illjudged ib. ; n. motion (of the body), gesture Ka1v. Sus3r. ; action,
exertion, conduct, behaviour Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; evil or malicious act, machination W.
viceshthita * = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.; investigated, inquired
into W.; unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the body), gesture Kâv. Sus'r.; action, exertion,
conduct, behaviour Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; evil or malicious act, machination W.
vicitra *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various,
diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful
R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind.
manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of
Manu Raucya or Deva-sâvarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth
L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n. variegated colour, party-colour W.;
wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning
intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.;
{-caritra} mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth,
shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.;
{-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a
poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated
garlands and ornaments Nal.; {-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having
various forms, various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere)
VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya} mf({I})n. filled
with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated
king of the lunar race (the son of S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma;
when he died childless, his mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had borne before her marriage to
the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the two widows of his half-
brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became the father of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf.
IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `" mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.);
{-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.; {-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a
peacock L.; a tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N. of
a serpentdemon Buddh.
vid.h = to obtain
viDa * = m. n. a kind of salt (either factitious salt, procured by boiling earth impregnated with
saline particles, or a partic. kind of fetid salt used medicinally as a tonic aperient, commonly
called Vit-lavan or Bit-noben cf. {viD-lavaNa}; it is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil
silt with a small portion of Emblic Myrobalan, the product being muriate of soda with small
quantities of muriate of lime, sulphur, and oxide of iron) Sus'r.; m. N. of a country and its king
Inscr.; a fragment, bit, portion (?) W.
vida * = mfn. = prec. (cf. {ko-}, {trayI-}, {dvi-v-}); m. knowledge, discovery (cf. {dur-v-}); m. N. of
a man (cf. {bida}).
vi-daa * = (or {do}, not separable fr. 4. {dA}) P. {-dAti}, or {-dyati} (ind. p. {-ditya}), to cut up, cut
to pieces, bruise, pound VS.; to untie, release, deliver from (abl.) S'Br.; to destroy Hariv.
vidadhaami = give
viDamba * mfn. imitating, representing BhP.; m. mockery, derision Kâv. Sâh.; degradation,
desecration VarBriS.; afflicting, distressing, annoyance MW.
vidaahinaH = burning
videha*= *mfn. bodiless, incorporeal; deceased, dead (also {videha-prA7pta}) MBh. R. BhP. &c.;
({a4}) m. (cf. {vi-degha4}) N. of a country (= the modern Tirhut) S'Br. &c. &c.; a king of VñVi-
deha (esp. applied to Janaka) Up. BhP. Râjat.; N. of a medical author (also called {-pati}, or
{-hA7dhipa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. the capital city of VñVi-deha i.e. Mithilâ L.; ({As}) m. pl. the people of
VñVi-deha; {-kaivalya-prA7pti} f. the attainment of emancipation after death Madhus.; {-jA} f. `"
daughter of Janaka "'N. of S'îtâ R.; {-tva} n. bodilessness (acc. with {gataH} = deceased, dead) R.;
{-nagara} n. (Cat.), {-rI} f. (Ragh.) the city of Mithilâ; {-pati}, lord of MñMithilâ; {-mukti} f.
deliverance through release from the body RâmatUp. ({-ti-kathana} and {-ty-Adi-kathana} n. N.
of two treatises); {-rAja} m. a king of VñVi-deha R.; {-hA7dhipa} see {viheha}; {-hA7dhipati} m. =
{-ha-rAja} Hariv.
vidhana* = mfn. devoid of wealth, poor VarBriS.; {-tA} f. poverty Mriicch. Hit.; {-nI-kR} P.
{-karoti}, to impoverish Kathâs.
vidhana* = {vi-dhanuSka} &c. see p. 951, col. 1.
vidhi = ritual* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 968, col. 1) a worshipper, one who does homage AitBr. \\2 m.
(for 1. see p. 967, col. 2) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction
(esp. for the performance of a rite as given in the Brâhmana portion of the Veda, which accord. to
Sây. consists of two parts, 1. Vidhi, `" precepts or commandments "' e.g. {yajeta}, `" he ought to
sacrifice "', {kuryAt}, `" he ought to perform "'; 2. Artha-vâda, `" explanatory statements "' as to
the origin of rites and use of the Mantras, mixed up with legends and illustrations) GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 24); a grammatical rule or precept Pân. 1-1, 57; 72; any prescribed act or rite or
ceremony Mn. Kâlid. Pañcat.; use, employment, application Car.; method, manner or way of
acting, mode of life, conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c.; a means, expedient for (dat. loc., or comp.;
{adhvavidhinA}, by means of i.e. along the road) Hariv. Kâv. Pur. Hit.; any act or action,
performance, accomplishment, contrivance, work, business (ifc. often pleonastically e.g.
{mathana-vidhi}, the [act of] disturbing) Yâjñ. S'ak. &c.; creation (also pl.) Kum. Kir.; fate,
destiny MBh. Kâv. &c.; the creator Pañcar.; N. of Brahmâ S'ak. Naish.; of Vishnu L.; of Agni at the
Pra7yas'citta Griihyâs.; a physician L. time L.; fodder, food for elephants or horses L.; f. N. of a
goddess Cat.
vidhI* = (or {dIdhI}, only Subj. {-dIdhayaH} and {-dIdhyaH}), to be uncertain, hesitate RV. AV
vidhitsaa * = f. intention to do, intention, design, purpose, desire for (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the
wish to make or turn into (comp.) Ra1jat.
vidhu* = 1 mfn. (prob. fr. 2. {vidh}; for 2. {vi-dhu4} see {vi-dhU}, col. 3) lonely, solitary RV. x, 55,
5 (applied to the moon; accord. to Sây. = {vi-dhAtR}, {vi-dhArayitR}); m. the moon Mn. Bhartri.
Gît.; (L. also, camphor; N. of Brahmâ and of Vishnu; a Râkshasa; wind; an expiatory oblation;
time; = {Ayudha} "'); N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {vipra}). \\
vidhu * = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 2) palpitation, throbbing (of the heart) AV. ix, 8, 22
vidhuu //vidhunoti * =P. Â. {-dhUnoti}, {-dhUnute} (later also {-dhunoti}, {-dhunute}; inf.
{-dhavitum}, or {-dhotum}), to shake about, move to and fro, agitate, toss about (Â. also `" one's
self "') RV. &c. &c.; to fan, kindle (fire) MBh.; to shake off, drive away, scatter, disperse, remove,
destroy R. Kathâs. BhP. &c.; (Â.) to shake off from one's self, relinquish, abandon, give up AV.
Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-dhUyate} (ep. also {-ti}), to be shaken or agitated MBh.: Caus.
{-dhUnayati}, to cause to shake about &c.; to shake violently, agitate, harass, annoy MBh. R. &c.
vidhuuta = moving
vidhema = make
viditam.h = known
viditaatmanaaM = of those who are self-realized
vidishaaM = non-direction
vidmaH = do we know
vidraavita* =mfn. caused to disperse , driven away , defeated , routed R BhP. ; liquefied , fused W.
vidmahe = ?
viduH = understood
vidvat.h = scholar
vidvattva = scholarliness
vidvaan.h = learned
vidvas* = mf({u4SI})n. one who knows, knowing, understanding, learned, intelligent, wise,
mindful of, familiar with, skilled in (acc. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (cf. {vidvat-tara}, {vidvat-
tama}, {viduSTara}, {viduSI8-tara}); m. a wise man, sage, seer W.; N. of a Brâhman Hariv.
vidhvasta: mfn. fallen asunder, fallen to pieces, dispersed, ruined, destroyed MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
whirled up (as dust) R.; (in astron.) darkened obscured, eclipsed Su1ryas.; %{-kavaca} mfn. one
whose armour is destroyed R.; %{-tA} f. ruin, destruction Katha1s.; %{-nagarA7zrama} mfn.
containing ruined cities and hermitages MBh.; %{-para-guNa} mfn. one who detracts from the
merits of another Va1s.; %{-vipaNA7paNa} mfn. (a town) whose market and trade are ruined R.
vidyaa* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c. &c.
(according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI},
logic and metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts,
such as agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz. {Atma-vidyA},
knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the
four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964,1]; or
with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs} or
arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even said to have composed
prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a
spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in
the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a
mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidya* = 1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}).
\\vidya* =2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}). \\=1 {vidyA} &c. see p.
963, col. 3.
vidyate = there is
vidyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. pr. p.) `" being found "', existent, existing, present, real Pat. Kâv. Pur.
(cf. {a-vid-}).
vidyaa = knowledge
vidyota * = mfn. flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of
Dharma and Lamba1 (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; (%{A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vidya* =1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}).
vidyaa4* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy RV. &c.
&c. (according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1. {trayI}, the triple Veda; 2.
{AnvIkSikI}, logic and metaphysics; 3. {daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA},
practical arts, such as agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz.
{Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others, Vidyâ has fourteen
divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or
law [964, 1]; or with the four Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64
sciences [= {kalAs} or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even
said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true or false (with
Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.; magical skill MW.; a kind of magical
pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna
Spinosa L.; a mystical N. of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidyaadhara * = mfn. possessed of science or spells. L.; m. a kind of supernatural being (dwelling
in the Hima7laya, attending upon S'iva, and possessed of magical power), fairy ({-tva} n.) Hariv.
Kâv. &c.; (also {-kavi}, {-rA7cArya}) N. of various scholars Kir. Sch. Vâs., Introd. Cat.; a kind of
metre Col.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.;
({I}) f. a female of the above class of supernatural beings, fairy, sylph MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a
daughter of S'ûra-sena Kathâs.; {-cakravartin} m. a supreme lord of the Vidyâ-dharas Vâs.;
{-tAla} m. (in music) a kind of measure (= {vidyA-dhara}) Cat.; {-piTaka} (?)N. of wk.; {-mahA-
cakravartin} m. the paramount lord of all fairy-like beings ({-ti-tA} f.) Kathâs.; {-yantra} n. an
apparatus for sublimating quicksilver Bhpr.; {-rasa} m. a partic. mixture Cat.; {-rA7dhI7za}, m.=
{-ra-cakra-vartin} ({-tA} f.) Kathâs.; {-rA7bhra} m. a partic. mixture L.; {-rI-parijana} mfn.
attended by Vidyâ-dharîs MW.; {-rI-bhU}, to become a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-rI-vilAsa} m. N. of
wk.; {-re7ndra} m. a prince of the Vidyâ-dharas ({-tA} f. {-tva}, n.) Râjat. Kathâs.; N. of Jâmbavat
MBh.
vidyota * flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N. of a son of Dharma and
Lambâ (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vigataH = is removed
vigraha = attack
vigraha * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950. col. 2) keeping apart or asunder, isolation Nir. BhP.; division,
Bh.; distribution (esp. of fluids cf. {vi-grah}) KâtyS'r.; (in gram.) independence (of a word, as opp.
to composition) APrât.; separation, resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its
constituent parts, the separation or analysis of any word capable of separation (such words are
Kriidantas, Taddhitas, all Samâsas or compound words, Ekas'eshas, and all derivative verbs like
desideratives &c.; the only words incapable of resolution being the simple verb, the singular of the
noun, and a few indeclinables not derived from roots; all compounds being called {nitya} or `"
fixed "', when their meaning cannot be ascertained through an analysis of their component parts;
cf. {jamad-agni}) Pân. Sch. S'ank. &c.; discord, quarrel, contest, strife, war with (instr. with or
without {saha}, {sA7rdham} or {sAkam} loc. gen. with {upari}, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (one of
the 6 Gunas or measures of policy Mn. vii, 160 [cf. under {guNa}], also applied to the conflict of
hostile planets, in this sense also n. Sûryas. R.; acc. with {kR}, to make or wage war); separate i.e.
individual form or shape, form, figure, the body Up. MBh. &c. (also applied to the shape of a
rainbow; acc. with {grah}, {pari-grah}, {kR}, {upA7-dA}, to assume a form); an ornament,
decoration MBh. R.; (in Sânkhya) an element; N. of S'iva MBh. [957, 3]; of one of Skanda's
attendants ib.; {-grahaNa} n. the assumption of a form Sarvad.; {-dhyAna} n. N. of a Stotra;
{-para} mfn. intent on war, engaged in fighting MW.; {-parigraha} m. = {-grahaNa} Sarvad.;
{-pAla-deva} m. N. of a king Col.; {-rAja} m. N. of various kings Râjat.; of a poet Cat.; {-vat} mfn.
having form or figure, embodied, incarnate MBh. R. &c.; having a handsome form or shape, fine,
beautiful MW.; {-vyAvartanI} f. N. of wk.; {-hA7vara} n. `" hinder part of the body "', the back L.;
{-he7cchu} mfn. eager for combat Mcar.
vijigISa* = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory, emulous W.; ({A}) f. desire to conquer or
overcome or subdue (acc. dat., or comp.) R. Kâm. Kathâs. ({-SA-vat} [Nîlak.] or {-Sin} [MBh.]
mfn. desirous to conquer or overcome; {-SA-vivarjita} mfn. devoid of ambition MW.; {-SIya} mfn.
g. {utkarA7di}).
vighna = calamity
viGYaatuM = to know
viGYaanii = scientist
viGYaapana = advertisement, ad
vihaga = bird
vihaaya = giving up
vihanana* = n. (only L.) killing, slaying; hurting, injury; opposition, obstruction; a bow-like
instrument for carding cotton.
vihara * =vihara taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence
W.
viharaNa * =n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing Lâthy. MârkP.;
opening, expanding Pân. 1-3, 20; stepping out ib. i, 3, 41; going about for pleasure or exercise,
roaming, strolling Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; taking out for a walk or for airing Gobh.; moving to and fro,
brandishing MBh.
vihaarasya = recreation
vi4hata*= torn up, furrowed TBr. S'Br.; struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a persoñs hand)
BhP.; struck or touched or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Pur.; warded off, repelled MBh. R.;
rejected, repulsed BhP.; disturbed, impeded Kâv. Pur.
vihara* = m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation, disunion, absence W.
vihaara* = m. (once in BhP. n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.; arrangement
or disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires themselves or the space between
them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or
drawling in pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement,
wandering, roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "'
or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-
ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where
the monks met or walked about; afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch.
Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.; N. of the country of
Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see MWB. 68) Cat.;
the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.;
{-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house,
theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of
recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. =
{-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk MBh.; {-vat} mfn.
possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-
grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing
about in Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.;
{-sthalI} f. (Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-
gRha}) MBh.
vihiina* = mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c.; low, vulgar MBh.; (ibc.) wanting, missing, absent
R. VarBriS.; destitute or deprived of, free from (instr. abl., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f.
abandonment MW.; (ifc.) absence or want of Hariv. Pañcat.; {-tilaka} mf({A})n. having no
coloured sectarian mark (see {tilaka}) on the forehead R.; {-yoni} mfn. of low origin MBh.;
{-varNa} mfn. of low caste Gaut.
vihita = prescribed
vi4hita* = mfn. (for see under {vi-dhA}) improper, unfit, not good W.\\2 mfn. (fr., {vi-} 1. {dhA},
p. 967; for 1. {vi-hita} see p. 953, col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c.;
put in order, arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c.; prescribed, decreed,
enjoined GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; destined or meant for (nom.) MBh.; contrived, performed, made,
accomplished, done Mn. MBh. &c.; supplied, endowed, furnished with or possessed of (instr.)
MBh. R. (cf. {su-vihita}); n. an order, command, decree Pañcat.; {-kSaNa} mfn. eager for the right
moment, intent upon ({artham}) Vcar. (cf. {kRta-kS-}); {-tva} n. the being enjoined or prescribed,
prescription, direction Hcat. {-durga-racana} mfn. one who has enjoined the building of a fortress
MW.; {-pratiSiddha} mfn. enjoined and prohibited ({-tva} n.) KâtyS'r. Sch.; {-yajJa} mfn.
performing sacrifices S'ak. (v.l. for {vitata-y-}); {-vat} mfn. one who has performed or undertaken
W.; {-vRtti} mfn. one who is maintained or nourished by (instr.) Râjat.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince
Kathâs.; {-tA7gas} mfn. one who has committed a fault, faulty, wicked W.; {-tA7Jjali} mfn.
making a respectful obeisance S'is'.; {-te7ndriya} mfn. possessed of one's senses Bhathth.
vihitaM = directed
vihitaaH = used
vihitaan.h = arranged
vihiina = without
vihiinaa = bereft
vihiti * = f. procedure, way of acting AitBr.; action, performance, accomplishment Kâvya7d. Bâlar.
vihri = to roam
viijati = to fan
viiNaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vînâ or Indian lute (an instrument of the guitar kind,
supposed to have been invented by Nârada q.v., usually having seven wires or strings raised upon
nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large
gourds; its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of
strings &c.) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets are
situated in 7 houses) VarBriS.; lightning L.; N. of a Yoginî Cat.; of a river MBh.
viirya = vitality, enthusiasm, semen * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) manliness, valour, strength, power, energy
RV. &c. &c.; heroism, heroic deed ib.; manly vigour, virility, semen virile MBh. Kâv. &c.; efficacy
(of medicine) Kum. Kir.; poison BhP.; splendour, lustre W.; dignity, consequence ib.; ({A}) f.
vigour, energy, virility L.; N. of a serpent-maid Kârand.
viiryaM = valour
viiryaaM = glories
viiksh.h = to see
vijaya4* =m. contest for victory, victory, conquest, triumph, superiority RV. &c. &c. (fig. applied
to `" the sword "' and to `" punishment "' MBh. xii, 6204; 4428); the prize of victory, booty
KâtyS'r.; N. of a partic. hour of the day (esp. the 17th, and the hour of Kriishna's birth accord. to
some the 11th Muhûrta) MBh. Hariv. &c.; the third month L.; the 27th (or first) year of Jupiter's
cycle VarBriS.; a kind of military array Kâm.; a province, district HParis'.; (in music) a kind of
flute Sangît.; a kind of measure ib.; a kind of composition ib.; a divine car, chariot of the gods (?)
L.; N. of Yama L.; of a son of Jayanta (son of Indra) Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva ib.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of an attendant of Vishnu ib.; of an attendant of Padmapâni W.; of a son of Sva-
rocis MârkP.; of a Muni Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of Dhriitarâshthra (?) ib.; of a warrior
on the side of the Pândavas ib.; of one of the eight councillors of Das'aratha R.; of Arjuna MBh.
BhP.; of a son of Jaya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Cañcu or Cuñcu ib.; of a son of Sanjaya VP.; of a son
of Su-deva BhP.; of a son of Purûravas ib.; of a son (or grandson) of Briihan-manas Hariv. Pur.; of
a son of Yajña-s'rî Pur.; of the founder of Buddhist civilisation in Ceylon MW.; (with Jainas) N. of
one of the 9 white Balas and of one of the 5 Anuttaras; of the 20th Arhat of the future and of the
father of the 21st Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; of the attendant of the 8th Arhat of the same; of
a son of Kalki KalkiP.; of a son of Kalpa KâlP.; of a hare Kathâs.; of the lance of Rudra
(personified) MBh.; (pl.) of a people MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of various plants (accord to L. Terminalia
Chebula; Sesbania Aegyptiaca; Vitex Negundo; Rubia Munjista; Premna Spinosa; a kind of hemp;
a kind of {zamI}; = {vacA}) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; of a partic. Tithi or lunar day (the 12th day in the
light half of S'râvana i.e. Kriishna's birthday, the 10th in that of Âs'vina, being a festival in honour
of Durgâ, and the 7th in that of Bhâdrapada, if it falls on a Sunday; also the 7th night in the
Karma-mâsa) VarBriS. BhP. &c.; of a partic. magical formula Bhathth.; N. of Durgâ MBh. Hariv.;
of a female friend of Durgâ Mudr.; of the wife of Yama L.; of another goddess Cat.; of a Yoginî
Hcat.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of the mother of the 2nd Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a
daughter of Daksha R.; of the mother of various Su-hotras MBh.; of Kriishna's garland MBh.; of a
Kumârî (i.e. small flag-staff) on Indra's banner VarBriS.; of a partic. spear R.; n. the poisonous
root of the plant Vijayâ Sus'r.; a royal tent Vâstuv.; a kind of pavilion ib.; N. of a sacred district in
Kas'mîra Kathâs. (cf. {-kSetra}); mfn. leading to victory, proclaiming victory MBh.; victorious,
triumphant L.
vijayaM = victory
vijayaH = victory
vijayate = is victorious
vijaani * = ({vi4-}) mfn. `" strange, foreign "' or `" having no wife "
vijala * =mfn. waterless, dry Hariv. VarBriS.; n. drought AdbhBr.; m. n. and ({A}) f. sauce &c.
mixed with rice-water or gruel, W. [950, 3]
vijara * mfn. not growing old S'Br. &c. &c.; m. a stalk W.; ({A}) f. N. of a river in Brahmâ's world
KaushUp.
vijitaatmaa = self-controlled
vijrimbhita* =mfn. yawned, gaped, opened, expanded, blown &c. (n. impers.); drawn, bent (said
of a bow) MBh. R.; sported, wantoned W.; n. yawning Gaut.; coming out, appearance,
manifestation, consequences Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.; exploit Ma1lav. [961,1]
vijvara * = mf({A})n. free from fever or pain Kathâs.; free from distress or anxiety, cheerful MBh.
R. &c.; exempt from decay W.
vikaara * = m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.v\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1)
change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation,
modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt,
injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954,3]; an apparition,
spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a production or derivative from
Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of
individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from them
come the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11
organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or organs of
action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the
face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or
through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n.
consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `"
cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikaaraan.h = transformations
vikaari = changes
vikara * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1.
vikara * = 1 {vi-karaNa}. see p. 950. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease,
sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2.
p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vikalpa* = m. (for 2. see under %{vi-klRp}) an intermediate Kalpa, the interval between two
Kalpas (q.v.) BhP.\\ = &c. see under %{vi-klRp}.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation,
alternative, option S3rS. Mn. VarBr2S. &c. (%{ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination,
variety, diversity, manifoldness Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of
perception, distinction Nya1yas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gi1t.; calculation VarBr2S.;
mental occupation, thinking L.; = %{kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of
opposites Prata1p.; (in gram.) admission of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be
observed or not at pleasure (%{ve7ti@vikalpaH} Pa1n2. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBr2S.;
pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. %{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; %{-jAla} "' n. a number of possible
cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPra1t. Sch.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus3r.; %{-vat} mfn.
undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; %{-sama} m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; %{-
pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.; %{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the
test of) a dilemma (%{-tva} n.) ib.; %{-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikampituM = to hesitate
vikarNaH = Vikarna
vikarSaNa * = drawing (a bow-string); taking away, removing, destroying; n. the act of drawing or
dragging asunder; the drawing (a bow-string); putting apart, distributing; putting off eating,
abstinence from food; searching, investigation; a cross-throw (in wrestling); m. `" distractor "',
one of the five arrows of Kâma-deva ib.
vikala = disabled
vikalpa = imagination, fancy * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S'rS.
Mn. VarBriS. &c. ({ena} ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity,
manifoldness KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction
Nyâyas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Kâv. &c.; admission, statement
BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gît.; calculation VarBriS.; mental occupation,
thinking L.; = {kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Pratâp.; (in
gram.) admission of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure
({ve7ti vikalpaH} Pân. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBriS.; pl. N. of a people MBh. (C.
{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; {-jAla} "' n. a number of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPrât.
Sch.; {-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus'r.; {-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; {-sama}
m. a partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; {-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma
Sarvad.; {-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma ({-tva} n.) ib.; {-po7pahAra} m. an
optional offering. MW.
vikara * =mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment) Vishn. - 1. \\2 m. (for
1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l.
{viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4}
mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vi4-kaara * =m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.
vi-kaara * =2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from
any natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental
condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh.
&c. [954, 3]; an apparition, spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a
production or derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-
kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers,
inasmuch as from them come the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-
bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5
{karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of
a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection
MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change,
transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.;
{-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation,
seduction Kum.
vikatthana * = mfn. boasting, a boaster, braggart MBh. R. &c.; praising ironically W.; n. and ({A})
f. the act of boasting or vaunting or praising MBh. Das'. Kathâs. &c.; irony W.; {-tva} n.
boastfulness Râjat.
vikhaanasa * = m. (prob.) `" one who digs up (scil. roots) "'N. of a Muni S'ak. Sch. (cf.
{vaikhAnasa}).
vikarsha *= m. the drawing (a bow-string) R. ; parting or dragging or drawing asunder (as in the
separation of semivowel-combinations &c.) RPra1t. Nid. ; distance Gobh. Nir. ; an arrow L.
vikarshaNa * = mfn. drawing (a bow-string) MBh. ; taking away, removing, destroying BhP. ; n.
the act of drawing or dragging asunder MBh. Sus3r. ; the drawing (a bow-string) MBh. Hariv.
S3is3. ; putting apart, distributing MBh. BhP. ; putting off eating, abstinence from food MBh. ;
searching, investigation Ka1m. ; a cross-throw (in wrestling) MW. ; m. `" distractor "', one of the
five arrows of Ka1ma-d2eva ib.
vikiirNa = scattered
vikiriDa * = (Kâthh.), {-rida} (TS.), {-ridra} (VS.), mfn. applied to Rudra (accord. to Sch. `"
averting wounds "' or `" sending off arrows "'). [954, 2]
vi-kIrNa * = mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed &c.; dishevelled (as hair) Kum. (cf. comp.);
filled with, full of (comp.) MBh.; celebrated, famous W.; n. a partic. fault in the pronunciation of
vowels Pat.; {-keza} or {-mUrdhaja}, having dishevelled hair MW. (cf. above); {-roman} or
{-saMjJa} n. a kind of fragrant plant L.
vi-kira * = m. scattering or anything scattered L.; a scattered portion of rice (offered to conciliate
beings hostile to sacrifice) Mn. iii, 245; `" scatterer "', a kind of gallinaceous bird Âpast.; a partic.
Agni ib.; water trickled through Sus'r. ({cikira} Bhpr.)
vi-ókiraNa * = n. scattering, strewing Kull. on Mn. iii, 245; m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh. (v.l.
{vikiriNa})
viklava *= mf({A})n. overcome with fear or agitation, confused, perplexed, bewildered, alarmed,
distressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, shy Megh. Sis'.; (ifc.) disgusted with, averse from S'ak.; faltering
(as speech) R.; unsteady (as gait) S'ak.; impaired (as senses) Kâs'îKh.; exhausted Kathâs.; n.
agitation, bewilderment R. BhP.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. agitation, confusion, alarm, fear, timidity,
irresolution MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-vA7nana} mfn. one whose face is troubled or sorrowful R.
vikraantaH = mighty
vikrama * = m. (for see %{vi-kram}) the absence of the Krama-pa1t2ha (q.v.) RPra1t. \\2 m. (for
1. see p. 950, col. 1) a step, stride, pace S3Br. &c. &c.; going, proceeding, walking, motion, gait
MBh. Ka1s3. &c.; course, way, manner (%{anukrama-vikrameNa} = %{anukrameNa}, in regular
order) MBh.; valour, courage, heroism, power, strength ib. Ka1v. &c. (%{-maM-kR}, to display
prowess, use one's strength); force, forcible means ib. (%{-mAt} ind. by force;
%{nA7sti@vikrameNa}, it cannot be done by force); intensity, high degree VarBr2S.; stability,
duration (opp. to `" cessation "') BhP.; a kind of grave accent TPra1t.; non-change of the Visarga
into an U1shman RPra1t.; the 14th year in the 60 years cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; the 3rd
astrological house ib.; a foot L.; N. of Vishn2u MBh.; of the son of Vasu Katha1s.; of a son of
Vatsa-pri1 Ma1rkP.; of a son of Kanaka Cat.; of various authors (also with %{bhaTTa}) Cat.; =
%{candragupta} ib.; = %{vikramA7ditya} Pan5cad.; N. of a town Cat.; %{-karman} n. an act of
prowess, feat of valour MW.; %{-kesarin} m. N. of a king of Pa1t2ali-putra Katha1s. [955,3]; of a
minister of Mr2iga7n3ka-datta ib.; %{-caNDa} m. N. of a king of Va1ra1n2asi1 ib.; %{-candrikA} f.
N. of a drama; %{-carita} or %{-caritra} n. N. of 32 stories describing the acts of Vikrama7ditya
(also called %{siMhA7sana-dvAtriMzat} q.v.); %{-tuGga} m. N. of a prince of Pa1t2ali-putra
Katha1s.; of a prince of Vikrama-pura ib.; %{-deva} m. N. of Candra-gupta Inscr.; %{-nare7zvara}
m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Sin6ha7s.; %{-nava-ratna} n. `" the 9 jewels (on the court) of
Vikrama7ditya "' N. of wk.; %{-nidhi} m. N. of a warrior Katha1s.; %{-paTTana} n. `"
VñVikrama7ditya's town "'N. of Ujjayini1 Cat.; %{-pati} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Ca1n2.; %{-pura}
n. (Katha1s.), %{-purI} f. (Buddh.) N. of a town (prob. = %{-paTTana}); %{-prabandha} m. N. of
wk.; %{-bAhu} m. N. of various princes Ratna7v. Cat.; %{-bhArata}, a modern collection of
legends about Vikrama7ditya and of Pauranic stories; %{-rAja} m. N. of a king Ra1jat.; %{-rAjan}
m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Vcar.; %{-rddhi} (for %{Rddhi}) m. (with %{kavi}) N. of a poet Cat.; %{-
lAJchana} m. id. ib.; %{-zakti} m. N. of various men of the warrior-caste Katha1s.; %{-zIla} m. N.
of a king Ma1rkP.; of a monastery Buddh.; %{-sabhA} f. VñVikrama7ditya's court Sin6ha7s.; %{-
siMha} m. N. of a king of Ujjayini1 Ma1rkP.; of a king of Ujjayini1 ib.; %{-sena} m. N. of a kñking
of pratisht2ha1na Katha1s. (%{-na-campU} f. N. of a poem); %{-sthAna} n. a walking-place,
promenade, Kr2ishn2aj.; %{-mA7Gka} (or %{-deva}) m. N. of a king of Kalya1n2a (also called
Tribhuvana-malla; of the 11th century A.D. and was celebrated by Bilhan2a in the Vikrama7n3ka-
deva-carita); %{-mA7ditya} m. see below; %{-mA7rka} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} (%{-carita}, %{-
caritra} n. = %{vikrama-c}); %{-mA7rjita} mfn. acquired by valour W.; %{-me7za} m. N. of a
Buddhist saint W.; %{-mezvara} m. (with Buddh.) N. of one of the 8 Vi7ta-ra1gas W.; of a temple
built by Vikrama7ditya Ra1jat.; %{-mo7daya} n. N. of wk.; %{-mo7pA7khyAna} n. = %{vikrama-
carita}; %{-mo7rvazI} f. `" valour-(won) Urvas3i1 "'N. of a celebrated drama by Ka1lida1sa.
vikriiDa* = m. a play-ground Hariv.; a plaything, toy HParis'.; ({A}) f. play, sport BhP.
vikrita = Ugly * = mfn. transformed, altered, changed &c.; (esp.) deformed, disfigured, mutilated,
maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary Mn. MBh. &c.; unaccomplished, incomplete RV. ii, 33,
6; ugly (as a face) MBh.; estranged, rebellious, disloyal, hostile ib.; decorated, embellished, set
with (comp.) ib.; (with %{vadha} m.) capital punishment with mutilation Mn. ix, 291; sick,
diseased. L.; m. the 24th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; N. of a Praja1-pati R. (v.l.
%{vi-krIta} and %{vi-krAnta}); of a demon (the son of Pari-varta) Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
Yogini1 Hcat.; n. change, alteration Vop.; disgust, aversion W.; misshaped offspring, abortion Mn.
ix, 247; untimely silence caused by embarrassment Sa1h. (v.l. %{vi-hRta}); %{-janana-zAnti-
vidhAna} n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-pura1n2a; %{-tva} n. the state of being changed,
transformation S3am2k.; %{-daMSTra} m. N. of a Vidya1-dhara Katha1s.; %{-darzana} mfn.
changed in appearance MBh. R.; %{-buddhi} mfn. changed in mind, estranged, made unfriendly
or ill-disposed MW.; %{-rakta} mfn. dyed red, red-stained (as a garment) Bhpr.; %{-locana} mfn.
having troubled eyes MW.; %{-vadana} mfn. having a distorted face, ugly-faced W.; %{-veSin}
mfn. having an unusual dress BhP.; %{-tA7kAra} mfn. changed in form or appearance,
misshaped, distorted in form MBh.; %{-tA7kRti} mfn. having a deformed shape or aspect Mn. xi,
52; %{-tA7kSa} mfn. blind Pa1n2. 6-3, 3 Va1rtt. 2 Pat.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. changed in form, having
misshaped limbs, deformed W.; %{-tA7nana} mfn. = %{-ta-vadana} above MBh.; %{-mUrdhaja}
mfn. having a disturbed face and dishevelled hair ib.; %{-to7dara} m. N. of a Ra1kshasa R
vikriiNiite = to sell
vikriyA * =transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.;
change for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity R.; ailment, indisposition, affection
R. Das'. Sus'r. [955, 1]; perturbation, agitation, perplexity MBh. Kâv. &c.; hostile feeling, rebellion,
defection, alienation Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs.; injury, harm, failure, misadventure (acc. with {yA}, to
suffer injury, undergo failure) ib.; extinction (of a lamp) Kathâs.; a strange or unwonted
phenomenon ib.; any product or preparation Mn. Yâjñ. MârkP.; contraction, knitting (of the
brows; see {bhrU-v-}); bristling (of the hair; see {roma-v-}); {-yo7pamA} f. a kind of simile (in
which the object of comparison is represented as produced from that to which it is compared e.g.
`" thy face, O fair one, seems to be cut out from the disc of the moon "') Kâvya7d. ii, 41.
vIksha * = m. sight, seeing W.; ({A}) f. id. R.; investigation Cat.; knowledge, intelligence BhP.;
unconsciousness, fainting L. [1004, 3]; n. surprise, astonishment W.; any visible object ib.;
{-kSA7panna} (or {-kSA7p-}) mfn. astonished, surprised ib.; {-kSA7raNya-mAhAtmya} n. N. of
wk.
vikship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to throw asunder or away or about, cast hither and thither,
scatter, disperse MBh. Kâv. &c.; to remove, destroy (pain) Sus'r.; to extend, stretch out ib.; to
bend (a bow), draw (a bow-string) MBh. R.; to handle, manage Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 57; to separate
Sûryas.; to cause to deviate in latitude ib.
vikshipta * = mfn. thrown asunder or away or about, scattered &c.; distorted, contracted (see
comp.); agitated, bewildered, distraught Sarvad.; frustrated (see {a-v-}); sent, dispatched W.;
refuted, falsified ib.; projected MW. (see {vi-kSepa}); n. the being dispersed in different places
RPrât. Sch.; {-citta} mfn. distraught in mind Madhus.; {-bhrU} mfn. having contracted eyebrows
BhP.; {-tendriya-dhI} mfn. bewildered in senses and mind BhP.
vikshiptaka * = n. a dead body which has been torn asunder or lacerated Buddh.
vikshepa = confusion; v* = m. the act of throwing asunder or away or about, scattering, dispersion
MârkP. Dhâtup.; casting, throwing, discharging Ragh. VP.; moving about or to and fro, waving,
shaking, tossing MBh. Kâv. &c.; drawing (a bow-string) Hariv.; letting loose, indulging (opp. to
{saMyama}) BhP.; letting slip, neglecting (time) L.; inattention, distraction, confusion, perplexity
MaitrUp. Yogas. Mâlatîm.; extension, projection Veda7ntas. (see {-zakti}); abusing, reviling
Bhar.; compassion, pity Das'ar.; celestial or polar latitude Sûryas.; a kind of weapon MBh.
(Nîlak.); a camp, cantonment (?) Buddh.; a kind of disease Cat.; sending, dispatching W.; refuting
an argument ib.; {-dhruva} m. (in astron.) the greatest inclination of a planet's orbit W.; {-lipi} m.
a kind of writing Lalit.; {-vRtta} n. = {kSepa-v-} Gol.; {-zakti} f. (in phil.) the projecting power (of
Mâyâ or A-vidyâ i.e. that power of projection which raises upon the soul enveloped by it the
appearance of an external world) Veda7ntas. ({-ti-mat} mfn. endowed with the above power ib.);
{-pA7dhipati} m. the chief of a camp or cantonment (?) Buddh.
vinaa* = or {vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. {vi}) without, except, short or exclusive of
(preceded or followed by an acc. instr., rarely abl.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. {zuci-
vinA}, without honesty, {satya-v-}, without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn.
MBh. &c. (sometimes {vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g. {natad asti vinA deva yat te virahitaM
hare}, `" there is nothing, O god Hari, that is without thee "' Hariv. 14966).
vrnda* = bunches, clusters, groups, heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number, quantity,
aggregation
vilagnaaH = becoming attached
vilasita* = mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP.; played, sported (n. also
impers.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; moving to and fro BhP.; n. flashing, quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab.;
appearing, manifestation (%{vidyA}, %{v-} manifestation of knowledge) Cat.; sport play, pastime,
dalliance Ka1v. Katha1s.; any action or gesture Ragh.
vilayamaM = extinct
vilepana = smearing
viliGga* = n. absence of marks; mfn. of a different gender Pat.; {-stha} mfn. not to be understood
MBh. ii, 845. - 1.
vilikh* = P. {-likhati} (Ved. inf. {-likhas}; cf. Pân. 3-4, 13 Sch.), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate
Lâthy. MBh. &c.; to rub against, reach to, touch Hariv.; to wound (the heart) i.e. vex, offend S'Br.;
to scratch in or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c.; (in medicine) to
tear up i.e. stir up (phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. {-lekhayati}, or {-likhApayati}, to cause to scratch or
write, Kriishnaj.
vilip* = P. Â. {-limpati}, {-te}, to smear or spread over, anoint (also `" to anoint one's self "' P.)
S'Br. &c. &c.; to smear or spread with (instr.) Kum.: Caus. {-lepayati}, to smear or anoint with
(instr.) Hcat.; {-limpayati} see {-limpita}.
vilis'* = Â. {-lizate}, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent
or torn TS. S'Br.
vilishtha* = mfn. (cf. {vi-riSTa}) broken off, out of due order VS. KâtySr.; {-bheSaja} n. a remedy
for fractures or dislocation AV. Paipp.
vilih* = P. Â. {-leDhi}, {-lIDhe}, to lick, lick up, lap MBh. BhP. Sus'r.: Intens. (only p. {-lelihat}
and {-hAna}), to lick continually or repeatedly MBh.
vilii* = Â. {-lIyate} (pf. {-lilyuh} MBh.; fut. {-letA}, or {-lAtA}; ind. p. {-lIya} or {-lAya} Pân. 6-1,
51 Sch.), to cling or cleave or adhere to MBh. Ratna7v. Sis'.; to hide or conceal one's self,
disappear MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be dissolved, melt AV. &c. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati} or {-lAyayati} or
{-lAlayati} or {-lInayati} (Pân. 7-3, 39 Sch.), to cause to disappear, destroy Sank.; to cause to be
dissolved or absorbed in (loc.) BhP. Sch.; to make liquid, dissolve, melt Sus'r.
viliina* = mfn. clinging or sticking or attached to, fixed on, immersed in (loc. or comp.) Kâv.
Pañcar.; (ifc.) alighted or perched on (said of birds) Kathâs.; sticking (see comp.); hidden,
disappeared, perished, absorbed in (loc.) MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; dissolved, melted, liquefied ChUp.
Kathâs. Sus'r.; contiguous to, united or blended with W.; infused into the mind, imagined ib.;
{-SaTpada} mfn. having bees clinging or attached MW.; {-nA7kSaram} ind. so that the sound
sticks (in the throat) Bhartri.
vilipta* = mf({A})n. smeared over, anointed &c.; ({A}) f. see p. 952, col. 2; ({I4}) f. a cow in a
partic. period after calving AV.
vilokya = on seeing
vimaana* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 951,
col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana})\\3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p.
951, col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot
of the gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne,
sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other descriptions make the
Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was
called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?)
R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.)
the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N. of a ch. of the
GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car
Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a
partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car
BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat}
ind. like a self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimaanana * = n. (and {A} f.) disrespect, contempt, slight, humiliation MBh. Kâv. &c.; refusal,
denial Sus'r.
vimanas * = ({vi4-}) mfn. having a keen or penetrating mind or understanding, sagacious RV. x,
82, 2. - 2.
vi4-manas * = * =mfn. destitute of mind, foolish, silly RV. viii, 86, 2; out of one's mind or senses,
discomposed, perplexed, dejected, downcast, heart-broken Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; changed in mind or
feeling, averse, hostile R.; m. N. of the author of a hymn (v.l. for {vizva-manas} q.v.)
vimath* = (or {manth}) P. Â. {-mathati}, {-te}, {-mathnAti}, {-nIte} &c. (in Veda generally Â.; inf.
{-mathitos} AitBr.; {-tum} BhP.), to tear off, snatch away TS. S'Br.; to tear or break in pieces, rend
asunder, bruise ib. AitBr. Kâthh.; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter MBh. R.; to confuse, perplex,
bewilder BhP.
vimathita *= mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed S'ânkhS'r. MBh.
&c. [979, 3]
vimatta * = mfn. discomposed, perplexed AitBr.; being in rut, ruttish ib. Kir.; intoxicated MW.
vi4-maana * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\ * = 2 m. (for 1. see
p. 951, col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see {a-vi mana}). \\ * = 3 mf({I})n. (for
1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or
chariot of the gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne,
sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other descriptions make the
Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was
called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-} [Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
any car or vehicle (esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?)
R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.)
the science of (right) measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N. of a ch. of the
GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta} mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car
Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a
partic. Samidhi Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a celñcelestial car MW.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n. going or driving in a celñcelestial car
BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat}
ind. like a self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn. standing on a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimris'ya = deliberating
vimochana = freedom
vimohayati = bewilders
vimohitaaH = deluded
vimohini * = bewilderer
vimokshaNaat.h = giving up
vimuc* = 1 P. Â. {-muJcati}, {-te} (Impv. {-mumoktu} RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose, unharness (Â. `"
one's own horses "'), unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop or rest "') RV. &c. &c.; to take off
(clothes, ornaments &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to release, set free, liberate ib.; to leave, abandon, quit,
desert, give up, relinquish ib.; to shun, avoid MundUp. Bhag. &c.; to lose (consciousness) Hariv.;
to pardon, forgive Gît. BhP.; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth MBh. R. Pañcat. (with
{grastam}, to set free a seized planet i.e. `" free it from eclipse "' Sûryas.); to throw, hurl, cast
(with {AtmAnam} and loc., `" to cast one's self into "' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c.; to utter (a sound)
MBh.; to assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56; to lay (eggs) Pañcat. i, 353/354/; Pass. {-mucyate}, to be
unloosed or detached &c.; to be slackened (as reins) S'ak.; to drop or be expelled (prematurely, as
a fetus) Sus'r.; to be freed or delivered or released (esp. from the bonds of existence), get rid of,
escape from (abl. adv. in {-tas} gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus.
{-mocayati}, to loosen, detach S'ak.; to unyoke Kaus'.; to set free, deliver from (abl.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. {-mumukSati}, {-te}, to wish to liberate (Â. `" one's self "') BhP.
vimuc* =2 f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. ({vimuco napAt}, `" son of unyoking
"'N. of Pûshan as "' conductor on the way to the next world "' ib.)
vimuuDha = foolish
vimuuDhaH = bewildered
vimuuDhabhaavaH = bewilderment
vimuktaH = liberated
vina = without
vinadya = vibrating
vinaya = humility\\* =vinaya 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 969) leading away or asunder, separating RV. ii,
24, 9; cast, thrown L.; secret L.; m. taking away, removal, withdrawal S'is'. x, 42; leading,
guidance, training (esp. moral trñtraining), education, discipline, control MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with
Buddhists) the rules of discipline for monks MWB. 55 &c.; good breeding, propriety of conduct,
decency, modesty, mildness ib. (in the Purânas sometimes personified as son of Kriyâ or of Lajjâ);
an office, business S'is'. xi, 36; N. of a son of Sudyumna MârkP.; a man of subdued senses L.; a
merchant, trader L.; ({A}) f. Sida Cordifolia L.; {-karman} n. instruction Ragh.; {-kSudraka} or
{-ka-vastu} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-grAhin} mfn. conforming to rules of discipline, compliant,
tractable L.; m. an elephant which obeys orders L.; {-jyotis} (?) m. N. of a Muni Kathâs.; {-tA} f.
good behaviour; modesty Cân.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Mriicch.; {-deva} m. N. of a teacher
Buddh.; of a poet Sadukt.; {-nandin} m. N. of the leader of a Jaina sect Inscr.; {-M-dhara} m. N. of
a chamberlain Venis.; {-pattra} n. = {-sUtra} (below) Buddh.; {-piTaka}, `" basket of discipline "',
(with Buddhists) the collection of treatises on discipline (cf: above); {-pradhAna} mfn. having
humility pre-eminent, of which modesty is chief. MW.; {-pramAthin} mfn. violating propriety,
behaving ill or improperly W.; {-bhAj} mfn. possessing propriety or modesty ib.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. consisting of propriety Kâd.; {-yogin} mfn. possessing humility MW.; {-rAma} m. =
{-sundara} Cat.; {-vat} mfn. well-behaved (in {a-vin-}) Vet.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs. Das'.
Pañcat.; {-vallI} f. N. of wk.; {-vastu} n. (with Buddhists) N. of a section of the works which treat
of Vinaya (q.v.) [972, 1]; {-vAc} mfn. speaking modestly W.; f. modest speech ib.; {-vijaya} m. N.
of an author Cat.; {-vibhaGga} m. N. of wk.; {-vibhASA-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-zrI} f. N.
of a woman HParis'.; {-sAgara}, {-sundara} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-sUtra} n. (with Buddhists) the
Sûtra treating of discipline (cf. above); {-stha} mfn. conforming to discipline, compliant, tractable
L.; {-svAminI} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-yA7ditya} m. N. of Jaya7pida, Rajat.; of a king of the
race of the Câlukyas Inscr.; ({-pura} n. N. of a town built by Jaya7pida Râjat.); {-yA7didhara} (i.e.
{vinaya-dh-}) m. N. of a man Kâv.; {-yA7nvita} mfn. endowed with modesty, humble L.;
{-yA7vanata} mfn. bending down modestly, bowing low with modesty MBh. Kathâs.; {-yo7kti} f.
pl. modest speech Bâ
vinaayaka * = mf({ikA})n. taking away, removing MW.; m. `" Remover (of obstacles) "'N. of
Gane7s'a Yâjñ. VarBriS. &c.; a leader, guide MBh. R.; a Guru or spiritual preceptor L.; a Buddha
L.; N. of Garuda L.; an obstacle, impediment L.; = {anAtha} (?) L.; N. of various authors &c. Cat.;
pl. a partic. class of demons MânGri. MBh. &c.; N. of partic. formulas recited over weapons R.;
({ikA}) f. the wife of Gane7s'a or Garuda L.; {-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the festival in honour
of Ganea Cat.; ({-thI-vrata} n. N. of wk.); {-carita} n. N. of the 73rd ch. of the Krîdâ-khanda or
2nd part of the Gane7s'a-Purâna.; {-dvAdaza-nAma-stotra} n. N. of wk.; {-paNDita} m. N. of a
poet S'ârngP.; = {nanda-paND-} Cat.; {-purANa} n. {-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks.; {-bhaTTa} m. N.
of various authors Cat.; {-bhojana-varNanA} f. {-mAhAtmya} n. {-vratakalpa} m. {-vrata-pUjA} f.
{-zAnti} f. {-zAnti-paddhati} f. {zAnti-prayoga} m. {-zAnti-saMgraha} m. {-saMhitA} f. {-sahasra-
nAman} n. {-stava-rAja} m. N. of wks. or chs. from wks.; {-snapana-caturthI} f. the fourth day of
the Gane7s'a festival (when his image is bathed) Cat.; {-kA7vatAra-varNana} n. {-kA7vir-bhAva}
m. {-ko7tpatti} f. N. of parts of wks
vinayana * = mfn. taking away, removing MBh. Megh.; n. the act of taming or training, education,
instruction Das'.
vinaa = without
vinaashaM = destruction
vinaashaH = destruction
vi.ndati = enjoys
vindate = enjoys
vinda* = mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc.; see {go-}, {cAru-v-} &c.); m. a partic. hour of the day
R.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of a king of Avanti ib.
vindatvat* = mfn. containing a form of 3. {vid}; ({atI}) f. a verse of this kind Maitr
vindaami = I have
vinigrahaH = control
viniyamya = regulating
viniyogaH = distribution (of various limbs, postures)
vinirmuktaaH = liberated
vinivritta = disassociated
vinirdahana* = n. the act of burning or destroying utterly MW.; ({I}) f. a partic. remedy Sus'r.
vinirdiz* = P. {-dizati}, to assign, destine for (loc.) BhP.; to point out, indicate, state, declare,
designate as (two acc.) MBh. BhP. Sus'r.; to announce, proclaim Yâjñ. VarBriS.; to determine,
resolve, fix upon MBh.
vinirdhU* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about,
agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirdhuu* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter R.; to shake about,
agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirmukta* = mfn. liberated, escaped, free or exempt from (instr. or comp.) MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r.
&c.; discharged, shot off, hurled R.
vinishchitaiH = certain
vinis'cita* = mfn. firmly resolved upon (comp.) MBh.; ascertained, determined, settled, certain ib.
R. &c.; (%{am}) ind. most certainly, decidedly Amar.; %{-tA7rtha} mfn. having a decided
meaning Bhartr2.
viniSTan* = (prob. for {vi-niH-STan}; {STan} = {stan}) P. {-STanati}, to groan loudly Car.
vinoda = humor
vi.nsha.nsha = A Varga. The harmonic twentieth division. Used for delineating Religious fervour
and accrued spiritual merit
vinyaasa* = m. putting or placing down &c.; a deposit W.; putting on (ornaments) Kâvya7d.;
movement, position (of limbs), attitude TPrât. Kâv.; arrangement, disposition, order Pur.;
scattering, spreading out MBh. Hariv.; establishment, foundation MârkP.; putting together,
connecting (words &c.), composition (of literary works) Vâs. Sâh. &c.; exhibition, display (ifc. =
showing, displaying) MBh.; the utterance of words of despair Sâh.; assemblage, collection W.; any
site or receptacle on or in which anything is deposited ib.; {-rekhA} f. a line drawn Bâlar.
vipatti = calamity
viparivartate = is working
viparyaya = inversion
viparyas* = Â. {-asyate}, to turn over, turn round, overturn, reverse, invert S'Br. Gaut.; to change,
interchange, exchange KâtyS'r.; to have a wrong notion, be in error Bhartri.: Caus. {-Asayati}, to
cause to turn round or to change Bâlar.
viparyasta* = mfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary AitBr. MBh. &c.; (in gram.)
interchanged, inverted Pân. 2-3, 56 Sch.; standing round Kathâs.; erroneously conceived to be
real W.; {-tA} f. perverseness Sinha7s.; {-putrA} f. a woman bearing no male children MW.;
{-manaz-ceSTa} mfn. having mind and actions perverted or inverted Mriicch.
viparyAvRt* = Â. {-vartate}, to be turned back Kaus'.: Caus. {-vartayati}, to cause to turn away
from, cause to be overturned TS.
viparyaya* = mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m. turning round,
revolution Jyot.; running off, coming to an end R.; transposition, change, alteration, inverted
order or succession, opposite of. Âs'vS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. {buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion;
{svapna-v-}, the opp of sleep, state of being awake; {saMdhi-viparyayau}, peace and its opposite
i.e. war; {viparyaye}, {-yena} and {-yAt} ind. in the oppñopposite case, other wise); exchange,
barter (e.g. {dravya-v-}, exchange of goods, buying and selling, trade) MW.; change for the worse,
reverse of fortune, calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh. &c.; perverseness R. Kathâs. BhP.; overthrow,
min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Kâv.; change of opinion Sâh.; change of purpose or
conduct, enmity, hostility W.; misapprehension, error, mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad.; mistaking
anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW.; shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.);
N. of partic. forms of intermittent fever Sus'r.
vipaT =* P. %{-pATayati}, to split in two, tear open, tear out, destroy MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to drive
asunder, scare away Ka1d. Ra1jat.
vipat=*P. %{-patati}, to fly or dash or rush through RV. i, 168, 6; to fly apart, fall off, burst
asunder, be divided or separated S3Br. ChUp.; to fly along RV. x, 96, 9: Caus. %{-patayati}, to fly
in various directions RV. iii, 55, 3; to fall asunder, be opened ib., vi, 9, 6; %{-pAtayati}, to cause to
fly away, shoot off (arrows) AV.; to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike off (a head) ib.; to
strike down, kill MBh.//in comp. for %{vi-pad}; %{-kara} mf(%{I})n. causing misfortune Harav.;
(%{I}) f. N. of a goddess ib.; %{-kAla} m. season of mñmisfortune or calamity Hit.; %{-phala}
mfn. resulting in mñmisfortune, calamitous MW.; %{-sAgara} m. `" ocean of misfortune "', heavy
calamity W.
vipAkin* = mfn. ripening, maturing bearing fruits or having consequences, Ma1latim.; difficult to
be digested (in %{a-vip-}) Car.
vipas'cit* = mfn. inspired , wise , learned , versed in or acquainted with (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ; m.
N. of Indra under Manu Sva1rocisha Pur. ; of the Supreme Spirit Sarvad. ; of a Buddha (prob. w.r.
for %{vipazyin}) Lalit.
viphalaH = not good fruitless; * = mf({A})u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kâv. VarBriS.; fruitless,
useless, ineffectual, futile, vain, idle Yâjñ. Hariv. &c.; having no testicles R.; m. Pandanus
Odoratissimus L.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. fruitlessness, uselessness, unprofitableness Kâv. Pañcat.;
{-pre7raNa} mfn. flung in vain Hit.; {-zrama} mfn. exerting one's self in vain ({-tva} n.), Râjat;
{-lA7rambha} mfn. one whose efforts are vain or idle Yâjñ.; {-lA7za} mfn. one whose hopes are
disappointed Hariv. (v.l. {niSphal-}).
vipina * =`" stirring or waving (scil. in the wind) "', a wood, forest, thicket, grove MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
multitude, quantity Bâlar.; {-tilaka} n. a kind of metre Col.; {-nau9kas} m. wood-dweller "', an
ape, monkey Mcar.
vipraaH = (masc.nom.Pl.)Brahmins
vipula = ample
vira * = m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to
Indra, Vishnu &c.; pl. men, people, mankind, followers, retainers) RV. &c. &c.; a hero (as opp. to a
god) RTL. 272 n.; a husband MBh. R. Pur.; a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; the male of an animal AV. S'ânkhS'r.; (with,
Tântrikas) an adept (who is between the {divya} and the {pazu} RTL. 191) Rudray.; (in dram.)
heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas [q.v.]; the Vîra-carita [q.v.] exhibits an example) Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.
&c.; an actor W.; a partic. Agni (son of Tapas) MBh.; fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L.; N. of
various plants (Terminalia Arunja; Nerium Odorum; Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L.; N. of
an Asura MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Bharad-vâja ib.; of a son of Purusha
Vairâja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttâna-pâda Hariv.; of a son of Griiñjima ib.; of two sons of
Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Kshupa and father of Vivins'a MârkP.; of the father of Lîlâvatî ib.; of a
teacher of Vinaya Buddh.; of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpini L.; (also with {bhaTTa},
{AcArya} &c.) of various authors &c. Cat.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Tâmasa BhP.; ({A})
f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are still alive) L.; an intoxicating beverage ib.; N. of
various plants and drugs (Flacourtia Cataphracta; Convolvulus Paniculatus; Gmelina Arborea; the
drug Ela-vâluka &c.) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Bharad-vâja L.; of the
wife of Karan-dhama MârkP.; of a river MBh. (B. {vANI}); n. (only L.) a reed (Arundo Tibialis);
the root of ginger(?); pepper; rice-gruel; the root of Costus Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus
&c. [1005, 3]; mf({A})n. heroic, powerful, strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. {vir}; Lith.
{vy4ras}; Goth. {wair}; Angl. Sax. {w‰r}, {w‰re-wulf}; Eng. {werewolf}; Germ. {Werwolf},
{Wergeld}.]
viraagaH = Non-attachment/desirelessness
viraaj* = m. (for 2. see s.v.) king of birds BhP.\\* = P.Â. {-rAjati}, {-te}, to reign, rule, govern,
master (gen. or acc.), excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br.; to be illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out
(abl.), glitter ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to appear as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. {-rAjayati}, (rarely {-te})
cause to shine forth, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh. R. &c.
vi-raa4j* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign, excellent, splendid RV.;
mfn. a ruler, chief. king or queen (applied to Agni, Sarasvatî, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; f.
excellence, pre-eminence, high rank, dignity, majesty TS. Br. S'rS.; m. or f. the first progeny of
Brahmâ (according to Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahmâ having divided his own substance into male and
female, produced from the female the male power Virâj, who then produced the first Manu or
Manu Svâyambhuva, who then created the ten Prajâ-patis; the BhP. states that the male half of
Brahmâ was Manu, and the other half S'ata-rûpâ, and does not allude to the intervention of
VñVirâj; other Purânas describe the union of S'ata-rûpâ with VñVirâj or Purusha in the first
instance, and with Manu in the second; Virâj as a sort of secondary creator, is sometimes
identified with Prajâ-pati, Brahmâ, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishnu or Kriishna, while in RV.
x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him; in the AV. viii, 10, 24; xi, 8,
30, VñVirâj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow; being elsewhere, however, identified
with Pra7na) IW. 22 &c.; (in Vedânta) N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate
of gross bodies (= {vaizvAnara}, q. v.), Vedantas.; m. a warrior (= {kSatriya}) MBh. BhP.; the
body MW.; a partic. Eka7ha PañcavBr. Vait.; N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Kâmyâ Hariv.; of a son
of Nara VP.; of Buddha L. [983,1]; of a son of Râdhâ MW.; of a district ib.; f. a particular Vedic
metre consisting of four Pâdas of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the
number `" ten "'; in RV. x, 130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuna,
and in AitBr. i, 4 Virâj is mystically regarded as `" food "', and invocations are directed to be made
in this metre when food is the especial object of prayer; in prosody VñVirâj is applied to any metre
defective by two syllables RPrât.); pl. N. of partic. bricks (40 in number) VS. S'Br.
viraajana* = mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car.; n. ruling, being eminent or illustrious, &c.
Nir.
viraaTaH = Virata
viraam.h = to stop
viraama = stop * cessation, termination, end S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c. (acc. with {yA} or {pra-yA}, to
come to an end, rest); end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (ifc. = ending with), APrât. Pân. &c.;
end of or caesura with in a Pâda S'rutab.; (in gram.), the stop "'N. of a small oblique stroke placed
under a consonant to denote that it is quiescent i.e. that it has no vowel inherent or otherwise
pronounced after it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of conjunctions of consonants; but
its proper use, according to native grammarians, is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending
in a consonant); desistence, abstention Kâs'. Vop.; exhaustion, languor Car.; N. of Vishnu MBh.;
of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f. cessation, abatement Pañcar.
viracita* = mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed, written, Kalid.
Pan5cat.; put together, spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on, worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.)
Megh.; put in, inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N. of a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or
song &c.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-
vapus} mfn. one who has his body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has
composed a speech or who has spoken Ragh.; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viram * = P. {-ramati} (rarely Â.; cf. Pân. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking), pause, cease, come to
an end TS. &c. &c.; to give up, abandon, abstain or desist from (abl.) KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.: Caus.
{-rA8mayati}, to cause to stop or rest &c., bring to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid. see {vi-riraMsA}.
vi-rama * = m. cessation, end MBh. BhP.; sunset S'is'. ix, 11; (ifc.) desistence or abstention from
MBh.
virachita = created
virahitaM = without
viraja*= (3. %{vi+raja} for %{rajas}) mf(%{A})n. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig. `" free from
passion "') S3Br. MBh. &c.; free from the menstrual excretion L.; m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv.; of a
son of Tvasht2r2i BhP.; of a son of Pu1rn2iman ib.; of a pupil of Ja1tu1karn2ya ib.; of the world of
Buddha Padma-prabha SaddhP.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i BhP.; (%{A}) f.
Panicum Dactylon (= %{dUrA}) MBh. (= %{kapitthAnI} L.); of the wife of Nahusha (spiritual
daughter of a class of Pitr2is called Su-svadhas or Sva.svadhas) Hariv.; of a mistress of Kr2ishn2a
(who was changed into a river) Pan5car.; of a Ra1kshasi1 Cat.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh.;
%{-prabha} m. N. of a Buddha Buddh.; %{-loka} m. N. of a partic. world, VB.; %{-jA7kSa} m. N.
of a mountain (to the north of Meru) Ma1rkP.; %{-jAkSetra} n. N. of a sacred district Cat.; %{-
je7zvarI} f. N. of Ra1dha1 Pan5car.
viriñca or virañca * = A* 'beyond passion' m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ
(but also applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virakta = uninerested
virala = rare
viriñca* = m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also applied to Vishnu and
S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virodha = opposition
viruda * = hot out, sprouted, budded, grown; come forth, formed, produced, born, arisen;
ascended, mounted, ridden, overgrown with young grass
virugna * =mfn. (less correctly {vi-rugna}) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c. Bhathth.
visarga* = m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; voiding,
evacuation (of excrement) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; opening (of the closed hand) KâtyS'r.; getting rid of,
sending away, dismissal, rejection Mn. MBh. &c.; letting loose i.e. driving out (cows; see {go-
vis-}); final emancipation, exemption from worldly existence BhP.; cessation, end RV. GriS.; end
of the annual course of the sun Car.; destruction of the world BhP.; giving, granting, bestowal Mn.
MBh. &c.; scattering, hurling, throwing, shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP.;
producing, creating (esp. secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha; see under {sarga})
Bhag. BhP.; creation (in the concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP.; `" producer "', cause
BhP.; membrum virile ib.; the suñs southern course L.; separation, parting W. (cf. {-cumbana});
light, splendour ib.; N. of a symbol in grammar (= {vi-sarjanIya}, which is the older term see
below) Pân. Sch. S'rutab. MBh. BhP.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1241; {-cumbana} n. a parting kiss
Ragh.; {-lupta} n. elision of the Visarga Pratâp.
vishaNNa * =mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Kâv.
Kathâs. BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. dejection,
sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; {-bhAva} m. id.
Das'.; {-manas} mfn. = {-cetas} BhP.; {-mukha} mf({I})n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or
dejected R.; {-rUpa} mf({A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected mood R.; {-vadana}
mfn. = {-mukha} ib.; {-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.
vishate = he enters
vishanti = enter
vishaNNa * = mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits or temper Ka1v.
Katha1s. BhP.; %{-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited, downcast R.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.
dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; %{-
bhAva} m. id. Das3.; %{-manas} mfn. = %{-cetas} BhP.; %{-mukha} mf(%{I})n. dejected in
countenance, looking sad or dejected R.; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being
in a dejected mood R.; %{-vadana} mfn. = %{-mukha} ib.; %{-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited,
desponding, downcast BhP.
vishaalaM = vast
vis'aala* = mf({A} accord. to g. {bahvAdi} also {I})n. (prob. fr. {viz}; accord. to others, fr. {vi-zR})
spacious, extensive, broad, wide, large TS. &c. &c. ({am} ind. extensively PañcavBr.); great,
important, powerful, mighty, illustrious, eminent MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) abundant in, full of Kap.;
m. a kind of beast or bird or plant L.; a partic. Shad-aha S'rS.; N. of the father of Takshaka,
S'ankhGri.; of an Asura Kathâs.; of a son of Ikshvâku (founder of the city Vis'âlâ) R.; of a son of
Triinabindu Pur.; of a king of Vaidis'a MârkP.; of a mountain ib.; ({A}) f. colocynth Sus'r.; Basella
Cordifolia L.; Portulaca Quadrifida L.; {--mahe7ndravAruNI} L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ
Sangît.; N. of the city Ujjayinî or Ougein R. Megh. Kathâs.; of another town (see {vaizAlI},
{vaizalI}); of a river and a hermitage situated on it MBh. R. BhP.; = {sarasvatI} L.; N. of an
Apsaras VP.; of the wife of Aja-midha MBh.; of the wife of Arishtha-nemi (and daughter of
Daksha) GârudaP.; ({I}) f. a kind of plant L.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage, Bh.; du. (with
{viSNoH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.
vis'aarada * = mf({A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with (loc. or comp.;
{-tva} n. Pañcad.) Mn. MBh. &c.; learned, wise W.; clever (as a speech) BhP.; of a clear or serene
mind Lalit.; famous, celebrated W.; beautifully autumnal Vâs.; lacking the gift of speech ib.; bold,
impudent ib.; = {zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.; N. of an author and of another
person Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of Alhagi L.; {-di-man} m. skill, proficiency, conversancy Harav.
vishaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate} (m. c. also P. {-yati}), to become poison, turn into poison Bhartri.
Subh.
vishaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. either fr 1. {viS}, `" to act "', or fr. {vi} + {si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pân.
8-3, 70 Sch.) sphere (of influence or activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district,
country, abode (pl. = lands, possessions) Mn. MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of
eyes, ears, mind &c.) S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; period or duration (of life) Pañcat.; special sphere or
department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar element, concern (ifc. = `" concerned
with, belonging to, intently engaged on "'; {viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of, with
regard or reference to "'; {atra viSaye}, `" with regard to this object "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; space or
room (sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Kâv. Pañcat.; an object of sense (these are five in number,
the five {indriya}, or organs of sense having each their proper {viSaya} or object, viz. 1. {zabda}, `"
sound "', for the ear cf. {zruti-viSaya}; 2. {sparza}, `" tangibility "', for the skin; 3. {rUpa}, `" form
"' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. {rasa}, `" savour "', for the tongue; 5. {gandha}, `" odour "' for the
nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called the Gunas or `" properties "' of the five
elements, ether, air, fire, water, earth, respectively; cf. {zruti-viSaya-guNa}) Yâjñ. S'ank. Sarvad.
IW. 83; a symbolical N. of the number `" five "' VarBriS.; anything perceptible by the senses, any
object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly object or aim or matter or business,
(pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subject-matter
MBh. Kâv. &c.; an object (as opp. to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997, 2]; a fit or suitable object (`" for
"' dat. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) the subject of an argument, category, general head
(one of the 5 members of an Adhikarana [q.v.], the other 4 being {vizaya} or {saMzaya}, {pUrva-
pakSa}, {uttara-pakSa} or {siddhA7nta}, and {saMgati} or {nirNaya}) Sarvad.; un-organic matter
IW. 73; (in gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. {chandasi viSaye}, `" only in the Veda "') Kâs'.
(ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the subject of a comparison (e.g. in the
comp. `" lotus-eye "' the second member is the {viSaya}, and the first the {viSayin}) Kuval.
Pratâp.; a country with more than 100 villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or
observance ib.; a lover, husband ib.; semen virile ib.
vishaya-tA * = f. the character or condition of being an object or having anything for an object, the
relation between an object and the knowledge of it Sâh. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; {-rahasya} n. {-vAda}
(or {-vicAra}) m. {-vAda-TippaNa} n. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.
vishaya-tva * = n. = {-tA} Sarvad. Yâjñ. Sch.; (ifc.) the being restricted to, occurring only in Pat.
vishthhaa * = 2 ( {sthA}; for 1. {viSThA} see p. 996, col. 2) Â. {-tiSThate} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 22; Ved.
and ep. also P.), to stand or go apart, be spread or diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or
{adhi} with loc.) RV. VS. AV.; to be removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV.; to stand, be
stationary stand still, remain firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c. &c.; to keep ground, not to budge R.;
to be present or near MBh.; to be engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor. {-tiSThipaH}) to
spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5.
vishthhaa * = 3 f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. S'rS.; a rope (?) DivyA7v.;
{-vrAji4n} mfn. remaining in one place, stationary S'Br.
vishuddha = pure
visheshha = particular
vis'esha * = m. (once in Pañcat. n.; ifc. f. {A}) distinction, difference between (two gen., two loc.,
or gen. and instr.) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property,
speciality, peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind, species, individual (e.g. {vRkSa-v-}, a species of tree,
in comp. often also = special, peculiar, particular, different, e.g. {chando-v-}, a particular metre,
{vñvizeSa-maNDana}, a peculiar ornament "'; {argha-vizeSAH}, different prices "') MBh. Kâv.
&c.; (pl.) various objects Megh.; distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp.
often= excellent, superior, choice, distinguished e.g. {AkRti-v-}, `" an excellent form "' [990, 3];
cf. {vñvizeSa-pratipatti}) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) a word which defines or limits the meaning of
another word (cf. {vi-zeSaka} and {vi-zeSaNa}); (in phil.) particularity, individuality, essential
difference or individual essence (with the Vais'eshikas the 5th cate gory or Pada7rtha, belonging
to the 9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and the 5 atoms of earth,
water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially different that one can never be the
other) IW. 66 &c.; (in medicine) a favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Sus'r.; (in rhet.)
statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation Kuval. (cf. {vizeSo7kti}); a
sectarian mark, any mark on the forehead (= {tilaka}) L.; (in geom.) the hypotenuse S'ulbas.; N. of
the primary elements or Mahâ-bhûtas (q.v.) MaitrUp.; the earth as an element BhP.; the
mundane egg ib.; {-virAj} ib.; (ibc., {ena} or {At} ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even
more Mn. MBh. &c.; {At} ifc., by reason or in consequence of. VarBriS.; {yena yena vizeSeNa}, in
any way whatever MBh.); mf({A})n. extraordinary, abundant Ragh. ii, 14 (B. {vizeSAt} for
{vizeSA}); {-karaNa} n. making better, improvement Mâlav.; {-kRt} mfn. making a distinction,
distinguishing RPrât.; {--garhaNIya} mfn. especially reprehensible, even more blamable Kuval.;
{-guNa} m. a special or distinct quality Nîlak.; (in phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul,
time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above) W.; {-jJa} mfn. knowing distinctions,
judicious Kâv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R.; {jJAna-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-tac}
ind. according to the difference of. in proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2; especially, particularly,
above all Mn. MBh. &c.; individually, singly, Vedantas.; {-tva} n. distinction, notion of the
particular L.; {-drizya} mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh.; {-dharma} m. a peculiar or
different duty W.; a special law MW.; {niyama} m. a partic. observance MBh.; {-nirukti} f. (ibc.)
`" explanation of differences "'; N. of wk. ({-kroDa} m. {-TIkA} f. {-prakAza}, m.; {-tyAloka} m. N.
of wks.); {-patanIya} n. a partic. crime or sin Yâjñ. iii, 298; {-padA7rtha} m. (in Nyâya) the
category of particularity (cf. above under {vizeSa}); {-pratipatti} f. a special mark of honour or
respect Ragh.; {-pratiSedha} m. a special exception MW.; {-pramANa} n. spñspecial authority ib.;
{-bhAga} m. a partic. part of an elephant's fore-foot L.; {-bhAvanA} f. reflecting on or perceiving
difference W.; (in arithm.) a partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the difference of
the products ib.; {-bhUta-pariziSTa} n. N. of wk.; {-maNDana} n. a peculiar ornament S'ak.;
{-mati} m. N. of a Bodhisattva and of another man Buddh.; {-mitra} m. N. of a man Buddh.;
{-ramaNIya} mfn. especially delightful, particularly pleasant Vikr.; {-lakSaNa} n. any specific or
characteristic mark or sign W.; ({-NATIkA} f. N. of wk.); {liGga} n. a partic. mark, specific
property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap.; {-vacana} n. `" distinguishing or defining word "',
an adjective, apposition Pân. 8-1, 74; a special text, special rule or precept W.; {-vat} mfn.
pursuing something particular MBh. ii, 849; possessed of some distinguishing property or specific
quality BhP.; excellent, superior, better than (abl.) MBh. Hariv.; making a difference (see {a-v-});
{-vAda} m. the above doctrine of the Vais'eshikas; ({-TIkA} f. N. of wk.; {-din} m. an adherent of
that doctrine Sânkhyak. Sch.); {-vikrama-ruci} mfn. taking delight in splendid heroism Bhartri.;
{-vid} mfn. = {jJa} MBh.; {-vidvas} m. `" eminently learned "', a sage, philosopher W.; {-vidhi} m.
a special rule or observance W.; {-vyApti} f. (in logic) a form of Vyâpti or pervasion L.; N. of wk.
(also {-rahasya} n.); {-zArGgadhara} m. N. of wk.; {-zAlin} mfn. possessing peculiar merit or
excellence Kir.; {-zAstra} n. (in gram.) a special rule(= {apavAda}) MW.; {-sthu} mfn. being
(found only) in excellent persons or things Kâvya7d. ii, 170; {-SA7tideza} m. a spñspecial
supplementary rule ib.; {-SA7mRta} n. N. of wk.; {-SA7rtha} m. the sense or essence of
distinction, difference ({am} ind. for the sake of dñdifference MW.); {-prakAzikA} f. {-bodhikA} f.
N. of wks.; {-SA7rthin} mfn. seeking for excellence or distinction MBh.; particular in searching for
anything MW.; ({-thi}) {-tA} f. the searching for something better Pañcat.; {-SA7vasyakaniryukti}
f. N. of wk.; {-So7kti} f. `" mention of difference "'N. of a figure of speech (in which the excellence
of a thing is implied by comparing it to some highly prized object, yet mentioning the difference
e.g. {dyUtaMnAma puruSasyA7siMhA7sanaM rAjyam}, `" truly gambling is a mañs throneless
kingdom "' Mriicch. ii, 6/7) Vâm. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kâvyad. ii, 323 &c.) [991, 1]; enumeration of merits,
panegyric W.; {-SA7cchvasita} n. the peculiar breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar treasure
(applied to an object especially dear) MW.; {-So7ddeza} m. (in Nyâya) a partic. kind of
enunciation ib.
visheshhataH = especially
vis'va* = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {viz}, to pervade cf. Un. i, 151; declined as a pron. like {sarva}, by
which it is superseded in the Brâhmanas and later language) all, every, every one; whole, entire,
universal RV. &c. &c.; all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent (applied to Vishnu-Kriishna,
the soul, intellect &c.) Up. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the intellectual faculty or (accord. to some) the
faculty which perceives individuality or the individual underlying the gross body ({sthUla-zarIra-
vyaSty-upahita}) Veda7ntas.; N. of a class of gods cf. below; N. of the number `" thirteen "' Gol.;
of a class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a king MBh.; of a well-known dictionary = {vizva-
prakAza}; pl. ({vi4zve}, with or scil. {devA4s} cf. {vizve-deva}, p. 995) `" all the gods collectively "'
or the, All-gods "' (a partic. class of gods, forming one of the 9 Ganas enumerated under
{gaNadevatA} q.v.; accord. to the Vishnu and other Purânas they were sons of Vis'vâ, daughter of
Daksha, and their names are as follow, 1. Vasu, 2. Satya, 3. Kratu, 4. Daksha, 5. Kâla, 6. Kâma, 7.
Dhriiti, 8. Kuru, 9. Purû-ravas, 10. Mâdravas [?]; two others are added by some, viz. 11. Rocaka or
Locana, 12. Dhvani [or Dhûri; or this may make 13]: they are particularly worshipped at S'râddhas
and at the Vais'vadeva ceremony [RTL. 416] [992,3]; moreover accord. to Manu [iii, 90, 121],
offerings should be made to them daily - these privileges having been bestowed on them by
Brahmâ and the Pitriis, as a reward for severe austerities they had performed on the Hima7laya:
sometimes it is difficult to decide whether the expression {vizve devAH} refers to all the gods or to
the particular troop of deities described above) RV. &c.; &c.; ({A}) f. the earth L. (loc. pl. `" in all
places, everywhere "' RV. viii, 106, 2); dry ginger L.; Piper Longum L.; Asparagus Racemosus L.; =
{ati-viSA}, or {viSA} L.; N. of one of the tongues of Agni MârkP.; a partic. weight L.; N. of a
daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and mother of the Vis've Devâh) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a
river BhP.; n. the whole world, universe AV. &c.&c.; dry ginger Sus'r.; myrrh L.; a mystical N. of
the sound {o} Up.
vishvatomukhaH = Brahma
vis'vadeva* = ({vizva4-}) mfn. all-divine RV. Hariv.; m. N. of a god Hariv.; of a teacher Cat.; Pl. a
partic. class of deities, the Vis've Devâh (see {vizva} above) RV. VS. Hariv. VarBriS.; ({A}) f.
Uraria Lagopedioides Sus'r.; Hedysarum LagopñLagopedioides W.; a species of red-flowering
Dando7tpala L.; {-tA} f. pl. the Vis've Devâh L.; {-dIkSitIya} n. N. of wk.; {-netra} ({vizva4-deva-})
mfn. led by the VñVis've DñDevâh VS.; {-bhakta} mfn. (prob.) inhabited by worshippers of the
VñVis've DñDevâh (g. {aiSukAry-Adi}); {-vat} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn. united with all gods AV.
vis've-deva* = m. pl. the Vis've Devâh (see under {vizva}) Pur.; sg. N. of the number `" thirteen "'
(at the end of the Sandeha-vishau9shadhi); of Mahâpurusha Hariv.; of an Asura ib.; or another
divine being Kâthh.; ({A}) f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.
vishvasya = universe
vishvaamitra = vishvAmitra's
vis'vaasa = faith * = m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc. gen. instr. with or without
%{saha}, or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a confidential communication, secret Das3. Hit. ; %{-
kAraka} mf(%{ikA})n. inspiring confidence, causing trust MBh. ; %{-kAraNa} n. reason for
cñconfidence Hit. ; %{-kArya} n. a confidential matter of business Hit. ; %{-kRt} mfn. = %{-
kAraka} W. ; %{-ghAta} m. destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery Ra1matUp. ;
%{-ghAtaka} or %{-ghAtin} mfn. one who destroys cñconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c. ; %{-
janman} mfn. produced from cñconfidence MW. ; %{-devI} f. N. of the patroness of Vidya1-pati
(to whom he dedicated his Gan3ga1-va1kya7vali1, a wk. on the worship of the water of the
Ganges) Cat. ; %{-parama} mfn. wholly possessed of cñconfidence, thoroughly trustful R. ; %{-
pAtra} n. `" receptacle of confidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ; %{-pratipanna} mfn.
possessed of cñconfidence, trustful Hit. ; %{-prada} mfn. inspiring cñconfidence W. ; %{-bhaGga}
m. violation of cñconfidence, breach of faith Ma1lati1m. ; %{-bhUmi} f. `" ground for
cñconfidence "', a trustworthy person Hit. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting in cñconfidence
Ja1takam. ; %{-rAya} m. N. of a minister Cat. ; %{-sthAna} n. `" place for or object of
cñconfidence "', a hostage, surety Pan5cat. ; %{-hantR} (Ma1rkP.) or %{-hartR} (MBh.) m. `"
destroyer or stealer of cñconfidence "', a traitor ; %{-sai9ka-bhU} f. `" sole ground for
cñconfidence "', sole trustworthy person, Kusum. ; %{-sai9ka-sAra} m. `" one whose sole essence
is cñconfidence "'N. of a man MW. ; %{zo7jjhita-dhI} mfn. `" one whose mind has abandoned
cñconfidence "', distrustful, suspicious Ra1jat. [995,2] ; %{-so7pagama} m. access of cñconfidence
S3ak.
vishvaasabhuumi = trustworthy
visha = poison
vishaaNa = horns
vishaadaM = moroseness
vishaadi = morose
vishiidantaM = lamenting
vishheshhataa = difference
vishhopameyaM = poison-like
vishthabhya = pervading
vishthhitaM = situated
viSvaksena* = m. (sometimes written {vizvak-s-}) `" whose hosts or powers go everywhere "'N. of
Vishnu-Kriishna (or of a partic. form of that deity to whom the fragments of a sacrifice are
offered) MBh. Kâv. &c.; of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1168; of an attendant of Vishnu Pur.; of a Sâdhya
Hariv.; of the 14th (or 13th) Manu VP.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a king R.; of a son of Brahma-datta
Hariv. Pur.; of a son of S'ambara Hariv.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or {phalinI}) L.;
{-kAntA} f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or a Diascorea) Car.; {-priyA} f. `" beloved of Vishnu
"'N. of Lakshmî L.; a Diascorea L.; {-saMhitA} f. N. of wk.
vis'uddha* = mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure
(lit.and fig.) Mn. MBh. &c.; free from vice, virtuous, honest MBh. Kâv. &c.; brilliantly white (as
teeth) Riitus.; thoroughly settled or established or fixed or determined or ascertained ib.; (ifc.)
one who has gone through or thoroughly completed ({upadeza-v-}) Mâlav.; cleared i.e. exhausted,
empty (as a treasury) Râjat.; (in alg.) subtracted Gol.; n. a kind of mystical circle in the body (cf.
{cakra} and {vi-zuddhi-c-}); {-karaNa} mfn. one whose acts are pure or virtuous BhP.; {-gAtra-
tA} f. the having bright or pure limbs (a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-cAritra} m. `"
of virtuous conduct "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP.; {-tA}, f. (Kâv.), {-tva} n. (S'ank.) purity;
{-dhiSaNa} mfn. having the mind purified BhP.; {-dhI} mfn. id. Râjat.; {-dhIra} mfn. pure and
grave Kathâs.; {-netra-tA} f. having the eyes bright (one of the minor marks of a Buddha)
Dharmas'. 84; {-pArSNi} mfn. having the rear or back protected or covered Kâm.; {-prakRti} mfn.
of pure or virtuous disposition Râjat.; {-bhAva} (R.), {-manas} (Bhartri.) mfn. pure-minded;
{-mugdha} mfn. pñpure and innocent Mâlatîm.; {-rasa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.; {-vaMzya} mfn. of a
pñpure or virtuous family Râjat.; {-sattva} mfn. of a pure character MundUp.; {-sattva-pradhAna}
mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW.; {-sattva-vijJAna} mfn. of pure character and
understanding R.; {-siMha} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {svara-nirghoSA} f. a partic. Dhâranî Buddh.;
{-ddhA7tman} mfn. of a pñpure nature or character MBh. R. &c.; {-ddhe7zvara-tantra} n. N. of a
Tantra.
visargaH = creation
vizIrNa* = mfn. broken, shattered &c. ; scattered, dispersed (as an army) R. ; fallen out (as teeth)
Ka1v. ; squandered (as a treasure) MBh. ; rubbed off (as unguent) Ga1rud2aP. ; frustrated (as an
enterprise), S3a1ntis3. ; destroyed (as a town) R. ; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered
garments Bhartr2. ; %{-tA} f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m. ; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent
(as urine) BhP. ; %{-paGkti} mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh. ; %{-parNa} m. Azadirachta
Indica L. ; %{-mUrti} mfn. having the body destroyed (said of Ka1ma-deva) Kum.
vismaarita *= (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Râjat.; caused to be forgotten, lost to
memory BhP.
vismayaH = wonder
vismitaaH = in wonder
vismrita * = mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.) Kâv.; forgetful of all
R. ii, 58, 30; forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Kâlid. Râjat. &c.; {-pUrva-saMskAra} mfn. forgetting
a former promise or resolution MW.; m. N. of Bhava-bhûti L.; {-vat} mfn. one who has forgotten
S'ak.; {-saMskAra} mfn. one who forgets an agreement MW.
visrijan.h = giving up
visrijya* = mfn. to be sent out or let go &c.; to be (or being) produced or effected (as subst. = `"
effect "') BhP.
visrijaami = I create
visrishTa * = mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run, discharged, emitted, shed,
cast, thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c. ; spat out VP. ; removed TS. ; turned, directed Mr2icch. ;
deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP. ; spread, diffused AV. ; opened Vait. ; (ifc.) bestowed on
Ma1rkP. ; produced, created, founded R. Ragh. ; n. (in gram.) = %{vi-sarjanIya} Ka1t. ; %{-dhena}
(%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV. ; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space or room
given (to sit down &c.) MW. ; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts RV. ; %{-vat} mfn. one
who has sent out or despatched (messengers) Katha1s. ; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking
silence A1s3vS3r. ; %{-tA7tman} mfn. one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self,
unselfish R.
vistarashaH = in detail
vistareNa = in detail
visphuraNai = by emanation
vitan * = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-tanute} (fut. %{-tAyitA} BhP.), to spread out or through or over,
cover, pervade, fill TUp. MBh. &c.; to spread, stretch, extend (a net, snare, cord &c.) RV. &c. &c.;
to draw or bend (a bow) MBh.; to spread out i.e. lay on, impose (a yoke) RV.; to apply (ointment)
Ka1v.; to extend, make wide (with %{tanva4s}, the bodies, = to oppose or resist boldly RV.; with
%{padAni}, steps, = to stride Gi1t.); to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest RV. &c. &c.; to carry out,
perform, accomplish (esp. a rite or ceremony) ib.; to sacrifice Hariv.; to cause, effect, produce
Sa1h.; to make, render (two acc.) Prasannar. vitataH = are spread
vitarati = to distribute
vitasti * = f. (once in Hcat. m.; prob. fr. {tan}) a partic. measure of length (defined either as a long
span between the extended thumb and little finger, or as the distance between the wrist and the
tip of the fingers, and said to = 12 Angulas or about 9 inches) S'Br. GriS'rS. &c. [963, 1]; {-dezya}
mfn. almost a Vitasti long Râjat.
vitata * = mfn. spread out, extended &c.; diffused, drawn (as a bow-string) RV.; bent (as a bow)
R.; covered, filled Hariv.; prepared (as a road) AV.; extensive, far-spreading, broad, wide ({am}
ind.) VS. &c. &c.; n. any stringed instrument (such as a lute &c.) L.; {-tva} n. extendedness,
expansiveness, largeness Hariv. Pur.; {-dhanvan} mfn. one who has drawn a bow to its full stretch
MBh.; {-vapus} mfn. having an elongated body MW.; {-tA7dhvara} ({vi4-}) mfn. one who has
prepared a sacrifice S'Br.; {-tA7yudha} mfn. = {vitata-dhanvan} MBh.; {-to7tsava} mfn. one who
has arranged a festival Kathâs.
vitri = to distribute
vitrishhNaaM = desirelessness
vitta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. {vid}) known, understood (see comp.); celebrated, notorious,
famous for (comp.) Das'. (cf. Pân. 8-2, 58).
vitta4 * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught
or seized by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus'.; ({A}) f. taken, married (as a woman) S'Br.; n. anything
found, a find AitBr.; (in later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance,
money, power RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological mansion VarYogay.
vitta = money
vittada* = m. `" wealth-giver "', benefactor W.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis attendant on
Skanda MBh.
vittaM = wealth
vitte = wealth
vivaaha = Wedding
vivaahaM = marriage
vivaara* = m. dilation, expansion W.; (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech,
expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the Âbhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate
utterance which take place within the mouth, opp. to {saM-vAra} q.v.) Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.
vivaarayishu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of 1. {R}) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army)
MBh.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshaa = choice* = f. (fr. Desid. of {vac}) the wish or desire to speak or declare or teach or
express Sank. Sarvad. &c.; meaning, signification, sense, sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pân. Sch.
[986, 3]; the (mere) wish or intention to speak, uncertainty, doubt, hesitation (`" as to "' comp.)
MBh. R.; wish, desire W.; a question MW.; {--rtham} ({-kSA7r-}) ind. (ifc.) in order to point out
or lay stress upon Pân. Sch.; {-vazAt} ind. according to the meaning (of a speaker or writer) MW.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây. `" gushing "', `"
spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshase* = (fr. {vakS}, or {vac} or {vah}, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.), occurring only as refrain
and without connection with other words in the hymns of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to
Naigh. iii, 3= {mahat}).
vivakshita* = mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh. R. S'ank.;
expressly meant, to be urged, essential (in {a-viv-}) S'ank.; chief, favourite Kâm.; literal (not
figurative) W.; n. what is wished or intended to be spoken &c.; any desired object or aim ib.; ({A})
f. meaning, purpose, wish (?) ib.; {-tva} n. the being intended or meant to be said Nîlak.
vivas'a* = mf({A})n. deprived or destitute of will, powerless, helpless (`" through "' comp.),
unwilling, involuntary, spontaneous (ibc. `" involuntarily "') Mn. &c. &c.; (only W.) unrestrained;
independent; subject; apprehensive of death; desirous of death (as being free from worldly cares);
m. a town, suburb (?) Gal.; pl. v.l. for {viviMza} below VP.; {-tA} f. absence of will, helplessness
Râjat.; {-zI-kR}, to render helpless; {-zI-kRta}, checked (as a carriage in motion) MBh. Râjat.
Kathâs.
vivaraNa* = mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or open TPrât. MBh.
Sus'r.; explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, translation, interpretation,
specification &c. Pur. S'ank. Sarvad.; a sentence MW.; N. of wk. on Veda7nta; {-kArikA-bhASya}
n. {-catuHsUtrI} f. {-tattva-dIpana} n. {-darpaNa} m. {-prameya-saMgraha} m. {-prasthAna} n.
{-bhAva-prakAzikA} f. {-ratna} n. {-vraNa} (?) m. {-saMgraha}, m. {-sAra-saMgraha}, m.;
{-NA7panyAsa} m. N. of wks.
vivara* = m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also applied to the apertures of
the body and to gaping wounds) RV. &c. &c.; intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kâv. &c.;
difference VarBriS. Ganit.; a breach, fault, flaw, vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kâv.; harm, injury
MârkP.; expansion, opening, widening BhP.; N. of the number, nine "' (cf. above and under
{randhra}) MW.; a partic. high number Buddh.; {-darzaka} mfn. showing one's weak points
MBh.; {-nAlika} f. a fife, flute L.; {-rA7nuga} mfn. seeking after (another's) weak points MBh.;
{-re-sad} mfn. abiding in intermediate space, an inhabitant of the sky Kir.
vivarjitaM = devoid of
vivardhanaaH = increasing
viveka = discrimination
vividha = varied
vividhaH = various
vividhaaH = various
vividhaiH = various
vivikta = to solitary* = mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished, discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP.;
isolated, alone, solitary Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. {cintA-v-}) MBh.; free
from (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kum.; pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c.; clear, distinct Hariv.
Kâm.; discriminative, judicious ( = {vi-vekin}) L.; profound (as judgment or thought) W.; m. =
{vasu-nandana} or {vasu-nanda} L.; n. separation, solitude, a lonely place (see comp.); clearness,
purity MârkP.; {-ga} mfn. going to a lonely place, seeking solitude Kathâs.; {-carita} mfn. faultless
in conduct or behaviour BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. pure-minded ib.; {-tarka} mfn. clear in reasoning
MW.; {-tA} f. separation, isolation, Râjat; clearness, purity Sus'r.; being well, good health ib.;
distinction, discrimination L.; an empty or free place, loneliness MW.; {-tva} n. solitude Mriicch.;
{-dRSTi} mfn. clear-sighted BhP.; {-nAman} m. N. of one of the 7 sons of Hiranyaretas and of the
Varsha ruled by him ib.; {-bhAva} mfn. having a mind separated or abstracted (from other
pursuits), intent on any object W.; {-varNa} mfn. containing letters or syllables distinctly
enunciated MW.; {-zaraNa} (BhP.), {-sevin} (Bhag.) mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude;
{-ktA7sana} mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting at a sequestered place Mn. ii, 215; {-ktI-kRta}
mfn. emptied, cleared Kathâs.; left, deserted Ragh.
vivitsaa* = f. (fr. Desid.) desire of knowing MBh.\\ {vivitsu}, {vividiSu} see p. 964, col. 3.
vivriddhaM = increased
viyogaM = extermination
vraaja m. (for 2. see below) going, movement, motion MW.* = 2 m. (for 1. see above) = 2.
{vraja4}, a troop, host, band ({am} ind. in troops) AV.; a domestic cock L.
vraata = disciplined course* = m. (connected with 1. {vR}, or with {vrata4} and 2. {vR}) a
multitude, flock, assemblage, troop, swarm, group, host ({vrA4taM} {vrAtam}, in companies or
troops; {pa4Jca vrA4tAs}, the five races of men), association, guild RV. &c. &c.; the company or
attendants at a marriage feast W.; = {manuSya} Naigh. ii, 3; the descendant of an out-caste
Brâhman &c. (= {vrAtya}) L.; n. manual or bodily labour, day-labour ib.
vraja = go* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering, roaming W. \\2 m. (n.
only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. {A}; fr. {vRj}) a fold, stall, cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of
herdsmen RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of the district around Agra and Mathurâ (the abode of Nanda, of
Kriishna's foster-father, and scene of Kriishna's juvenile adventures; commonly called Braj; cf.
{vRji}) Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c. ({saMgrAmaH
savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' MârkP.; {vrajo girimayaH}, prob. = {giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a
cloud (= {megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a son of Havir-dhâna Hariv. VP.
vrajeta = walks
vrata = austerities* = n. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. 2. {vR}) will, command, law, ordinance, rule RV.;
obedience, service ib. AV. Âs'vGri.; dominion, realm RV.; sphere of action, function, mode or,
manner of life (e.g. {zuci-vr-}, pure manner of life "' S'ak.), conduct, manner, usage, custom RV.
&c. &c.; a religious vow or practice, any pious observance, meritorious act of devotion or austerity,
solemn vow, rule, holy practice (as fasting, continence &c.; {vrata4M-car}, to observe a vow "',
esp., `" to practise chastity "') ib.; any vow or firm purpose, resolve to (dat. loc., or comp.;
{vratAt}, or {vrata-vazAt}, `" in consequence of a vow "'; cf. {asi-dhArA-vrata} and {AsidhAraM
vratam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the practice of always eating the same food (cf. {madhu-vr-}) L.; the
feeding only on milk (as a fast or observance according to rule; also the milk itself) VS. Br.
KâtyS'r.; any food (in {a-yAcita-vr-} q.v.); = {mahA-vrata} (i.e. a partic. Stotra, and the day for it)
Br. S'rS "'; (with gen. or ifc.) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. (L. also `" month; season; year; fire; `" =
Vishnu; `" N. of one of the seven islands of Antara-dvîpa "'); ({vra4ta}) m. (of unknown meaning)
AV. v, 1, 7 ÂpS'r. xiii, 16, 8; N. of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; (pl.) N. of a country belonging
to Prâcya L.; mfn. = {veda-vrata}, one who has taken the vow of learning the Veda Griihyâs. ii, 3
(Sch.)
vrataaH = avowed
vridh* cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. xviii, 20) {va4rdhate} (Ved. and ep. also {-ti}; pf. {vava4rdha}, {vavRdhe}
RV. &c. &c. [Ved. also {vA7vR-}; {vavRdhAti}, {-dhItA4s}, {-dha4sva} RV.; {vAvRdhe4te} RV.; p.
{vA8vRdha4t} RV. AV.; aor. Ved. {avRdhat}, {vRdhAtas}, {-dhAtu}; p. {vRdha4t}, {-dhAna4}];
{avardhiSTa} MBh. &c.; Prec. {vardhiSIma4hi} VS.; fut. {vardhitA} Gr.; {vartsyati} Kâv.;
{vardhiSyate} Gr.; inf. Ved. {vRdhe} [`" for increase "', `" to make glad "'], {vRdha4se},
{vAvRdha4dhyai}; Class. {vardhitum}; ind. p. {vRddhvA}, or {vardhitvA} Gr.; in MBh. {vRdh} is
sometimes confounded with 1. {vRt}), trans. P., to increase, augment, strengthen, cause to
prosper or thrive RV. AV. S'Br. MBh.; to elevate, exalt, gladden, cheer, exhilarate (esp. the gods,
with praise or sacrifice) RV.; (intrans. Â.; in Ved. P. in pf. and aor.; in Class. P. in aor. fut. and
cond.; also P. m. c. in other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or extended, become
longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed RV. &c. &c.; to rise, ascend (as the scale in ordeals)
Yâjñ. Sch.; to be exalted or elevated, feel animated or inspired or excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in
regard to (dat.), become joyful, have cause for congratulation ({vRdhaH}, {-dhat} in sacrificial
formulas = `" mayest thou or may he prosper "'; in later language often with {diStyA}) RV. &c.
&c.: Caus. {vardha4yati}, {-te} (in later language also {vardhApayati}; aor. Ved. {avIvRdhat},
{-dhata}), to cause to increase or grow, augment, increase, make larger or longer, heighten,
strengthen, further, promote (Â. `" for one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to rear, cherish, foster, bring up
ib.; to elevate, raise to power, cause to prosper or thrive AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; to exalt, magnify,
glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful, gladden (Â. in Ved. also= to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in
[instr.], enjoy RV. &c. &c.; (with. or scil. {diSTyA}) to congratulate Kâd.; (cl. 10. accord. to
Dhâtup. xxxiii, 109) `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}): Desid. of
Caus. see {vivardhayiSu}: Desid. {vivardhiSate} or {vivRtsati} Gr.: Intens. {varivRdhyate},
{varivRdhIti} ib.
vriddhatA * f. = {-tva} MBh.; (ifc.) pre-eminence in (e.g. {jJAna-v-}, `" in knowledge "') Prab
vriddha = aged
vrijina * = mf({A})n. bent, crooked (lit. and fig.), deceitful, false, wicked RV. &c. &c.; disastrous,
calamitous MBh. ii, 857; m. curled hair, hair L.; ({A4}) f. deceit, intrigue, guile AV.; n. id. RV. AV.
TBr.; sin, vice, wickedness MBh. Kâv. &c.; distress, misery, affliction BhP.; red leather L.
vvrika = wolf
vriksha = tree* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. connected with 2. {bRh}, `" to grow "', or with 1. {bRh}, `"
to root up "', or with {vrasc}, as `" that which is felled "') a tree, (esp.) any tree bearing visible
flowers and fruit (see Mn. i, 47; but also applied to any tree and other plants, often = wood see
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; the trunk of a tree RV. i, 130, 4; a coffin AV. xviii, 2, 25; the staff of a bow RV.
AV.; a frame (see comp.); Wrightia Antidysenterica Sus'r.; a stimulant L.
vriNute = chooses
vrishhTi = rain
vrishhTiH = (m) rain, showers
vrishNi * = mfn. manly, strong, powerful, mighty RV.; angry, passionate L.; heretical, heterodox
L.; m. a ram VS. TS. S'Br.; a bull L.; a ray of light L.; air, wind L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of Vishnu-
Kriishna L.; of Indra L.; of Agni L.; of various kings Hariv. Pur.; pl. N. of a tribe or family (from
which Kriishna is descended, = {yAdava} or {mAdhava}; often mentioned together with the
Andhakas) MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
vrita * = 1 mfn. concealed, screened, hidden, enveloped, surrounded by, covered with (instr. or
comp.) RV. &c. &c.; stopped, checked, held back, pent up (as rivers) RV.; filled or endowed or
provided or affected with (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vrita4 * = 2 mfn. chosen, selected, preferred, loved, liked, asked in marriage &c. RV. &c. &c.; n. a
treasure, wealth (= {dhana}) L.
vrit.h = to exist
vritta = desire
vritti * =f. rolling, rolling down (of tears) S'ak. iv, 5; 14; mode of life or conduct, course of action,
behaviour, (esp.) moral conduct, kind or respectful behaviour or treatment (also v.l. for {vRtta})
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; general usage, common practice, rule Prât.; mode of being, nature, kind,
character, disposition ib. Kâv.; state, condition Tattvas.; being, existing, occurring or appearing in
(loc. or comp.) Lâthy. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; practice, business, devotion or addiction to, occupation
with (often ifc. `" employed about "', `" engaged in "', `" practising "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; profession,
maintenance, subsistence, livelihood (often ifc.; cf. {uJcha-v-}; {vRttiM-kR} or {klRp} [Caus.]
with instr., `" to live on or by "'; with gen., `" to get or procure a maintenance for "'; only certain
means of subsistence are allowed to a Brâhman see Mn. iv, 4-6) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; wages, hire,
Pañcav.; working, activity, function MaitrUp. Kap. Veda7ntas. &c.; mood (of the mind)
Veda7ntas.; the use or occurrence of a word in a partic. sense (loc.), its function or force Pân. Sâh.
Sch. on KâtyS'r. &c.; mode or measure of pronunciation and recitation (said to be threefold, viz.
{vilambitA}, {madhyamA}, and {drutA} q.v.) Prât.; (in gram.) a complex formation which
requires explanation or separation into its parts (as distinguished from a simple or
uncompounded form e.g. any word formed with Kriit or Taddhita affixes, any compound and even
duals and plurals which are regarded as Dvandva compounds, of which only one member is left,
and all derivative verbs such as desideratives &c.); style of composition (esp. dram. style, said to
be of four kinds, viz. 1. Kais'ikî, 2. Bhâratî 3. Sâtvatî, 4. Ârabhathî, qq.vv.; the first three are
described as suited to the S'riingâra, Vîra, and Raudra Rasas respectively, the last as common to
all) Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; (in rhet.) alliteration, frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds
enumerated, scil. {madhurA}, {prau9DhA}, {puruSA}, {lalitA}, and {bhadrA}) Das'ar., Introd.;
final rhythm of a verse (= or v.l. for {vRtta} q.v.); a commentary, comment, gloss, explanation
(esp. on a Sûtra); N. of the wife of a Rudra BhP.
vrittii = tendancy
vrithaa = (indecl) wanton, uselessly, idly; * = ind. (prob. connected with 2. {vR} at will, at
pleasure, at random, easily, lightly, wantonly, frivolously RV. Br. Gobh. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; in vain,
vainly, uselessly, fruitlessly, idly TBr. &c. &c. (with {kR}, `" to make useless "', disappoint,
frustrate; with {bhU}, `" to be useless "', be disappointed or frustrated); wrongly, falsely,
incorrectly, unduly MBh. Kâv. &c.
vriN * = cl. 8. P. Â. {vRNoti}, {vRNute}, to consume, eat Dhâtup. xxx, 6 (Vop.); cl. 6. P. {vRNati},
to please, gratify, exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.
vyaadhi = disease
vyaadhii = illness
vyaaharan.h = vibrating
vyaakship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to stretch out (the hand &c.) MBh.; to shoot off(an arrow)
ib.,; to carry away, captivate (the mind) R. Pañcat.
vyaakshipta * = mfn. stretched out &c.; (ifc.) filled with, full of VarBriS.; {-manas} (Pañcat.),
{-hRdaya} (R.) mfn. having the mind or heart carried away or captivated or distracted.
vyaala = elephant
vyaamishreNa = by equivocal
vyaana = one of the vital airs, circulates energy all over the body
vyaaptaM = pervaded
vyaapya = pervading
vyaasaH = Vyasa
vyaasa* = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation),
ÂPrât.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and {-tas} ind. in detail, at
length, fully) MBh. Sus'r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S'ulbas. VarBriS.; `"
distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pâthha or, disjoined text "' Aprât.; `" arranger, compiler
"'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vyâsa and regarded as the
original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-sûtras &c.; he was the son of the sage
Parâs'ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vîrya and Bhîshma; he was also called
Vâdarâyana or Baldarâyana, and Kriishna from his dark complexion, and Dvaipâyana because he
was brought forth by Satyavatî on a Dvîpa or island in the Jumnâ; when grown up he retired to
the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to become the
husband of Vicitra-vîrya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind Dhriita-
râshthra and of Pându; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl, and of S'uka, the
supposed narrator of the Bhâgavata-Purâna, he was also the supposed compiler of the Mahâ-
bhârata, the Purânas, and other portions of Hindû sacred literature; but the name Vyâsa seems to
have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373
&c.; a Brâhman who recites or expounds the Purânas &c. in public (= {pAThaka-brAhmaNa})
MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyacas * = n. expanse, capacity, compass RV. AV. VS.; wide space, free scope, room RV. AV. S'Br.
({vyacas-kR}, to dilate, expand, open Kaus'.)
vyadaarayat.h = shattered
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk
(often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanacaamara* = n. the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a whisk or fan, a chowry (cf.
{vyajanacAmara}).
vyaahri* = P.Â. {-harati}, {-te}, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to (acc.), converse with
({saha}), name (with {nAmabhis}, to call by name; with {praznAn}, to answer questions; with
{udAharANi}, to state examples) TBr. &c. &c.; to begin to talk (said of a child) MBh.; to confess,
avow to (gen.) ib.; to utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of animals) KâtyS'r.; to sport,
enjoy one's self (exceptionally for {vi-hR}) BhP.; to cut off, sever MBh. vi, 2757 (B. {vi-hR}):
Desid. {-jihIrSati}, to wish to pronounce or utter S'Br.
vyaahrita* = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.; one who has uttered a
sound R.; eaten, devoured Jâtakam.; n. speaking, talking, conversation Kâv. BhP.; information,
instruction, direction Pân. 5-4, 35; inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh.
Hariv.; {-saMdeza} mfn. one who tells news or communicates information MW.
vyaahriti* = f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement MBh. Kâlid. VarBriS.; (also {-tI}; ifc.
{-tikA}), the mystical utterance of the names of the seven worlds (viz. {bhUr}, {bhuvar} [or
{bhuvaH}], {svar}, {mahar}, {janar}, {tapar}, {satya} [qq. vv.] the first three of which, called, the
great Vyâhriitis "', are pronounced after {om} by every Brâhman in commencing his daily prayers
and are personified as the daughters of Savitrii and Priis'ni) TS. Br. RTL. 403 Mn. ii, 76 MBh. &c.;
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; {-traya} n. the first three of the above mystical words MW.; {-pUrvaka}
mfn. preceded by the above three mystical words ib.
vyaasa *: m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault in pronunciation),
A1Pra1t.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instr.; abl. and %{-tas} ind. in detail, at
length, fully) MBh. Sus3r. BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S3ulbas. VarBr2S.; `"
distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pa1t2ha or, disjoined text "' Apra1t.; `" arranger, compiler
"'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vya1sa and regarded as the
original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-su1tras &c.; he was the son of the sage
Para1s3ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vi1rya and Bhi1shma; he was also called
Va1dara1yan2a or Baldara1yan2a, and Kr2ishn2a from his dark complexion, and Dvaipa1yana
because he was brought forth by Satyavati1 on a Dvi1pa or island in the Jumna1; when grown up
he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to
become the husband of Vicitra-vi1rya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the
blind Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and of Pa1n2d2u; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl,
and of S3uka, the supposed narrator of the Bha1gavata-Pura1n2a, he was also the supposed
compiler of the Maha1-bha1rata, the Pura1n2as, and other portions of Hindu1 sacred literature;
but the name Vya1sa seems to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh.
Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n. 2; 373 &c.; a Bra1hman who recites or expounds the Pura1n2as &c. in
public (= %{pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for fanning, fan, whisk
(often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyakta = made known* = mfn. adorned, embellished, beautiful RV.; caused to appear, manifested,
apparent, visible, evident ({am}, ind. apparently, evidently, certainly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; developed,
evolved (see below); distinct, intelligible (see {-vAc}); perceptible by the senses (opp. to {a-
vyakta}, transcendental) MBh. BhP.; specified, distinguished L.; specific, individual L.; hot L.;
wise, learned Lalit.; m. heat L.; a learned man L.; an initiated monk S'îl.; `" the manifested One
"'N. of Vishnu MW.; of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas (with Jainas); n. (in Sânkhya) `" the developed
or evolved "' (as the product of {a-vyakta} q.v.), Sankhyak. (cf. IW. 82); {-kRtya} n. a public action
or deed Râjat.; {-gaNita} n. calculation with known numbers, arithmetic IW. 176, n. 3; {-gandhA}
f. (only L.) long pepper; jasmine; a species of Sanseviera; Clitoria Ternatea; {-tA} f. or {-tva} n.
distinctness, manifestation (instr. `" clearly, distinctly "'; acc. with {gam}, `" to appear "') Up.
Kathâs.; {-tAraka} mfn. having clear stars MW.; {-darzana} mfn. one who has attained to right
knowledge R.; {-dRSTA7rtha} mfn. perceiving or witnessing a transaction with one's own eyes, a
witness L.; {-bhuj} mfn. consuming all manifested or visible things (said of time) MW.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. relating to what is perceptible by the senses MBh.; {-mAricika} mfn. much peppered
Car.; {-rasa} mfn. having a perceptible taste ({tA} f.) Sus'r.; {-rAzi} m. (in arithm.) known or
absolute quantity; {-rUpa} m. `" having a manifested form "'N. of Vishnu MW.; {-rUpin} mfn.
having a discernible shape ib.; {-lakSman} mfn. having evident sings or marks, clearly
characterized W.; {-lavaNa} mfn. much salted Car.; {-vAc} f. a clear or distinct speech Pân. 1-3,
48; {-vikrama} mfn. displaying valour MW.; {-tA7vadhUta} mfn. one who has publicly shaken off
worldly ties (opp. to {guptA7v-} q.v.) W.; {-to7dita} mfn. spoken clearly or plainly MW. [1029,3]
vyaktiM = personality
vyaktitva = personality
vyalla * = mischievous, wicked, vicious; prodigal, extravagant, a vicious elephant, Kav.; a beast of
prey; a snake; a lion L.; a tiger L.; a hunting leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.;
the second {dRkANa} (q.v.) in Cancer, the first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces; a kind of metre
Col.; of the number `" eight; N. of a man a female snake
vyañj* = P.Â. {-anakti}, {-aGkte}, (Â.) to anoint thoroughly RV.; to decorate, adorn, beautify ib.;
(P. Â.) to cause to appear, manifest, display RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {-ajyate}, to be manifested or
expressed RV. Ragh. Pañcat.: Caus. {-aJjayati}, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or
manifest Mn. MBh. &c.
vyañjana* = mfn. manifesting, indicating Hariv. (v.l. {vyaJcana}); m. (once for n.; cf. below) a
consonant VPrât.; Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; = {vAditra-karman} L.; ({A}) f. (in rhet.) implied
indication, allusion, suggestion Sâh. Pratâp.; a figurative expression ({-nA-vRtti} f. figurative
style) W.; n. decoration, ornament RV. viii, 78, 2; manifestation, indication Sus'r. Râjat.; allusion,
suggestion (= {A} f.), Sah. Âs'vS'r. Sch.; figurative expression, irony, sarcasm W.; specification
Nir.; a mark, badge, spot, sign, token ÂpS'r. R. Kathâs. &c.; insignia, paraphernalia Kâv.;
symptom (of a disease) Cat.; mark of sex or gender (as the beard, breasts &c.), the private organs
(male or female) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; anything used in cooking or preparing food, seasoning, sauce,
condiment MBh. R. &c.; a consonant Prât. S'rS. &c.; a syllable VPrât. (cf. {hInavy-}); the letter (as
opp. to {arha}, `" meaning "') Mahâv.; a limb, member, part L.; a day L.; purification of a
sacrificial animal (also m. and {A} f.) L.; a fan L. (w.r. for {vyajana}); {-kAra} m. the preparer of a
sauce or condiment MBh.; {-guNa} (?) m. N. of wk. on condiments in cookery; {-saMgama} m. a
collection or group of consonants MW.; {-saMdhi} m. (in gram.) the junction of consonants ib.,;
{-saMnipAta} m. a falling together or conjunction of consonants ib.; {-sthAne} ind. in the place of
sauce or seasoning ib.; {-hArI7kA} f. N. of a female demon supposed to remove the hair of a
womañs pudenda MârkP.; {-no7daya} mfn. followed by a consonant MW.; {-no7padha} mfn.
preceded by a cñconsonant ib.
vyañjita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly manifested or made visible; {-vRtti-bheda} mfn. having various
actions manifested MW.
vyas * = 2 %{as} P. %{-asyati} (ep. pf. %{vivyAsa} as if fr. a %{vyas}), to throw or cast asunder or
about or away, throw (effort) into, divide, separate, dispose, arrange [1035,1]; scatter, disperse;
expel, remove RV. &c.&c.
vyathA* = f. agitation, perturbation, alarm, uneasiness, pain, anguish, fear MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(%{vyathAM-kR}, either, `" to cause pain "' or `" to feel pain "'); loss, damage, ill-luck S3Br.
VarBr2S.; (with %{hRdi} or %{hRdaye}), palpitation, throbbing of the heart Sus3r.
vyathana * = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46;
alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.;
piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathana* = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering Pa1n2. 5-4, 46;
alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.; vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.;
piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyatitarishhyati = surpasses
vyatikara* = 1 mfn. acting reciprocally, reciprocal W.; m. reciprocity, reciprocal action or relation
ib.; contact, contiguity, union (ifc. = joined with, spreading through or over, pervading) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) taking to, accomplishing, performing Amar. Das'. Râjat.; incident, opportunity
Nalac.; reverse, misfortune, calamity, accident, fatality Hcar. Pañcat. Kathâs. [1030,1];
destruction, end BhP.\\* =2 m. mixing or blending together, mixture MBh. BhP.; a confusing (or
striking) resemblance Jâtakam.; {-vat} mfn. mixed, of contrary kind or nature Mcar.
vyatta = open
vyathaa = trouble
vyathishhThaaH = be disturbed
vyapeta * = mfn. gone apart or asunder, separated MBh.; passed away, disappeared, ceased Mn.
MBh. &c.; (ifc.) opposed to Yâjñ.; {-kalmaSa} mfn. having taint or guilt removed, free from sin
Mn. iv, 260; {-ghRNa} mfn. devoid of compassion, pitiless Amar.; {-dhairya} mfn. one who has
abandoned firmness MBh.; {-bhaya} or {-bhI} mfn. free from fear ib.; {-mada-matsara} mfn. free
from infatuation and selfishness Yâjñ.; {-harSa} mfn. devoid of joy R.
vyapetabhiiH = free from all fear
vyasu * = mf({u})n. lifeless, dead MBh. BhP. S'is'. Râjat.; {-tva} n. loss of life VarBriS.
vyavasitaa = engaged
vyavasthitaan.h = situated
vyartha* = mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {vi+artha}) useless, unavailing, unprofitable, vain MBh. &c. &c.;
deprived or devoid of property or money Pañcat.; excluded from, having no right (instr.) Âpast.;
unmeaning, inconsistent Hariv. Kâvya7d.; = {-tha-nAmaka} below MBh.; ({am}) ind. uselessly, in
vain, without having effected one's object Kâv. Pañcat. &c.; {-tA} f. uselessness ({-tAM-yA}, or
{gam}, to become useless) Pañcat. Kusum.; absence of meaning, nonsense R.; falseness MBh.;
inoffensiveness MW.; {-tva} n. absence of meaning, contradictoriness Kâvya7d. Sch.; {-nAmaka}
or {-nAman} mfn. having a name inconsistent with one's character MBh.; {-yatna} mfn. useless in
its efforts Hit.; {-thIkR} P. {-karoti}, to make useless or superfluous Prab. Kâd. k; {-thI-bhU} P.
{-bhavati}, to become useless Naish. Kâd.
vyashema = ?
vyasana = addiction * = vyasana n. moving to and fro, wagging (of a tail) Pân. 3-1, 20, Vartt. 3;
throwing (effort) into, assiduity, industry Bhartri. Subh.; separation, individuality W.; attachment
or devotion or addiction to (loc. or comp.), passion, (esp.) evil passion, sin, crime, vice (said to
arise either from love of pleasure or from anger; eight are enumerated under the first head, vix.
{mRgayA}, {dyUta} or {akSa}, {divA-svapna}, {parivAda}, {striyaH}, {mada}, {taurya-trika},
{vRthA7tyA}; and eight under the second, viz. {paizunya}, {sAhasa}, {droha}, {irSyA}, {asUyA}
{artha-dUSaNa} {vAkpAruSya}, {daNDa-pAruSya}, qq.vv.) Mn. vii, 47, 48 MBh. &c.; favourite
pursuit or occupation, hobby MBh. Pañcat. Râjat.; evil predicament or plight, disaster, accident,
evil result, calamity, misfortune ({vyasanAni} pl. misfortunes), ill-luck, distress, destruction,
defeat, fall, ruin Mn. MBh. &c.; setting (of sun or moon) Mriicch. S'ak.; fruitless effort L.;
punishment, execution (of criminals) MW.; incompetence, inability W.; air, wind ib.; tale-bearing
L.; {-kAla} m. time of need Subh.; {prasArita-kara} mfn. having the hand stretched forth for
(inflicting) calamity Hit.; {-prahArin} mfn. inflicting calamity, giving trouble or pain W.;
{-prA7pti} f. occurrence of calamity Sâh.; {-brahmacArin} m. a companion of adversity, fellow-
sufferer Mudr.; {-mahA7rNava} m. a sea of troubles Mriicch.; {-rakSin} mfn. preserving from
calamity R. Kathâs.; {-vat} mfn. one who has had ill-luck with (comp.) Kâm.; {-vAgurA} f. the net
or snare of adversity R.; {-saMstkita} mfn. one who indulges in any whim or favourite fancy
Pañcat.; {-nA7krAnta-tva} n. distressful condition, grievous distress MW.; {-nA7gama} m.
approach of calamity S'ukas.; {-nA7tibhAra} mfn. weighed down or overburdened with
misfortunes MW.; {-nA7tyaya} m. the passing away of calamity or distress BhP.; {-nA7nantaram}
ind. immediately after misfortune Kâv.; {-nA7pAta} m. (= {-nA7gama}) Râjat.; {-nA7vApa} m.
receptacle or abode of calamity BhP.; {-nA7nvita} or {-nA7pluta} mfn. involved in or
overwhelmed with cñcalamity MW.; {-nA7rta} mfn. afflicted by calamity, suffering pain L.;
{-no7tsava} m. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy &c. VarBriS.; {-no7daya} m. the rising or
approaching of misfortune Pañcat.; mfn. followed by or resulting in calamities MBh.
vyuuDhaaM = arranged
vyomachaariNaH = the people who wander over the sky (and `pAtAla'\&bhUtala')
vyoman * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un. iv, 150 fr. {vye} accord. to others fr. {vi-
av} or {ve}) heaven, sky, atmosphere, air ({vyomnA}, {vyoma-mArgeNa} or {-vartmanA}, `"
through the air "') RV. &c. &c.; space Kap.; ether (as an element) Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; wind or air (of
the body) BhP.; water L.; talc, mica L.; a temple sacred to the sun L.; a partic. high number L.; the
10th astrol. mansion VarBriS.; preservation, welfare TS. (= {rakSaNa} Sch.); m. a partic. Eka7ha
S'rS.; N. of Prajâ-pati or the Year (personified) TS. VS. (Mahîdh.); of Vishnu Vishn.; of a son of
Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. {vyoma}).
yaabhiH = by which
yaachaka = begger
yaacana * = begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking,
soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to
fulfil a request).
yaac * = cl. 1. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxi, 3) for {yA4cati}, {-te} (usually Â. in sense of `" asking for one's
self "'; pf. {yayAca} Gr., {yayAce} Br. &c.; aor. {ayAcIt}, {-ciSTa} Subj. {yAciSat}, {-SAmahe} RV.;
Prec. {yAcyAt} Gr.; fut. {yAcitA} ib.; {yAciSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {yAcitum} AV. &c.; ind. p.
{yAcitvA}, {-yA4cya} Br. &c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require, implore (with double acc.; or
with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the thing asked may also be in acc. with {prati}, or in dat., or ibc.
with {arthe}, or {artham}) RV. &c. &c.; (with {pu4nar}) to ask anything back TBr.; (with
{kanyAm}) to be a suitor for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for ({kRte}
or {arthe}; also with {vivAhA7rtham}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to offer or tender anything (acc.) to (dat.)
AV.; to promise (?) ib.: Pass. {yAcyate}, to be asked (`" for "', acc.; rarely of things) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
Caus. {yAca4yati} ({-te} AV.; aor. {ayayAcat} Pân. 7-4, 2), to cause to ask or woo MBh.; to request
anything (acc.) for ({arthe}) Pañcat.: Desid. {yiyAciSate} Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.: Intens.
{yAyAcyate}, {yAyAkti} Gr.
yaacaka* = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({I}) f. a female beggar MBh.
yaacana* = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.; ({A}) f. asking,
soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to
fulfil a request).
yaacita* = mfn. asked, begged (borrowed) Mn. MBh. &c.; solicited or asked for (anything, aoc.),
entreated, importuned ib.; asked in marriage Vet.; required, requisite, necessary MW.; n. alms
obtained by begging L.
yaacya* = mfn. to be asked (esp. for alms) Mn. viii, 181 &c.; to be wooed ({-tA} f.) MBh.; to be
required ib. Hariv.; n. asking, making a request MBh.
yaadrik.h = as it is
yaaji = worshiper
yaaksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {yakska}) belonging or peculiar to the Yakshas Sânkhyak. Sch
yaa4ma * = 1 m. (for 2. see below, for 3. see p. 851, col. 3) motion, course, going, progress RV. AV.
Br.; a road, way, path ib.; a carriage, chariot RV.; (ifc. f. {A}) a night-watch, period or watch of 3
hours, the 8th part of a day Mn. MBh. &c.; pl. N. of a partic. class of gods MBh. Hariv. Pur.
({yama-syA7rkaH} w.r. for {yam-} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dbarma or
Manu; sometimes written {yAmi}) Hariv. Pur.; of an Apsaras Hariv. \\yAma * = 2 in comp. for 2.
{yA4man}. \\ * = 3 m. ( {yam}; for 1. 2. {yAma} see p. 850, col. 1) cessation, end TS.; restraint,
forbearance (= {yama}, {saMyama}) L.; ({yAma4}) mf({I4})n. (fr. {yama}, of which it is also the
Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or derived from or destined for Yama Br. Kaus'. Mn.; n. N. of
various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
yaamini = night
yaanti = undergo
yaana* = mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f.
a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going,
moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with
{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV.
&c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release
from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-}
or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great
method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the
{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yaat * = 1 mfn. (nom. {yAn}, {yAtI}, or {yAntI}, {yAt}; for 2. {yAt} see p. 851, col. 1) going, moving
&c. (in RV. i, 32, 15, `" travelling "', as opp. to {a4va-sita}, `" resting "').
yaatana* = n. (2. %{yat}) requital, retaliation, return (with %{vairasya}, revenge, vengeance)
MBh.; (%{A}) f. see next.
yaatanaa * = f. id. (%{-nAM-dA}, to make requital, revenge; %{vaira-y-}, vengeance; cf. above)
MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat.; acute pain, torment, agony, (esp.) punishment inflicted by Yama, the pains
of hell (in BhP. personified as the daughter of %{bhaya} and %{mRtyu}, Fear and Death) Mn.
MBh. &c.
yaati = goes
yaatraa = maintenance
yaatudhaana * = m. = {yAtu}, a kind of evil spirit or demon ({I} f.) RV. &c. &c.; {-kSa4yaNa} mfn.
destroying YñYâtus AV.; {-pre7Sita} ({-dhA4na-}) mfn. hurled by YñYâtus S'Br.
yaatu * = m. one who goes, a traveller L.; `" going against, attack (?) "', sorcery, witchcraft RV. AV.
Kâthh. S'Br.; a kind of evil, spirit, fiend, demon RV. AV. Kaus'.; wind L.; time L.; n. = {rakSas} L.
yaa4t * = 2 ind. (obs. abl. of 3. {ya} cf. {ta4t}; for 1. {yAt} see p. 849, col. 2) inasmuch as, so far as,
as long as, since RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $.] &257890[851, 1] \\ 3 (2. {yat}). see {riNa-yA4t
yaava* = 1 m. = 1. {yava} TS. \\2 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {yava}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in
comp.) relating to or consisting of or prepared from barley KâtyS'r.; m. a kind of food prepared
from bñbarley L.; ({I}) f. Andro graphis Paniculata L.\\3 m. lac or the red dye prepared from the
cochineal insect Naish.
yaaja* = m. a sacrificer (in {ati-yAja4}) RV.; m. a sacrifice (cf. {upA7Mzu-}, {Rtu-y-} &c.); boiled
rice or any food L.; N. of a Brahmarshi MBh.
yaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sacrificing for others, the act of performing a sacrifice for (gen. or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.
yaavat *= mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya}; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great, as large, as much, as
many, as often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old &c. (or how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis)
RV. &c. &c. (%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `" as many as "' TBr.; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `"
as much as possible "' S3Br.; %{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to the first
unknown quantity [= x] or so much of the unknown as its co-efficient number; in this sense also
expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW. 182; %{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `" just so much "', `"
only so "', `" that is to say "', `" such is the explanation "'); ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or
as many as; as often as, whenever; as long as, whilst; as soon as, the moment that, until that, till,
until RV. &c. &c. (in these senses used with either pres. Pot. fut. impf., or aor., or with the simple
copula). %{yAvat} with the 1st sg. of pres., rarely of Pot., may denote an intended action and may
be translated by `" meanwhile "', `" just "'; %{yA4vad@yAvad-tA4vat@tAvat}, `" as gradually as-
so "' S3Br.; %{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till "'; `" if not "', `" whether not "';
%{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `" no sooner-than "'; %{na@param}, or %{na@kevalam-
yAvat}, `" not only-but even. "' Sometimes %{yAvat} is also used as a preposition with a prec. or
following acc., or with a following abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during one
month "'; %{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "'; %{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the
serpent's hole "'; %{yAvad} or %{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the completion "';
%{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes also with a
nom. followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end "'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `"
up to five "'; or with another ind. word e.g. %{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as
far as, as long as A1past. R. BhP.; till, until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not, before
BhP.); as soon as, the moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.; %{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as
&c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.
yaavantaH = as many as
ya = who
yadaa = when
yadaayuH = yat+AyuH
yadi = if
yadricchaa = out of its own accord * = mf({A})n. spontaneous, accidental ÂpGri.; ({A}) f. self-will,
spontaneity, accident, chance (ibc. or {ayA} ind. spontaneously, by accident, unexpectedly),
S'vetUP. Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) see {-zabda}, below; {-tas} ind. by chance, accidentally BhP.;
{--bhijJa} ({-cchA7bh-}) m. a voluntary or self-offered witness Nâr.; {-mAtra-tas} ind. only quite
by accident Kathâs.; {-lAbha-saMtuSTa} mfn. satisfied with obtaining what comes spontaneously,
easily satisfied Bhag.; {-zabada} m. `" chance-word "', a word neither derived from authority nor
possessing meaning S'is'.; {-saMvAda} m. accidental or spontaneous conversation Uttarar.;
{-cchika} m. (scil. {putra}) a son who offers himself for adoption MW.
yadyat.h = whatever
yadvat.h = as
yadvaa = whether
yaGYa = a sacrifice
yaGYaM = sacrifice
yaGYaaH = sacrifices
yaGYaanaaM = sacrifices
yaGYe = in sacrifice
yaGYena = by sacrifice
yajata* = mf({A4})n. worthy of worship, adorable, holy, sublime RV. [cf. Zd. {yazata}]; m. a priest
(= {Rtv-ij}) L.; the moon L.; N. of S'iva L.; (with Âtreya) of a Riishi (author of RV. v, 67, 68)
Anukr.
yajati* = m. N. of those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb {yajati} is applied (as opp. to
{juhoti}) KâtyS'r. (cf. Kull. on Mn. ii, 84).
yajatisthAna* = n. the place or position of the Vedi or sacrificial altar KâtyS'r. Sch.
yajatra* = mf({A})n. worthy of worship or sacrifice, deserving adoration RV. VS. AV.; m. =
{agnihotrin} L.; = {yAga} L.; n. = {agni-hotra} L.
yajatha* = (only in slat. = {-thAya}, construed like an inf.) worship, sacrifice RV.
yajanIya* = 1 mfn. (fr. prec.) relating to sacrifice or worship; n. (with or scil. {ahan}) a day of
sacrifice or consecration GriS'rS.
yajantaH = sacrificing
yajinaH = devotees
yakrit.h = liver
yaksha *= the Yakshas *= n. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition, ghost, spirit RV. AV.
VS. Br. GriS'rS. (accord. to some native Comms. = {yajJa}, {pujA}, {pUjita} &c.); m. N. of a class
of semi-divine beings (attendants of Kubera, exceptionally also of Vishnu; described as sons of
Pulastya, of Pulaha, of Kas'yapa, of Khasâ or Krodhâ; also as produced from the feet of Brahmâ;
though generally regarded as beings of a benevolent and inoffensive disposition, like the Yaksha
in Kâlidâsa's Megha-dûta, they are occasionally classed with Pis'âcas and other malignant spirits,
and sometimes said to cause demoniacal possession; as to their position in the Buddhist system
see MWB. 206, 218) Up. GriS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) a subdivision of the Vyantaras; N. of
Kubera VarYogay.; of a Muni R.; of a son of S'vaphalka VP.; of Indra's palace L.; a dog L.; ({A}) f.
N. of a woman HParis'.; ({I}) f. a female Yaksha MBh. R. &c. ({yakSINAm prathamA yakSI} =
{durgA} Hariv.); N. of Kubera's wife L.
yaksh *= (perhaps Desid. of a {yah}, from which {yahu} and {yahva}) cl. 1. P. Â. {ya4kSati}, {-te},
(prob.) to be quick, speed on (only in {pra-yakS} q.v.; and once in {yakSAmas}, to explain {yakSa}
R. vii, 4, 12), cl. 10. Â. {yakSayate}, to worship, honour Dhâtup. xxxiii, 19.
yakshes' *= m. N. of the servants of the 11th and 18th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.
yakshes'a *= m. = next W
yaksharakshaa.nsi = demons
yama = the god of death, also the five moral commandments* = m. a rein, curb, bridle RV. v, 61,
2; a driver, charioteer ib. viii, 103, to; the act of checking or curbing, suppression, restraint (with
{vAcAm}, restraint of words, silence) BhP.; self-control forbearance, any great moral rule or duty
(as opp. to {niyama}, a minor observance; in Yâjñ. iii, 313 ten Yamas are mentioned, sometimes
only five) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in Yoga) self-restraint (as the first of the eight Angas or means of
attaining mental concentration) IW. 93; any rule or observance PârGri.; ({yama4}) mf({A4} or
{I4})n. twin-born, twin, forming a pair RV. &c. &c.; m. a twin, one of a pair or couple, a fellow (du.
`" the twins "' N. of the As'vins and of their twin children by Mâdrî, called Nakula and Saha-deva;
{yamau mithunau}, twins of different sex) ib.; a symbolical N. for the number `" two "' Hcat.; N.
of the god who presides over the Pitriis (q.v.) and rules the spirits of the dead RV. &c. &c. IW. 18;
197, 198 &c. RTL. 10; 16; 289 &c. (he is regarded as the first of men and born from Vivasvat, `"
the Sun "', and his wife Saranyû; while his brother, the seventh Manu, another form of the first
man, is the son of Vivasvat and Sanjñâ, the image of Saranyû; his twin-sister is Yamî, with whom
he resists sexual alliance, but by whom he is mourned after his death, so that the gods, to make
her forget her sorrow, create night; in the Veda he is called a king or {saMgamano janAnAm}, `"
the gatherer of men "', and rules over the departed fathers in heaven, the road to which is guarded
by two broad-nosed, four-eyed, spotted dogs, the children of S'aramâ q.v.; in Post-vedic
mythology he is the appointed Judge and `" Restrainer "' or `" Punisher "' of the dead, in which
capacity he is also called {dharmarAja} or {dharma} and corresponds to the Greek Pluto and to
Minos; his abode is in some region of the lower world called Yama-pura; thither a soul when it
leaves the body, is said to repair, and there, after the recorder, Citra-gupta, has read an account of
its actions kept in a book called Agra-sandhânâ, it receives a just sentence; in MBh. Yama is
described as dressed in blood-red garments, with a glittering form, a crown on his head, glowing
eyes and like Varuna, holding a noose, with which he binds the spirit after drawing it from the
body, in size about the measure of a mañs thumb; he is otherwise represented as grim in aspect,
green in colour, clothed in red, riding on a buffalo, and holding a club in one hind and noose in
the other; in the later mythology he is always represented as a terrible deity inflicting tortures,
called {yAtanA}, on departed spirits [846, 2]; he is also one of the 8 guardians of the world as
regent of the South quarter; he is the regent of the Nakshatra Apa-bharanî or Bharanî, the
supposed author of RV. x, 10; 14, of a hymn to Vishnu and of a law-book; {yamasyA7rkaH}N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.); N. of the planet Saturn (regarded as the son of Vivasvat and Châyâ) Hariv. BhP.;
of one of Skanda's attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh.; a crow L. (cf.
{-dUtaka}); a bad horse (whose limbs are either too small or too large) L.; ({I4}) f. N. of Yama's
twin-sister (who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the river-goddess Yamunâ) RV. &c. &c.;
n. a pair, brace, couple L.; (in gram.) a twin-letter (the consonant interposed and generally
understood, but not written in practice, between a nasal immediately preceded by one of the four
other consonants in each class) Prât. Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 8; pitch of the voice, tone of utterance, key
Prât.
yamana * mf({I})n. restraining, governing, managing VS.; m. the god Yama L.; n. the act of
restraining &c. Hariv. Râjat.; binding, tying L.; cessation, end L.
ya.ntu = reach us
yana / yAna * =. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI})
f. a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g. {gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going,
moving, riding, marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with
{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin RV.
&c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release
from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-}
or {pratyeka-y-}, and the {mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great
method "' and the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "', the
{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yantri = charioteer
yarhi: V* when because, whenever, as if, *= ind. (fr. 3. {ya}; correlative of {ta4rhi}, {eta4rhi}, but
also followed by {tadA}, {tatra}, {atha} &c.) when, at which time, whenever, while, whereas (with
pres. or Pot., imp. aor. or pf.; sometimes also with no verb) TS. AitBr. BhP.; since, as, because
BhP.
yasha = Success
yashaH = fame
yashas.h = glory
yas'as* n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S'Br. GriS'rS.; honour,
glory, fame, renown AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son of Kâma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma
and Kîrti Pur.); an object of honour, a person of respectability S'Br.; favour, graciousness,
partiality RV.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; = {udaka}, water, or {anna}, food, or {dhana},
wealth Naigh.; ({yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.; honoured,
respected, venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.
yashaa.nsi = reputation
yasmin.h = in which
yasyaaM = in which
yat V*= that which, which, whatever, because, as* = 1 mfn. (pr. p. of 5. {i}) going, moving RV. &c.
&c. ({abde yati}, in this year L.) \\ 2 cl. 1. Â. (prob. connected with {yam} and orig. meaning, to
stretch "' Dhâtup. ii, 29) {ya4tate} (Ved. and ep. also P. {-ti}; p. {ya4tamAna}, {ya4tAna} and
{yatAna4} RV.; pf. {yete}, 3. pl. {yetire} ib. &c.; aor. {ayatiSTa} Br.; fut. {yatiSyate} Br., {-ti}
MBh.; inf. {yatitum} MBh.; ind. p. {-ya4tya} MBh.), (P.) to place in order, marshal, join, connect
RV.; (P. or Â.) to keep pace, be in line, rival or vie with (instr.) ib.; (Â.) to join (instr.), associate
with (instr.), march or fly together or in line ib.; to conform or comply with (instr.) ib.; to meet,
encounter (in battle) ib. Br.; to seek to join one's self with, make for, tend towards (loc.) ib.; to
endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for (with loc. dat. acc. with or without {prati},
once with gen.; also with {arthe}, {arthAya}, {artham} and {hetos} ifc.; or with inf.) Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; to exert one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be cautious or watchful
ib.; to be prepared for (acc.) R.: Caus. (or cl. 10 Dhâtup. xxxiii, 62) {yAta4yati} (or {-te}; aor.
{ayIyatat}; Pass. {yAtyate}), to join, unite (Â. intrans.) RV.; to join or attach to (loc.), P PañcavBr.;
to cause to fight AitBr.; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from (abl.) Mâlav.; (rarely Â.) to requite,
return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault) RV. &c. &c. [841, 1]; (Â.) to surrender or yield up
anything (acc) to (acc. or gen.) MBh.; (P. Â.) to distress, torture, vex, annoy BhP.; accord. to
Dhâtup. also {nikAre} (others {nirAkAre} or {khede}) and {upaskAre}: Desid. {yiyatiSate} Gr.:
Intens. {yAyatyate} and {yAyatti} ib.
yata * = see under %{yam}, p. 845.\\mfn. restrained, held in, held forth, kept down or limited,
subdued, governed, controlled &c. RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp. below); n. restraint (?) see %{yataM-
kara4}; the spurring or guiding of an elephant by means of the rider's feet L.
yaata * = mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c.; gone away, fled, escaped
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; passed by, elapsed Hariv. Var.; entered upon, pursued (as a path) R.; gone to,
come or fallen into (acc. loc, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S.;
become, turned out (%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?) Hariv.; known, understood
Pat.; n. motion, progress, gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c.; the place where a person has gone
Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch.; the past time (opp. to %{an-Agatam}, the future) VarBr2S.; the guiding or
driving of an elephant with a goad L.
yat.h = to strive
yata = controlled
yatamaanaH = endeavoring
yatanti = endeavor
yatati = endeavors
yatasyataH = wherever
yataatma = self-controlled
yataatmavaan.h = self-situated
yathaa * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli {seyyathA}; {sa4
ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so},
{that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]
yathaa * = * = ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner
or way, according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and
followed by correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c.
({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841, 3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena
satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here
follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot.
or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed
after the first word of a sentence; sometimes with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that
(esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `" believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or
without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since
({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam},
expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (=
{yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in
that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`"
by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every way
"', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `"
somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yathocita * = mfn. accordant with propriety or equity, fit, suitable, becoming R. Hit. &c. ; ibc.
(Katha1s.) or %{am} ind. (R. BhP. &c.) suitably, fitly.
yati = Mendicant * = 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2 and p. 845) a disposer RV. vii, 13, 1 (Sây. `" a
giver "'); `" a striver "', an ascetic, devotee, one who has restrained his passions and abandoned
the world Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 131); N. of a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the
Bhriigus and said to have taken part in the creation of the world) RV. &c. &c.; N. of a son of
Brahmâ BhP.; of a son of Nahusha MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; N. of S'iva
MBh.; = {nikAra} or {kAra} L.
ya4ti * = 2 (fr. 3. {ya} correlative of {ta4ti}; declined only in pl. nom. acc. {ya4ti}), as many as (=
Lat. {quot}), as often, how many or often RV. (for 1. and 3. {yati} see col. 1 and p. 845).
yati * = 3 f. (for 1. and 2. see p. 841, cols. 1 and 2) restraint, control, guidance TS. Br.; stopping,
ceasing, a pause (in music) Sangît.; a caesura (in prosody) Ping.; (also {I}) f. a widow L.
yatna = effort
yatnaM = effort
yatra = wherein
yathaa = just as (or how) * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli
{seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $;
Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]\\ ind. (in Veda
also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as, as, like
(also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl. {tathA},
{tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `"
as for that "' [841,3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "');
as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was
(elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf.
and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes
with ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `"
believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of the sentence)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1,
37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA
tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in
proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more;
{yathA tathA}, `" in whatever manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way
"', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `" somehow or other "'; {yathai9va}, `" just
as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yatra tatra* = used for the loc. {yasmiMs tasmin}, in whatever Mn. iii, 50; vi, 66; xii, 102; in
whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686; to any place whatever, v, 5997; at any rate,
indiscriminately, xiii, 514; {yatra tatrA7pi}, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathâs. xxxvi, 101; [cf.
Goth. {thathro1}.]
yauvanaM = youth
yava* = 1 m. the first half of a month (generally in pl.; accord. to Comn. = {pUrva-pakSAH}; also
written {yAva}) VS. S'Br. Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (1. {yu}) warding off, averting AV. Yâjñ. \\=3 m. barley
(in the earliest times, prob. any grain or corn yielding flour or meal; pl. barley-corns) RV. &c. &c.;
a barley-corn (either as a measure of length = 1/6 or 1/8 of an Angula VarBriS.; or as a weight= 6
or 12 mustard seeds= 1/2 Guñjâ Mn. Yâjñ.); any grain of seed or seed corn Bhpr.; (in palmistry) a
figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune)
VarBriS.; N. of a partic. astron. Yoga (when the favourable planets are situated in the 4th and 10th
mansions and the unfavourable ones in the 1st and 7th) ib.; speed, velocity W. (prob. w.r. for
{java}); a double convex lens ib. [Cf. Zd. {yava}; Gk. $; Lith. &256791[847, 2] {javai4}.]
yavana = Foreign
yavana* =1 mfn. (1. {yu}) keeping away, averting (see {dveSo-ya4vana}). //2 n. (2. {yu}) mixing,
mingling (esp. with water) Nyâyam. \\3 mfn. quick, swift; m. a swift horse L. (prob. w.r. for
{javana}). \\ = mfn. quick, swift L. (prob. w.r. for {javAna}). \\4 w.r. for {paijavana} Mn. vii, 41.
\\ =5 m. an Ionian, Greek (or a king of the Greeks g. {kambojA7di}; in later times also a
Muhammadan or European, any foreigner or barbarian) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a caste Gaut.
(accord. to L. `" the legitimate son of a Kshatriya and a Vais'yâ or `" an Ugra who is an elephant
catcher "') of a country (= {yavana-deza}, sometimes applied to Ionia, Greece, Bactria, and more
recently to Arabia) W.; wheat L.; a carrot L.; olibanum L.; pl. the Ionians, Greeks (esp. the Greek
astrologers) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; N. of a dynasty Pur.; ({I}) f. the wife of a Yavana, a Greek or
Muhammadan woman Kâlid. Sis'. (Yavana girls were formerly employed as attendants on kings,
esp. to take charge of their bows and quivers); = {javanI}, a curtain L.; n. salt from saline soil L.
yaavana* =1 mf({I})n. (fr. {yavana}; for 2. and 3. see p. 853, col. 1) born or produced in the land of
the Yavanas, Pra7yas'c.; m. olibanum L. \\2 n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see p. 852, col. 3; for 3. below)
keeping off, removing Nir. Sây. \\3 n. (fr. Caus.) uniting, joining, mixing (see {a-y-}).
yayaa = by which
yayu* = mfn. (%{yayu4} in a corrupted passage AV. iv, 24, 2) going, moving, swift (applied to a
horse) VS.; m. a horse (esp. `" one fit for sacrifice "') L.; N. of one of the horses of the Moon VP.;
the way of final beatitude L.; f. obtaining L.; mfn. having a long stick L.
ye = those who
yena = by whom
yenakenachit.h = with anything
yeshhaaM = whose
yo = who
yoga* = m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of
horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use,
application, performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an
arrow on the bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical
art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business,
work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion,
opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without
{saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.);
mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.)
Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt}, {yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on
account of, by reason of, according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together,
arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856,3] S'rS.; fitting together, fitness,
propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in the right manner) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind.
strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn.
MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief
aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara
or the Supreme Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation
Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system
MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical
facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.;
(with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing
with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a
constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number;
without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or
principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there are 27 such
Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.) addition, sum,
total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence of a
word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection
of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a
S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî (daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.
yoga = effort
yo4ga* =m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching, harnessing, putting to (of
horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use,
application, performance RV. &c. &c.; equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an
arrow on the bow-string) ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm, incantation, magical
art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf. {yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business,
work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain, profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion,
opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without
{saha}, or comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything R.);
mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of, possessing (instr. or comp.)
Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt}, {yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on
account of, by reason of, according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together,
arrangement, disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856, 3] S'rS.; fitting together, fitness,
propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in the right manner) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry, care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind.
strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn.
MBh. &c.; application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by
Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief
aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara
or the Supreme Spirit; in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism)
Up. MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract meditation
Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a follower of the Yoga system
MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical
facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas) the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.;
(with Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or mixing
with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a
constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number;
without the moon they are called {kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or
principal star of a lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there are 27 such
Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in arithm.) addition, sum,
total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words together, syntactical dependence of a
word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. = dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or
concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the connection
of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to {rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N. of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a
S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî (daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.
yogakaaraka = Planet in both its Rashi and navaa.nsha sign giving it Swakshetra-like strength.
Also a combination that produces a Yoga
yogaM = self-realization
yoganidraa = the sleep of yoga, where the body is resting but the mind is awake
yogasthaH = equipoised
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.)
Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. %{candra-y-}) Ma1rkP.; possessed of
superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called Yogi1) or
contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W.
[858,1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l. %{yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of
Ya1jn5avalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva L.; of a Buddha L.; (%{inI}) f. see
next.
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (comp.)
KâtyS'r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. {candra-y-}) MârkP.; possessed of
superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a Yogin (usually called yogi) or
contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp. Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W.
[858, 1]; a partic. mixed caste Cat. (v.l. {yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of
Yâjñavalkya Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of a Buddha L.; ({inI}) f. see next.
yoginii* = f. a female demon or any being endowed with magical power, a fairy, witch, sorceress
(represented as eight in number and as created by Durgâ and attendant on her or on S'iva;
sometimes 60, 64 or 65 are enumerated) Hariv. Kathâs. &c. (cf. RTL. 188, 189); N. of Durgâ L.;
(with Tântrikas) a partic. S'akti; (with Buddhists) a woman representing any goddess who is the
object of adoration.
yoginaM = yogi
yoginaH = mystics
yogi* = 1 (m. c.) = {yogin} (only in gen. pl. {yogInAm}). \\* = 2 in comp. for {yogin}.
yogidaNDa* = m. a kind of reed or cane (= {vetra}) L.
yogitA* = f. the being connected with (ifc.), connection, relation Bhâshâp.; the state or condition
of a yogi (cf. {yogin}) MW.
yogya = like
yogyataa = appropriateness
yojita * = mfn. yoked, harnessed BhP.; used, employed, applied, performed MBh.; undertaken,
begun Ya1jn5.; appointed to, charged with (loc.) BhP.; tied or fastened to, put or placed in (loc.)
ib.; joined, connected, put together, arranged, composed MBh. R.; supplied or furnished with
(instr. or comp.) VarBr2S. Ra1jat.
yonayaH = sources of
yoniM = species
yoshaNaa* = (once {yoSa4NA}) f. (prob. fr. 2. {yu}; cf. {yuvan}) a girl, maiden, young woman,
wife RV. (accord. to Sây. also = {stuti}, a hymn, praise).
yoshit* = f. = {yoSaNA} (also applied to the females of animals and to inanimate things e.g.
{yoSito mantrAH}, `" female magical texts "') RV. &c. &c.
yos * = ind. (only in {za4M yo4H} and {za4M ca yo4z ca}) welfare, health, happiness R
yuddhaM = war
yudhaamanyuH = Yudhamanyu
yudhishhThiraH = Yudhisthira
yudhya = fight
yudhyasva = fight
yugapat.h = simultaneously
yugale = dual
yugala* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) a pair, couple, brace Kâv. Pur. Pañcat. &c. ({-lo-bhU}, to be
yoked or united with); `" double prayer "'N. of a prayer to Lakshmî and Nârâyana L.
yugalaka* = n. a pair, couple, brace Kathâs.; a double S'loka (= {yuga} q.v.) Râjat.
yugaMdhara * = mf({A})n. holding or bearing the yoke (?) MBh.; m. n. the pole of a carriage or
wood to which the yoke is fixed MBh.; m. a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R.; N. of
a king Hariv. Pur.; of a mountain MBh. (with Buddhists one of the 8 mountains Dharmas. 125); of
a forest Pañcar.; pl. N. of a people MBh. VarBriS. VP.
yuga4-pad * = ind. `" being in the same yoke or by the side of each other "', together, at the same
time, simultaneously (`" with "' instr. Pân. 2-1, 6 Sch.; cf. {yuga-za4ram}) GriS'rS. &c. &c.;
({-pat}){-karman} n. a simultaneous action Lâthy.; ({-pat}) {-kAla} mfn. taking place at the same
time ÂpS'r.; ({-pat}) {-prA7pti} f. reaching simultaneously Âs'vGri.; ({-pad}) {-bhAva} m.
simultaneousness KâtyS'r.
yuge = millennium
yujyate = is engaged
yuñjan.h = practicing
yuñjaka* = mfn. applying, performing, practising (e.g. {dhyAna-y-}, practising devotion) Cat.
yuñjaana* = mfn. uniting, joining, arranging, performing Kathâs. BhP.; appointing to, charging or
entrusting with (loc.) MBh.; suitable, proper MW.; successful, prosperous ib.; m. a driver,
coachman L.; a Yogin L.
yukta = used* = mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to (loc. or instr.) RV.
&c. &c.; set to work, made use of, employed, occupied with, engaged in, intent upon (instr. loc. or
comp.) ib.; ready to, prepared for (dat.) MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated,
attentive RV. &c. &c.; skilful, clever, experienced in, familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; joined, united,
connected, combined, following in regular succession RV. S'ânkhS'r. Var. BhP. ({a4m} ind. in
troops S'Br.); furnished or endowed or filled or supplied or provided with, accompanied by,
possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [853, 3]; come in contact with (instr.) R.; (in astron.)
being in conjunction with (instr.) Âs'vGri.; (ifc.) added to, increased by (e.g. {catur-yuktA
viMzatiH}, twenty increased by four i.e. 24) VarBriS.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning KâtyS'r.;
(ifc.) subject to, dependent on MBh.; fitted, adapted, conforming or adapting one's self to, making
use of (instr. e.g. {yuktaH kAlena yaH}, one who makes use of the right opportunity) Kâm.; fit,
suitable, appropriate, proper, right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or suitable for
(gen. loc. or comp., e.g. {Ayati-yukta}, suitable for the future; or ibc. see below; {yuktam} with
{yad} or an inf. = it is fit or suitable that or to; {na yuktam bhavatA}, it is not seemly for you) Mn.
MBh. &c.; auspicious, favourable (as fate, time &c.) Mn. R.; prosperous, thriving R.; (with
{tathA}) faring or acting thus MBh.; (in gram.) primitive (as opp. to `" derivative "') Pân. 1-2, 51;
m. N. of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv.; of a Riishi under Manu Bhautya ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.
(cf. {yukta-rasA}); n. a team, yoke S'Br.; junction, connection Pân. 2-3, 4; 8 &c.; fitness,
suitableness, propriety ({am} ind. fitly, suitably, justly, properly, rightly; {e4na}, properly,
suitably RV. v, 27, 3; {buddhi-yuktena}, conformably to reason Râjat.)
yuktasena* = mfn. one whose army is ready (for marching) Sus'r.; {-nIya} mfn. relating to him ib.
yuktaH = dovetailed
yuktasya = engaged
yuktaa = with
yuktaaH = engaged
yuktaatmaa = self-connected
yuktaiH = engaged
yuta= equipped with* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) kept off, removed (see comp.); separate (=
{pRthak}) L.* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) attached, fastened (ifc.) Bhartri.; added Sûryas.; united,
combined, joined or connected or provided or filled or covered with, accompanied by, possessed
of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) standing in conjunction with VarBriS.; made or consisting
of R.; (with instr.) occupied in, performing (sacrifices) L.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning R.
BhP.; n. a partic. measure of length (= 4 Hastas) L. \\ {yutaka}, {yuti} see under 1. 2. {yu}
yuyudhaanaH = Yuyudhana
yuvan.h = young